The Revelation Of Jesus Christ
Revelation
SummaryThe literary genres of the book of Revelation are an Apocalypse, a Prophecy, and an Epistle (or Letter). The Disciple/Apostle John, who followed Jesus Christ and witnessed His crucifixion, authored it.John wrote Revelation while a prisoner on the Island of Patmos, approximately 85-95 A.D. Its purpose is to give encouragement and hope for all Christians to continue watching for the return and triumph of the Lord Jesus Christ. It also is to warn of the Final Judgment that nonbelievers will endure on that Last Day.John wrote that Revelation is special because, “Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of the prophecy, and heed the things which are written in it; for the time is near” (1:3).
• In chapters 1-3, John describes the details of the setting as he received this revelation (unveiling of truth). John was elderly and imprisoned on the Island of Patmos when he received an apocalyptic vision from an angel. With this vision he was instructed to write to seven churches about what he had seen. Revelation 1:19, describes a basic outline of the entire letter written by John, “Therefore write the things which you have seen, and the things which are, and the things which will take place after these things” this is the pattern that is followed by John. He describes of the seven churches their qualities and/or their weaknesses and failings (such as Sardis and Laodicea).
• In chapters 4-20, John depicts what he sees in his vision about the Spiritual Realm. He describes Jesus Christ as the “Slain Lamb” who is the only one able to open the book with 7 seals. Aside from the 5th seal, each will bring a judgment upon the populace of the Earth. The 7th seal introduces 7 angels who each possess 7 trumpets, another series of daunting judgments. Incredibly, after the 6th trumpet in which 1/3 of the Earth’s population is killed, John claims, “The rest of mankind, who were not killed by these plagues, DID NOT REPENT’ (9:20).After this, John receives visions of which include the antichrist and Satan who is aware of his looming end. Next, John describes 7 more angles that will each carry 7 bowls of plagues to be poured onto the Earth. Again, amazingly, while hail is raining from heaven during the 7th plague, humankind does not repent but instead, “men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail, because its plague was extremely severe” (16:21).These fierce plagues demonstrate the wrath of God’s holy judgment upon the still wicked Earth.John describes the eternality of Hell, the final resting place of the unbelieving. In 19:20, the antichrist and the false prophet are cast into the Lake of Fire. One thousand years later after the millennium reign of Jesus Christ in 20:10, the devil is also cast into the Lake of Fire. We also see that the antichrist and the false prophet are still in torment, “day and night forever and ever” because John describes Hell as an eternal place of conscious torment.
• Finally, in chapters 21-22, John writes the last of the cannon of Scripture. Here he describes the New Heaven and the New Earth. In it is the holy city of the New Jerusalem. There will no longer be any crying or tears, pain, mourning, or death because, “the first things have passed away” (21:1). Only those who are written in the Lamb’s book of life can enter this place to live eternally with Jesus Christ who sits on His throne. “Come.”And let the one who is thirsty come; let the one who wishes take the water of life without cost” (22:17).“Behold, I am coming quickly, and My reward is with Me, to render to every man according to what he has done. “I am the Alpha and the Omega, the first and the last, the beginning and the end.” (22:12-13).
Outline
- 1. Opening ( 1:1–20 )
- a. Prologue ( 1:1–3 )
- b. John Greets the Seven Churches ( 1:4–8 )
- c. John’s Vision on Patmos ( 1:9–20 )
- 2. The Letters to the Seven Churches ( 2:1–3:22 )
- a. Ephesus ( 2:1–7 )
- i. The Authority ( 2:1 )
- ii. The Praise ( 2:2–3 )
- iii. The Grievance ( 2:4 )
- iv. The Warning ( 2:5 )
- v. The Second Praise ( 2:6 )
- vi. The Promise ( 2:7 )
- b. Smyrna ( 2:8–11 )
- i. The Authority ( 2:8 )
- ii. The Praise ( 2:9 )
- iii. The Grievance ( 2:9 )
- iv. The Warning ( 2:10 )
- v. The Promise ( 2:11 )
- c. Pergamum ( 2:12–17 )
- i. The Authority ( 2:12 )
- ii. The Praise ( 2:13 )
- iii. The Grievance ( 2:14–15 )
- iv. The Warning ( 2:16 )
- v. The Promise ( 2:17 )
- d. Thyatira ( 2:18–29 )
- i. The Authority ( 2:18 )
- ii. The Praise ( 2:19 )
- iii. The Grievance ( 2:20–21 )
- iv. The Warning ( 2:22–23 )
- v. The Promise ( 2:24–29 )
- e. Sardis ( 3:1–6 )
- i. The Authority ( 3:1 )
- ii. The Grievance ( 3:1 )
- iii. The Warning ( 3:2–3 )
- iv. Few Praised ( 3:4 )
- v. The Promise ( 3:5–6 )
- f. Philadelphia ( 3:7–13 )
- i. The Authority ( 3:7 )
- ii. The Praise ( 3:8 )
- iii. The Promise ( 3:9–13 )
- g. Laodicea ( 3:14–22 )
- i. The Authority ( 3:14 )
- ii. The Grievance ( 3:15 )
- iii. The Warning ( 3:16–17 )
- iv. The Counsel ( 3:18 )
- v. The Promise ( 3:19–22 )
- 3. The Throne and the Lamb ( 4:1–5:14 )
- a. The Throne in Heaven ( 4:1–11 )
- i. In the Throne Room ( 4:1–4 )
- ii. Worship of the Creator ( 4:5–11 )
- b. The Lamb ( 5:1–14 )
- i. The Lamb Takes the Scroll ( 5:1–10 )
- ii. The Lamb Exalted ( 5:11–14 )
- 4. Three Sets of Seven Divine Judgments ( 6:1–16:21 )
- a. The Seven Seals ( 6:1–8:5 )
- i. The First Seal: The White Horse ( 6:1–2 )
- ii. The Second Seal: War ( 6:3–4 )
- iii. The Third Seal: Famine ( 6:5–6 )
- iv. The Fourth Seal: Death ( 6:7–8 )
- v. The Fifth Seal: The Martyrs ( 6:9–11 )
- vi. The Sixth Seal: Terror ( 6:12–17 )
- vii. 144,000 Sealed ( 7:1–8 )
- viii. Praise from the Great Multitude ( 7:9–17 )
- ix. The Seventh Seal: Silence in Heaven ( 8:1–5 )
- b. The Seven Trumpets ( 8:6–11:19 )
- i. The First Trumpet: Hail and Fire Mixed with Blood ( 8:6–7 )
- ii. The Second Trumpet: A Mountain Thrown into the Sea ( 8:8–9 )
- iii. The Third Trumpet: The Star Named Wormwood ( 8:10–11 )
- iv. The Fourth Trumpet: A Third of the Sun, Moon, and Stars Struck ( 8:12–13 )
- v. The Fifth Trumpet: The Locusts ( 9:1–12 )
- vi. The Sixth Trumpet: Release of the Four Angels ( 9:13–21 )
- vii. The Angel and the Small Scroll ( 10:1–11 )
- viii. The Two Witnesses ( 11:1–14 )
- ix. The Seventh Trumpet ( 11:15–19 )
- c. The Great Conflict ( 12:1–14:20 )
- i. The Woman and the Dragon ( 12:1–17 )
- 1. The Woman, the Dragon, and the Child ( 12:1–6 )
- 2. The War in Heaven ( 12:7–12 )
- 3. The Woman Persecuted ( 12:13–17 )
- ii. The Two Beasts ( 13:1–18 )
- 1. The Beast from the Sea ( 13:1–10 )
- 2. The Beast from the Earth ( 13:11–15 )
- 3. The Mark of the Beast ( 13:16–18 )
- iii. The Lamb and the 144,000 ( 14:1–5 )
- iv. Final Justice ( 14:6–20 )
- 1. The Three Angels and Babylon’s Fall ( 14:6–13 )
- 2. The Harvest of the Earth ( 14:14–20 )
- d. The Seven Bowls of Wrath ( 15:1–16:21 )
- i. The Song of Moses and the Lamb ( 15:1–4 )
- ii. Preparation for Judgment ( 15:5–8 )
- iii. The First Bowl: Sores ( 16:1–2 )
- iv. The Second Bowl: Sea to Blood ( 16:3 )
- v. The Third Bowl: Rivers to Blood ( 16:4–7 )
- vi. The Fourth Bowl: Fire ( 16:8–9 )
- vii. The Fifth Bowl: Darkness ( 16:10–11 )
- viii. The Sixth Bowl: Battle of Armageddon ( 16:12–16 )
- ix. The Seventh Bowl: Earthquake and Hail ( 16:17–21 )
- 5. The Fall of Babylon ( 17:1–19:10 )
- a. Babylon the Great ( 17:1–18 )
- i. The Woman on the Beast ( 17:1–5 )
- ii. The Mystery Explained ( 17:6–13 )
- iii. The Victory of the Lamb ( 17:14–18 )
- b. The Fall of Babylon ( 18:1–24 )
- i. Babylon is Fallen ( 18:1–8 )
- ii. Lament over Babylon ( 18:9–20 )
- iii. The Doom of Babylon ( 18:21–24 )
- c. Rejoicing in Heaven ( 19:1–5 )
- d. The Marriage of the Lamb ( 19:6–10 )
- 6. The Future and Beyond ( 19:11–22:5 )
- a. The Return of Jesus ( 19:11–21 )
- i. The Rider on the White Horse ( 19:11–16 )
- ii. Defeat of the Beast and False Prophet ( 19:17–21 )
- b. The Millennial Reign ( 20:1–15 )
- i. Satan Bound ( 20:1–3 )
- ii. The First Resurrection and Reign ( 20:4–6 )
- iii. Satan’s Release and Defeat ( 20:7–10 )
- iv. The Great White Throne Judgment ( 20:11–15 )
- c. The World to Come ( 21:1–22:5 )
- i. A New Heaven and a New Earth ( 21:1–8 )
- ii. The New Jerusalem ( 21:9–27 )
- iii. The River of Life ( 22:1–5 )
- 7. Conclusion ( 22:6–21 )
- a. Jesus is Coming ( 22:6–17 )
- b. Nothing May Be Added or Removed ( 22:18–21 )
1
Opening
Prologue
αποκαλυψις ιησου χριστου ην εδωκεν αυτω ο θεος δειξαι τοις δουλοις αυτου α δει γενεσθαι εν ταχει και εσημανεν αποστειλας δια του αγγελου αυτου τω δουλω αυτου ιωαννη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G602ἈποκάλυψιςApokalypsis (N-NFS)
G602 ἀποκάλυψις apokálypsis ap-ok-al-oop-sis from ἀποκαλύπτω; disclosure:--appearing, coming, lighten, manifestation, be revealed, revelation.
|
ἈποκάλυψιςApokalypsis
|
The revelation
|
N-NFS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G1166δεῖξαιdeixai (V-ANA)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δεῖξαιdeixai
|
to show
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1401δούλοιςdoulois (N-DMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλοιςdoulois
|
bond-servants
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what things
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to take place
|
V-ANM
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5034τάχει,tachei (N-DNS)
G5034 τάχος táchos takh-os from the same as ταχύς; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with ἐν prefixed) in haste:--+ quickly, + shortly, + speedily.
|
τάχει,tachei
|
quickness.
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4591ἐσήμανενesēmanen (V-AIA-3S)
G4591 σημαίνω sēmaínō say-mah-ee-no from (a mark; of uncertain derivation); to indicate:--signify.
|
ἐσήμανενesēmanen
|
He signified it,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G649ἀποστείλαςaposteilas (V-APA-NMS)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀποστείλαςaposteilas
|
having sent
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1401δούλῳdoulō (N-DMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλῳdoulō
|
servant
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2491Ἰωάννῃ,Iōannē (N-DMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννῃ,Iōannē
|
John,
|
N-DMS
|
1
THe Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave to Him, to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:Revelation 1:1
Stats
Rank: #957 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 32 words, 149 letters, 50 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποκαλυψις ιησου χριστου ην εδωκεν αυτω ο θεος δειξαι τοις δουλοις αυτου α δει γενεσθαι εν ταχει και εσημανεν αποστειλας δια του αγγελου αυτου τω δουλω αυτου ιωαννη
Lit: The revelation of Jesus Christ, which gave Him God, to show to the bond-servants of Him what things it behooves to take place in quickness. And He signified it, having sent through the angel of Him, to the servant of Him, John,
KJV: The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant John:
References
"Revelation"Da 2:28: 29: But there is a God in heaven that reveals secrets: and makes known to the king Nebuchadnezzar what will be in the latter days. Your dream: and the visions of your head upon your bed: are these;Am 3:7: Surely the Lord GOD will not dohing: but He reveals His secret to His servants the prophets.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Ga 1:12: For I neither received it of man: neither was I taught it: but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.Eph 3:3: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: "which God"Joh 3:32: What he has seen and heard: that he testifieth; and no man receives his testimony.Joh 8:26: I have many things to say and to judge of you: but he who sent me is true; and I speak to the world those things which I have heard of him.Joh 12:49: For I not have spoken of myself; but the Father which sent me: He gave me a commandment: what I should say: and what I should speak."to shew"Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Ps 25:14: The secret of the LORD is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.Joh 15:15: Henceforth I call you not servants; for the servant knows not what His lord does: but I have called you friends; for all things that I have heard of my Father I have made known to you."which must"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 22:10: He says to me: not Seal the sayings of the prophecy of this book: for the time is at hand.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day."and he"Re 22:6: 16: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Da 8:16: I heard a man's voice between the banks of Ulai: which called: and said: Gabriel: make this man to understand the vision.Da 9:21: 23: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation."John"Re 1:4: 9: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 21:2: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.
ος εμαρτυρησεν τον λογον του θεου και την μαρτυριαν ιησου χριστου οσα τε ειδεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3140ἐμαρτύρησενemartyrēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ἐμαρτύρησενemartyrēsen
|
testified
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
to the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
to the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
as much as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδεν.eiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεν.eiden
|
he saw.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
2
Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that He saw.Revelation 1:2
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 20 words, 80 letters, 27 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ος εμαρτυρησεν τον λογον του θεου και την μαρτυριαν ιησου χριστου οσα τε ειδεν
Lit: who testified to the word of God and to the testimony of Jesus Christ, as much as he saw.
KJV: Who bare record of the word of God, and of the testimony of Jesus Christ, and of all things that he saw.
References
"bare"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 12:11: 17: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Joh 1:32: John bare record: saying: I saw the Spirit descending from heaven like a dove: and it abode upon Him.Joh 12:17: The people therefore that was with him when he called Lazarus out of his grave: and raised him from the dead: bare record.Joh 19:35: he who saw it bare record: and his record is true: and he knows that he says true: that you might believe.Joh 21:24: This is the disciple which testifieth of these things: and wrote these things: and we know that his testimony is true.1Co 1:6: Even as the testimony of Christ was confirmed in you:1Co 2:1: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.1Jo 5:7-11: For there are 3 that bear record in heaven: the Father: the Word: and the Holy Ghost: and these 3 are one.3Jo 1:12: Demetrius has good report of all men: and of the truth itself: yes: and we also bear record; and you know that our record is true."and of all"Re 1:19: Write the things which you have seen: and the things which are: and the things which will be hereafter;Joh 3:11: Truly: truly: I say to you: We speak that we do know: and testify that we have seen; and you not receive our witness.Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.Ac 22:15: For you will be his witness to all men of what you have seen and heard.Ac 26:16: But rise: and stand upon your feet: for I have appeared to you for this purpose: to make you a minister and a witness both of these things which you have seen: and of those things in the which I will appear to you;1Jo 1:1: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;1Jo 4:14: We have seen and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the Saviour of the world.
μακαριος ο αναγινωσκων και οι ακουοντες τους λογους της προφητειας και τηρουντες τα εν αυτη γεγραμμενα ο γαρ καιρος εγγυς
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3107ΜακάριοςMakarios (Adj-NMS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
ΜακάριοςMakarios
|
Blessed is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G314ἀναγινώσκωνanaginōskōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G314 ἀναγινώσκω anaginṓskō an-ag-in-oce-ko from ἀνά and γινώσκω; to know again, i.e. (by extension) to read:--read.
|
ἀναγινώσκωνanaginōskōn
|
reading,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G191ἀκούοντεςakouontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντεςakouontes
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5083τηροῦντεςtērountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηροῦντεςtērountes
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1125γεγραμμένα·gegrammena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένα·gegrammena
|
having been written;
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
the time is
|
N-NMS
|
G1451ἐγγύς.engys (Adv)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγύς.engys
|
near.
|
Adv
|
3
Blessed is he who reads, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Revelation 1:3
Stats
Rank: #1376 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 150 characters, 23 words, 117 letters, 40 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: μακαριος ο αναγινωσκων και οι ακουοντες τους λογους της προφητειας και τηρουντες τα εν αυτη γεγραμμενα ο γαρ καιρος εγγυς
Lit: Blessed is the one reading, and those hearing the words of the prophecy, and keeping the things in it having been written; for the time is near.
KJV: Blessed is he that readeth, and they that hear the words of this prophecy, and keep those things which are written therein: for the time [is] at hand.
References
"Blessed"Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Pr 8:34: Blessed is the man that hears me: watching daily at my gates: waiting at the posts of my doors.Da 12:12: 13: Blessed is he who waits: and comes to the000 305 and 30 days.Lu 11:28: But He said: Yes rather: blessed are they that hear the word of God: and keep it."for"Re 22:6: 10: 12: 20: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Ro 13:11: That: knowing the time: that now it is high time to awake out of sleep: for now is our salvation nearer than when we believed.Jas 5:8: 9: Be you also patient; stablish your hearts: for the coming of the Lord draws nigh.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.
John Greets the Seven Churches
ιωαννης ταις επτα εκκλησιαις ταις εν τη ασια χαρις υμιν και ειρηνη απο του ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος και απο των επτα πνευματων α εστιν ενωπιον του θρονου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588Ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ταῖςtais
|
To the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-DFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιςekklēsiais
|
churches
|
N-DFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G773Ἀσίᾳ·Asia (N-DFS)
G773 Ἀσία Asía as-ee-ah of uncertain derivation; Asia, i.e. Asia Minor, or (usually) only its western shore:--Asia.
|
Ἀσίᾳ·Asia
|
Asia:
|
N-DFS
|
G5485Χάριςcharis (N-NFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
Χάριςcharis
|
Grace
|
N-NFS
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1515εἰρήνηeirēnē (N-NFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηeirēnē
|
peace
|
N-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
Him
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενος,erchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενος,erchomenos
|
is coming,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GNP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GNP
|
G4151ΠνευμάτωνPneumatōn (N-GNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνευμάτωνPneumatōn
|
Spirits
|
N-GNP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
4
John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you, and peace, from Him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Revelation 1:4
Stats
Rank: #1061 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 31 words, 144 letters, 54 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιωαννης ταις επτα εκκλησιαις ταις εν τη ασια χαρις υμιν και ειρηνη απο του ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος και απο των επτα πνευματων α εστιν ενωπιον του θρονου αυτου
Lit: John, To the seven churches in Asia: Grace to you and peace from Him being and who was and who is coming, and from the seven Spirits before the throne of Him,
KJV: John to the seven churches which are in Asia: Grace be unto you, and peace, from him which is, and which was, and which is to come; and from the seven Spirits which are before his throne;
References
"John"Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"to the"Re 1:11: 20: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1: 8: 12: 18: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 3:1: 7: 14: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Ac 19:10: This continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus: both Jews and Greeks.1Pe 1:1: Peter: an apostle of Jesus Christ: to the strangers scattered throughout Pontus: Galatia: Cappadocia: Asia: and Bithynia: "Grace"Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.1Co 1:3: Grace be to you: and peace: from God our Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ.2Co 1:2: Grace be to you and peace from God our Father: and from the Lord Jesus Christ.1Pe 1:2: Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the Father: through sanctification of the Spirit: to obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ: Grace to you: and peace: be multiplied."him"Re 1:8: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Ex 3:14: God said to Moses: I AM THAT I AM: and He said: Thus will you say to the children of Israel: I AM has sent me to you.Ps 90:2: Before the mountains were brought forth: or ever you hadst formed the earth and the world: even from everlasting to everlasting: you are God.Ps 102:25-27: Of old have you laid the foundation of the earth: and the heavens are the work of your hands.Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 57:15: For thus says the high and lofty one that inhabits eternity: whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place: with Him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit: to revive the spirit of the humble: and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.Mic 5:2: But you: Bethlehem Ephratah: though you be little among the thousands of Judah: yet out of you will he come forth to me that is to be ruler in Israel; whose goings forth have been from of old: from everlasting.Joh 1:1: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.Heb 1:10-13: And: You: Lord: in the beginning have laid the foundation of the earth; and the heavens are the works of your hands:Heb 13:8: Jesus Christ the same yesterday: and today: and for ever.Jas 1:17: Every good gift and every perfect gift is from above: and comes down from the Father of lights: with whom is no variableness: neither shadow of turning."from the"Re 3:1: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Zec 3:9: For look the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone will be 7 eyes: look: I will engrave the graving thereof: says the LORD of hosts: and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day.Zec 4:10: For who has despised the day of small things? for they will rejoice: and will see the plummet in the hand of Zerubbabel with those 7; they are the eyes of the LORD: which run to and fro through the whole earth.Zec 6:5: The angel answered and said to me: These are the 4 spirits of the heavens: which go forth from standing before the Lord of all the earth.1Co 12:4-13: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.
και απο ιησου χριστου ο μαρτυς ο πιστος ο πρωτοτοκος εκ των νεκρων και ο αρχων των βασιλεων της γης τω αγαπησαντι ημας και λουσαντι ημας απο των αμαρτιων ημων εν τω αιματι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3144μάρτυςmartys (N-NMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυςmartys
|
witness
|
N-NMS
|
G4103πιστός,pistos (Adj-NMS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστός,pistos
|
faithful,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4416πρωτότοκοςprōtotokos (Adj-NMS)
G4416 πρωτότοκος prōtótokos pro-tot-ok-os from πρῶτος and the alternate of τίκτω; first-born (usually as noun, literally or figuratively):--firstbegotten(-born).
|
πρωτότοκοςprōtotokos
|
firstborn
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G758ἄρχωνarchōn (N-NMS)
G758 ἄρχων árchōn ar-khone present participle of ἄρχω; a first (in rank or power):--chief (ruler), magistrate, prince, ruler.
|
ἄρχωνarchōn
|
ruler
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
To the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G25ἀγαπῶντιagapōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἀγαπῶντιagapōnti
|
loving
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3089λύσαντιlysanti (V-APA-DMS)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λύσαντιlysanti
|
releasing
|
V-APA-DMS
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G266ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn (N-GFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτιῶνhamartiōn
|
sins
|
N-GFP
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him —
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
From Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, and the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in His own blood,Revelation 1:5
Stats
Rank: #753 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 201 characters, 34 words, 154 letters, 54 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απο ιησου χριστου ο μαρτυς ο πιστος ο πρωτοτοκος εκ των νεκρων και ο αρχων των βασιλεων της γης τω αγαπησαντι ημας και λουσαντι ημας απο των αμαρτιων ημων εν τω αιματι αυτου
Lit: and from Jesus Christ, the witness faithful, the firstborn of the dead and the ruler of the kings of the earth. To the One loving us and releasing us from the sins of us through the blood of Him —
KJV: And from Jesus Christ, who is the faithful witness, [and] the first begotten of the dead, and the prince of the kings of the earth. Unto him that loved us, and washed us from our sins in his own blood,
References
"who is"Re 3:14: to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen: the faithful and true witness: the beginning of the creation of God;Ps 89:36: 37: His seed will endure for ever: and his throne as the sun before me.Isa 55:4: Look: I have given him for a witness to the people: a leader and commander to the people.Joh 3:11: 32: Truly: truly: I say to you: We speak that we do know: and testify that we have seen; and you not receive our witness.Joh 8:14-16: Jesus answered and said to them: Though I bear record of myself: yet my record is true: for I know where I came: and whither I go; but you cannot tell where I come: and whither I go.Joh 18:37: Pilate therefore said to Him: Are you a king then? Jesus answered: You say that I am a king. To this end was I born: and for this cause came I into the world: that I should bear witness to the truth. Every one that is of the truth hears my voice.1Ti 6:13: I give you charge in the sight of God: who quickens all things: and before Christ Jesus: who before Pontius Pilate witnessed a good confession;1Jo 5:7-10: For there are 3 that bear record in heaven: the Father: the Word: and the Holy Ghost: and these 3 are one."and the first"Ac 26:23: That Christ should suffer: and that He should be the first that should rise from the dead: and should show light to the people: and to the Gentiles.1Co 15:20-23: But now is Christ risen from the dead: and become the firstfruits of them that slept.Col 1:18: He is the head of the body: the church: who is the beginning: the firstborn from the dead; that in all things he might have the preeminence."and the prince"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.Ps 72:11: Yes: all kings will fall down before him: all nations will serve him.Ps 89:27: Also I will make him my firstborn: higher than the kings of the earth.Pr 8:15: 16: By me kings reign: and princes decree justice.Da 2:2: Then the king commanded to call the magicians: and the astrologers: and the sorcerers: and the Chaldeans: for to show the king his dreams. So they came and stood before the king.Da 7:14: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: 1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;"him"De 7:8: But because the LORD loved you: and because He would keep the oath which He had sworn to your fathers: has the LORD brought you out with a mighty hand: and redeemed you out of the house of bondmen: from the hand of Pharaoh king of Egypt.De 23:5: Nevertheless the LORD your God not would listen to Balaam; but the LORD your God turned the curse into a blessing to you: because the LORD your God loved you.Joh 13:1: 34: Now before the feast of the passover: when Jesus knew that His hour was come that He should depart out of this world to the Father: having loved His own which were in the world: He loved them to the end.Joh 15:9: As the Father has loved me: so have I loved you: continue you in my love.Ro 8:37: No: in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.Eph 2:4: But God: who is rich in mercy: for His great love wherewith He loved us: Eph 5:2: 25-27: Walk in love: as Christ also has loved us: and has given Himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweetsmelling savour.1Jo 4:10: Herein is love: not that we loved God: but that He loved us: and sent His Son to be the propitiation for our sins."washed"Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Joh 13:8-10: Peter says to Him: You will never wash my feet. Jesus answered Him: If I wash you not: you have no part with me.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.
και εποιησεν ημας βασιλεις και ιερεις τω θεω και πατρι αυτου αυτω η δοξα και το κρατος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησενepoiēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησενepoiēsen
|
He has made
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G932βασιλείαν,basileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαν,basileian
|
a kingdom,
|
N-AFS
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-AMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3962ΠατρὶPatri (N-DMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὶPatri
|
Father
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him —
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to Him be
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2904κράτοςkratos (N-NNS)
G2904 κράτος krátos krat-os perhaps a primary word; vigor (great) (literally or figuratively):--dominion, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
κράτοςkratos
|
dominion
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων·aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων·aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
G281ἀμήν.amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμήν.amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
6
has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Revelation 1:6
Stats
Rank: #1874 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 113 characters, 21 words, 88 letters, 33 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εποιησεν ημας βασιλεις και ιερεις τω θεω και πατρι αυτου αυτω η δοξα και το κρατος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
Lit: and He has made us a kingdom, priests to the God and Father of Him — to Him be the glory, and the dominion to the ages of the ages. Amen.
KJV: And hath made us kings and priests unto God and his Father; to him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.
References
"made"Re 5:10: have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth.Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Ex 19:6: you will be to me a kingdom of priests: and an holy nation. These are the words which you will speak to the children of Israel.Isa 61:6: But you will be named the Priests of the LORD: men will call you the Ministers of our God: you will eat the riches of the Gentiles: and in their glory will you boast yourselves.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.1Pe 2:5-9: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."to him"Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Re 5:12-14: Saying with a loud voice: Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power: and riches: and wisdom: and strength: and honour: and glory: and blessing.Ps 72:18: 19: Blessed be the LORD God: the God of Israel: who only does wondrous things.Da 4:34: At the end of the days I Nebuchadnezzar lifted up my eyes to heaven: and my understanding returned to me: and I blessed the most High: and I praised and honoured him that lives for ever: whose dominion is an everlasting dominion: and his kingdom is from generation to generation:Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Php 2:11: that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord: to the glory of God the Father.1Ti 6:16: Who only has immortality: dwelling in the light which no man can approach to; whom no man has seen: nor can see: to whom be honour and power everlasting. Amen.Heb 13:21: Make you perfect in every good work to do His will: working in you that which is wellpleasing in His sight: through Jesus Christ; to whom be glory for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 5:11: To him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen.
ιδου ερχεται μετα των νεφελων και οψεται αυτον πας οφθαλμος και οιτινες αυτον εξεκεντησαν και κοψονται επ αυτον πασαι αι φυλαι της γης ναι αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
He is coming
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3507νεφελῶν,nephelōn (N-GFP)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφελῶν,nephelōn
|
clouds,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ὄψεταιopsetai (V-FIM-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψεταιopsetai
|
will see
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3788ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos (N-NMS)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμὸςophthalmos
|
eye,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
those who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1574ἐξεκέντησαν,exekentēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1574 ἐκκεντέω ekkentéō ek-ken-teh-o from ἐκ and the base of κέντρον; to transfix:--pierce.
|
ἐξεκέντησαν,exekentēsan
|
pierced,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2875κόψονταιkopsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2875 κόπτω kóptō kop-to a primary verb; to chop; specially, to beat the breast in grief:--cut down, lament, mourn, (be-)wail. Compare the base of τομώτερος.
|
κόψονταιkopsontai
|
will wail
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
Him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πᾶσαιpasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαιpasai
|
all
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G5443φυλαὶphylai (N-NFP)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλαὶphylai
|
tribes
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
G3483ναί,nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
ναί,nai
|
Yes!
|
Prtcl
|
G281ἀμήν.amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμήν.amēn
|
Amen!
|
Heb
|
7
Look, he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so, Amen.
Revelation 1:7
Stats
Rank: #619 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 164 characters, 25 words, 127 letters, 48 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου ερχεται μετα των νεφελων και οψεται αυτον πας οφθαλμος και οιτινες αυτον εξεκεντησαν και κοψονται επ αυτον πασαι αι φυλαι της γης ναι αμην
Lit: Behold, He is coming with the clouds, and will see Him every eye, and those who Him pierced, and will wail because of Him all the tribes of the earth. Yes! Amen!
KJV: Behold, he cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of him. Even so, Amen.
References
"he cometh"Re 14:14-16: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Ps 97:2: Clouds and darkness are round about him: righteousness and judgment are the habitation of his throne.Isa 19:1: The burden of Egypt. Look: the LORD rids upon a swift cloud: and will come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt will be moved at His presence: and the heart of Egypt will melt in the middle of it.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Na 1:3: The LORD is slow to anger: and great in power: and not will at all acquit the wicked: the LORD has His way in the whirlwind and in the storm: and the clouds are the dust of His feet.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Mr 13:26: Then will they see the Son of man coming in the clouds with great power and glory.Mr 14:62: Jesus said: I am: and you will see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.Ac 1:9-11: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.1Th 4:17: Then we which are alive and remain will be caught up together with them in the clouds: to meet the Lord in the air: and so will we ever be with the Lord."and every"Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads.Nu 24:17: I will see him: not but now: I will look him: not but nigh: there will come a Star out of Jacob: and a Sceptre will rise out of Israel: and will smite the corners of Moab: and destroy all the children of Sheth.Job 19:26: 27: though after my skin worms destroy this body: yet in my flesh will I see God:Job 33:26: He will pray to God: and He will be favourable to Him: and He will see His face with joy: for He will render to man His righteousness.1Th 1:10: To wait for His Son from heaven: whom He raised from the dead: even Jesus: which delivered us from the wrath to come.1Jo 3:2: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is.Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: "and they"Ps 22:16: For dogs have compassed me: the assembly of the wicked have inclosed me: they pierced my hands and my feet.Zec 12:10: I will pour upon the house of David: and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem: the spirit of grace and of supplications: and they will look upon me whom they have pierced: and they will mourn for him: as one mourns for his only son: and will be in bitterness for him: as one that is in bitterness for his firstborn.Joh 19:34: 37: But one of the soldiers with a spear pierced his side: and forthwith came there out blood and water.Heb 6:6: If they will fall away: to renew them again to repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh: and put Him to an open shame.Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?"and all"Re 6:15-17: The kings of the earth: and the great men: and the rich men: and the chief captains: and the mighty men: and every bondman: and every free man: hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;Re 18:15-19: The merchants of these things: which were made rich by her: will stand afar off for the fear of her torment: weeping and wailing: Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Lu 23:28-30: But Jesus turning to them said: Daughters of Jerusalem: not weep for me: but weep for yourselves: and for your children."Even So"Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:1-3: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Re 22:20: He which testifieth these things says: Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so: come: Lord Jesus.Jg 5:31: So let all your enemies perish: O LORD: but let them that love Him be as the sun when He goes forth in His might. And the land had rest 40 years.Ps 68:1: A Psalm or Song of David.>> Let God arise: let His enemies be scattered: let them also that hate Him flee before Him.
εγω ειμι το α και το ω αρχη και τελος λεγει ο κυριος ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος ο παντοκρατωρ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1ἌλφαAlpha (N-NNS)
G1 Α A al-fah of Hebrew origin; the first letter of the alphabet; figuratively, only (from its use as a numeral) the first: --Alpha. Often used (usually , before a vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from ἄνευ) in the sense of privation; so, in many words, beginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of union (as a contraction of ἅμα).
|
ἌλφαAlpha
|
Alpha
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5598Ὦ,Ō (N-NNS)
G5598 Ω Ō o-meg-ah, Noun
|
Ὦ,Ō
|
Omega,”
|
N-NNS
|
G746{ἀρχὴarchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
{ἀρχὴarchē
|
the Beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5056τέλος},telos (N-NNS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος},telos
|
the End,
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεός,Theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεός,Theos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενος,erchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενος,erchomenos
|
is coming,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ.Pantokratōr (N-NMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ.Pantokratōr
|
Almighty.
|
N-NMS
|
8
I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, says the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.Revelation 1:8
Stats
Rank: #830 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 19 words, 97 letters, 34 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ειμι το α και το ω αρχη και τελος λεγει ο κυριος ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος ο παντοκρατωρ
Lit: I am the Alpha and the Omega,” the Beginning and the End, says Lord God, the One being, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.
KJV: I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the Lord, which is, and which was, and which is to come, the Almighty.
References
"Alpha"Re 1:11: 17: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:8: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Re 22:13: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end: the first and the last.Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 43:10: You are my witnesses: says the LORD: and my servant whom I have chosen: that you may know and believe me: and understand that I am He: before me there was no God formed: neither will there be after me.Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Isa 48:12: Listen to me: O Jacob and Israel: my called; I am he; I am the first: I also am the last."which is"Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;"the Almighty"Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Re 21:22: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Ge 17:1: When Abram was 90 years old and 9: the LORD appeared to Abram: and said to Him: I am the Almighty God; walk before me: and be you perfect.Ge 28:3: God Almighty bless you: and make you fruitful: and multiply you: that you may be a multitude of people;Ge 35:11: God said to Him: I am God Almighty: be fruitful and multiply; a nation and a company of nations will be of you: and kings will come out of your loins;Ge 43:14: God Almighty give you mercy before the man: that He may send away your other brother: and Benjamin. If I be bereaved of my children: I am bereaved.Ge 48:3: Jacob said to Joseph: God Almighty appeared to me at Luz in the land of Canaan: and blessed me: Ge 49:25: Even by the God of your father: who will help you; and by the Almighty: who will bless you with blessings of heaven above: blessings of the deep that lies under: blessings of the breasts: and of the womb:Ex 6:3: I appeared to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob: by the name of God Almighty: but by my name Jehovah was not I known to them.Nu 24:4: He has said: which heard the words of God: which saw the vision of the Almighty: falling into a trance: but having His eyes open:Isa 9:6: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.2Co 6:18: Will be a Father to you: and you will be my sons and daughters: says the Lord Almighty.
John’s Vision on Patmos
εγω ιωαννης ο και αδελφος υμων και συγκοινωνος εν τη θλιψει και εν τη βασιλεια και υπομονη ιησου χριστου εγενομην εν τη νησω τη καλουμενη πατμω δια τον λογον του θεου και δια την μαρτυριαν ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2491Ἰωάννης,Iōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
Ἰωάννης,Iōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G80ἀδελφὸςadelphos (N-NMS)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφὸςadelphos
|
brother
|
N-NMS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4791συνκοινωνὸςsynkoinōnos (N-NMS)
G4791 συγκοινωνός synkoinōnós soong-koy-no-nos from σύν and κοινωνός; a co-participant:--companion, partake(-r, -r with).
|
συνκοινωνὸςsynkoinōnos
|
fellow-partaker
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2347θλίψειthlipsei (N-DFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψειthlipsei
|
tribulation
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G932βασιλείᾳbasileia (N-DFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείᾳbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5281ὑπομονῇhypomonē (N-DFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονῇhypomonē
|
endurance
|
N-DFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou (N-DMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ,Iēsou
|
Jesus,
|
N-DMS
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3520νήσῳnēsō (N-DFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νήσῳnēsō
|
island
|
N-DFS
|
G2564καλουμένῃkaloumenē (V-PPM/P-DFS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλουμένῃkaloumenē
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-DFS
|
G3963ΠάτμῳPatmō (N-DFS)
G3963 Πάτμος Pátmos pat-mos of uncertain derivation; Patmus, an islet in the Mediterranean:--Patmos.
|
ΠάτμῳPatmō
|
Patmos,
|
N-DFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
9
I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Revelation 1:9
Stats
Rank: #2420 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 211 characters, 34 words, 165 letters, 61 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ιωαννης ο και αδελφος υμων και συγκοινωνος εν τη θλιψει και εν τη βασιλεια και υπομονη ιησου χριστου εγενομην εν τη νησω τη καλουμενη πατμω δια τον λογον του θεου και δια την μαρτυριαν ιησου χριστου
Lit: I John, the brother of you, and fellow-partaker in the tribulation and kingdom and endurance in Jesus, was in the island called Patmos, on account of the word of God and the testimony of Jesus.
KJV: I John, who also am your brother, and companion in tribulation, and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ, was in the isle that is called Patmos, for the word of God, and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.
References
"John"Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;"companion"Re 2:9: 10: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.1Co 4:9-13: For I think that God has set forth us the apostles last: as it were appointed to death: for we are made a spectacle to the world: and to angels: and to men.Php 1:7: Even as it is meet for me to think this of you all: because I have you in my heart; inasmuch as both in my bonds: and in the defence and confirmation of the gospel: you all are partakers of my grace.Php 4:14: Notwithstanding you have well done: that you did communicate with my affliction.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;2Ti 2:3-12: You therefore endure hardness: as a good soldier of Jesus Christ."in the"Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus.Ro 2:7: 8: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 5:3: 4: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:25: But if we hope for that we not see: then do we with patience wait for it.2Th 1:4: 5: So that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God for your patience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that you endure:2Th 3:5: The Lord direct your hearts into the love of God: and into the patient waiting for Christ.Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Jas 5:7: 8: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain."for the word"Re 1:2: Who bare record of the word of God: and of the testimony of Jesus Christ: and of all things that He saw.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 12:11: 17: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
εγενομην εν πνευματι εν τη κυριακη ημερα και ηκουσα οπισω μου φωνην μεγαλην ως σαλπιγγος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2960κυριακῇkyriakē (Adj-DFS)
G2960 κυριακός kyriakós koo-ree-ak-os from κύριος; belonging to the Lord (Jehovah or Jesus):--Lords.
|
κυριακῇkyriakē
|
Lord’s
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳ,hēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳ,hēmera
|
day,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
behind
|
Prep
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
loud,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like that
|
Adv
|
G4536σάλπιγγοςsalpingos (N-GFS)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγοςsalpingos
|
of a trumpet,
|
N-GFS
|
10
I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet,Revelation 1:10
Stats
Rank: #1542 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 90 characters, 18 words, 67 letters, 27 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγενομην εν πνευματι εν τη κυριακη ημερα και ηκουσα οπισω μου φωνην μεγαλην ως σαλπιγγος
Lit: I was in the Spirit on the Lord’s day, and I heard behind me a voice loud, like that of a trumpet,
KJV: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day, and heard behind me a great voice, as of a trumpet,
References
"in"Re 4:2: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 17:3: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Re 21:10: He carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain: and showed me that great city: the holy Jerusalem: descending out of heaven from God: Mt 22:43: He says to them: How then does David in spirit call Him Lord: saying: Ac 10:10-33: He became very hungry: and would have eaten: but while they made ready: he fell into a trance: 2Co 12:2-4: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven."on the"Joh 20:19: 26: Then the same day at evening: being the first day of the week: when the doors were shut where the disciples were assembled for fear of the Jews: came Jesus and stood in the middle: and says to them: Peace be to you.Ac 20:7: Upon the first day of the week: when the disciples came together to break bread: Paul preached to them: ready to depart on the morrow; and continued his speech until midnight.1Co 16:2: Upon the first day of the week let every one of you lay by Him in store: as God has prospered Him: that there be no gatherings when I come."as"Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 10:3-8: Cried with a loud voice: as when a lion roars: and when he had cried: 7 thunders uttered their voices.
λεγουσης εγω ειμι το α και το ω ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος και ο βλεπεις γραψον εις βιβλιον και πεμψον ταις {VAR2: επτα } εκκλησιαις ταις εν ασια εις εφεσον και εις σμυρναν και εις περγαμον και εις θυατειρα και εις σαρδεις και εις φιλαδελφειαν και εις λαοδικειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1473{ἘγώEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
{ἘγώEgō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510ἐιμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐιμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1ΑA (N-NNS)
G1 Α A al-fah of Hebrew origin; the first letter of the alphabet; figuratively, only (from its use as a numeral) the first: --Alpha. Often used (usually , before a vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from ἄνευ) in the sense of privation; so, in many words, beginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of union (as a contraction of ἅμα).
|
ΑA
|
Alpha
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5598Ω,Ō (N-NNS)
G5598 Ω Ō o-meg-ah, Noun
|
Ω,Ō
|
Omega,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
First
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2078ἔσχατος;eschatos (Adj-NMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατος;eschatos
|
Last;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶ},kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶ},kai
|
and,
|
Conj
|
G3739ὋHO (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὋHO
|
What
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G991βλέπειςblepeis (V-PIA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπειςblepeis
|
you see,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
a book,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3992πέμψονpempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψονpempson
|
send
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-DFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις,ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις,ekklēsiais
|
churches,
|
N-DFP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2181ἜφεσονEpheson (N-AFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἜφεσονEpheson
|
Ephesus,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4667ΣμύρνανSmyrnan (N-AFS)
G4667 Σμύρνα Smýrna smoor-nah the same as σμύρνα; Smyrna, a place in Asia Minor:--Smyrna.
|
ΣμύρνανSmyrnan
|
Smyrna,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4010ΠέργαμονPergamon (N-AFS)
G4010 Πέργαμος Pérgamos per-gam-os from πύργος; fortified; Pergamus, a place in Asia Minor:--Pergamos.
|
ΠέργαμονPergamon
|
Pergamum,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2363ΘυάτειραThyateira (N-ANP)
G2363 Θυάτειρα Thyáteira thoo-at-i-rah of uncertain derivation; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:--Thyatira.
|
ΘυάτειραThyateira
|
Thyatira,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4554ΣάρδειςSardeis (N-AFP)
G4554 Σάρδεις Sárdeis sar-dice plural of uncertain derivation; Sardis, a place in Asia Minor:--Sardis.
|
ΣάρδειςSardeis
|
Sardis,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5359ΦιλαδέλφειανPhiladelpheian (N-AFS)
G5359 Φιλαδέλφεια Philadélpheia fil-ad-el-fee-ah from (the same as φιλάδελφος), a king of Pergamos; Philadelphia, a place in Asia Minor:--Philadelphia.
|
ΦιλαδέλφειανPhiladelpheian
|
Philadelphia,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2993Λαοδίκειαν.Laodikeian (N-AFS)
G2993 Λαοδίκεια Laodíkeia lah-od-ik-i-ah from a compound of λαός and δίκη; Laodicia, a place in Asia Minor:--Laodicea.
|
Λαοδίκειαν.Laodikeian
|
Laodicea.
|
N-AFS
|
11
Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What you see, write in a book, and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, and to Pergamos, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Philadelphia, and to Laodicea.
Revelation 1:11
Stats
Rank: #3210 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 275 characters, 37 words, 212 letters, 86 vowels, 126 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγουσης εγω ειμι το α και το ω ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος και ο βλεπεις γραψον εις βιβλιον και πεμψον ταις {VAR2: επτα } εκκλησιαις ταις εν ασια εις εφεσον και εις σμυρναν και εις περγαμον και εις θυατειρα και εις σαρδεις και εις φιλαδελφειαν και εις λαοδικειαν
Lit: saying, I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last; and, What you see, write in a book, and send to the seven churches, to Ephesus, and to Smyrna, and to Pergamum, and to Thyatira, and to Sardis, and to Philadelphia, and to Laodicea.
KJV: Saying, I am Alpha and Omega, the first and the last: and, What thou seest, write in a book, and send it unto the seven churches which are in Asia; unto Ephesus, and unto Smyrna, and unto Pergamos, and unto Thyatira, and unto Sardis, and unto Philadelphia, and unto Laodicea.
References
"I am"Re 1:8: 17: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty."What"Re 1:19: Write the things which you have seen: and the things which are: and the things which will be hereafter;Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful.De 31:19: Now therefore write you this song for you: and teach it the children of Israel: put it in their mouths: that this song may be a witness for me against the children of Israel.Isa 30:8: Now go: write it before them in a table: not ande it in a book: that it may be for the time to come for ever and ever:Jer 30:2: Thus speaks the LORD God of Israel: saying: Write you all the words that I have spoken to you in a book.Hab 2:2: The LORD answered me: and said: Write the vision: and make it plain upon tables: that He may run that reads it."seven"Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 2:1: 8: 12: 18: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 3:1: 7: 14: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead."Ephesus"Ac 18:19-21: 24: He came to Ephesus: and left them there: but he himself entered into the synagogue: and reasoned with the Jews.Ac 19:1-41: It came to pass: that: while Apollos was at Corinth: Paul having passed through the upper coasts came to Ephesus: and finding certain disciples: Ac 20:17: From Miletus he sent to Ephesus: and called the elders of the church.1Co 15:32: If after the manner of men I have fought with beasts at Ephesus: what advantages it me: if the dead not rise? let us eat and drink; for to morrow we die.1Co 16:8: But I will tarry at Ephesus until Pentecost.Eph 1:1: Paul: an apostle of Jesus Christ by the will of God: to the saints which are at Ephesus: and to the faithful in Christ Jesus:1Ti 1:3: As I besought you to abide still at Ephesus: when I went into Macedonia: that you might charge some that they teach no other doctrine: "Laodicea"Col 4:15: 16: Greet the brothers which are in Laodicea: and Nymphas: and the church which is in his house.
και επεστρεψα βλεπειν την φωνην ητις ελαλησεν μετ εμου και επιστρεψας ειδον επτα λυχνιας χρυσας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπέστρεψαepestrepsa (V-AIA-1S)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπέστρεψαepestrepsa
|
I turned
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G991βλέπεινblepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεινblepein
|
to see
|
V-PNA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
that
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
was speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ·emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ·emou
|
me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1994ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas (V-APA-NMS)
G1994 ἐπιστρέφω epistréphō ep-ee-stref-o from ἐπί and στρέφω; to revert (literally, figuratively or morally):--come (go) again, convert, (re-)turn (about, again).
|
ἐπιστρέψαςepistrepsas
|
having turned,
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3087λυχνίαςlychnias (N-AFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίαςlychnias
|
lampstands
|
N-AFP
|
G5552χρυσᾶς,chrysas (Adj-AFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶς,chrysas
|
golden,
|
Adj-AFP
|
12
I turned to see the voice that spoke with me. And being turned, I saw 7 golden candlesticks;
Revelation 1:12
Stats
Counts: 100 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεστρεψα βλεπειν την φωνην ητις ελαλησεν μετ εμου και επιστρεψας ειδον επτα λυχνιας χρυσας
Lit: And I turned to see the voice that was speaking with me. And having turned, I saw seven lampstands golden,
KJV: And I turned to see the voice that spake with me. And being turned, I saw seven golden candlesticks;
References
"see"Eze 43:5: 6: So the spirit took me up: and brought me into the inner court; and: look: the glory of the LORD filled the house.Mic 6:9: The LORD's voice cries to the city: and the man of wisdom will see your name: hear you the rod: and who has appointed it."I saw"Re 1:13: 20: In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man: clothed with a garment down to the foot: and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Ex 25:37: you will make the 7 lamps thereof: and they will light the lamps thereof: that they may give light over against it.Zec 4:2: Said to me: What see you? And I said: I have looked: and look a candlestick all of gold: with a bowl upon the top of it: and his 7 lamps thereon: and 7 pipes to the 7 lamps: which are upon the top thereof:
και εν μεσω των επτα λυχνιων ομοιον υιω ανθρωπου ενδεδυμενον ποδηρη και περιεζωσμενον προς τοις μαστοις ζωνην χρυσην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3087λυχνιῶνlychniōn (N-GFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνιῶνlychniōn
|
lampstands,
|
N-GFP
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-AMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
One like
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5207υἱὸνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸνhuion
|
the Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of Man,
|
N-GMS
|
G1746ἐνδεδυμένονendedymenon (V-RPM-AMS)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδεδυμένονendedymenon
|
having been clothed
|
V-RPM-AMS
|
G4158ποδήρηpodērē (Adj-AMS)
G4158 ποδήρης podḗrēs pod-ay-race from πούς and another element of uncertain affinity; a dress (ἐσθής implied) reaching the ankles:--garment down to the foot.
|
ποδήρηpodērē
|
to the feet,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4024περιεζωσμένονperiezōsmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4024 περιζώννυμι perizṓnnymi per-id-zone-noo-mee from περί and ζώννυμι; to gird all around, i.e. (middle voice or passive) to fasten on ones belt (literally or figuratively):--gird (about, self).
|
περιεζωσμένονperiezōsmenon
|
having been girded about
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3149μαστοῖςmastois (N-DMP)
G3149 μαστός mastós mas-tos from the base of μασσάομαι; a (properly, female) breast (as if kneaded up):--pap.
|
μαστοῖςmastois
|
breasts
|
N-DMP
|
G2223ζώνηνzōnēn (N-AFS)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώνηνzōnēn
|
with a sash
|
N-AFS
|
G5552χρυσᾶν·chrysan (Adj-AFS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶν·chrysan
|
golden.
|
Adj-AFS
|
13
In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.Revelation 1:13
Stats
Rank: #2770 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 30 words, 125 letters, 45 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν μεσω των επτα λυχνιων ομοιον υιω ανθρωπου ενδεδυμενον ποδηρη και περιεζωσμενον προς τοις μαστοις ζωνην χρυσην
Lit: and in the midst of the lampstands, One like the Son of Man, having been clothed to the feet, and having been girded about at the breasts with a sash golden.
KJV: And in the midst of the seven candlesticks one like unto the Son of man, clothed with a garment down to the foot, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.
References
"like"Re 14:14: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Eze 1:26-28: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Da 7:9: 13: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Da 10:5: 6: 16: Then I lifted up my eyes: and looked: and look a certain man clothed in linen: whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz:Php 2:7: 8: But made himself of no reputation: and took upon him the form of a servant: and was made in the likeness of men:Heb 2:14-17: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;Heb 4:15: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin."clothed"Da 10:5: Then I lifted up my eyes: and looked: and look a certain man clothed in linen: whose loins were girded with fine gold of Uphaz:"and girt"Re 15:6: The 7 angels came out of the temple: having the 7 plagues: clothed in pure and white linen: and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.Ex 28:6-8: They will make the ephod of gold: of blue: and of purple: of scarlet: and fine twined linen: with cunning work.Ex 39:5: The curious girdle of His ephod: that was upon it: was of the same: according to the work thereof; of gold: blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine twined linen; as the LORD commanded Moses.Le 8:7: He put upon him the coat: and girded him with the girdle: and clothed him with the robe: and put the ephod upon him: and he girded him with the curious girdle of the ephod: and bound it to him therewith.Isa 11:5: Righteousness will be the girdle of his loins: and faithfulness the girdle of his reins.
η δε κεφαλη αυτου και αι τριχες λευκαι ωσει εριον λευκον ως χιων και οι οφθαλμοι αυτου ως φλοξ πυρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2776κεφαλὴkephalē (N-NFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴkephalē
|
the head
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2359τρίχεςtriches (N-NFP)
G2359 θρίξ thríx threeks genitive case , etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair. Compare κόμη.
|
τρίχεςtriches
|
hairs
|
N-NFP
|
G3022λευκαὶleukai (Adj-NFP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκαὶleukai
|
are white,
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as if
|
Adv
|
G2053ἔριονerion (N-NNS)
G2053 ἔριον érion er-ee-on of obscure affinity; wool:--wool.
|
ἔριονerion
|
wool,
|
N-NNS
|
G3022λευκόνleukon (Adj-NNS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκόνleukon
|
white
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5510χιών,chiōn (N-NFS)
G5510 χιών chiṓn khee-one perhaps akin to the base of χάσμα (χαλάω) or χειμών (as descending or empty); snow:--snow.
|
χιών,chiōn
|
snow;
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi (N-NMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi
|
eyes
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
are like
|
Adv
|
G5395φλὸξphlox (N-NFS)
G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).
|
φλὸξphlox
|
a flame
|
N-NFS
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire;
|
N-GNS
|
14
His head and his hairs were white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;Revelation 1:14
Stats
Rank: #1743 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 16 words, 76 letters, 33 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: η δε κεφαλη αυτου και αι τριχες λευκαι ωσει εριον λευκον ως χιων και οι οφθαλμοι αυτου ως φλοξ πυρος
Lit: And the head of Him and the hairs are white, as if wool, white as snow; and the eyes of Him are like a flame of fire;
KJV: His head and his hairs [were] white like wool, as white as snow; and his eyes [were] as a flame of fire;
References
"and his hairs"Da 7:9: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:"and his eyes"Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;Re 19:12: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself.Da 10:6: His body also was like the beryl: and his face as the appearance of lightning: and his eyes as lamps of fire: and his arms and his feet like in colour to polished brass: and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude.
και οι ποδες αυτου ομοιοι χαλκολιβανω ως εν καμινω πεπυρωμενοι και η φωνη αυτου ως φωνη υδατων πολλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδεςpodes
|
feet
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3664ὅμοιοιhomoioi (Adj-NMP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοιhomoioi
|
are like
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5474χαλκολιβάνῳchalkolibanō (N-DNS)
G5474 χαλκολίβανον chalkolíbanon khal-kol-ib-an-on neuter of a compound of χαλκός and λίβανος (in the implied mean of whiteness or brilliancy); burnished copper, an alloy of copper (or gold) and silver having a brilliant lustre:--fine brass.
|
χαλκολιβάνῳchalkolibanō
|
fine bronze,
|
N-DNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2575καμίνῳkaminō (N-DFS)
G2575 κάμινος káminos kam-ee-nos probably from καίω; a furnace:--furnace.
|
καμίνῳkaminō
|
a furnace
|
N-DFS
|
G4448πεπυρωμένης,pepyrōmenēs (V-RPM/P-GFS)
G4448 πυρόω pyróō poo-ro-o from πῦρ; to kindle, i.e. (passively) to be ignited, glow (literally), be refined (by implication), or (figuratively) to be inflamed (with anger, grief, lust):--burn, fiery, be on fire, try.
|
πεπυρωμένης,pepyrōmenēs
|
having been refined;
|
V-RPM/P-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
voice
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
is like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the voice
|
N-NFS
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
of waters
|
N-GNP
|
G4183πολλῶν,pollōn (Adj-GNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶν,pollōn
|
many;
|
Adj-GNP
|
15
His feet like to fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.Revelation 1:15
Stats
Rank: #2565 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 21 words, 84 letters, 34 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι ποδες αυτου ομοιοι χαλκολιβανω ως εν καμινω πεπυρωμενοι και η φωνη αυτου ως φωνη υδατων πολλων
Lit: and the feet of Him are like fine bronze, as in a furnace having been refined; and the voice of Him is like the voice of waters many;
KJV: And his feet like unto fine brass, as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.
References
"his feet"Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;Eze 1:7: Their feet were straight feet; and the sole of their feet was like the sole of a calf's foot: and they sparkled like the colour of burnished brass.Eze 40:3: He brought me there: and: look: there was a man: whose appearance was like the appearance of brass: with a line of flax in his hand: and a measuring reed; and he stood in the gate.Da 10:6: His body also was like the beryl: and his face as the appearance of lightning: and his eyes as lamps of fire: and his arms and his feet like in colour to polished brass: and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude."his voice"Re 14:2: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Re 19:6: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.Ps 93:4: The LORD on high is mightier than the noise of many waters: yes: than the mighty waves of the sea.Isa 17:13: The nations will rush like the rushing of many waters: but God will rebuke them: and they will flee far off: and will be chased as the chaff of the mountains before the wind: and like a rolling thing before the whirlwind.Eze 43:2: And: look: the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and His voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with His glory.
και εχων εν τη δεξια αυτου χειρι αστερας επτα και εκ του στοματος αυτου ρομφαια διστομος οξεια εκπορευομενη και η οψις αυτου ως ο ηλιος φαινει εν τη δυναμει αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
He is holding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
right
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G792ἀστέραςasteras (N-AMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέραςasteras
|
stars
|
N-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτά,hepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά,hepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4501ῥομφαίαrhomphaia (N-NFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίαrhomphaia
|
a sword
|
N-NFS
|
G1366δίστομοςdistomos (Adj-NFS)
G1366 δίστομος dístomos dis-tom-os from δίς and στόμα; double-edged:--with two edges, two-edged.
|
δίστομοςdistomos
|
two-edged
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3691ὀξεῖαoxeia (Adj-NFS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξεῖαoxeia
|
sharp
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1607ἐκπορευομένη,ekporeuomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευομένη,ekporeuomenē
|
is going forth;
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3799ὄψιςopsis (N-NFS)
G3799 ὄψις ópsis op-sis from ὀπτάνομαι; properly, sight (the act), i.e. (by implication) the visage, an external show:--appearance, countenance, face.
|
ὄψιςopsis
|
face
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
is like
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun
|
N-NMS
|
G5316φαίνειphainei (V-PIA-3S)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φαίνειphainei
|
shining
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1411δυνάμειdynamei (N-DFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμειdynamei
|
full strength
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
16
He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Revelation 1:16
Stats
Rank: #2769 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 151 characters, 28 words, 119 letters, 40 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εχων εν τη δεξια αυτου χειρι αστερας επτα και εκ του στοματος αυτου ρομφαια διστομος οξεια εκπορευομενη και η οψις αυτου ως ο ηλιος φαινει εν τη δυναμει αυτου
Lit: and He is holding in the right hand of Him stars seven, and out of the mouth of Him a sword two-edged sharp is going forth; and the face of Him is like the sun shining in the full strength of it.
KJV: And he had in his right hand seven stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his countenance was as the sun shineth in his strength.
References
"he had"Re 1:20: The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand: and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 3:1: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 12:1: There appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun: and the moon under her feet: and upon her head a crown of 12 stars:Job 38:7: When the morning stars sang together: and all the sons of God shouted for joy?Da 8:10: It waxed great: even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground: and stamped upon them.Da 12:3: They that be wise will shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever."out"Re 2:12: 16: To the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things says he which has the sharp sword with two edges;Re 19:15: 21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Isa 49:2: He has made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand has he hid me: and made me a polished shaft; in his quiver has he hid me;Eph 6:17: Take the helmet of salvation: and the sword of the Spirit: which is the word of God:Heb 4:12: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart."and his"Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Ac 26:13: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me.
και οτε ειδον αυτον επεσα προς τους ποδας αυτου ως νεκρος και επεθηκεν την δεξιαν αυτου χειρα επ εμε λεγων μοι μη φοβου εγω ειμι ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4098ἔπεσαepesa (V-AIA-1S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσαepesa
|
I fell
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as though
|
Adv
|
G3498νεκρός·nekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρός·nekros
|
dead.
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκενethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκενethēken
|
He placed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1188δεξιὰνdexian (Adj-AFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιὰνdexian
|
right hand
|
Adj-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμὲeme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμὲeme
|
me,
|
PPro-A1S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβοῦ·phobou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβοῦ·phobou
|
fear.
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
First
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2078ἔσχατοςeschatos (Adj-NMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατοςeschatos
|
Last,
|
Adj-NMS
|
17
When I saw him, I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me, saying to me, not Fear; I am the first and the last:
Revelation 1:17
Stats
Rank: #2154 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 27 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ειδον αυτον επεσα προς τους ποδας αυτου ως νεκρος και επεθηκεν την δεξιαν αυτου χειρα επ εμε λεγων μοι μη φοβου εγω ειμι ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος
Lit: And when I saw Him, I fell at the feet of Him as though dead. And He placed the right hand of Him upon me, saying, Not fear. I am the First and the Last,
KJV: And when I saw him, I fell at his feet as dead. And he laid his right hand upon me, saying unto me, Fear not; I am the first and the last:
References
"I fell"Eze 1:28: As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain: so was the appearance of the brightness round about. This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the LORD. And when I saw it: I fell upon my face: and I heard a voice of one that spoke.Da 8:18: Now as he was speaking with me: I was in a deep sleep on my face toward the ground: but he touched me: and set me upright.Da 10:8: 9: 17-19: Therefore I was left alone: and saw this great vision: and there remained no strength in me: for my comeliness was turned in me into corruption: and I retained no strength.Hab 3:16: When I heard: my belly trembled; my lips quivered at the voice: rottenness entered into my bones: and I trembled in myself: that I might rest in the day of trouble: when he comes up to the people: he will invade them with his troops.Mt 17:2-6: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Joh 13:23: Now there was leaning on Jesus' bosom one of His disciples: whom Jesus loved.Joh 21:20: Then Peter: turning about: sees the disciple whom Jesus loved following; which also leaned on His breast at supper: and said: Lord: which is He that'>He who betrays you?"And he"Da 8:18: Now as he was speaking with me: I was in a deep sleep on my face toward the ground: but he touched me: and set me upright.Da 10:10: And: look: an hand touched me: which set me upon my knees and upon the palms of my hands."Fear not"Ge 15:1: After these things the word of the LORD came to Abram in a vision: saying: not Fear: Abram: I am your shield: and your exceeding great reward.Ex 14:13: Moses said to the people: Fear you not: stand still: and see the salvation of the LORD: which He will show to you today: for the Egyptians whom you have seen today: you will see them again no more for ever.Ex 20:20: Moses said to the people: not Fear: for God is come to prove you: and that His fear may be before your faces: that you not sin.Isa 41:10: Fear you not; for I am with you: not be dismayed; for I am your God: I will strengthen you; yes: I will help you; yes: I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.Da 10:12: Then said He to me: not Fear: Daniel: for from the first day that you did set your heart to understand: and to chasten yourself before your God: your words were heard: and I am come for your words.Mt 28:4: For fear of him the keepers did shake: and became as dead men.Mr 16:5: 6: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted.Lu 24:37-39: But they were terrified and affrighted: and supposed that they had seen a spirit."I am"Re 1:8: 11: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 2:8: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;Re 22:13: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end: the first and the last.Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Isa 48:12: Listen to me: O Jacob and Israel: my called; I am he; I am the first: I also am the last.
και ο ζων και εγενομην νεκρος και ιδου ζων ειμι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην και εχω τας κλεις του αδου και του θανατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2198Ζῶν,Zōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
Ζῶν,Zōn
|
Living One;
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G3498νεκρὸςnekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρὸςnekros
|
dead,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2198ζῶνzōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶνzōn
|
living
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων,aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων,aiōnōn
|
ages,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I have
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2807κλεῖςkleis (N-AFP)
G2807 κλείς kleís klice from κλείω; a key (as shutting a lock), literally or figuratively:--key.
|
κλεῖςkleis
|
keys
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
Death
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G86ᾅδου.hadou (N-GMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδου.hadou
|
Hades.
|
N-GMS
|
18
I am he who lives, and was dead; and, look, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
Revelation 1:18
Stats
Rank: #1625 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 19 words, 87 letters, 36 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο ζων και εγενομην νεκρος και ιδου ζων ειμι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην και εχω τας κλεις του αδου και του θανατου
Lit: and the Living One; and I was dead, and behold living I am to the ages of the ages, and I have the keys of Death and of Hades.
KJV: I am he that liveth, and was dead; and, behold, I am alive for evermore, Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.
References
"that liveth"Job 19:25: For I know that my redeemer lives: and that he will stand at the latter day upon the earth:Ps 18:46: The LORD lives; and blessed be my rock; and let the God of my salvation be exalted.Joh 14:19: Yet a little while: and the world sees me no more; but you see me: because I live: you will live also.Ro 6:9: Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dies no more; death has no more dominion over Him.2Co 13:4: For though He was crucified through weakness: yet He lives by the power of God. For we also are weak in Him: but we will live with Him by the power of God toward you.Ga 2:20: I am crucified with Christ: nevertheless I live; not yet I: but Christ lives in me: and the life which I now live in the flesh I live by the faith of the Son of God: who loved me: and gave Himself for me.Col 3:3: For you are dead: and your life is hid with Christ in God.Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them."was"Ro 14:8: 9: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.2Co 5:14: 15: For the love of Christ constrains us; because we thus judge: that if one died for all: then were all dead:Heb 1:3: Who being the brightness of his glory: and the express image of his person: and upholding all things by the word of his power: when he had by himself purged our sins: sat down on the right hand of the Majesty on high;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God."I am alive"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.Heb 7:16: 25: Who is made: not after the law of a carnal commandment: but after the power of an endless life."the keys"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 20:1: 2: 14: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.Ps 68:20: He who is our God is the God of salvation; and to GOD the Lord belong the issues from death.Isa 22:22: The key of the house of David will I lay upon his shoulder; so he will open: and none will shut; and he will shut: and none will open.Mt 16:19: I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatever you will bind on earth will be bound in heaven: and whatever you will loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.
γραψον α ειδες και α εισιν και α μελλει γινεσθαι μετα ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1125Γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
Γράψονgrapson
|
Write
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
the things that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you have seen,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
the things that
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
the things that
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
are about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM/P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to take place
|
V-ANM/P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these,
|
DPro-ANP
|
19
Write the things which you have seen, and the things which are, and the things which will be hereafter;Revelation 1:19
Stats
Rank: #2836 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 105 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 26 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: γραψον α ειδες και α εισιν και α μελλει γινεσθαι μετα ταυτα
Lit: Write therefore the things that you have seen, and the things that are, and the things that are about to take place after these,
KJV: Write the things which thou hast seen, and the things which are, and the things which shall be hereafter;
References
"the things"Re 1:11: 12-20: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."and the things which are"Re 2:1-3: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"and the things which shall be"Re 4:1-22: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.
το μυστηριον των επτα αστερων ων ειδες επι της δεξιας μου και τας επτα λυχνιας τας χρυσας οι επτα αστερες αγγελοι των επτα εκκλησιων εισιν και αι επτα λυχνιαι ας ειδες επτα εκκλησιαι εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3466μυστήριονmystērion (N-NNS)
G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριονmystērion
|
mystery
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G792ἀστέρωνasterōn (N-GMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρωνasterōn
|
stars,
|
N-GMP
|
G3739οὓςhous (RelPro-AMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὓςhous
|
which
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you saw
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1188δεξιᾶςdexias (Adj-GFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾶςdexias
|
right hand
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3087λυχνίαςlychnias (N-AFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίαςlychnias
|
lampstands
|
N-AFP
|
G5552χρυσᾶς·chrysas (Adj-AFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶς·chrysas
|
golden:
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G792ἀστέρεςasteres (N-NMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρεςasteres
|
stars
|
N-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
the angels
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησιῶνekklēsiōn (N-GFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησιῶνekklēsiōn
|
churches
|
N-GFP
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G3087λυχνίαιlychniai (N-NFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίαιlychniai
|
lampstands
|
N-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
the seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai (N-NFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai
|
churches
|
N-NFP
|
G1510εἰσίν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν.eisin
|
are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
20
The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand, and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Revelation 1:20
Stats
Counts: 224 characters, 36 words, 182 letters, 58 vowels, 124 consonants
Translation
Greek: το μυστηριον των επτα αστερων ων ειδες επι της δεξιας μου και τας επτα λυχνιας τας χρυσας οι επτα αστερες αγγελοι των επτα εκκλησιων εισιν και αι επτα λυχνιαι ας ειδες επτα εκκλησιαι εισιν
Lit: the mystery of the seven stars, which you saw on the right hand of Me, and the seven lampstands golden: The seven stars the angels of the seven churches are, and the lampstands seven the seven churches are.
KJV: The mystery of the seven stars which thou sawest in my right hand, and the seven golden candlesticks. The seven stars are the angels of the seven churches: and the seven candlesticks which thou sawest are the seven churches.
References
"mystery"Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Lu 8:10: He said: To you it is given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God: but to others in parables; that seeing they not might see: and hearing they not might understand."the seven stars"Re 1:13: 16: In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man: clothed with a garment down to the foot: and girt about the paps with a golden girdle."the seven golden"Re 1:12: I turned to see the voice that spoke with me. And being turned: I saw 7 golden candlesticks;"The seven stars"Re 2:1: 8: 12: 18: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 3:1: 7: 14: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Mal 2:7: For the priest's lips should keep knowledge: and they should seek the law at His mouth: for He is the messenger of the LORD of hosts."and the"Zec 4:2: Said to me: What see you? And I said: I have looked: and look a candlestick all of gold: with a bowl upon the top of it: and his 7 lamps thereon: and 7 pipes to the 7 lamps: which are upon the top thereof:Mt 5:15: 16: Neither do men light a candle: and put it under a bushel: but on a candlestick; and it gives light to all that are in the house.Php 2:15: 16: That you may be blameless and harmless: the sons of God: without rebuke: in the middle of a crooked and perverse nation: among whom you shine as lights in the world;1Ti 3:14-16: These things write I to you: hoping to come to you shortly:
2
The Letters to the Seven Churches
Ephesus
τω αγγελω της εφεσινης εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο κρατων τους επτα αστερας εν τη δεξια αυτου ο περιπατων εν μεσω των επτα λυχνιων των χρυσων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
To the
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2181ἘφέσῳEphesō (N-DFS)
G2181 Ἔφεσος Éphesos ef-es-os probably of foreign origin; Ephesus, a city of Asia Minor:--Ephesus.
|
ἘφέσῳEphesō
|
Ephesus
|
N-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2902κρατῶνkratōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατῶνkratōn
|
holding
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G792ἀστέραςasteras (N-AMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέραςasteras
|
stars
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1188δεξιᾷdexia (Adj-DFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾷdexia
|
right hand
|
Adj-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4043περιπατῶνperipatōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατῶνperipatōn
|
walking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3087λυχνιῶνlychniōn (N-GFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνιῶνlychniōn
|
lampstands
|
N-GFP
|
G5552χρυσῶνchrysōn (Adj-GFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσῶνchrysōn
|
golden.
|
Adj-GFP
|
1
<a class='u' title='Unto'>To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand, who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Revelation 2:1
Stats
Rank: #1742 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 175 characters, 30 words, 141 letters, 46 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: τω αγγελω της εφεσινης εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο κρατων τους επτα αστερας εν τη δεξια αυτου ο περιπατων εν μεσω των επτα λυχνιων των χρυσων
Lit: To the messenger of the in Ephesus church write: These things says the One holding the seven stars in the right hand of Him, walking in the midst of the seven lampstands golden.
KJV: Unto the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things saith he that holdeth the seven stars in his right hand, who walketh in the midst of the seven golden candlesticks;
References
"the angel"Re 2:8: 12: 18: to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last: which was dead: and is alive;Re 3:1: 7: 14: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead."church"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."holdeth"Re 1:16: 20: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 8:10-12: The third angel sounded: and there fell a great star from heaven: burning as it were a lamp: and it fell upon the third part of the rivers: and upon the fountains of waters;Re 12:1: There appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun: and the moon under her feet: and upon her head a crown of 12 stars:Joh 5:35: He was a burning and a shining light: and you were willing for a season to rejoice in his light."walketh"Re 1:12: 13: I turned to see the voice that spoke with me. And being turned: I saw 7 golden candlesticks;Eze 28:13: 14: You have been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was your covering: the sardius: topaz: and the diamond: the beryl: the onyx: and the jasper: the sapphire: the emerald: and the carbuncle: and gold: the workmanship of your tabrets and of your pipes was prepared in you in the day that you were created.Mt 18:20: For where two or 3 are gathered together in my name: there am I in the middle of them.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.
The Praise
οιδα τα εργα σου και τον κοπον σου και την υπομονην σου και οτι ου δυνη βαστασαι κακους και επειρασω τους φασκοντας ειναι αποστολους και ουκ εισιν και ευρες αυτους ψευδεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδαOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδαOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2873κόπονkopon (N-AMS)
G2873 κόπος kópos kop-os from κόπτω; a cut, i.e. (by analogy) toil (as reducing the strength), literally or figuratively; by implication, pains:--labour, + trouble, weariness.
|
κόπονkopon
|
labor
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5281ὑπομονήνhypomonēn (N-AFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονήνhypomonēn
|
endurance
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1410δύνῃdynē (V-PIM/P-2S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνῃdynē
|
you are able
|
V-PIM/P-2S
|
G941βαστάσαιbastasai (V-ANA)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάσαιbastasai
|
to tolerate
|
V-ANA
|
G2556κακούς,kakous (Adj-AMP)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακούς,kakous
|
evil ones.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3985ἐπείρασαςepeirasas (V-AIA-2S)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
ἐπείρασαςepeirasas
|
you have tested
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
claiming
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
to be
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G652ἀποστόλουςapostolous (N-AMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλουςapostolous
|
apostles
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2147εὗρεςheures (V-AIA-2S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὗρεςheures
|
you have found
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G5571ψευδεῖς·pseudeis (Adj-AMP)
G5571 ψευδής pseudḗs psyoo-dace from ψεύδομαι; untrue, i.e. erroneous, deceitful, wicked:--false, liar.
|
ψευδεῖς·pseudeis
|
FALSE.
|
Adj-AMP
|
2
I know your works, and your labour, and your patience, and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles, and not are, and have found them liars:Revelation 2:2
Stats
Counts: 194 characters, 32 words, 150 letters, 52 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα τα εργα σου και τον κοπον σου και την υπομονην σου και οτι ου δυνη βαστασαι κακους και επειρασω τους φασκοντας ειναι αποστολους και ουκ εισιν και ευρες αυτους ψευδεις
Lit: I know the works of you, and the labor and endurance of you, and that not you are able to tolerate evil ones. And you have tested those claiming to be apostles and not are, and you have found them FALSE.
KJV: I know thy works, and thy labour, and thy patience, and how thou canst not bear them which are evil: and thou hast tried them which say they are apostles, and are not, and hast found them liars:
References
"know"Re 2:9: 13: 19: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:1: 8: 15: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Ps 1:6: For the LORD knows the way of the righteous: but the way of the ungodly will perish.Mt 7:23: Then will I profess to them: I never knew you: depart from me: you that work iniquity.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister."how"Re 2:6: 14: 15: 20: 21: But this you have: that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans: which I also hate.Ga 1:7: Which not is another; but there be some that trouble you: and would pervert the gospel of Christ.Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world."thou hast"2Co 11:13-15: For such are false apostles: deceitful workers: transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ.1Jo 2:21: 22: I not have written to you because you not know the truth: but because you know it: and that no lie is of the truth.1Jo 4:1: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world.
και εβαστασας και υπομονην εχεις και δια το ονομα μου κεκοπιακας και ου κεκμηκας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5281ὑπομονὴνhypomonēn (N-AFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονὴνhypomonēn
|
perseverance
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχεις,echeis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεις,echeis
|
you have,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G941ἐβάστασαςebastasas (V-AIA-2S)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
ἐβάστασαςebastasas
|
have endured
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
for the sake of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2872κεκοπίακες.kekopiakes (V-RIA-2S)
G2872 κοπιάω kopiáō kop-ee-ah-o from a derivative of κόπος; to feel fatigue; by implication, to work hard:--(bestow) labour, toil, be wearied.
|
κεκοπίακες.kekopiakes
|
have grown weary.
|
V-RIA-2S
|
3
have borne, and have patience, and for my name's sake have laboured, and have not fainted.Revelation 2:3
Stats
Rank: #791 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 94 characters, 14 words, 73 letters, 27 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαστασας και υπομονην εχεις και δια το ονομα μου κεκοπιακας και ου κεκμηκας
Lit: And perseverance you have, and have endured for the sake of the name of Me and not have grown weary.
KJV: And hast borne, and hast patience, and for my name's sake hast laboured, and hast not fainted.
References
"hast borne"Ps 69:7: Because for your sake I have borne reproach; shame has covered my face.Mic 7:9: I will bear the indignation of the LORD: because I have sinned against Him: until He plead my cause: and execute judgment for me: He will bring me forth to the light: and I will look His righteousness.Mr 15:21: They compel one Simon a Cyrenian: who passed by: coming out of the country: the father of Alexander and Rufus: to bear his cross.Lu 14:27: whoever does not bear his cross: and come after me: cannot be my disciple.1Co 13:7: Bears all things: believes all things: hopes all things: endures all things.Ga 6:2: Bear you one another's burdens: and so fulfil the law of Christ.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach."hast patience"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Ps 37:7: Rest in the LORD: and wait patiently for Him: not fret yourself because of Him who prospers in His way: because of the man who brings wicked devices to pass.Lu 8:15: But that on the good ground are they: which in an ho and good heart: having heard the word: keep it: and bring forth fruit with patience.Lu 21:19: In your patience possess you your souls.Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:Ro 5:3: 4: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:25: But if we hope for that we not see: then do we with patience wait for it.Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;Ro 15:4: 5: For whatever things were written aforetime were written for our learning: that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.Col 1:11: Strengthened with all might: according to his glorious power: to all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;2Th 3:5: The Lord direct your hearts into the love of God: and into the patient waiting for Christ.Heb 6:12: 15: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Heb 10:36: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Heb 12:1: For what reason seeing we also are compassed about with so great a cloud of witnesses: let us lay aside every weight: and the sin which does so easily beset us: and let us run with patience the race that is set before us: Jas 1:3: 4: Knowing this: that the trying of your faith works patience.Jas 5:7-11: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.2Pe 1:6: To knowledge temperance; and to temperance patience; and to patience godliness;"hast laboured"Ro 16:12: Greet Tryphena and Tryphosa: who labour in the Lord. Greet the beloved Persis: which laboured much in the Lord.1Co 16:16: That you submit yourselves to such: and to every one that helps with us: and labours.2Co 5:9: For what reason we labour: that: whether present or absent: we may be accepted of him.2Co 6:5: In stripes: in imprisonments: in tumults: in labours: in watchings: in fastings;2Co 10:15: Not boasting of things without our measure: that is: of other men's labours; but having hope: when your faith is increased: that we will be enlarged by you according to our rule abundantly: 2Co 11:23: Are they ministers of Christ? (I speak as a fool) I am more; in labours more abundant: in stripes above measure: in prisons more frequent: in deaths often.Php 2:16: Holding forth the word of life; that I may rejoice in the day of Christ: that I not have run in vain: neither laboured in vain.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life.1Th 1:3: Remembering without ceasing your work of faith: and labour of love: and patience of hope in our Lord Jesus Christ: in the sight of God and our Father;1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.1Th 5:12: We beseech you: brothers: to know them which labour among you: and are over you in the Lord: and admonish you;2Th 3:8: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:1Ti 4:10: For therefore we both labour and suffer reproach: because we trust in the living God: who is the Saviour of all men: specially of those that believe.1Ti 5:17: Let the elders that rule well be counted worthy of double honour: especially they who labour in the word and doctrine.Heb 6:10: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister."hast not"Lu 18:1: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;2Co 4:1: 16: Therefore seeing we have this ministry: as we have received mercy: we not faint;Ga 6:9: Let not us be weary in well doing: for in due season we will reap: if we not faint.2Th 3:13: But you: brothers: not be weary in well doing.Heb 12:3-5: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.
αλλ εχω κατα σου οτι την αγαπην σου την πρωτην αφηκας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I have
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G26ἀγάπηνagapēn (N-AFS)
G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηνagapēn
|
love
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4413πρώτηνprōtēn (Adj-AFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηνprōtēn
|
first,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G863ἀφῆκες.aphēkes (V-AIA-2S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφῆκες.aphēkes
|
you have abandoned.
|
V-AIA-2S
|
4
Nevertheless I have somewhat against you, because you have left your first love.Revelation 2:4
Stats
Rank: #3266 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 12 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εχω κατα σου οτι την αγαπην σου την πρωτην αφηκας
Lit: But I have against you that the love of you first, you have abandoned.
KJV: Nevertheless I have somewhat against thee, because thou hast left thy first love.
References
"I have"Re 2:14: 20: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication."because"Re 3:14-17: to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen: the faithful and true witness: the beginning of the creation of God;Jer 2:2-5: Go and cry in the ears of Jerusalem: saying: Thus says the LORD; I remember you: the kindness of your youth: the love of your espousals: when you went after me in the wilderness: in a land that was not sown.Mt 24:12: 13: Because iniquity will abound: the love of many will wax cold.Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;Php 3:13-16: Brothers: I not count myself to have apprehended: but this one thing I do: forgetting those things which are behind: and reaching forth to those things which are before: 1Th 4:9: 10: But as touching brotherly love you not need that I write to you: for you yourselves are taught of God to love one another.2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;Heb 6:10: 11: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.
μνημονευε ουν ποθεν εκπεπτωκας και μετανοησον και τα πρωτα εργα ποιησον ει δε μη ερχομαι σοι {VAR1: ταχει } {VAR2: ταχυ } και κινησω την λυχνιαν σου εκ του τοπου αυτης εαν μη μετανοησης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3421μνημόνευεmnēmoneue (V-PMA-2S)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
μνημόνευεmnēmoneue
|
Remember
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4159πόθενpothen (Adv)
G4159 πόθεν póthen poth-en from the base of πόσις with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause:--whence.
|
πόθενpothen
|
from where
|
Adv
|
G4098πέπτωκας*,peptōkas (V-RIA-2S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πέπτωκας*,peptōkas
|
you have fallen,
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3340μετανόησονmetanoēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανόησονmetanoēson
|
repent,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4413πρῶταprōta (Adj-ANP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶταprōta
|
first
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4160ποίησον·poiēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποίησον·poiēson
|
do.
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μή,mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή,mē
|
not,
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔρχομαίerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαίerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2795κινήσωkinēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
κινήσωkinēsō
|
I will remove
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3087λυχνίανlychnian (N-AFS)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίανlychnian
|
lampstand
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5117τόπουtopou (N-GMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπουtopou
|
place
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3340μετανοήσῃς.metanoēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοήσῃς.metanoēsēs
|
you should repent.
|
V-ASA-2S
|
5
Remember therefore from where you are fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly, and will remove your candlestick out of his place, except you repent.Revelation 2:5
Stats
Counts: 192 characters, 29 words, 153 letters, 56 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: μνημονευε ουν ποθεν εκπεπτωκας και μετανοησον και τα πρωτα εργα ποιησον ει δε μη ερχομαι σοι {VAR1: ταχει } {VAR2: ταχυ } και κινησω την λυχνιαν σου εκ του τοπου αυτης εαν μη μετανοησης
Lit: Remember therefore from where you have fallen, and repent, and the first works do. If however not, I am coming to you, and I will remove the lampstand of you out of the place of it, if not you should repent.
KJV: Remember therefore from whence thou art fallen, and repent, and do the first works; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will remove thy candlestick out of his place, except thou repent.
References
"Remember"Re 3:3: 19: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Eze 16:61-63: Then you will remember your ways: and be ashamed: when you will receive your sisters: your elder and your younger: and I will give them to you for daughters: not but by your covenant.Eze 20:43: There will you remember your ways: and all your doings: wherein you have been defiled; and you will lothe yourselves in your own sight for all your evils that you have committed.Eze 36:31: Then will you remember your own evil ways: and your doings that were not good: and will lothe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations.2Pe 1:12: 13: For what reason I not will be negligent to put you always in remembrance of these things: though you know them: and be established in the present truth."thou art"Isa 14:12: How are you fallen from heaven: O Lucifer: son of the morning! how are you cut down to the ground: which did weaken the nations!Ho 14:1: O Israel: return to the LORD your God; for you have fallen by your iniquity.Ga 5:4: Christ is become of no effect to you: whoever of you are justified by the law; you are fallen from grace.Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy: "and repent"Re 2:16: 21: 22: Repent; or else I will come to you quickly: and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.Re 3:3: 19: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Re 9:20: 21: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Re 16:9: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Ac 17:30: 31: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:"and do"Re 2:19: I know your works: and charity: and service: and faith: and your patience: and your works; and the last to be more than the first.Re 3:2: 3: Be watchful: and strengthen the things which remain: that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God.Isa 1:26: I will restore your judges as at the first: and your counsellers as at the beginning: afterward you will be called: The city of righteousness: the faithful city.Jer 2:2: 3: Go and cry in the ears of Jerusalem: saying: Thus says the LORD; I remember you: the kindness of your youth: the love of your espousals: when you went after me in the wilderness: in a land that was not sown.Ho 9:10: I found Israel like grapes in the wilderness; I saw your fathers as the firstripe in the fig tree at her first time: but they went to Baalpeor: and separated themselves to that shame; and their abominations were according as they loved.Mal 3:4: Then will the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be pleasant to the LORD: as in the days of old: and as in former years.Mal 4:6: He will turn the heart of the fathers to the children: and the heart of the children to their fathers: lest I come and smite the earth with a curse. >Lu 1:17: He will go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias: to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children: and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord."else"Re 2:16: Repent; or else I will come to you quickly: and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Mt 21:41-43: They say to him: He will miserably destroy those wicked men: and will let out his vineyard to other husbandmen: which will render him the fruits in their seasons.Mt 24:48-51: But and if that evil servant will say in his heart: My lord delays his coming;Mr 12:9: What will therefore the lord of the vineyard do? he will come and destroy the husbandmen: and will give the vineyard to others.Lu 12:45: 46: But and if that servant say in his heart: My lord delays his coming; and will begin to beat the menservants and maidens: and to eat and drink: and to be drunken;Lu 20:16: He will come and destroy these husbandmen: and will give the vineyard to others. And when they heard it: they said: God forbid.
αλλα τουτο εχεις οτι μισεις τα εργα των νικολαιτων α καγω μισω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχεις,echeis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεις,echeis
|
you have,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3404μισεῖςmiseis (V-PIA-2S)
G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
μισεῖςmiseis
|
you hate
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3531Νικολαϊτῶν,Nikolaitōn (N-GMP)
G3531 Νικολαΐτης Nikolaḯtēs nik-ol-ah-ee-tace from Νικόλαος; a Nicolaïte, i.e. adherent of Nicolaüs:--Nicolaitane.
|
Νικολαϊτῶν,Nikolaitōn
|
Nicolaitans,
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
I also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3404μισῶ.misō (V-PIA-1S)
G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
μισῶ.misō
|
hate.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
6
But this you have, that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate.Revelation 2:6
Stats
Rank: #4121 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 14 words, 67 letters, 26 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα τουτο εχεις οτι μισεις τα εργα των νικολαιτων α καγω μισω
Lit: But this you have, that you hate the works of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate.
KJV: But this thou hast, that thou hatest the deeds of the Nicolaitans, which I also hate.
References
"that"Re 2:14: 15: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.2Ch 19:2: Jehu the son of Hanani the seer went out to meet Him: and said to king Jehoshaphat: Should you help the ungodly: and love them that hate the LORD? therefore is wrath upon you from before the LORD.Ps 26:5: I have hated the congregation of evil doers; and not will sit with the wicked.Ps 101:3: I will set no wicked thing before my eyes: I hate the work of them that turn aside; it will not cleave to me.Ps 139:21: 22: not Do I hate them: O LORD: that hate you? and not am I grieved with those that rise up against you?2Jo 1:9: 10: Whoever transgresss: and abides'>abides not in the doctrine of Christ: has not God. He who abides'>abides in the doctrine of Christ: He has both the Father and the Son.
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις τω νικωντι δωσω αυτω φαγειν εκ του ξυλου της ζωης ο εστιν εν μεσω του παραδεισου του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
To the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G3528νικῶντιnikōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶντιnikōnti
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3586ξύλουxylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλουxylou
|
tree
|
N-GNS
|
G2222ζωῆς,zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς,zōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3857ΠαραδείσῳParadeisō (N-DMS)
G3857 παράδεισος parádeisos par-ad-i-sos of Oriental origin (compare פַּרְדֵּס); a park, i.e. (specially), an Eden (place of future happiness, paradise):--paradise.
|
ΠαραδείσῳParadeisō
|
paradise
|
N-DMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
7
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Revelation 2:7
Stats
Rank: #2054 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 36 words, 141 letters, 55 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις τω νικωντι δωσω αυτω φαγειν εκ του ξυλου της ζωης ο εστιν εν μεσω του παραδεισου του θεου
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. To the one overcoming, I will give to him to eat of the tree of life, which is in the paradise of God.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the tree of life, which is in the midst of the paradise of God.
References
"that hath"Re 2:11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; He who overcomes will not be hurt of the second death.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Re 13:9: If any man have an ear: let him hear.Mt 11:15: He who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mt 13:9: 43: Who has ears to hear: let him hear.Mr 7:16: If any man have ears to hear: let him hear."let him"Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.Re 22:17: The Spirit and the bride say: Come. And let Him that hears say: Come. And let Him that is athirst come. And whoever will: let Him take the water of life freely.1Co 2:10: But God has revealed them to us by His Spirit: for the Spirit searches all things: yes: the deep things of God.1Co 12:4-12: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit."To him"Re 2:11: 17: 26-28: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; He who overcomes will not be hurt of the second death.Re 3:5: 12: 21: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 12:10: 11: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 21:7: He who overcomes will inherit all things; and I will be His God: and He will be my son.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.1Jo 5:4: 5: For whatever is born of God overcomes'>overcomes the world: and this is the victory that overcomes'>overcomes the world: even our faith."the tree"Re 22:2: 14: In the middle of the street of it: and on either side of the river: was there the tree of life: which bare 12 manner of fruits: and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.Ge 2:9: Out of the ground made the LORD God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight: and good for food; the tree of life also in the middle of the garden: and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.Ge 3:22-24: The LORD God said: Look: the man is become as one of us: to know good and evil: and now: lest He put forth His hand: and take also of the tree of life: and eat: and live for ever:Pr 3:18: She is a tree of life to them that lay hold upon her: and happy is every one that retains her.Pr 11:30: The fruit of the righteous is a tree of life; and he who wins souls is wise.Pr 13:12: Hope deferred makes the heart sick: but when the desire comes: it is a tree of life.Pr 15:4: A wholesome tongue is a tree of life: but perverseness therein is a breach in the spirit."the paradise"Lu 23:43: Jesus said to Him: Truly I say to you: Today will you be with me in paradise.2Co 12:4: How that he was caught up into paradise: and heard unspeakable words: which it not is lawful for a man to utter.
Smyrna
και τω αγγελω της εκκλησιας σμυρναιων γραψον ταδε λεγει ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος ος εγενετο νεκρος και εζησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4667ΣμύρνῃSmyrnē (N-DFS)
G4667 Σμύρνα Smýrna smoor-nah the same as σμύρνα; Smyrna, a place in Asia Minor:--Smyrna.
|
ΣμύρνῃSmyrnē
|
Smyrna
|
N-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
the church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
First
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2078ἔσχατος,eschatos (Adj-NMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατος,eschatos
|
Last,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3498νεκρὸςnekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρὸςnekros
|
dead
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2198ἔζησενezēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ἔζησενezēsen
|
came to life.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
8
to the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things says the first and the last, which was dead, and is alive;Revelation 2:8
Stats
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 95 letters, 32 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εκκλησιας σμυρναιων γραψον ταδε λεγει ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος ος εγενετο νεκρος και εζησεν
Lit: And to the messenger of in Smyrna the church write: These things says the First and the Last, who became dead and came to life.
KJV: And unto the angel of the church in Smyrna write; These things saith the first and the last, which was dead, and is alive;
References
"the angel"Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"the first"Re 1:8: 11: 17: 18: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.
οιδα σου τα εργα και την θλιψιν και την πτωχειαν πλουσιος δε ει και την βλασφημιαν των λεγοντων ιουδαιους ειναι εαυτους και ουκ εισιν αλλα συναγωγη του σατανα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδάOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδάOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2347θλῖψινthlipsin (N-AFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψινthlipsin
|
tribulation
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4432πτωχείαν,ptōcheian (N-AFS)
G4432 πτωχεία ptōcheía pto-khi-ah from πτωχεύω; beggary, i.e. indigence (literally or figuratively):--poverty.
|
πτωχείαν,ptōcheian
|
poverty —
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4145πλούσιοςplousios (Adj-NMS)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
πλούσιοςplousios
|
rich
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
you are —
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G988βλασφημίανblasphēmian (N-AFS)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίανblasphēmian
|
slander
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3004λεγόντωνlegontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόντωνlegontōn
|
claiming
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1510εἶναιeinai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναιeinai
|
to be
|
V-PNA
|
G1438ἑαυτούς,heautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτούς,heautous
|
themselves,
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσίνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίνeisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G4864συναγωγὴsynagōgē (N-NFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγὴsynagōgē
|
a synagogue
|
N-NFS
|
G4567Σατανᾶ.Satana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ.Satana
|
of Satan.
|
N-GMS
|
9
I know your works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and not are, but are the synagogue of Satan.Revelation 2:9
Stats
Rank: #3321 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 25 words, 130 letters, 46 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα σου τα εργα και την θλιψιν και την πτωχειαν πλουσιος δε ει και την βλασφημιαν των λεγοντων ιουδαιους ειναι εαυτους και ουκ εισιν αλλα συναγωγη του σατανα
Lit: I know your tribulation and poverty — but rich you are — and the slander of those claiming Jews to be themselves, and not are, but a synagogue of Satan.
KJV: I know thy works, and tribulation, and poverty, (but thou art rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews, and are not, but [are] the synagogue of Satan.
References
"know"Re 2:2: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"tribulation"Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;Ro 8:35: Who will separate us from the love of Christ? will tribulation: or distress: or persecution: or famine: or nakedness: or peril: or sword?Ro 12:12: Rejoicing in hope; patient in tribulation; continuing instant in prayer;1Th 3:4: For truly: when we were with you: we told you before that we should suffer tribulation; even as it came to pass: and you know.2Th 1:6: 7: Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to them that trouble you;"poverty"Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: Lu 6:20: He lifted up His eyes on His disciples: and said: Blessed be you poor: for yours is the kingdom of God.2Co 8:2: 9: How that in a great trial of affliction the abundance of their joy and their deep poverty abounded to the riches of their liberality.Jas 2:5: 6: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?"thou art"Re 3:17: 18: Because you say: I am rich: and increased with goods: and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched: and miserable: and poor: and blind: and naked:Lu 12:21: So is He that'>He who lays up treasure for Himself: and not is rich toward God.2Co 6:10: As sorrowful: yet alway rejoicing; as poor: yet making many rich; as not havinghing: and yet possessing all things.1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;Jas 2:5: 6: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?"the blasphemy"Lu 22:65: Many other things blasphemously spoke they against him.Ac 26:11: I punished them often in every synagogue: and compelled them to blaspheme; and being exceedingly mad against them: I persecuted them even to strange cities.1Ti 1:13: Who was before a blasphemer: and a persecutor: and injurious: but I obtained mercy: because I did it ignorantly in unbelief."which"Ro 2:17: 28: 29: Look: you are called a Jew: and restest in the law: and make your boast of God: Ro 9:6: Not as though the word of God has taken none effect. For they are not all Israel: which are of Israel:"the synagogue"Re 3:9: Look: I will make them of the synagogue of Satan: which say they are Jews: and not are: but do lie; look: I will make them to come and worship before your feet: and to know that I have loved you.
μηδεν φοβου α μελλεις πασχειν ιδου μελλει βαλειν εξ υμων ο διαβολος εις φυλακην ινα πειρασθητε και εξετε θλιψιν ημερων δεκα γινου πιστος αχρι θανατου και δωσω σοι τον στεφανον της ζωης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3367Μηδὲν*mēden (Adj-ANS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
Μηδὲν*mēden
|
Not
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5399φοβοῦphobou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβοῦphobou
|
fear
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3195μέλλειςmelleis (V-PIA-2S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειςmelleis
|
you are about
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3958πάσχειν.paschein (V-PNA)
G3958 πάσχω páschō pen-tho apparently a primary verb; to experience a sensation or impression (usually painful):--feel, passion, suffer, vex.
|
πάσχειν.paschein
|
to suffer.
|
V-PNA
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G906βάλλεινballein (V-PNA)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλεινballein
|
to cast
|
V-PNA
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1228διάβολοςdiabolos (Adj-NMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διάβολοςdiabolos
|
devil
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
some of
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5438φυλακὴνphylakēn (N-AFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴνphylakēn
|
prison,
|
N-AFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3985πειρασθῆτε,peirasthēte (V-ASP-2P)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειρασθῆτε,peirasthēte
|
you might be tested;
|
V-ASP-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἕξετεhexete (V-FIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἕξετεhexete
|
you shall have
|
V-FIA-2P
|
G2347θλῖψινthlipsin (N-AFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψινthlipsin
|
tribulation
|
N-AFS
|
G2250ἡμερῶνhēmerōn (N-GFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμερῶνhēmerōn
|
days
|
N-GFP
|
G1176δέκα.deka (Adj-GFP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκα.deka
|
ten.
|
Adj-GFP
|
G1096γίνουginou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνουginou
|
Be
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτου,thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου,thanatou
|
death,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4735στέφανονstephanon (N-AMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανονstephanon
|
crown
|
N-AMS
|
G2222ζωῆς.zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς.zōēs
|
of life.
|
N-GFS
|
10
Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look, the devil will cast some of you into prison, that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death, and I will give you a crown of life.Revelation 2:10
Stats
Rank: #1177 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 233 characters, 39 words, 182 letters, 70 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: μηδεν φοβου α μελλεις πασχειν ιδου μελλει βαλειν εξ υμων ο διαβολος εις φυλακην ινα πειρασθητε και εξετε θλιψιν ημερων δεκα γινου πιστος αχρι θανατου και δωσω σοι τον στεφανον της ζωης
Lit: Not fear what you are about to suffer. Behold, is about to cast the devil some of you into prison, so that you might be tested; and you shall have tribulation days ten. Be faithful unto death, and I will give to you the crown of life.
KJV: Fear none of those things which thou shalt suffer: behold, the devil shall cast some of you into prison, that ye may be tried; and ye shall have tribulation ten days: be thou faithful unto death, and I will give thee a crown of life.
References
"Fear"Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved."shalt"Da 3:16-18: Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: answered and said to the king: O Nebuchadnezzar: we are not careful to answer you in this matter.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Lu 12:4-7: I say to you my friends: not Be afraid of them that kill the body: and after that have no more that they can do."the devil"Re 12:9-11: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:2: 7: 15-17: The beast which I saw was like to a leopard: and his feet were as the feet of a bear: and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power: and his seat: and great authority.Lu 21:12: But before all these: they will lay their hands on you: and persecute you: delivering you up to the synagogues: and into prisons: being brought before kings and rulers for my name's sake.Joh 13:2: 27: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Eph 6:12: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:"ye shall"Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan."ten days"Hab 2:3: For the vision is yet for an appointed time: but at the end it will speak: not and lie: though it tarry: wait for it; because it will surely come: it not will tarry.1Pe 1:6: 7: Wherein you greatly rejoice: though now for a season: if need be: you are in heaviness through manifold temptations:"be thou"Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved.Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Mr 8:35: For whoever will save his life will lose it; but whoever will lose his life for my sake and the gospel's: the same will save it.Mr 13:13: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Lu 21:16-19: you will be betrayed both by parents: and brothers: and kinsfolks: and friends; and some of you will they cause to be put to death.Joh 12:25: He who loves his life will lose it; and he who hates his life in this world will keep it to life eternal.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"a crown"Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.1Pe 5:4: When the chief Shepherd will appear: you will receive a crown of glory that fades not away.
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις ο νικων ου μη αδικηθη εκ του θανατου του δευτερου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G91ἀδικηθῇadikēthē (V-ASP-3S)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικηθῇadikēthē
|
shall be injured
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
death
|
N-GMS
|
G1208δευτέρου.deuterou (Adj-GMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρου.deuterou
|
second.
|
Adj-GMS
|
11
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; He who overcomes will not be hurt of the second death.Revelation 2:11
Stats
Rank: #5376 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 132 characters, 24 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις ο νικων ου μη αδικηθη εκ του θανατου του δευτερου
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. The one overcoming no not shall be injured by the death second.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; He that overcometh shall not be hurt of the second death.
References
"that hath"Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 13:9: If any man have an ear: let him hear."the second"Re 20:6: 14: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
Pergamum
και τω αγγελω της εν περγαμω εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο εχων την ρομφαιαν την διστομον την οξειαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
the messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4010ΠεργάμῳPergamō (N-DFS)
G4010 Πέργαμος Pérgamos per-gam-os from πύργος; fortified; Pergamus, a place in Asia Minor:--Pergamos.
|
ΠεργάμῳPergamō
|
Pergamum
|
N-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4501ῥομφαίανrhomphaian (N-AFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίανrhomphaian
|
sword
|
N-AFS
|
G1366δίστομονdistomon (Adj-AFS)
G1366 δίστομος dístomos dis-tom-os from δίς and στόμα; double-edged:--with two edges, two-edged.
|
δίστομονdistomon
|
two-edged
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3691ὀξεῖανoxeian (Adj-AFS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξεῖανoxeian
|
sharp.
|
Adj-AFS
|
12
To the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things says he which has the sharp sword with two edges;Revelation 2:12
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 21 words, 91 letters, 29 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εν περγαμω εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο εχων την ρομφαιαν την διστομον την οξειαν
Lit: And to the messenger of the in Pergamum church write: These things says the One having the sword two-edged sharp.
KJV: And to the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things saith he which hath the sharp sword with two edges;
References
"the angel"Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."which hath"Re 2:16: Repent; or else I will come to you quickly: and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 19:15: 21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Heb 4:12: For the word of God is quick: and powerful: and sharper than any twoedged sword: piercing even to the dividing asunder of soul and spirit: and of the joints and marrow: and is a discerner of the thoughts and intents of the heart.
οιδα τα εργα σου και που κατοικεις οπου ο θρονος του σατανα και κρατεις το ονομα μου και ουκ ηρνησω την πιστιν μου και εν ταις ημεραις εν αις αντιπας ο μαρτυς μου ο πιστος ος απεκτανθη παρ υμιν οπου κατοικει ο σατανας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδαOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδαOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4226ποῦpou (Adv)
G4226 ποῦ poû poo genitive case of an interrogative pronoun (what) otherwise obsolete (perhaps the same as πού used with the rising slide of inquiry); as adverb of place; at (by implication, to) what locality:--where, whither.
|
ποῦpou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G2730κατοικεῖς·katoikeis (V-PIA-2S)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖς·katoikeis
|
you dwell,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2362θρόνοςthronos (N-NMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνοςthronos
|
throne
|
N-NMS
|
G4567Σατανᾶ·Satana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ·Satana
|
of Satan is;
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2902κρατεῖςkrateis (V-PIA-2S)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατεῖςkrateis
|
you hold fast to
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G720ἠρνήσωērnēsō (V-AIM-2S)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσωērnēsō
|
you have denied
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G493ἈντιπᾶςAntipas (N-NMS)
G493 Ἀντίπας Antípas an-tee-pas contracted for a compound of ἀντί and a derivative of πατήρ; Antipas, a Christian:--Antipas.
|
ἈντιπᾶςAntipas
|
of Antipas,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3144μάρτυςmartys (N-NMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυςmartys
|
witness
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4103πιστόςpistos (Adj-NMS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστόςpistos
|
faithful one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G615ἀπεκτάνθηapektanthē (V-AIP-3S)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτάνθηapektanthē
|
was killed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
among
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμῖν,hymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖν,hymin
|
you,
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan
|
N-NMS
|
G2730κατοικεῖ.katoikei (V-PIA-3S)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικεῖ.katoikei
|
dwells.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
13
I know your works, and where you dwell, even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name, and have not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr, who was killed among you, where Satan dwells.Revelation 2:13
Stats
Rank: #6180 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 241 characters, 33 words, 186 letters, 66 vowels, 120 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα τα εργα σου και που κατοικεις οπου ο θρονος του σατανα και κρατεις το ονομα μου και ουκ ηρνησω την πιστιν μου και εν ταις ημεραις εν αις αντιπας ο μαρτυς μου ο πιστος ος απεκτανθη παρ υμιν οπου κατοικει ο σατανας
Lit: I know where you dwell, where the throne of Satan is; and you hold fast to the name of Me, and not you have denied the faith of Me, even in the days of Antipas, the witness of Me, the faithful one of Me who was killed among you, where Satan dwells.
KJV: I know thy works, and where thou dwellest, even where Satan's seat [is]: and thou holdest fast my name, and hast not denied my faith, even in those days wherein Antipas [was] my faithful martyr, who was slain among you, where Satan dwelleth.
References
"know"Re 2:2: 9: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"Satan's"Re 2:9: 10: 24: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:9: Look: I will make them of the synagogue of Satan: which say they are Jews: and not are: but do lie; look: I will make them to come and worship before your feet: and to know that I have loved you."thou holdest"Re 2:25: But that which you have already hold fast till I come.Re 3:3: 11: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.2Ti 1:13: Hold fast the form of sound words: which you have heard of me: in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus.Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)"my name"Re 3:8: I know your works: look: I have set before you an open door: and no man can shut it: for you have a little strength: and have kept my word: and have not denied my name.Mt 24:9: Then will they deliver you up to be afflicted: and will kill you: and you will be hated of all nations for my name's sake.Lu 21:17: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake.Ac 9:14: Here he has authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on your name.Jas 2:7: not Do they blaspheme that worthy name by the which you are called?"denied"Mt 10:23: But when they persecute you in this city: flee you into another: for truly I say to you: You will not have gone over the cities of Israel: till the Son of man be come.1Ti 5:8: But if any not provide for his own: and specially for those of his own house: he has denied the faith: and is worse than an infidel.2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:Jude 1:3: 4: Beloved: when I gave all diligence to write to you of the common salvation: it was needful for me to write to you: and exhort you that you should earnestly contend for the faith which was once delivered to the saints."was"Ac 22:20: When the blood of your martyr Stephen was shed: I also was standing by: and consenting to his death: and kept the clothing of them that killed him.
The Grievance
αλλ εχω κατα σου ολιγα οτι εχεις εκει κρατουντας την διδαχην βαλααμ ος εδιδασκεν {VAR1: εν τω } {VAR2: τον } βαλακ βαλειν σκανδαλον ενωπιον των υιων ισραηλ φαγειν ειδωλοθυτα και πορνευσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I have
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3641ὀλίγα,oliga (Adj-ANP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγα,oliga
|
a few things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
some there
|
Adv
|
G2902κρατοῦνταςkratountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατοῦνταςkratountas
|
holding
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1322διδαχὴνdidachēn (N-AFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴνdidachēn
|
teaching
|
N-AFS
|
G903Βαλαάμ,Balaam (N-GMS)
G903 Βαλαάμ Balaám bal-ah-am of Hebrew origin (בִּלְעָם); Balaam, a Mesopotamian (symbolic of a false teacher):--Balaam.
|
Βαλαάμ,Balaam
|
of Balaam,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1321ἐδίδασκενedidasken (V-IIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
ἐδίδασκενedidasken
|
would teach
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G904ΒαλὰκBalak (N-DMS)
G904 Βαλάκ Balák bal-ak of Hebrew origin (בָּלָק); Balak, a Moabite:--Balac.
|
ΒαλὰκBalak
|
Balak
|
N-DMS
|
G906βαλεῖνbalein (V-ANA)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βαλεῖνbalein
|
to cast
|
V-ANA
|
G4625σκάνδαλονskandalon (N-ANS)
G4625 σκάνδαλον skándalon skan-dal-on (scandal); probably from a derivative of κάμπτω; a trap-stick (bent sapling), i.e. snare (figuratively, cause of displeasure or sin):--occasion to fall (of stumbling), offence, thing that offends, stumblingblock.
|
σκάνδαλονskandalon
|
a snare
|
N-ANS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ,Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ,Israēl
|
of Israel,
|
N-GMS
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυταeidōlothyta (Adj-ANP)
G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυταeidōlothyta
|
things sacrificed to idols,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4203πορνεῦσαι.porneusai (V-ANA)
G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
πορνεῦσαι.porneusai
|
to commit sexual immorality.
|
V-ANA
|
14
But I have a few things against you, because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit fornication.Revelation 2:14
Stats
Counts: 237 characters, 37 words, 192 letters, 74 vowels, 118 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εχω κατα σου ολιγα οτι εχεις εκει κρατουντας την διδαχην βαλααμ ος εδιδασκεν {VAR1: εν τω } {VAR2: τον } βαλακ βαλειν σκανδαλον ενωπιον των υιων ισραηλ φαγειν ειδωλοθυτα και πορνευσαι
Lit: But I have against you a few things, because you have some there holding the teaching of Balaam, who would teach Balak to cast a snare before the sons of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit sexual immorality.
KJV: But I have a few things against thee, because thou hast there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to commit fornication.
References
"I have"Re 2:4: 20: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love."Balaam"Nu 24:14: Now: look: I go to my people: come therefore: and I will advertise you what this people will do to your people in the latter days.Nu 25:1-3: Israel abode in Shittim: and the people began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab.Nu 31:8: 16: They killed the kings of Midian: beside the rest of them that were killed; namely: Evi: and Rekem: and Zur: and Hur: and Reba: 5 kings of Midian: Balaam also the son of Beor they killed with the sword.Jos 24:9: Then Balak the son of Zippor: king of Moab: arose and warred against Israel: and sent and called Balaam the son of Beor to curse you:2Pe 2:15: Which have forsaken the right way: and are gone astray: following the way of Balaam the son of Bosor: who loved the wages of unrighteousness;Jude 1:11: Woe to them! for they have gone in the way of Cain: and ran greedily after the error of Balaam for reward: and perished in the gainsaying of Core."a stumbling-block"Isa 57:14: will say: Cast you up: cast you up: prepare the way: take up the stumblingblock out of the way of my people.Jer 6:21: Therefore thus says the LORD: Look: I will lay stumblingblocks before this people: and the fathers and the sons together will fall upon them; the neighbour and His friend will perish.Eze 3:20: Again: When a righteous man does turn from his righteousness: and commit iniquity: and I lay a stumblingblock before him: he will die: because you have not given him warning: he will die in his sin: and his righteousness which he has done will not be remembered; but his blood will I require at your hand.Eze 44:12: Because they ministered to them before their idols: and caused the house of Israel to fall into iniquity; therefore have I lifted up my hand against them: says the Lord GOD: and they will bear their iniquity.Mt 18:7: Woe to the world because of offences! for it must needs be that offences come; but woe to that man by whom the offence comes!Ro 9:32: For what reason? Because they sought it not by faith: but as it were by the works of the law. For they stumbled at that stumblingstone;Ro 11:9: David says: Let their table be made a snare: and a trap: and a stumblingblock: and a recompence to them:Ro 14:13: 21: Let not us therefore judge one another any more: but judge this rather: that no man put a stumblingblock or an occasion to fall in his brother's way.1Co 1:23: But we preach Christ crucified: to the Jews a stumblingblock: and to the Greeks foolishness;1Co 8:9: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.1Pe 2:8: A stone of stumbling: and a rock of offence: even to them which stumble at the word: being disobedient: to what also they were appointed."eat"Re 2:20: Notwithstanding I have a few things against you: because you suffer that woman Jezebel: which calls herself a prophetess: to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication: and to eat things sacrificed to idols.Ac 15:20: 21: 29: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.Ac 21:25: As touching the Gentiles which believe: we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing: save only that they keep themselves from things offered to idols: and from blood: and from strangled: and from fornication.1Co 8:4-13: As concerning therefore the eating of those things that are offered in sacrifice to idols: we know that an idol is nothing in the world: and that there is none other God but one.1Co 10:18-31: Look Israel after the flesh: not are they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?"to commit"Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.1Co 6:13-18: Meats for the belly: and the belly for meats: but God will destroy both it and them. Now the body is not for fornication: but for the Lord; and the Lord for the body.1Co 7:2: Nevertheless: to avoid fornication: let every man have his own wife: and let every woman have her own husband.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.
ουτως εχεις και συ κρατουντας την διδαχην των νικολαιτων ο μισω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2902κρατοῦνταςkratountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατοῦνταςkratountas
|
some holding
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1322διδαχὴνdidachēn (N-AFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴνdidachēn
|
teaching
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3531ΝικολαϊτῶνNikolaitōn (N-GMP)
G3531 Νικολαΐτης Nikolaḯtēs nik-ol-ah-ee-tace from Νικόλαος; a Nicolaïte, i.e. adherent of Nicolaüs:--Nicolaitane.
|
ΝικολαϊτῶνNikolaitōn
|
Nicolaitans
|
N-GMP
|
G3668ὁμοίως.homoiōs (Adv)
G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίως.homoiōs
|
likewise.
|
Adv
|
15
So have you also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitans, which thing I hate.Revelation 2:15
Stats
Rank: #6510 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 85 characters, 15 words, 68 letters, 25 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως εχεις και συ κρατουντας την διδαχην των νικολαιτων ο μισω
Lit: So have also you some holding the teaching of the Nicolaitans likewise.
KJV: So hast thou also them that hold the doctrine of the Nicolaitans, which thing I hate.
References
"the doctrine"Re 2:6: But this you have: that you hate the deeds of the Nicolaitans: which I also hate.
μετανοησον ει δε μη ερχομαι σοι ταχυ και πολεμησω μετ αυτων εν τη ρομφαια του στοματος μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3340μετανόησονmetanoēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανόησονmetanoēson
|
Repent
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3767οὖν·oun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖν·oun
|
therefore!
|
Conj
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3361μή,mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή,mē
|
not,
|
Adv
|
G2064ἔρχομαίerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαίerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G5035ταχύtachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύtachy
|
quickly,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4170πολεμήσωpolemēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
πολεμήσωpolemēsō
|
I will make war
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4501ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia (N-DFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia
|
sword
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματόςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματόςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
16
Repent; or else I will come to you quickly, and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.Revelation 2:16
Stats
Rank: #6668 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 18 words, 80 letters, 28 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετανοησον ει δε μη ερχομαι σοι ταχυ και πολεμησω μετ αυτων εν τη ρομφαια του στοματος μου
Lit: Repent therefore! If however not, I am coming to you quickly, and I will make war against them with the sword of the mouth of Me.
KJV: Repent; or else I will come unto thee quickly, and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth.
References
"Repent"Re 2:5: 21: 22: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent.Re 16:9: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Ac 17:30: 31: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:"else"Re 2:5: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent."will fight"Re 2:12: To the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things says he which has the sharp sword with two edges;Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 19:15: 21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Isa 49:2: He has made my mouth like a sharp sword; in the shadow of his hand has he hid me: and made me a polished shaft; in his quiver has he hid me;Eph 6:17: Take the helmet of salvation: and the sword of the Spirit: which is the word of God:2Th 2:8: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις τω νικωντι δωσω αυτω φαγειν απο του μαννα του κεκρυμμενου και δωσω αυτω ψηφον λευκην και επι την ψηφον ονομα καινον γεγραμμενον ο ουδεις εγνω ει μη ο λαμβανων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
The one
|
Art-DMS
|
G3528νικῶντιnikōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶντιnikōnti
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3131μάνναmanna (N-GNS)
G3131 μάννα mánna man-nah of Hebrew origin (מָן); manna (i.e. man), an edible gum:--manna.
|
μάνναmanna
|
manna
|
N-GNS
|
G2928κεκρυμμένου,kekrymmenou (V-RPM/P-GNS)
G2928 κρύπτω krýptō kroop-to a primary verb; to conceal (properly, by covering):--hide (self), keep secret, secret(-ly).
|
κεκρυμμένου,kekrymmenou
|
having been hidden;
|
V-RPM/P-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G5586ψῆφονpsēphon (N-AFS)
G5586 ψῆφος psēphos psay-fos from the same as ψηλαφάω; a pebble (as worn smooth by handling), i.e. (by implication, of use as a counter or ballot) a verdict (of acquittal) or ticket (of admission); a vote:--stone, voice.
|
ψῆφονpsēphon
|
stone
|
N-AFS
|
G3022λευκήν,leukēn (Adj-AFS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκήν,leukēn
|
white,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5586ψῆφονpsēphon (N-AFS)
G5586 ψῆφος psēphos psay-fos from the same as ψηλαφάω; a pebble (as worn smooth by handling), i.e. (by implication, of use as a counter or ballot) a verdict (of acquittal) or ticket (of admission); a vote:--stone, voice.
|
ψῆφονpsēphon
|
stone
|
N-AFS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
a name
|
N-ANS
|
G2537καινὸνkainon (Adj-ANS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὸνkainon
|
new
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1125γεγραμμένον,gegrammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένον,gegrammenon
|
having been written,
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1492οἶδενoiden (V-RIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδενoiden
|
has known,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2983λαμβάνων.lambanōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνων.lambanōn
|
receiving it.
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
17
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give Him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knows saving He that'>He who receives it.Revelation 2:17
Stats
Counts: 257 characters, 47 words, 200 letters, 76 vowels, 124 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις τω νικωντι δωσω αυτω φαγειν απο του μαννα του κεκρυμμενου και δωσω αυτω ψηφον λευκην και επι την ψηφον ονομα καινον γεγραμμενον ο ουδεις εγνω ει μη ο λαμβανων
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches. The one overcoming, I will give to him the manna having been hidden; and I will give to him stone white, and on the stone a name new having been written, which no one has known, if not the one receiving it.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches; To him that overcometh will I give to eat of the hidden manna, and will give him a white stone, and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it.
References
"hath"Re 2:7: 11: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches."to eat"Ps 25:14: The secret of the LORD is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.Ps 36:8: They will be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of your house; and you will make them drink of the river of your pleasures.Pr 3:32: For the froward is abomination to the LORD: but His secret is with the righteous.Pr 14:10: The heart knows his own bitterness; and a stranger does not intermeddle with his joy.Isa 65:13: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: my servants will eat: but you will be hungry: look: my servants will drink: but you will be thirsty: look: my servants will rejoice: but you will be ashamed:Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Joh 4:32: But he said to them: I have meat to eat that you not know of.Joh 6:48-58: I am that bread of life.Col 3:3: For you are dead: and your life is hid with Christ in God."a new"Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Re 19:12: 13: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself.Isa 56:4: For thus says the LORD to the eunuchs that keep my sabbaths: and choose the things that please me: and take hold of my covenant;Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:"saving"1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned.
Thyatira
και τω αγγελω της εν θυατειροις εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο υιος του θεου ο εχων τους οφθαλμους αυτου ως φλογα πυρος και οι ποδες αυτου ομοιοι χαλκολιβανω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
the messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2363ΘυατείροιςThyateirois (N-DNP)
G2363 Θυάτειρα Thyáteira thoo-at-i-rah of uncertain derivation; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:--Thyatira.
|
ΘυατείροιςThyateirois
|
Thyatira
|
N-DNP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5207ΥἱὸςHuios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
ΥἱὸςHuios
|
Son
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G5395φλόγαphloga (N-AFS)
G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).
|
φλόγαphloga
|
a flame
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδεςpodes
|
feet
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3664ὅμοιοιhomoioi (Adj-NMP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοιhomoioi
|
like
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5474χαλκολιβάνῳchalkolibanō (N-DNS)
G5474 χαλκολίβανον chalkolíbanon khal-kol-ib-an-on neuter of a compound of χαλκός and λίβανος (in the implied mean of whiteness or brilliancy); burnished copper, an alloy of copper (or gold) and silver having a brilliant lustre:--fine brass.
|
χαλκολιβάνῳchalkolibanō
|
burnished bronze.
|
N-DNS
|
18
to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God, who has His eyes like to a flame of fire, and His feet are like fine brass;Revelation 2:18
Stats
Counts: 165 characters, 31 words, 128 letters, 50 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εν θυατειροις εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο υιος του θεου ο εχων τους οφθαλμους αυτου ως φλογα πυρος και οι ποδες αυτου ομοιοι χαλκολιβανω
Lit: And to the messenger of the in Thyatira church write: These things says the Son of God, the One having the eyes of Him like a flame of fire, and the feet of Him like burnished bronze.
KJV: And unto the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things saith the Son of God, who hath his eyes like unto a flame of fire, and his feet are like fine brass;
References
"unto"Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."the Son"Ps 2:7: I will declare the decree: the LORD has said to me: You are my Son; this day have I begotten you.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased.Mt 4:3-6: When the tempter came to Him: He said: If you be the Son of God: command that these stones be made bread.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God.Lu 1:35: The angel answered and said to her: The Holy Ghost will come upon you: and the power of the High will overshadow you: therefore also that holy thing which will be born of you will be called the Son of God.Joh 1:14: 49: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 3:16: 18: 35: 36: For God so loved the world: that He gave His only begotten Son: that whoever believes in Him not should perish: but have everlasting life.Joh 5:25: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.Joh 10:36: Say you of Him: whom the Father has sanctified: and sent into the world: You blaspheme; because I said: I am the Son of God?Ac 8:37: Philip said: If you believe with all your heart: you may. And He answered and said: I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.Ro 1:4: Declared to be the Son of God with power: according to the spirit of holiness: by the resurrection from the dead:Ro 8:32: He who not spared His own Son: but delivered Him up for us all: how will He not">not He with Him also freely give us all things?"who"Re 1:14: 15: His head and his hairs were white like wool: as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;
οιδα σου τα εργα και την αγαπην και την διακονιαν και την πιστιν και την υπομονην σου και τα εργα σου και τα εσχατα πλειονα των πρωτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδάOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδάOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G26ἀγάπηνagapēn (N-AFS)
G26 ἀγάπη agápē ag-ah-pay from ἀγαπάω; love, i.e. affection or benevolence; specially (plural) a love-feast:--(feast of) charity(-ably), dear, love.
|
ἀγάπηνagapēn
|
love,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1248διακονίανdiakonian (N-AFS)
G1248 διακονία diakonía dee-ak-on-ee-ah from διάκονος; attendance (as a servant, etc.); figuratively (eleemosynary) aid, (official) service (especially of the Christian teacher, or technically of the diaconate):--(ad-)minister(-ing, -tration, -try), office, relief, service(-ing).
|
διακονίανdiakonian
|
service,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5281ὑπομονήνhypomonēn (N-AFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονήνhypomonēn
|
perseverance
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you;
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2078ἔσχαταeschata (Adj-ANP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχαταeschata
|
latter
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4119πλείοναpleiona (Adj-ANP-C)
G4119 πλείων pleíōn pleh-on comparative of πολύς; more in quantity, number, or quality; also (in plural) the major portion:--X above, + exceed, more excellent, further, (very) great(-er), long(-er), (very) many, greater (more) part, + yet but.
|
πλείοναpleiona
|
are greater
|
Adj-ANP-C
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
than the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4413πρώτων.prōtōn (Adj-GNP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτων.prōtōn
|
first.
|
Adj-GNP
|
19
I know your works, and charity, and service, and faith, and your patience, and your works; and the last to be more than the first.Revelation 2:19
Stats
Rank: #6759 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 30 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα σου τα εργα και την αγαπην και την διακονιαν και την πιστιν και την υπομονην σου και τα εργα σου και τα εσχατα πλειονα των πρωτων
Lit: I know your works, and love, and faith, and service, and the perseverance of you; and the works of you, the latter are greater than the first.
KJV: I know thy works, and charity, and service, and faith, and thy patience, and thy works; and the last to be more than the first.
References
"know"Re 2:2: 9: 13: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"charity"1Co 13:1-8: Though I speak with the tongues of men and of angels: and not have charity: I am become as sounding brass: or a tinkling cymbal.Col 3:14: Above all these things put on charity: which is the bond of perfectness.1Th 3:6: But now when Timotheus came from you to us: and brought us good tidings of your faith and charity: and that you have good remembrance of us always: desiring greatly to see us: as we also to see you:2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;1Ti 1:5: Now the end of the commandment is charity out of a pure heart: and of a good conscience: and of faith unfeigned:1Pe 4:8: Above all things have fervent charity among yourselves: for charity will cover the multitude of sins.2Pe 1:7: To godliness brotherly kindness; and to brotherly kindness charity."patience"Re 2:3: have borne: and have patience: and for my name's sake have laboured: and have not fainted."the last"Re 2:4: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love.Job 17:9: The righteous also will hold on his way: and he who has clean hands will be stronger and stronger.Ps 92:14: They will still bring forth fruit in old age; they will be fat and flourishing;Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Joh 15:2: Every branch in me that bears'>bears not fruit he takes away: and every branch that bears'>bears fruit: he purges it: that it may bring forth more fruit.2Pe 3:18: But grow in grace: and in the knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ. To Him be glory both now and for ever. Amen.
The Grievance
αλλ εχω κατα σου ολιγα οτι εας την γυναικα ιεζαβηλ την λεγουσαν εαυτην προφητιν διδασκειν και πλανασθαι εμους δουλους πορνευσαι και ειδωλοθυτα φαγειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωechō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωechō
|
I have
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
against
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G863ἀφεῖςapheis (V-PIA-2S)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφεῖςapheis
|
you tolerate
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
woman
|
N-AFS
|
G2403Ἰεζάβελ,Iezabel (N-AFS)
G2403 Ἰεζαβήλ Iezabḗl ee-ed-zab-ale of Hebrew origin (אִיזֶבֶל); Jezabel (i.e. Jezebel), a Tyrian woman (used as a synonym of a termagant or false teacher):--Jezabel.
|
Ἰεζάβελ,Iezabel
|
Jezebel,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the one
|
Art-NFS
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
calling
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1438ἑαυτὴνheautēn (RefPro-AF3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτὴνheautēn
|
herself
|
RefPro-AF3S
|
G4398προφῆτιν,prophētin (N-AFS)
G4398 προφῆτις prophētis prof-ay-tis feminine of προφήτης; a female foreteller or an inspired woman:--prophetess.
|
προφῆτιν,prophētin
|
a prophetess
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1321διδάσκειdidaskei (V-PIA-3S)
G1321 διδάσκω didáskō did-as-ko a prolonged (causative) form of a primary verb (to learn); to teach (in the same broad application):--teach.
|
διδάσκειdidaskei
|
teaching
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4105πλανᾷplana (V-PIA-3S)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾷplana
|
misleading
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1699ἐμοὺςemous (PPro-AM1P)
G1699 ἐμός emós em-os from the oblique cases of ἐγώ (ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἐμέ); my:--of me, mine (own), my.,
|
ἐμοὺςemous
|
My
|
PPro-AM1P
|
G1401δούλουςdoulous (N-AMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλουςdoulous
|
servants
|
N-AMP
|
G4203πορνεῦσαιporneusai (V-ANA)
G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
πορνεῦσαιporneusai
|
to commit sexual immorality,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5315φαγεῖνphagein (V-ANA)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φαγεῖνphagein
|
to eat
|
V-ANA
|
G1494εἰδωλόθυτα·eidōlothyta (Adj-ANP)
G1494 εἰδωλόθυτον eidōlóthyton i-do-loth-oo-ton neuter of a compound of εἴδωλον and a presumed derivative of θύω; an image-sacrifice, i.e. part of an idolatrous offering:--(meat, thing that is) offered (in sacrifice, sacrificed) to (unto) idols.
|
εἰδωλόθυτα·eidōlothyta
|
things sacrificed to idols.
|
Adj-ANP
|
20
Notwithstanding I have a few things against you, because you suffer that woman Jezebel, which calls herself a prophetess, to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed to idols.Revelation 2:20
Stats
Counts: 227 characters, 32 words, 187 letters, 70 vowels, 117 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλ εχω κατα σου ολιγα οτι εας την γυναικα ιεζαβηλ την λεγουσαν εαυτην προφητιν διδασκειν και πλανασθαι εμους δουλους πορνευσαι και ειδωλοθυτα φαγειν
Lit: But I have against you that you tolerate the woman Jezebel, the one calling herself a prophetess and teaching and misleading My servants to commit sexual immorality, and to eat things sacrificed to idols.
KJV: Notwithstanding I have a few things against thee, because thou sufferest that woman Jezebel, which calleth herself a prophetess, to teach and to seduce my servants to commit fornication, and to eat things sacrificed unto idols.
References
"I have"Re 2:4: 14: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love."that woman"1Ki 16:31: It came to pass: as if it had been a light thing for him to walk in the sins of Jeroboam the son of Nebat: that he took to wife Jezebel the daughter of Ethbaal king of the Zidonians: and went and served Baal: and worshipped him.1Ki 17:4: 13: It will be: that you will drink of the brook; and I have commanded the ravens to feed you there.1Ki 19:1: 2: Ahab told Jezebel all that Elijah had done: and withal how he had killed all the prophets with the sword.1Ki 21:7-15: 23-25: Jezebel his wife said to him: Do you now govern the kingdom of Israel? arise: and eat bread: and let your heart be merry: I will give you the vineyard of Naboth the Jezreelite.2Ki 9:7: 30-37: you will smite the house of Ahab your master: that I may avenge the blood of my servants the prophets: and the blood of all the servants of the LORD: at the hand of Jezebel."and to seduce"Re 2:14: But I have a few things against you: because you have there them that hold the doctrine of Balaam: who taught Balac to cast a stumblingblock before the children of Israel: to eat things sacrificed to idols: and to commit fornication.Ex 34:15: Lest you make a covenant with the inhabitants of the land: and they go a whoring after their gods: and do sacrifice to their gods: and one call you: and you eat of his sacrifice;Nu 25:1: 2: Israel abode in Shittim: and the people began to commit whoredom with the daughters of Moab.Ac 15:20: 29: But that we write to them: that they abstain from pollutions of idols: and from fornication: and from things strangled: and from blood.1Co 8:10-12: For if any man see you which have knowledge sit at meat in the idol's temple: will not the conscience of him which is weak be emboldened to eat those things which are offered to idols;1Co 10:18-21: 28: Look Israel after the flesh: not are they which eat of the sacrifices partakers of the altar?
και εδωκα αυτη χρονον ινα μετανοηση εκ της πορνειας αυτης και ου μετενοησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκαedōka (V-AIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκαedōka
|
I have given
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3340μετανοήσῃ,metanoēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοήσῃ,metanoēsē
|
she might repent,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
she is willing
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3340μετανοῆσαιmetanoēsai (V-ANA)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοῆσαιmetanoēsai
|
to repent
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
21
I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she not repented.Revelation 2:21
Stats
Rank: #7775 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 57 letters, 23 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδωκα αυτη χρονον ινα μετανοηση εκ της πορνειας αυτης και ου μετενοησεν
Lit: And I have given her time that she might repent, and not she is willing to repent of the sexual immorality of her.
KJV: And I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she repented not.
References
"space"Re 9:20: 21: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Jer 8:4-6: Moreover you will say to them: Thus says the LORD; Will they fall: not and arise? will He turn away: not and return?Ro 2:4: 5: Or despise you the riches of His goodness and forbearance and longsuffering; not knowing that the goodness of God leads you to repentance?Ro 9:22: What if God: willing to show His wrath: and to make His power known: endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction:1Pe 3:20: Which sometime were disobedient: when once the longsuffering of God waited in the days of Noah: while the ark was a preparing: wherein few: that is: 8 souls were saved by water.2Pe 3:9: 15: The Lord not is slack concerning His promise: as some men count slackness; but is longsuffering to us-ward: not willing that any should perish: but that all should come to repentance.
The Warning
ιδου εγω βαλλω αυτην εις κλινην και τους μοιχευοντας μετ αυτης εις θλιψιν μεγαλην εαν μη μετανοησωσιν εκ των εργων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708Ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
Ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G906βάλλωballō (V-PIA-1S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλωballō
|
I will cast
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2825κλίνην,klinēn (N-AFS)
G2825 κλίνη klínē klee-nay from κλίνω; a couch (for sleep, sickness, sitting or eating):--bed, table.
|
κλίνην,klinēn
|
a sickbed,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3431μοιχεύονταςmoicheuontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3431 μοιχεύω moicheúō moy-khyoo-o from μοιχός; to commit adultery:--commit adultery.
|
μοιχεύονταςmoicheuontas
|
committing adultery
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2347θλῖψινthlipsin (N-AFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλῖψινthlipsin
|
tribulation
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάλην,megalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλην,megalēn
|
great,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3340μετανοήσωσιν*metanoēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανοήσωσιν*metanoēsōsin
|
they shall repent
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
deeds
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
22
Look, I will cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of their deeds.
Revelation 2:22
Stats
Rank: #7849 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 106 letters, 39 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου εγω βαλλω αυτην εις κλινην και τους μοιχευοντας μετ αυτης εις θλιψιν μεγαλην εαν μη μετανοησωσιν εκ των εργων αυτων
Lit: Behold, I will cast her into a sickbed, and those committing adultery with her into tribulation great, if not they shall repent of the deeds of her.
KJV: Behold, I will cast her into a bed, and them that commit adultery with her into great tribulation, except they repent of their deeds.
References
"and them"Re 17:2: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Re 18:3: 9: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 19:18-21: That you may eat the flesh of kings: and the flesh of captains: and the flesh of mighty men: and the flesh of horses: and of them that sit on them: and the flesh of all men: both free and bond: both small and great.Eze 16:37-41: Look: therefore I will gather all your lovers: with whom you have taken pleasure: and all them that you have loved: with all them that you have hated; I will even gather them round about against you: and will discover your nakedness to them: that they may see all your nakedness.Eze 23:29: 45-48: They will deal with you hatefully: and will take away all your labour: and will leave you naked and bare: and the nakedness of your whoredoms will be discovered: both your lewdness and your whoredoms."except"Jer 36:3: It may be that the house of Judah will hear all the evil which I purpose to do to them; that they may return every man from his evil way; that I may forgive their iniquity and their sin.Eze 18:30-32: Therefore I will judge you: O house of Israel: every one according to His ways: says the Lord GOD. Repent: and turn yourselves from all your transgressions; so iniquity will not be your ruin.Eze 33:11: Say to them: As I live: says the Lord GOD: I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked turn from His way and live: turn you: turn you from your evil ways; for why will you die: O house of Israel?Zep 3:7: I said: Surely you will fear me: you will receive instruction; so their dwelling not should be cut off: howsoever I punished them: but they rose early: and corrupted all their doings.Lu 13:3: 5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.2Ti 2:25: 26: In meekness instructing those that oppose themselves; if God perhaps will give them repentance to the acknowledging of the truth;
και τα τεκνα αυτης αποκτενω εν θανατω και γνωσονται πασαι αι εκκλησιαι οτι εγω ειμι ο ερευνων νεφρους και καρδιας και δωσω υμιν εκαστω κατα τα εργα υμων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G5043τέκναtekna (N-ANP)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκναtekna
|
children
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G615ἀποκτενῶapoktenō (V-FIA-1S)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτενῶapoktenō
|
I will kill
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτῳ·thanatō (N-DMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτῳ·thanatō
|
death,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1097γνώσονταιgnōsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνώσονταιgnōsontai
|
will know
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3956πᾶσαιpasai (Adj-NFP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαιpasai
|
all
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai (N-NFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαιekklēsiai
|
churches
|
N-NFP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2045ἐραυνῶνeraunōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2045 ἐρευνάω ereunáō er-yoo-nah-o apparently from ἐρέω (through the idea of inquiry); to seek, i.e. (figuratively) to investigate:--search.
|
ἐραυνῶνeraunōn
|
searching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3510νεφροὺςnephrous (N-AMP)
G3510 νεφρός nephrós nef-ros of uncertain affinity; a kidney (plural), i.e. (figuratively) the inmost mind:--reins.
|
νεφροὺςnephrous
|
affections
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2588καρδίας,kardias (N-AFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίας,kardias
|
hearts;
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
of you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4771ὑμῶν.hymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶν.hymōn
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2P
|
23
I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.Revelation 2:23
Stats
Rank: #6304 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 186 characters, 35 words, 147 letters, 52 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα τεκνα αυτης αποκτενω εν θανατω και γνωσονται πασαι αι εκκλησιαι οτι εγω ειμι ο ερευνων νεφρους και καρδιας και δωσω υμιν εκαστω κατα τα εργα υμων
Lit: And the children of her I will kill with death, and will know all the churches that I am the One searching affections and hearts; and I will give of you to each according to the works of you.
KJV: And I will kill her children with death; and all the churches shall know that I am he which searcheth the reins and hearts: and I will give unto every one of you according to your works.
References
"with death"Re 6:8: I looked: and look a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death: and Hell followed with him. And power was given to them over the fourth part of the earth: to kill with sword: and with hunger: and with death: and with the beasts of the earth."and all"Re 2:7: 11: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.De 13:11: All Israel will hear: and fear: and will do no more any such wickedness as this is among you.De 17:13: All the people will hear: and fear: and do no more presumptuously.De 19:20: Those which remain will hear: and fear: and will henceforth commit no more any such evil among you.De 21:21: All the men of his city will stone him with stones: that he die: so will you put evil away from among you; and all Israel will hear: and fear.Zep 1:11: Howl: you inhabitants of Maktesh: for all the merchant people are cut down; all they that bear silver are cut off."I am"1Sa 16:7: But the LORD said to Samuel: not Look on His face: or on the height of His stature; because I have refused Him: for the LORD sees not as man sees; for man looks'>looks on the outward appearance: but the LORD looks'>looks on the heart.1Ch 28:9: you: Solomon my son: know you the God of your father: and serve Him with a perfect heart and with a willing mind: for the LORD searches all hearts: and understands all the imaginations of the thoughts: if you seek Him: He will be found of you; but if you forsake Him: He will cast you off for ever.1Ch 29:17: I know also: my God: that you try the heart: and have pleasure in uprightness. As for me: in the uprightness of my heart I have willingly offered all these things: and now have I seen with joy your people: which are present here: to offer willingly to you.2Ch 6:30: Then hear you from heaven your dwelling place: and forgive: and render to every man according to all his ways: whose heart you know'>know; (for you only know'>know the hearts of the children of men:)Ps 7:9: Oh let the wickedness of the wicked come to an end; but establish the just: for the righteous God tries the hearts and reins.Ps 44:21: Will not God search this out? for He knows the secrets of the heart.Jer 11:20: But: O LORD of hosts: that judge righteously: that try the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I revealed my cause.Jer 17:10: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.Jer 20:12: But: O LORD of hosts: that try the righteous: and see the reins and the heart: let me see your vengeance on them: for to you have I opened my cause.Joh 2:24: 25: But Jesus not did commit Himself to them: because He knew all men: Joh 21:17: He says to Him the third time: Simon: son of Jonas: love'>love you me? Peter was grieved because He said to Him the third time: Love'>Love you me? And He said to Him: Lord: you know'>know all things; you know'>know that I love you. Jesus says to Him: Feed my sheep.Ac 1:24: They prayed: and said: You: Lord: which know the hearts of all men: show whether of these two you have chosen: Ro 8:27: He that'>He who searches the hearts knows what is the mind of the Spirit: because He makes intercession for the saints according to the will of God.Heb 4:13: Neither is there any creature that not is manifest in his sight: but all things are naked and opened to the eyes of him with whom we have to do."and I will"Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.Ps 62:12: Also to you: O Lord: belongeth mercy: for you render to every man according to His work.Isa 3:10: 11: Say you to the righteous: that it will be well with him: for they will eat the fruit of their doings.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Ro 2:5-11: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;Ro 14:12: So then every one of us will give account of Himself to God.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.Ga 6:5: For every man will bear his own burden.1Pe 1:17: If you call on the Father: who without respect of persons judges according to every man's work: pass the time of your sojourning here in fear:
The Promise
υμιν δε λεγω και λοιποις τοις εν θυατειροις οσοι ουκ εχουσιν την διδαχην ταυτην και οιτινες ουκ εγνωσαν τα βαθη του σατανα ως λεγουσιν ου βαλω εφ υμας αλλο βαρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4771Ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
Ὑμῖνhymin
|
To you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
however
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγωlegō (V-PIA-1S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωlegō
|
I say,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G3062λοιποῖςloipois (Adj-DMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποῖςloipois
|
rest
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
of those
|
Art-DMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2363Θυατείροις,Thyateirois (N-DNP)
G2363 Θυάτειρα Thyáteira thoo-at-i-rah of uncertain derivation; Thyatira, a place in Asia Minor:--Thyatira.
|
Θυατείροις,Thyateirois
|
Thyatira,
|
N-DNP
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1322διδαχὴνdidachēn (N-AFS)
G1322 διδαχή didachḗ did-akh-ay from διδάσκω; instruction (the act or the matter):--doctrine, hath been taught.
|
διδαχὴνdidachēn
|
teaching
|
N-AFS
|
G3778ταύτην,tautēn (DPro-AFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτην,tautēn
|
this,
|
DPro-AFS
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1097ἔγνωσανegnōsan (V-AIA-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
ἔγνωσανegnōsan
|
have known
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G901βαθέαbathea (Adj-ANP)
G901 βαθύς bathýs bath-oos from the base of βάσις; profound (as going down), literally or figuratively:--deep, very early.
|
βαθέαbathea
|
depths
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4567Σατανᾶ,Satana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ,Satana
|
of Satan,
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3004λέγουσιν,legousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσιν,legousin
|
they say:
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G906βάλλωballō (V-PIA-1S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλωballō
|
I will cast
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you
|
PPro-A2P
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-ANS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
any other
|
Adj-ANS
|
G922βάρος·baros (N-ANS)
G922 βάρος báros bar-os probably from the same as βάσις (through the notion of going down; compare βάθος); weight; in the New Testament only, figuratively, a load, abundance, authority:--burden(-some), weight.
|
βάρος·baros
|
burden.
|
N-ANS
|
24
But to you I say, and to the rest in Thyatira, as many as not have this doctrine, and which not have known the depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden.Revelation 2:24
Stats
Rank: #8072 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 33 words, 142 letters, 54 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: υμιν δε λεγω και λοιποις τοις εν θυατειροις οσοι ουκ εχουσιν την διδαχην ταυτην και οιτινες ουκ εγνωσαν τα βαθη του σατανα ως λεγουσιν ου βαλω εφ υμας αλλο βαρος
Lit: To you however I say, to the rest of those in Thyatira, as many as not have the teaching this, who not have known the depths of Satan, as they say: Not I will cast upon you any other burden.
KJV: But unto you I say, and unto the rest in Thyatira, as many as have not this doctrine, and which have not known the depths of Satan, as they speak; I will put upon you none other burden.
References
"the depths"Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:14: deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth: that they should make an image to the beast: which had the wound by a sword: and did live.2Co 2:11: Lest Satan should get an advantage of us: for we not are ignorant of his devices.2Co 11:3: 13-15: But I fear: lest by any means: as the serpent beguiled Eve through His subtilty: so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.Eph 6:11: 12: Put on the whole armour of God: that you may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.2Th 2:9-12: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "I will"Ac 15:28: For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost: and to us: to lay upon you no greater burden than these necessary things;
πλην ο εχετε κρατησατε αχρις ου αν ηξω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4133πλὴνplēn (Conj)
G4133 πλήν plḗn plane from πλείων; moreover (besides), i.e. albeit, save that, rather, yet:--but (rather), except, nevertheless, notwithstanding, save, than.
|
πλὴνplēn
|
But
|
Conj
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
to what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχετεechete (V-PIA-2P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχετεechete
|
you have,
|
V-PIA-2P
|
G2902κρατήσατεkratēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατήσατεkratēsate
|
hold fast
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
which time
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G2240ἥξω.hēxō (V-ASA-1S)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξω.hēxō
|
I might come.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
25
But that which you have already hold fast till I come.Revelation 2:25
Stats
Rank: #7609 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 53 characters, 11 words, 42 letters, 15 vowels, 27 consonants
Translation
Greek: πλην ο εχετε κρατησατε αχρις ου αν ηξω
Lit: But to what you have, hold fast until which time I might come.
KJV: But that which ye have already hold fast till I come.
References
"that"Re 3:3: 11: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Ac 11:28: There stood up one of them named Agabus: and signified by the spirit that there should be great dearth throughout all the world: which came to pass in the days of Claudius Caesar.Ro 12:9: Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil; cleave to that which is good.1Th 5:21: Prove all things; hold fast that which is good.Heb 3:6: But Christ as a son over His own house; whose house are we: if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm to the end.Heb 4:14: Seeing then that we have a great high priest: that is passed into the heavens: Jesus the Son of God: let us hold fast our profession.Heb 10:23: Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for he is faithful that promised;)"till"Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 22:7: 20: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.Joh 21:22: 23: Jesus says to Him: If I will that He tarry till I come: what is that to you? follow you me.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.1Co 11:26: For as often as you eat this bread: and drink this cup: you do show the Lord's death till He come.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.
και ο νικων και ο τηρων αχρι τελους τα εργα μου δωσω αυτω εξουσιαν επι των εθνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5083τηρῶνtērōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρῶνtērōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Prep
|
G5056τέλουςtelous (N-GNS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλουςtelous
|
the end
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν,ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν,ethnōn
|
nations,
|
N-GNP
|
26
he who overcomes, and keeps my works to the end, to him will I give power over the nations:Revelation 2:26
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 30 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο νικων και ο τηρων αχρι τελους τα εργα μου δωσω αυτω εξουσιαν επι των εθνων
Lit: And the one overcoming and keeping until the end the works of Me, I will give to him authority over the nations,
KJV: And he that overcometh, and keepeth my works unto the end, to him will I give power over the nations:
References
"he"Re 2:7: 11: 17: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:5: 12: 21: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 21:7: He who overcomes will inherit all things; and I will be His God: and He will be my son.Ro 8:37: No: in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.1Jo 5:5: Who is He that'>He who overcomes the world: but He that'>He who believes that Jesus is the Son of God?"keepeth"Mt 24:13: But he who will endure to the end: the same will be saved.Lu 8:13-15: They on the rock are they: which: when they hear: receive the word with joy; and these have no root: which for a while believe: and in time of temptation fall away.Joh 6:29: Jesus answered and said to them: This is the work of God: that you believe on Him whom He has sent.Joh 8:31: 32: Then said Jesus to those Jews which believed on Him: If you continue in my word: then are you my disciples indeed;Ro 2:7: To them who by patient continuance in well doing seek for glory and honour and immortality: eternal life:1Th 3:5: For this cause: when I could no longer forbear: I sent to know your faith: lest by some means the tempter have tempted you: and our labour be in vain.Heb 10:38: 39: Now the just will live by faith: but if any man draw back: my soul will have no pleasure in him.Jas 2:20: But will you know: O vain man: that faith without works is dead?1Jo 2:19: They went out from us: but they not were of us; for if they had been of us: they would no doubt have continued with us: but they went out: that they might be made manifest that they not were all of us.1Jo 3:23: This is His commandment: That we should believe on the name of His Son Jesus Christ: and love one another: as He gave us commandment."to him will I give"Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Ps 49:14: Like sheep they are laid in the grave; death will feed on them; and the upright will have dominion over them in the morning; and their beauty will consume in the grave from their dwelling.Da 7:18: 22: 27: But the saints of the most High will take the kingdom: and possess the kingdom for ever: even for ever and ever.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:29: 30: I appoint to you a kingdom: as my Father has appointed to me;1Co 6:3: 4: Know you not that we will judge angels? how much more things that pertain to this life?
και ποιμανει αυτους εν ραβδω σιδηρα ως τα σκευη τα κεραμικα συντριβεται ως καγω ειληφα παρα του πατρος μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4165ποιμανεῖpoimanei (V-FIA-3S)
G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμανεῖpoimanei
|
he will shepherd
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4464ῥάβδῳrhabdō (N-DFS)
G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδῳrhabdō
|
a rod
|
N-DFS
|
G4603σιδηρᾷ,sidēra (Adj-DFS)
G4603 σιδήρεος sidḗreos sid-ay-reh-os from σίδηρος; made of iron:--(of) iron.
|
σιδηρᾷ,sidēra
|
of iron,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4632σκεύηskeuē (N-NNP)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεύηskeuē
|
vessels of
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2764κεραμικὰkeramika (Adj-NNP)
G2764 κεραμικός keramikós ker-am-ik-os from κέραμος; made of clay, i.e. earthen:--of a potter.
|
κεραμικὰkeramika
|
potter
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4937συντρίβεται,syntribetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G4937 συντρίβω syntríbō soon-tree-bo from σύν and the base of τρίβος; to crush completely, i.e. to shatter (literally or figuratively):--break (in pieces), broken to shivers (+ -hearted), bruise.
|
συντρίβεται,syntribetai
|
are broken in pieces,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
just as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
I also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2983εἴληφαeilēpha (V-RIA-1S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφαeilēpha
|
have received
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G3844παρὰpara (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρὰpara
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρόςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρόςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
27
He will rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter will they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father.Revelation 2:27
Stats
Rank: #8316 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 27 words, 104 letters, 39 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ποιμανει αυτους εν ραβδω σιδηρα ως τα σκευη τα κεραμικα συντριβεται ως καγω ειληφα παρα του πατρος μου
Lit: and he will shepherd them with a rod of iron, as the vessels of the potter are broken in pieces, just as I also have received from the Father of Me.
KJV: And he shall rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter shall they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father.
References
"he shall"Re 12:5: She brought forth a man child: who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up to God: and to His throne.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Ps 2:8: 9: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 49:14: Like sheep they are laid in the grave; death will feed on them; and the upright will have dominion over them in the morning; and their beauty will consume in the grave from their dwelling.Ps 149:5-9: Let the saints be joyful in glory: let them sing aloud upon their beds.Da 7:22: Until the Ancient of days came: and judgment was given to the saints of the most High; and the time came that the saints possessed the kingdom."even"Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Lu 22:29: I appoint to you a kingdom: as my Father has appointed to me;Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world.
και δωσω αυτω τον αστερα τον πρωινον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G792ἀστέραastera (N-AMS)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέραastera
|
star
|
N-AMS
|
G4407πρωϊνόν.prōinon (Adj-AMS)
G4407 πρωϊνός prōïnós pro-ee-nos from πρωΐ; pertaining to the dawn, i.e. matutinal:--morning.
|
πρωϊνόν.prōinon
|
morning.
|
Adj-AMS
|
28
I will give him the morning star.Revelation 2:28
Stats
Rank: #9149 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 37 characters, 8 words, 29 letters, 10 vowels, 19 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δωσω αυτω τον αστερα τον πρωινον
Lit: And I will give to him the star morning.
KJV: And I will give him the morning star.
References
"And I will give him the morning star."Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.Lu 1:78: 79: Through the tender mercy of our God; whereby the dayspring from on high has visited us: 2Pe 1:19: We have also a more sure word of prophecy; to what you do well that you take heed: as to a light that shines in a dark place: until the day dawn: and the day star arise in your hearts:
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
29
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Revelation 2:29
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
References
"He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
3
Sardis
και τω αγγελω της εν σαρδεσιν εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο εχων τα {VAR2: επτα } πνευματα του θεου και τους επτα αστερας οιδα σου τα εργα οτι το ονομα εχεις οτι ζης και νεκρος ει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4554ΣάρδεσινSardesin (N-DFP)
G4554 Σάρδεις Sárdeis sar-dice plural of uncertain derivation; Sardis, a place in Asia Minor:--Sardis.
|
ΣάρδεσινSardesin
|
Sardis
|
N-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-ANP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4151ΠνεύματαPneumata (N-ANP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματαPneumata
|
Spirits
|
N-ANP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G792ἀστέραςasteras (N-AMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέραςasteras
|
stars.
|
N-AMP
|
G1492ΟἶδάOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδάOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2041ἔργα,erga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργα,erga
|
deeds,
|
N-ANP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
the characterization
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2198ζῇς,zēs (V-PIA-2S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῇς,zēs
|
you are alive,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and yet
|
Conj
|
G3498νεκρὸςnekros (Adj-NMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρὸςnekros
|
dead
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ.ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ.ei
|
you are.
|
V-PIA-2S
|
1
And to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God, and the 7 stars; I know your works, that you have a name that you live, and are dead.Revelation 3:1
Stats
Rank: #2338 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 200 characters, 35 words, 155 letters, 53 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εν σαρδεσιν εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο εχων τα {VAR2: επτα } πνευματα του θεου και τους επτα αστερας οιδα σου τα εργα οτι το ονομα εχεις οτι ζης και νεκρος ει
Lit: And to the messenger of the in Sardis church write: These things says the One having the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars. I know your deeds, that the characterization you have that you are alive, and yet dead you are.
KJV: And unto the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things saith he that hath the seven Spirits of God, and the seven stars; I know thy works, that thou hast a name that thou livest, and art dead.
References
"unto"Re 1:11: 20: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."he that"Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Joh 1:16: 33: Of his fulness have all we received: and grace for grace.Joh 3:34: For He whom God has sent speaks the words of God: for God gives not the Spirit by measure to Him.Joh 7:37-39: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink.Joh 15:26: 27: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 20:22: When He had said this: He breathed on them: and says to them: Receive you the Holy Ghost:Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.1Pe 1:11: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow."and the"Re 1:16: 20: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"I know"Re 2:2: 9: 13: 19: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"and art"Lu 15:24: 32: For this my son was dead: and is alive again; he was lost: and is found. And they began to be merry.Eph 2:1: 5: you has he quickened: who were dead in trespasses and sins;Col 2:13: you: being dead in your sins and the uncircumcision of your flesh: has he quickened together with him: having forgiven you all trespasses;1Ti 5:6: But she that lives'>lives in pleasure is dead while she lives'>lives.Jas 2:26: For as the body without the spirit is dead: so faith without works is dead also.Jude 1:12: These are spots in your feasts of charity: when they feast with you: feeding themselves without fear: clouds they are without water: carried about of winds; trees whose fruit withers: without fruit: twice dead: plucked up by the roots;
The Warning
γινου γρηγορων και στηριξον τα λοιπα α μελλει αποθανειν ου γαρ ευρηκα σου τα εργα πεπληρωμενα ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1096γίνουginou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γίνουginou
|
Be
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1127γρηγορῶν,grēgorōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορῶν,grēgorōn
|
watching,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4741στήρισονstērison (V-AMA-2S)
G4741 στηρίζω stērízō stay-rid-zo from a presumed derivative of ἵστημι (like στερεός); to set fast, i.e. (literally) to turn resolutely in a certain direction, or (figuratively) to confirm:--fix, (e-)stablish, stedfastly set, strengthen.
|
στήρισονstērison
|
strengthen
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G3062λοιπὰloipa (Adj-ANP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπὰloipa
|
that remain,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G3195ἔμελλονemellon (V-IIA-3P)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἔμελλονemellon
|
are about
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G599ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖν·apothanein
|
to die;
|
V-ANA
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2147εὕρηκάheurēka (V-RIA-1S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὕρηκάheurēka
|
I have found
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G4137πεπληρωμέναpeplērōmena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πεπληρωμέναpeplērōmena
|
having been completed
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
in the sight of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μου·mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου·mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
2
Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I not have found your works perfect before God.Revelation 3:2
Stats
Rank: #9448 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 20 words, 100 letters, 34 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: γινου γρηγορων και στηριξον τα λοιπα α μελλει αποθανειν ου γαρ ευρηκα σου τα εργα πεπληρωμενα ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: Be watching, and strengthen the things that remain, which are about to die; not for I have found your works having been completed in the sight of the God of Me.
KJV: Be watchful, and strengthen the things which remain, that are ready to die: for I have not found thy works perfect before God.
References
"watchful"Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.Isa 56:10: His watchmen are blind: they are all ignorant: they are all dumb dogs: they cannot bark; sleeping: lying down: loving to slumber.Isa 62:6: 7: I have set watchmen upon your walls: O Jerusalem: which will never hold their peace day nor night: you that make mention of the LORD: not keep silence: Eze 34:8-10: 16: As I live: says the Lord GOD: surely because my flock became a prey: and my flock became meat to every beast of the field: because there was no shepherd: neither did my shepherds search for my flock: but the shepherds fed themselves: and not fed my flock;Zec 11:16: For: indeed: I will raise up a shepherd in the land: which will not visit those that be cut off: neither will seek the young one: nor heal that that is broken: nor feed that that stands still: but he will eat the flesh of the fat: and tear their claws in pieces.Mt 24:42-51: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mr 13:33-37: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Ac 20:28-31: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.2Ti 4:1-4: I charge you therefore before God: and the Lord Jesus Christ: who will judge the quick and the dead at His appearing and His kingdom;1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:"strengthen"Re 2:4: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love.De 3:28: But charge Joshua: and encourage him: and strengthen him: for he will go over before this people: and he will cause them to inherit the land which you will see.Job 4:4-5: Your words have upholden him that was falling: and you have strengthened the feeble knees.Job 16:5: But I would strengthen you with my mouth: and the moving of my lips should asswage your grief.Isa 35:3: Strengthen you the weak hands: and confirm the feeble knees.Lu 22:31: 32: The Lord said: Simon: Simon: look: Satan has desired to have you: that He may sift you as wheat:Ac 18:23: After he had spent some time there: he departed: and went over all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in order: strengthening all the disciples."thy works"1Ki 11:4: For it came to pass: when Solomon was old: that His wives turned away His heart after other gods: and His heart not was perfect with the LORD His God: as was the heart of David His father.1Ki 15:3: He walked in all the sins of His father: which He had done before Him: and His heart not was perfect with the LORD His God: as the heart of David His father.2Ch 25:2: He did that which was right in the sight of the LORD: not but with a perfect heart.Isa 57:12: I will declare your righteousness: and your works; for they will not profit you.Da 5:27: TEKEL; You are weighed in the balances: and are found wanting.Mt 6:2-4: Therefore when you do your alms: not do sound a trumpet before you: as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and in the streets: that they may have glory of men. Truly I say to you: They have their reward.Mt 23:5: 28-38: But all their works they do for to be seen of men: they make broad their phylacteries: and enlarge the borders of their garments:
μνημονευε ουν πως ειληφας και ηκουσας και τηρει και μετανοησον εαν ουν μη γρηγορησης ηξω επι σε ως κλεπτης και ου μη γνως ποιαν ωραν ηξω επι σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3421μνημόνευεmnēmoneue (V-PMA-2S)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
μνημόνευεmnēmoneue
|
Remember
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G4459πῶςpōs (Adv)
G4459 πῶς pōs poce adverb from the base of ποῦ; an interrogative particle of manner; in what way? (sometimes the question is indirect, how?); also as exclamation, how much!:--how, after (by) what manner (means), that. (Occasionally unexpressed in English).,
|
πῶςpōs
|
what
|
Adv
|
G2983εἴληφαςeilēphas (V-RIA-2S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφαςeilēphas
|
you have received
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσας,ēkousas (V-AIA-2S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσας,ēkousas
|
heard —
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5083τήρειtērei (V-PMA-2S)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τήρειtērei
|
keep it
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3340μετανόησον.metanoēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανόησον.metanoēson
|
repent.
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1127γρηγορήσῃς,grēgorēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορήσῃς,grēgorēsēs
|
you shall watch,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G2240ἥξωhēxō (V-FIA-1S)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξωhēxō
|
I will come
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2812κλέπτης,kleptēs (N-NMS)
G2812 κλέπτης kléptēs klep-tace from κλέπτω; a stealer (literally or figuratively):--thief. Compare λῃστής.
|
κλέπτης,kleptēs
|
a thief,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1097γνῷςgnōs (V-ASA-2S)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῷςgnōs
|
shall you know
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G4169ποίανpoian (IPro-AFS)
G4169 ποῖος poîos poy-os from the base of ποῦ and οἷος; individualizing interrogative (of character) what sort of, or (of number) which one:--what (manner of), which.,
|
ποίανpoian
|
at what
|
IPro-AFS
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G2240ἥξωhēxō (V-FIA-1S)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξωhēxō
|
I will come
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G4771σέ.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σέ.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
3
Remember therefore how you have received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore you will not watch, I will come on you as a thief, and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.
Revelation 3:3
Stats
Counts: 203 characters, 34 words, 159 letters, 62 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: μνημονευε ουν πως ειληφας και ηκουσας και τηρει και μετανοησον εαν ουν μη γρηγορησης ηξω επι σε ως κλεπτης και ου μη γνως ποιαν ωραν ηξω επι σε
Lit: Remember therefore what you have received and heard — and keep it and repent. If therefore not you shall watch, I will come like a thief, and no not shall you know at what hour I will come upon you.
KJV: Remember therefore how thou hast received and heard, and hold fast, and repent. If therefore thou shalt not watch, I will come on thee as a thief, and thou shalt not know what hour I will come upon thee.
References
"Remember"Re 2:5: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Eze 16:61-63: Then you will remember your ways: and be ashamed: when you will receive your sisters: your elder and your younger: and I will give them to you for daughters: not but by your covenant.Eze 20:43: There will you remember your ways: and all your doings: wherein you have been defiled; and you will lothe yourselves in your own sight for all your evils that you have committed.Eze 36:31: Then will you remember your own evil ways: and your doings that were not good: and will lothe yourselves in your own sight for your iniquities and for your abominations.Heb 2:1: Therefore we ought to give the more ear heed to the things which we have heard: lest at any time we should let them slip.2Pe 1:13: Yes: I think it meet: as long as I am in this tabernacle: to stir you up by putting you in remembrance;2Pe 3:1: This second epistle: beloved: I now write to you; in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance:"and hold"Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown.Re 2:25: But that which you have already hold fast till I come.1Ti 6:20: O Timothy: keep that which is committed to your trust: avoiding profane and vain babblings: and oppositions of science falsely so called:2Ti 1:13: Hold fast the form of sound words: which you have heard of me: in faith and love which is in Christ Jesus."repent"Re 3:19: As many as I love: I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore: and repent.Re 2:5: 21: 22: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent."I will"Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.Mt 24:42: 43: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Lu 12:39: 40: This know: that if the goodman of the house had known what hour the thief would come: he would have watched: not and have suffered his house to be broken through.1Th 5:2: 4: 5: 6: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up."know"Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mr 13:33: 36: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.
εχεις ολιγα ονοματα και εν σαρδεσιν α ουκ εμολυναν τα ιματια αυτων και περιπατησουσιν μετ εμου εν λευκοις οτι αξιοι εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235Ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
Ἀλλὰalla
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3641ὀλίγαoliga (Adj-ANP)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγαoliga
|
a few
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
people
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4554ΣάρδεσινSardesin (N-DFP)
G4554 Σάρδεις Sárdeis sar-dice plural of uncertain derivation; Sardis, a place in Asia Minor:--Sardis.
|
ΣάρδεσινSardesin
|
Sardis
|
N-DFP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
who
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3435ἐμόλυνανemolynan (V-AIA-3P)
G3435 μολύνω molýnō mol-oo-no probably from μέλας; to soil (figuratively):--defile.
|
ἐμόλυνανemolynan
|
have soiled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4043περιπατήσουσινperipatēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατήσουσινperipatēsousin
|
they will walk
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3022λευκοῖς,leukois (Adj-DNP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκοῖς,leukois
|
white,
|
Adj-DNP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G514ἄξιοίaxioi (Adj-NMP)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοίaxioi
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
4
You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Revelation 3:4
Stats
Rank: #591 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 134 characters, 24 words, 106 letters, 37 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχεις ολιγα ονοματα και εν σαρδεσιν α ουκ εμολυναν τα ιματια αυτων και περιπατησουσιν μετ εμου εν λευκοις οτι αξιοι εισιν
Lit: But you have a few people in Sardis who not have soiled the garments of them, and they will walk with Me in white, because worthy they are.
KJV: Thou hast a few names even in Sardis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy.
References
"names"Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Ac 1:15: In those days Peter stood up in the middle of the disciples: and said: (the number of names together were about 120: )"even"1Ki 19:18: Yet I have left me 7000 in Israel: all the knees which not have bowed to Baal: and every mouth which has not kissed him.Isa 1:9: Except the LORD of hosts had left to us a very small remnant: we should have been as Sodom: and we should have been like to Gomorrah.Ro 11:4-6: But what says the answer of God to Him? I have reserved to myself 7000 men: who not have bowed the knee to the image of Baal."which"Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Re 19:8: To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen: clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Isa 59:6: Their webs will not become garments: neither will they cover themselves with their works: their works are works of iniquity: and the act of violence is in their hands.Isa 61:3: 10: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.Isa 64:6: But we are all as an unclean thing: and all our righteousnesses are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities: like the wind: have taken us away.Zec 3:3-6: Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments: and stood before the angel.Jude 1:23: Others save with fear: pulling them out of the fire; hating even the garment spotted by the flesh."walk"Re 3:5: 18: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled.Re 7:9: 13: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 19:14: The armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses: clothed in fine linen: white and clean.Es 8:15: Mordecai went out from the presence of the king in royal apparel of blue and white: and with a great crown of gold: and with a garment of fine linen and purple: and the city of Shushan rejoiced and was glad.Ps 68:14: When the Almighty scattered kings in it: it was white as snow in Salmon.Ec 9:8: Let your garments be always white; and let your head lack no ointment.Zec 3:4: He answered and spoke to those that stood before him: saying: Take away the filthy garments from him. And to him he said: Look: I have caused your iniquity to pass from you: and I will clothe you with change of clothing.Mr 16:5: Entering into the sepulchre: they saw a young man sitting on the right side: clothed in a long white garment; and they were affrighted."for"Mt 10:11: Into whatever city or town you will enter: inquire who in it is worthy; and there abide till you go there.Lu 20:35: But they which will be accounted worthy to obtain that world: and the resurrection from the dead: neither marry: nor are given in marriage:Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.2Th 1:5: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:
The Promise
ο νικων ουτος περιβαλειται εν ιματιοις λευκοις και ου μη εξαλειψω το ονομα αυτου εκ της βιβλου της ζωης και εξομολογησομαι το ονομα αυτου ενωπιον του πατρος μου και ενωπιον των αγγελων αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G4016περιβαλεῖταιperibaleitai (V-FIM-3S)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβαλεῖταιperibaleitai
|
will be clothed
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2440ἱματίοιςhimatiois (N-DNP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίοιςhimatiois
|
garments
|
N-DNP
|
G3022λευκοῖς,leukois (Adj-DNP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκοῖς,leukois
|
white.
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1813ἐξαλείψωexaleipsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1813 ἐξαλείφω exaleíphō ex-al-i-fo from ἐκ and ἀλείφω; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, figuratively, pardon sin):--blot out, wipe away.
|
ἐξαλείψωexaleipsō
|
will I blot out
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G976βίβλουbiblou (N-GFS)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλουbiblou
|
book
|
N-GFS
|
G2222ζωῆς,zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς,zōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3670ὁμολογήσωhomologēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G3670 ὁμολογέω homologéō hom-ol-og-eh-o from a compound of the base of ὁμοῦ and λόγος; to assent, i.e. covenant, acknowledge:--con- (pro-)fess, confession is made, give thanks, promise.
|
ὁμολογήσωhomologēsō
|
I will confess
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρόςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρόςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
He who overcomes, the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life, but I will confess His name before my Father, and before His angels.Revelation 3:5
Stats
Rank: #3026 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 190 characters, 34 words, 148 letters, 58 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο νικων ουτος περιβαλειται εν ιματιοις λευκοις και ου μη εξαλειψω το ονομα αυτου εκ της βιβλου της ζωης και εξομολογησομαι το ονομα αυτου ενωπιον του πατρος μου και ενωπιον των αγγελων αυτου
Lit: The one overcoming, thus will be clothed in garments white. And no not will I blot out the name of him from the book of life, and I will confess the name of him before the Father of Me, and before the angels of Him.
KJV: He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my Father, and before his angels.
References
"that"Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.1Sa 17:25: The men of Israel said: Have you seen this man that is come up? surely to defy Israel is he come up: and it will be: that the man who kills him: the king will enrich him with great riches: and will give him his daughter: and make his father's house free in Israel."the same"Re 3:4: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 19:8: To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen: clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints."blot"Ex 32:32: 33: Yet now: if you will forgive their sin--; and not if: blot me: I pray you: out of your book which you have written.De 9:14: Let me alone: that I may destroy them: and blot out their name from under heaven: and I will make of you a nation mightier and greater than they.Ps 69:28: Let them be blotted out of the book of the living: not and be written with the righteous.Ps 109:13: Let his posterity be cut off; and in the generation following let their name be blotted out."the book"Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.Re 20:12: 15: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.Re 21:27: There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles: neither whatever works abomination: or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.Re 22:19: If any man will take away from the words of the book of this prophecy: God will take away His part out of the book of life: and out of the holy city: and from the things which are written in this book.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life."confess"Mal 3:17: They will be my: says the LORD of hosts: in that day when I make up my jewels; and I will spare them: as a man spares His own son that serves Him.Mt 10:32: Whoever therefore will confess me before men: Him will I confess also before my Father which is in heaven.Lu 12:8: Also I say to you: Whoever will confess me before men: Him will the Son of man also confess before the angels of God:Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy:
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
6
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Revelation 3:6
Stats
Rank: #3516 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
References
"He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
Philadelphia
και τω αγγελω της εν φιλαδελφεια εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο αγιος ο αληθινος ο εχων την κλειδα του δαβιδ ο ανοιγων και ουδεις κλειει και κλειει και ουδεις ανοιγει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
the messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5359ΦιλαδελφείᾳPhiladelpheia (N-DFS)
G5359 Φιλαδέλφεια Philadélpheia fil-ad-el-fee-ah from (the same as φιλάδελφος), a king of Pergamos; Philadelphia, a place in Asia Minor:--Philadelphia.
|
ΦιλαδελφείᾳPhiladelpheia
|
Philadelphia
|
N-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G40ἅγιος,hagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιος,hagios
|
Holy One,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G228ἀληθινός,alēthinos (Adj-NMS)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινός,alēthinos
|
True One,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2807κλεῖνklein (N-AFS)
G2807 κλείς kleís klice from κλείω; a key (as shutting a lock), literally or figuratively:--key.
|
κλεῖνklein
|
key
|
N-AFS
|
G1138Δαυίδ,Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ,Dauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G455ἀνοίγωνanoigōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίγωνanoigōn
|
opening
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2808κλείσει,kleisei (V-FIA-3S)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κλείσει,kleisei
|
will shut,
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2808κλείωνkleiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κλείωνkleiōn
|
shutting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G455ἀνοίγειanoigei (V-PIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίγειanoigei
|
opens.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
7
To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy, he who is true, he who has the key of David, he who opens'>opens, and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts, and no man opens'>opens;Revelation 3:7
Stats
Rank: #2021 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 209 characters, 34 words, 161 letters, 57 vowels, 104 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εν φιλαδελφεια εκκλησιας γραψον ταδε λεγει ο αγιος ο αληθινος ο εχων την κλειδα του δαβιδ ο ανοιγων και ουδεις κλειει και κλειει και ουδεις ανοιγει
Lit: And to the messenger of the in Philadelphia church write: These things says the Holy One, the True One, having the key of David, the One opening and no one will shut, and shutting and no one opens.
KJV: And to the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things saith he that is holy, he that is true, he that hath the key of David, he that openeth, and no man shutteth; and shutteth, and no man openeth;
References
"to the"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"he that is holy"Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Ps 16:10: For you will not leave my soul in hell; neither will you suffer your Holy one to see corruption.Ps 89:18: For the LORD is our defence; and the Holy one of Israel is our king.Ps 145:17: The LORD is righteous in all His ways: and holy in all His works.Isa 6:3: One cried to another: and said: Holy: holy: holy: is the LORD of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory.Isa 30:11: Get you out of the way: turn aside out of the path: cause the Holy one of Israel to cease from before us.Isa 41:14: 16: 20: not Fear: you worm Jacob: and you men of Israel; I will help you: says the LORD: and your redeemer: the Holy one of Israel.Isa 47:4: As for our redeemer: the LORD of hosts is His name: the Holy one of Israel.Isa 48:17: Thus says the LORD: your Redeemer: the Holy one of Israel; I am the LORD your God which teaches you to profit: which leads you by the way that you should go.Isa 49:7: Thus says the LORD: the Redeemer of Israel: and His Holy one: to Him whom man despises: to Him whom the nation abhors: to a servant of rulers: Kings will see and arise: princes also will worship: because of the LORD that is faithful: and the Holy one of Israel: and He will choose you.Isa 54:5: For your Maker is your husband; the LORD of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer the Holy one of Israel; The God of the whole earth will He be called.Isa 55:5: Look: you will call a nation that you know not: and nations that not knew you will run to you because of the LORD your God: and for the Holy one of Israel; for He has glorified you.Mr 1:24: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are: the Holy one of God.Lu 4:34: Saying: Let us alone; what have we to do with you: you Jesus of Nazareth? are you come to destroy us? I know you who you are; the Holy one of God.Ac 3:14: But you denied the Holy one and the Just: and desired a murderer to be granted to you;"he that is true"Re 3:14: to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen: the faithful and true witness: the beginning of the creation of God;Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 16:7: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Re 19:2: 11: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."the key"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Isa 22:22: The key of the house of David will I lay upon his shoulder; so he will open: and none will shut; and he will shut: and none will open.Lu 1:32: He will be great: and will be called the Son of the High: and the Lord God will give to Him the throne of His father David:"he that openeth"Re 5:3-5: 9: No man in heaven: nor in earth: neither under the earth: was able to open the book: neither to look thereon.Job 11:10: If he cut off: and shut up: or gather together: then who can hinder him?Job 12:14: Look: he breaks down: and it cannot be built again: he shuts up a man: and there can be no opening.Mt 16:19: I will give to you the keys of the kingdom of heaven: and whatever you will bind on earth will be bound in heaven: and whatever you will loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.
οιδα σου τα εργα ιδου δεδωκα ενωπιον σου θυραν ανεωγμενην και ουδεις δυναται κλεισαι αυτην οτι μικραν εχεις δυναμιν και ετηρησας μου τον λογον και ουκ ηρνησω το ονομα μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδάOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδάOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2041ἔργα·erga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργα·erga
|
deeds.
|
N-ANP
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1325δέδωκαdedōka (V-RIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δέδωκαdedōka
|
I have set
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G1799ἐνώπιόνenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιόνenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
a door
|
N-AFS
|
G455ἠνεῳγμένην,ēneōgmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῳγμένην,ēneōgmenēn
|
having been opened,
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2808κλεῖσαιkleisai (V-ANA)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κλεῖσαιkleisai
|
to shut
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3398μικρὰνmikran (Adj-AFS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρὰνmikran
|
little
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειςecheis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειςecheis
|
you have
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G1411δύναμιν,dynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιν,dynamin
|
power,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and yet
|
Conj
|
G5083ἐτήρησάςetērēsas (V-AIA-2S)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
ἐτήρησάςetērēsas
|
you have kept
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
My
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G720ἠρνήσωērnēsō (V-AIM-2S)
G720 ἀρνέομαι arnéomai ar-neh-om-ahee perhaps from Α (as a negative particle) and the middle voice of ῥέω; to contradict, i.e. disavow, reject, abnegate:--deny, refuse.
|
ἠρνήσωērnēsō
|
have denied
|
V-AIM-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
8
I know your works: look, I have set before you an open door, and no man can shut it: for you have a little strength, and have kept my word, and have not denied my name.
Revelation 3:8
Stats
Counts: 171 characters, 30 words, 129 letters, 45 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα σου τα εργα ιδου δεδωκα ενωπιον σου θυραν ανεωγμενην και ουδεις δυναται κλεισαι αυτην οτι μικραν εχεις δυναμιν και ετηρησας μου τον λογον και ουκ ηρνησω το ονομα μου
Lit: I know your deeds. Behold, I have set before you a door having been opened, which no one is able to shut it, because little you have power, and yet you have kept My word and not have denied the name of Me.
KJV: I know thy works: behold, I have set before thee an open door, and no man can shut it: for thou hast a little strength, and hast kept my word, and hast not denied my name.
References
"I know"Re 3:1: 15: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 2:2: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"an open"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;1Co 16:9: For a great door and effectual is opened to me: and there are many adversaries.2Co 2:12: Furthermore: when I came to Troas to preach Christ's gospel: and a door was opened to me of the Lord: Col 4:3: Withal praying also for us: that God would open to us a door of utterance: to speak the mystery of Christ: for which I am also in bonds:"a little"Da 11:34: Now when they will fall: they will be holpen with a little help: but many will cleave to them with flatteries.2Co 12:8-10: For this thing I besought the Lord thrice: that it might depart from me.Php 4:13: I can do all things through Christ which strengthens me."and hast kept"Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Joh 14:21-24: He who has my commandments: and keeps them: He it is that loves'>loves me: and He that'>He who loves'>loves me will be loved of my Father: and I will love Him: and will manifest myself to Him.Joh 15:20: Remember the word that I said to you: The servant not is greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me: they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying: they will keep yours also.Joh 17:6: I have manifested your name to the men which you gave'>gave me out of the world: your they were: and you gave'>gave them me; and they have kept your word.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"and hast not"Re 2:13: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells.Pr 30:9: Lest'>Lest I be full: and deny you: and say: Who is the LORD? or lest'>lest I be poor: and steal: and take the name of my God in vain.Mt 26:70-72: But he denied before them all: saying: I not know what you sayest.Lu 12:9: But He that'>He who denies me before men will be denied before the angels of God.Ac 3:13: 14: The God of Abraham: and of Isaac: and of Jacob: the God of our fathers: has glorified His Son Jesus; whom you delivered up: and denied Him in the presence of Pilate: when He was determined to let Him go.1Ti 5:8: But if any not provide for his own: and specially for those of his own house: he has denied the faith: and is worse than an infidel.1Jo 2:22: 23: Who is a liar but He that'>He who denies'>denies that Jesus is the Christ? He is antichrist: that denies'>denies the Father and the Son.Jude 1:4: For there are certain men crept in unawares: who were before of old ordained to this condemnation: ungodly men: turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness: and denying the only Lord God: and our Lord Jesus Christ.
The Promise
ιδου διδωμι εκ της συναγωγης του σατανα των λεγοντων εαυτους ιουδαιους ειναι και ουκ εισιν αλλα ψευδονται ιδου ποιησω αυτους ινα ηξωσιν και προσκυνησωσιν ενωπιον των ποδων σου και γνωσιν οτι εγω ηγαπησα σε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1325διδῶdidō (V-PSA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδῶdidō
|
I give
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
those from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4864συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs (N-GFS)
G4864 συναγωγή synagōgḗ soon-ag-o-gay from (the reduplicated form of) συνάγω; an assemblage of persons; specially, a Jewish synagogue (the meeting or the place); by analogy, a Christian church:--assembly, congregation, synagogue.
|
συναγωγῆςsynagōgēs
|
synagogue
|
N-GFS
|
G4567Σατανᾶ,Satana (N-GMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶ,Satana
|
of Satan—
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3004λεγόντωνlegontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόντωνlegontōn
|
declaring
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G2453ἸουδαίουςIoudaious (Adj-AMP)
G2453 Ἰουδαῖος Ioudaîos ee-oo-dah-yos from Ἰουδά (in the sense of Ἰούδας as a country); Judæan, i.e. belonging to Jehudah:--Jew(-ess), of Judæa.
|
ἸουδαίουςIoudaious
|
Jews
|
Adj-AMP
|
G1510εἶναι,einai (V-PNA)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶναι,einai
|
to be,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G5574ψεύδονται·pseudontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G5574 ψεύδομαι pseúdomai psyoo-dom-ahee middle voice of an apparently primary verb; to utter an untruth or attempt to deceive by falsehood:--falsely, lie.
|
ψεύδονται·pseudontai
|
they lie—
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
I will cause
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2240ἥξουσινhēxousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξουσινhēxousin
|
they will come
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1097γνῶσινgnōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1097 γινώσκω ginṓskō ghin-oce-ko a prolonged form of a primary verb; to know (absolutely) in a great variety of applications and with many implications (as follow, with others not thus clearly expressed):--allow, be aware (of), feel, (have) know(-ledge), perceived, be resolved, can speak, be sure, understand.
|
γνῶσινgnōsin
|
they shall know
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G25ἠγάπησάēgapēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἠγάπησάēgapēsa
|
have loved
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4771σε.se (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σε.se
|
you.
|
PPro-A2S
|
9
Look, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and not are, but do lie; look, I will make them to come and worship before your feet, and to know that I have loved you.
Revelation 3:9
Stats
Counts: 199 characters, 34 words, 151 letters, 59 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου διδωμι εκ της συναγωγης του σατανα των λεγοντων εαυτους ιουδαιους ειναι και ουκ εισιν αλλα ψευδονται ιδου ποιησω αυτους ινα ηξωσιν και προσκυνησωσιν ενωπιον των ποδων σου και γνωσιν οτι εγω ηγαπησα σε
Lit: Behold, I give those from the synagogue of Satan— those declaring themselves Jews to be, and not are, but they lie— behold, I will cause them that they will come and will worship before the feet of you, and they shall know that I have loved you.
KJV: Behold, I will make them of the synagogue of Satan, which say they are Jews, and are not, but do lie; behold, I will make them to come and worship before thy feet, and to know that I have loved thee.
References
"the synagogue"Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan."I will make them to"Ex 11:8: All these your servants will come down to me: and bow down themselves to me: saying: Get you out: and all the people that follow you: and after that I will go out. And he went out from Pharaoh in a great anger.Ex 12:30-32: Pharaoh rose up in the night: he: and all his servants: and all the Egyptians; and there was a great cry in Egypt; for there was not a house where there was not one dead.1Sa 2:36: It will come to pass: that every one that is left in your house will come and crouch to him for a piece of silver and a morsel of bread: and will say: Put me: I pray you: into one of the priests' offices: that I may eat a piece of bread.Es 8:17: In every province: and in every city: wherever the king's commandment and his decree came: the Jews had joy and gladness: a feast and a good day. And many of the people of the land became Jews; for the fear of the Jews fell upon them.Job 42:8-10: Therefore take to you now 7 bullocks and 7 rams: and go to my servant Job: and offer up for yourselves a burnt offering; and my servant Job will pray for you: for him will I accept: lest I deal with you after your folly: in that you not have spoken of me the thing which is right: like my servant Job.Isa 49:23: Kings will be your nursing fathers: and their queens your nursing mothers: they will bow down to you with their face toward the earth: and lick up the dust of your feet; and you will know that I am the LORD: for they will not be ashamed that wait for me.Isa 60:14: The sons also of them that afflicted you will come bending to you; and all they that despised you will bow themselves down at the soles of your feet; and they will call you: The city of the LORD: The Zion of the Holy one of Israel.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Ac 16:37-39: But Paul said to them: They have beaten us openly uncondemned: being Romans: and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out privily? no truly; but let them come themselves and fetch us out.
οτι ετηρησας τον λογον της υπομονης μου καγω σε τηρησω εκ της ωρας του πειρασμου της μελλουσης ερχεσθαι επι της οικουμενης ολης πειρασαι τους κατοικουντας επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
Because
|
Conj
|
G5083ἐτήρησαςetērēsas (V-AIA-2S)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
ἐτήρησαςetērēsas
|
you have kept
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5281ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs (N-GFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονῆςhypomonēs
|
patient endurance
|
N-GFS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2504κἀγώkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγώkagō
|
I also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G5083τηρήσωtērēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρήσωtērēsō
|
will keep
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5610ὥραςhōras (N-GFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραςhōras
|
hour
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3986πειρασμοῦpeirasmou (N-GMS)
G3986 πειρασμός peirasmós pi-ras-mos from πειράζω; a putting to proof (by experiment (of good), experience (of evil), solicitation, discipline or provocation); by implication, adversity:--temptation, X try.
|
πειρασμοῦpeirasmou
|
trial
|
N-GMS
|
G3195μελλούσηςmellousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλούσηςmellousēs
|
being about
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G2064ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai (V-PNM/P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεσθαιerchesthai
|
to come
|
V-PNM/P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηςoikoumenēs (N-GFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηςoikoumenēs
|
inhabited world
|
N-GFS
|
G3650ὅλης,holēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλης,holēs
|
whole,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3985πειράσαιpeirasai (V-ANA)
G3985 πειράζω peirázō pi-rad-zo from πεῖρα; to test (objectively), i.e. endeavor, scrutinize, entice, discipline:--assay, examine, go about, prove, tempt(-er), try.
|
πειράσαιpeirasai
|
to try
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
10
Because you have kept the word of my patience, I also will keep you from the hour of temptation, which will come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.
Revelation 3:10
Stats
Rank: #1582 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 31 words, 137 letters, 50 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ετηρησας τον λογον της υπομονης μου καγω σε τηρησω εκ της ωρας του πειρασμου της μελλουσης ερχεσθαι επι της οικουμενης ολης πειρασαι τους κατοικουντας επι της γης
Lit: Because you have kept the word of the patient endurance of Me, I also you will keep out of the hour of the trial being about to come upon the inhabited world whole, to try those dwelling upon the earth.
KJV: Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will keep thee from the hour of temptation, which shall come upon all the world, to try them that dwell upon the earth.
References
"the word"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus."I also"Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Mt 26:41: Watch and pray: that you not enter into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing: but the flesh is weak.1Co 10:13: There has no temptation taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful: who not will suffer you to be tempted above that you are able; but will with the temptation also make a way to escape: that you may be able to bear it.Eph 6:13: For what reason take to you the whole armour of God: that you may be able to withstand in the evil day: and having done all: to stand.2Pe 2:9: The Lord knows how to deliver the godly out of temptations: and to reserve the unjust to the day of judgment to be punished:"all"Mt 24:14: This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world for a witness to all nations; and then will the end come.Mr 14:9: Truly I say to you: Wheresoever this gospel will be preached throughout the whole world: this also that she has done will be spoken of for a memorial of her.Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.Ro 1:8: First: I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all: that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world."to try"Isa 24:17: Fear: and the pit: and the snare: are upon you: O inhabitant of the earth.Da 12:10: Many will be purified: and made white: and tried; but the wicked will do wickedly: and none of the wicked will understand; but the wise will understand.Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.Jas 3:12: Can the fig tree: my brothers: bear olive berries? either a vine: figs? so can no fountain both yield salt water and fresh.1Pe 4:12: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:
ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ κρατει ο εχεις ινα μηδεις λαβη τον στεφανον σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2064ἔρχομαιerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαιerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5035ταχύ·tachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύ·tachy
|
quickly.
|
Adv
|
G2902κράτειkratei (V-PMA-2S)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κράτειkratei
|
Hold fast
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
to what
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G2192ἔχεις,echeis (V-PIA-2S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχεις,echeis
|
you have,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3367μηδεὶςmēdeis (Adj-NMS)
G3367 μηδείς mēdeís may-den from μή and εἷς; not even one (man, woman, thing):--any (man, thing), no (man), none, not (at all, any man, a whit), nothing, + without delay.
|
μηδεὶςmēdeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2983λάβῃlabē (V-ASA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβῃlabē
|
may take
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4735στέφανόνstephanon (N-AMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανόνstephanon
|
crown
|
N-AMS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
11
Look, I come quickly: hold that fast which you have, that no man take your crown.
Revelation 3:11
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 13 words, 64 letters, 20 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ κρατει ο εχεις ινα μηδεις λαβη τον στεφανον σου
Lit: I am coming quickly. Hold fast to what you have, so that no one may take the crown of you.
KJV: Behold, I come quickly: hold that fast which thou hast, that no man take thy crown.
References
"I come"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 22:7: 12: 20: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Zep 1:14: The great day of the LORD is near: it is near: and hasts greatly: even the voice of the day of the LORD: the mighty man will cry there bitterly.Php 4:5: Let your moderation be known to all men. The Lord is at hand.Jas 5:9: not Grudge one against another: brothers: lest you be condemned: look: the judge stands before the door."hold"Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Re 2:13: 25: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells."thy"Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 4:4: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.1Co 9:25: Every man that strives for the mastery is temperate in all things. Now they do it to obtain a corruptible crown; but we an incorruptible.2Ti 2:5: If a man also strive for masteries: yet is not he crowned: except he strive lawfully.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him.1Pe 5:3: 4: Neither as being lords over God's heritage: but being ensamples to the flock.
ο νικων ποιησω αυτον στυλον εν τω ναω του θεου μου και εξω ου μη εξελθη ετι και γραψω επ αυτον το ονομα του θεου μου και το ονομα της πολεως του θεου μου της καινης ιερουσαλημ η {VAR1: καταβαινουσα } {VAR2: καταβαινει } εκ του ουρανου απο του θεου μου και το ονομα μου το καινον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶν,nikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶν,nikōn
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4160ποιήσωpoiēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσωpoiēsō
|
I will make
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G4769στῦλονstylon (N-AMS)
G4769 στῦλος stŷlos stoo-los from (to stiffen; properly akin to the base of ἵστημι); a post (style), i.e. (figuratively) support:--pillar.
|
στῦλονstylon
|
a pillar
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3485ναῷnaō (N-DMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναῷnaō
|
temple
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
out
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1831ἐξέλθῃexelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξέλθῃexelthē
|
shall he go
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
anymore.
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1125γράψωgrapsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψωgrapsō
|
I will write
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2537καινῆςkainēs (Adj-GFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινῆςkainēs
|
new
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2419ἸερουσαλήμIerousalēm (N-GFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλήμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-GFS
|
G2597καταβαίνουσαkatabainousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνουσαkatabainousa
|
coming down
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2537καινόν.kainon (Adj-ANS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινόν.kainon
|
new.
|
Adj-ANS
|
12
Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Revelation 3:12
Stats
Rank: #3299 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 286 characters, 55 words, 215 letters, 80 vowels, 135 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο νικων ποιησω αυτον στυλον εν τω ναω του θεου μου και εξω ου μη εξελθη ετι και γραψω επ αυτον το ονομα του θεου μου και το ονομα της πολεως του θεου μου της καινης ιερουσαλημ η {VAR1: καταβαινουσα } {VAR2: καταβαινει } εκ του ουρανου απο του θεου μου και το ονομα μου το καινον
Lit: The one overcoming, I will make him a pillar in the temple of the God of Me, and out no not shall he go anymore. And I will write upon him the name of the God of Me, and the name of the city of the God of Me, the new Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven from the God of Me, and the name of Me new.
KJV: Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the temple of my God, and he shall go no more out: and I will write upon him the name of my God, and the name of the city of my God, which is new Jerusalem, which cometh down out of heaven from my God: and [I will write upon him] my new name.
References
"overcometh"Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.1Jo 2:13: 14: I write to you: fathers: because you have known Him that is from the beginning. I write to you: young men: because you have overcome the wicked one. I write to you: little children: because you have known the Father.1Jo 4:4: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world."pillar"1Ki 7:21: He set up the pillars in the porch of the temple: and he set up the right pillar: and called the name thereof Jachin: and he set up the left pillar: and called the name thereof Boaz.Jer 1:18: For: look: I have made you this day a defenced city: and an iron pillar: and brasen walls against the whole land: against the kings of Judah: against the princes thereof: against the priests thereof: and against the people of the land.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision."I will"Re 2:17: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the hidden manna: and will give Him a white stone: and in the stone a new name written: which no man knows saving He that'>He who receives it.Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads."the city"Re 21:2: 10-27: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Ps 48:8: As we have heard: so have we seen in the city of the LORD of hosts: in the city of our God: God will establish it for ever. Selah.Ps 87:3: Glorious things are spoken of you: O city of God. Selah.Ga 4:26: 27: But Jerusalem which is above is free: which is the mother of us all.Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: "my new"Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads.Isa 65:15: you will leave your name for a curse to my chosen: for the Lord GOD will kill you: and call His servants by another name:Eph 3:15: Of whom the whole family in heaven and earth is named:
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
13
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Revelation 3:13
Stats
Rank: #8071 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
References
"He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
Laodicea
και τω αγγελω της εκκλησιας λαοδικεων γραψον ταδε λεγει ο αμην ο μαρτυς ο πιστος και αληθινος η αρχη της κτισεως του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳangelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳangelō
|
messenger
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2993ΛαοδικείᾳLaodikeia (N-DFS)
G2993 Λαοδίκεια Laodíkeia lah-od-ik-i-ah from a compound of λαός and δίκη; Laodicia, a place in Asia Minor:--Laodicea.
|
ΛαοδικείᾳLaodikeia
|
Laodicea
|
N-DFS
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias (N-GFS)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαςekklēsias
|
church
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γράψονgrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψονgrapson
|
write:
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3592ΤάδεTade (DPro-ANP)
G3592 ὅδε hóde tod-e from ὁ and δέ; the same, i.e. this or that one (plural these or those); often used as a personal pronoun:--he, she, such, these, thus.,
|
ΤάδεTade
|
These things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G281Ἀμήν,Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν,Amēn
|
Amen,
|
Heb
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3144μάρτυςmartys (N-NMS)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυςmartys
|
Witness
|
N-NMS
|
G4103πιστὸςpistos (Adj-NMS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστὸςpistos
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθινός,alēthinos (Adj-NMS)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινός,alēthinos
|
TRUE,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G746ἀρχὴarchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴarchē
|
Beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2937κτίσεωςktiseōs (N-GFS)
G2937 κτίσις ktísis ktis-is from κτίζω; original formation (properly, the act; by implication, the thing, literally or figuratively):--building, creation, creature, ordinance.
|
κτίσεωςktiseōs
|
creation
|
N-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
14
to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God;Revelation 3:14
Stats
Rank: #760 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 155 characters, 25 words, 124 letters, 47 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τω αγγελω της εκκλησιας λαοδικεων γραψον ταδε λεγει ο αμην ο μαρτυς ο πιστος και αληθινος η αρχη της κτισεως του θεου
Lit: And to the messenger of the in Laodicea church write: These things says the Amen, the Witness faithful and TRUE, the Beginning of the creation of God.
KJV: And unto the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things saith the Amen, the faithful and true witness, the beginning of the creation of God;
References
"the angel"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;"of the Laodiceans"Col 2:1: For I would that you knew what great conflict I have for you: and for them at Laodicea: and for as many as not have seen my face in the flesh;Col 4:16: When this epistle is read among you: cause that it be read also in the church of the Laodiceans; and that you likewise read the epistle from Laodicea."the Amen"Isa 65:16: That He who blesss Himself in the earth will bless Himself in the God of truth; and He that'>He who swears in the earth will swear by the God of truth; because the former troubles are forgotten: and because they are hid from my eyes.2Co 1:20: For all the promises of God in Him are yes: and in Him Amen: to the glory of God by us."the faithful"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Isa 55:4: Look: I have given him for a witness to the people: a leader and commander to the people.Jer 42:5: Then they said to Jeremiah: The LORD be a true and faithful witness between us: if we not do even according to all things for the which the LORD your God will send you to us."the beginning"Col 1:15: Who is the image of the invisible God: the firstborn of every creature:
οιδα σου τα εργα οτι ουτε ψυχρος ει ουτε ζεστος οφελον ψυχρος ειης η ζεστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1492ΟἶδάOida (V-RIA-1S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ΟἶδάOida
|
I know
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2041ἔργα,erga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργα,erga
|
works,
|
N-ANP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G5593ψυχρὸςpsychros (Adj-NMS)
G5593 ψυχρός psychrós psoo-chros from ψύχος; chilly (literally or figuratively):--cold.
|
ψυχρὸςpsychros
|
cold
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
you are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2200ζεστός.zestos (Adj-NMS)
G2200 ζεστός zestós dzes-tos from ζέω; boiled, i.e. (by implication) calid (figuratively, fervent):--hot.
|
ζεστός.zestos
|
hot.
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3785ὄφελονophelon (I)
G3785 ὄφελον óphelon of-el-on first person singular of a past tense of ὀφείλω; I ought (wish), i.e. (interjection) oh that!:--would (to God).,
|
ὄφελονophelon
|
I wish
|
I
|
G5593ψυχρὸςpsychros (Adj-NMS)
G5593 ψυχρός psychrós psoo-chros from ψύχος; chilly (literally or figuratively):--cold.
|
ψυχρὸςpsychros
|
cold
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἦςēs (V-IIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦςēs
|
you would be
|
V-IIA-2S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G2200ζεστός.zestos (Adj-NMS)
G2200 ζεστός zestós dzes-tos from ζέω; boiled, i.e. (by implication) calid (figuratively, fervent):--hot.
|
ζεστός.zestos
|
hot.
|
Adj-NMS
|
15
I know your works, that you are neither cold nor hot: I would you wert cold or hot.Revelation 3:15
Stats
Rank: #2564 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 16 words, 64 letters, 22 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: οιδα σου τα εργα οτι ουτε ψυχρος ει ουτε ζεστος οφελον ψυχρος ειης η ζεστος
Lit: I know your works, that neither cold you are nor hot. I wish cold you would be or hot.
KJV: I know thy works, that thou art neither cold nor hot: I would thou wert cold or hot.
References
"I know"Re 3:1: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 2:2: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:"that"Re 2:4: Nevertheless I have somewhat against you: because you have left your first love.Mt 24:12: Because iniquity will abound: the love of many will wax cold.Php 1:9: This I pray: that your love may abound yet more and more in knowledge and in all judgment;2Th 1:3: We are bound to thank God always for you: brothers: as it is meet: because that your faith grows exceedingly: and the charity of every one of you all toward each other abounds;1Pe 1:22: Seeing you have purified your souls in obeying the truth through the Spirit to unfeigned love of the brothers: see that you love one another with a pure heart fervently:"I would"De 5:29: O that there were such an heart in them: that they would fear me: and keep all my commandments always: that it might be well with them: and with their children for ever!Ps 81:11-13: But my people not would listen to my voice; and Israel would none of me.2Co 12:20: For I fear: lest'>lest: when I come: I will not find you such as I would: and that I will be found to you such as you not would: lest'>lest there be debates: envyings: wraths: strifes: backbitings: whisperings: swellings: tumults:"thou"Jos 24:15-24: If it seem evil to you to serve the LORD: choose you this day whom you will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood: or the gods of the Amorites: in whose land you dwell: but as for me and my house: we will serve the LORD.1Ki 18:21: Elijah came to all the people: and said: How long halt you between two opinions? if the LORD be God: follow Him: but if Baal: then follow Him. And the people answered Him not">not Him a word.Pr 23:26: My son: give me your heart: and let your eyes observe my ways.Ho 7:8: Ephraim: he has mixed himself among the people; Ephraim is a not cake turned.Ho 10:2: Their heart is divided; now will they be found faulty: he will break down their altars: he will spoil their images.Zep 1:5: 6: Them that worship the host of heaven upon the housetops; and them that worship and that swear by the LORD: and that swear by Malcham;Mt 6:24: No man can serve two masters: for either He will hate the one: and love the other; or else He will hold to the one: and despise the other. You cannot serve God and mammon.Mt 10:37: He who loves'>loves father or mother more than me not is worthy of me: and he who loves'>loves son or daughter more than me not is worthy of me.Lu 14:27: 28: whoever does not bear his cross: and come after me: cannot be my disciple.1Co 16:22: If any man not love the Lord Jesus Christ: let Him be Anathema Maranatha.Jas 1:8: A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.
The Warning
ουτως οτι χλιαρος ει και ουτε ψυχρος ουτε ζεστος μελλω σε εμεσαι εκ του στοματος μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3779οὕτως,houtōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτως,houtōs
|
So
|
Adv
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G5513χλιαρὸςchliaros (Adj-NMS)
G5513 χλιαρός chliarós khlee-ar-os from (to warm); tepid:--lukewarm.
|
χλιαρὸςchliaros
|
lukewarm
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
you are,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G2200ζεστὸςzestos (Adj-NMS)
G2200 ζεστός zestós dzes-tos from ζέω; boiled, i.e. (by implication) calid (figuratively, fervent):--hot.
|
ζεστὸςzestos
|
hot
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G5593ψυχρός,psychros (Adj-NMS)
G5593 ψυχρός psychrós psoo-chros from ψύχος; chilly (literally or figuratively):--cold.
|
ψυχρός,psychros
|
cold,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3195μέλλωmellō (V-PIA-1S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλωmellō
|
I am about
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G1692ἐμέσαιemesai (V-ANA)
G1692 ἐμέω eméō em-eh-o of uncertain affinity; to vomit:--(will) spue.
|
ἐμέσαιemesai
|
to spit
|
V-ANA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματόςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματόςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
16
So then because you are lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue you out of my mouth.
Revelation 3:16
Stats
Counts: 94 characters, 17 words, 73 letters, 30 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτως οτι χλιαρος ει και ουτε ψυχρος ουτε ζεστος μελλω σε εμεσαι εκ του στοματος μου
Lit: So because lukewarm you are, and neither hot nor cold, I am about you to spit out of the mouth of Me.
KJV: So then because thou art lukewarm, and neither cold nor hot, I will spue thee out of my mouth.
References
"I will spue thee out"Re 2:5: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.Jer 14:19: Have you utterly rejected Judah? has your soul lothed Zion? why have you smitten us: and there is no healing for us? we looked for peace: and there is no good; and for the time of healing: and look trouble!Jer 15:1-4: Then said the LORD to me: Though Moses and Samuel stood before me: yet my mind could not be toward this people: cast them out of my sight: and let them go forth.Zec 11:8: 9: 3 shepherds also I cut off in one month; and my soul lothed them: and their soul also abhorred me.
οτι λεγεις οτι πλουσιος ειμι και πεπλουτηκα και ουδενος χρειαν εχω και ουκ οιδας οτι συ ει ο ταλαιπωρος και ελεεινος και πτωχος και τυφλος και γυμνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754Ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
Ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειςlegeis (V-PIA-2S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειςlegeis
|
you say
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G4145ΠλούσιόςPlousios (Adj-NMS)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
ΠλούσιόςPlousios
|
Rich
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4147πεπλούτηκαpeploutēka (V-RIA-1S)
G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
πεπλούτηκαpeploutēka
|
I have grown rich,
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδὲνouden (Adj-ANS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδὲνouden
|
of nothing
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχω,echō (V-PIA-1S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχω,echō
|
I have.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1492οἶδαςoidas (V-RIA-2S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδαςoidas
|
do you realize
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G5005ταλαίπωροςtalaipōros (Adj-NMS)
G5005 ταλαίπωρος talaípōros tal-ah-ee-po-ros from the base of τάλαντον and a derivative of the base of πεῖρα; enduring trial, i.e. miserable:--wretched.
|
ταλαίπωροςtalaipōros
|
wretched,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1652ἐλεεινὸςeleeinos (Adj-NMS)
G1652 ἐλεεινός eleeinós el-eh-i-nos from ἔλεος; pitiable:--miserable.
|
ἐλεεινὸςeleeinos
|
miserable,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4434πτωχὸςptōchos (Adj-NMS)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχὸςptōchos
|
poor,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5185τυφλὸςtyphlos (Adj-NMS)
G5185 τυφλός typhlós toof-los from, τυφόω; opaque (as if smoky), i.e. (by analogy) blind (physically or mentally):--blind.
|
τυφλὸςtyphlos
|
blind,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1131γυμνός,gymnos (Adj-NMS)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνός,gymnos
|
naked.
|
Adj-NMS
|
17
Because you say, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need not ofhing; and know not that you are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked:
Revelation 3:17
Stats
Rank: #2913 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 170 characters, 22 words, 132 letters, 50 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι λεγεις οτι πλουσιος ειμι και πεπλουτηκα και ουδενος χρειαν εχω και ουκ οιδας οτι συ ει ο ταλαιπωρος και ελεεινος και πτωχος και τυφλος και γυμνος
Lit: For you say - , Rich I am, and I have grown rich, and of nothing need I have. And not do you realize that you are wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked.
KJV: Because thou sayest, I am rich, and increased with goods, and have need of nothing; and knowest not that thou art wretched, and miserable, and poor, and blind, and naked:
References
"I am"Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Pr 13:7: There is that makes'>makes himself rich: yet has nothing: there is that makes'>makes himself poor: yet has great riches.Ho 12:8: Ephraim said: Yet I am become rich: I have found me out substance: in all my labours they will find none iniquity in me that were sin.Zec 11:5: Whose possessors kill them: and hold not themselves guilty: and they that sell them say: Blessed be the LORD; for I am rich: and their own shepherds pity not them.Lu 1:53: He has filled the hungry with good things; and the rich he has sent empty away.Lu 6:24: But woe to you that are rich! for you have received your consolation.Lu 18:11: 12: The Pharisee stood and prayed thus with Himself: God: I thank you: that I not am as other men are: extortioners: unjust: adulterers: or even as this publican.Ro 11:20: 25: Well; because of unbelief they were broken off: and you stand by faith. not Be highminded: but fear:Ro 12:3: For I say: through the grace given to me: to every man that is among you: not to think of Himself more highly than He ought to think; but to think soberly: according as God has dealt to every man the measure of faith.1Co 4:8-10: Now you are full: now you are rich: you have reigned as kings without us: and I would to God you did reign: that we also might reign with you."have need"De 8:12-14: Lest when you have eaten and are full: and have built goodly houses: and dwelt therein;Pr 30:9: Lest'>Lest I be full: and deny you: and say: Who is the LORD? or lest'>lest I be poor: and steal: and take the name of my God in vain.Jer 2:31: O generation: see you the word of the LORD. Have I been a wilderness to Israel? a land of darkness? for what reason say my people: We are lords; we will come no more to you?Mt 9:12: But when Jesus heard that: He said to them: They that be whole not need a physician: but they that are sick."knowest"Ro 2:17-23: Look: you are called a Jew: and restest in the law: and make your boast of God: "wretched"Mt 5:3: Blessed are the poor in spirit: for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.Ro 7:24: O wretched man that I am! who will deliver me from the body of this death?"blind"Isa 42:19: Who is blind: but my servant? or deaf: as my messenger that I sent? who is blind as He that'>He who is perfect: and blind as the LORD's servant?Joh 9:40: 41: some of the Pharisees which were with him heard these words: and said to him: Are we blind also?2Pe 1:9: But he who lacks these things is blind: and cannot see afar off: and has forgotten that he was purged from his old sins."naked"Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.Ge 3:7: 10: 11: The eyes of them both were opened: and they knew that they were naked; and they sewed fig leaves together: and made themselves aprons.Ex 32:35: The LORD plagued the people: because they made the calf: which Aaron made.
συμβουλευω σοι αγορασαι παρ εμου χρυσιον πεπυρωμενον εκ πυρος ινα πλουτησης και ιματια λευκα ινα περιβαλη και μη φανερωθη η αισχυνη της γυμνοτητος σου και κολλουριον εγχρισον τους οφθαλμους σου ινα βλεπης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4823συμβουλεύωsymbouleuō (V-PIA-1S)
G4823 συμβουλεύω symbouleúō soom-bool-yoo-o from σύν and βουλεύω; to give (or take) advice jointly, i.e. recommend, deliberate or determine:--consult, (give, take) counsel (together).
|
συμβουλεύωsymbouleuō
|
I counsel
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G59ἀγοράσαιagorasai (V-ANA)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράσαιagorasai
|
to buy
|
V-ANA
|
G3844παρ’par’ (Prep)
G3844 παρά pará par-ah a primary preposition; properly, near; i.e. (with genitive case) from beside (literally or figuratively), (with dative case) at (or in) the vicinity of (objectively or subjectively), (with accusative case) to the proximity with (local (especially beyond or opposed to) or causal (on account of):--above, against, among, at, before, by, contrary to, X friend, from, + give (such things as they), + that (she) had, X his, in, more than, nigh unto, (out) of, past, save, side…by, in the sight of, than, (there-)fore, with. In compounds it retains the same variety of application.
|
παρ’par’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5553χρυσίονchrysion (N-ANS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίονchrysion
|
gold
|
N-ANS
|
G4448πεπυρωμένονpepyrōmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G4448 πυρόω pyróō poo-ro-o from πῦρ; to kindle, i.e. (passively) to be ignited, glow (literally), be refined (by implication), or (figuratively) to be inflamed (with anger, grief, lust):--burn, fiery, be on fire, try.
|
πεπυρωμένονpepyrōmenon
|
having been refined
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
fire
|
N-GNS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4147πλουτήσῃς,ploutēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
πλουτήσῃς,ploutēsēs
|
you may be rich,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G3022λευκὰleuka (Adj-ANP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκὰleuka
|
white
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4016περιβάλῃperibalē (V-ASM-2S)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβάλῃperibalē
|
you may be clothed
|
V-ASM-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5319φανερωθῇphanerōthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
φανερωθῇphanerōthē
|
might be made manifest
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G152αἰσχύνηaischynē (N-NFS)
G152 αἰσχύνη aischýnē ahee-skhoo-nay from αἰσχύνομαι; shame or disgrace (abstractly or concretely):--dishonesty, shame.
|
αἰσχύνηaischynē
|
shame
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1132γυμνότητόςgymnotētos (N-GFS)
G1132 γυμνότης gymnótēs goom-not-ace from γυμνός; nudity (absolute or comparative):--nakedness.
|
γυμνότητόςgymnotētos
|
nakedness
|
N-GFS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2854κολλούριονkollourion (N-ANS)
G2854 κολλούριον kolloúrion kol-loo-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of (a cake; prob akin to the base of κολλάω); properly, a poultice (as made of or in the form of crackers), i.e. (by analogy) a plaster:-- eyesalve.
|
κολλούριονkollourion
|
eye-salve
|
N-ANS
|
G1472ἐγχρῖσαιenchrisai (V-ANA)
G1472 ἐγχρίω enchríō eng-khree-o from ἐν and χρίω; to rub in (oil), i.e. besmear:--anoint.
|
ἐγχρῖσαιenchrisai
|
to anoint
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμούςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμούςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπῃς.blepēs (V-PSA-2S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπῃς.blepēs
|
you may see.
|
V-PSA-2S
|
18
I counsel you to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that you may'>may'>may be rich; and white clothing, that you may'>may'>may be clothed, and that the shame of your nakedness not do appear; and anoint your eyes with eyesalve, that you may'>may'>may see.Revelation 3:18
Stats
Counts: 235 characters, 39 words, 184 letters, 72 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: συμβουλευω σοι αγορασαι παρ εμου χρυσιον πεπυρωμενον εκ πυρος ινα πλουτησης και ιματια λευκα ινα περιβαλη και μη φανερωθη η αισχυνη της γυμνοτητος σου και κολλουριον εγχρισον τους οφθαλμους σου ινα βλεπης
Lit: I counsel you to buy from Me gold having been refined by fire so that you may be rich, and garments white so that you may be clothed and not might be made manifest the shame of the nakedness of you, and eye-salve to anoint the eyes of you so that you may see.
KJV: I counsel thee to buy of me gold tried in the fire, that thou mayest be rich; and white raiment, that thou mayest be clothed, and that the shame of thy nakedness do not appear; and anoint thine eyes with eyesalve, that thou mayest see.
References
"counsel"Ps 16:7: I will bless the LORD: who has given me counsel: my reins also instruct me in the night seasons.Ps 32:8: I will instruct you and teach you in the way which you will go: I will guide you with my eye.Ps 73:24: You will guide me with your counsel: and afterward receive me to glory.Ps 107:11: Because they rebelled against the words of God: and contemned the counsel of the most High:Pr 1:25: 30: But you have set at nought all my counsel: and would none of my reproof:Pr 19:20: Hear counsel: and receive instruction: that you may be wise in your latter end.Ec 8:2: I counsel you to keep the king's commandment: and that in regard of the oath of God."buy"Pr 23:23: Buy the truth: and sell it not; also wisdom: and instruction: and understanding.Isa 55:1: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Mt 13:44: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to treasure hid in a field; the which when a man has found: he hides: and for joy thereof goes and sells all that he has: and buys that field.Mt 25:9: But the wise answered: saying: Not so; lest there not be enough for us and you: but go you rather to them that sell: and buy for yourselves."gold"Mal 3:3: He will sit as a refiner and purifier of silver: and He will purify the sons of Levi: and purge them as gold and silver: that they may offer to the LORD an offering in righteousness.1Co 3:12: 13: Now if any man build upon this foundation gold: silver: precious stones: wood: hay: stubble;1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:"that thou"Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Lu 12:21: So is He that'>He who lays up treasure for Himself: and not is rich toward God.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.1Ti 6:18: That they do good: that they be rich in good works: ready to distribute: willing to communicate;Jas 2:5: Listen: my beloved brothers: Has not God chosen the poor of this world rich in faith: and heirs of the kingdom which He has promised to them that love Him?"white"Re 3:4: 5: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 7:13: One of the elders answered: saying to me: What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.Re 19:8: To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen: clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.2Co 5:3: If so be that being clothed we will not be found naked."the shame"Re 16:15: Look: I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches: and keeps his garments: lest he walk naked: and they see his shame.Isa 47:3: Your nakedness will be uncovered: yes: your shame will be seen: I will take vengeance: and I not will meet you as a man.Jer 13:26: Therefore will I discover your skirts upon your face: that your shame may appear.Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Mic 1:11: Pass you away: you inhabitant of Saphir: having your shame naked: the inhabitant of Zaanan not came forth in the mourning of Bethezel; he will receive of you his standing.Na 3:5: Look: I am against you: says the LORD of hosts; and I will discover your skirts upon your face: and I will show the nations your nakedness: and the kingdoms your shame."anoint"Joh 9:6-11: When he had thus spoken: he spat on the ground: and made clay of the spittle: and he anointed the eyes of the blind man with the clay: 1Jo 2:20-27: But you have an unction from the Holy one: and you know all things.
The Promise
εγω οσους εαν φιλω ελεγχω και παιδευω ζηλωσον ουν και μετανοησον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3745ὅσουςhosous (RelPro-AMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσουςhosous
|
as many as
|
RelPro-AMP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5368φιλῶphilō (V-PSA-1S)
G5368 φιλέω philéō fil-eh-o from φίλος; to be a friend to (fond of (an individual or an object)), i.e. have affection for (denoting personal attachment, as a matter of sentiment or feeling; while ἀγαπάω is wider, embracing especially the judgment and the deliberate assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and propriety: the two thus stand related very much as θέλω and βούλομαι, or as θυμός and νοῦς respectively; the former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of the head); specially, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):--kiss, love.
|
φιλῶphilō
|
might love,
|
V-PSA-1S
|
G1651ἐλέγχωelenchō (V-PIA-1S)
G1651 ἐλέγχω elénchō el-eng-kho of uncertain affinity; to confute, admonish:--convict, convince, tell a fault, rebuke, reprove.
|
ἐλέγχωelenchō
|
I rebuke
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3811παιδεύω·paideuō (V-PIA-1S)
G3811 παιδεύω paideúō pahee-dyoo-o from παῖς; to train up a child, i.e. educate, or (by implication), discipline (by punishment):--chasten(-ise), instruct, learn, teach.
|
παιδεύω·paideuō
|
discipline;
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2206ζήλευεzēleue (V-PMA-2S)
G2206 ζηλόω zēlóō dzay-lo-o from ζῆλος; to have warmth of feeling for or against:--affect, covet (earnestly), (have) desire, (move with) envy, be jealous over, (be) zealous(-ly affect).
|
ζήλευεzēleue
|
be zealous
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3767οὖνoun (Conj)
G3767 οὖν oûn oon apparently a primary word; (adverbially) certainly, or (conjunctionally) accordingly:--and (so, truly), but, now (then), so (likewise then), then, therefore, verily, wherefore.,
|
οὖνoun
|
therefore
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3340μετανόησον.metanoēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετανόησον.metanoēson
|
repent.
|
V-AMA-2S
|
19
As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.
Revelation 3:19
Stats
Rank: #2733 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 74 characters, 11 words, 57 letters, 25 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω οσους εαν φιλω ελεγχω και παιδευω ζηλωσον ουν και μετανοησον
Lit: I as many as if might love, I rebuke and discipline; be zealous therefore and repent.
KJV: As many as I love, I rebuke and chasten: be zealous therefore, and repent.
References
"many"De 8:5: You will also consider in your heart: that: as a man chastens'>chastens His son: so the LORD your God chastens'>chastens you.2Sa 7:14: I will be his father: and he will be my son. If he commit iniquity: I will chasten him with the rod of men: and with the stripes of the children of men:Job 5:17: Look: happy is the man whom God corrects: therefore not despise you the chastening of the Almighty:Ps 6:1: A Psalm of David.>> O LORD: rebuke not me in your anger: neither chasten me in your hot displeasure.Ps 39:11: When you with rebukes do correct man for iniquity: you make his beauty to consume away like a moth: surely every man is vanity. Selah.Ps 94:10: He who chastises the heathen: will not he correct? he who teaches man knowledge: will not he know?Pr 3:11: 12: My son: not despise the chastening of the LORD; neither be weary of His correction:Pr 15:10: Correction is grievous to him that forsakes the way: and he who hates reproof will die.Pr 15:32: He who refuses instruction despises his own soul: but he who hears reproof gets understanding.Pr 22:15: Foolishness is bound in the heart of a child; but the rod of correction will drive it far from him.Isa 26:16: LORD: in trouble have they visited you: they poured out a prayer when your chastening was upon them.Jer 2:30: In vain have I smitten your children; they received no correction: your own sword has devoured your prophets: like a destroying lion.Jer 7:28: But you will say to them: This is a nation that obeies not the voice of the LORD their God: nor receives correction: truth is perished: and is cut off from their mouth.Jer 10:24: O LORD: correct me: but with judgment; not in your anger: lest you bring me not tohing.Jer 30:11: For I am with you: says the LORD: to save you: though I make a full end of all nations whither I have scattered you: yet will not I make a full end of you: but I will correct you in measure: and not will leave you altogether unpunished.Jer 31:18: I have surely heard Ephraim bemoaning Himself thus; You have chastised me: and I was chastised: as a bullock unaccustomed to the yoke: turn you me: and I will be turned; for you are the LORD my God.Zep 3:2: She not obeyed the voice; she not received correction; she not trusted in the LORD; she not drew near to her God.1Co 11:32: But when we are judged: we are chastened of the Lord: that we not should be condemned with the world.2Co 6:9: As unknown: and yet well known; as dying: and: look: we live; as chastened: not and killed;Heb 12:5-11: you have forgotten the exhortation which speaks to you as to children: My son: not despise you the chastening of the Lord: nor faint when you are rebuked of Him:Jas 1:12: Blessed is the man that endures temptation: for when He is tried: He will receive the crown of life: which the Lord has promised to them that love Him."be"Nu 25:11-13: Phinehas: the son of Eleazar: the son of Aaron the priest: has turned my wrath away from the children of Israel: while he was zealous for my sake among them: that I not consumed the children of Israel in my jealousy.Ps 69:9: For the zeal of your house has eaten me up; and the reproaches of them that reproached you are fallen upon me.Joh 2:17: His disciples remembered that it was written: The zeal of your house has eaten me up.Ro 12:11: Not slothful in business; fervent in spirit; serving the Lord;2Co 7:11: For look this selfsame thing: that you sorrowed after a godly sort: what carefulness it wrought in you: yes: what clearing of yourselves: yes: what indignation: yes: what fear: yes: what vehement desire: yes: what zeal: yes: what revenge! In all things you have approved yourselves to be clear in this matter.Ga 4:18: But it is good to be zealously affected always in a good thing: not and only when I am present with you.Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works."repent"Re 2:5: 21: 22: Remember therefore from where you are fallen: and repent: and do the first works; or else I will come to you quickly: and will remove your candlestick out of his place: except you repent.
ιδου εστηκα επι την θυραν και κρουω εαν τις ακουση της φωνης μου και ανοιξη την θυραν εισελευσομαι προς αυτον και δειπνησω μετ αυτου και αυτος μετ εμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2476ἕστηκαhestēka (V-RIA-1S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκαhestēka
|
I stand
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύρανthyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύρανthyran
|
door
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2925κρούω·krouō (V-PIA-1S)
G2925 κρούω kroúō kroo-o apparently a primary verb; to rap:--knock.
|
κρούω·krouō
|
knock.
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G191ἀκούσῃakousē (V-ASA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούσῃakousē
|
should hear
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G455ἀνοίξῃanoixē (V-ASA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοίξῃanoixē
|
open
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2374θύραν,thyran (N-AFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραν,thyran
|
door,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532‹καὶ›kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶ›kai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G1525εἰσελεύσομαιeiseleusomai (V-FIM-1S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελεύσομαιeiseleusomai
|
I will come in
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1172δειπνήσωdeipnēsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1172 δειπνέω deipnéō dipe-neh-o from δεῖπνον; to dine, i.e. take the principle (or evening) meal:--sup (X -er).
|
δειπνήσωdeipnēsō
|
will dine
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ.emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ.emou
|
Me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
20
Look, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.
Revelation 3:20
Stats
Rank: #119 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 26 words, 106 letters, 40 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου εστηκα επι την θυραν και κρουω εαν τις ακουση της φωνης μου και ανοιξη την θυραν εισελευσομαι προς αυτον και δειπνησω μετ αυτου και αυτος μετ εμου
Lit: Behold, I stand at the door and knock. If anyone should hear the voice of Me and open the door, then I will come in to him, and will dine with him, and he with Me.
KJV: Behold, I stand at the door, and knock: if any man hear my voice, and open the door, I will come in to him, and will sup with him, and he with me.
References
"I stand"Song 5:2-4: I sleep: but my heart wakes: it is the voice of my beloved that knocks: saying: Open to me: my sister: my love: my dove: my undefiled: for my head is filled with dew: and my locks with the drops of the night.Lu 12:36: you yourselves like to men that wait for their lord: when he will return from the wedding; that when he comes and knocks: they may open to him immediately."I will"Joh 14:21-23: He who has my commandments: and keeps them: He it is that loves'>loves me: and He that'>He who loves'>loves me will be loved of my Father: and I will love Him: and will manifest myself to Him."will sup"Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.Lu 12:37: Blessed are those servants: whom the lord when he comes will find watching: truly I say to you: that he will gird himself: and make them to sit down to meat: and will come forth and serve them.Lu 17:8: not will rather say to him: Make ready wherewith I may sup: and gird yourself: and serve me: till I have eaten and drunken; and afterward you will eat and drink?
ο νικων δωσω αυτω καθισαι μετ εμου εν τω θρονω μου ως καγω ενικησα και εκαθισα μετα του πατρος μου εν τω θρονω αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2523καθίσαιkathisai (V-ANA)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
καθίσαιkathisai
|
to sit
|
V-ANA
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne
|
N-DMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2504κἀγὼkagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
κἀγὼkagō
|
I also
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3528ἐνίκησαenikēsa (V-AIA-1S)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
ἐνίκησαenikēsa
|
overcame
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523ἐκάθισαekathisa (V-AIA-1S)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισαekathisa
|
sat down
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρόςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρόςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
21
To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in His throne.Revelation 3:21
Stats
Rank: #2663 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 135 characters, 27 words, 104 letters, 38 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο νικων δωσω αυτω καθισαι μετ εμου εν τω θρονω μου ως καγω ενικησα και εκαθισα μετα του πατρος μου εν τω θρονω αυτου
Lit: The one overcoming, I will give to him to sit with Me on the throne of Me, as I also overcame and sat down with the Father of Me on the throne of Him.
KJV: To him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I also overcame, and am set down with my Father in his throne.
References
"him"Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.1Jo 5:4: 5: For whatever is born of God overcomes'>overcomes the world: and this is the victory that overcomes'>overcomes the world: even our faith."to sit"Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 2:26: 27: he who overcomes: and keeps my works to the end: to him will I give power over the nations:Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.1Co 6:2: 3: Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? and if the world will be judged by you: are you unworthy to judge the small matters?2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:"even"Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world."and am"Re 5:6-8: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Da 7:13: 14: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 5:22: 23: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:Eph 1:20-23: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:9-21: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:
ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3775οὖςous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖςous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτωakousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτωakousatō
|
let him hear
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
what
|
IPro-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
22
He who has an ear, let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Revelation 3:22
Stats
Counts: 74 characters, 14 words, 58 letters, 21 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο εχων ους ακουσατω τι το πνευμα λεγει ταις εκκλησιαις
Lit: The one having an ear, let him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.
KJV: He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches.
References
"He that hath an ear, let him hear what the Spirit saith unto the churches."Re 3:6: 13: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches.Re 2:7: 11: 17: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
4
The Throne and the Lamb
The Throne in Heaven
μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου θυρα ηνεωγμενη εν τω ουρανω και η φωνη η πρωτη ην ηκουσα ως σαλπιγγος λαλουσης μετ εμου λεγουσα αναβα ωδε και δειξω σοι α δει γενεσθαι μετα ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2374θύραthyra (N-NFS)
G2374 θύρα thýra thoo-rah apparently a primary word (compare door); a portal or entrance (the opening or the closure, literally or figuratively):--door, gate.
|
θύραthyra
|
a door
|
N-NFS
|
G455ἠνεῳγμένηēneōgmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῳγμένηēneōgmenē
|
was standing open
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
voice
|
N-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
first
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4536σάλπιγγοςsalpingos (N-GFS)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγοςsalpingos
|
a trumpet
|
N-GFS
|
G2980λαλούσηςlalousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλούσηςlalousēs
|
was speaking
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ,emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ,emou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G305ἈνάβαAnaba (V-AMA-2S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἈνάβαAnaba
|
Come up
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G5602ὧδε,hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδε,hōde
|
here,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1166δείξωdeixō (V-FIA-1S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείξωdeixō
|
I will show
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
to you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
to take place
|
V-ANM
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
1
After this I looked, and, look, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up here, and I will show you things which must be hereafter.
Revelation 4:1
Stats
Rank: #1611 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 224 characters, 35 words, 171 letters, 66 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου θυρα ηνεωγμενη εν τω ουρανω και η φωνη η πρωτη ην ηκουσα ως σαλπιγγος λαλουσης μετ εμου λεγουσα αναβα ωδε και δειξω σοι α δει γενεσθαι μετα ταυτα
Lit: After these things I looked, and behold, a door was standing open in heaven, and the voice first that I heard like a trumpet was speaking with me, saying, Come up here, and I will show to you what it behooves to take place after these things.
KJV: After this I looked, and, behold, a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard [was] as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said, Come up hither, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.
References
"After"Re 1:1-3: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"a door"Ex 1:1: Now these are the names of the children of Israel: which came into Egypt; every man and his household came with Jacob.Mt 3:16: Jesus: when He was baptized: went up straightway out of the water: and: indeed: the heavens were opened to Him: and He saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove: and lighting upon Him:Mr 1:10: Straightway coming up out of the water: He saw the heavens opened: and the Spirit like a dove descending upon Him:Lu 3:21: Now when all the people were baptized: it came to pass: that Jesus also being baptized: and praying: the heaven was opened: Ac 7:56: Said: Look: I see the heavens opened: and the Son of man standing on the right hand of God.Ac 10:11: Saw heaven opened: and a certain vessel descending to him: as it had been a great sheet knit at the 4 corners: and let down to the earth:"the first"Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done."Come"Re 11:12: They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them: Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.Ex 19:24: The LORD said to Him: Away: get you down: and you will come up: you: and Aaron with you: but not let the priests and the people break through to come up to the LORD: lest He break forth upon them.Ex 24:12: The LORD said to Moses: Come up to me into the mount: and be there: and I will give you tables of stone: and a law: and commandments which I have written; that you may teach them.Ex 34:2: 3: Be ready in the morning: and come up in the morning to mount Sinai: and present yourself there to me in the top of the mount."and I"Re 1:19: Write the things which you have seen: and the things which are: and the things which will be hereafter;Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Joh 16:13: Howbeit when He: the Spirit of truth: is come: He will guide you into all truth: for He will not speak of Himself; but whatever He will hear: that will He speak: and He will show you things to come.
και ευθεως εγενομην εν πνευματι και ιδου θρονος εκειτο εν τω ουρανω και επι του θρονου καθημενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2112εὐθέωςeutheōs (Adv)
G2112 εὐθέως euthéōs yoo-theh-oce adverb from εὐθύς; directly, i.e. at once or soon:--anon, as soon as, forthwith, immediately, shortly, straightway.
|
εὐθέωςeutheōs
|
Immediately
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγενόμηνegenomēn (V-AIM-1S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγενόμηνegenomēn
|
I was
|
V-AIM-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151Πνεύματι·Pneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματι·Pneumati
|
the Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2362θρόνοςthronos (N-NMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνοςthronos
|
a throne
|
N-NMS
|
G2749ἔκειτοekeito (V-IIM/P-3S)
G2749 κεῖμαι keîmai ki-mahee middle voice of a primary verb; to lie outstretched (literally or figuratively):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔκειτοekeito
|
was set
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
throne
|
N-AMS
|
G2521καθήμενος,kathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενος,kathēmenos
|
One sitting,
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
2
Immediately I was in the spirit: and, look, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.Revelation 4:2
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 32 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ευθεως εγενομην εν πνευματι και ιδου θρονος εκειτο εν τω ουρανω και επι του θρονου καθημενος
Lit: Immediately I was in the Spirit, and behold, a throne was set in heaven, and upon the throne One sitting,
KJV: And immediately I was in the spirit: and, behold, a throne was set in heaven, and one sat on the throne.
References
"I was"Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 17:3: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Re 21:10: He carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain: and showed me that great city: the holy Jerusalem: descending out of heaven from God: Eze 3:12-14: Then the spirit took me up: and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing: saying: Blessed be the glory of the LORD from His place."a throne"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Isa 6:1: In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne: high and lifted up: and His train filled the temple.Jer 17:12: A glorious high throne from the beginning is the place of our sanctuary.Eze 1:26: 28: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Eze 10:1: Then I looked: and: look: in the firmament that was above the head of the cherubims there appeared over them as it were a sapphire stone: as the appearance of the likeness of a throne."and one"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 5:1: 6: 7: 13: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 6:16: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:Re 7:9-17: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 12:5: She brought forth a man child: who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up to God: and to His throne.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful.Re 22:1-3: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Isa 6:1: In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne: high and lifted up: and His train filled the temple.Da 7:9: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;
και ο καθημενος ην ομοιος ορασει λιθω ιασπιδι και σαρδινω και ιρις κυκλοθεν του θρονου {VAR1: ομοιος } {VAR2: ομοια } ορασει σμαραγδινω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G3664ὅμοιοςhomoios (Adj-NMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοςhomoios
|
was like
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3706ὁράσειhorasei (N-DFS)
G3706 ὅρασις hórasis hor-as-is from ὁράω; the act of gazing, i.e. (externally) an aspect or (internally) an inspired appearance:--sight, vision.
|
ὁράσειhorasei
|
in appearance
|
N-DFS
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
stone,
|
N-DMS
|
G2393ἰάσπιδιiaspidi (N-DFS)
G2393 ἴασπις íaspis ee-as-pis probably of foreign origin (see יָשְׁפֵה); jasper, a gem:--jasper.
|
ἰάσπιδιiaspidi
|
jasper
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4556σαρδίῳ,sardiō (N-DNS)
G4556 σάρδιος sárdios sar-dee-os properly, an adjective from an uncertain base; sardian (3037 being implied), i.e. (as noun) the gem so called:--sardius.
|
σαρδίῳ,sardiō
|
sardius.
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2463ἶριςiris (N-NFS)
G2463 ἶρις îris ee-ris perhaps from ἐρέω (as a symbol of the female messenger of the pagan deities); a rainbow (iris):--rainbow.
|
ἶριςiris
|
a rainbow
|
N-NFS
|
G2943κυκλόθενkyklothen (Prep)
G2943 κυκλόθεν kyklóthen koo-kloth-en adverb from the same as κύκλῳ; from the circle, i.e. all around:--(round) about.
|
κυκλόθενkyklothen
|
was around
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G3664ὅμοιοςhomoios (Adj-NMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοςhomoios
|
like
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3706ὁράσειhorasei (N-DFS)
G3706 ὅρασις hórasis hor-as-is from ὁράω; the act of gazing, i.e. (externally) an aspect or (internally) an inspired appearance:--sight, vision.
|
ὁράσειhorasei
|
in appearance
|
N-DFS
|
G4664σμαραγδίνῳ.smaragdinō (Adj-DMS)
G4664 σμαράγδινος smarágdinos smar-ag-dee-nos from σμάραγδος; consisting of emerald:--emerald.
|
σμαραγδίνῳ.smaragdinō
|
an emerald.
|
Adj-DMS
|
3
he who sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like to an emerald.Revelation 4:3
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 28 words, 114 letters, 48 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο καθημενος ην ομοιος ορασει λιθω ιασπιδι και σαρδινω και ιρις κυκλοθεν του θρονου {VAR1: ομοιος } {VAR2: ομοια } ορασει σμαραγδινω
Lit: and the One sitting was like in appearance stone, jasper and sardius. And a rainbow was around the throne, like in appearance an emerald.
KJV: And he that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne, in sight like unto an emerald.
References
"like a"Re 21:11: 19: 20: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;Ex 24:10: They saw the God of Israel: and there was under His feet as it were a paved work of a sapphire stone: and as it were the body of heaven in His clearness.Eze 1:26: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Eze 28:13: You have been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was your covering: the sardius: topaz: and the diamond: the beryl: the onyx: and the jasper: the sapphire: the emerald: and the carbuncle: and gold: the workmanship of your tabrets and of your pipes was prepared in you in the day that you were created."a rainbow"Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Ge 9:13-16: I do set my bow in the cloud: and it will be for a token of a covenant between me and the earth.Isa 54:9: 10: For this is as the waters of Noah to me: for as I have sworn that the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth; so have I sworn that I not would be angry with you: nor rebuke you.Eze 1:28: As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain: so was the appearance of the brightness round about. This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the LORD. And when I saw it: I fell upon my face: and I heard a voice of one that spoke."like unto"Re 21:19: The foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second: sapphire; the third: a chalcedony; the fourth: an emerald;Ex 28:18: The second row will be an emerald: a sapphire: and a diamond.Ex 39:11: The second row: an emerald: a sapphire: and a diamond.Eze 28:13: You have been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was your covering: the sardius: topaz: and the diamond: the beryl: the onyx: and the jasper: the sapphire: the emerald: and the carbuncle: and gold: the workmanship of your tabrets and of your pipes was prepared in you in the day that you were created.
και κυκλοθεν του θρονου θρονοι εικοσι και τεσσαρες και επι τους θρονους ειδον τους εικοσι και τεσσαρας πρεσβυτερους καθημενους περιβεβλημενους εν ιματιοις λευκοις και εσχον επι τας κεφαλας αυτων στεφανους χρυσους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2943κυκλόθενkyklothen (Prep)
G2943 κυκλόθεν kyklóthen koo-kloth-en adverb from the same as κύκλῳ; from the circle, i.e. all around:--(round) about.
|
κυκλόθενkyklothen
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουςthronous (N-AMP)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουςthronous
|
thrones
|
N-AMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-AMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
were twenty
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5064τέσσαρες,tessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρες,tessares
|
four;
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2362θρόνουςthronous (N-AMP)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουςthronous
|
thrones
|
N-AMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-AMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-AMP
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four
|
Adj-AMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous (Adj-AMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρουςpresbyterous
|
elders
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2521καθημένουςkathēmenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουςkathēmenous
|
sitting,
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G4016περιβεβλημένουςperibeblēmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένουςperibeblēmenous
|
having been clothed
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2440ἱματίοιςhimatiois (N-DNP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱματίοιςhimatiois
|
garments
|
N-DNP
|
G3022λευκοῖς,leukois (Adj-DNP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκοῖς,leukois
|
white;
|
Adj-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4735στεφάνουςstephanous (N-AMP)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στεφάνουςstephanous
|
crowns
|
N-AMP
|
G5552χρυσοῦς.chrysous (Adj-AMP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦς.chrysous
|
golden.
|
Adj-AMP
|
4
Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting, clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Revelation 4:4
Stats
Rank: #8222 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 181 characters, 31 words, 144 letters, 52 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κυκλοθεν του θρονου θρονοι εικοσι και τεσσαρες και επι τους θρονους ειδον τους εικοσι και τεσσαρας πρεσβυτερους καθημενους περιβεβλημενους εν ιματιοις λευκοις και εσχον επι τας κεφαλας αυτων στεφανους χρυσους
Lit: And around the throne, thrones were twenty four; and on the thrones twenty four elders sitting, having been clothed in garments white; and on the heads of them, crowns golden.
KJV: And round about the throne were four and twenty seats: and upon the seats I saw four and twenty elders sitting, clothed in white raiment; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.
References
"were four"Re 11:16: The 24 elders: which sat before God on their seats: fell upon their faces: and worshipped God: Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel."four and twenty"Re 4:10: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 5:8: 14: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 7:11: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia."clothed"Re 3:4: 5: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled.Re 7:9: 13: 14: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 19:14: The armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses: clothed in fine linen: white and clean."crowns"Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 9:7: The shapes of the locusts were like to horses prepared to battle; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold: and their faces were as the faces of men.Es 8:15: Mordecai went out from the presence of the king in royal apparel of blue and white: and with a great crown of gold: and with a garment of fine linen and purple: and the city of Shushan rejoiced and was glad.Ps 21:3: For you prevent him with the blessings of goodness: you set a crown of pure gold on his head.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.
Worship of the Creator
και εκ του θρονου εκπορευονται αστραπαι και βρονται και φωναι και επτα λαμπαδες πυρος καιομεναι ενωπιον του θρονου αι εισιν τα επτα πνευματα του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G1607ἐκπορεύονταιekporeuontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύονταιekporeuontai
|
come
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G796ἀστραπαὶastrapai (N-NFP)
G796 ἀστραπή astrapḗ as-trap-ay from ἀστράπτω; lightning; by analogy, glare:--lightning, bright shining.
|
ἀστραπαὶastrapai
|
flashes of lightning,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωναὶphōnai (N-NFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωναὶphōnai
|
voices,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1027βρονταί·brontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταί·brontai
|
thunderings.
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
there were seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2985λαμπάδεςlampades (N-NFP)
G2985 λαμπάς lampás lam-pas from λάμπω; a lamp or flambeau:--lamp, light, torch.
|
λαμπάδεςlampades
|
lamps
|
N-NFP
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G2545καιόμεναιkaiomenai (V-PPM/P-NFP)
G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
καιόμεναιkaiomenai
|
burning
|
V-PPM/P-NFP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου,thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου,thronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ἅha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἅha
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NNP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4151ΠνεύματαPneumata (N-NNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματαPneumata
|
Spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
5
Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the 7 Spirits of God.Revelation 4:5
Stats
Rank: #3193 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 27 words, 137 letters, 50 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκ του θρονου εκπορευονται αστραπαι και βρονται και φωναι και επτα λαμπαδες πυρος καιομεναι ενωπιον του θρονου αι εισιν τα επτα πνευματα του θεου
Lit: And out of the throne come flashes of lightning, and voices, and thunderings. And there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.
KJV: And out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were seven lamps of fire burning before the throne, which are the seven Spirits of God.
References
"proceeded"Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 16:17: 18: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done.Ex 19:16: It came to pass on the third day in the morning: that there were thunders and lightnings: and a thick cloud upon the mount: and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.Ex 20:18: All the people saw the thunderings: and the lightnings: and the noise of the trumpet: and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it: they removed: and stood afar off.Ps 18:13: 14: The LORD also thundered in the heavens: and the High gave His voice; hail stones and coals of fire.Ps 68:35: O God: you are terrible out of your holy places: the God of Israel is He that'>He who gives strength and power to His people. Blessed be God.Joe 3:16: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel.Heb 12:18-29: For you not are come to the mount that might be touched: and that burned with fire: nor to blackness: and darkness: and tempest: "seven"Ge 15:7: He said to Him: I am the LORD that brought you out of Ur of the Chaldees: to give you this land to inherit it.Ex 37:23: He made his 7 lamps: and his snuffers: and his snuffdishes: of pure gold.2Ch 4:20: Moreover the candlesticks with their lamps: that they should burn after the manner before the oracle: of pure gold;Eze 1:13: As for the likeness of the living creatures: their appearance was like burning coals of fire: and like the appearance of lamps: it went up and down among the living creatures; and the fire was bright: and out of the fire went forth lightning.Zec 4:2: 11-14: Said to me: What see you? And I said: I have looked: and look a candlestick all of gold: with a bowl upon the top of it: and his 7 lamps thereon: and 7 pipes to the 7 lamps: which are upon the top thereof:"the seven"Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 3:1: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:Ac 2:3: There appeared to them cloven tongues like as of fire: and it sat upon each of them.1Co 12:4-11: Now there are diversities of gifts: but the same Spirit.
και ενωπιον του θρονου θαλασσα υαλινη ομοια κρυσταλλω και εν μεσω του θρονου και κυκλω του θρονου τεσσαρα ζωα γεμοντα οφθαλμων εμπροσθεν και οπισθεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was something like
|
Adv
|
G2281θάλασσαthalassa (N-NFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαthalassa
|
a sea
|
N-NFS
|
G5193ὑαλίνηhyalinē (Adj-NFS)
G5193 ὑάλινος hyálinos hoo-al-ee-nos from ὕαλος; glassy, i.e. transparent:--of glass.
|
ὑαλίνηhyalinē
|
of glass,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3664ὁμοίαhomoia (Adj-NFS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὁμοίαhomoia
|
like
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2930κρυστάλλῳ·krystallō (N-DMS)
G2930 κρύσταλλος krýstallos kroos-tal-los from a derivative of (frost); ice, i.e. (by analogy) rock crystal:--crystal.
|
κρυστάλλῳ·krystallō
|
crystal.
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Prep)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G5064τέσσαραtessara (Adj-NNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραtessara
|
were four
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2226ζῷαzōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷαzōa
|
living creatures,
|
N-NNP
|
G1073γέμονταgemonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γέμονταgemonta
|
being full
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
of eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Adv)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
in front
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3693ὄπισθεν.opisthen (Adv)
G3693 ὄπισθεν ópisthen op-is-then from (regard; from ὀπτάνομαι) with enclitic of source; from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. at the back (adverb and preposition of place or time):--after, backside, behind.
|
ὄπισθεν.opisthen
|
behind.
|
Adv
|
6
Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne, and round about the throne, were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Revelation 4:6
Stats
Counts: 176 characters, 30 words, 137 letters, 53 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ενωπιον του θρονου θαλασσα υαλινη ομοια κρυσταλλω και εν μεσω του θρονου και κυκλω του θρονου τεσσαρα ζωα γεμοντα οφθαλμων εμπροσθεν και οπισθεν
Lit: And before the throne was something like a sea of glass, like crystal. And in the midst of the throne and around the throne were four living creatures, being full of eyes in front and behind.
KJV: And before the throne there was a sea of glass like unto crystal: and in the midst of the throne, and round about the throne, [were] four beasts full of eyes before and behind.
References
"a sea"Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Ex 38:8: He made the laver of brass: and the foot of it of brass: of the lookingglasses of the women assembling: which assembled at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.1Ki 7:23: He made a molten sea: 10 cubits from the one brim to the other: it was round all about: and his height was 5 cubits: and a line of 30 cubits did compass it round about."crystal"Re 21:11: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;Re 22:1: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Job 28:17: The gold and the crystal cannot equal it: and the exchange of it will not be for jewels of fine gold.Eze 1:22: The likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living creature was as the colour of the terrible crystal: stretched forth over their heads above."the midst"Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Eze 1:4: 5: I looked: and: look: a whirlwind came out of the north: a great cloud: and a fire infolding itself: and a brightness was about it: and out of the middle thereof as the colour of amber: out of the middle of the fire."four beasts"Re 4:8: 9: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 5:6: 14: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Re 7:11: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: Re 14:3: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth.Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Eze 1:5-28: Also out of the middle thereof came the likeness of 4 living creatures. And this was their appearance; they had the likeness of a man.Eze 10:14: Every one had 4 faces: the first face was the face of a cherub: and the second face was the face of a man: and the third the face of a lion: and the fourth the face of an eagle."full"Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Eze 1:18: As for their rings: they were so high that they were dreadful; and their rings were full of eyes round about them 4.Eze 10:12: Their whole body: and their backs: and their hands: and their wings: and the wheels: were full of eyes round about: even the wheels that they 4 had.
και το ζωον το πρωτον ομοιον λεοντι και το δευτερον ζωον ομοιον μοσχω και το τριτον ζωον εχον το προσωπον ως ανθρωπος και το τεταρτον ζωον ομοιον αετω πετωμενω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2226ζῷονzōon (N-NNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷονzōon
|
living creature
|
N-NNS
|
G4413πρῶτονprōton (Adj-NNS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτονprōton
|
first
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-NNS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
was like
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3023λέοντι,leonti (N-DMS)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λέοντι,leonti
|
a lion,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1208δεύτερονdeuteron (Adj-NNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερονdeuteron
|
second
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2226ζῷονzōon (N-NNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷονzōon
|
living creature
|
N-NNS
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-NNS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
like
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3448μόσχῳ,moschō (N-DMS)
G3448 μόσχος móschos mos-khos probably strengthened for (a shoot); a young bullock:--calf.
|
μόσχῳ,moschō
|
a calf,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2226ζῷονzōon (N-NNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷονzōon
|
living creature
|
N-NNS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of a man,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5067τέταρτονtetarton (Adj-NNS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τέταρτονtetarton
|
fourth
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2226ζῷονzōon (N-NNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷονzōon
|
living creature
|
N-NNS
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-NNS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
like
|
Adj-NNS
|
G105ἀετῷaetō (N-DMS)
G105 ἀετός aetós ah-et-os from the same as ἀήρ; an eagle (from its wind-like flight):--eagle.
|
ἀετῷaetō
|
an eagle
|
N-DMS
|
G4072πετομένῳ.petomenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G4072 πέτομαι pétomai ptah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).
|
πετομένῳ.petomenō
|
flying.
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
7
The first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.Revelation 4:7
Stats
Rank: #4061 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 159 characters, 29 words, 120 letters, 47 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το ζωον το πρωτον ομοιον λεοντι και το δευτερον ζωον ομοιον μοσχω και το τριτον ζωον εχον το προσωπον ως ανθρωπος και το τεταρτον ζωον ομοιον αετω πετωμενω
Lit: And the living creature first was like a lion, and the second living creature like a calf, and the third living creature having the face as of a man, and the fourth living creature like an eagle flying.
KJV: And the first beast was like a lion, and the second beast like a calf, and the third beast had a face as a man, and the fourth beast [was] like a flying eagle.
References
"the first beast"Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Ge 49:9: Judah is a lion's whelp: from the prey: my son: you are gone up: he stooped down: he couched as a lion: and as an old lion; who will rouse him up?Nu 2:2-34: Every man of the children of Israel will pitch by his own standard: with the ensign of their father's house: far off about the tabernacle of the congregation will they pitch.Nu 23:24: Look: the people will rise up as a great lion: and lift up himself as a young lion: he will not lie down until he eat of the prey: and drink the blood of the killed.Nu 24:9: He couched: he lay down as a lion: and as a great lion: who will stir him up? Blessed is he who blesss you: and cursed is he who curses you.Pr 28:2: For the transgression of a land many are the princes thereof: but by a man of understanding and knowledge the state thereof will be prolonged.Eze 1:10: As for the likeness of their faces: they 4 had the face of a man: and the face of a lion: on the right side: and they 4 had the face of an ox on the left side; they 4 also had the face of an eagle.Eze 10:14: 21: Every one had 4 faces: the first face was the face of a cherub: and the second face was the face of a man: and the third the face of a lion: and the fourth the face of an eagle."like a calf"Eze 1:10: As for the likeness of their faces: they 4 had the face of a man: and the face of a lion: on the right side: and they 4 had the face of an ox on the left side; they 4 also had the face of an eagle.1Co 9:9: 10: For it is written in the law of Moses: You will not muzzle the mouth of the ox that treads out the grain. Does God take care for oxen?"as"1Co 14:20: Brothers: not be children in understanding: howbeit in malice be you children: but in understanding be men."a flying"De 28:49: The LORD will bring a nation against you from far: from the end of the earth: as swift as the eagle flies; a nation whose tongue you will not understand;2Sa 1:23: Saul and Jonathan were lovely and pleasant in their lives: and in their death they not were divided: they were swifter than eagles: they were stronger than lions.Isa 40:31: But they that wait upon the LORD will renew their strength; they will mount up with wings as eagles; they will run: not and be weary; and they will walk: not and faint.Eze 1:8: 10: they had the hands of a man under their wings on their 4 sides; and they 4 had their faces and their wings.Eze 10:14: Every one had 4 faces: the first face was the face of a cherub: and the second face was the face of a man: and the third the face of a lion: and the fourth the face of an eagle.Da 7:4: The first was like a lion: and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked: and it was lifted up from the earth: and made stand upon the feet as a man: and a man's heart was given to it.Ob 1:4: Though you exalt yourself as the eagle: and though you set your nest among the stars: there will I bring you down: says the LORD.
και τεσσαρα ζωα εν καθ εαυτο ειχον ανα πτερυγας εξ κυκλοθεν και εσωθεν γεμοντα οφθαλμων και αναπαυσιν ουκ εχουσιν ημερας και νυκτος λεγοντα αγιος αγιος αγιος κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ο ην και ο ων και ο ερχομενος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5064τέσσαραtessara (Adj-NNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραtessara
|
four
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2226ζῷα,zōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷα,zōa
|
living creatures,
|
N-NNP
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2596καθ’kath’ (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
καθ’kath’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-ANS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-ANS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
had
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G303ἀνὰana (Adv)
G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
respectively
|
Adv
|
G4420πτέρυγαςpterygas (N-AFP)
G4420 πτέρυξ ptéryx pter-oox from a derivative of πέτομαι (meaning a feather); a wing:--wing.
|
πτέρυγαςpterygas
|
wings
|
N-AFP
|
G1803ἕξ,hex (Adj-AFP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἕξ,hex
|
six,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2943κυκλόθενkyklothen (Adv)
G2943 κυκλόθεν kyklóthen koo-kloth-en adverb from the same as κύκλῳ; from the circle, i.e. all around:--(round) about.
|
κυκλόθενkyklothen
|
all around
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2081ἔσωθενesōthen (Adv)
G2081 ἔσωθεν ésōthen es-o-then from ἔσω; from inside; also used as equivalent to ἔσω (inside):--inward(-ly), (from) within, without.
|
ἔσωθενesōthen
|
within
|
Adv
|
G1073γέμουσινgemousin (V-PIA-3P)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γέμουσινgemousin
|
full
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶν·ophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶν·ophthalmōn
|
of eyes;
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G372ἀνάπαυσινanapausin (N-AFS)
G372 ἀνάπαυσις anápausis an-ap-ow-sis from ἀναπαύω; intermission; by implication, recreation:--rest.
|
ἀνάπαυσινanapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night,
|
N-GFS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G40ἍγιοςHagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἍγιοςHagios
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G40ἅγιοςhagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοςhagios
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G40ἅγιοςhagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοςhagios
|
Holy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr (N-NMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr
|
Almighty,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
having been,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχόμενος.erchomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενος.erchomenos
|
coming.
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
8
The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.
Revelation 4:8
Stats
Rank: #2698 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 207 characters, 29 words, 154 letters, 52 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τεσσαρα ζωα εν καθ εαυτο ειχον ανα πτερυγας εξ κυκλοθεν και εσωθεν γεμοντα οφθαλμων και αναπαυσιν ουκ εχουσιν ημερας και νυκτος λεγοντα αγιος αγιος αγιος κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ο ην και ο ων και ο ερχομενος
Lit: And the four living creatures, one for one of them had respectively wings six, all around and within full of eyes; and rest not they have day and night, saying: Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord God Almighty, the One having been, and the One being, and the One coming.
KJV: And the four beasts had each of them six wings about him; and [they were] full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night, saying, Holy, holy, holy, Lord God Almighty, which was, and is, and is to come.
References
"six"Isa 6:2-13: Above it stood the seraphims: each one had 6 wings; with two he covered his face: and with two he covered his feet: and with two he did fly.Eze 1:6: Every one had 4 faces: and every one had 4 wings.Eze 10:21: 22: Every one had 4 faces apiece: and every 5 wings; and the likeness of the hands of a man was under their wings.2Ti 4:2: Preach the word; be instant in season: out of season; reprove: rebuke: exhort with all longsuffering and doctrine."full"Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you."and they"Re 7:15: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Isa 62:1: 6: 7: For Zion's sake will not I hold my peace: and for Jerusalem's sake I not will rest: until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness: and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burns.Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.1Th 2:9: For you remember: brothers: our labour and travail: for labouring night and day: because we not would be chargeable to any of you: we preached to you the gospel of God.2Th 3:8: 9: Neither did we eat any man's bread for nought; but wrought with labour and travail night and day: that we not might be chargeable to any of you:"Holy"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Ex 15:11: Who is like to you: O LORD: among the gods? who is like you: glorious in holiness: fearful in praises: doing wonders?Isa 6:3: One cried to another: and said: Holy: holy: holy: is the LORD of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory."Lord God Almighty"Re 1:8: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 16:7: 14: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Re 21:22: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Ge 17:1: When Abram was 90 years old and 9: the LORD appeared to Abram: and said to Him: I am the Almighty God; walk before me: and be you perfect.Ps 91:1: He who dwells in the secret place of the most High will abide under the shadow of the Almighty.Isa 13:6: Howl you; for the day of the LORD is at hand; it will come as a destruction from the Almighty.Joe 1:15: Alas for the day! for the day of the LORD is at hand: and as a destruction from the Almighty will it come.2Co 6:18: Will be a Father to you: and you will be my sons and daughters: says the Lord Almighty."which"Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Heb 13:8: Jesus Christ the same yesterday: and today: and for ever.
και οταν δωσουσιν τα ζωα δοξαν και τιμην και ευχαριστιαν τω καθημενω επι του θρονου τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
whenever
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσουσινdōsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσουσινdōsousin
|
will give
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2226ζῷαzōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷαzōa
|
living creatures
|
N-NNP
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2169εὐχαριστίανeucharistian (N-AFS)
G2169 εὐχαριστία eucharistía yoo-khar-is-tee-ah from εὐχάριστος; gratitude; actively, grateful language (to God, as an act of worship):--thankfulness, (giving of) thanks(-giving).
|
εὐχαριστίανeucharistian
|
thanksgiving
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne,
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2198ζῶντιzōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντιzōnti
|
living
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων,aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων,aiōnōn
|
ages,
|
N-GMP
|
9
When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne, who lives for ever and ever,Revelation 4:9
Stats
Rank: #5242 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 115 characters, 22 words, 91 letters, 32 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οταν δωσουσιν τα ζωα δοξαν και τιμην και ευχαριστιαν τω καθημενω επι του θρονου τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And whenever will give the living creatures glory and honor and thanksgiving to the One sitting upon the throne, the One living to the ages of the ages,
KJV: And when those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne, who liveth for ever and ever,
References
"when"Re 5:13: 14: Every creature which is in heaven: and on the earth: and under the earth: and such as are in the sea: and all that are in them: heard I saying: Blessing: and honour: and glory: and power: be to him that sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb for ever and ever.Re 7:11: 12: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: "who"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever.Ex 15:18: The LORD will reign for ever and ever.Ps 48:14: For this God is our God for ever and ever: He will be our guide even to death.Heb 7:8: 25: Here men that die receive tithes; but there he receiveth them: of whom it is witnessed that he lives.
πεσουνται οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι ενωπιον του καθημενου επι του θρονου και προσκυνουσιν τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων και βαλλουσιν τους στεφανους αυτων ενωπιον του θρονου λεγοντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G4098πεσοῦνταιpesountai (V-FIM-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεσοῦνταιpesountai
|
will fall
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-NMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου,thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου,thronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
they will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2198ζῶντιzōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντιzōnti
|
living
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων,aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων,aiōnōn
|
ages,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906βαλοῦσινbalousin (V-FIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βαλοῦσινbalousin
|
they will cast
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4735στεφάνουςstephanous (N-AMP)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στεφάνουςstephanous
|
crowns
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου,thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου,thronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
10
The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship him that lives for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,Revelation 4:10
Stats
Rank: #5476 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 28 words, 133 letters, 45 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: πεσουνται οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι ενωπιον του καθημενου επι του θρονου και προσκυνουσιν τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων και βαλλουσιν τους στεφανους αυτων ενωπιον του θρονου λεγοντες
Lit: will fall the twenty four elders before the One sitting upon the throne, and they will worship the One living to the ages of the ages, and they will cast the crowns of them before the throne, saying:
KJV: The four and twenty elders fall down before him that sat on the throne, and worship him that liveth for ever and ever, and cast their crowns before the throne, saying,
References
"fall"Re 5:8: 14: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Job 1:20: Then Job arose: and tear his mantle: and shaved his head: and fell down upon the ground: and worshipped: Ps 72:11: Yes: all kings will fall down before him: all nations will serve him.Mt 2:11: When they were come into the house: they saw the young child with Mary his mother: and fell down: and worshipped him: and when they had opened their treasures: they presented to him gifts; gold: and frankincense: and myrrh."worship"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 7:11: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 22:8: 9: I John saw these things: and heard them. And when I had heard and seen: I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.1Ch 29:20: David said to all the congregation: Now bless the LORD your God. And all the congregation blessed the LORD God of their fathers: and bowed down their heads: and worshipped the LORD: and the king.2Ch 7:3: When all the children of Israel saw how the fire came down: and the glory of the LORD upon the house: they bowed themselves with their faces to the ground upon the pavement: and worshipped: and praised the LORD: saying: For He is good; for His mercy endureth for ever.Ps 95:6: O come: let us worship and bow down: let us kneel before the LORD our maker.Mt 4:9: 10: says to him: All these things will I give you: if you will fall down and worship me.Lu 24:52: They worshipped him: and returned to Jerusalem with great joy:"cast"Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.1Ch 29:11-16: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Ps 115:1: Not to us: O LORD: not to us: but to your name give glory: for your mercy: and for your truth's sake.1Co 15:10: But by the grace of God I am what I am: and His grace which was bestowed upon me not was in vain; but I laboured more abundantly than they all: not yet I: but the grace of God which was with me.
αξιος ει κυριε λαβειν την δοξαν και την τιμην και την δυναμιν οτι συ εκτισας τα παντα και δια το θελημα σου εισιν και εκτισθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G514ἌξιοςAxios (Adj-NMS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἌξιοςAxios
|
Worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-VMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to receive
|
V-ANA
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δύναμιν,dynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιν,dynamin
|
power;
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
You
|
PPro-N2S
|
G2936ἔκτισαςektisas (V-AIA-2S)
G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.
|
ἔκτισαςektisas
|
created
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
all things,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2307θέλημάthelēma (N-ANS)
G2307 θέλημα thélēma thel-ay-mah from the prolonged form of θέλω; a determination (properly, the thing), i.e. (actively) choice (specially, purpose, decree; abstractly, volition) or (passively) inclination:-- desire, pleasure, will.
|
θέλημάthelēma
|
will
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
they existed,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2936ἐκτίσθησαν.ektisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.
|
ἐκτίσθησαν.ektisthēsan
|
were created.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
11
You are worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things, and for your pleasure they are and were created.
Revelation 4:11
Stats
Rank: #851 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 145 characters, 23 words, 114 letters, 43 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: αξιος ει κυριε λαβειν την δοξαν και την τιμην και την δυναμιν οτι συ εκτισας τα παντα και δια το θελημα σου εισιν και εκτισθησαν
Lit: Worthy are You, the Lord and God of us, to receive glory and honor and power; for You created all things, and because of the will of You they existed, and were created.
KJV: Thou art worthy, O Lord, to receive glory and honour and power: for thou hast created all things, and for thy pleasure they are and were created.
References
"art"Re 5:2: 9: 12: I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice: Who is worthy to open the book: and to loose the seals thereof?2Sa 22:4: I will call on the LORD: who is worthy to be praised: so will I be saved from my enemies.Ps 18:3: I will call upon the LORD: who is worthy to be praised: so will I be saved from my enemies."to receive"Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.1Ch 16:28: 29: Give to the LORD: you kindreds of the people: give to the LORD glory and strength.Ne 9:5: Then the Levites: Jeshua: and Kadmiel: Bani: Hashabniah: Sherebiah: Hodijah: Shebaniah: and Pethahiah: said: Stand up and bless the LORD your God for ever and ever: and blessed be your glorious name: which is exalted above all blessing and praise.Job 36:3: I will fetch my knowledge from afar: and will ascribe righteousness to my Maker.Ps 29:1: 2: > Give to the LORD: O you mighty: give to the LORD glory and strength.Ps 68:34: Ascribe you strength to God: His excellency is over Israel: and His strength is in the clouds.Ps 96:7: 8: Give to the LORD: O you kindreds of the people: give to the LORD glory and strength."for thou"Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:Ge 1:1: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it.Isa 40:26: 28: Lift up your eyes on high: and look who has created these things: that brings out their host by number: he calls them all by names by the greatness of his might: for that he is strong in power; not one fails.Jer 10:11: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Jer 32:17: Ah Lord GOD! look: you have made the heaven and the earth by your great power and stretched out arm: and there not ishing too hard for you:Joh 1:1-3: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.Ac 17:24: God that made the world and all things therein: seeing that He is Lord of heaven and earth: dwells not in temples made with hands;Eph 3:9: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:Col 1:16: 17: For by him were all things created: that are in heaven: and that are in earth: visible and invisible: whether they be thrones: or dominions: or principalities: or powers: all things were created by him: and for him:Heb 1:2: 10: Has in these last days spoken to us by His Son: whom He has appointed heir of all things: by whom also He made the worlds;"and for"Pr 16:4: The LORD has made all things for Himself: yes: even the wicked for the day of evil.Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.
5
The Lamb
The Lamb Takes the Scroll
και ειδον επι την δεξιαν του καθημενου επι του θρονου βιβλιον γεγραμμενον εσωθεν και οπισθεν κατεσφραγισμενον σφραγισιν επτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1188δεξιὰνdexian (Adj-AFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιὰνdexian
|
right hand
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
a scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G1125γεγραμμένονgegrammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένονgegrammenon
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G2081ἔσωθενesōthen (Adv)
G2081 ἔσωθεν ésōthen es-o-then from ἔσω; from inside; also used as equivalent to ἔσω (inside):--inward(-ly), (from) within, without.
|
ἔσωθενesōthen
|
inside
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3693ὄπισθεν,opisthen (Adv)
G3693 ὄπισθεν ópisthen op-is-then from (regard; from ὀπτάνομαι) with enclitic of source; from the rear (as a secure aspect), i.e. at the back (adverb and preposition of place or time):--after, backside, behind.
|
ὄπισθεν,opisthen
|
on the back,
|
Adv
|
G2696κατεσφραγισμένονkatesphragismenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G2696 κατασφραγίζω katasphragízō kat-as-frag-id-zo from κατά and σφραγίζω; to seal closely:--seal.
|
κατεσφραγισμένονkatesphragismenon
|
having been sealed
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G4973σφραγῖσινsphragisin (N-DFP)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖσινsphragisin
|
with seals
|
N-DFP
|
G2033ἑπτά.hepta (Adj-DFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά.hepta
|
seven.
|
Adj-DFP
|
1
And I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, sealed with 7 seals.Revelation 5:1
Stats
Rank: #2502 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 25 words, 98 letters, 36 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον επι την δεξιαν του καθημενου επι του θρονου βιβλιον γεγραμμενον εσωθεν και οπισθεν κατεσφραγισμενον σφραγισιν επτα
Lit: And I saw on the right hand of the One sitting upon the throne a scroll, having been written inside and on the back, having been sealed with seals seven.
KJV: And I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside, sealed with seven seals.
References
"that sat"Re 4:3: he who sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne: in sight like to an emerald."a book"Re 10:2: 8-11: He had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea: and his left foot on the earth: Isa 34:16: Seek you out of the book of the LORD: and read: no one of these will fail: none will want her mate: for my mouth it has commanded: and His spirit it has gathered them.Eze 2:9: 10: When I looked: look: an hand was sent to me; and: indeed: a roll of a book was therein;"sealed"Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Isa 8:16: Bind up the testimony: seal the law among my disciples.Isa 29:11: The vision of all is become to you as the words of a book that is sealed: which men deliver to one that is learned: saying: Read this: I pray you: and he says: I cannot; for it is sealed:Da 8:26: The vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: for what reason shut you up the vision; for it will be for many days.Da 12:4-9: But you: O Daniel: shut up the words: and seal the book: even to the time of the end: many will run to and fro: and knowledge will be increased.
και ειδον αγγελον ισχυρον κηρυσσοντα φωνη μεγαλη τις εστιν αξιος ανοιξαι το βιβλιον και λυσαι τας σφραγιδας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
an angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρὸνischyron (Adj-AMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὸνischyron
|
strong,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2784κηρύσσονταkēryssonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2784 κηρύσσω kērýssō kay-roos-so of uncertain affinity; to herald (as a public crier), especially divine truth (the gospel):--preacher(-er), proclaim, publish.
|
κηρύσσονταkēryssonta
|
proclaiming
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who is
|
IPro-NMS
|
G514ἄξιοςaxios (Adj-NMS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοςaxios
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3089λῦσαιlysai (V-ANA)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λῦσαιlysai
|
to break
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4973σφραγῖδαςsphragidas (N-AFP)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαςsphragidas
|
seals
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
of it?
|
PPro-GN3S
|
2
I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof?
Revelation 5:2
Stats
Rank: #9447 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 119 characters, 22 words, 93 letters, 38 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αγγελον ισχυρον κηρυσσοντα φωνη μεγαλη τις εστιν αξιος ανοιξαι το βιβλιον και λυσαι τας σφραγιδας αυτου
Lit: And I saw an angel strong, proclaiming in a voice loud, Who is worthy to open the scroll, and to break the seals of it?
KJV: And I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice, Who is worthy to open the book, and to loose the seals thereof?
References
"a strong"Ps 103:20: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word."Who"Re 5:5: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof.Isa 29:11: 12: The vision of all is become to you as the words of a book that is sealed: which men deliver to one that is learned: saying: Read this: I pray you: and he says: I cannot; for it is sealed:Isa 41:22: 23: Let them bring them forth: and show us what will happen: let them show the former things: what they be: that we may consider them: and know the latter end of them; or declare us things for to come.
και ουδεις ηδυνατο εν τω ουρανω ουδε επι της γης ουδε υποκατω της γης ανοιξαι το βιβλιον ουδε βλεπειν αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
was able
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπεινblepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεινblepein
|
to see
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτό.auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό.auto
|
it.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
3
No man in heaven, nor in earth, neither under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon.Revelation 5:3
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 37 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουδεις ηδυνατο εν τω ουρανω ουδε επι της γης ουδε υποκατω της γης ανοιξαι το βιβλιον ουδε βλεπειν αυτο
Lit: And no one was able in heaven, nor upon the earth, nor under the earth, to open the scroll, nor to see it.
KJV: And no man in heaven, nor in earth, neither under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon.
References
"And no man in heaven, nor in earth, neither under the earth, was able to open the book, neither to look thereon."Re 5:13: Every creature which is in heaven: and on the earth: and under the earth: and such as are in the sea: and all that are in them: heard I saying: Blessing: and honour: and glory: and power: be to him that sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb for ever and ever.Isa 40:13: 14: Who has directed the Spirit of the LORD: or being His counseller has taught Him?Isa 41:28: For I beheld: and there was no man; even among them: and there was no counseller: that: when I asked of them: could answer a word.Ro 11:34: For who has known the mind of the Lord? or who has been His counseller?
και εγω εκλαιον πολλα οτι ουδεις αξιος ευρεθη ανοιξαι και αναγνωναι το βιβλιον ουτε βλεπειν αυτο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1473‹ἐγὼ›egō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
‹ἐγὼ›egō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2799ἔκλαιονeklaion (V-IIA-1S)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
ἔκλαιονeklaion
|
was weeping
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G4183πολὺ,poly (Adj-ANS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολὺ,poly
|
loudly,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G514ἄξιοςaxios (Adj-NMS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοςaxios
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπεινblepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεινblepein
|
to see
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτό.auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό.auto
|
it.
|
PPro-AN3S
|
4
I wept much, because no man was found worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look thereon.Revelation 5:4
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 33 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγω εκλαιον πολλα οτι ουδεις αξιος ευρεθη ανοιξαι και αναγνωναι το βιβλιον ουτε βλεπειν αυτο
Lit: And I was weeping loudly, because no one worthy was found to open the scroll, nor to see it.
KJV: And I wept much, because no man was found worthy to open and to read the book, neither to look thereon.
References
"because"Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Da 12:8: 9: I heard: but I not understood: then said I: O my Lord: what will be the end of these things?
και εις εκ των πρεσβυτερων λεγει μοι μη κλαιε ιδου ενικησεν ο λεων ο ων εκ της φυλης ιουδα η ριζα δαβιδ ανοιξαι το βιβλιον και λυσαι τας επτα σφραγιδας αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G2799κλαῖε·klaie (V-PMA-2S)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαῖε·klaie
|
do weep.
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3528ἐνίκησενenikēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
ἐνίκησενenikēsen
|
has overcome
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3023ΛέωνLeōn (N-NMS)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
ΛέωνLeōn
|
Lion
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2448Ἰούδα,Iouda (N-GMS)
G2448 Ἰουδά Ioudá ee-oo-dah of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה or perhaps יֻטָּה); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine:--Judah.
|
Ἰούδα,Iouda
|
of Judah,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4491ῬίζαRhiza (N-NFS)
G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῬίζαRhiza
|
root
|
N-NFS
|
G1138Δαυίδ,Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ,Dauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
scroll
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4973σφραγῖδαςsphragidas (N-AFP)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαςsphragidas
|
seals
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GN3S
|
5
One of the elders says to me, not Weep: look, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, has prevailed to open the book, and to loose the 7 seals thereof.
Revelation 5:5
Stats
Rank: #2768 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 175 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 57 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εις εκ των πρεσβυτερων λεγει μοι μη κλαιε ιδου ενικησεν ο λεων ο ων εκ της φυλης ιουδα η ριζα δαβιδ ανοιξαι το βιβλιον και λυσαι τας επτα σφραγιδας αυτου
Lit: And one of the elders says to me, Not do weep. Behold, has overcome the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the root of David, to open the scroll and the seven seals of it.
KJV: And one of the elders saith unto me, Weep not: behold, the Lion of the tribe of Juda, the Root of David, hath prevailed to open the book, and to loose the seven seals thereof.
References
"one"Re 4:4: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 7:13: One of the elders answered: saying to me: What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?"Weep"Jer 31:16: Thus says the LORD; Refrain your voice from weeping: and your eyes from tears: for your work will be rewarded: says the LORD; and they will come again from the land of the enemy.Lu 7:13: When the Lord saw her: He had compassion on her: and said to her: not Weep.Lu 8:52: All wept: and bewailed her: but he said: not Weep; she not is dead: but sleepeth.Lu 23:28: But Jesus turning to them said: Daughters of Jerusalem: not weep for me: but weep for yourselves: and for your children.Joh 20:13: They say to her: Woman: why weep you? She says to them: Because they have taken away my Lord: and I know nowhere they have laid Him."the Lion"Ge 49:9: 10: Judah is a lion's whelp: from the prey: my son: you are gone up: he stooped down: he couched as a lion: and as an old lion; who will rouse him up?Nu 24:9: He couched: he lay down as a lion: and as a great lion: who will stir him up? Blessed is he who blesss you: and cursed is he who curses you.Heb 7:14: For it is evident that our Lord sprang out of Juda; of which tribe Moses spoke nothing concerning priesthood."the Root"Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.Isa 11:1: 10: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Ro 1:3: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Ro 15:12: Again: Isaiah says: There will be a root of Jesse: and he who will rise to reign over the Gentiles; in him will the Gentiles trust."hath"Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.
και ειδον και ιδου εν μεσω του θρονου και των τεσσαρων ζωων και εν μεσω των πρεσβυτερων αρνιον εστηκος ως εσφαγμενον εχον κερατα επτα και οφθαλμους επτα οι εισιν τα επτα του θεου πνευματα τα απεσταλμενα εις πασαν την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
a Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G2476ἑστηκὸςhestēkos (V-RPA-NNS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστηκὸςhestēkos
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένον,esphagmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένον,esphagmenon
|
having been slain,
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-ANP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-ANP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous (N-AMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὺςophthalmous
|
eyes
|
N-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτά,hepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά,hepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3739οἵhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἵhoi
|
which
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NNP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NNP
|
G4151ΠνεύματαPneumata (N-NNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματαPneumata
|
Spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G649ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπεσταλμένοιapestalmenoi
|
having been sent out
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν.gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν.gēn
|
earth.
|
N-AFS
|
6
I beheld, and, indeed, in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts, and in the middle of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been killed, having 7 horns and 7 eyes, which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Revelation 5:6
Stats
Counts: 241 characters, 43 words, 184 letters, 67 vowels, 117 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ιδου εν μεσω του θρονου και των τεσσαρων ζωων και εν μεσω των πρεσβυτερων αρνιον εστηκος ως εσφαγμενον εχον κερατα επτα και οφθαλμους επτα οι εισιν τα επτα του θεου πνευματα τα απεσταλμενα εις πασαν την γην
Lit: And I saw in the midst of the throne and of the four living creatures, and in the midst of the elders, a Lamb standing as having been slain, having horns seven and eyes seven, which are the seven Spirits of God, having been sent out into all the earth.
KJV: And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain, having seven horns and seven eyes, which are the seven Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.
References
"in the midst of the throne"Re 4:4-6: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold."a Lamb"Re 5:9: 12: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 6:16: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:Re 7:9-17: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 21:23: The city had no need of the sun: neither of the moon: to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it: and the Lamb is the light thereof.Re 22:1: 3: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Isa 53:7: 8: He was oppressed: and he was afflicted: yet he not opened his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter: and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb: so he opens not his mouth.Joh 1:29: 36: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.Ac 8:32: The place of the scripture which he read was this: He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer: so opened not he his mouth:1Pe 1:19: 20: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:"seven horns"1Sa 2:10: The adversaries of the LORD will be broken to pieces; out of heaven will He thunder upon them: the LORD will judge the ends of the earth; and He will give strength to His king: and exalt the horn of His anointed.Da 7:14: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mic 4:13: Arise and thresh: O daughter of Zion: for I will make your horn iron: and I will make your hoofs brass: and you will beat in pieces many people: and I will consecrate their gain to the LORD: and their substance to the Lord of the whole earth.Hab 3:4: his brightness was as the light; he had horns coming out of his hand: and there was the hiding of his power.Lu 1:69: has raised up an horn of salvation for us in the house of his servant David;Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:"seven eyes"2Ch 16:9: For the eyes of the LORD run to and fro throughout the whole earth: to show Himself strong in the behalf of them whose heart is perfect toward Him. Herein you have done foolishly: therefore from henceforth you will have wars.Zec 3:9: For look the stone that I have laid before Joshua; upon one stone will be 7 eyes: look: I will engrave the graving thereof: says the LORD of hosts: and I will remove the iniquity of that land in one day.Zec 4:10: For who has despised the day of small things? for they will rejoice: and will see the plummet in the hand of Zerubbabel with those 7; they are the eyes of the LORD: which run to and fro through the whole earth."the seven spirits"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.
και ηλθεν και ειληφεν το βιβλιον εκ της δεξιας του καθημενου επι του θρονου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
He came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983εἴληφενeilēphen (V-RIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφενeilēphen
|
took it
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1188δεξιᾶςdexias (Adj-GFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾶςdexias
|
right hand
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου.thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου.thronou
|
throne.
|
N-GMS
|
7
He came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat upon the throne.Revelation 5:7
Stats
Rank: #3304 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 84 characters, 19 words, 65 letters, 25 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηλθεν και ειληφεν το βιβλιον εκ της δεξιας του καθημενου επι του θρονου
Lit: And He came and took it out of the right hand of the One sitting on the throne.
KJV: And he came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat upon the throne.
References
"out"Re 5:1: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 4:2: 3: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.
και οτε ελαβεν το βιβλιον τα τεσσαρα ζωα και οι εικοσιτεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι επεσον ενωπιον του αρνιου εχοντες εκαστος κιθαρας και φιαλας χρυσας γεμουσας θυμιαματων αι εισιν αι προσευχαι των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G2983ἔλαβενelaben (V-AIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβενelaben
|
He had taken
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίον,biblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίον,biblion
|
scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5064τέσσαραtessara (Adj-NNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραtessara
|
four
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2226ζῷαzōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷαzōa
|
living creatures
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-NMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου,Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου,Arniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2788κιθάρανkitharan (N-AFS)
G2788 κιθάρα kithára kith-ar-ah of uncertain affinity; a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθάρανkitharan
|
a harp
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5357φιάλαςphialas (N-AFP)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάλαςphialas
|
bowls
|
N-AFP
|
G5552χρυσᾶςchrysas (Adj-AFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶςchrysas
|
golden
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1073γεμούσαςgemousas (V-PPA-AFP)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γεμούσαςgemousas
|
being full
|
V-PPA-AFP
|
G2368θυμιαμάτων,thymiamatōn (N-GNP)
G2368 θυμίαμα thymíama thoo-mee-am-ah from θυμιάω; an aroma, i.e. fragrant powder burnt in religious service; by implication, the burning itself:--incense, odour.
|
θυμιαμάτων,thymiamatōn
|
of incenses,
|
N-GNP
|
G3739αἵhai (RelPro-NFP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
αἵhai
|
which
|
RelPro-NFP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G4335προσευχαὶproseuchai (N-NFP)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχαὶproseuchai
|
prayers
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίων.hagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων.hagiōn
|
saints.
|
Adj-GMP
|
8
When he had taken the book, the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints.Revelation 5:8
Stats
Rank: #3283 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 34 words, 157 letters, 56 vowels, 101 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ελαβεν το βιβλιον τα τεσσαρα ζωα και οι εικοσιτεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι επεσον ενωπιον του αρνιου εχοντες εκαστος κιθαρας και φιαλας χρυσας γεμουσας θυμιαματων αι εισιν αι προσευχαι των αγιων
Lit: And when He had taken the scroll, the four living creatures and the twenty four elders fell down before the Lamb, having each a harp and bowls golden being full of incenses, which are the prayers of the saints.
KJV: And when he had taken the book, the four beasts and four and twenty elders fell down before the Lamb, having every one of them harps, and golden vials full of odours, which are the prayers of saints.
References
"the four"Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.Re 4:4: 8: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 7:10-12: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Ro 14:10-12: But why do you judge your brother? or why do you set at nought your brother? for we will all stand before the judgment seat of Christ.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:Heb 1:6: Again: when He brings in the firstbegotten into the world: He says: And let all the angels of God worship Him."having"Re 14:2: 3: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Ps 33:2: Praise the LORD with harp: sing to Him with the psaltery and an instrument of 10 strings.Ps 43:4: Then will I go to the altar of God: to God my exceeding joy: yes: upon the harp will I praise you: O God my God.Ps 81:2: Take a psalm: and bring here the timbrel: the pleasant harp with the psaltery.Ps 150:3: Praise him with the sound of the trumpet: praise him with the psaltery and harp."golden"Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever."the prayers"Re 8:3: 4: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Ps 141:2: Let my prayer be set forth before you as incense; and the lifting up of my hands as the evening sacrifice.
και αδουσιν ωδην καινην λεγοντες αξιος ει λαβειν το βιβλιον και ανοιξαι τας σφραγιδας αυτου οτι εσφαγης και ηγορασας τω θεω ημας εν τω αιματι σου εκ πασης φυλης και γλωσσης και λαου και εθνους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G103ᾄδουσινadousin (V-PIA-3P)
G103 ᾄδω áidō ad-o a primary verb; to sing:--sing.
|
ᾄδουσινadousin
|
they are singing
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5603ᾠδὴνōdēn (N-AFS)
G5603 ᾠδή ōidḗ o-day from ᾄδω; a chant or ode (the general term for any words sung; while ὕμνος denotes especially a religious metrical composition, and ψαλμός still more specially, a Hebrew cantillation):--song.
|
ᾠδὴνōdēn
|
a song
|
N-AFS
|
G2537καινὴνkainēn (Adj-AFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὴνkainēn
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G514ἌξιοςAxios (Adj-NMS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἌξιοςAxios
|
Worthy
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶei
|
are You
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
scroll,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G455ἀνοῖξαιanoixai (V-ANA)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἀνοῖξαιanoixai
|
to open
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4973σφραγῖδαςsphragidas (N-AFP)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαςsphragidas
|
seals
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G4969ἐσφάγηςesphagēs (V-AIP-2S)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφάγηςesphagēs
|
You were slain,
|
V-AIP-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G59ἠγόρασαςēgorasas (V-AIA-2S)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγόρασαςēgorasas
|
You purchased
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G129αἵματίhaimati (N-DNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματίhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
every
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλώσσηςglōssēs (N-GFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσηςglōssēs
|
tongue
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαοῦlaou (N-GMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῦlaou
|
people
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1484ἔθνους,ethnous (N-GNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνους,ethnous
|
nation,
|
N-GNS
|
9
They sung a new song, saying, You are worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed, and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation;
Revelation 5:9
Stats
Rank: #859 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 218 characters, 35 words, 167 letters, 64 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αδουσιν ωδην καινην λεγοντες αξιος ει λαβειν το βιβλιον και ανοιξαι τας σφραγιδας αυτου οτι εσφαγης και ηγορασας τω θεω ημας εν τω αιματι σου εκ πασης φυλης και γλωσσης και λαου και εθνους
Lit: And they are singing a song new, saying, Worthy are You to take the scroll, and to open the seals of it, because You were slain, and You purchased to God by the blood of You, out of every tribe and tongue and people and nation,
KJV: And they sung a new song, saying, Thou art worthy to take the book, and to open the seals thereof: for thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation;
References
"sung"Re 7:10-12: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Re 14:3: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth.Ps 33:3: Sing to him a new song; play skilfully with a loud noise.Ps 40:3: He has put a new song in my mouth: even praise to our God: many will see it: and fear: and will trust in the LORD.Ps 96:1: O sing to the LORD a new song: sing to the LORD: all the earth.Ps 98:1: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Ps 144:9: I will sing a new song to you: O God: upon a psaltery and an instrument of 10 strings will I sing praises to you.Ps 149:1: Praise you the LORD. Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise in the congregation of saints.Isa 42:10: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof."Thou art"Re 5:2: 3: I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice: Who is worthy to open the book: and to loose the seals thereof?Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created."for"Re 5:6: 12: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world."and hast"Re 14:4: 6: These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men: being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb.Mt 20:28: Even as the Son of man not came to be ministered to: but to minister: and to give His life a ransom for many.Mt 26:28: For this is my blood of the new testament: which is shed for many for the remission of sins.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.Ro 3:24-26: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:1Co 6:20: For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body: and in your spirit: which are God's.1Co 7:23: You are bought with a price; not be you the servants of men.Eph 1:7: In whom we have redemption through his blood: the forgiveness of sins: according to the riches of his grace;Col 1:14: In whom we have redemption through his blood: even the forgiveness of sins:Tit 2:14: Who gave himself for us: that he might redeem us from all iniquity: and purify to himself a peculiar people: zealous of good works.Heb 11:14: For they that say such things declare plainly that they seek a country.1Pe 1:18: 19: Forasmuch as you know that you not were redeemed with corruptible things: as silver and gold: from your vain conversation received by tradition from your fathers;2Pe 2:1: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin.1Jo 2:2: He is the propitiation for our sins: not and for ours only: but also for the sins of the whole world."out"Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 11:9: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people: Da 4:1: Nebuchadnezzar the king: to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Da 6:25: Then king Darius wrote to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Mr 16:15: 16: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;
και εποιησας ημας τω θεω ημων βασιλεις και ιερεις και βασιλευσομεν επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ἐποίησαςepoiēsas (V-AIA-2S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ἐποίησαςepoiēsas
|
You have made
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
a kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2409ἱερεῖς,hiereis (N-AMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖς,hiereis
|
priests;
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin
|
they will reign
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
10
have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth.Revelation 5:10
Stats
Rank: #2697 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 16 words, 63 letters, 23 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εποιησας ημας τω θεω ημων βασιλεις και ιερεις και βασιλευσομεν επι της γης
Lit: and You have made them to the God of us, a kingdom and priests; and they will reign upon the earth.
KJV: And hast made us unto our God kings and priests: and we shall reign on the earth.
References
"kings"Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Ex 19:6: you will be to me a kingdom of priests: and an holy nation. These are the words which you will speak to the children of Israel.1Pe 2:5-9: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."we"Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Da 7:18: 27: But the saints of the most High will take the kingdom: and possess the kingdom for ever: even for ever and ever.
The Lamb Exalted
και ειδον και ηκουσα φωνην αγγελων πολλων κυκλοθεν του θρονου και των ζωων και των πρεσβυτερων και {VAR2: ην ο αριθμος αυτων μυριαδες μυριαδων και } χιλιαδες χιλιαδων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the voice
|
N-AFS
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
of angels
|
N-GMP
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Prep)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων,presbyterōn
|
elders;
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3461μυριάδεςmyriades (N-NFP)
G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάδεςmyriades
|
myriads
|
N-NFP
|
G3461μυριάδωνmyriadōn (N-GFP)
G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάδωνmyriadōn
|
of myriads
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousands
|
N-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδων,chiliadōn (N-GFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδων,chiliadōn
|
of thousands,
|
N-GFP
|
11
I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000, and thousands of thousands;Revelation 5:11
Stats
Rank: #2948 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 33 words, 153 letters, 57 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ηκουσα φωνην αγγελων πολλων κυκλοθεν του θρονου και των ζωων και των πρεσβυτερων και {VAR2: ην ο αριθμος αυτων μυριαδες μυριαδων και } χιλιαδες χιλιαδων
Lit: And I looked, and I heard the voice of angels many around the throne, and of the living creatures, and of the elders; and was the number of them myriads of myriads and thousands of thousands,
KJV: And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands;
References
"many"Re 7:11: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: 1Ki 22:19: He said: Hear you therefore the word of the LORD: I saw the LORD sitting on His throne: and all the host of heaven standing by Him on His right hand and on His left.2Ki 6:16-18: He answered: not Fear: for they that be with us are more than they that be with them.Ps 103:20: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Ps 148:2: Praise you him: all his angels: praise you him: all his hosts."the throne"Re 4:4: 6: 9: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold."was"Re 19:6: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.De 33:2: He said: The LORD came from Sinai: and rose up from Seir to them; He shined forth from mount Paran: and He came with 10 thousands of saints: from His right hand went a fiery law for them.Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels:
λεγοντες φωνη μεγαλη αξιον εστιν το αρνιον το εσφαγμενον λαβειν την δυναμιν και πλουτον και σοφιαν και ισχυν και τιμην και δοξαν και ευλογιαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud:
|
Adj-DFS
|
G514Ἄξιόν*Axion (Adj-NNS)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
Ἄξιόν*Axion
|
Worthy
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένονesphagmenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένονesphagmenon
|
having been slain,
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to receive
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4149πλοῦτονplouton (N-AMS)
G4149 πλοῦτος ploûtos ploo-tos from the base of πλήθω; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment:--riches.
|
πλοῦτονplouton
|
riches
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίανsophian (N-AFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίανsophian
|
wisdom
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2479ἰσχὺνischyn (N-AFS)
G2479 ἰσχύς ischýs is-khoos from a derivative of (force; compare , a form of ἔχω); forcefulness (literally or figuratively):--ability, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
ἰσχὺνischyn
|
strength
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2129εὐλογίαν.eulogian (N-AFS)
G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίαν.eulogian
|
blessing!
|
N-AFS
|
12
Saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing.
Revelation 5:12
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 20 words, 118 letters, 41 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες φωνη μεγαλη αξιον εστιν το αρνιον το εσφαγμενον λαβειν την δυναμιν και πλουτον και σοφιαν και ισχυν και τιμην και δοξαν και ευλογιαν
Lit: saying in a voice loud: Worthy is the Lamb having been slain, to receive the power and riches and wisdom and strength and honor and glory and blessing!
KJV: Saying with a loud voice, Worthy is the Lamb that was slain to receive power, and riches, and wisdom, and strength, and honour, and glory, and blessing.
References
"Worthy"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Zec 13:7: Awake: O sword: against my shepherd: and against the man that is my fellow: says the LORD of hosts: smite the shepherd: and the sheep will be scattered: and I will turn my hand upon the little ones."to receive"Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Re 7:12: Saying: Amen: Blessing: and glory: and wisdom: and thanksgiving: and honour: and power: and might: be to our God for ever and ever. Amen.Re 19:1: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Joh 3:35: 36: The Father loves the Son: and has given all things into His hand.Joh 17:2: As you have given him power over all flesh: that he should give eternal life to as many as you have given him.2Co 8:9: For you know the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ: that: though He was rich: yet for your sakes He became poor: that you through His poverty might be rich.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:1Ti 1:17: Now to the King eternal: immortal: invisible: the only wise God: be honour and glory for ever and ever. Amen.
και παν κτισμα ο εστιν εν τω ουρανω και εν τη γη και υποκατω της γης και επι της θαλασσης α εστιν και τα εν αυτοις παντα ηκουσα λεγοντας τω καθημενω επι του θρονου και τω αρνιω η ευλογια και η τιμη και η δοξα και το κρατος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2938κτίσμαktisma (N-ANS)
G2938 κτίσμα ktísma ktis-mah from κτίζω; an original formation (concretely), i.e. product (created thing):--creature.
|
κτίσμαktisma
|
creature
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G1510〈〈ἐστίν〉,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
〈〈ἐστίν〉,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3956πάντα,panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα,panta
|
everything,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3004λέγονταςlegontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταςlegontas
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588ΤῷTō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤῷTō
|
To the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G721ἈρνίῳArniō (N-DNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίῳArniō
|
Lamb,
|
N-DNS
|
G2129εὐλογίαeulogia (N-NFS)
G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίαeulogia
|
blessing
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴtimē (N-NFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴtimē
|
honor
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2904κράτοςkratos (N-NNS)
G2904 κράτος krátos krat-os perhaps a primary word; vigor (great) (literally or figuratively):--dominion, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
κράτοςkratos
|
might
|
N-NNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
13
Every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, be to him that sits upon the throne, and to the Lamb for ever and ever.
Revelation 5:13
Stats
Counts: 270 characters, 43 words, 205 letters, 79 vowels, 126 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παν κτισμα ο εστιν εν τω ουρανω και εν τη γη και υποκατω της γης και επι της θαλασσης α εστιν και τα εν αυτοις παντα ηκουσα λεγοντας τω καθημενω επι του θρονου και τω αρνιω η ευλογια και η τιμη και η δοξα και το κρατος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And every creature which in heaven, and upon the earth, and under the earth, and on the sea is, and in them everything, I heard saying: To the One sitting on the throne, and to the Lamb, blessing and honor and glory and might to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, heard I saying, Blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, be unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb for ever and ever.
References
"every"Re 5:3: No man in heaven: nor in earth: neither under the earth: was able to open the book: neither to look thereon.Re 7:9: 10: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Ps 96:11-13: Let the heavens rejoice: and let the earth be glad; let the sea roar: and the fulness thereof.Ps 148:2-13: Praise you him: all his angels: praise you him: all his hosts.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Php 2:10: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow: of things in heaven: and things in earth: and things under the earth;Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;"such"Isa 24:14: They will lift up their voice: they will sing for the majesty of the LORD: they will cry aloud from the sea.Isa 42:10: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof."blessing"Re 5:12: Saying with a loud voice: Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power: and riches: and wisdom: and strength: and honour: and glory: and blessing.Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.1Ch 29:11: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Ps 72:18: 19: Blessed be the LORD God: the God of Israel: who only does wondrous things.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Ro 9:5: Whose are the fathers: and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came: who is over all: God blessed for ever. Amen.Ro 11:36: For of him: and through him: and to him: are all things: to whom be glory for ever. Amen.Ro 16:27: To God only wise: be glory through Jesus Christ for ever. Amen. Written to the Romans from Corinthus: [and sent by Phebe servant of the church at Cenchrea.]>>Eph 3:21: To Him be glory in the church by Christ Jesus throughout all ages: world without end. Amen.1Ti 4:16: Take heed to yourself: and to the doctrine; continue in them: for in doing this you will both save yourself: and them that hear you.1Pe 4:11: If any man speak: let Him speak as the oracles of God; if any man minister: let Him do it as of the ability which God gives: that God in all things may be glorified through Jesus Christ: to whom be praise and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.1Pe 5:11: To him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen."him"Re 4:2: 3: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne."and unto"Re 5:6: 9: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 6:16: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:Re 7:10: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.
και τα τεσσαρα ζωα ελεγον αμην και οι εικοσιτεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι επεσαν και προσεκυνησαν ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5064τέσσαραtessara (Adj-NNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραtessara
|
four
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2226ζῷαzōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷαzōa
|
living creatures
|
N-NNP
|
G3004ἔλεγονelegon (V-IIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ἔλεγονelegon
|
kept saying,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G281Ἀμήν,Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν,Amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησαν.prosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησαν.prosekynēsan
|
worshiped.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2198{ζῶντιzōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
{ζῶντιzōnti
|
Him who lives
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰωναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰωναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων}.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων}.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
14
The 4 beasts said, Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.
Revelation 5:14
Stats
Rank: #6147 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 34 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα τεσσαρα ζωα ελεγον αμην και οι εικοσιτεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι επεσαν και προσεκυνησαν ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And the four living creatures kept saying, Amen. And the elders fell down and worshiped. Him who lives for the ages of the ages.
KJV: And the four beasts said, Amen. And the four and twenty elders fell down and worshipped him that liveth for ever and ever.
References
"the four"Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia."And the four and"Re 4:9-11: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever:
6
Three Sets of Seven Divine Judgments
The Seven Seals
και ειδον οτε ηνοιξεν το αρνιον μιαν εκ των σφραγιδων και ηκουσα ενος εκ των τεσσαρων ζωων λεγοντος ως φωνης βροντης ερχου και βλεπε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I watched
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GFP
|
G4973σφραγίδων,sphragidōn (N-GFP)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγίδων,sphragidōn
|
seals,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures
|
N-GNP
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G1027βροντῆςbrontēs (N-GFS)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βροντῆςbrontēs
|
of thunder,
|
N-GFS
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
1
And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the 4 beasts saying, Come and see.
Revelation 6:1
Stats
Rank: #2912 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 26 words, 105 letters, 45 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον οτε ηνοιξεν το αρνιον μιαν εκ των σφραγιδων και ηκουσα ενος εκ των τεσσαρων ζωων λεγοντος ως φωνης βροντης ερχου και βλεπε
Lit: And I watched when opened the Lamb one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures saying, like a voice of thunder, Come!
KJV: And I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, one of the four beasts saying, Come and see.
References
"when"Re 5:5-7: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof."the noise"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 10:3: 4: Cried with a loud voice: as when a lion roars: and when he had cried: 7 thunders uttered their voices.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail."one"Re 6:3: 5: 7: When he had opened the second seal: I heard the second beast say: Come and see.Re 4:6: 7: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Ac 4:20: For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard.
και ειδον και ιδου ιππος λευκος και ο καθημενος επ αυτω εχων τοξον και εδοθη αυτω στεφανος και εξηλθεν νικων και ινα νικηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2462ἵπποςhippos (N-NMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποςhippos
|
a horse
|
N-NMS
|
G3022λευκός,leukos (Adj-NMS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκός,leukos
|
white,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5115τόξον,toxon (N-ANS)
G5115 τόξον tóxon tox-on from the base of τίκτω; a bow (apparently as the simplest fabric):--bow.
|
τόξον,toxon
|
a bow;
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G4735στέφανος,stephanos (N-NMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανος,stephanos
|
a crown,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
he went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3528νικήσῃ.nikēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικήσῃ.nikēsē
|
he might conquer.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
2
I saw, and look a white horse: and he who sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given to him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer.Revelation 6:2
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 27 words, 111 letters, 42 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ιδου ιππος λευκος και ο καθημενος επ αυτω εχων τοξον και εδοθη αυτω στεφανος και εξηλθεν νικων και ινα νικηση
Lit: And I looked, and behold, a horse white, and the one sitting on it having a bow; and was given to him a crown, and he went forth overcoming, and that he might conquer.
KJV: And I saw, and behold a white horse: and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him: and he went forth conquering, and to conquer.
References
"a white"Re 19:11: 14: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Zec 1:8: I saw by night: and look a man riding upon a red horse: and he stood among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind him were there red horses: speckled: and white.Zec 6:3-8: In the third chariot white horses; and in the fourth chariot grisled and bay horses."and he that"Ps 45:3-5: Gird your sword upon your thigh: O most mighty: with your glory and your majesty.Ps 76:7: You: even you: are to be feared: and who may stand in your sight when once you are angry?"and a"Re 14:14: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Re 19:12: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself.Zec 6:11-13: Then take silver and gold: and make crowns: and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of Josedech: the high priest;Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth."and he went"Re 11:15: 18: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Ps 98:1: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Ps 110:2: The LORD will send the rod of your strength out of Zion: rule you in the middle of your enemies.Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Ro 15:18: 19: For I not will dare to speak of any of those things which Christ has not wrought by me: to make the Gentiles obedient: by word and deed: 1Co 15:25: 55-57: For he must reign: till he has put all enemies under his feet.2Co 10:3-5: For though we walk in the flesh: we not do war after the flesh:
The Second Seal: War
και οτε ηνοιξεν την δευτεραν σφραγιδα ηκουσα του δευτερου ζωου λεγοντος ερχου και βλεπε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G1208δευτέραν,deuteran (Adj-AFS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέραν,deuteran
|
second,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G1208δευτέρουdeuterou (Adj-GNS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέρουdeuterou
|
second
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2226ζῴουzōou (N-GNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴουzōou
|
living creature
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
3
When he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see.
Revelation 6:3
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 15 words, 64 letters, 26 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ηνοιξεν την δευτεραν σφραγιδα ηκουσα του δευτερου ζωου λεγοντος ερχου και βλεπε
Lit: And when He opened the seal second, I heard the second living creature saying, Come!
KJV: And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see.
References
"And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, Come and see."Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Re 4:7: The first beast was like a lion: and the second beast like a calf: and the third beast had a face as a man: and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.
και εξηλθεν αλλος ιππος πυρρος και τω καθημενω επ αυτω εδοθη αυτω λαβειν την ειρηνην απο της γης και ινα αλληλους σφαξωσιν και εδοθη αυτω μαχαιρα μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
went forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2462ἵπποςhippos (N-NMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποςhippos
|
horse
|
N-NMS
|
G4450πυρρός,pyrros (Adj-NMS)
G4450 πυῤῥός pyrrhós poor-hros from πῦρ; fire-like, i.e. (specially), flame- colored:--red.
|
πυρρός,pyrros
|
bright red;
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was granted
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2983λαβεῖνlabein (V-ANA)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβεῖνlabein
|
to take
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1515εἰρήνηνeirēnēn (N-AFS)
G1515 εἰρήνη eirḗnē i-ray-nay probably from a primary verb (to join); peace (literally or figuratively); by implication, prosperity:--one, peace, quietness, rest, + set at one again.
|
εἰρήνηνeirēnēn
|
peace
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G240ἀλλήλουςallēlous (RecPro-AMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλουςallēlous
|
one another
|
RecPro-AMP
|
G4969σφάξουσιν,sphaxousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
σφάξουσιν,sphaxousin
|
they will slay;
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3162μάχαιραmachaira (N-NFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μάχαιραmachaira
|
a sword
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη.megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη.megalē
|
great.
|
Adj-NFS
|
4
There went out another horse that was red: and power was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given to him a great sword.Revelation 6:4
Stats
Counts: 205 characters, 35 words, 160 letters, 61 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθεν αλλος ιππος πυρρος και τω καθημενω επ αυτω εδοθη αυτω λαβειν την ειρηνην απο της γης και ινα αλληλους σφαξωσιν και εδοθη αυτω μαχαιρα μεγαλη
Lit: And went forth another horse bright red; and to the one sitting on it was granted to him to take the peace from the earth, and that one another they will slay; and was given to him a sword great.
KJV: And there went out another horse that was red: and [power] was given to him that sat thereon to take peace from the earth, and that they should kill one another: and there was given unto him a great sword.
References
"horse"Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 17:3: 6: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Zec 1:8: I saw by night: and look a man riding upon a red horse: and he stood among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind him were there red horses: speckled: and white.Zec 6:2: In the first chariot were red horses; and in the second chariot black horses;"power"Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Ex 9:16: 17: In very deed for this cause have I raised you up: for to show in you my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth.Isa 37:26: 27: Have you not heard long ago: how I have done it; and of ancient times: that I have formed it? now have I brought it to pass: that you should be to lay waste defenced cities into ruinous heaps.Eze 29:18-20: Son of man: Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon caused His army to serve a great service against Tyrus: every head was made bald: and every shoulder was peeled: yet had He no wages: nor His army: for Tyrus: for the service that He had served against it:Da 2:37: 38: You: O king: are a king of kings: for the God of heaven has given you a kingdom: power: and strength: and glory.Da 5:19: For the majesty that he gave him: all people: nations: and languages: trembled and feared before him: whom he would he killed; and whom he would he kept alive; and whom he would he set up; and whom he would he put down.Joh 19:11: Jesus answered: You could have no power at all against me: except it were given you from above: therefore He that'>He who delivered me to you has the greater sin."and there"Ps 17:13: Arise: O LORD: disappoint Him: cast Him down: deliver my soul from the wicked: which is your sword:Isa 10:5: 6: O Assyrian: the rod of my anger: and the staff in their hand is my indignation.Eze 30:24: 25: I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon: and put my sword in his hand: but I will break Pharaoh's arms: and he will groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man.
The Third Seal: Famine
και οτε ηνοιξεν την τριτην σφραγιδα ηκουσα του τριτου ζωου λεγοντος ερχου και βλεπε και ειδον και ιδου ιππος μελας και ο καθημενος επ αυτω εχων ζυγον εν τη χειρι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G5154τρίτην,tritēn (Adj-AFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτην,tritēn
|
third,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5154τρίτουtritou (Adj-GNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτουtritou
|
third
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2226ζῴουzōou (N-GNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴουzōou
|
living creature
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2462ἵπποςhippos (N-NMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποςhippos
|
a horse
|
N-NMS
|
G3189μέλας,melas (Adj-NMS)
G3189 μέλας mélas mel-as apparently a primary word; black:--black.
|
μέλας,melas
|
black,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2218ζυγὸνzygon (N-AMS)
G2218 ζυγός zygós dzoo-gos from the root of (to join, especially by a yoke); a coupling, i.e. (figuratively) servitude (a law or obligation); also (literally) the beam of the balance (as connecting the scales):--pair of balances, yoke.
|
ζυγὸνzygon
|
a pair of scales
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
When he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see. And I beheld, and indeed a black horse; and he who sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.
Revelation 6:5
Stats
Rank: #9498 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 176 characters, 34 words, 132 letters, 51 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ηνοιξεν την τριτην σφραγιδα ηκουσα του τριτου ζωου λεγοντος ερχου και βλεπε και ειδον και ιδου ιππος μελας και ο καθημενος επ αυτω εχων ζυγον εν τη χειρι αυτου
Lit: And when He opened the seal third, I heard the third living creature saying, Come! And I looked, and behold, a horse black, and the one sitting on it having a pair of scales in the hand of him.
KJV: And when he had opened the third seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see. And I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.
References
"he had"Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Re 4:6: 7: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 5:5: 9: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof."a black"Zec 6:2: 6: In the first chariot were red horses; and in the second chariot black horses;"had"Le 26:26: And when I have broken the staff of your bread: 10 women will bake your bread in one oven: and they will deliver you your bread again by weight: and you will eat: not and be satisfied.La 5:10: Our skin was black like an oven because of the terrible famine.Eze 4:10: 16: your meat which you will eat will be by weight: 20 shekels a day: from time to time will you eat it.
και ηκουσα φωνην εν μεσω των τεσσαρων ζωων λεγουσαν χοινιξ σιτου δηναριου και τρεις χοινικες κριθης δηναριου και το ελαιον και τον οινον μη αδικησης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the midst
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures,
|
N-GNP
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G5518ΧοῖνιξChoinix (N-NFS)
G5518 χοῖνιξ choînix khoy-nix of uncertain derivation; a chœnix or certain dry measure:--measure.
|
ΧοῖνιξChoinix
|
A choenix
|
N-NFS
|
G4621σίτουsitou (N-GMS)
G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σίτουsitou
|
of wheat
|
N-GMS
|
G1220δηναρίου,dēnariou (N-GNS)
G1220 δηνάριον dēnárion day-nar-ee-on of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses):--pence, penny(-worth).
|
δηναρίου,dēnariou
|
for a denarius,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-NFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5518χοίνικεςchoinikes (N-NFP)
G5518 χοῖνιξ choînix khoy-nix of uncertain derivation; a chœnix or certain dry measure:--measure.
|
χοίνικεςchoinikes
|
choenixes
|
N-NFP
|
G2915κριθῶνkrithōn (N-GFP)
G2915 κριθή krithḗ kree-thay of uncertain derivation; barley:--barley.
|
κριθῶνkrithōn
|
of barley
|
N-GFP
|
G1220δηναρίου·dēnariou (N-GNS)
G1220 δηνάριον dēnárion day-nar-ee-on of Latin origin; a denarius (or ten asses):--pence, penny(-worth).
|
δηναρίου·dēnariou
|
for a denarius;
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1637ἔλαιονelaion (N-ANS)
G1637 ἔλαιον élaion el-ah-yon neuter of the same as ἐλαία; olive oil:--oil.
|
ἔλαιονelaion
|
oil
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3631οἶνονoinon (N-AMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνονoinon
|
wine
|
N-AMS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G91ἀδικήσῃς.adikēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικήσῃς.adikēsēs
|
you should injure.
|
V-ASA-2S
|
6
I heard a voice in the middle of the 4 beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and 3 measures of barley for a penny; and see you not hurt the oil and the wine.
Revelation 6:6
Stats
Rank: #9376 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 174 characters, 35 words, 133 letters, 56 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνην εν μεσω των τεσσαρων ζωων λεγουσαν χοινιξ σιτου δηναριου και τρεις χοινικες κριθης δηναριου και το ελαιον και τον οινον μη αδικησης
Lit: And I heard something like a voice in the midst of the four living creatures, saying, A choenix of wheat for a denarius, and three choenixes of barley for a denarius; and the oil and the wine not you should injure.
KJV: And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine.
References
"and see"Re 9:4: It was commanded them that they not should hurt the grass of the earth: neither any green thing: neither any tree; but only those men which not have the seal of God in their foreheads.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.
The Fourth Seal: Death
και οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την τεταρτην ηκουσα φωνην του τεταρτου ζωου λεγουσαν ερχου και βλεπε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G5067τετάρτην,tetartēn (Adj-AFS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τετάρτην,tetartēn
|
fourth,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5067τετάρτουtetartou (Adj-GNS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τετάρτουtetartou
|
fourth
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2226ζῴουzōou (N-GNS)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴουzōou
|
living creature
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
7
When he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see.
Revelation 6:7
Stats
Rank: #1756 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 96 characters, 18 words, 74 letters, 31 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την τεταρτην ηκουσα φωνην του τεταρτου ζωου λεγουσαν ερχου και βλεπε
Lit: And when He opened the seal fourth, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature saying, Come!
KJV: And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see.
References
"And when he had opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth beast say, Come and see."Re 6:1: 3: 5: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Re 4:7: The first beast was like a lion: and the second beast like a calf: and the third beast had a face as a man: and the fourth beast was like a flying eagle.
και ειδον και ιδου ιππος χλωρος και ο καθημενος επανω αυτου ονομα αυτω ο θανατος και ο αδης ακολουθει μετ αυτου και εδοθη αυτοις εξουσια αποκτειναι επι το τεταρτον της γης εν ρομφαια και εν λιμω και εν θανατω και υπο των θηριων της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2462ἵπποςhippos (N-NMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποςhippos
|
a horse
|
N-NMS
|
G5515χλωρός,chlōros (Adj-NMS)
G5515 χλωρός chlōrós khlo-ros from the same as Χλόη; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:--green, pale.
|
χλωρός,chlōros
|
pale,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1883ἐπάνωepanō (Prep)
G1883 ἐπάνω epánō ep-an-o from ἐπί and ἄνω; up above, i.e. over or on (of place, amount, rank, etc.):--above, more than, (up-)on, over.
|
ἐπάνωepanō
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
it,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
the name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
of him was
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2288Θάνατος,Thanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
Θάνατος,Thanatos
|
Death,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G86ᾅδηςhadēs (N-NMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδηςhadēs
|
Hades
|
N-NMS
|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
was following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
authority
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5067τέταρτονtetarton (Adj-ANS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τέταρτονtetarton
|
fourth
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G615ἀποκτεῖναιapokteinai (V-ANA)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτεῖναιapokteinai
|
to kill
|
V-ANA
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4501ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia (N-DFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia
|
sword,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3042λιμῷlimō (N-DMS)
G3042 λιμός limós lee-mos probably from λείπω (through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of food:--dearth, famine, hunger.
|
λιμῷlimō
|
famine,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτῳthanatō (N-DMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτῳthanatō
|
plague,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2342θηρίωνthēriōn (N-GNP)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίωνthēriōn
|
beasts
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
8
I looked, and look a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given to them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.Revelation 6:8
Stats
Counts: 258 characters, 44 words, 198 letters, 71 vowels, 127 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ιδου ιππος χλωρος και ο καθημενος επανω αυτου ονομα αυτω ο θανατος και ο αδης ακολουθει μετ αυτου και εδοθη αυτοις εξουσια αποκτειναι επι το τεταρτον της γης εν ρομφαια και εν λιμω και εν θανατω και υπο των θηριων της γης
Lit: And I looked, and behold, a horse pale, and the one sitting on it, the name of him was Death, and Hades was following with him; and was given to them authority over the fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, and with famine, and with plague, and by the beasts of the earth.
KJV: And I looked, and behold a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed with him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.
References
"pale"Zec 6:3: In the third chariot white horses; and in the fourth chariot grisled and bay horses."was Death"Re 20:13: 14: The sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.Hab 2:5: Yes also: because he transgresss by wine: he is a proud man: neither keeps at home: who enlarges his desire as hell: and is as death: and cannot be satisfied: but gathers to him all nations: and heaps to him all people:1Co 15:55: O death: where is your sting? O grave: where is your victory?"over"Re 8:7-12: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 9:15: 18: The 4 angels were loosed: which were prepared for an hour: and a day: and a month: and a year: for to kill the third part of men.Re 12:4: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born."kill"Le 26:22-33: I will also send wild beasts among you: which will rob you of your children: and destroy your cattle: and make you few in number; and your high ways will be desolate.Jer 15:2: 3: It will come to pass: if they say to you: Whither will we go forth? then you will tell them: Thus says the LORD; Such as are for death: to death; and such as are for the sword: to the sword; and such as are for the famine: to the famine; and such as are for the captivity: to the captivity.Jer 16:4: 16: They will die of grievous deaths; they will not be lamented; neither will they be buried; but they will be as dung upon the face of the earth: and they will be consumed by the sword: and by famine; and their carcases will be meat for the fowls of heaven: and for the beasts of the earth.Jer 43:11: When he comes: he will smite the land of Egypt: and deliver such as are for death to death; and such as are for captivity to captivity; and such as are for the sword to the sword.Eze 5:15-17: So it will be a reproach and a taunt: an instruction and an astonishment to the nations that are round about you: when I will execute judgments in you in anger and in fury and in furious rebukes. I the LORD have spoken it.Eze 14:13-21: Son of man: when the land sins against me by trespassing grievously: then will I stretch out my hand upon it: and will break the staff of the bread thereof: and will send famine upon it: and will cut off man and beast from it:
The Fifth Seal: The Martyrs
και οτε ηνοιξεν την πεμπτην σφραγιδα ειδον υποκατω του θυσιαστηριου τας ψυχας των εσφαγμενων δια τον λογον του θεου και δια την μαρτυριαν ην ειχον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3991πέμπτηνpemptēn (Adj-AFS)
G3991 πέμπτος pémptos pemp-tos from πέντε; fifth:--fifth.
|
πέμπτηνpemptēn
|
fifth
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδα,sphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδα,sphragida
|
seal,
|
N-AFS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
souls
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένωνesphagmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένωνesphagmenōn
|
having been slain
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
which
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G2192εἶχον.eichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχον.eichon
|
they had upheld.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
9
When He had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held:
Revelation 6:9
Stats
Rank: #1052 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 30 words, 120 letters, 42 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ηνοιξεν την πεμπτην σφραγιδα ειδον υποκατω του θυσιαστηριου τας ψυχας των εσφαγμενων δια τον λογον του θεου και δια την μαρτυριαν ην ειχον
Lit: And when He opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those having been slain because of the word of God, and because of the testimony which they had upheld.
KJV: And when he had opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held:
References
"I saw"Re 8:3: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Re 9:13: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: Re 14:18: Another angel came out from the altar: which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle: saying: Thrust in your sharp sickle: and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.Le 4:7: The priest will put some of the blood upon the horns of the altar of sweet incense before the LORD: which is in the tabernacle of the congregation; and will pour all the blood of the bullock at the bottom of the altar of the burnt offering: which is at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation.Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.Php 2:17: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.2Ti 4:6: For I am now ready to be offered: and the time of my departure is at hand."the souls"Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.2Co 5:8: We are confident: I say: and willing rather to be absent from the body: and to be present with the Lord.Php 1:23: For I am in a strait betwixt two: having a desire to depart: and to be with Christ; which is far better:"slain"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 2:13: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells.Re 11:3-7: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth.Re 12:11-17: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.2Ti 1:8: not Be you therefore ashamed of the testimony of our Lord: nor of me His prisoner: but be you partaker of the afflictions of the gospel according to the power of God;
και εκραζον φωνη μεγαλη λεγοντες εως ποτε ο δεσποτης ο αγιος και ο αληθινος ου κρινεις και εκδικεις το αιμα ημων απο των κατοικουντων επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραξανekraxan (V-AIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξανekraxan
|
they were crying
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2193ἝωςHeōs (Prep)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἝωςHeōs
|
Until
|
Prep
|
G4219πότε,pote (Conj)
G4219 πότε póte pot-eh from the base of ποῦ and τέ; interrogative adverb, at what time:--+ how long, when.
|
πότε,pote
|
when,
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
O
|
Art-VMS
|
G1203ΔεσπότηςDespotēs (N-NMS)
G1203 δεσπότης despótēs des-pot-ace perhaps from δέω and (a husband); an absolute ruler (despot):--Lord, master.
|
ΔεσπότηςDespotēs
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G40ἅγιοςhagios (Adj-VMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοςhagios
|
holy
|
Adj-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθινός,alēthinos (Adj-VMS)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινός,alēthinos
|
TRUE,
|
Adj-VMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2919κρίνειςkrineis (V-PIA-2S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνειςkrineis
|
do You judge,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1556ἐκδικεῖςekdikeis (V-PIA-2S)
G1556 ἐκδικέω ekdikéō ek-dik-eh-o from ἔκδικος; to vindicate, retaliate, punish:--a (re-)venge.
|
ἐκδικεῖςekdikeis
|
avenge
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2730κατοικούντωνkatoikountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικούντωνkatoikountōn
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς;gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς;gēs
|
earth?
|
N-GFS
|
10
They cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?
Revelation 6:10
Stats
Rank: #4524 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 113 letters, 43 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκραζον φωνη μεγαλη λεγοντες εως ποτε ο δεσποτης ο αγιος και ο αληθινος ου κρινεις και εκδικεις το αιμα ημων απο των κατοικουντων επι της γης
Lit: And they were crying in a voice loud, saying, Until when, O Lord, holy and TRUE, not do You judge, and avenge the blood of us from those dwelling upon the earth?
KJV: And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?
References
"they cried"Ge 4:10: He said: What have you done? the voice of your brother's blood cries to me from the ground.Ps 9:12: When he makes inquisition for blood: he remembers them: he forgets not the cry of the humble.Lu 18:7: 8: will not God avenge His own elect: which cry day and night to Him: though He bear long with them?Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel."How"Ps 13:1: A Psalm of David.>> How long will you forget me: O LORD? for ever? how long will you hide your face from me?Ps 35:17: Lord: how long will you look on? rescue my soul from their destructions: my darling from the lions.Ps 74:9: 10: We not see our signs: there is no more any prophet: neither is there among us any that knows how long.Ps 94:3: 4: LORD: how long will the wicked: how long will the wicked triumph?Da 8:13: Then I heard one saint speaking: and another saint said to that certain saint which spoke: How long will be the vision concerning the daily sacrifice: and the transgression of desolation: to give both the sanctuary and the host to be trodden under foot?Da 12:6: one said to the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: How long will it be to the end of these wonders?Zec 1:12: Then the angel of the LORD answered and said: O LORD of hosts: how long will you not have mercy on Jerusalem and on the cities of Judah: against which you have had indignation these threescore and 10 years?"holy"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Re 15:3: 4: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints."dost"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 16:5-7: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus.Re 18:20: 24: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.De 32:36-43: For the LORD will judge His people: and repent Himself for His servants: when He sees that their power is gone: and there is none shut up: or left.Jg 16:28: Samson called to the LORD: and said: O Lord GOD: remember me: I pray you: and strengthen me: I pray you: only this once: O God: that I may be at once avenged of the Philistines for my two eyes.1Sa 24:12: The LORD judge between me and you: and the LORD avenge me of you: but my hand will not be upon you.Ps 58:10: 11: The righteous will rejoice when he sees the vengeance: he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked.Isa 61:2: To proclaim the acceptable year of the LORD: and the day of vengeance of our God; to comfort all that mourn;Isa 63:1-6: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.Lu 21:22: For these be the days of vengeance: that all things which are written may be fulfilled.Ro 12:19: Dearly beloved: not avenge yourselves: but rather give place to wrath: for it is written: Vengeance is my; I will repay: says the Lord.2Th 1:6-8: Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to them that trouble you;
και εδοθησαν εκαστοις στολαι λευκαι και ερρεθη αυτοις ινα αναπαυσωνται ετι χρονον μικρον εως ου πληρωσονται και οι συνδουλοι αυτων και οι αδελφοι αυτων οι μελλοντες αποκτεινεσθαι ως και αυτοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
were given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G4749στολὴstolē (N-NFS)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὴstolē
|
robes
|
N-NFS
|
G3022λευκή,leukē (Adj-NFS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκή,leukē
|
white,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2046ἐρρέθηerrethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρρέθηerrethē
|
it was said
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G373ἀναπαύσονταιanapausontai (V-FIM-3P)
G373 ἀναπαύω anapaúō an-ap-ow-o from ἀνά and παύω; (reflexively) to repose (literally or figuratively (be exempt), remain); by implication, to refresh:--take ease, refresh, (give, take) rest.
|
ἀναπαύσονταιanapausontai
|
they shall rest
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
yet
|
Adv
|
G5550χρόνονchronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνονchronon
|
a time
|
N-AMS
|
G3398μικρόν,mikron (Adj-AMS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρόν,mikron
|
little,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2193ἕωςheōs (Conj)
G2193 ἕως héōs heh-oce of uncertain affinity; a conjunction, preposition and adverb of continuance, until (of time and place):--even (until, unto), (as) far (as), how long, (un-)til(-l), (hither-, un-, up) to, while(-s).
|
ἕωςheōs
|
until
|
Conj
|
G4137πληρωθῶσινplērōthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G4137 πληρόω plēróō play-ro-o from πλήρης; to make replete, i.e. (literally) to cram (a net), level up (a hollow), or (figuratively) to furnish (or imbue, diffuse, influence), satisfy, execute (an office), finish (a period or task), verify (or coincide with a prediction), etc.:--accomplish, X after, (be) complete, end, expire, fill (up), fulfil, (be, make) full (come), fully preach, perfect, supply.
|
πληρωθῶσινplērōthōsin
|
would be fulfilled
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4889σύνδουλοιsyndouloi (N-NMP)
G4889 σύνδουλος sýndoulos soon-doo-los from σύν and δοῦλος; a co-slave, i.e. servitor or ministrant of the same master (human or divine):--fellowservant.
|
σύνδουλοιsyndouloi
|
fellow servants
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G80ἀδελφοὶadelphoi (N-NMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφοὶadelphoi
|
brothers
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3195μέλλοντεςmellontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλοντεςmellontes
|
being about
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G615ἀποκτέννεσθαιapoktennesthai (V-PNM/P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτέννεσθαιapoktennesthai
|
to be killed
|
V-PNM/P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also had been
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοί.autoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοί.autoi
|
they.
|
PPro-NM3P
|
11
White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brothers, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.Revelation 6:11
Stats
Rank: #5407 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 233 characters, 37 words, 186 letters, 69 vowels, 117 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθησαν εκαστοις στολαι λευκαι και ερρεθη αυτοις ινα αναπαυσωνται ετι χρονον μικρον εως ου πληρωσονται και οι συνδουλοι αυτων και οι αδελφοι αυτων οι μελλοντες αποκτεινεσθαι ως και αυτοι
Lit: And were given to them each robes white, and it was said to them that they shall rest yet a time little, until would be fulfilled also the fellow servants of them, and the brothers of them, those being about to be killed as also had been they.
KJV: And white robes were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.
References
"white"Re 3:4: 5: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 7:9: 14: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;"that they"Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.Isa 26:20: 21: Come: my people: enter you into your chambers: and shut your doors about you: hide yourself as it were for a little moment: until the indignation be overpast.Da 12:13: But go you your way till the end be: for you will rest: and stand in your lot at the end of the days."until"Re 7:14: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Re 13:15: He had power to give life to the image of the beast: that the image of the beast should both speak: and cause that as many as not would worship the image of the beast should be killed.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Mt 10:21: The brother will deliver up the brother to death: and the father the child: and the children will rise up against their parents: and cause them to be put to death.Mt 23:34: 35: For what reason: look: I send to you prophets: and wise men: and scribes: and some of them you will kill and crucify; and some of them will you scourge in your synagogues: and persecute them from city to city:Joh 16:2: They will put you out of the synagogues: yes: the time comes: that whoever kills you will think that He does God service.Heb 11:40: God having provided some better thing for us: that they without us not should be made perfect.
The Sixth Seal: Terror
και ειδον οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την εκτην και ιδου σεισμος μεγας εγενετο και ο ηλιος εγενετο μελας ως σακκος τριχινος και η σεληνη εγενετο ως αιμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G1623ἕκτην,hektēn (Adj-AFS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτην,hektēn
|
sixth,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
an earthquake
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετο,egeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετο,egeneto
|
there was,
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3189μέλαςmelas (Adj-NMS)
G3189 μέλας mélas mel-as apparently a primary word; black:--black.
|
μέλαςmelas
|
black
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4526σάκκοςsakkos (N-NMS)
G4526 σάκκος sákkos sak-kos of Hebrew origin (שַׂק); sack-cloth, i.e. mohair (the material or garments made of it, worn as a sign of grief):-- sackcloth.
|
σάκκοςsakkos
|
sackcloth
|
N-NMS
|
G5155τρίχινος,trichinos (Adj-NMS)
G5155 τρίχινος tríchinos trikh-ee-nos from θρίξ; hairy, i.e. made of hair (mohair):--of hair.
|
τρίχινος,trichinos
|
of hair,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4582σελήνηselēnē (N-NFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνηselēnē
|
moon
|
N-NFS
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
whole
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G129αἷμα,haima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμα,haima
|
blood,
|
N-NNS
|
12
I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, indeed, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;Revelation 6:12
Stats
Rank: #1639 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 163 characters, 27 words, 126 letters, 50 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την εκτην και ιδου σεισμος μεγας εγενετο και ο ηλιος εγενετο μελας ως σακκος τριχινος και η σεληνη εγενετο ως αιμα
Lit: And I saw when He opened the seal sixth, and an earthquake great there was, and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon whole became like blood,
KJV: And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;
References
"there"Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Re 16:18: There were voices: and thunders: and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake: such as not was since men were upon the earth: so mighty an earthquake: and so great.1Ki 19:11-13: He said: Go forth: and stand upon the mount before the LORD. And: look: the LORD passed by: and a great and strong wind tear the mountains: and brake in pieces the rocks before the LORD; but the LORD was not in the wind: and after the wind an earthquake; but the LORD was not in the earthquake:Isa 29:6: You will be visited of the LORD of hosts with thunder: and with earthquake: and great noise: with storm and tempest: and the flame of devouring fire.Am 1:1: The words of Amos: who was among the herdmen of Tekoa: which he saw concerning Israel in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and in the days of Jeroboam the son of Joash king of Israel: two years before the earthquake.Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Mt 24:7: For nation will rise against nation: and kingdom against kingdom: and there will be famines: and pestilences: and earthquakes: in divers places.Mt 27:54: Now when the centurion: and they that were with Him: watching Jesus: saw the earthquake: and those things that were done: they feared greatly: saying: Truly this was the Son of God.Mt 28:2: And: look: there was a great earthquake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heaven: and came and rolled back the stone from the door: and sat upon it."the sun"Isa 13:9: 10: Look: the day of the LORD comes: cruel both with wrath and fierce anger: to lay the land desolate: and He will destroy the sinners thereof out of it.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory.Eze 32:7: 8: When I will put you out: I will cover the heaven: and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud: and the moon will not give her light.Joe 2:10: 30: 31: The earth will quake before them; the heavens will tremble: the sun and the moon will be dark: and the stars will withdraw their shining:Joe 3:15: The sun and the moon will be darkened: and the stars will withdraw their shining.Am 8:9: It will come to pass in that day: says the Lord GOD: that I will cause the sun to go down at noon: and I will darken the earth in the clear day:Hag 2:6: 7: 21: 22: For thus says the LORD of hosts; Yet once: it is a little while: and I will shake the heavens: and the earth: and the sea: and the dry land;Mt 24:29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days will the sun be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: and the stars will fall from heaven: and the powers of the heavens will be shaken:Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Mr 13:24: 25: But in those days: after that tribulation: the sun will be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: Mr 15:33: When the sixth hour was come: there was darkness over the whole land until the ninth hour.Lu 23:44: 45: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour.Ac 2:19: 20: I will show wonders in heaven above: and signs in the earth beneath; blood: and fire: and vapour of smoke:
και οι αστερες του ουρανου επεσαν εις την γην ως συκη βαλλει τους ολυνθους αυτης υπο μεγαλου ανεμου σειομενη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G792ἀστέρεςasteres (N-NMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρεςasteres
|
stars
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4808συκῆsykē (N-NFS)
G4808 συκῆ sykē soo-kay from σῦκον; a fig-tree:--fig tree.
|
συκῆsykē
|
a fig tree
|
N-NFS
|
G906βάλλειballei (V-PIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βάλλειballei
|
casts
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3653ὀλύνθουςolynthous (N-AMP)
G3653 ὄλυνθος ólynthos ol-oon-thos of uncertain derivation; an unripe (because out of season) fig:--untimely fig.
|
ὀλύνθουςolynthous
|
unripe figs
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G5259ὑπὸhypo (Prep)
G5259 ὑπό hypó hoop-o a primary preposition; under, i.e. (with the genitive case) of place (beneath), or with verbs (the agency or means, through); (with the accusative case) of place (whither (underneath) or where (below) or time (when (at)):--among, by, from, in, of, under, with. In the comparative, it retains the same general applications, especially of inferior position or condition, and specially, covertly or moderately.
|
ὑπὸhypo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G417ἀνέμουanemou (N-GMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμουanemou
|
a wind
|
N-GMS
|
G3173μεγάλουmegalou (Adj-GMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλουmegalou
|
great
|
Adj-GMS
|
G4579σειομένη,seiomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G4579 σείω seíō si-o apparently a primary verb; to rock (vibrate, properly, sideways or to and fro), i.e. (generally) to agitate (in any direction; cause to tremble); figuratively, to throw into a tremor (of fear or concern):--move, quake, shake.
|
σειομένη,seiomenē
|
being shaken.
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
13
The stars of heaven fell to the earth, even as a fig tree casts her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.Revelation 6:13
Stats
Rank: #5230 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 24 words, 99 letters, 36 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι αστερες του ουρανου επεσαν εις την γην ως συκη βαλλει τους ολυνθους αυτης υπο μεγαλου ανεμου σειομενη
Lit: and the stars of heaven fell to the earth, as a fig tree casts the unripe figs of it, by a wind great being shaken.
KJV: And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.
References
"the stars"Re 8:10-12: The third angel sounded: and there fell a great star from heaven: burning as it were a lamp: and it fell upon the third part of the rivers: and upon the fountains of waters;Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Eze 32:7: When I will put you out: I will cover the heaven: and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud: and the moon will not give her light.Da 8:10: It waxed great: even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground: and stamped upon them.Lu 21:25: There will be signs in the sun: and in the moon: and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations: with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;"of a"Isa 7:2: It was told the house of David: saying: Syria is confederate with Ephraim. And his heart was moved: and the heart of his people: as the trees of the wood are moved with the wind.Isa 33:9: The earth mourns and languishes: Lebanon is ashamed and cut down: Sharon is like a wilderness; and Bashan and Carmel shake off their fruits.Da 4:14: He cried aloud: and said thus: Hew down the tree: and cut off his branches: shake off his leaves: and scatter his fruit: let the beasts get away from under it: and the fowls from his branches:Na 3:12: All your strong holds will be like fig trees with the firstripe figs: if they be shaken: they will even fall into the mouth of the eater.
και ουρανος απεχωρισθη ως βιβλιον ειλισσομενον και παν ορος και νησος εκ των τοπων αυτων εκινηθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3772οὐρανὸςouranos (N-NMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸςouranos
|
heaven
|
N-NMS
|
G673ἀπεχωρίσθηapechōristhē (V-AIP-3S)
G673 ἀποχωρίζω apochōrízō ap-okh-o-rid-zo from ἀπό and χωρίζω; to rend apart; reflexively, to separate:--depart (asunder).
|
ἀπεχωρίσθηapechōristhē
|
departed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-NNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
a scroll
|
N-NNS
|
G1667ἑλισσόμενον,helissomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G1667 ἑλίσσω helíssō hel-is-so a form of εἱλίσσω; to coil or wrap:--fold up.
|
ἑλισσόμενον,helissomenon
|
being rolled up,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-NNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
mountain
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3520νῆσοςnēsos (N-NFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νῆσοςnēsos
|
island
|
N-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5117τόπωνtopōn (N-GMP)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπωνtopōn
|
places
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GN3P
|
G2795ἐκινήθησαν.ekinēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2795 κινέω kinéō kin-eh-o from (poetic for , to go); to stir (transitively), literally or figuratively:--(re-)move(-r), way.
|
ἐκινήθησαν.ekinēthēsan
|
were moved.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
14
The heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.Revelation 6:14
Stats
Rank: #6667 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 22 words, 101 letters, 40 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουρανος απεχωρισθη ως βιβλιον ειλισσομενον και παν ορος και νησος εκ των τοπων αυτων εκινηθησαν
Lit: And heaven departed like a scroll being rolled up, and every mountain and island out of the places of them were moved.
KJV: And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.
References
"the heaven"Ps 102:26: They will perish: but you will endure: yes: all of them will wax old like a garment; as a vesture will you change them: and they will be changed:Isa 34:4: All the host of heaven will be dissolved: and the heavens will be rolled together as a scroll: and all their host will fall down: as the leaf falls off from the vine: and as a falling fig from the fig tree.Heb 1:11-13: They will perish; but you remain; and they all will wax old as does a garment;2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up."and every"Re 16:20: Every island fled away: and the mountains not were found.Isa 2:14-17: Upon all the high mountains: and upon all the hills that are lifted up: Jer 3:23: Truly in vain is salvation hoped for from the hills: and from the multitude of mountains: truly in the LORD our God is the salvation of Israel.Jer 4:23-26: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.Jer 51:25: Look: I am against you: O destroying mountain: says the LORD: which destroyest all the earth: and I will stretch out my hand upon you: and roll you down from the rocks: and will make you a burnt mountain.Hab 3:6: 10: He stood: and measured the earth: he beheld: and drove asunder the nations; and the everlasting mountains were scattered: the perpetual hills did bow: his ways are everlasting.
και οι βασιλεις της γης και οι μεγιστανες και οι πλουσιοι και οι χιλιαρχοι και οι δυνατοι και πας δουλος και πας ελευθερος εκρυψαν εαυτους εις τα σπηλαια και εις τας πετρας των ορεων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3175μεγιστᾶνεςmegistanes (N-NMP)
G3175 μεγιστᾶνες megistânes meg-is-tan-es plural from μέγιστος; grandees:--great men, lords.
|
μεγιστᾶνεςmegistanes
|
great ones,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5506χιλίαρχοιchiliarchoi (N-NMP)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλίαρχοιchiliarchoi
|
commanders,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4145πλούσιοιplousioi (Adj-NMP)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
πλούσιοιplousioi
|
rich,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2478ἰσχυροὶischyroi (Adj-NMP)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυροὶischyroi
|
powerful,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1401δοῦλοςdoulos (N-NMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοςdoulos
|
slave
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1658ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros (Adj-NMS)
G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλεύθεροςeleutheros
|
free,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2928ἔκρυψανekrypsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2928 κρύπτω krýptō kroop-to a primary verb; to conceal (properly, by covering):--hide (self), keep secret, secret(-ly).
|
ἔκρυψανekrypsan
|
hid
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1438ἑαυτοὺςheautous (RefPro-AM3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοὺςheautous
|
themselves
|
RefPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4693σπήλαιαspēlaia (N-ANP)
G4693 σπήλαιον spḗlaion spay-lah-yon neuter of a presumed derivative of (a grotto); a cavern; by implication, a hiding-place or resort:--cave, den.
|
σπήλαιαspēlaia
|
caves,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
among
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4073πέτραςpetras (N-AFP)
G4073 πέτρα pétra pet-ra feminine of the same as Πέτρος; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively):--rock.
|
πέτραςpetras
|
rocks
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3735ὀρέων,oreōn (N-GNP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὀρέων,oreōn
|
mountains.
|
N-GNP
|
15
The kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;Revelation 6:15
Stats
Counts: 209 characters, 34 words, 161 letters, 55 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι βασιλεις της γης και οι μεγιστανες και οι πλουσιοι και οι χιλιαρχοι και οι δυνατοι και πας δουλος και πας ελευθερος εκρυψαν εαυτους εις τα σπηλαια και εις τας πετρας των ορεων
Lit: And the kings of the earth, and the great ones, and the commanders, and the rich, and the powerful, and every slave and free, hid themselves in the caves, and among the rocks of the mountains.
KJV: And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;
References
"the kings"Re 18:9-11: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Re 19:13-21: He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name is called The Word of God.Job 34:19: 20: How much less to him that accepts not the persons of princes: nor regards the rich more than the poor? for they all are the work of his hands.Ps 2:10-12: Be wise now therefore: O you kings: be instructed: you judges of the earth.Ps 49:1: 2: A Psalm for the sons of Korah.>> Hear this: all you people; give ear: all you inhabitants of the world:Ps 76:12: He will cut off the spirit of princes: he is terrible to the kings of the earth.Ps 110:5: 6: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Isa 24:21: 22: It will come to pass in that day: that the LORD will punish the host of the high ones that are on high: and the kings of the earth upon the earth."hid"Jos 10:16: 17: But these 5 kings fled: and hid themselves in a cave at Makkedah.Jg 6:2: The hand of Midian prevailed against Israel: and because of the Midianites the children of Israel made them the dens which are in the mountains: and caves: and strong holds.1Sa 13:6: When the men of Israel saw that they were in a strait: (for the people were distressed: ) then the people did hide themselves in caves: and in thickets: and in rocks: and in high places: and in pits.Isa 2:10: 19: Enter into the rock: and hide you in the dust: for fear of the LORD: and for the glory of His majesty.Isa 42:22: But this is a people robbed and spoiled; they are all of them snared in holes: and they are hid in prison houses: they are for a prey: and none delivers; for a spoil: and none says: Restore.Mic 7:17: They will lick the dust like a serpent: they will move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they will be afraid of the LORD our God: and will fear because of you.Heb 11:38: (Of whom the world not was worthy:) they wandered in deserts: and in mountains: and in dens and caves of the earth.
και λεγουσιν τοις ορεσιν και ταις πετραις πεσετε εφ ημας και κρυψατε ημας απο προσωπου του καθημενου επι του θρονου και απο της οργης του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
they say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3735ὄρεσινoresin (N-DNP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρεσινoresin
|
mountains
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
to the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4073πέτραιςpetrais (N-DFP)
G4073 πέτρα pétra pet-ra feminine of the same as Πέτρος; a (mass of) rock (literally or figuratively):--rock.
|
πέτραιςpetrais
|
rocks,
|
N-DFP
|
G4098ΠέσετεPesete (V-AMA-2P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ΠέσετεPesete
|
Fall
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2928κρύψατεkrypsate (V-AMA-2P)
G2928 κρύπτω krýptō kroop-to a primary verb; to conceal (properly, by covering):--hide (self), keep secret, secret(-ly).
|
κρύψατεkrypsate
|
hide
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G1473ἡμᾶςhēmas (PPro-A1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμᾶςhēmas
|
us
|
PPro-A1P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
the face
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆςorgēs
|
wrath
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου,Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου,Arniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
16
Said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
Revelation 6:16
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 27 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγουσιν τοις ορεσιν και ταις πετραις πεσετε εφ ημας και κρυψατε ημας απο προσωπου του καθημενου επι του θρονου και απο της οργης του αρνιου
Lit: And they say to the mountains and to the rocks, Fall on us and hide us from the face of the One sitting on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb,
KJV: And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:
References
"Fall"Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:Jer 8:3: Death will be chosen rather than life by all the residue of them that remain of this evil family: which remain in all the places whither I have driven them: says the LORD of hosts.Ho 10:8: The high places also of Aven: the sin of Israel: will be destroyed: the thorn and the thistle will come up on their altars; and they will say to the mountains: Cover us; and to the hills: Fall on us.Lu 23:30: Then will they begin to say to the mountains: Fall on us; and to the hills: Cover us."the face"Re 4:2: 5: 9: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."and from"Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Ps 2:9-12: You will break them with a rod of iron; you will dash them in pieces like a potter's vessel.Ps 14:5: There were they in great fear: for God is in the generation of the righteous.Ps 21:8-12: Your hand will find out all your enemies: your right hand will find out those that hate you.Ps 110:5: 6: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Zec 1:14: 15: So the angel that communed with me said to me: Cry you: saying: Thus says the LORD of hosts; I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great jealousy.Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.2Th 1:7-9: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels:
οτι ηλθεν η ημερα η μεγαλη της οργης αυτου και τις δυναται σταθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2250ἡμέραhēmera (N-NFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραhēmera
|
day
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆςorgēs
|
wrath
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of Them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2476σταθῆναι;stathēnai (V-ANP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
σταθῆναι;stathēnai
|
to stand?
|
V-ANP
|
17
For the great day of his wrath is come; and who will be able to stand?Revelation 6:17
Stats
Rank: #8811 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 71 characters, 15 words, 54 letters, 19 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι ηλθεν η ημερα η μεγαλη της οργης αυτου και τις δυναται σταθηναι
Lit: because has come the day great of the wrath of Them, and who is able to stand?
KJV: For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?
References
"the great"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Isa 13:6-22: Howl you; for the day of the LORD is at hand; it will come as a destruction from the Almighty.Jer 30:7: Alas! for that day is great: so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he will be saved out of it.Joe 2:31: The sun will be turned into darkness: and the moon into blood: before the great and the terrible day of the LORD come.Zep 1:14-18: The great day of the LORD is near: it is near: and hasts greatly: even the voice of the day of the LORD: the mighty man will cry there bitterly.Ro 2:5: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day."who"Ps 76:7: You: even you: are to be feared: and who may stand in your sight when once you are angry?Ps 130:3: 4: If you: LORD: should mark iniquities: O Lord: who will stand?Joe 2:11: The LORD will utter His voice before His army: for His camp is very great: for He is strong that executes His word: for the day of the LORD is great and very terrible; and who can abide it?Mal 3:2: But who may abide the day of his coming? and who will stand when he appears? for he is like a refiner's fire: and like fullers' soap:
7
144,000 Sealed
και μετα ταυτα ειδον τεσσαρας αγγελους εστωτας επι τας τεσσαρας γωνιας της γης κρατουντας τους τεσσαρας ανεμους της γης ινα μη πνεη ανεμος επι της γης μητε επι της θαλασσης μητε επι παν δενδρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
these things
|
DPro-ANS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four
|
Adj-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G2476ἑστῶταςhestōtas (V-RPA-AMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταςhestōtas
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1137γωνίαςgōnias (N-AFP)
G1137 γωνία gōnía go-nee-ah probably akin to γόνυ; an angle:--corner, quarter.
|
γωνίαςgōnias
|
corners
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2902κρατοῦνταςkratountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
κρατοῦνταςkratountas
|
holding
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four
|
Adj-AMP
|
G417ἀνέμουςanemous (N-AMP)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἀνέμουςanemous
|
winds
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
no
|
Adv
|
G4154πνέῃpneē (V-PSA-3S)
G4154 πνέω pnéō pneh-o a primary word; to breathe hard, i.e. breeze:--blow. Compare ψύχω.
|
πνέῃpneē
|
would blow
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G417ἄνεμοςanemos (N-NMS)
G417 ἄνεμος ánemos an-em-os from the base of ἀήρ; wind; (plural) by implication, (the four) quarters (of the earth):--wind.
|
ἄνεμοςanemos
|
wind
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
any
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1186δένδρον.dendron (N-ANS)
G1186 δένδρον déndron den-dron probably from (an oak); a tree:--tree.
|
δένδρον.dendron
|
tree.
|
N-ANS
|
1
And after these things I saw 4 angels standing on the 4 corners of the earth, holding the 4 winds of the earth, that the wind not should blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.Revelation 7:1
Stats
Rank: #1924 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 197 characters, 36 words, 153 letters, 55 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα ταυτα ειδον τεσσαρας αγγελους εστωτας επι τας τεσσαρας γωνιας της γης κρατουντας τους τεσσαρας ανεμους της γης ινα μη πνεη ανεμος επι της γης μητε επι της θαλασσης μητε επι παν δενδρον
Lit: After these things I saw four angels standing upon the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, so that no would blow wind on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.
KJV: And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.
References
"after"Re 4:1-6: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter."four angels"Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 9:14: Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet: Loose the 4 angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.Eze 7:2: Also: you son of man: thus says the Lord GOD to the land of Israel; An end: the end is come upon the 4 corners of the land.Eze 37:9: Then said He to me: Prophesy to the wind: prophesy: son of man: and say to the wind: Thus says the Lord GOD; Come from the 4 winds: O breath: and breathe upon these killed: that they may live.Zec 1:18-20: Then lifted I up my eyes: and saw: and look 4 horns.Zec 6:1: I turned: and lifted up my eyes: and looked: and: look: there came 4 chariots out from between two mountains; and the mountains were mountains of brass.Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other.Mr 13:27: Then will he send his angels: and will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from the uttermost part of the earth to the uttermost part of heaven."holding"Isa 27:8: In measure: when it shoots forth: you will debate with it: he stays his rough wind in the day of the east wind.Jer 49:36: Upon Elam will I bring the 4 winds from the 4 quarters of heaven: and will scatter them toward all those winds; and there will be no nation whither the outcasts of Elam will not come.Da 7:2: Daniel spoke and said: I saw in my vision by night: and: look: the 4 winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea.Da 8:8: Therefore the he goat waxed very great: and when he was strong: the great horn was broken; and for it came up not 4able ones toward the 4 winds of heaven.Jon 1:4: But the LORD sent out a great wind into the sea: and there was a mighty tempest in the sea: so that the ship was like to be broken.Mt 8:26: 27: He says to them: Why are you fearful: O you of little faith? Then he arose: and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm.Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other."the wind"Re 6:6: I heard a voice in the middle of the 4 beasts say: A measure of wheat for a penny: and 3 measures of barley for a penny; and see you not hurt the oil and the wine.Re 9:4: It was commanded them that they not should hurt the grass of the earth: neither any green thing: neither any tree; but only those men which not have the seal of God in their foreheads.Isa 27:3: I the LORD do keep it; I will water it every moment: lest any hurt it: I will keep it night and day.
και ειδον αλλον αγγελον {VAR1: αναβαντα } {VAR2: αναβαινοντα } απο ανατολης ηλιου εχοντα σφραγιδα θεου ζωντος και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη τοις τεσσαρσιν αγγελοις οις εδοθη αυτοις αδικησαι την γην και την θαλασσαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel,
|
N-AMS
|
G305ἀναβαίνονταanabainonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνονταanabainonta
|
having ascended
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G395ἀνατολῆςanatolēs (N-GFS)
G395 ἀνατολή anatolḗ an-at-ol-ay from ἀνατέλλω; a rising of light, i.e. dawn (figuratively); by implication, the east (also in plural):--dayspring, east, rising.
|
ἀνατολῆςanatolēs
|
the rising
|
N-GFS
|
G2246ἡλίου,hēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίου,hēliou
|
of the sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
the seal
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2198ζῶντος,zōntos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντος,zōntos
|
the living.
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραξενekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξενekraxen
|
he cried
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G5064τέσσαρσινtessarsin (Adj-DMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρσινtessarsin
|
four
|
Adj-DMP
|
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλοιςangelois
|
angels
|
N-DMP
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
to whom
|
RelPro-DMP
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
it had been given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G91ἀδικῆσαιadikēsai (V-ANA)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῆσαιadikēsai
|
to harm
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν,thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν,thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
2
I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God: and He cried with a loud voice to the 4 angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea,Revelation 7:2
Stats
Counts: 186 characters, 36 words, 144 letters, 57 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αλλον αγγελον {VAR1: αναβαντα } {VAR2: αναβαινοντα } απο ανατολης ηλιου εχοντα σφραγιδα θεου ζωντος και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη τοις τεσσαρσιν αγγελοις οις εδοθη αυτοις αδικησαι την γην και την θαλασσαν
Lit: And I saw another angel, having ascended from the rising of the sun, having the seal of God the living. And he cried in a voice loud to the four angels to whom it had been given to them to harm the earth and the sea,
KJV: And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God: and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea,
References
"And I"Re 8:3: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Mal 3:1: Look: I will send my messenger: and He will prepare the way before me: and the Lord: whom you seek: will suddenly come to His temple: even the messenger of the covenant: whom you delight in: look: He will come: says the LORD of hosts.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Ac 7:30-32: When 40 years were expired: there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush."having"Re 7:3-8: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Re 5:2: I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice: Who is worthy to open the book: and to loose the seals thereof?Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Song 8:6: Set me as a seal upon your heart: as a seal upon your arm: for love is strong as death; jealousy is cruel as the grave: the coals thereof are coals of fire: which has a most vehement flame.Joh 6:27: not Labour for the meat which perishes: but for that meat which endures to everlasting life: which the Son of man will give to you: for Him has God the Father sealed.2Co 1:22: Who has also sealed us: and given the ear of the Spirit in our hearts.Eph 1:13: In whom you also trusted: after that you heard the word of truth: the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that you believed: you were sealed with that holy Spirit of promise: Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption.2Ti 2:19: Nevertheless the foundation of God stands sure: having this seal: The Lord knows them that are His. And: Let every one that names the name of Christ depart from iniquity."living"De 5:26: For who is there of all flesh: that has heard the voice of the living God speaking out of the middle of the fire: as we have: and lived?1Sa 17:26: 36: David spoke to the men that stood by Him: saying: What will be done to the man that kills this Philistine: and takes away the reproach from Israel? for who is this uncircumcised Philistine: that He should defy the armies of the living God?2Ki 19:4: It may be the LORD your God will hear all the words of Rabshakeh: whom the king of Assyria His master has sent to reproach the living God; and will reprove the words which the LORD your God has heard: for what reason lift up your prayer for the remnant that are left.Mt 26:63: But Jesus held His peace. And the high priest answered and said to Him: I adjure you by the living God: that you tell us whether you be the Christ: the Son of God.1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: "to whom"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 8:7-12: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.
λεγων μη αδικησητε την γην μητε την θαλασσαν μητε τα δενδρα αχρις ου {VAR1: σφραγιζωμεν } {VAR2: σφραγισωμεν } τους δουλους του θεου ημων επι των μετωπων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G91ἀδικήσητεadikēsēte (V-ASA-2P)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικήσητεadikēsēte
|
harm
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G3383μήτεmēte (Conj)
G3383 μήτε mḗte may-teh from μή and τέ; not too, i.e. (in continued negation) neither or nor; also, not even:--neither, (n-)or, so as much.
|
μήτεmēte
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1186δένδρα,dendra (N-ANP)
G1186 δένδρον déndron den-dron probably from (an oak); a tree:--tree.
|
δένδρα,dendra
|
trees,
|
N-ANP
|
G891ἄχριachri (Conj)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Conj
|
G4972σφραγίσωμενsphragisōmen (V-ASA-1P)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
σφραγίσωμενsphragisōmen
|
we shall have sealed
|
V-ASA-1P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1401δούλουςdoulous (N-AMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλουςdoulous
|
servants
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3359μετώπωνmetōpōn (N-GNP)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μετώπωνmetōpōn
|
foreheads
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
3
Saying, not Hurt the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.
Revelation 7:3
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 38 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγων μη αδικησητε την γην μητε την θαλασσαν μητε τα δενδρα αχρις ου {VAR1: σφραγιζωμεν } {VAR2: σφραγισωμεν } τους δουλους του θεου ημων επι των μετωπων αυτων
Lit: saying, Not harm the earth, nor the sea, nor the trees, until we shall have sealed the servants of the God of us, on the foreheads of them.
KJV: Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.
References
"Hurt not"Re 6:6: I heard a voice in the middle of the 4 beasts say: A measure of wheat for a penny: and 3 measures of barley for a penny; and see you not hurt the oil and the wine.Re 9:4: It was commanded them that they not should hurt the grass of the earth: neither any green thing: neither any tree; but only those men which not have the seal of God in their foreheads.Isa 6:13: But yet in it will be a tenth: and it will return: and will be eaten: as a teil tree: and as an oak: whose substance is in them: when they cast their leaves: so the holy seed will be the substance thereof.Isa 27:8: In measure: when it shoots forth: you will debate with it: he stays his rough wind in the day of the east wind.Isa 65:8: Thus says the LORD: As the new wine is found in the cluster: and one says: Destroy not it; for a blessing is in it: so will I do for my servants' sakes: that I not may destroy them all.Mt 24:22: 31: Except those days should be shortened: there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days will be shortened."till"Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Ex 12:13: 23: The blood will be to you for a token upon the houses where you are: and when I see the blood: I will pass over you: and the plague will not be upon you to destroy you: when I smite the land of Egypt.Isa 26:20: 21: Come: my people: enter you into your chambers: and shut your doors about you: hide yourself as it were for a little moment: until the indignation be overpast.Ex 9:4-6: The LORD will sever between the cattle of Israel and the cattle of Egypt: and there will nothing die of all that is the children's of Israel.Zep 2:3: Seek you the LORD: all you meek of the earth: which have wrought His judgment; seek righteousness: seek meekness: it may be you will be hid in the day of the LORD's anger."the servants"Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Isa 54:17: No weapon that is formed against you will prosper; and every tongue that will rise against you in judgment you will condemn. This is the heritage of the servants of the LORD: and their righteousness is of me: says the LORD.Da 3:17: 26: If it be so: our God whom we serve is able to deliver us from the burning fiery furnace: and He will deliver us out of your hand: O king.Da 6:16: Then the king commanded: and they brought Daniel: and cast Him into the den of lions. Now the king spoke and said to Daniel: Your God whom you serve continually: He will deliver you.Mal 3:18: Then will you return: and discern between the righteous and the wicked: between Him that serves'>serves God and Him that serves'>serves Him not">not Him.Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Ro 6:22: But now being made free from sin: and become servants to God: you have your fruit to holiness: and the end everlasting life."in their"Re 13:16: He causes all: both small and great: rich and poor: free and bond: to receive a mark in their right hand: or in their foreheads:Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads.
και ηκουσα τον αριθμον των εσφραγισμενων ρμδ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ πασης φυλης υιων ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸνarithmon (N-AMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸνarithmon
|
number
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4972ἐσφραγισμένων,esphragismenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ἐσφραγισμένων,esphragismenōn
|
having been sealed,
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-NFP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
one hundred
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-NFP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G4972ἐσφραγισμένοιesphragismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ἐσφραγισμένοιesphragismenoi
|
having been sealed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
every
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
of the sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ·Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ·Israēl
|
of Israel:
|
N-GMS
|
4
I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel.Revelation 7:4
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 25 words, 124 letters, 47 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα τον αριθμον των εσφραγισμενων ρμδ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ πασης φυλης υιων ισραηλ
Lit: And I heard the number of those having been sealed, one hundred forty four thousand, having been sealed out of every tribe of the sons of Israel:
KJV: And I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed an hundred [and] forty [and] four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.
References
"I heard"Re 9:16: The number of the army of the horsemen were 200000000: and I heard the number of them."an"Re 14:1: 3: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Ge 15:5: He brought him forth abroad: and said: Look now toward heaven: and tell the stars: if you be able to number them: and he said to him: So will your seed be.Ro 9:27: Isaiah also cries concerning Israel: Though the number of the children of Israel be as the sand of the sea: a remnant will be saved:Ro 11:5: 6: Even so then at this present time also there is a remnant according to the election of grace."all"Eze 47:13: Thus says the Lord GOD; This will be the border: whereby you will inherit the land according to the 12 tribes of Israel: Joseph will have two portions.Eze 48:19: 31: They that serve the city will serve it out of all the tribes of Israel.Zec 9:1: The burden of the word of the LORD in the land of Hadrach: and Damascus will be the rest thereof: when the eyes of man: as of all the tribes of Israel: will be toward the LORD.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Ac 26:7: To which promise our 12 tribes: instantly serving God day and night: hope to come. For which hope's sake: king Agrippa: I am accused of the Jews.Jas 1:1: James: a servant of God and of the Lord Jesus Christ: to the 12 tribes which are scattered abroad: greeting.
εκ φυλης ιουδα ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ρουβην ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης γαδ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1537Ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
Ἐκek
|
Out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2448ἸούδαIouda (N-GMS)
G2448 Ἰουδά Ioudá ee-oo-dah of Hebrew origin (יְהוּדָה or perhaps יֻטָּה); Judah (i.e. Jehudah or Juttah), a part of (or place in) Palestine:--Judah.
|
ἸούδαIouda
|
of Judah
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G4972ἐσφραγισμένοι,esphragismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ἐσφραγισμένοι,esphragismenoi
|
having been sealed,
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G4502ῬουβὴνRhoubēn (N-GMS)
G4502 Ῥουβήν Rhoubḗn hroo-bane of Hebrew origin (רְאוּבֵן); Ruben (i.e. Reuben), an Israelite:--Reuben.
|
ῬουβὴνRhoubēn
|
of Reuben
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G1045ΓὰδGad (N-GMS)
G1045 Γάδ Gád gad of Hebrew origin (גָּד); Gad, a tribe of Israelites:--Gad.
|
ΓὰδGad
|
of Gad
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
5
Of the tribe of Juda were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Reuben were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Gad were sealed 12000.Revelation 7:5
Stats
Counts: 154 characters, 21 words, 121 letters, 51 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ φυλης ιουδα ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ρουβην ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης γαδ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
Lit: Out of the tribe of Judah twelve thousand having been sealed, out of the tribe of Reuben twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Gad twelve thousand,
KJV: Of the tribe of Juda were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Reuben [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Gad [were] sealed twelve thousand.
References
"tribe of Juda"Ex 1:2-4: Reuben: Simeon: Levi: and Judah: Nu 1:4-15: With you there will be a man of every tribe; every one head of the house of his fathers.Nu 10:14-27: In the first place went the standard of the camp of the children of Judah according to their armies: and over his host was Nahshon the son of Amminadab.Nu 13:4-16: These were their names: of the tribe of Reuben: Shammua the son of Zaccur.1Co 2:1: 2: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.
εκ φυλης ασηρ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης νεφθαλειμ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης μανασση ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1537Ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
Ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G768ἈσὴρAsēr (N-GMS)
G768 Ἀσήρ Asḗr as-ayr of Hebrew origin (אָשֵׁר); Aser (i.e. Asher), an Israelite tribe:--Aser.
|
ἈσὴρAsēr
|
of Asher
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G3508ΝεφθαλὶμNephthalim (N-GMS)
G3508 Νεφθαλείμ Nephthaleím nef-thal-ime of Hebrew origin (נַפְתָּלִי); Nephthaleim (i.e. Naphthali), a tribe in Palestine:--Nephthalim.
|
ΝεφθαλὶμNephthalim
|
of Naphtali
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G3128ΜανασσῆManassē (N-GMS)
G3128 Μανασσῆς Manassēs man-as-sace of Hebrew origin (מְנַשֶּׁה); Mannasses (i.e. Menashsheh), an Israelite:--Manasses.
|
ΜανασσῆManassē
|
of Manasseh
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
6
Of the tribe of Aser were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Manasses were sealed 12000.Revelation 7:6
Stats
Counts: 162 characters, 21 words, 129 letters, 53 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ φυλης ασηρ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης νεφθαλειμ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης μανασση ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
Lit: out of the tribe of Asher twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Naphtali twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Manasseh twelve thousand,
KJV: Of the tribe of Aser were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Nepthalim [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Manasses [were] sealed twelve thousand.
References
"Aser"Lu 2:36: There was one Anna: a prophetess: the daughter of Phanuel: of the tribe of Aser: she was of a great age: and had lived with an husband 7 years from her virginity;
εκ φυλης συμεων ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης λευι ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ισαχαρ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1537Ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
Ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G4826ΣυμεὼνSymeōn (N-GMS)
G4826 Συμεών Symeṓn soom-eh-one from the same as Σίμων; Symeon (i.e. Shimon), the name of five Israelites:--Simeon, Simon.
|
ΣυμεὼνSymeōn
|
of Simeon
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G3017ΛευὶLeui (N-GMS)
G3017 Λευΐ Leuḯ lyoo-ee of Hebrew origin (לֵוִי); Levi, the name of three Israelites:--Levi. Compare Λευΐς.
|
ΛευὶLeui
|
of Levi
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2466ἸσσαχὰρIssachar (N-GMS)
G2466 Ἰσαχάρ Isachár ee-sakh-ar of Hebrew origin (יִשָּׂשכָר); Isachar (i.e. Jissaskar), a son of Jacob (figuratively, his descendant):--Issachar.
|
ἸσσαχὰρIssachar
|
of Isaachar
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
7
Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Levi were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Issachar were sealed 12000.Revelation 7:7
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 21 words, 126 letters, 53 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ φυλης συμεων ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης λευι ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ισαχαρ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
Lit: out of the tribe of Simeon twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Levi twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Isaachar twelve thousand,
KJV: Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Levi [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Issachar [were] sealed twelve thousand.
References
"Simeon"Nu 1:22: Of the children of Simeon: by their generations: after their families: by the house of their fathers: those that were numbered of them: according to the number of the names: by their polls: every male from 20 years old and upward: all that were able to go forth to war;Nu 25:14: Now the name of the Israelite that was killed: even that was killed with the Midianitish woman: was Zimri: the son of Salu: a prince of a chief house among the Simeonites.Nu 26:14: These are the families of the Simeonites: 2020 and 200.Jos 19:1: The second lot came forth to Simeon: even for the tribe of the children of Simeon according to their families: and their inheritance was within the inheritance of the children of Judah.Jg 1:3: Judah said to Simeon his brother: Come up with me into my lot: that we may fight against the Canaanites; and I likewise will go with you into your lot. So Simeon went with him."Levi"Ge 29:34: She conceived again: and bare a son; and said: Now this time will my husband be joined to me: because I have born him 3 sons: therefore was his name called Levi.Ge 35:23: The sons of Leah; Reuben: Jacob's firstborn: and Simeon: and Levi: and Judah: and Issachar: and Zebulun:Ge 49:5: Simeon and Levi are brothers; instruments of cruelty are in their habitations.Ex 6:16: These are the names of the sons of Levi according to their generations; Gershon: and Kohath: and Merari: and the years of the life of Levi were 137 years."Issachar"Ge 30:18: Leah said: God has given me my hire: because I have given my maiden to my husband: and she called His name Issachar.Ge 35:23: The sons of Leah; Reuben: Jacob's firstborn: and Simeon: and Levi: and Judah: and Issachar: and Zebulun:Ge 49:11: Binding his foal to the vine: and his ass's colt to the choice vine; he washed his garments in wine: and his clothes in the blood of grapes:Jos 19:17: And the fourth lot came out to Issachar: for the children of Issachar according to their families.
εκ φυλης ζαβουλων ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ιωσηφ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης βενιαμιν ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1537Ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
Ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2194ΖαβουλὼνZaboulōn (N-GMS)
G2194 Ζαβουλών Zaboulṓn dzab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (זְבוּלוּן); Zabulon (i.e. Zebulon), a region of Palestine:--Zabulon.
|
ΖαβουλὼνZaboulōn
|
of Zebulun
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G2501ἸωσὴφIōsēph (N-GMS)
G2501 Ἰωσήφ Iōsḗph ee-o-safe of Hebrew origin (יוֹסֵף); Joseph, the name of seven Israelites:--Joseph.
|
ἸωσὴφIōsēph
|
of Joseph
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5443φυλῆςphylēs (N-GFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῆςphylēs
|
the tribe
|
N-GFS
|
G958ΒενιαμὶνBeniamin (N-GMS)
G958 Βενιαμίν Beniamín ben-ee-am-een of Hebrew origin (בִּנְיָמִין); Benjamin, an Israelite:--Benjamin.
|
ΒενιαμὶνBeniamin
|
of Benjamin
|
N-GMS
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G4972ἐσφραγισμένοι.esphragismenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ἐσφραγισμένοι.esphragismenoi
|
having been sealed.
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
8
Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed 12000.Revelation 7:8
Stats
Rank: #1769 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 162 characters, 21 words, 129 letters, 53 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: εκ φυλης ζαβουλων ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης ιωσηφ ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι εκ φυλης βενιαμιν ιβ χιλιαδες εσφραγισμενοι
Lit: out of the tribe of Zebulun twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Joseph twelve thousand, out of the tribe of Benjamin twelve thousand having been sealed.
KJV: Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph [were] sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin [were] sealed twelve thousand.
References
"Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand."Re 7:8: Of the tribe of Zabulon were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Joseph were sealed 12000. Of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed 12000.
Praise from the Great Multitude
μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου οχλος πολυς ον αριθμησαι αυτον ουδεις ηδυνατο εκ παντος εθνους και φυλων και λαων και γλωσσων εστωτες ενωπιον του θρονου και ενωπιον του αρνιου περιβεβλημενοι στολας λευκας και φοινικες εν ταις χερσιν αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3793ὄχλοςochlos (N-NMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοςochlos
|
a multitude
|
N-NMS
|
G4183πολύς,polys (Adj-NMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολύς,polys
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G705ἀριθμῆσαιarithmēsai (V-ANA)
G705 ἀριθμέω arithméō ar-ith-meh-o from ἀριθμός; to enumerate or count:--number.
|
ἀριθμῆσαιarithmēsai
|
to number
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410ἐδύνατο,edynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατο,edynato
|
was able,
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
every
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1484ἔθνουςethnous (N-GNS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνουςethnous
|
nation,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5443φυλῶνphylōn (N-GFP)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῶνphylōn
|
tribes,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαῶνlaōn (N-GMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῶνlaōn
|
peoples,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλωσσῶν,glōssōn (N-GFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλωσσῶν,glōssōn
|
tongues,
|
N-GFP
|
G2476ἑστῶτεςhestōtes (V-RPA-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶτεςhestōtes
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου,Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου,Arniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
G4016περιβεβλημένουςperibeblēmenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένουςperibeblēmenous
|
having been clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G4749στολὰςstolas (N-AFP)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὰςstolas
|
robes
|
N-AFP
|
G3022λευκάς,leukas (Adj-AFP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκάς,leukas
|
white,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5404φοίνικεςphoinikes (N-NMP)
G5404 φοῖνιξ phoînix foy-nix of uncertain derivation; a palm-tree:--palm (tree).
|
φοίνικεςphoinikes
|
palm branches
|
N-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5495χερσὶνchersin (N-DFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χερσὶνchersin
|
hands
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
9
After this I beheld, and, indeed, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands;Revelation 7:9
Stats
Rank: #514 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 228 characters, 28 words, 176 letters, 65 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου οχλος πολυς ον αριθμησαι αυτον ουδεις ηδυνατο εκ παντος εθνους και φυλων και λαων και γλωσσων εστωτες ενωπιον του θρονου και ενωπιον του αρνιου περιβεβλημενοι στολας λευκας και φοινικες εν ταις χερσιν αυτων
Lit: After these things I looked, and behold, a multitude great, which to number it no one was able, out of every nation, and tribes, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne and before the Lamb, having been clothed with robes white, and palm branches in the hands of them.
KJV: After this I beheld, and, lo, a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people, and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands;
References
"a great"Ge 49:10: The sceptre will not depart from Judah: nor a lawgiver from between his feet: until Shiloh come; and to him will the gathering of the people be.Ps 2:8: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 72:7-11: In his days will the righteous flourish; and abundance of peace so long as the moon endures.Ps 76:4: You are more glorious and excellent than the mountains of prey.Ps 77:2: In the day of my trouble I sought the Lord: my sore ran in the night: and not ceased: my soul refused to be comforted.Ps 98:3: He has remembered His mercy and His truth toward the house of Israel: all the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God.Ps 110:2: 3: The LORD will send the rod of your strength out of Zion: rule you in the middle of your enemies.Ps 117:1: 2: O praise the LORD: all you nations: praise Him: all you people.Isa 2:2: 3: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Isa 49:6-8: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 60:1-14: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Jer 3:17: At that time they will call Jerusalem the throne of the LORD; and all the nations will be gathered to it: to the name of the LORD: to Jerusalem: neither will they walk any more after the imagination of their evil heart.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Ro 15:9-12: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name."no man"Re 5:11: I beheld: and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000: and thousands of thousands;Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Ge 13:16: I will make your seed as the dust of the earth: so that if a man can number the dust of the earth: then will your seed also be numbered.Ho 1:10: Yet the number of the children of Israel will be as the sand of the sea: which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it will come to pass: that in the place where it was said to them: You are not my people: there it will be said to them: You are the sons of the living God.Lu 12:1: In the mean time: when there were gathered together an innumerable multitude of people: insomuch that they trode one upon another: he began to say to his disciples first of all: Beware you of the leaven of the Pharisees: which is hypocrisy.Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Heb 11:12: Therefore sprang there even of one: and him as good as dead: so many as the stars of the sky in multitude: and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable.Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: "of all"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Da 4:1: Nebuchadnezzar the king: to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Da 6:25: Then king Darius wrote to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you."stood"Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.Eph 6:13: For what reason take to you the whole armour of God: that you may be able to withstand in the evil day: and having done all: to stand."clothed"Re 7:13: 14: One of the elders answered: saying to me: What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?Re 3:4: 5: 18: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled."palms"Le 23:40: you will take you on the first day the boughs of goodly trees: branches of palm trees: and the boughs of thick trees: and willows of the brook; and you will rejoice before the LORD your God 7 days.Joh 12:13: Took branches of palm trees: and went forth to meet Him: and cried: Hosanna: Blessed is the King of Israel that comes in the name of the Lord.
και κραζοντες φωνη μεγαλη λεγοντες η σωτηρια τω {VAR2: θεω ημων τω } καθημενω επι του θρονου {VAR1: του θεου ημων } και τω αρνιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896κράζουσινkrazousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζουσινkrazousin
|
they were crying out
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4991σωτηρίαsōtēria (N-NFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαsōtēria
|
Salvation
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G721Ἀρνίῳ.Arniō (N-DNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίῳ.Arniō
|
Lamb!
|
N-DNS
|
10
Cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne, and to the Lamb.
Revelation 7:10
Stats
Rank: #3860 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 107 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 33 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κραζοντες φωνη μεγαλη λεγοντες η σωτηρια τω {VAR2: θεω ημων τω } καθημενω επι του θρονου {VAR1: του θεου ημων } και τω αρνιω
Lit: And they were crying out in a voice loud, saying: Salvation to the God of us, the One sitting on the throne, and to the Lamb!
KJV: And cried with a loud voice, saying, Salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.
References
"cried"Zec 4:7: Who are you: O great mountain? before Zerubbabel you will become a plain: and he will bring forth the headstone thereof with shoutings: crying: Grace: grace to it."Salvation"Re 19:1: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Ps 3:8: Salvation belongeth to the LORD: your blessing is upon your people. Selah.Ps 37:39: But the salvation of the righteous is of the LORD: He is their strength in the time of trouble.Ps 68:19: 20: Blessed be the Lord: who daily loadeth us with benefits: even the God of our salvation. Selah.Ps 115:1: Not to us: O LORD: not to us: but to your name give glory: for your mercy: and for your truth's sake.Isa 43:11: I: even I: am the LORD; and beside me there is no saviour.Isa 45:15: 21: Truly you are a God that hid yourself: O God of Israel: the Saviour.Jer 3:23: Truly in vain is salvation hoped for from the hills: and from the multitude of mountains: truly in the LORD our God is the salvation of Israel.Ho 13:4: Yet I am the LORD your God from the land of Egypt: and you will know no god but me: for there is no saviour beside me.Jon 2:9: But I will sacrifice to you with the voice of thanksgiving; I will pay that that I have vowed. Salvation is of the LORD.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Lu 3:6: All flesh will see the salvation of God.Joh 4:22: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.Eph 2:8: For by grace are you saved through faith; and not that of yourselves: it is the gift of God:"sitteth"Re 4:2: 3: 9-11: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 5:7: 13: 14: He came and took the book out of the right hand of him that sat upon the throne.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful."unto"Re 4:6: 9: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 22:3: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:Joh 1:29: 36: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world.
και παντες οι αγγελοι εστηκεσαν κυκλω του θρονου και των πρεσβυτερων και των τεσσαρων ζωων και επεσον ενωπιον του θρονου επι προσωπον αυτων και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G2476εἱστήκεισανheistēkeisan (V-LIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
εἱστήκεισανheistēkeisan
|
stood
|
V-LIA-3P
|
G2945κύκλῳkyklō (Prep)
G2945 κύκλῳ kýklōi koo-klo as if dative case of (a ring, cycle; akin to κυλιόω); i.e. in a circle (by implication, of ἐν), i.e. (adverbially) all around:--round about.
|
κύκλῳkyklō
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴων,zōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴων,zōōn
|
living creatures,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
they fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4383πρόσωπαprosōpa (N-ANP)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπαprosōpa
|
faces
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
worshiped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
11
All the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the 4 beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God,Revelation 7:11
Stats
Rank: #4445 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 25 words, 122 letters, 46 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παντες οι αγγελοι εστηκεσαν κυκλω του θρονου και των πρεσβυτερων και των τεσσαρων ζωων και επεσον ενωπιον του θρονου επι προσωπον αυτων και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω
Lit: And all the angels stood around the throne, and the elders, and the four living creatures, and they fell before the throne upon the faces of them, and worshiped God,
KJV: And all the angels stood round about the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God,
References
"all"Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 5:11-13: I beheld: and I heard the voice of many angels round about the throne and the beasts and the elders: and the number of them was 10000 times 10000: and thousands of thousands;Re 19:4-6: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Ps 103:20: 21: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Ps 148:1: 2: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the LORD from the heavens: praise Him in the heights."and fell"Re 11:16: The 24 elders: which sat before God on their seats: fell upon their faces: and worshipped God: "and worshipped"Re 4:10: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.Ps 45:11: So will the king greatly desire your beauty: for He is your Lord; and worship you Him.Ps 97:7: Confounded be all they that serve graven images: that boast themselves of idols: worship him: all you gods.Mt 4:10: Then says Jesus to Him: Get you here: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.Heb 1:6: Again: when He brings in the firstbegotten into the world: He says: And let all the angels of God worship Him.
λεγοντες αμην η ευλογια και η δοξα και η σοφια και η ευχαριστια και η τιμη και η δυναμις και η ισχυς τω θεω ημων εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G281Ἀμήν,Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν,Amēn
|
Amen!
|
Heb
|
G2129εὐλογίαeulogia (N-NFS)
G2129 εὐλογία eulogía yoo-log-ee-ah from the same as εὐλογέω; fine speaking, i.e. elegance of language; commendation (eulogy), i.e. (reverentially) adoration; religiously, benediction; by implication, consecration; by extension, benefit or largess:--blessing (a matter of) bounty (X -tifully), fair speech.
|
εὐλογίαeulogia
|
Blessing,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4678σοφίαsophia (N-NFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαsophia
|
wisdom,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2169εὐχαριστίαeucharistia (N-NFS)
G2169 εὐχαριστία eucharistía yoo-khar-is-tee-ah from εὐχάριστος; gratitude; actively, grateful language (to God, as an act of worship):--thankfulness, (giving of) thanks(-giving).
|
εὐχαριστίαeucharistia
|
thanksgiving,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴtimē (N-NFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴtimē
|
honor,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
power,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2479ἰσχὺςischys (N-NFS)
G2479 ἰσχύς ischýs is-khoos from a derivative of (force; compare , a form of ἔχω); forcefulness (literally or figuratively):--ability, might(-ily), power, strength.
|
ἰσχὺςischys
|
strength,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων·aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων·aiōnōn
|
ages!
|
N-GMP
|
G281ἀμήν.amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
ἀμήν.amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
12
Saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be to our God for ever and ever. Amen.
Revelation 7:12
Stats
Rank: #4362 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 139 characters, 14 words, 105 letters, 38 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες αμην η ευλογια και η δοξα και η σοφια και η ευχαριστια και η τιμη και η δυναμις και η ισχυς τω θεω ημων εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων αμην
Lit: saying, Amen! Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and strength, to the God of us, to the ages of the ages! Amen.
KJV: Saying, Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honour, and power, and might, be unto our God for ever and ever. Amen.
References
"Amen"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 5:13: 14: Every creature which is in heaven: and on the earth: and under the earth: and such as are in the sea: and all that are in them: heard I saying: Blessing: and honour: and glory: and power: be to him that sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb for ever and ever.Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.Ps 41:13: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting: and to everlasting. Amen: and Amen.Ps 72:19: Blessed be his glorious name for ever: and let the whole earth be filled with his glory; Amen: and Amen.Ps 89:52: Blessed be the LORD for evermore. Amen: and Amen.Ps 106:48: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting: and let all the people say: Amen. Praise you the LORD.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Jude 1:25: To the only wise God our Saviour: be glory and majesty: dominion and power: both now and ever. Amen."Blessing"Re 5:12: 13: Saying with a loud voice: Worthy is the Lamb that was killed to receive power: and riches: and wisdom: and strength: and honour: and glory: and blessing."thanksgiving"Ne 12:8: 46: Moreover the Levites: Jeshua: Binnui: Kadmiel: Sherebiah: Judah: and Mattaniah: which was over the thanksgiving: he and his brothers.Ps 50:14: Offer to God thanksgiving; and pay your vows to the most High:Ps 95:2: Let us come before his presence with thanksgiving: and make a joyful noise to him with psalms.Ps 100:4: Enter into his gates with thanksgiving: and into his courts with praise: be thankful to him: and bless his name.Ps 107:22: Let them sacrifice the sacrifices of thanksgiving: and declare his works with rejoicing.Ps 116:17: I will offer to you the sacrifice of thanksgiving: and will call upon the name of the LORD.Ps 147:7: Sing to the LORD with thanksgiving; sing praise upon the harp to our God:Isa 51:3: For the LORD will comfort Zion: He will comfort all her waste places; and He will make her wilderness like Eden: and her desert like the garden of the LORD; joy and gladness will be found therein: thanksgiving: and the voice of melody.Jer 33:9: 11: It will be to me a name of joy: a praise and an honour before all the nations of the earth: which will hear all the good that I do to them: and they will fear and tremble for all the goodness and for all the prosperity that I procure to it.Jon 2:9: But I will sacrifice to you with the voice of thanksgiving; I will pay that that I have vowed. Salvation is of the LORD.2Co 4:15: For all things are for your sakes: that the abundant grace might through the thanksgiving of many redound to the glory of God.2Co 9:11: 12: Being enriched in every thing to all bountifulness: which causes through us thanksgiving to God.Col 2:7: Rooted and built up in him: and stablished in the faith: as you have been taught: abounding therein with thanksgiving.Col 3:17: whatever you do in word or deed: do all in the name of the Lord Jesus: giving thanks to God and the Father by Him.
και απεκριθη εις εκ των πρεσβυτερων λεγων μοι ουτοι οι περιβεβλημενοι τας στολας τας λευκας τινες εισιν και ποθεν ηλθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G611ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē (V-AIP-3S)
G611 ἀποκρίνομαι apokrínomai ap-ok-ree-nom-ahee from ἀπό and ; to conclude for oneself, i.e. (by implication) to respond; by Hebraism (compare עָנָה) to begin to speak (where an address is expected):--answer.
|
ἀπεκρίθηapekrithē
|
answered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρωνpresbyterōn
|
elders,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ΟὗτοιHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοιHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G4016περιβεβλημένοιperibeblēmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένοιperibeblēmenoi
|
having been clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4749στολὰςstolas (N-AFP)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὰςstolas
|
robes
|
N-AFP
|
G3022λευκὰςleukas (Adj-AFP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκὰςleukas
|
white,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5101τίνεςtines (IPro-NMP)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίνεςtines
|
who
|
IPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are they,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4159πόθενpothen (Adv)
G4159 πόθεν póthen poth-en from the base of πόσις with enclitic adverb of origin; from which (as interrogative) or what (as relative) place, state, source or cause:--whence.
|
πόθενpothen
|
from where
|
Adv
|
G2064ἦλθον;ēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθον;ēlthon
|
have they come?
|
V-AIA-3P
|
13
One of the elders answered, saying to me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?
Revelation 7:13
Stats
Rank: #4485 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 19 words, 93 letters, 37 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεκριθη εις εκ των πρεσβυτερων λεγων μοι ουτοι οι περιβεβλημενοι τας στολας τας λευκας τινες εισιν και ποθεν ηλθον
Lit: And answered one of the elders, saying to me, These having been clothed with the robes white, who are they, and from where have they come?
KJV: And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?
References
"one"Re 4:4: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 5:5: 11: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof."arrayed"Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;"whence"Ge 16:8: He said: Hagar: Sarai's maid: where came you? and whither will you go? And she said: I flee from the face of my mistress Sarai.Jg 13:6: Then the woman came and told her husband: saying: A man of God came to me: and His face was like the face of an angel of God: very terrible: but I asked Him not">not Him where He was: neither told He me His name:Joh 7:28: Then cried Jesus in the temple as He taught: saying: You both know me: and you know where I am: and I not am come of myself: but He that'>He who sent me is true: whom you not know.
και ειρηκα αυτω κυριε συ οιδας και ειπεν μοι ουτοι εισιν οι ερχομενοι εκ της θλιψεως της μεγαλης και επλυναν τας στολας αυτων και ελευκαναν {VAR1: στολας αυτων } {VAR2: αυτας } εν τω αιματι του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2046εἴρηκαeirēka (V-RIA-1S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκαeirēka
|
I said
|
V-RIA-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2962ΚύριέKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριέKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G4771σὺsy (PPro-N2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σὺsy
|
you
|
PPro-N2S
|
G1492οἶδας.oidas (V-RIA-2S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδας.oidas
|
know.
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
he said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ΟὗτοίHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοίHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the ones
|
Art-NMP
|
G2064ἐρχόμενοιerchomenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενοιerchomenoi
|
coming
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2347θλίψεωςthlipseōs (N-GFS)
G2347 θλῖψις thlîpsis thlip-sis from θλίβω; pressure (literally or figuratively):--afflicted(-tion), anguish, burdened, persecution, tribulation, trouble.
|
θλίψεωςthlipseōs
|
tribulation
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάλης,megalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλης,megalēs
|
great,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4150ἔπλυνανeplynan (V-AIA-3P)
G4150 πλύνω plýnō ploo-no a prolonged form of an obsolete (to flow); to plunge, i.e. launder clothing:--wash. Compare λούω, νίπτω.
|
ἔπλυνανeplynan
|
they have washed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4749στολὰςstolas (N-AFP)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὰςstolas
|
robes
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3021ἐλεύκανανeleukanan (V-AIA-3P)
G3021 λευκαίνω leukaínō lyoo-kah-ee-no from λευκός; to whiten:--make white, whiten.
|
ἐλεύκανανeleukanan
|
made white
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὰςautas (PPro-AF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰςautas
|
them
|
PPro-AF3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου.Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου.Arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
14
I said to him, Sir, you know. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.
Revelation 7:14
Stats
Counts: 185 characters, 31 words, 142 letters, 58 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειρηκα αυτω κυριε συ οιδας και ειπεν μοι ουτοι εισιν οι ερχομενοι εκ της θλιψεως της μεγαλης και επλυναν τας στολας αυτων και ελευκαναν {VAR1: στολας αυτων } {VAR2: αυτας } εν τω αιματι του αρνιου
Lit: And I said to him, Lord of me, you know. And he said to me, These are the ones coming out of the tribulation great, and they have washed the robes of them and made white them in the blood of the Lamb.
KJV: And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.
References
"thou"Ex 37:3: He cast for it 4 rings of gold: to be set by the 4 corners of it; even two rings upon the one side of it: and two rings upon the other side of it."came"Re 2:9: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 6:9-11: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ac 14:22: Confirming the souls of the disciples: and exhorting them to continue in the faith: and that we must through much tribulation enter into the kingdom of God.Ro 5:3: not And only so: but we glory in tribulations also: knowing that tribulation works patience;2Th 1:4: So that we ourselves glory in you in the churches of God for your patience and faith in all your persecutions and tribulations that you endure:"and have"Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Isa 1:18: Come now: and let us reason together: says the LORD: though your sins be as scarlet: they will be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson: they will be as wool.Zec 3:3-5: Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments: and stood before the angel.Zec 13:1: In that day there will be a fountain opened to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for sin and for uncleanness.Joh 13:8-14: Peter says to Him: You will never wash my feet. Jesus answered Him: If I wash you not: you have no part with me.1Co 6:11: Such were some of you: but you are washed: but you are sanctified: but you are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus: and by the Spirit of our God.Eph 5:26: 27: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: Heb 9:14: How much more will the blood of Christ: who through the eternal Spirit offered Himself without spot to God: purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?1Jo 1:7: But if we walk in the light: as He is in the light: we have fellowship one with another: and the blood of Jesus Christ His Son cleanses us from all sin."the blood"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate.1Pe 1:19: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:
δια τουτο εισιν ενωπιον του θρονου του θεου και λατρευουσιν αυτω ημερας και νυκτος εν τω ναω αυτου και ο καθημενος επι του θρονου σκηνωσει επ αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτόtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτόtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1510Εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
Εἰσινeisin
|
They are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3000λατρεύουσινlatreuousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύουσινlatreuousin
|
serve
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3485ναῷnaō (N-DMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναῷnaō
|
temple
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G4637σκηνώσειskēnōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4637 σκηνόω skēnóō skay-no-o from σκῆνος; to tent or encamp, i.e. (figuratively) to occupy (as a mansion) or (specially), to reside (as God did in the Tabernacle of old, a symbol of protection and communion):-- dwell.
|
σκηνώσειskēnōsei
|
will tabernacle
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
15
Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Revelation 7:15
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 26 words, 115 letters, 40 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο εισιν ενωπιον του θρονου του θεου και λατρευουσιν αυτω ημερας και νυκτος εν τω ναω αυτου και ο καθημενος επι του θρονου σκηνωσει επ αυτους
Lit: Because of this, They are before the throne of God, and serve Him day and night in the temple of Him; and the One sitting on the throne will tabernacle over them.
KJV: Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.
References
"are"Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 14:3-5: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth.Heb 8:1: Now of the things which we have spoken this is the sum: We have such an high priest: who is set on the right hand of the throne of the Majesty in the heavens;Heb 12:2: Looking to Jesus the author and finisher of our faith; who for the joy that was set before Him endured the cross: despising the shame: and is set down at the right hand of the throne of God."serve"Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Ps 134:1: 2: > Look: bless you the LORD: all you servants of the LORD: which by night stand in the house of the LORD."dwell"Re 21:3: 4: I heard a great voice out of heaven saying: Look: the tabernacle of God is with men: and He will dwell with them: and they will be His people: and God Himself will be with them: and be their God.Re 22:3: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:Ex 29:45: I will dwell among the children of Israel: and will be their God.1Ki 6:13: I will dwell among the children of Israel: and not will forsake my people Israel.1Ch 23:25: For David said: The LORD God of Israel has given rest to His people: that they may dwell in Jerusalem for ever:Ps 68:16-18: Why leap you: you high hills? this is the hill which God desires to dwell in; yes: the LORD will dwell in it for ever.Isa 4:5: 6: The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Zion: and upon her assemblies: a cloud and smoke by day: and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory will be a defence.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.1Co 3:16: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.
ου πεινασουσιν ετι ουδε διψησουσιν ετι ουδε μη πεση επ αυτους ο ηλιος ουδε παν καυμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G3983πεινάσουσινpeinasousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3983 πεινάω peináō pi-nah-o from the same as πένης (through the idea of pinching toil; pine); to famish (absolutely or comparatively); figuratively, to crave:--be an hungered.
|
πεινάσουσινpeinasousin
|
they will hunger
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
any more,
|
Adv
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G1372διψήσουσινdipsēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1372 διψάω dipsáō dip-sah-o from a variation of δίψος; to thirst for (literally or figuratively):--(be, be a-)thirst(-y).
|
διψήσουσινdipsēsousin
|
will they thirst
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
anymore,
|
Adv
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
at all
|
Adv
|
G4098πέσῃpesē (V-ASA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πέσῃpesē
|
shall fall
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun,
|
N-NMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
any
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2738καῦμα,kauma (N-NNS)
G2738 καῦμα kaûma kow-mah from καίω; properly, a burn (concretely), but used (abstractly) of a glow:--heat.
|
καῦμα,kauma
|
scorching heat;
|
N-NNS
|
16
They will hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither will the sun light on them, nor any heat.Revelation 7:16
Stats
Rank: #7132 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 102 characters, 16 words, 80 letters, 27 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ου πεινασουσιν ετι ουδε διψησουσιν ετι ουδε μη πεση επ αυτους ο ηλιος ουδε παν καυμα
Lit: Not they will hunger any more, neither will they thirst anymore, nor at all shall fall upon them the sun, nor any scorching heat;
KJV: They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat.
References
"hunger"Ps 42:2: My soul thirsts for God: for the living God: when will I come and appear before God?Ps 63:1: He was in the wilderness of Judah.>> O God: you are my God; early will I seek you: my soul thirsts for you: my flesh longs for you in a dry and thirsty land: where no water is;Ps 143:6: I stretch forth my hands to you: my soul thirsteth after you: as a thirsty land. Selah.Isa 41:17: When the poor and needy seek water: and there is none: and their tongue fails for thirst: I the LORD will hear them: I the God of Israel not will forsake them.Isa 49:10: They will not hunger nor thirst; neither will the heat nor sun smite them: for he who has mercy on them will lead them: even by the springs of water will he guide them.Isa 65:13: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD: Look: my servants will eat: but you will be hungry: look: my servants will drink: but you will be thirsty: look: my servants will rejoice: but you will be ashamed:Mt 5:6: Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they will be filled.Lu 1:53: He has filled the hungry with good things; and the rich he has sent empty away.Lu 6:21: Blessed are you that hunger now: for you will be filled. Blessed are you that weep now: for you will laugh.Joh 4:14: But whoever drinks of the water that I will give him will never thirst; but the water that I will give him will be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life."the sun"Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.Ps 121:6: The sun will not smite you by day: nor the moon by night.Song 1:6: not Look upon me: because I am black: because the sun has looked upon me: my mother's children were angry with me; they made me the keeper of the vineyards; but my own vineyard have not I kept.Isa 4:5: 6: The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Zion: and upon her assemblies: a cloud and smoke by day: and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory will be a defence.Isa 25:4: For you have been a strength to the poor: a strength to the needy in his distress: a refuge from the storm: a shadow from the heat: when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storm against the wall.Isa 32:2: A man will be as an hiding place from the wind: and a covert from the tempest; as rivers of water in a dry place: as the shadow of a great rock in a weary land.Jon 4:8: It came to pass: when the sun did arise: that God prepared a vehement east wind; and the sun beat upon the head of Jonah: that He fainted: and wished in Himself to die: and said: It is better for me to die than to live.Mt 13:6: 21: When the sun was up: they were scorched; and because they had no root: they withered away.Mr 4:6: 17: But when the sun was up: it was scorched; and because it had no root: it withered away.Jas 1:11: For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat: but it withers the grass: and the flower thereof falls: and the grace of the fashion of it perishes: so also will the rich man fade away in his ways.
οτι το αρνιον το ανα μεσον του θρονου ποιμανει αυτους και οδηγησει αυτους επι ζωσας πηγας υδατων και εξαλειψει ο θεος παν δακρυον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G303ἀνὰana (Prep)
G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
in the
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσονmeson (Adj-ANS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσονmeson
|
center
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G4165ποιμανεῖpoimanei (V-FIA-3S)
G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμανεῖpoimanei
|
will shepherd
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3594ὁδηγήσειhodēgēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3594 ὁδηγέω hodēgéō hod-ayg-eh-o from ὁδηγός; to show the way (literally or figuratively (teach)):--guide, lead.
|
ὁδηγήσειhodēgēsei
|
He will lead
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
living
|
N-GFS
|
G4077πηγὰςpēgas (N-AFP)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγὰςpēgas
|
fountains
|
N-AFP
|
G5204ὑδάτων·hydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτων·hydatōn
|
of waters,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1813ἐξαλείψειexaleipsei (V-FIA-3S)
G1813 ἐξαλείφω exaleíphō ex-al-i-fo from ἐκ and ἀλείφω; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, figuratively, pardon sin):--blot out, wipe away.
|
ἐξαλείψειexaleipsei
|
will wipe away
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1144δάκρυονdakryon (N-ANS)
G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δάκρυονdakryon
|
tear
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.’
|
PPro-GM3P
|
17
For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them, and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Revelation 7:17
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 31 words, 134 letters, 47 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι το αρνιον το ανα μεσον του θρονου ποιμανει αυτους και οδηγησει αυτους επι ζωσας πηγας υδατων και εξαλειψει ο θεος παν δακρυον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων
Lit: because the Lamb in the center of the throne will shepherd them, and He will lead them to living fountains of waters, and will wipe away God every tear from the eyes of them.’
KJV: For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.
References
"in the"Re 5:6: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth."feed"Ps 22:26: The meek will eat and be satisfied: they will praise the LORD that seek Him: your heart will live for ever.Ps 23:1: 2: 5: > The LORD is my shepherd; I will not want.Ps 28:9: Save your people: and bless your inheritance: feed them also: and lift them up for ever.Ps 36:8: They will be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of your house; and you will make them drink of the river of your pleasures.Song 1:7: 8: Tell me: O you whom my soul loves: where you feed: where you make your flock to rest at noon: for why should I be as one that turns aside by the flocks of your companions?Isa 25:6: In this mountain will the LORD of hosts make to all people a feast of fat things: a feast of wines on the lees: of fat things full of marrow: of wines on the lees well refined.Isa 40:11: He will feed his flock like a shepherd: he will gather the lambs with his arm: and carry them in his bosom: and will gently lead those that are with young.Isa 49:9: That you may say to the prisoners: Go forth; to them that are in darkness: Show yourselves. They will feed in the ways: and their pastures will be in all high places.Eze 34:23: I will set up one shepherd over them: and he will feed them: even my servant David; he will feed them: and he will be their shepherd.Mic 5:4: He will stand and feed in the strength of the LORD: in the majesty of the name of the LORD His God; and they will abide: for now will He be great to the ends of the earth.Mic 7:14: Feed your people with your rod: the flock of your heritage: which dwell solitarily in the wood: in the middle of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead: as in the days of old.Mt 2:6: you Bethlehem: in the land of Juda: are not the least among the princes of Juda: for out of you will come a Governor: that will rule my people Israel.Joh 10:11: 14: I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd gives his life for the sheep.Joh 21:15-17: So when they had dined: Jesus says to Simon Peter: Simon: son of Jonas: love you me more than these? He says to Him: Yes: Lord; you know that I love you. He says to Him: Feed my lambs.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Pe 5:2: Feed the flock of God which is among you: taking the oversight thereof: not by constraint: but willingly; not for filthy lucre: but of a ready mind;"shall lead"Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Ps 36:9: For with you is the fountain of life: in your light will we see light.Isa 12:3: Therefore with joy will you draw water out of the wells of salvation.Isa 30:25: There will be upon every high mountain: and upon every high hill: rivers and streams of waters in the day of the great slaughter: when the towers fall.Isa 35:6: 7: Then will the lame man leap as an hart: and the tongue of the dumb sing: for in the wilderness will waters break out: and streams in the desert.Jer 2:13: For my people have committed two evils; they have forsaken me the fountain of living waters: and hewed them out cisterns: broken cisterns: that can hold no water.Jer 31:9: They will come with weeping: and with supplications will I lead them: I will cause them to walk by the rivers of waters in a straight way: wherein they will not stumble: for I am a father to Israel: and Ephraim is my firstborn.Joh 4:11: 14: The woman says to him: Sir: you have nothing to draw with: and the well is deep: from where then have you that living water?Joh 7:37: 38: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink."God"Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Isa 30:19: For the people will dwell in Zion at Jerusalem: you will weep no more: he will be very gracious to you at the voice of your cry; when he will hear it: he will answer you.Isa 35:10: The ransomed of the LORD will return: and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads: they will obtain joy and gladness: and sorrow and sighing will flee away.Isa 60:20: Your sun will no more go down; neither will your moon withdraw itself: for the LORD will be your everlasting light: and the days of your mourning will be ended.
8
The Seventh Seal: Silence in Heaven
και οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την εβδομην εγενετο σιγη εν τω ουρανω ως ημιωριον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
He opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G1442ἑβδόμην,hebdomēn (Adj-AFS)
G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἑβδόμην,hebdomēn
|
seventh,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4602σιγὴsigē (N-NFS)
G4602 σιγή sigḗ see-gay apparently from (to hiss, i.e. hist or hush); silence:--silence. Compare σιωπάω.
|
σιγὴsigē
|
silence
|
N-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven
|
N-DMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
for about
|
Adv
|
G2256ἡμιώριον.hēmiōrion (N-ANS)
G2256 ἡμιώριον hēmiṓrion hay-mee-o-ree-on from the base of ἥμισυ and ὥρα; a half-hour:--half an hour.
|
ἡμιώριον.hēmiōrion
|
half an hour.
|
N-ANS
|
1
And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.Revelation 8:1
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 19 words, 80 letters, 33 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ηνοιξεν την σφραγιδα την εβδομην εγενετο σιγη εν τω ουρανω ως ημιωριον
Lit: And when He opened the seal seventh, there was silence in heaven for about half an hour.
KJV: And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.
References
"And"Re 5:1: 9: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 6:1: 3: 5: 7: 9: 12: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see."silence"Job 4:16: It stood still: but I not could discern the form thereof: an image was before my eyes: there was silence: and I heard a voice: saying: Ps 37:7: Rest in the LORD: and wait patiently for Him: not fret yourself because of Him who prospers in His way: because of the man who brings wicked devices to pass.Ps 62:1: A Psalm of David.>> Truly my soul waits upon God: from Him cometh my salvation.Hab 2:20: But the LORD is in His holy temple: let all the earth keep silence before Him.Zec 2:13: Be silent: O all flesh: before the LORD: for He is raised up out of His holy habitation.
και ειδον τους επτα αγγελους οι ενωπιον του θεου εστηκασιν και εδοθησαν αυτοις επτα σαλπιγγες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2476ἑστήκασιν,hestēkasin (V-RIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστήκασιν,hestēkasin
|
stand,
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθησανedothēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθησανedothēsan
|
were given
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4536σάλπιγγες.salpinges (N-NFP)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγες.salpinges
|
trumpets.
|
N-NFP
|
2
I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.Revelation 8:2
Stats
Counts: 89 characters, 16 words, 71 letters, 26 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον τους επτα αγγελους οι ενωπιον του θεου εστηκασιν και εδοθησαν αυτοις επτα σαλπιγγες
Lit: And I saw the seven angels who before God stand, and were given to them seven trumpets.
KJV: And I saw the seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.
References
"seven angels"Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 16:1: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 1:19: The angel answering said to Him: I am Gabriel: that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak to you: and to show you these glad tidings."trumpets"Re 8:6-12: The 7 angels which had the 7 trumpets prepared themselves to sound.Re 9:1: 13: 14: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Nu 10:1-10: The LORD spoke to Moses: saying: 2Ch 29:25-28: He set the Levites in the house of the LORD with cymbals: with psalteries: and with harps: according to the commandment of David: and of Gad the king's seer: and Nathan the prophet: for so was the commandment of the LORD by His prophets.Am 3:6-8: Will a trumpet be blown in the city: and the not people be afraid? will there be evil in a city: and the LORD has not done it?
και αλλος αγγελος ηλθεν και εσταθη επι το θυσιαστηριον εχων λιβανωτον χρυσουν και εδοθη αυτω θυμιαματα πολλα ινα δωση ταις προσευχαις των αγιων παντων επι το θυσιαστηριον το χρυσουν το ενωπιον του θρονου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2476ἐστάθηestathē (V-AIP-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἐστάθηestathē
|
stood
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar,
|
N-GNS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3031λιβανωτὸνlibanōton (N-AMS)
G3031 λιβανωτός libanōtós lib-an-o-tos from λίβανος; frankincense, i.e. (by extension) a censer for burning it:--censer.
|
λιβανωτὸνlibanōton
|
a censer
|
N-AMS
|
G5552χρυσοῦν,chrysoun (Adj-AMS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦν,chrysoun
|
golden;
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2368θυμιάματαthymiamata (N-NNP)
G2368 θυμίαμα thymíama thoo-mee-am-ah from θυμιάω; an aroma, i.e. fragrant powder burnt in religious service; by implication, the burning itself:--incense, odour.
|
θυμιάματαthymiamata
|
incense
|
N-NNP
|
G4183πολλὰpolla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλὰpolla
|
much,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσειdōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσειdōsei
|
he will offer it
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4335προσευχαῖςproseuchais (N-DFP)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχαῖςproseuchais
|
prayers
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2379θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion (N-ANS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion
|
altar
|
N-ANS
|
G5552χρυσοῦνchrysoun (Adj-ANS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦνchrysoun
|
golden
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου.thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου.thronou
|
throne.
|
N-GMS
|
3
Another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Revelation 8:3
Stats
Counts: 219 characters, 38 words, 175 letters, 65 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλος αγγελος ηλθεν και εσταθη επι το θυσιαστηριον εχων λιβανωτον χρυσουν και εδοθη αυτω θυμιαματα πολλα ινα δωση ταις προσευχαις των αγιων παντων επι το θυσιαστηριον το χρυσουν το ενωπιον του θρονου
Lit: And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a censer golden; and was given to him incense much, that he will offer it with the prayers of the saints all upon the altar golden before the throne.
KJV: And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.
References
"another"Re 7:2: I saw another angel ascending from the east: having the seal of the living God: and He cried with a loud voice to the 4 angels: to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea: Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Ge 48:15: 16: He blessed Joseph: and said: God: before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac did walk: the God which fed me all my life long to this day: Ex 3:2-18: The angel of the LORD appeared to Him in a flame of fire out of the middle of a bush: and He looked: and: look: the bush burned with fire: and the bush was not consumed.Ac 7:30-32: When 40 years were expired: there appeared to Him in the wilderness of mount Sina an angel of the Lord in a flame of fire in a bush."stood"Re 9:13: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: Ex 30:1-8: you will make an altar to burn incense upon: of shittim wood will you make it.2Ch 26:16-20: But when He was strong: His heart was lifted up to His destruction: for He transgressed against the LORD His God: and went into the temple of the LORD to burn incense upon the altar of incense.Ro 8:34: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.Heb 7:25: For what reason He is able also to save them to the uttermost that come to God by Him: seeing He ever lives to make intercession for them."having"Le 16:12: He will take a censer full of burning coals of fire from off the altar before the LORD: and His hands full of sweet incense beaten small: and bring it within the vail:1Ki 7:50: The bowls: and the snuffers: and the basons: and the spoons: and the censers of pure gold; and the hinges of gold: both for the doors of the inner house: the most holy place: and for the doors of the house: to wit: of the temple.Heb 9:4: Which had the golden censer: and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold: wherein was the golden pot that had manna: and Aaron's rod that budded: and the tables of the covenant;"much"Le 16:13: He will put the incense upon the fire before the LORD: that the cloud of the incense may cover the mercy seat that is upon the testimony: that He not die:Nu 16:46: 47: Moses said to Aaron: Take a censer: and put fire therein from off the altar: and put on incense: and go quickly to the congregation: and make an atonement for them: for there is wrath gone out from the LORD; the plague is begun.Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts."offer it with the prayers"Re 8:4: The smoke of the incense: which came with the prayers of the saints: ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Ps 141:2: Let my prayer be set forth before you as incense; and the lifting up of my hands as the evening sacrifice.Lu 1:10: The whole multitude of the people were praying without at the time of incense.Heb 4:15: 16: For we not have an high priest which cannot be touched with the feeling of our infirmities; but was in all points tempted like as we are: yet without sin.Heb 10:19-22: Having therefore: brothers: boldness to enter into the holy by the blood of Jesus: 1Jo 2:1: 2: My little children: these things write I to you: that you not sin. And if any man sin: we have an advocate with the Father: Jesus Christ the righteous:"the golden"Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 9:13: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: Ex 37:25: 26: He made the incense altar of shittim wood: the length of it was a cubit: and the breadth of it a cubit; it was foursquare; and two cubits was the height of it; the horns thereof were of the same.Ex 40:26: He put the golden altar in the tent of the congregation before the vail:
και ανεβη ο καπνος των θυμιαματων ταις προσευχαις των αγιων εκ χειρος του αγγελου ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
smoke
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2368θυμιαμάτωνthymiamatōn (N-GNP)
G2368 θυμίαμα thymíama thoo-mee-am-ah from θυμιάω; an aroma, i.e. fragrant powder burnt in religious service; by implication, the burning itself:--incense, odour.
|
θυμιαμάτωνthymiamatōn
|
incense
|
N-GNP
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
with the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4335προσευχαῖςproseuchais (N-DFP)
G4335 προσευχή proseuchḗ pros-yoo-khay from προσεύχομαι; prayer (worship); by implication, an oratory (chapel):--X pray earnestly, prayer.
|
προσευχαῖςproseuchais
|
prayers
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
the hand
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel,
|
N-GMS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
God.
|
N-GMS
|
4
The smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.Revelation 8:4
Stats
Counts: 120 characters, 21 words, 94 letters, 35 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανεβη ο καπνος των θυμιαματων ταις προσευχαις των αγιων εκ χειρος του αγγελου ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: And went up the smoke of the incense with the prayers of the saints out of the hand of the angel, before God.
KJV: And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel's hand.
References
"And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel's hand."Re 8:3: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Re 15:8: The temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God: and from His power; and no man was able to enter into the temple: till the 7 plagues of the 7 angels were fulfilled.Ex 30:1: you will make an altar to burn incense upon: of shittim wood will you make it.Ps 141:2: Let my prayer be set forth before you as incense; and the lifting up of my hands as the evening sacrifice.Lu 1:10: The whole multitude of the people were praying without at the time of incense.
και ειληφεν ο αγγελος το λιβανωτον και εγεμισεν αυτο εκ του πυρος του θυσιαστηριου και εβαλεν εις την γην και εγενοντο φωναι και βρονται και αστραπαι και σεισμος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983εἴληφενeilēphen (V-RIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφενeilēphen
|
took
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3031λιβανωτόν,libanōton (N-AMS)
G3031 λιβανωτός libanōtós lib-an-o-tos from λίβανος; frankincense, i.e. (by extension) a censer for burning it:--censer.
|
λιβανωτόν,libanōton
|
censer,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1072ἐγέμισενegemisen (V-AIA-3S)
G1072 γεμίζω gemízō ghem-id-zo transitive from γέμω; to fill entirely:--fill (be) full.
|
ἐγέμισενegemisen
|
filled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
fire
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
cast it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν·gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν·gēn
|
earth;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
there were
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G1027βρονταὶbrontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταὶbrontai
|
thunders,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωναὶphōnai (N-NFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωναὶphōnai
|
rumblings,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G796ἀστραπαὶastrapai (N-NFP)
G796 ἀστραπή astrapḗ as-trap-ay from ἀστράπτω; lightning; by analogy, glare:--lightning, bright shining.
|
ἀστραπαὶastrapai
|
flashes of lightning,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4578σεισμός.seismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμός.seismos
|
an earthquake.
|
N-NMS
|
5
The angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.Revelation 8:5
Stats
Counts: 171 characters, 25 words, 134 letters, 50 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειληφεν ο αγγελος το λιβανωτον και εγεμισεν αυτο εκ του πυρος του θυσιαστηριου και εβαλεν εις την γην και εγενοντο φωναι και βρονται και αστραπαι και σεισμος
Lit: And took the angel the censer, and filled it from the fire of the altar, and cast it to the earth; and there were thunders, and rumblings, and flashes of lightning, and an earthquake.
KJV: And the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.
References
"and filled"Re 16:1-21: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Isa 66:6: 14-16: A voice of noise from the city: a voice from the temple: a voice of the LORD that renders recompence to His enemies.Jer 51:11: Make bright the arrows; gather the shields: the LORD has raised up the spirit of the kings of the Medes: for His device is against Babylon: to destroy it; because it is the vengeance of the LORD: the vengeance of His temple.Eze 10:2-7: He spoke to the man clothed with linen: and said: Go in between the wheels: even under the cherub: and fill your hand with coals of fire from between the cherubims: and scatter them over the city. And he went in in my sight.Lu 12:49: I am come to send fire on the earth; and what will I: if it be already kindled?"and there"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 16:18: There were voices: and thunders: and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake: such as not was since men were upon the earth: so mighty an earthquake: and so great.2Sa 22:7-9: In my distress I called upon the LORD: and cried to my God: and He did hear my voice out of His temple: and my cry did enter into His ears.Ps 18:13: The LORD also thundered in the heavens: and the High gave His voice; hail stones and coals of fire.Isa 30:30: The LORD will cause His glorious voice to be heard: and will show the lighting down of His arm: with the indignation of His anger: and with the flame of a devouring fire: with scattering: and tempest: and hailstones.Heb 12:18: 19: For you not are come to the mount that might be touched: and that burned with fire: nor to blackness: and darkness: and tempest: "an"Re 11:13: 19: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.1Ki 19:11: He said: Go forth: and stand upon the mount before the LORD. And: look: the LORD passed by: and a great and strong wind tear the mountains: and brake in pieces the rocks before the LORD; but the LORD was not in the wind: and after the wind an earthquake; but the LORD was not in the earthquake:Isa 29:6: You will be visited of the LORD of hosts with thunder: and with earthquake: and great noise: with storm and tempest: and the flame of devouring fire.Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Mt 24:7: For nation will rise against nation: and kingdom against kingdom: and there will be famines: and pestilences: and earthquakes: in divers places.Mt 27:52-54: The graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose: Ac 4:31: When they had prayed: the place was shaken where they were assembled together; and they were all filled with the Holy Ghost: and they spoke the word of God with boldness.Ac 16:26: Suddenly there was a great earthquake: so that the foundations of the prison were shaken: and immediately all the doors were opened: and every one's bands were loosed.
The Seven Trumpets
και οι επτα αγγελοι {VAR2: οι } εχοντες τας επτα σαλπιγγας ητοιμασαν εαυτους ινα σαλπισωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4536σάλπιγγαςsalpingas (N-AFP)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγαςsalpingas
|
trumpets
|
N-AFP
|
G2090ἡτοίμασανhētoimasan (V-AIA-3P)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασανhētoimasan
|
prepared
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G848αὑτοὺςhautous (PPro-AM3P)
G848 αὑτοῦ hautoû how-too contracted for ἑαυτοῦ; self (in some oblique case or reflexive relation):--her (own), (of) him(-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them(-selves), they.,
|
αὑτοὺςhautous
|
themselves
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4537σαλπίσωσιν.salpisōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
σαλπίσωσιν.salpisōsin
|
they might sound the trumpets.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
6
The 7 angels which had the 7 trumpets prepared themselves to sound.Revelation 8:6
Stats
Counts: 79 characters, 13 words, 66 letters, 22 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι επτα αγγελοι {VAR2: οι } εχοντες τας επτα σαλπιγγας ητοιμασαν εαυτους ινα σαλπισωσιν
Lit: And the seven angels having the seven trumpets prepared themselves that they might sound the trumpets.
KJV: And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.
References
"And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound."Re 8:2: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.
και ο πρωτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και εγενετο χαλαζα και πυρ μεμιγμενα αιματι και εβληθη εις την γην και το τριτον των δενδρων κατεκαη και πας χορτος χλωρος κατεκαη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G5464χάλαζαchalaza (N-NFS)
G5464 χάλαζα chálaza khal-ad-zah probably from χαλάω; hail:--hail.
|
χάλαζαchalaza
|
hail,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G3396μεμιγμέναmemigmena (V-RPM/P-NNP)
G3396 μίγνυμι mígnymi mig-noo-mee a primary verb; to mix:--mingle.
|
μεμιγμέναmemigmena
|
having been mixed
|
V-RPM/P-NNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G129αἵματιhaimati (N-DNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματιhaimati
|
blood,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
it was cast
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν·gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν·gēn
|
earth.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
the earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2618κατεκάη,katekaē (V-AIP-3S)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατεκάη,katekaē
|
was burned up,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1186δένδρωνdendrōn (N-GNP)
G1186 δένδρον déndron den-dron probably from (an oak); a tree:--tree.
|
δένδρωνdendrōn
|
trees
|
N-GNP
|
G2618κατεκάη,katekaē (V-AIP-3S)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατεκάη,katekaē
|
were burned up,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5528χόρτοςchortos (N-NMS)
G5528 χόρτος chórtos khor-tos apparently a primary word; a court or garden, i.e. (by implication, of pasture) herbage or vegetation:--blade, grass, hay.
|
χόρτοςchortos
|
the grass
|
N-NMS
|
G5515χλωρὸςchlōros (Adj-NMS)
G5515 χλωρός chlōrós khlo-ros from the same as Χλόη; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:--green, pale.
|
χλωρὸςchlōros
|
green
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2618κατεκάη.katekaē (V-AIP-3S)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατεκάη.katekaē
|
was burned up.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
7
The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.Revelation 8:7
Stats
Rank: #8497 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 188 characters, 32 words, 148 letters, 51 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο πρωτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και εγενετο χαλαζα και πυρ μεμιγμενα αιματι και εβληθη εις την γην και το τριτον των δενδρων κατεκαη και πας χορτος χλωρος κατεκαη
Lit: And the first sounded his trumpet, and there was hail, and fire having been mixed with blood, and it was cast upon the earth. And a third of the earth was burned up, and a third of the trees were burned up, and all the grass green was burned up.
KJV: The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.
References
"hail"Re 16:21: There fell upon men a great hail out of heaven: every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.Ex 9:23-25: 33: Moses stretched forth His rod toward heaven: and the LORD sent thunder and hail: and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt.Jos 10:11: It came to pass: as they fled from before Israel: and were in the going down to Bethhoron: that the LORD cast down great stones from heaven upon them to Azekah: and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel killed with the sword.Ps 11:5: 6: The LORD tries the righteous: but the wicked and Him that loves violence His soul hates.Ps 18:12: 13: At the brightness that was before him his thick clouds passed: hail stones and coals of fire.Ps 78:47: 48: He destroyed their vines with hail: and their sycomore trees with frost.Ps 105:32: He gave them hail for rain: and flaming fire in their land.Isa 28:2: Look: the Lord has a mighty and strong one: which as a tempest of hail and a destroying storm: as a flood of mighty waters overflowing: will cast down to the earth with the hand.Isa 29:6: You will be visited of the LORD of hosts with thunder: and with earthquake: and great noise: with storm and tempest: and the flame of devouring fire.Isa 30:30: The LORD will cause His glorious voice to be heard: and will show the lighting down of His arm: with the indignation of His anger: and with the flame of a devouring fire: with scattering: and tempest: and hailstones.Isa 32:19: When it will hail: coming down on the for; and the city will be low in a low place.Eze 13:10-15: Because: even because they have seduced my people: saying: Peace; and there was no peace; and one built up a wall: and: indeed: others daubed it with untempered morter:Eze 38:22: I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him: and upon his bands: and upon the many people that are with him: an overflowing rain: and great hailstones: fire: and brimstone.Mt 7:25-27: The rain descended: and the floods came: and the winds blew: and beat upon that house; and it not fell: for it was founded upon a rock."cast"Re 16:2: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image."the third"Re 8:9: 10: 12: The third part of the creatures which were in the sea: and had life: died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.Re 6:8: I looked: and look a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death: and Hell followed with him. And power was given to them over the fourth part of the earth: to kill with sword: and with hunger: and with death: and with the beasts of the earth.Re 9:4: It was commanded them that they not should hurt the grass of the earth: neither any green thing: neither any tree; but only those men which not have the seal of God in their foreheads.Isa 2:12: 13: For the day of the LORD of hosts will be upon every one that is proud and lofty: and upon every one that is lifted up; and He will be brought low:Isa 10:17: 18: The light of Israel will be for a fire: and His Holy one for a flame: and it will burn and devour His thorns and His briers in one day;Jas 1:11: For the sun is no sooner risen with a burning heat: but it withers the grass: and the flower thereof falls: and the grace of the fashion of it perishes: so also will the rich man fade away in his ways.1Pe 1:24: For all flesh is as grass: and all the glory of man as the flower of grass. The grass withers: and the flower thereof falls away:
The Second Trumpet: A Mountain Thrown into the Sea
και ο δευτερος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ως ορος μεγα πυρι καιομενον εβληθη εις την θαλασσαν και εγενετο το τριτον της θαλασσης αιμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-NNS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
a mountain
|
N-NNS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-NNS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
with fire
|
N-DNS
|
G2545καιόμενονkaiomenon (V-PPM/P-NNS)
G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
καιόμενονkaiomenon
|
burning,
|
V-PPM/P-NNS
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
was cast
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν·thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν·thalassan
|
sea.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G129αἷμα,haima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμα,haima
|
blood,
|
N-NNS
|
8
The second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;Revelation 8:8
Stats
Counts: 146 characters, 27 words, 115 letters, 46 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο δευτερος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ως ορος μεγα πυρι καιομενον εβληθη εις την θαλασσαν και εγενετο το τριτον της θαλασσης αιμα
Lit: And the second angel sounded his trumpet, and something like a mountain great, with fire burning, was cast into the sea. And became a third of the sea blood,
KJV: And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;
References
"and as"Jer 51:25: Look: I am against you: O destroying mountain: says the LORD: which destroyest all the earth: and I will stretch out my hand upon you: and roll you down from the rocks: and will make you a burnt mountain.Mr 11:23: For truly I say to you: That whoever will say to this mountain: Be you removed: and be you cast into the sea; and will not doubt in his heart: but will believe that those things which he says will come to pass; he will have whatever he says."burning"Am 7:4: Thus has the Lord GOD showed to me: and: look: the Lord GOD called to contend by fire: and it devoured the great deep: and did eat up a part."the third"Re 8:7: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 16:3-21: The second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.Ex 7:17-21: Thus says the LORD: In this you will know that I am the LORD: look: I will smite with the rod that is in my hand upon the waters which are in the river: and they will be turned to blood.Eze 14:9: If the prophet be deceived when He has spoken a thing: I the LORD have deceived that prophet: and I will stretch out my hand upon Him: and will destroy Him from the middle of my people Israel.
και απεθανεν το τριτον των κτισματων των εν τη θαλασση τα εχοντα ψυχας και το τριτον των πλοιων διεφθαρη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G599ἀπέθανενapethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανενapethanen
|
died
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2938κτισμάτωνktismatōn (N-GNP)
G2938 κτίσμα ktísma ktis-mah from κτίζω; an original formation (concretely), i.e. product (created thing):--creature.
|
κτισμάτωνktismatōn
|
creatures
|
N-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ,thalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ,thalassē
|
sea
|
N-DFS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-NNP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G5590ψυχάς,psychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχάς,psychas
|
life,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4143πλοίωνploiōn (N-GNP)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοίωνploiōn
|
ships
|
N-GNP
|
G1311διεφθάρησαν.diephtharēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1311 διαφθείρω diaphtheírō dee-af-thi-ro from διαβάλλω and φθείρω; to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by implication) to ruin (passively, decay utterly, figuratively, pervert):--corrupt, destroy, perish.
|
διεφθάρησαν.diephtharēsan
|
were destroyed.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
9
The third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.Revelation 8:9
Stats
Rank: #3165 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 126 characters, 22 words, 98 letters, 35 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απεθανεν το τριτον των κτισματων των εν τη θαλασση τα εχοντα ψυχας και το τριτον των πλοιων διεφθαρη
Lit: and died a third of the creatures in the sea having life, and a third of the ships were destroyed.
KJV: And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.
References
"the third part of the creatures"Re 8:7: 10: 12: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 16:3: The second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.Ex 7:21: The fish that was in the river died; and the river stank: and the Egyptians not could drink of the water of the river; and there was blood throughout all the land of Egypt.Zec 13:8: It will come to pass: that in all the land: says the LORD: two parts therein will be cut off and die; but the third will be left therein."the ships"Ps 48:7: You break the ships of Tarshish with an east wind.Isa 2:16: Upon all the ships of Tarshish: and upon all pleasant pictures.Isa 23:1: The burden of Tyre. Howl: you ships of Tarshish; for it is laid waste: so that there is no house: no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.
The Third Trumpet: The Star Named Wormwood
και ο τριτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και επεσεν εκ του ουρανου αστηρ μεγας καιομενος ως λαμπας και επεσεν επι το τριτον των ποταμων και επι τας πηγας υδατων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5154τρίτοςtritos (Adj-NMS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτοςtritos
|
third
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G792ἀστὴρastēr (N-NMS)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστὴρastēr
|
a star
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2545καιόμενοςkaiomenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
καιόμενοςkaiomenos
|
burning
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2985λαμπάς,lampas (N-NFS)
G2985 λαμπάς lampás lam-pas from λάμπω; a lamp or flambeau:--lamp, light, torch.
|
λαμπάς,lampas
|
a torch.
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
it fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-ANS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-ANS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4215ποταμῶνpotamōn (N-GMP)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμῶνpotamōn
|
rivers,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4077πηγὰςpēgas (N-AFP)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγὰςpēgas
|
springs
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτων.hydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτων.hydatōn
|
waters.
|
N-GNP
|
10
The third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters;Revelation 8:10
Stats
Rank: #4423 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 31 words, 138 letters, 51 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο τριτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και επεσεν εκ του ουρανου αστηρ μεγας καιομενος ως λαμπας και επεσεν επι το τριτον των ποταμων και επι τας πηγας υδατων
Lit: And the third angel sounded his trumpet, and fell out of heaven a star great, burning like a torch. And it fell upon a third of the rivers, and upon the springs of waters.
KJV: And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters;
References
"a great"Re 1:20: The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand: and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Re 6:13: The stars of heaven fell to the earth: even as a fig tree casts her untimely figs: when she is shaken of a mighty wind.Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 12:4: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.Isa 14:12: How are you fallen from heaven: O Lucifer: son of the morning! how are you cut down to the ground: which did weaken the nations!Lu 10:18: He said to them: I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven.Jude 1:13: Raging waves of the sea: foaming out their own shame; wandering stars: to whom is reserved the blackness of darkness for ever."the fountains"Re 16:4: The third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.Ex 7:20: 21: Moses and Aaron did so: as the LORD commanded; and He lifted up the rod: and smote the waters that were in the river: in the sight of Pharaoh: and in the sight of His servants; and all the waters that were in the river were turned to blood.Jg 15:11: Then 3000 men of Judah went to the top of the rock Etam: and said to Samson: Know you not that the Philistines are rulers over us? what is this that you have done to us? And he said to them: As they did to me: so have I done to them.2Ki 2:19-22: The men of the city said to Elisha: Look: I pray you: the situation of this city is pleasant: as my lord sees: but the water is naught: and the ground barren.2Ch 32:3: He took counsel with his princes and his mighty men to stop the waters of the fountains which were without the city: and they did help him.Isa 12:3: Therefore with joy will you draw water out of the wells of salvation.Ho 13:15: 16: Though He be fruitful among His brothers: an east wind will come: the wind of the LORD will come up from the wilderness: and His spring will become dry: and His fountain will be dried up: He will spoil the treasure of all pleasant vessels.
και το ονομα του αστερος λεγεται αψινθος και γινεται το τριτον {VAR2: των υδατων } εις αψινθον και πολλοι ανθρωπων απεθανον εκ των υδατων οτι επικρανθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G792ἀστέροςasteros (N-GMS)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέροςasteros
|
star
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγεταιlegetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγεταιlegetai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G894Ἄψινθος.Apsinthos (N-NMS)
G894 ἄψινθος ápsinthos ap-sin-thos of uncertain derivation; wormwood (as a type of bitterness, i.e. (figuratively) calamity):--wormwood.
|
Ἄψινθος.Apsinthos
|
Wormwood.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
waters
|
N-GNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G894ἄψινθον,apsinthon (N-AFS)
G894 ἄψινθος ápsinthos ap-sin-thos of uncertain derivation; wormwood (as a type of bitterness, i.e. (figuratively) calamity):--wormwood.
|
ἄψινθον,apsinthon
|
wormwood,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4183πολλοὶpolloi (Adj-NMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοὶpolloi
|
many
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G599ἀπέθανονapethanon (V-AIA-3P)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανονapethanon
|
died
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
waters,
|
N-GNP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G4087ἐπικράνθησαν.epikranthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4087 πικραίνω pikraínō pik-rah-ee-no from πικρός; to embitter (literally or figuratively):--be (make) bitter.
|
ἐπικράνθησαν.epikranthēsan
|
they were made bitter.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
11
The name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.Revelation 8:11
Stats
Rank: #5367 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 27 words, 125 letters, 47 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το ονομα του αστερος λεγεται αψινθος και γινεται το τριτον {VAR2: των υδατων } εις αψινθον και πολλοι ανθρωπων απεθανον εκ των υδατων οτι επικρανθησαν
Lit: And the name of the star is called Wormwood. And became a third of the waters into wormwood, and many of the men died from the waters, because they were made bitter.
KJV: And the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.
References
"Wormwood"De 29:18: Lest'>Lest there should be among you man: or woman: or family: or tribe: whose heart turns away this day from the LORD our God: to go and serve the gods of these nations; lest'>lest there should be among you a root that bears gall and wormwood;Ru 1:20: She said to them: Call not me Naomi: call me Mara: for the Almighty has dealt very bitterly with me.Pr 5:4: But her end is bitter as wormwood: sharp as a twoedged sword.Jer 9:15: Therefore thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Look: I will feed them: even this people: with wormwood: and give them water of gall to drink.Jer 23:15: Therefore thus says the LORD of hosts concerning the prophets; Look: I will feed them with wormwood: and make them drink the water of gall: for from the prophets of Jerusalem is profaneness gone forth into all the land.La 3:5: 19: He has built against me: and compassed me with gall and travail.Am 5:7: You who turn judgment to wormwood: and leave off righteousness in the earth: Am 6:12: Will horses run upon the rock? will one plow there with oxen? for you have turned judgment into gall: and the fruit of righteousness into hemlock:Heb 12:15: Looking diligently lest'>lest any man fail of the grace of God; lest'>lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you: and thereby many be defiled;"many"Ex 15:23: When they came to Marah: they not could drink of the waters of Marah: for they were bitter: therefore the name of it was called Marah.
The Fourth Trumpet: A Third of the Sun, Moon, and Stars Struck
και ο τεταρτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και επληγη το τριτον του ηλιου και το τριτον της σεληνης και το τριτον των αστερων ινα σκοτισθη το τριτον αυτων και η ημερα μη φαινη το τριτον αυτης και η νυξ ομοιως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5067τέταρτοςtetartos (Adj-NMS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τέταρτοςtetartos
|
fourth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4141ἐπλήγηeplēgē (V-AIP-3S)
G4141 πλήσσω plḗssō place-so apparently another form of πλάσσω (through the idea of flattening out); to pound, i.e. (figuratively) to inflict with (calamity):--smite. Compare τύπτω.
|
ἐπλήγηeplēgē
|
was struck
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2246ἡλίουhēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίουhēliou
|
sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4582σελήνηςselēnēs (N-GFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνηςselēnēs
|
moon,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G792ἀστέρων,asterōn (N-GMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρων,asterōn
|
stars,
|
N-GMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4654σκοτισθῇskotisthē (V-ASP-3S)
G4654 σκοτίζω skotízō skot-id-zo from σκότος; to obscure (literally or figuratively):--darken.
|
σκοτισθῇskotisthē
|
should be darkened
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2250ἡμέραhēmera (N-NFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραhēmera
|
day
|
N-NFS
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5316φάνῃphanē (V-ASA-3S)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φάνῃphanē
|
should appear for
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3571νὺξnyx (N-NFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νὺξnyx
|
night
|
N-NFS
|
G3668ὁμοίως.homoiōs (Adv)
G3668 ὁμοίως homoíōs hom-oy-oce adverb from ὅμοιος; similarly:--likewise, so.
|
ὁμοίως.homoiōs
|
likewise.
|
Adv
|
12
The fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day not shone for a third part of it, and the night likewise.Revelation 8:12
Stats
Rank: #5684 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 250 characters, 46 words, 192 letters, 64 vowels, 128 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο τεταρτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και επληγη το τριτον του ηλιου και το τριτον της σεληνης και το τριτον των αστερων ινα σκοτισθη το τριτον αυτων και η ημερα μη φαινη το τριτον αυτης και η νυξ ομοιως
Lit: And the fourth angel sounded his trumpet, and was struck a third of the sun, and a third of the moon, and a third of the stars, so that should be darkened a third of them, and the day not should appear for a third of it, and the night likewise.
KJV: And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night likewise.
References
"and the third part of the sun"Re 16:8: 9: The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire.Isa 13:10: For the stars of heaven and the constellations thereof will not give their light: the sun will be darkened in his going forth: and the moon will not cause her light to shine.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Jer 4:23: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.Eze 32:7: 8: When I will put you out: I will cover the heaven: and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud: and the moon will not give her light.Joe 2:10: 31: The earth will quake before them; the heavens will tremble: the sun and the moon will be dark: and the stars will withdraw their shining:Am 8:9: It will come to pass in that day: says the Lord GOD: that I will cause the sun to go down at noon: and I will darken the earth in the clear day:Mt 24:29: Immediately after the tribulation of those days will the sun be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: and the stars will fall from heaven: and the powers of the heavens will be shaken:Mt 27:45: Now from the sixth hour there was darkness over all the land to the ninth hour.Mr 13:24: But in those days: after that tribulation: the sun will be darkened: and the moon will not give her light: Mr 15:33: When the sixth hour was come: there was darkness over the whole land until the ninth hour.Lu 21:25: There will be signs in the sun: and in the moon: and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations: with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;Lu 23:44: 45: It was about the sixth hour: and there was a darkness over all the earth until the ninth hour.Ac 2:20: The sun will be turned into darkness: and the moon into blood: before that great not andable day of the Lord come:"and the day"Ex 10:21-23: The LORD said to Moses: Stretch out your hand toward heaven: that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt: even darkness which may be felt.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.2Th 2:9-12: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders:
και ειδον και ηκουσα ενος αγγελου πετωμενου εν μεσουρανηματι λεγοντος φωνη μεγαλη ουαι ουαι ουαι τοις κατοικουσιν επι της γης εκ των λοιπων φωνων της σαλπιγγος των τριων αγγελων των μελλοντων σαλπιζειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G105ἀετοῦaetou (N-GMS)
G105 ἀετός aetós ah-et-os from the same as ἀήρ; an eagle (from its wind-like flight):--eagle.
|
ἀετοῦaetou
|
eagle
|
N-GMS
|
G4072πετομένουpetomenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G4072 πέτομαι pétomai ptah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).
|
πετομένουpetomenou
|
flying
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3321μεσουρανήματιmesouranēmati (N-DNS)
G3321 μεσουράνημα mesouránēma mes-oo-ran-ay-mah from a presumed compound of μέσος and οὐρανός; mid-sky:--midst of heaven.
|
μεσουρανήματιmesouranēmati
|
mid-heaven,
|
N-DNS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
Woe!
|
I
|
G3759οὐαὶouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαὶouai
|
Woe!
|
I
|
G3759οὐαὶouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαὶouai
|
Woe
|
I
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
to those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G3062λοιπῶνloipōn (Adj-GFP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπῶνloipōn
|
remaining
|
Adj-GFP
|
G5456φωνῶνphōnōn (N-GFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῶνphōnōn
|
voices
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4536σάλπιγγοςsalpingos (N-GFS)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγοςsalpingos
|
trumpet
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5140τριῶνtriōn (Adj-GMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τριῶνtriōn
|
three
|
Adj-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G3195μελλόντωνmellontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλόντωνmellontōn
|
being about
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G4537σαλπίζειν.salpizein (V-PNA)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
σαλπίζειν.salpizein
|
to sound their trumpets!
|
V-PNA
|
13
I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels, which are yet to sound!
Revelation 8:13
Stats
Rank: #5858 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 230 characters, 38 words, 178 letters, 71 vowels, 107 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ηκουσα ενος αγγελου πετωμενου εν μεσουρανηματι λεγοντος φωνη μεγαλη ουαι ουαι ουαι τοις κατοικουσιν επι της γης εκ των λοιπων φωνων της σαλπιγγος των τριων αγγελων των μελλοντων σαλπιζειν
Lit: And I looked, and I heard one eagle flying in mid-heaven, saying in a voice loud, Woe! Woe! Woe to those dwelling on the earth, because of the remaining voices of the trumpet of the three angels being about to sound their trumpets!
KJV: And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!
References
"flying"Re 14:3: 6: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth.Re 19:17: I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He cried with a loud voice: saying to all the fowls that fly in the middle of heaven: Come and gather yourselves together to the supper of the great God;Ps 103:20: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"Woe"Re 9:1: 12: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 11:14: The second woe is past; and: look: the third woe comes quickly.Eze 2:10: He spread it before me; and it was written within and without: and there was written therein lamentations: and mourning: and woe.
9
The Fifth Trumpet: The Locusts
και ο πεμπτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ειδον αστερα εκ του ουρανου πεπτωκοτα εις την γην και εδοθη αυτω η κλεις του φρεατος της αβυσσου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3991πέμπτοςpemptos (Adj-NMS)
G3991 πέμπτος pémptos pemp-tos from πέντε; fifth:--fifth.
|
πέμπτοςpemptos
|
fifth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G792ἀστέραastera (N-AMS)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέραastera
|
a star
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G4098πεπτωκόταpeptōkota (V-RPA-AMS)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
πεπτωκόταpeptōkota
|
having fallen
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2807κλεὶςkleis (N-NFS)
G2807 κλείς kleís klice from κλείω; a key (as shutting a lock), literally or figuratively:--key.
|
κλεὶςkleis
|
key
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5421φρέατοςphreatos (N-GNS)
G5421 φρέαρ phréar freh-ar of uncertain derivation; a hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; figuratively, an abyss (as a prison):--well, pit.
|
φρέατοςphreatos
|
pit
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσου.abyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσου.abyssou
|
abyss.
|
N-GFS
|
1
And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Revelation 9:1
Stats
Rank: #3098 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 25 words, 101 letters, 37 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο πεμπτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ειδον αστερα εκ του ουρανου πεπτωκοτα εις την γην και εδοθη αυτω η κλεις του φρεατος της αβυσσου
Lit: And the fifth angel sounded his trumpet, and I saw a star out of heaven having fallen to the earth, and was given to it the key of the pit of the abyss.
KJV: And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.
References
"the fifth"Re 9:12: 13: one woe is past; and: look: there come two woes more hereafter.Re 8:6-8: 10: 12: The 7 angels which had the 7 trumpets prepared themselves to sound.Re 11:14: 15: The second woe is past; and: look: the third woe comes quickly."a star"Re 1:20: The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand: and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Re 8:10: The third angel sounded: and there fell a great star from heaven: burning as it were a lamp: and it fell upon the third part of the rivers: and upon the fountains of waters;Isa 14:12: How are you fallen from heaven: O Lucifer: son of the morning! how are you cut down to the ground: which did weaken the nations!Lu 10:18: He said to them: I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven.2Th 2:3-8: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;2Ti 3:1-5: This know also: that in the last days perilous times will come."to him"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 20:1: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand."the bottomless"Re 9:2: 11: He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit: as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Lu 8:31: They besought him that he not would command them to go out into the deep.Ro 10:7: Or: Who will descend into the deep? (that is: to bring up Christ again from the dead.)
και ηνοιξεν το φρεαρ της αβυσσου και ανεβη καπνος εκ του φρεατος ως καπνος καμινου μεγαλης και εσκοτισθη ο ηλιος και ο αηρ εκ του καπνου του φρεατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
he opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5421φρέαρphrear (N-ANS)
G5421 φρέαρ phréar freh-ar of uncertain derivation; a hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; figuratively, an abyss (as a prison):--well, pit.
|
φρέαρphrear
|
pit
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσου·abyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσου·abyssou
|
abyss,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβηanebē (V-AIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβηanebē
|
went up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
smoke
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5421φρέατοςphreatos (N-GNS)
G5421 φρέαρ phréar freh-ar of uncertain derivation; a hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; figuratively, an abyss (as a prison):--well, pit.
|
φρέατοςphreatos
|
pit,
|
N-GNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
the smoke
|
N-NMS
|
G2575καμίνουkaminou (N-GFS)
G2575 κάμινος káminos kam-ee-nos probably from καίω; a furnace:--furnace.
|
καμίνουkaminou
|
of a furnace
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάλης,megalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλης,megalēs
|
great,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4656ἐσκοτώθηeskotōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4656 σκοτόω skotóō skot-o-o from σκότος; to obscure or blind (literally or figuratively):--be full of darkness.
|
ἐσκοτώθηeskotōthē
|
were darkened
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιοςhēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιοςhēlios
|
sun
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G109ἀὴρaēr (N-NMS)
G109 ἀήρ aḗr ah-ayr from (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); air (as naturally circumambient):--air. Compare ψύχω.
|
ἀὴρaēr
|
air
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2586καπνοῦkapnou (N-GMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνοῦkapnou
|
smoke
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5421φρέατος.phreatos (N-GNS)
G5421 φρέαρ phréar freh-ar of uncertain derivation; a hole in the ground (dug for obtaining or holding water or other purposes), i.e. a cistern or well; figuratively, an abyss (as a prison):--well, pit.
|
φρέατος.phreatos
|
pit.
|
N-GNS
|
2
He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.Revelation 9:2
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 35 words, 138 letters, 57 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηνοιξεν το φρεαρ της αβυσσου και ανεβη καπνος εκ του φρεατος ως καπνος καμινου μεγαλης και εσκοτισθη ο ηλιος και ο αηρ εκ του καπνου του φρεατος
Lit: And he opened the pit of the abyss, and went up smoke out of the pit, like the smoke of a furnace great, and were darkened the sun and the air by the smoke of the pit.
KJV: And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.
References
"there"Re 9:17: Thus I saw the horses in the vision: and them that sat on them: having breastplates of fire: and of jacinth: and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Ge 15:17: It came to pass: that: when the sun went down: and it was dark: look a smoking furnace: and a burning lamp that passed between those pieces.Ge 19:28: He looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah: and toward all the land of the plain: and beheld: and: indeed: the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.Isa 14:31: Howl: O gate; cry: O city; you: whole Palestina: are dissolved: for there will come from the north a smoke: and none will be alone in his appointed times.Joe 2:30: I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth: blood: and fire: and pillars of smoke.Ac 2:19: I will show wonders in heaven above: and signs in the earth beneath; blood: and fire: and vapour of smoke:"and the sun"Re 8:12: The fourth angel sounded: and the third part of the sun was smitten: and the third part of the moon: and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened: and the day not shone for a third part of it: and the night likewise.Ex 10:21-23: The LORD said to Moses: Stretch out your hand toward heaven: that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt: even darkness which may be felt.Joe 2:2: 10: A day of darkness and of gloominess: a day of clouds and of thick darkness: as the morning spread upon the mountains: a great people and a strong; there has not been ever the like: neither will be any more after it: even to the years of many generations.
και εκ του καπνου εξηλθον ακριδες εις την γην και εδοθη αυταις εξουσια ως εχουσιν εξουσιαν οι σκορπιοι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2586καπνοῦkapnou (N-GMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνοῦkapnou
|
smoke
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
came forth
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G200ἀκρίδεςakrides (N-NFP)
G200 ἀκρίς akrís ak-rece apparently from the same as ἄκρον; a locust (as pointed, or as lighting on the top of vegetation):--locust.
|
ἀκρίδεςakrides
|
locusts
|
N-NFP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐταῖς*autais (PPro-DF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖς*autais
|
to them
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
power,
|
N-NFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4651σκορπίοιskorpioi (N-NMP)
G4651 σκορπίος skorpíos skor-pee-os probably from an obsolete (perhaps strengthened from the base of σκοπός and meaning to pierce); a scorpion (from its sting):--scorpion.
|
σκορπίοιskorpioi
|
scorpions
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
3
There came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and to them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.Revelation 9:3
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 23 words, 101 letters, 40 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκ του καπνου εξηλθον ακριδες εις την γην και εδοθη αυταις εξουσια ως εχουσιν εξουσιαν οι σκορπιοι της γης
Lit: And out of the smoke came forth locusts unto the earth, and was given to them power, like have power the scorpions of the earth.
KJV: And there came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power.
References
"locusts"Ex 10:4-15: Else: if you refuse to let my people go: look: to morrow will I bring the locusts into your coast:Jg 7:12: The Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude; and their camels were without number: as the sand by the sea side for multitude.Isa 33:4: your spoil will be gathered like the gathering of the caterpiller: as the running to and fro of locusts will he run upon them.Joe 1:4: That which the palmerworm has left has the locust eaten; and that which the locust has left has the cankerworm eaten; and that which the cankerworm has left has the caterpiller eaten.Joe 2:25: I will restore to you the years that the locust has eaten: the cankerworm: and the caterpiller: and the palmerworm: my great army which I sent among you.Na 3:15: 17: There will the fire devour you; the sword will cut you off: it will eat you up like the cankerworm: make yourself many as the cankerworm: make yourself many as the locusts."as"Re 9:5: 10: 11: To them it was given that they not should kill them: but that they should be tormented 5 months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion: when he strikes a man.De 8:15: Who led you through that great and terrible wilderness: wherein were fiery serpents: and scorpions: and drought: where there was no water; who brought you forth water out of the rock of flint;1Ki 12:11: Now whereas my father did lade you with a heavy yoke: I will add to your yoke: my father has chastised you with whips: but I will chastise you with scorpions.Eze 2:6: you: son of man: not be afraid of them: neither be afraid of their words: though briers and thorns be with you: and you do dwell among scorpions: not be afraid of their words: nor be dismayed at their looks: though they be a rebellious house.Lu 10:19: Look: I give to you power to tread on serpents and scorpions: and over all the power of the enemy: not andhing will by any means hurt you.
και ερρεθη αυταις ινα μη αδικησωσιν τον χορτον της γης ουδε παν χλωρον ουδε παν δενδρον ει μη τους ανθρωπους μονους οιτινες ουκ εχουσιν την σφραγιδα του θεου επι των μετωπων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2046ἐρρέθηerrethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρρέθηerrethē
|
it was said
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐταῖς*autais (PPro-DF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖς*autais
|
to them,
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G91ἀδικήσουσινadikēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικήσουσινadikēsousin
|
they shall harm
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5528χόρτονchorton (N-AMS)
G5528 χόρτος chórtos khor-tos apparently a primary word; a court or garden, i.e. (by implication, of pasture) herbage or vegetation:--blade, grass, hay.
|
χόρτονchorton
|
grass
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
any
|
Adj-ANS
|
G5515χλωρὸνchlōron (Adj-ANS)
G5515 χλωρός chlōrós khlo-ros from the same as Χλόη; greenish, i.e. verdant, dun-colored:--green, pale.
|
χλωρὸνchlōron
|
green thing,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
any
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1186δένδρον,dendron (N-ANS)
G1186 δένδρον déndron den-dron probably from (an oak); a tree:--tree.
|
δένδρον,dendron
|
tree,
|
N-ANS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσι*echousi (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσι*echousi
|
having
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4973σφραγῖδαsphragida (N-AFS)
G4973 σφραγίς sphragís sfrag-ece probably strengthened from φράσσω; a signet (as fencing in or protecting from misappropriation); by implication, the stamp impressed (as a mark of privacy, or genuineness), literally or figuratively:--seal.
|
σφραγῖδαsphragida
|
seal
|
N-AFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3359μετώπων.metōpōn (N-GNP)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μετώπων.metōpōn
|
foreheads.
|
N-GNP
|
4
It was commanded them that they not should hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which not have the seal of God in their foreheads.Revelation 9:4
Stats
Counts: 188 characters, 33 words, 149 letters, 53 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ερρεθη αυταις ινα μη αδικησωσιν τον χορτον της γης ουδε παν χλωρον ουδε παν δενδρον ει μη τους ανθρωπους μονους οιτινες ουκ εχουσιν την σφραγιδα του θεου επι των μετωπων αυτων
Lit: And it was said to them, that not they shall harm the grass of the earth, nor any green thing, nor any tree, if not the men not having the seal of God on the foreheads.
KJV: And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree; but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.
References
"that they"Re 6:6: I heard a voice in the middle of the 4 beasts say: A measure of wheat for a penny: and 3 measures of barley for a penny; and see you not hurt the oil and the wine.Re 7:3: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Job 1:10: 12: Have not you made an hedge about him: and about his house: and about all that he has on every side? you have blessed the work of his hands: and his substance is increased in the land.Ps 76:10: Surely the wrath of man will praise you: the remainder of wrath will you restrain.Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.2Ti 3:8: 9: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith."hurt"Re 8:7: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up."which"Re 7:3: 4: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Ex 12:23: For the LORD will pass through to smite the Egyptians; and when He sees the blood upon the lintel: and on the two side posts: the LORD will pass over the door: and not will suffer the destroyer to come in to your houses to smite you.Job 2:6: The LORD said to Satan: Look: He is in your hand; but save His life.Eze 9:4: 6: The LORD said to Him: Go through the middle of the city: through the middle of Jerusalem: and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done in the middle thereof.Eph 4:30: not grieve the holy Spirit of God: whereby you are sealed to the day of redemption.
και εδοθη αυταις ινα μη αποκτεινωσιν αυτους αλλ ινα βασανισθωσιν μηνας πεντε και ο βασανισμος αυτων ως βασανισμος σκορπιου οταν παιση ανθρωπον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
it was granted
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G615ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin
|
they should kill
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G928βασανισθήσονταιbasanisthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανισθήσονταιbasanisthēsontai
|
they shall torment them
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G4002πέντε·pente (Adj-AMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε·pente
|
five.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G929βασανισμὸςbasanismos (N-NMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμὸςbasanismos
|
torment
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was like
|
Adv
|
G929βασανισμὸςbasanismos (N-NMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμὸςbasanismos
|
torment
|
N-NMS
|
G4651σκορπίου,skorpiou (N-GMS)
G4651 σκορπίος skorpíos skor-pee-os probably from an obsolete (perhaps strengthened from the base of σκοπός and meaning to pierce); a scorpion (from its sting):--scorpion.
|
σκορπίου,skorpiou
|
of a scorpion,
|
N-GMS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3817παίσῃpaisē (V-ASA-3S)
G3817 παίω paíō pah-yo a primary verb; to hit (as if by a single blow and less violently than τύπτω); specially, to sting (as a scorpion):--smite, strike.,
|
παίσῃpaisē
|
it might strike
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G444ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon (N-AMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπον.anthrōpon
|
a man.
|
N-AMS
|
5
To them it was given that they not should kill them, but that they should be tormented 5 months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he strikes a man.Revelation 9:5
Stats
Counts: 179 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 47 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη αυταις ινα μη αποκτεινωσιν αυτους αλλ ινα βασανισθωσιν μηνας πεντε και ο βασανισμος αυτων ως βασανισμος σκορπιου οταν παιση ανθρωπον
Lit: And it was granted to them that not they should kill them, but that they shall torment them months five. And the torment of them was like torment of a scorpion, when it might strike a man.
KJV: And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man.
References
"it was"Re 13:5: 7: There was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given to him to continue 40 and two months.Da 5:18-22: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Da 7:6: After this I beheld: and indeed another: like a leopard: which had upon the back of it 4 wings of a fowl; the beast had also 4 heads; and dominion was given to it.Joh 19:11: Jesus answered: You could have no power at all against me: except it were given you from above: therefore He that'>He who delivered me to you has the greater sin."they should not"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Job 2:6: The LORD said to Satan: Look: He is in your hand; but save His life."they should be"Re 9:10: They had tails like to scorpions: and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men 5 months."and their"Re 9:3: There came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and to them was given power: as the scorpions of the earth have power.
και εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις ζητησουσιν οι ανθρωποι τον θανατον και ουχ ευρησουσιν αυτον και επιθυμησουσιν αποθανειν και φευξεται ο θανατος απ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G1565ἐκείναιςekeinais (DPro-DFP)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείναιςekeinais
|
those,
|
DPro-DFP
|
G2212ζητήσουσινzētēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2212 ζητέω zētéō dzay-teh-o of uncertain affinity; to seek (literally or figuratively); specially, (by Hebraism) to worship (God), or (in a bad sense) to plot (against life):--be (go) about, desire, endeavour, enquire (for), require, (X will) seek (after, for, means). Compare πυνθάνομαι.
|
ζητήσουσινzētēsousin
|
will seek
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2288θάνατονthanaton (N-AMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατονthanaton
|
death,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
no more
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρήσουσινheurēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρήσουσινheurēsousin
|
will find
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
it;
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1937ἐπιθυμήσουσινepithymēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G1937 ἐπιθυμέω epithyméō ep-ee-thoo-meh-o from ἐπί and θυμός; to set the heart upon, i.e. long for (rightfully or otherwise):--covet, desire, would fain, lust (after).
|
ἐπιθυμήσουσινepithymēsousin
|
they will long
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G599ἀποθανεῖνapothanein (V-ANA)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθανεῖνapothanein
|
to die,
|
V-ANA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5343φεύγειpheugei (V-PIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
φεύγειpheugei
|
shall flee
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
6
In those days will men seek death, and will not find it; and will desire to die, and death will flee from them.Revelation 9:6
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 21 words, 92 letters, 32 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν ταις ημεραις εκειναις ζητησουσιν οι ανθρωποι τον θανατον και ουχ ευρησουσιν αυτον και επιθυμησουσιν αποθανειν και φευξεται ο θανατος απ αυτων
Lit: And in the days those, will seek men death, and not no more will find it; and they will long to die, and shall flee death from them.
KJV: And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them.
References
"shall men"Re 6:16: Said to the mountains and rocks: Fall on us: and hide us from the face of him that sits on the throne: and from the wrath of the Lamb:2Sa 1:9: He said to me again: Stand: I pray you: upon me: and kill me: for anguish is come upon me: because my life is yet whole in me.Job 3:20-22: For what reason is light given to him that is in misery: and life to the bitter in soul;Job 7:15: 16: So that my soul chooses strangling: and death rather than my life.Isa 2:19: They will go into the holes of the rocks: and into the caves of the earth: for fear of the LORD: and for the glory of His majesty: when He arises to shake terribly the earth.Jer 8:3: Death will be chosen rather than life by all the residue of them that remain of this evil family: which remain in all the places whither I have driven them: says the LORD of hosts.Ho 10:8: The high places also of Aven: the sin of Israel: will be destroyed: the thorn and the thistle will come up on their altars; and they will say to the mountains: Cover us; and to the hills: Fall on us.Joh 4:8: 9: (For his disciples were gone away to the city to buy meat.)Lu 23:30: Then will they begin to say to the mountains: Fall on us; and to the hills: Cover us.
και τα ομοιωματα των ακριδων ομοια ιπποις ητοιμασμενοις εις πολεμον και επι τας κεφαλας αυτων ως στεφανοι ομοιοι χρυσω και τα προσωπα αυτων ως προσωπα ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3667ὁμοιώματαhomoiōmata (N-NNP)
G3667 ὁμοίωμα homoíōma hom-oy-o-mah from ὁμοιόω; a form; abstractly, resemblance:--made like to, likeness, shape, similitude.
|
ὁμοιώματαhomoiōmata
|
appearance
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G200ἀκρίδωνakridōn (N-GFP)
G200 ἀκρίς akrís ak-rece apparently from the same as ἄκρον; a locust (as pointed, or as lighting on the top of vegetation):--locust.
|
ἀκρίδωνakridōn
|
locusts was
|
N-GFP
|
G3664ὅμοια*homoia (Adj-NNP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοια*homoia
|
like
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2462ἵπποιςhippois (N-DMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποιςhippois
|
horses
|
N-DMP
|
G2090ἡτοιμασμένοιςhētoimasmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοιμασμένοιςhētoimasmenois
|
having been prepared
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G4171πόλεμον,polemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμον,polemon
|
battle,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
were something like
|
Adv
|
G4735στέφανοιstephanoi (N-NMP)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανοιstephanoi
|
crowns,
|
N-NMP
|
G3664ὅμοιοιhomoioi (Adj-NMP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοιhomoioi
|
like
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5557χρυσῷ,chrysō (N-DMS)
G5557 χρυσός chrysós khroo-sos perhaps from the base of χράομαι (through the idea of the utility of the metal); gold; by extension, a golden article, as an ornament or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσῷ,chrysō
|
gold;
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4383πρόσωπαprosōpa (N-NNP)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπαprosōpa
|
faces
|
N-NNP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4383πρόσωπαprosōpa (N-NNP)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπαprosōpa
|
the faces
|
N-NNP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
7
The shapes of the locusts were like to horses prepared to battle; and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men.Revelation 9:7
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 27 words, 133 letters, 52 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα ομοιωματα των ακριδων ομοια ιπποις ητοιμασμενοις εις πολεμον και επι τας κεφαλας αυτων ως στεφανοι ομοιοι χρυσω και τα προσωπα αυτων ως προσωπα ανθρωπων
Lit: And the appearance of the locusts was like horses having been prepared for battle, and upon the heads of them were something like crowns, like gold; and the faces of them like the faces of men.
KJV: And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle; and on their heads [were] as it were crowns like gold, and their faces [were] as the faces of men.
References
"the shapes"Joe 2:4: 5: The appearance of them is as the appearance of horses; and as horsemen: so will they run.Na 3:17: Your crowned are as the locusts: and your captains as the great grasshoppers: which camp in the hedges in the cold day: but when the sun arises they flee away: and their place not is known where they are."their faces"Da 7:4: 8: The first was like a lion: and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked: and it was lifted up from the earth: and made stand upon the feet as a man: and a man's heart was given to it.
και ειχον τριχας ως τριχας γυναικων και οι οδοντες αυτων ως λεοντων ησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχον*eichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχον*eichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2359τρίχαςtrichas (N-AFP)
G2359 θρίξ thríx threeks genitive case , etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair. Compare κόμη.
|
τρίχαςtrichas
|
hair
|
N-AFP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2359τρίχαςtrichas (N-AFP)
G2359 θρίξ thríx threeks genitive case , etc.; of uncertain derivation; hair:--hair. Compare κόμη.
|
τρίχαςtrichas
|
hair
|
N-AFP
|
G1135γυναικῶν,gynaikōn (N-GFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικῶν,gynaikōn
|
of women,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3599ὀδόντεςodontes (N-NMP)
G3599 ὀδούς odoús od-ooce perhaps from the base of ἐσθίω; a tooth:--tooth.
|
ὀδόντεςodontes
|
teeth
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like those
|
Adv
|
G3023λεόντωνleontōn (N-GMP)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λεόντωνleontōn
|
of lions
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ἦσαν,ēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσαν,ēsan
|
were.
|
V-IIA-3P
|
8
They had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions.Revelation 9:8
Stats
Counts: 83 characters, 17 words, 64 letters, 26 vowels, 38 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειχον τριχας ως τριχας γυναικων και οι οδοντες αυτων ως λεοντων ησαν
Lit: And they had hair like hair of women, and the teeth of them like those of lions were.
KJV: And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions.
References
"hair"2Ki 9:30: When Jehu was come to Jezreel: Jezebel heard of it; and she painted her face: and tired her head: and looked out at a window.Isa 3:24: It will come to pass: that instead of sweet smell there will be stink; and instead of a girdle a tear; and instead of well set hair baldness; and instead of a stomacher a girding of sackcloth; and burning instead of beauty.1Co 11:14: 15: Does not even nature itself teach you: that: if a man have long hair: it is a shame to him?1Ti 2:9: In like manner also: that women adorn themselves in modest apparel: with shamefacedness and sobriety; not with broided hair: or gold: or pearls: or costly array;1Pe 3:3: Whose adorning let not it be that outward adorning of plaiting the hair: and of wearing of gold: or of putting on of apparel;"and their"Ps 57:4: My soul is among lions: and I lie even among them that are set on fire: even the sons of men: whose teeth are spears and arrows: and their tongue a sharp sword.Joe 1:6: For a nation is come up upon my land: strong: and without number: whose teeth'>teeth'>teeth'>teeth are the teeth'>teeth'>teeth'>teeth of a lion: and he has the cheek teeth'>teeth'>teeth'>teeth of a great lion.
και ειχον θωρακας ως θωρακας σιδηρους και η φωνη των πτερυγων αυτων ως φωνη αρματων ιππων πολλων τρεχοντων εις πολεμον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχονeichon (V-IIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχονeichon
|
they had
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2382θώρακαςthōrakas (N-AMP)
G2382 θώραξ thṓrax tho-rax of uncertain affinity; the chest (thorax), i.e. (by implication) a corslet:--breast-plate.
|
θώρακαςthōrakas
|
breastplates
|
N-AMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2382θώρακαςthōrakas (N-AMP)
G2382 θώραξ thṓrax tho-rax of uncertain affinity; the chest (thorax), i.e. (by implication) a corslet:--breast-plate.
|
θώρακαςthōrakas
|
breastplates
|
N-AMP
|
G4603σιδηροῦς,sidērous (Adj-AMP)
G4603 σιδήρεος sidḗreos sid-ay-reh-os from σίδηρος; made of iron:--(of) iron.
|
σιδηροῦς,sidērous
|
of iron,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
sound
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4420πτερύγωνpterygōn (N-GFP)
G4420 πτέρυξ ptéryx pter-oox from a derivative of πέτομαι (meaning a feather); a wing:--wing.
|
πτερύγωνpterygōn
|
wings
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was as
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the sound
|
N-NFS
|
G716ἁρμάτωνharmatōn (N-GNP)
G716 ἅρμα hárma har-mah probably from αἴρω (perhaps with Α (as a particle of union) prefixed); a chariot (as raised or fitted together (compare ἁρμός)):--chariot.
|
ἁρμάτωνharmatōn
|
of chariots
|
N-GNP
|
G2462ἵππωνhippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππωνhippōn
|
of horses
|
N-GMP
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5143τρεχόντωνtrechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G5143 τρέχω tréchō drem-o apparently a primary verb (properly, ; compare θρίξ); which uses (the base of δρόμος) as alternate in certain tenses; to run or walk hastily (literally or figuratively):--have course, run.
|
τρεχόντωνtrechontōn
|
rushing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G4171πόλεμον.polemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμον.polemon
|
battle.
|
N-AMS
|
9
They had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.Revelation 9:9
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 26 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειχον θωρακας ως θωρακας σιδηρους και η φωνη των πτερυγων αυτων ως φωνη αρματων ιππων πολλων τρεχοντων εις πολεμον
Lit: And they had breastplates like breastplates of iron, and the sound of the wings of them was as the sound of chariots of horses many rushing into battle.
KJV: And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.
References
"they had"Re 9:17: Thus I saw the horses in the vision: and them that sat on them: having breastplates of fire: and of jacinth: and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.Job 40:18: His bones are as strong pieces of brass; his bones are like bars of iron.Job 41:23-30: The flakes of his flesh are joined together: they are firm in themselves; they cannot be moved.Joe 2:8: Neither will one thrust another; they will walk every one in his path: and when they fall upon the sword: they will not be wounded."and the"Job 39:25: He says among the trumpets: Ha: ha; and he smells the battle afar off: the thunder of the captains: and the shouting.Isa 9:5: For every battle of the warrior is with confused noise: and garments rolled in blood; but this will be with burning and fuel of fire.Joe 2:5-7: Like the noise of chariots on the tops of mountains will they leap: like the noise of a flame of fire that devours the stubble: as a strong people set in battle array.Na 2:4: 5: The chariots will rage in the streets: they will justle one against another in the broad ways: they will seem like torches: they will run like the lightnings.
και εχουσιν ουρας ομοιας σκορπιοις και κεντρα ην εν ταις ουραις αυτων και η εξουσια αυτων αδικησαι τους ανθρωπους μηνας πεντε
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3769οὐρὰςouras (N-AFP)
G3769 οὐρά ourá oo-rah apparently a primary word; a tail:--tail.
|
οὐρὰςouras
|
tails
|
N-AFP
|
G3664ὁμοίαςhomoias (Adj-AFP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὁμοίαςhomoias
|
like
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4651σκορπίοιςskorpiois (N-DMP)
G4651 σκορπίος skorpíos skor-pee-os probably from an obsolete (perhaps strengthened from the base of σκοπός and meaning to pierce); a scorpion (from its sting):--scorpion.
|
σκορπίοιςskorpiois
|
scorpions
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2759κέντρα,kentra (N-ANP)
G2759 κέντρον kéntron ken-tron from (to prick); a point (centre), i.e. a sting (figuratively, poison) or goad (figuratively, divine impulse):--prick, sting.
|
κέντρα,kentra
|
stingers,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G3769οὐραῖςourais (N-DFP)
G3769 οὐρά ourá oo-rah apparently a primary word; a tail:--tail.
|
οὐραῖςourais
|
tails
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
is the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
power
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G91ἀδικῆσαιadikēsai (V-ANA)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῆσαιadikēsai
|
to injure
|
V-ANA
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
for months
|
N-AMP
|
G4002πέντε.pente (Adj-AMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντε.pente
|
five.
|
Adj-AMP
|
10
They had tails like to scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men 5 months.Revelation 9:10
Stats
Rank: #3164 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 21 words, 97 letters, 35 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εχουσιν ουρας ομοιας σκορπιοις και κεντρα ην εν ταις ουραις αυτων και η εξουσια αυτων αδικησαι τους ανθρωπους μηνας πεντε
Lit: And they have tails like scorpions and stingers, and in the tails of them is the power of them to injure men for months five.
KJV: And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men five months.
References
"tails"Re 9:3: 5: There came out of the smoke locusts upon the earth: and to them was given power: as the scorpions of the earth have power.
και εχουσιν {VAR1: εφ αυτων } {VAR2: επ αυτων } βασιλεα τον αγγελον της αβυσσου ονομα αυτω εβραιστι αβαδδων και εν τη ελληνικη ονομα εχει απολλυων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
They have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GF3P
|
G935βασιλέαbasilea (N-AMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέαbasilea
|
a king,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσου,abyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσου,abyssou
|
abyss.
|
N-GFS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
The name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
of Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1447ἙβραϊστίHebraisti (Adv)
G1447 Ἑβραϊστί Hebraïstí heb-rah-is-tee adverb from Ἑβραΐς; Hebraistically or in the Jewish (Chaldee) language:--in (the) Hebrew (tongue).
|
ἙβραϊστίHebraisti
|
in Hebrew
|
Adv
|
G3ἈβαδδώνAbaddōn (N-NMS)
G3 Ἀβαδδών Abaddṓn ab-ad-dohn of Hebrew origin (אֲבַדּוֹן); a destroying angel:--Abaddon.
|
ἈβαδδώνAbaddōn
|
is Abaddon,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1673ἙλληνικῇHellēnikē (Adj-DFS)
G1673 Ἑλληνικός Hellēnikós hel-lay-nee-kos from Ἕλλην; Hellenic, i.e. Grecian (in language):--Greek.
|
ἙλληνικῇHellēnikē
|
Greek,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
the name
|
N-ANS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
he has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G623Ἀπολλύων.Apollyōn (N-NMS)
G623 Ἀπολλύων Apollýōn ap-ol-loo-ohn active participle of ἀπόλλυμι; a destroyer (i.e. Satan):--Apollyon.
|
Ἀπολλύων.Apollyōn
|
Apollyon.
|
N-NMS
|
11
They had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue has his name Apollyon.Revelation 9:11
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 49 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εχουσιν {VAR1: εφ αυτων } {VAR2: επ αυτων } βασιλεα τον αγγελον της αβυσσου ονομα αυτω εβραιστι αβαδδων και εν τη ελληνικη ονομα εχει απολλυων
Lit: They have over them a king, the angel of the abyss. The name of Him in Hebrew is Abaddon, and in the Greek, the name he has Apollyon.
KJV: And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue [is] Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath [his] name Apollyon.
References
"they had"Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Joh 12:31: Now is the judgment of this world: now will the prince of this world be cast out.Joh 14:30: Hereafter I not will talk much with you: for the prince of this world comes: and has nothing in me.Joh 16:11: Of judgment: because the prince of this world is judged.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:1Jo 4:4: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness."the angel"Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit."Abaddon"Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.
η ουαι η μια απηλθεν ιδου ερχονται ετι δυο ουαι μετα ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (N)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
Woe
|
N
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1520μίαmia (Adj-NFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίαmia
|
first
|
Adj-NFS
|
G565ἀπῆλθεν·apēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθεν·apēlthen
|
has passed.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
are coming
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
still
|
Adv
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (N)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
woes
|
N
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
12
one woe is past; and, look, there come two woes more hereafter.Revelation 9:12
Stats
Rank: #4728 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 9 words, 50 letters, 22 vowels, 28 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουαι η μια απηλθεν ιδου ερχονται ετι δυο ουαι μετα ταυτα
Lit: Woe the first has passed. Behold, are coming still two woes after these things.
KJV: One woe is past; and, behold, there come two woes more hereafter.
References
"woe"Re 9:1: 2: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit."two"Re 9:13-21: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Re 11:14: The second woe is past; and: look: the third woe comes quickly.
The Sixth Trumpet: Release of the Four Angels
και ο εκτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ηκουσα φωνην μιαν εκ των τεσσαρων κερατων του θυσιαστηριου του χρυσου του ενωπιον του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1623ἕκτοςhektos (Adj-NMS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτοςhektos
|
sixth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2768κεράτωνkeratōn (N-GNP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κεράτωνkeratōn
|
horns
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar
|
N-GNS
|
G5552χρυσοῦchrysou (Adj-GNS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦchrysou
|
golden
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
13
The sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God,Revelation 9:13
Stats
Rank: #6525 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 21 words, 86 letters, 33 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο εκτος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και ηκουσα φωνην μιαν εκ των τεσσαρων κερατων του θυσιαστηριου του χρυσου του ενωπιον του θεου
Lit: And the sixth angel sounded his trumpet, and I heard voice one from the four horns of the altar golden before God,
KJV: And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God,
References
"the sixth"Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit."a voice"Re 8:3-5: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Heb 9:24: For Christ not is entered into the holy places made with hands: which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself: now to appear in the presence of God for us:Heb 10:21: having an high priest over the house of God;
λεγουσαν τω εκτω αγγελω ος ειχε την σαλπιγγα λυσον τους τεσσαρας αγγελους τους δεδεμενους επι τω ποταμω τω μεγαλω ευφρατη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγονταlegonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγονταlegonta
|
saying
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1623ἕκτῳhektō (Adj-DMS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτῳhektō
|
sixth
|
Adj-DMS
|
G32ἀγγέλῳ,angelō (N-DMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλῳ,angelō
|
angel,
|
N-DMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4536σάλπιγγαsalpinga (N-AFS)
G4536 σάλπιγξ sálpinx sal-pinx perhaps from σάλος (through the idea of quavering or reverberation); a trumpet:--trump(-et).
|
σάλπιγγαsalpinga
|
trumpet,
|
N-AFS
|
G3089ΛῦσονLyson (V-AMA-2S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ΛῦσονLyson
|
Release
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G5064τέσσαραςtessaras (Adj-AMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραςtessaras
|
four
|
Adj-AMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels,
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1210δεδεμένουςdedemenous (V-RPM/P-AMP)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
δεδεμένουςdedemenous
|
having been bound
|
V-RPM/P-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G4215ποταμῷpotamō (N-DMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμῷpotamō
|
river
|
N-DMS
|
G3173μεγάλῳmegalō (Adj-DMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῳmegalō
|
great
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2166Εὐφράτῃ.Euphratē (N-DMS)
G2166 Εὐφράτης Euphrátēs yoo-frat-ace of foreign origin (compare פְּרָת); Euphrates, a river of Asia:--Euphrates.
|
Εὐφράτῃ.Euphratē
|
Euphrates.
|
N-DMS
|
14
Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the 4 angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.
Revelation 9:14
Stats
Rank: #7414 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 35 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγουσαν τω εκτω αγγελω ος ειχε την σαλπιγγα λυσον τους τεσσαρας αγγελους τους δεδεμενους επι τω ποταμω τω μεγαλω ευφρατη
Lit: saying to the sixth angel, the one having the trumpet, Release the four angels, those having been bound at the river great Euphrates.
KJV: Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.
References
"to the"Re 8:2: 6: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets."loose"Re 9:15: The 4 angels were loosed: which were prepared for an hour: and a day: and a month: and a year: for to kill the third part of men.Re 16:12: The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up: that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared."the great"Ge 2:14: The name of the third river is Hiddekel: that is it which goes toward the east of Assyria. And the fourth river is Euphrates.2Sa 8:3: David smote also Hadadezer: the son of Rehob: king of Zobah: as he went to recover his border at the river Euphrates.Jer 51:63: It will be: when you have made an end of reading this book: that you will bind a stone to it: and cast it into the middle of Euphrates:
και ελυθησαν οι τεσσαρες αγγελοι οι ητοιμασμενοι εις την ωραν και ημεραν και μηνα και ενιαυτον ινα αποκτεινωσιν το τριτον των ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3089ἐλύθησανelythēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
ἐλύθησανelythēsan
|
were released
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G2090ἡτοιμασμένοιhētoimasmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοιμασμένοιhētoimasmenoi
|
having been prepared
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2250ἡμέρανhēmeran (N-AFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρανhēmeran
|
day
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3376μῆναmēna (N-AMS)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναmēna
|
month
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1763ἐνιαυτόν,eniauton (N-AMS)
G1763 ἐνιαυτός eniautós en-ee-ow-tos prolongation from a primary (a year); a year:--year.
|
ἐνιαυτόν,eniauton
|
year,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτείνωσινapokteinōsin
|
they might kill
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-ANS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-ANS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-ANS
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of mankind.
|
N-GMP
|
15
The 4 angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to kill the third part of men.Revelation 9:15
Stats
Rank: #6554 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 24 words, 102 letters, 39 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελυθησαν οι τεσσαρες αγγελοι οι ητοιμασμενοι εις την ωραν και ημεραν και μηνα και ενιαυτον ινα αποκτεινωσιν το τριτον των ανθρωπων
Lit: And were released the four angels having been prepared for the hour and day and month and year, so that they might kill a third of mankind.
KJV: And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.
References
"an hour"Re 9:5: 10: To them it was given that they not should kill them: but that they should be tormented 5 months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion: when he strikes a man."for to"Re 9:18: By these 3 was the third part of men killed: by the fire: and by the smoke: and by the brimstone: which issued out of their mouths.Re 8:7: 9: 11: 12: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.
και ο αριθμος στρατευματων του ιππικου δυο μυριαδες μυριαδων και ηκουσα τον αριθμον αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4753στρατευμάτωνstrateumatōn (N-GNP)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στρατευμάτωνstrateumatōn
|
armies
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2461ἱππικοῦhippikou (Adj-GNS)
G2461 ἱππικόν hippikón hip-pee-kon neuter of a derivative of ἵππος; the cavalry force:--horse(-men).
|
ἱππικοῦhippikou
|
cavalry was
|
Adj-GNS
|
G1364δισμυριάδες*dismyriades (N-NFP)
G1364 δίς dís dece adverb from δύο; twice:--again, twice.
|
δισμυριάδες*dismyriades
|
twice ten thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G3461μυριάδων·myriadōn (N-GFP)
G3461 μυριάς myriás moo-ree-as from μύριοι; a ten-thousand; by extension, a myriad or indefinite number:--ten thousand.
|
μυριάδων·myriadōn
|
ten thousands;
|
N-GFP
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸνarithmon (N-AMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸνarithmon
|
number
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GN3P
|
16
The number of the army of the horsemen were 200000000: and I heard the number of them.Revelation 9:16
Stats
Rank: #6666 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 20 words, 88 letters, 32 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο αριθμος στρατευματων του ιππικου δυο μυριαδες μυριαδων και ηκουσα τον αριθμον αυτων
Lit: And the number of the armies of the cavalry was twice ten thousand ten thousands; I heard the number of them.
KJV: And the number of the army of the horsemen were two hundred thousand thousand: and I heard the number of them.
References
"the number"Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened."horsemen"Eze 23:6: Which were clothed with blue: captains and rulers: all of them desirable young men: horsemen riding upon horses.Eze 38:4: I will turn you back: and put hooks into your jaws: and I will bring you forth: and all your army: horses and horsemen: all of them clothed with all sorts of armour: even a great company with bucklers and shields: all of them handling swords:Da 11:40: At the time of the end will the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind: with chariots: and with horsemen: and with many ships; and he will enter into the countries: and will overflow and pass over."I heard"Re 7:4: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel.
και ουτως ειδον τους ιππους εν τη ορασει και τους καθημενους επ αυτων εχοντας θωρακας πυρινους και υακινθινους και θειωδεις και αι κεφαλαι των ιππων ως κεφαλαι λεοντων και εκ των στοματων αυτων εκπορευεται πυρ και καπνος και θειον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2462ἵππουςhippous (N-AMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππουςhippous
|
horses
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3706ὁράσειhorasei (N-DFS)
G3706 ὅρασις hórasis hor-as-is from ὁράω; the act of gazing, i.e. (externally) an aspect or (internally) an inspired appearance:--sight, vision.
|
ὁράσειhorasei
|
vision,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2521καθημένουςkathēmenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουςkathēmenous
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2382θώρακαςthōrakas (N-AMP)
G2382 θώραξ thṓrax tho-rax of uncertain affinity; the chest (thorax), i.e. (by implication) a corslet:--breast-plate.
|
θώρακαςthōrakas
|
breastplates
|
N-AMP
|
G4447πυρίνουςpyrinous (Adj-AMP)
G4447 πύρινος pýrinos poo-ree-nos from πυρά; fiery, i.e. (by implication) flaming:--of fire.
|
πυρίνουςpyrinous
|
fiery
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5191ὑακινθίνουςhyakinthinous (Adj-AMP)
G5191 ὑακίνθινος hyakínthinos hoo-ak-in-thee-nos from ὑάκινθος; hyacinthine or jacinthine, i.e. deep blue:--jacinth.
|
ὑακινθίνουςhyakinthinous
|
hyacinthine
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2306θειώδεις·theiōdeis (Adj-AMP)
G2306 θειώδης theiṓdēs thi-o-dace from θεῖον and 1491; sulphur-like, i.e. sulphurous:--brimstone.
|
θειώδεις·theiōdeis
|
brimstone.
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2776κεφαλαὶkephalai (N-NFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλαὶkephalai
|
heads
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2462ἵππωνhippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππωνhippōn
|
horses were
|
N-GMP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2776κεφαλαὶkephalai (N-NFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλαὶkephalai
|
heads
|
N-NFP
|
G3023λεόντων,leontōn (N-GMP)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λεόντων,leontōn
|
of lions,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4750στομάτωνstomatōn (N-GNP)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στομάτωνstomatōn
|
mouths
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai
|
proceed
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
smoke,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2303θεῖον.theion (N-NNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θεῖον.theion
|
brimstone.
|
N-NNS
|
17
Thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.Revelation 9:17
Stats
Rank: #5821 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 244 characters, 41 words, 191 letters, 72 vowels, 119 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουτως ειδον τους ιππους εν τη ορασει και τους καθημενους επ αυτων εχοντας θωρακας πυρινους και υακινθινους και θειωδεις και αι κεφαλαι των ιππων ως κεφαλαι λεοντων και εκ των στοματων αυτων εκπορευεται πυρ και καπνος και θειον
Lit: And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and those sitting on them, having breastplates fiery and hyacinthine and brimstone. And the heads of the horses were like heads of lions, and out of the mouths of them proceed fire, and smoke, and brimstone.
KJV: And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.
References
"having"Re 9:9: They had breastplates: as it were breastplates of iron; and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle."jacinth"Re 21:20: The fifth: sardonyx; the sixth: sardius; the seventh: chrysolite; the eighth: beryl; the ninth: a topaz; the tenth: a chrysoprasus; the eleventh: a jacinth; the twelfth: an amethyst."brimstone"Re 9:18: By these 3 was the third part of men killed: by the fire: and by the smoke: and by the brimstone: which issued out of their mouths.Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Ge 19:24: Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven;Ps 11:6: Upon the wicked he will rain snares: fire and brimstone: and an horrible tempest: this will be the portion of their cup.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.Eze 33:22: Now the hand of the LORD was upon me in the evening: afore He that'>He who was escaped came; and had opened my mouth: until He came to me in the morning; and my mouth was opened: and I was no more dumb."as the"1Ch 12:8: Of the Gadites there separated themselves to David into the hold to the wilderness men of might: and men of war fit for the battle: that could handle shield and buckler: whose faces were like the faces of lions: and were as swift as the roes upon the mountains;Isa 5:28: 29: Whose arrows are sharp: and all their bows bent: their horses' hoofs will be counted like flint: and their wheels like a whirlwind:
υπο των τριων τουτων απεκτανθησαν το τριτον των ανθρωπων εκ του πυρος και εκ του καπνου και εκ του θειου του εκπορευομενου εκ των στοματων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
By
|
Prep
|
G5140τριῶνtriōn (Adj-GFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τριῶνtriōn
|
three
|
Adj-GFP
|
G4127πληγῶνplēgōn (N-GFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῶνplēgōn
|
plagues
|
N-GFP
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GFP
|
G615ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan
|
was killed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-NNS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
mankind,
|
N-GMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
by the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2586καπνοῦkapnou (N-GMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνοῦkapnou
|
smoke,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
by the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2303θείουtheiou (N-GNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θείουtheiou
|
brimstone,
|
N-GNS
|
G1607ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou (V-PPM/P-GNS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευομένουekporeuomenou
|
proceeding
|
V-PPM/P-GNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4750στομάτωνstomatōn (N-GNP)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στομάτωνstomatōn
|
mouths
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
18
By these 3 was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.Revelation 9:18
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 23 words, 104 letters, 35 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: υπο των τριων τουτων απεκτανθησαν το τριτον των ανθρωπων εκ του πυρος και εκ του καπνου και εκ του θειου του εκπορευομενου εκ των στοματων αυτων
Lit: By three plagues these was killed a third of mankind, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, proceeding out of the mouths of them.
KJV: By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.
References
"the third"Re 9:15: 17: The 4 angels were loosed: which were prepared for an hour: and a day: and a month: and a year: for to kill the third part of men.
{VAR1: αι γαρ εξουσιαι } {VAR2: η γαρ εξουσια } αυτων εν τω στοματι αυτων {VAR1: εισιν } {VAR2: εστιν και εν ταις ουραις αυτων } αι γαρ ουραι αυτων ομοιαι οφεσιν εχουσαι κεφαλας και εν αυταις αδικουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
powers
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2462ἵππωνhippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππωνhippōn
|
horses
|
N-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4750στόματιstomati (N-DNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματιstomati
|
mouths
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G3769οὐραῖςourais (N-DFP)
G3769 οὐρά ourá oo-rah apparently a primary word; a tail:--tail.
|
οὐραῖςourais
|
tails
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3769οὐραὶourai (N-NFP)
G3769 οὐρά ourá oo-rah apparently a primary word; a tail:--tail.
|
οὐραὶourai
|
tails
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3664ὅμοιαιhomoiai (Adj-NFP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιαιhomoiai
|
are like
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3789ὄφεσιν,ophesin (N-DMP)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφεσιν,ophesin
|
serpents,
|
N-DMP
|
G2192ἔχουσαιechousai (V-PPA-NFP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαιechousai
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFP
|
G2776κεφαλάς,kephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλάς,kephalas
|
heads,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
them
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G91ἀδικοῦσιν.adikousin (V-PIA-3P)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικοῦσιν.adikousin
|
they injure.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
19
For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like to serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt.Revelation 9:19
Stats
Rank: #7870 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 23 words, 107 letters, 40 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: {VAR1: αι γαρ εξουσιαι } {VAR2: η γαρ εξουσια } αυτων εν τω στοματι αυτων {VAR1: εισιν } {VAR2: εστιν και εν ταις ουραις αυτων } αι γαρ ουραι αυτων ομοιαι οφεσιν εχουσαι κεφαλας και εν αυταις αδικουσιν
Lit: The for powers of the horses in the mouths of them are, and in the tails of them; the for tails of them are like serpents, having heads, and with them they injure.
KJV: For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like unto serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt.
References
"in their tails"Re 9:10: They had tails like to scorpions: and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men 5 months.Isa 9:15: The ancient and honourable: he is the head; and the prophet that teaches lies: he is the tail.Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;
και οι λοιποι των ανθρωπων οι ουκ απεκτανθησαν εν ταις πληγαις ταυταις {VAR1: ουτε } {VAR2: ου } μετενοησαν εκ των εργων των χειρων αυτων ινα μη προσκυνησωσιν τα δαιμονια και ειδωλα τα χρυσα και τα αργυρα και τα χαλκα και τα λιθινα και τα ξυλινα α ουτε βλεπειν δυναται ουτε ακουειν ουτε περιπατειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532‹ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
rest
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G615ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan
|
were killed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G4127πληγαῖςplēgais (N-DFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγαῖςplēgais
|
plagues
|
N-DFP
|
G3778ταύταιςtautais (DPro-DFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύταιςtautais
|
these
|
DPro-DFP
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
not even
|
Conj
|
G3340μετενόησανmetenoēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετενόησανmetenoēsan
|
repented
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G5495χειρῶνcheirōn (N-GFP)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρῶνcheirōn
|
hands
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
they will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1140δαιμόνιαdaimonia (N-ANP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμόνιαdaimonia
|
demons,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1497εἴδωλαeidōla (N-ANP)
G1497 εἴδωλον eídōlon i-do-lon from εἶδος; an image (i.e. for worship); by implication, a heathen god, or (plural) the worship of such:--idol.
|
εἴδωλαeidōla
|
idols
|
N-ANP
|
G5552χρυσᾶchrysa (Adj-ANP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶchrysa
|
golden
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G693ἀργυρᾶargyra (Adj-ANP)
G693 ἀργύρεος argýreos ar-goo-reh-os from ἄργυρος; made of silver:--(of) silver.
|
ἀργυρᾶargyra
|
silver
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5470χαλκᾶchalka (Adj-ANP)
G5470 χάλκεος chálkeos khal-keh-os from χαλκός; coppery:--brass.
|
χαλκᾶchalka
|
bronze
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3035λίθιναlithina (Adj-ANP)
G3035 λίθινος líthinos lith-ee-nos from λίθος; stony, i.e. made of stone:--of stone.
|
λίθιναlithina
|
stone
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3585ξύλιναxylina (Adj-ANP)
G3585 ξύλινος xýlinos xoo-lin-os from ξύλον; wooden:--of wood.
|
ξύλιναxylina
|
wooden,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
neither
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπεινblepein (V-PNA)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπεινblepein
|
to see
|
V-PNA
|
G1410δύνανταιdynantai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνανταιdynantai
|
are able,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G191ἀκούεινakouein (V-PNA)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούεινakouein
|
to hear,
|
V-PNA
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4043περιπατεῖν›peripatein (V-PNA)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατεῖν›peripatein
|
to walk.
|
V-PNA
|
20
The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands, that they not should worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:Revelation 9:20
Stats
Counts: 254 characters, 40 words, 196 letters, 67 vowels, 129 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι λοιποι των ανθρωπων οι ουκ απεκτανθησαν εν ταις πληγαις ταυταις {VAR1: ουτε } {VAR2: ου } μετενοησαν εκ των εργων των χειρων αυτων ινα μη προσκυνησωσιν τα δαιμονια και ειδωλα τα χρυσα και τα αργυρα και τα χαλκα και τα λιθινα και τα ξυλινα α ουτε βλεπειν δυναται ουτε ακουειν ουτε περιπατειν
Lit: And the rest of the men who not were killed by the plagues these not even repented of the works of the hands of them, so that not they will worship the demons, and the idols golden and silver and bronze and stone and wooden, which neither to see are able, nor to hear, nor to walk.
KJV: And the rest of the men which were not killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:
References
"yet"Re 9:21: Neither repented they of their murders: nor of their sorceries: nor of their fornication: nor of their thefts.Re 2:21: 22: I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she not repented.Re 16:8: The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire.De 31:29: For I know that after my death you will utterly corrupt yourselves: and turn aside from the way which I have commanded you; and evil will befall you in the latter days; because you will do evil in the sight of the LORD: to provoke Him to anger through the work of your hands.2Ch 28:22: In the time of His distress did He trespass yet more against the LORD: this is that king Ahaz.Jer 5:3: O LORD: are not your eyes upon the truth? you have stricken them: but they not have grieved; you have consumed them: but they have refused to receive correction: they have made their faces harder than a rock; they have refused to return.Jer 8:4-6: Moreover you will say to them: Thus says the LORD; Will they fall: not and arise? will He turn away: not and return?Mt 21:32: For John came to you in the way of righteousness: and you believed not him: but the publicans and the harlots believed him: and you: when you had seen it: not repented afterward: that you might believe him.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed."worship"Le 17:7: They will no more offer their sacrifices to devils: after whom they have gone a whoring. This will be a statute for ever to them throughout their generations.De 32:17: They sacrificed to devils: not to God; to gods whom they not knew: to new gods that came newly up: whom your fathers not feared.2Ki 22:17: Because they have forsaken me: and have burned incense to other gods: that they might provoke me to anger with all the works of their hands; therefore my wrath will be kindled against this place: and will not be quenched.2Ch 34:25: Because they have forsaken me: and have burned incense to other gods: that they might provoke me to anger with all the works of their hands; therefore my wrath will be poured out upon this place: and will not be quenched.Ps 106:37: Yes: they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils: Isa 2:8: Their land also is full of idols; they worship the work of their own hands: that which their own fingers have made:Jer 25:6: not go after other gods to serve them: and to worship them: and provoke not me to anger with the works of your hands; and I will do you no hurt.Jer 44:8: In that you provoke me to wrath with the works of your hands: burning incense to other gods in the land of Egypt: whither you be gone to dwell: that you might cut yourselves off: and that you might be a curse and a reproach among all the nations of the earth?Ac 7:41: They made a calf in those days: and offered sacrifice to the idol: and rejoiced in the works of their own hands.Ac 19:26: Moreover you see and hear: not that alone at Ephesus: but almost throughout all Asia: this Paul has persuaded and turned away much people: saying that they be no gods: which are made with hands:1Co 10:20: 21: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.1Ti 4:1: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;"and idols"Ps 115:4-8: Their idols are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Ps 135:15-18: The idols of the heathen are silver and gold: the work of men's hands.Isa 40:19: 20: The workman melts a graven image: and the goldsmith spreads it over with gold: and casts silver chains.Isa 41:7: So the carpenter encouraged the goldsmith: and he who smoothes with the hammer him that smote the anvil: saying: It is ready for the sodering: and he fastened it with nails: that it not should be moved.Isa 42:17: 18: They will be turned back: they will be greatly ashamed: that trust in graven images: that say to the molten images: You are our gods.Isa 44:9-20: They that make a graven image are all of them vanity; and their delectable things will not profit; and they are their own witnesses; they not see: nor know; that they may be ashamed.Isa 46:5-7: To whom will you liken me: and make me equal: and compare me: that we may be like?Jer 10:3-5: 8: 9: 14: 15: For the customs of the people are vain: for one cuts a tree out of the for: the work of the hands of the workman: with the axe.Jer 15:19: 20: Therefore thus says the LORD: If you return: then will I bring you again: and you will stand before me: and if you take forth the precious from the vile: you will be as my mouth: let them return to you; but not return you to them.Jer 51:17: Every man is brutish by his knowledge; every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood: and there is no breath in them.Da 5:23: But have lifted up yourself against the Lord of heaven; and they have brought the vessels of His house before you: and you: and your lords: your wives: and your concubines: have drunk wine in them; and you have praised the gods of silver: and gold: of brass: iron: wood: and stone: which not see: nor hear: nor know: and the God in whose hand your breath is: and whose are all your ways: have you not glorified:Hab 2:18-20: What profits the graven image that the maker thereof has graven it; the molten image: and a teacher of lies: that the maker of his work trusts therein: to make dumb idols?Ac 17:29: Forasmuch then as we are the offspring of God: we not ought to think that the Godhead is like to gold: or silver: or stone: graven by are and man's device.Ro 1:21-23: Because that: when they knew God: they glorified Him not as God: neither were thankful; but became vain in their imaginations: and their foolish heart was darkened.
και ου μετενοησαν εκ των φονων αυτων ουτε εκ των φαρμακειων αυτων ουτε εκ της πορνειας αυτων ουτε εκ των κλεμματων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3340μετενόησανmetenoēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετενόησανmetenoēsan
|
they repented
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5408φόνωνphonōn (N-GMP)
G5408 φόνος phónos fon-os from an obsolete primary (to slay); murder:--murder, + be slain with, slaughter.
|
φόνωνphonōn
|
murders
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5333φαρμάκωνpharmakōn (N-GNP)
G5333 φάρμακος phármakos far-mak-os the same as 5332:--sorcerer.
|
φαρμάκωνpharmakōn
|
sorceries
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2809κλεμμάτωνklemmatōn (N-GNP)
G2809 κλέμμα klémma klem-mah from κλέπτω; stealing (properly, the thing stolen, but used of the act):--theft.
|
κλεμμάτωνklemmatōn
|
thefts
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
21
Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.Revelation 9:21
Stats
Rank: #6869 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 110 characters, 15 words, 89 letters, 34 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ου μετενοησαν εκ των φονων αυτων ουτε εκ των φαρμακειων αυτων ουτε εκ της πορνειας αυτων ουτε εκ των κλεμματων αυτων
Lit: And not they repented of the murders of them, nor of the sorceries of them, nor of the sexual immorality of them, nor of the thefts of them.
KJV: Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.
References
"their murders"Re 11:7-9: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 13:7: 15: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 16:6: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets: and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.Re 18:24: In her was found the blood of prophets: and of saints: and of all that were killed upon the earth.Da 7:21-25: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Da 11:33: They that understand among the people will instruct many: yet they will fall by the sword: and by flame: by captivity: and by spoil: many days."their sorceries"Re 13:13: He does great wonders: so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men: Re 18:23: The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.Isa 47:9: 12: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Isa 57:3: But draw near here: you sons of the sorceress: the seed of the adulterer and the whore.Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts."nor of their fornication"Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 17:2: 5: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Re 18:3: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Mt 15:19: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts: murders: adulteries: fornications: thefts: false witness: blasphemies:2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed.
10
The Angel and the Small Scroll
και ειδον αλλον αγγελον ισχυρον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου περιβεβλημενον νεφελην και ιρις επι της κεφαλης και το προσωπον αυτου ως ο ηλιος και οι ποδες αυτου ως στυλοι πυρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρὸνischyron (Adj-AMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὸνischyron
|
mighty
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2597καταβαίνονταkatabainonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνονταkatabainonta
|
coming down
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G4016περιβεβλημένονperibeblēmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένονperibeblēmenon
|
clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G3507νεφέλην,nephelēn (N-AFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέλην,nephelēn
|
a cloud,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
a
|
Art-NFS
|
G2463ἶριςiris (N-NFS)
G2463 ἶρις îris ee-ris perhaps from ἐρέω (as a symbol of the female messenger of the pagan deities); a rainbow (iris):--rainbow.
|
ἶριςiris
|
rainbow
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-NNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was like
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2246ἥλιος,hēlios (N-NMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιος,hēlios
|
sun,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδεςpodes
|
feet
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4769στῦλοιstyloi (N-NMP)
G4769 στῦλος stŷlos stoo-los from (to stiffen; properly akin to the base of ἵστημι); a post (style), i.e. (figuratively) support:--pillar.
|
στῦλοιstyloi
|
pillars
|
N-NMP
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire,
|
N-GNS
|
1
And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:Revelation 10:1
Stats
Counts: 180 characters, 31 words, 137 letters, 54 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αλλον αγγελον ισχυρον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου περιβεβλημενον νεφελην και ιρις επι της κεφαλης και το προσωπον αυτου ως ο ηλιος και οι ποδες αυτου ως στυλοι πυρος
Lit: And I saw another angel mighty coming down out of heaven, clothed with a cloud, and a rainbow upon the head of him, and the face of him was like the sun, and the feet of him like pillars of fire,
KJV: And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face [was] as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:
References
"another"Re 10:5: 6: The angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven: Re 5:2: I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice: Who is worthy to open the book: and to loose the seals thereof?Re 7:1: 2: After these things I saw 4 angels standing on the 4 corners of the earth: holding the 4 winds of the earth: that the wind not should blow on the earth: nor on the sea: nor on any tree.Re 8:2-5: 13: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.Re 9:13: 14: The sixth angel sounded: and I heard a voice from the 4 horns of the golden altar which is before God: Re 14:14: 15: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle."clothed"Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Ex 16:10: It came to pass: as Aaron spoke to the whole congregation of the children of Israel: that they looked toward the wilderness: and: look: the glory of the LORD appeared in the cloud.Le 16:2: The LORD said to Moses: Speak to Aaron your brother: that He not come at all times into the holy place within the vail before the mercy seat: which is upon the ark; that He not die: for I will appear in the cloud upon the mercy seat.Ps 97:2: Clouds and darkness are round about him: righteousness and judgment are the habitation of his throne.Ps 104:3: Who lays the beams of his chambers in the waters: who makes the clouds his chariot: who walks upon the wings of the wind:Isa 19:1: The burden of Egypt. Look: the LORD rids upon a swift cloud: and will come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt will be moved at His presence: and the heart of Egypt will melt in the middle of it.La 3:44: You have covered yourself with a cloud: that our prayer not should pass through.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory."a rainbow"Re 4:3: he who sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a rainbow round about the throne: in sight like to an emerald.Ge 9:11-17: I will establish my covenant with you; neither will all flesh be cut off any more by the waters of a flood; neither will there any more be a flood to destroy the earth.Isa 54:9: For this is as the waters of Noah to me: for as I have sworn that the waters of Noah should no more go over the earth; so have I sworn that I not would be angry with you: nor rebuke you.Eze 1:28: As the appearance of the bow that is in the cloud in the day of rain: so was the appearance of the brightness round about. This was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of the LORD. And when I saw it: I fell upon my face: and I heard a voice of one that spoke."his face"Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Da 10:6: His body also was like the beryl: and his face as the appearance of lightning: and his eyes as lamps of fire: and his arms and his feet like in colour to polished brass: and the voice of his words like the voice of a multitude.Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Ac 26:13: At midday: O king: I saw in the way a light from heaven: above the brightness of the sun: shining round about me and them which journeyed with me."pillars"Re 1:15: His feet like to fine brass: as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.Song 5:15: His legs are as pillars of marble: set upon sockets of fine gold: his face is as Lebanon: excellent as the cedars.
και ειχεν εν τη χειρι αυτου βιβλαριδιον ανεωγμενον και εθηκεν τον ποδα αυτου τον δεξιον επι την θαλασσαν τον δε ευωνυμον επι την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G974βιβλαρίδιονbiblaridion (N-ANS)
G974 βιβλιαρίδιον bibliarídion bib-lee-ar-id-ee-on a diminutive of βιβλίον; a booklet:--little book.
|
βιβλαρίδιονbiblaridion
|
a little scroll
|
N-ANS
|
G455ἠνεῳγμένον.ēneōgmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῳγμένον.ēneōgmenon
|
being open.
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5087ἔθηκενethēken (V-AIA-3S)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
ἔθηκενethēken
|
he placed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4228πόδαpoda (N-AMS)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαpoda
|
foot
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1188δεξιὸνdexion (Adj-AMS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιὸνdexion
|
right
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσης,thalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσης,thalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2176εὐώνυμονeuōnymon (Adj-AMS)
G2176 εὐώνυμος euṓnymos yoo-o-noo-mos from εὖ and ὄνομα; properly, well-named (good-omened), i.e. the left (which was the lucky side among the pagan Greeks); neuter as adverbial, at the left hand:--(on the) left.
|
εὐώνυμονeuōnymon
|
left
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
2
He had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth,Revelation 10:2
Stats
Counts: 116 characters, 22 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειχεν εν τη χειρι αυτου βιβλαριδιον ανεωγμενον και εθηκεν τον ποδα αυτου τον δεξιον επι την θαλασσαν τον δε ευωνυμον επι την γην
Lit: and having in the hand of him a little scroll being open. And he placed the foot of him right upon the sea, the and left upon the earth.
KJV: And he had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left [foot] on the earth,
References
"a little"Re 10:10: I took the little book out of the angel's hand: and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it: my belly was bitter.Re 5:1-5: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 6:1: 3: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Eze 2:9: 10: When I looked: look: an hand was sent to me; and: indeed: a roll of a book was therein;"he set"Re 10:5: 8: The angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven: Ps 2:8: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 65:5: By terrible things in righteousness will you answer us: O God of our salvation; who are the confidence of all the ends of the earth: and of them that are afar off upon the sea:Pr 8:15: 16: By me kings reign: and princes decree justice.Isa 59:19: So will they fear the name of the LORD from the west: and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy will come in like a flood: the Spirit of the LORD will lift up a standard against Him.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Eph 1:20-22: Which He wrought in Christ: when He raised Him from the dead: and set Him at His own right hand in the heavenly places: Php 2:10: 11: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow: of things in heaven: and things in earth: and things under the earth;
και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη ωσπερ λεων μυκαται και οτε εκραξεν ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται τας εαυτων φωνας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραξενekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξενekraxen
|
he cried out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5618ὥσπερhōsper (Adv)
G5618 ὥσπερ hṓsper hoce-per from ὡς and περ; just as, i.e. exactly like:--(even, like) as.
|
ὥσπερhōsper
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3023λέωνleōn (N-NMS)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λέωνleōn
|
a lion
|
N-NMS
|
G3455μυκᾶται.mykatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G3455 μυκάομαι mykáomai moo-kah-om-ahee from a presumed derivative of ( to moo); to bellow (roar):--roar.
|
μυκᾶται.mykatai
|
roars.
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G2896ἔκραξεν,ekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξεν,ekraxen
|
he cried out,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
sounded
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1027βρονταὶbrontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταὶbrontai
|
thunders,
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1438ἑαυτῶνheautōn (RefPro-GF3P)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτῶνheautōn
|
of themselves
|
RefPro-GF3P
|
G5456φωνάς.phōnas (N-AFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνάς.phōnas
|
voice.
|
N-AFP
|
3
Cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roars: and when he had cried, 7 thunders uttered their voices.Revelation 10:3
Stats
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 88 letters, 36 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη ωσπερ λεων μυκαται και οτε εκραξεν ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται τας εαυτων φωνας
Lit: And he cried out in a voice loud as a lion roars. And when he cried out, sounded the seven thunders, the of themselves voice.
KJV: And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.
References
"loud"Pr 19:12: The king's wrath is as the roaring of a lion; but his favour is as dew upon the grass.Isa 5:29: Their roaring will be like a lion: they will roar like young lions: yes: they will roar: and lay hold of the prey: and will carry it away safe: and none will deliver it.Isa 31:4: For thus has the LORD spoken to me: Like as the lion and the young lion roaring on His prey: when a multitude of shepherds is called forth against Him: He not will be afraid of their voice: nor abase Himself for the noise of them: so will the LORD of hosts come down to fight for mount Zion: and for the hill thereof.Isa 42:13: The LORD will go forth as a mighty man: He will stir up jealousy like a man of war: He will cry: yes: roar; He will prevail against His enemies.Jer 25:30: Therefore prophesy you against them all these words: and say to them: The LORD will roar from on high: and utter His voice from His holy habitation; He will mightily roar upon His habitation; He will give a shout: as they that tread the grapes: against all the inhabitants of the earth.Joe 3:16: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel.Am 1:2: He said: The LORD will roar from Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the habitations of the shepherds will mourn: and the top of Carmel will where.Am 3:8: The lion has roared: who not will fear? the Lord GOD has spoken: who can but prophesy?"seven"Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 14:2: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Re 15:1: 7: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.
και οτε ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται τας φωνας εαυτων εμελλον γραφειν και ηκουσα φωνην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν μοι σφραγισον α ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται και μη ταυτα γραψης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
had spoken
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1027βρονταί,brontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταί,brontai
|
thunders,
|
N-NFP
|
G3195ἤμελλονēmellon (V-IIA-1S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
ἤμελλονēmellon
|
I was about
|
V-IIA-1S
|
G1125γράφειν·graphein (V-PNA)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράφειν·graphein
|
to write.
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
But
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G4972ΣφράγισονSphragison (V-AMA-2S)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ΣφράγισονSphragison
|
Seal
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
what
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G2980ἐλάλησανelalēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησανelalēsan
|
have spoken
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1027βρονταί,brontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταί,brontai
|
thunders,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G1125γράψῃς.grapsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γράψῃς.grapsēs
|
write.
|
V-ASA-2S
|
4
When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me, Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered, and write not them.
Revelation 10:4
Stats
Counts: 198 characters, 33 words, 157 letters, 61 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται τας φωνας εαυτων εμελλον γραφειν και ηκουσα φωνην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν μοι σφραγισον α ελαλησαν αι επτα βρονται και μη ταυτα γραψης
Lit: And when had spoken the seven thunders, I was about to write. But I heard a voice out of heaven, saying, Seal what have spoken the seven thunders, and not them write.
KJV: And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.
References
"I was"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1-3: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Isa 8:1: Moreover the LORD said to me: Take you a great roll: and write in it with a man's pen concerning Mahershalalhashbaz.Hab 2:2: 3: The LORD answered me: and said: Write the vision: and make it plain upon tables: that He may run that reads it."Seal up"De 29:29: The secret things belong to the LORD our God: but those things which are revealed belong to us and to our children for ever: that we may do all the words of this law.Isa 8:16: Bind up the testimony: seal the law among my disciples.Isa 29:11: The vision of all is become to you as the words of a book that is sealed: which men deliver to one that is learned: saying: Read this: I pray you: and he says: I cannot; for it is sealed:Da 8:26: The vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: for what reason shut you up the vision; for it will be for many days.Da 12:4: 9: But you: O Daniel: shut up the words: and seal the book: even to the time of the end: many will run to and fro: and knowledge will be increased.
και ο αγγελος ον ειδον εστωτα επι της θαλασσης και επι της γης ηρεν την χειρα αυτου εις τον ουρανον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελος,angelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελος,angelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
whom
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
land
|
N-GFS
|
G142ἦρενēren (V-AIA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρενēren
|
lifted up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1188δεξιὰνdexian (Adj-AFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιὰνdexian
|
right
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανόν,ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν,ouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
5
The angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven,Revelation 10:5
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 20 words, 73 letters, 28 vowels, 45 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο αγγελος ον ειδον εστωτα επι της θαλασσης και επι της γης ηρεν την χειρα αυτου εις τον ουρανον
Lit: And the angel whom I saw standing on the sea and on the land lifted up the hand of him the right to heaven,
KJV: And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven,
References
"stand"Re 10:2: He had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea: and his left foot on the earth: "lifted"Ge 14:22: Abram said to the king of Sodom: I have lift up my hand to the LORD: the most high God: the possessor of heaven and earth: Ge 22:15: 16: The angel of the LORD called to Abraham out of heaven the second time: Ex 6:8: I will bring you in to the land: concerning the which I did swear to give it to Abraham: to Isaac: and to Jacob; and I will give it you for an heritage: I am the LORD.De 32:40: For I lift up my hand to heaven: and say: I live for ever.Eze 20:5: 15: 23: 28: 42: Say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD; In the day when I chose Israel: and lifted up my hand to the seed of the house of Jacob: and made myself known to them in the land of Egypt: when I lifted up my hand to them: saying: I am the LORD your God;Eze 36:7: Therefore thus says the Lord GOD; I have lifted up my hand: Surely the heathen that are about you: they will bear their shame.Eze 47:14: you will inherit it: one as well as another: concerning the which I lifted up my hand to give it to your fathers: and this land will fall to you for inheritance.Da 12:7: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.Heb 6:13: For when God made promise to Abraham: because He could swear by no greater: He sware by Himself: "by him"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation."who"Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Ge 1:1-2: In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it.Ne 9:6: You: even you: are LORD alone; you have made heaven: the heaven of heavens: with all their host: the earth: and all things that are therein: the seas: and all that is therein: and you preserve them all; and the host of heaven worships you.Ps 95:3-6: For the LORD is a great God: and a great King above all gods.Ps 146:5: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Ps 148:1-7: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the LORD from the heavens: praise Him in the heights.Jer 10:11-13: Thus will you say to them: The gods that not have made the heavens and the earth: even they will perish from the earth: and from under these heavens.Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ac 17:23: For as I passed by: and beheld your devotions: I found an altar with this inscription: TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore you ignorantly worship: him declare I to you.Ro 1:20: For the invisible things of Him from the creation of the world are clearly seen: being understood by the things that are made: even His eternal power and Godhead; so that they are without excuse:"that there"Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done.Da 12:7: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.
και ωμοσεν εν τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων ος εκτισεν τον ουρανον και τα εν αυτω και την γην και τα εν αυτη και την θαλασσαν και τα εν αυτη οτι χρονος ουκ εσται ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3660ὤμοσενōmosen (V-AIA-3S)
G3660 ὀμνύω omnýō om-o-o a prolonged form of a primary, but obsolete , for which another prolonged form is used in certain tenses; to swear, i.e. take (or declare on) oath:--swear.
|
ὤμοσενōmosen
|
he swore
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2198ζῶντιzōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντιzōnti
|
living
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων,aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων,aiōnōn
|
ages,
|
N-GMP
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2936ἔκτισενektisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2936 κτίζω ktízō ktid-zo probably akin to κτάομαι (through the idea of proprietorship of the manufacturer); to fabricate, i.e. found (form originally):--create, Creator, make.
|
ἔκτισενektisen
|
created
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
it,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the things
|
Art-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G5550Χρόνοςchronos (N-NMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
Χρόνοςchronos
|
Delay
|
N-NMS
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσται,estai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσται,estai
|
will there be!
|
V-FIM-3S
|
6
Sware by him that lives for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer:Revelation 10:6
Stats
Counts: 232 characters, 37 words, 181 letters, 66 vowels, 115 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωμοσεν εν τω ζωντι εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων ος εκτισεν τον ουρανον και τα εν αυτω και την γην και τα εν αυτη και την θαλασσαν και τα εν αυτη οτι χρονος ουκ εσται ετι
Lit: and he swore by the One living to the ages of the ages, who created heaven and the things in it, and the earth and the things in it, and the sea and the things in it - , Delay no longer will there be!
KJV: And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer:
References
"And sware by him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer:"Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:
αλλα εν ταις ημεραις της φωνης του εβδομου αγγελου οταν μελλη σαλπιζειν και τελεσθη το μυστηριον του θεου ως ευηγγελισεν τοις εαυτου δουλοις τοις προφηταις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2250ἡμέραιςhēmerais (N-DFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραιςhēmerais
|
days
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1442ἑβδόμουhebdomou (Adj-GMS)
G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἑβδόμουhebdomou
|
seventh
|
Adj-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλου,angelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλου,angelou
|
angel,
|
N-GMS
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλῃmellē (V-PSA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλῃmellē
|
he is about
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G4537σαλπίζειν,salpizein (V-PNA)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
σαλπίζειν,salpizein
|
to sound the trumpet,
|
V-PNA
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
then
|
Conj
|
G5055ἐτελέσθηetelesthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
ἐτελέσθηetelesthē
|
would be completed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3466μυστήριονmystērion (N-NNS)
G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριονmystērion
|
mystery
|
N-NNS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2097εὐηγγέλισενeuēngelisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐηγγέλισενeuēngelisen
|
proclaimed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1438ἑαυτοῦheautou (RefPro-GM3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτοῦheautou
|
of Himself
|
RefPro-GM3S
|
G1401δούλουςdoulous (N-AMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλουςdoulous
|
servants,
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4396προφήτας.prophētas (N-AMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήτας.prophētas
|
prophets.
|
N-AMP
|
7
But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when He will begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as He has declared to His servants the prophets.Revelation 10:7
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 30 words, 133 letters, 46 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: αλλα εν ταις ημεραις της φωνης του εβδομου αγγελου οταν μελλη σαλπιζειν και τελεσθη το μυστηριον του θεου ως ευηγγελισεν τοις εαυτου δουλοις τοις προφηταις
Lit: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he is about to sound the trumpet, then would be completed the mystery of God, as proclaimed the of Himself servants, the prophets.
KJV: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.
References
"in the"Re 11:15-18: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever."the mystery"Ro 11:25: For I not would: brothers: that you should be ignorant of this mystery: lest you should be wise in your own conceits; that blindness in part is happened to Israel: until the fulness of the Gentiles be come in.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Eph 3:3-9: How that by revelation he made known to me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words: "as he"Lu 24:44-47: He said to them: These are the words which I spoke to you: while I was yet with you: that all things must be fulfilled: which were written in the law of Moses: and in the prophets: and in the psalms: concerning me.Ac 3:21: Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution of all things: which God has spoken by the mouth of all His holy prophets since the world began.
και η φωνη ην ηκουσα εκ του ουρανου παλιν λαλουσα μετ εμου και λεγουσα υπαγε λαβε το βιβλαριδιον το ηνεωγμενον εν τη χειρι αγγελου του εστωτος επι της θαλασσης και επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G2980λαλοῦσανlalousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦσανlalousan
|
was speaking
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G5217ὝπαγεHypage (V-PMA-2S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὝπαγεHypage
|
Go,
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2983λάβεlabe (V-AMA-2S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβεlabe
|
take
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
little scroll
|
N-ANS
|
G455ἠνεῳγμένονēneōgmenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῳγμένονēneōgmenon
|
having been opened
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel
|
N-GMS
|
G2476ἑστῶτοςhestōtos (V-RPA-GMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶτοςhestōtos
|
standing
|
V-RPA-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
land.
|
N-GFS
|
8
The voice which I heard from heaven spoke to me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which stands upon the sea and upon the earth.
Revelation 10:8
Stats
Counts: 185 characters, 36 words, 145 letters, 58 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η φωνη ην ηκουσα εκ του ουρανου παλιν λαλουσα μετ εμου και λεγουσα υπαγε λαβε το βιβλαριδιον το ηνεωγμενον εν τη χειρι αγγελου του εστωτος επι της θαλασσης και επι της γης
Lit: And the voice that I heard out of heaven again was speaking with me, and saying, Go, take the little scroll having been opened in the hand of the angel standing upon the sea, and upon the land.
KJV: And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.
References
"the voice"Re 10:4: 5: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Isa 30:21: your ears will hear a word behind you: saying: This is the way: walk you in it: when you turn to the right hand: and when you turn to the left.
και απηλθον προς τον αγγελον λεγων αυτω δος μοι το βιβλαριδιον και λεγει μοι λαβε και καταφαγε αυτο και πικρανει σου την κοιλιαν αλλ εν τω στοματι σου εσται γλυκυ ως μελι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθαapēltha (V-AIA-1S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθαapēltha
|
I went
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελον,angelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελον,angelon
|
angel,
|
N-AMS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1325Δοῦναίdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
Δοῦναίdounai
|
Give
|
V-ANA
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G974βιβλαρίδιον.biblaridion (N-ANS)
G974 βιβλιαρίδιον bibliarídion bib-lee-ar-id-ee-on a diminutive of βιβλίον; a booklet:--little book.
|
βιβλαρίδιον.biblaridion
|
little scroll.
|
N-ANS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2983ΛάβεLabe (V-AMA-2S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ΛάβεLabe
|
Take
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2719κατάφαγεkataphage (V-AMA-2S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατάφαγεkataphage
|
eat
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G846αὐτό,auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό,auto
|
it;
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4087πικρανεῖpikranei (V-FIA-3S)
G4087 πικραίνω pikraínō pik-rah-ee-no from πικρός; to embitter (literally or figuratively):--be (make) bitter.
|
πικρανεῖpikranei
|
it will make bitter
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2836κοιλίαν,koilian (N-AFS)
G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαν,koilian
|
stomach,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4750στόματίstomati (N-DNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματίstomati
|
mouth
|
N-DNS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
it will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1099γλυκὺglyky (Adj-NNS)
G1099 γλυκύς glykýs gloo-koos of uncertain affinity; sweet (i.e. not bitter nor salt):--sweet, fresh.
|
γλυκὺglyky
|
sweet
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3192μέλι.meli (N-NNS)
G3192 μέλι méli mel-ee apparently a primary word; honey:--honey.
|
μέλι.meli
|
honey.”
|
N-NNS
|
9
I went to the angel, and said to him, Give me the little book. And he said to me, Take it, and eat it up; and it will make your belly bitter, but it will be in your mouth sweet as honey.
Revelation 10:9
Stats
Counts: 196 characters, 36 words, 146 letters, 57 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλθον προς τον αγγελον λεγων αυτω δος μοι το βιβλαριδιον και λεγει μοι λαβε και καταφαγε αυτο και πικρανει σου την κοιλιαν αλλ εν τω στοματι σου εσται γλυκυ ως μελι
Lit: And I went to the angel, saying to him Give me the little scroll. And he says to me, Take and eat it; and it will make bitter your stomach, but in the mouth of you it will be sweet as honey.”
KJV: And I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.
References
"Take"Job 23:12: Neither have I gone back from the commandment of his lips; I have esteemed the words of his mouth more than my necessary food.Jer 15:16: Your words were found: and I did eat them; and your word was to me the joy and rejoicing of my heart: for I am called by your name: O LORD God of hosts.Eze 2:8: But you: son of man: hear what I say to you; not Be you rebellious like that rebellious house: open your mouth: and eat that I give you.Eze 3:1-3: 14: Moreover He said to me: Son of man: eat that you find; eat this roll: and go speak to the house of Israel.Col 3:6: For which things' sake the wrath of God comes on the children of disobedience:
και ελαβον το βιβλαριδιον εκ της χειρος του αγγελου και κατεφαγον αυτο και ην εν τω στοματι μου ως μελι γλυκυ και οτε εφαγον αυτο επικρανθη η κοιλια μου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2983ἔλαβονelabon (V-AIA-1S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβονelabon
|
I took
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G974βιβλαρίδιονbiblaridion (N-ANS)
G974 βιβλιαρίδιον bibliarídion bib-lee-ar-id-ee-on a diminutive of βιβλίον; a booklet:--little book.
|
βιβλαρίδιονbiblaridion
|
little scroll
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2719κατέφαγονkatephagon (V-AIA-1S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατέφαγονkatephagon
|
I ate
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτό,auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό,auto
|
it;
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
it was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4750στόματίstomati (N-DNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματίstomati
|
mouth
|
N-DNS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3192μέλιmeli (N-NNS)
G3192 μέλι méli mel-ee apparently a primary word; honey:--honey.
|
μέλιmeli
|
honey
|
N-NNS
|
G1099γλυκύ·glyky (Adj-NNS)
G1099 γλυκύς glykýs gloo-koos of uncertain affinity; sweet (i.e. not bitter nor salt):--sweet, fresh.
|
γλυκύ·glyky
|
sweet;
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G5315ἔφαγονephagon (V-AIA-1S)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
ἔφαγονephagon
|
I had eaten
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G846αὐτό,auto (PPro-AN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτό,auto
|
it,
|
PPro-AN3S
|
G4087ἐπικράνθηepikranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4087 πικραίνω pikraínō pik-rah-ee-no from πικρός; to embitter (literally or figuratively):--be (make) bitter.
|
ἐπικράνθηepikranthē
|
was made bitter
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2836κοιλίαkoilia (N-NFS)
G2836 κοιλία koilía koy-lee-ah from (hollow); a cavity, i.e. (especially) the abdomen; by implication, the matrix; figuratively, the heart:--belly, womb.
|
κοιλίαkoilia
|
stomach
|
N-NFS
|
G1473μου.mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου.mou
|
of me.
|
PPro-G1S
|
10
I took the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.Revelation 10:10
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 32 words, 116 letters, 47 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ελαβον το βιβλαριδιον εκ της χειρος του αγγελου και κατεφαγον αυτο και ην εν τω στοματι μου ως μελι γλυκυ και οτε εφαγον αυτο επικρανθη η κοιλια μου
Lit: And I took the little scroll out of the hand of the angel, and I ate it; and it was in the mouth of me as honey sweet; and when I had eaten it, was made bitter the stomach of me.
KJV: And I took the little book out of the angel's hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.
References
"sweet"Ps 19:10: More to be desired are they than gold: yes: than much fine gold: sweeter also than honey and the honeycomb.Ps 104:34: My meditation of Him will be sweet: I will be glad in the LORD.Ps 119:103: How sweet are your words to my taste! yes: sweeter than honey to my mouth!Pr 16:24: Pleasant words are as an honeycomb: sweet to the soul: and health to the bones.Eze 3:3: He said to me: Son of man: cause your belly to eat: and fill your bowels with this roll that I give you. Then did I eat it; and it was in my mouth as honey for sweetness."my belly"Eze 2:10: He spread it before me; and it was written within and without: and there was written therein lamentations: and mourning: and woe.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.
και λεγει μοι δει σε παλιν προφητευσαι επι λαοις και εθνεσιν και γλωσσαις και βασιλευσιν πολλοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγουσίνlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσίνlegousin
|
they say
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1163ΔεῖDei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
ΔεῖDei
|
It is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4771σεse (PPro-A2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σεse
|
for you
|
PPro-A2S
|
G3825πάλινpalin (Adv)
G3825 πάλιν pálin pal-in probably from the same as πάλη (through the idea of oscillatory repetition); (adverbially) anew, i.e. (of place) back, (of time) once more, or (conjunctionally) furthermore or on the other hand:--again.
|
πάλινpalin
|
again
|
Adv
|
G4395προφητεῦσαιprophēteusai (V-ANA)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεῦσαιprophēteusai
|
to prophesy
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
concerning
|
Prep
|
G2992λαοῖςlaois (N-DMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοῖςlaois
|
peoples,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1484ἔθνεσινethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσινethnesin
|
nations,
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλώσσαιςglōssais (N-DFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαιςglōssais
|
tongues,
|
N-DFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλεῦσινbasileusin (N-DMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῦσινbasileusin
|
kings
|
N-DMP
|
G4183πολλοῖς.pollois (Adj-DMP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῖς.pollois
|
many.
|
Adj-DMP
|
11
He said to me, You must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.
Revelation 10:11
Stats
Rank: #3849 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 103 characters, 14 words, 81 letters, 32 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει μοι δει σε παλιν προφητευσαι επι λαοις και εθνεσιν και γλωσσαις και βασιλευσιν πολλοις
Lit: And they say to me, It is necessary for you again to prophesy concerning peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings many.
KJV: And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.
References
"Thou"Re 11:9: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people: Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues.Jer 1:9: 10: Then the LORD put forth His hand: and touched my mouth. And the LORD said to me: Look: I have put my words in your mouth.Jer 25:15-30: For thus says the LORD God of Israel to me; Take the wine cup of this fury at my hand: and cause all the nations: to whom I send you: to drink it.
11
The Two Witnesses
και εδοθη μοι καλαμος ομοιος ραβδω {VAR2: και ο αγγελος ειστηκει } λεγων εγειραι και μετρησον τον ναον του θεου και το θυσιαστηριον και τους προσκυνουντας εν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G2563κάλαμοςkalamos (N-NMS)
G2563 κάλαμος kálamos kal-am-os of uncertain affinity; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a similar plant); by implication, a pen:--pen, reed.
|
κάλαμοςkalamos
|
a measuring rod
|
N-NMS
|
G3664ὅμοιοςhomoios (Adj-NMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοςhomoios
|
like
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4464ῥάβδῳ,rhabdō (N-DFS)
G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδῳ,rhabdō
|
a staff,
|
N-DFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1453ἜγειρεEgeire (V-PMA-2S)
G1453 ἐγείρω egeírō eg-i-ro probably akin to the base of ἀγορά (through the idea of collecting ones faculties); to waken (transitively or intransitively), i.e. rouse (literally, from sleep, from sitting or lying, from disease, from death; or figuratively, from obscurity, inactivity, ruins, nonexistence):--awake, lift (up), raise (again, up), rear up, (a-)rise (again, up), stand, take up.
|
ἜγειρεEgeire
|
Rise
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3354μέτρησονmetrēson (V-AMA-2S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
μέτρησονmetrēson
|
measure
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2379θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion (N-ANS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστήριονthysiastērion
|
altar,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4352προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas
|
worshiping
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
it.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
1
And there was given me a reed like to a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.
Revelation 11:1
Stats
Rank: #2473 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 25 words, 121 letters, 48 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη μοι καλαμος ομοιος ραβδω {VAR2: και ο αγγελος ειστηκει } λεγων εγειραι και μετρησον τον ναον του θεου και το θυσιαστηριον και τους προσκυνουντας εν αυτω
Lit: And was given to me a measuring rod like a staff, saying, Rise and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and those worshiping in it.
KJV: And there was given me a reed like unto a rod: and the angel stood, saying, Rise, and measure the temple of God, and the altar, and them that worship therein.
References
"a reed"Re 21:15: he who talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city: and the gates thereof: and the wall thereof.Isa 28:17: Judgment also will I lay to the line: and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail will sweep away the refuge of lies: and the waters will overflow the hiding place.Eze 40:3-5: He brought me there: and: look: there was a man: whose appearance was like the appearance of brass: with a line of flax in his hand: and a measuring reed; and he stood in the gate.Eze 42:15-20: Now when he had made an end of measuring the inner house: he brought me forth toward the gate whose prospect is toward the east: and measured it round about.Zec 2:1: 2: I lifted up my eyes again: and looked: and look a man with a measuring line in his hand.Ga 6:14-16: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world."and the"Re 10:1-5: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:"Rise"Nu 33:18: They departed from Hazeroth: and pitched in Rithmah.Eze 40:1-48: In the 5 and twentieth year of our captivity: in the beginning of the year: in the tenth day of the month: in the fourteenth year after that the city was smitten: in the selfsame day the hand of the LORD was upon me: and brought me there.1Co 3:16: 17: Know you not that you are the temple of God: and that the Spirit of God dwells in you?2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eph 2:20-22: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;1Pe 2:5: 9: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ.
και την αυλην την {VAR1: εσωθεν } {VAR2: εξωθεν } του ναου εκβαλε εξω και μη αυτην μετρησης οτι εδοθη τοις εθνεσιν και την πολιν την αγιαν πατησουσιν μηνας τεσσαρακοντα δυο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G833αὐλὴνaulēn (N-AFS)
G833 αὐλή aulḗ ow-lay from the same as ἀήρ; a yard (as open to the wind); by implication, a mansion:--court, (sheep-)fold, hall, palace.
|
αὐλὴνaulēn
|
courtyard
|
N-AFS
|
G1855ἔξωθενexōthen (Adv)
G1855 ἔξωθεν éxōthen ex-o-then from ἔξω; external(-ly):--out(-side, -ward, - wardly), (from) without.
|
ἔξωθενexōthen
|
outside
|
Adv
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦnaou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦnaou
|
temple,
|
N-GMS
|
G1544ἔκβαλεekbale (V-AMA-2S)
G1544 ἐκβάλλω ekbállō ek-bal-lo from ἐκ and βάλλω; to eject (literally or figuratively):--bring forth, cast (forth, out), drive (out), expel, leave, pluck (pull, take, thrust) out, put forth (out), send away (forth, out).
|
ἔκβαλεekbale
|
leave
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1855ἔξωθενexōthen (Adv)
G1855 ἔξωθεν éxōthen ex-o-then from ἔξω; external(-ly):--out(-side, -ward, - wardly), (from) without.
|
ἔξωθενexōthen
|
out,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3354μετρήσῃς,metrēsēs (V-ASA-2S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
μετρήσῃς,metrēsēs
|
measure,
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
it has been given up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DNP
|
G1484ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin (N-DNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνεσιν,ethnesin
|
nations,
|
N-DNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G40ἁγίανhagian (Adj-AFS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίανhagian
|
holy
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3961πατήσουσινpatēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3961 πατέω patéō pat-eh-o from a derivative probably of παίω (meaning a path); to trample (literally or figuratively):--tread (down, under foot).
|
πατήσουσινpatēsousin
|
they will trample upon
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-AMP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1417δύο.dyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο.dyo
|
two.
|
Adj-AMP
|
2
But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Revelation 11:2
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 31 words, 138 letters, 51 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και την αυλην την {VAR1: εσωθεν } {VAR2: εξωθεν } του ναου εκβαλε εξω και μη αυτην μετρησης οτι εδοθη τοις εθνεσιν και την πολιν την αγιαν πατησουσιν μηνας τεσσαρακοντα δυο
Lit: And the courtyard outside the temple, leave out, and not it measure, because it has been given up to the nations, and the city holy they will trample upon months forty and two.
KJV: But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not; for it is given unto the Gentiles: and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.
References
"the court"Eze 40:17-20: Then brought he me into the outward court: and: indeed: there were chambers: and a pavement made for the court round about: 30 chambers were upon the pavement.Eze 42:20: He measured it by the 4 sides: it had a wall round about: 500 reeds long: and 500 broad: to make a separation between the sanctuary and the profane place."it is"Re 13:1-18: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Ps 79:1: > O God: the heathen are come into your inheritance; your holy temple have they defiled; they have laid Jerusalem on heaps.La 1:10: The adversary has spread out his hand upon all her pleasant things: for she has seen that the heathen entered into her sanctuary: whom you did command that they not should enter into your congregation.Lu 21:24: They will fall by the edge of the sword: and will be led away captive into all nations: and Jerusalem will be trodden down of the Gentiles: until the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled.2Th 2:3-12: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;1Ti 4:1-3: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;2Ti 3:1-6: This know also: that in the last days perilous times will come."and the"Re 21:2: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Re 22:19: If any man will take away from the words of the book of this prophecy: God will take away His part out of the book of life: and out of the holy city: and from the things which are written in this book.Isa 48:2: For they call themselves of the holy city: and stay themselves upon the God of Israel; The LORD of hosts is His name.Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Mt 4:5: Then the devil takes him up into the holy city: and sets him on a pinnacle of the temple: Mt 27:53: Came out of the graves after his resurrection: and went into the holy city: and appeared to many."tread"Da 7:19: Then I would know the truth of the fourth beast: which was diverse from all the others: exceeding dreadful: whose teeth were of iron: and his nails of brass; which devoured: brake in pieces: and stamped the residue with his feet;Da 8:10: 24: 25: It waxed great: even to the host of heaven; and it cast down some of the host and of the stars to the ground: and stamped upon them.Mt 5:13: You are the salt of the earth: but if the salt have lost his savour: wherewith will it be salted? it is thenceforth good not forhing: but to be cast out: and to be trodden under foot of men.Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?"forty"Re 11:3: 11: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth.Re 12:6: The woman fled into the wilderness: where she has a place prepared of God: that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days.Re 13:5: There was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given to him to continue 40 and two months.Nu 14:34: After the number of the days in which you searched the land: even 40 days: each day for a year: will you bear your iniquities: even 40 years: and you will know my breach of promise.Da 7:25: He will speak great words against the most High: and will wear out the saints of the most High: and think to change times and laws: and they will be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.Da 12:7: 11: 12: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.
και δωσω τοις δυσιν μαρτυσιν μου και προφητευσουσιν ημερας χιλιας διακοσιας εξηκοντα περιβεβλημενοι σακκους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
I will grant
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1417δυσὶνdysin (Adj-DMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δυσὶνdysin
|
two
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3144μάρτυσίνmartysin (N-DMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μάρτυσίνmartysin
|
witnesses
|
N-DMP
|
G1473μου,mou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μου,mou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4395προφητεύσουσινprophēteusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4395 προφητεύω prophēteúō prof-ate-yoo-o from προφήτης; to foretell events, divine, speak under inspiration, exercise the prophetic office:--prophesy.
|
προφητεύσουσινprophēteusousin
|
they will prophesy
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5507χιλίαςchilias (Adj-AFP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χιλίαςchilias
|
a thousand
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1250διακοσίαςdiakosias (Adj-AFP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακοσίαςdiakosias
|
two hundred
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1835ἑξήκονταhexēkonta (Adj-AFP)
G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexḗkonta hex-ay-kon-tah the tenth multiple of ἕξ; sixty:--sixty(-fold), threescore.
|
ἑξήκονταhexēkonta
|
sixty,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4016περιβεβλημένοιperibeblēmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένοιperibeblēmenoi
|
clothed in
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G4526σάκκους.sakkous (N-AMP)
G4526 σάκκος sákkos sak-kos of Hebrew origin (שַׂק); sack-cloth, i.e. mohair (the material or garments made of it, worn as a sign of grief):-- sackcloth.
|
σάκκους.sakkous
|
sackcloth.
|
N-AMP
|
3
I will give power to my two witnesses, and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.Revelation 11:3
Stats
Rank: #2536 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 136 characters, 19 words, 109 letters, 36 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δωσω τοις δυσιν μαρτυσιν μου και προφητευσουσιν ημερας χιλιας διακοσιας εξηκοντα περιβεβλημενοι σακκους
Lit: And I will grant to the two witnesses of me, and they will prophesy days a thousand two hundred sixty, clothed in sackcloth.
KJV: And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred [and] threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.
References
"I will give power, etc"Joh 3:27: John answered and said: A man can not receivehing: except it be given him from heaven.1Co 12:28: God has set some in the church: first apostles: secondarily prophets: thirdly teachers: after that miracles: then gifts of healings: helps: governments: diversities of tongues.Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;"two"Nu 11:26: But there remained two of the men in the camp: the name of the one was Eldad: and the name of the other Medad: and the spirit rested upon them; and they were of them that were written: but not went out to the tabernacle: and they prophesied in the camp.De 17:6: At the mouth of two witnesses: or 3 witnesses: will he who is worthy of death be put to death; but at the mouth of one witness he will not be put to death.De 19:15: one witness will not rise up against a man for any iniquity: or for any sin: in any sin that he sins: at the mouth of two witnesses: or at the mouth of 3 witnesses: will the matter be established.Mt 18:16: But if he not will hear you: then take with you one or two more: that in the mouth of two or 3 witnesses every word may be established.2Co 13:1: This is the third time I am coming to you. In the mouth of two or 3 witnesses will every word be established."witnesses"Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Lu 24:48: you are witnesses of these things.Joh 15:27: you also will bear witness: because you have been with me from the beginning.Ac 1:8: But you will receive power: after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and you will be witnesses to me both in Jerusalem: and in all Judaea: and in Samaria: and to the uttermost part of the earth.Ac 2:32: This Jesus has God raised up: whereof we all are witnesses.Ac 3:15: Killed the Prince of life: whom God has raised from the dead; whereof we are witnesses.Ac 13:31: He was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jerusalem: who are his witnesses to the people."they shall"Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."a thousand"Re 11:2: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Re 12:6: The woman fled into the wilderness: where she has a place prepared of God: that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days."clothed"Ge 37:34: Jacob tear his clothes: and put sackcloth upon his loins: and mourned for his son many days.1Ch 21:16: David lifted up His eyes: and saw the angel of the LORD stand between the earth and the heaven: having a drawn sword in His hand stretched out over Jerusalem. Then David and the elders of Israel: who were clothed in sackcloth: fell upon their faces.Es 4:1: 2: When Mordecai perceived all that was done: Mordecai tear his clothes: and put on sackcloth with ashes: and went out into the middle of the city: and cried with a loud and a bitter cry;Job 16:15: I have sewed sackcloth upon my skin: and defiled my horn in the dust.Isa 22:12: In that day did the Lord GOD of hosts call to weeping: and to mourning: and to baldness: and to girding with sackcloth:La 2:10: The elders of the daughter of Zion sit upon the ground: and keep silence: they have cast up dust upon their heads; they have girded themselves with sackcloth: the virgins of Jerusalem hang down their heads to the ground.Joh 3:5-8: Jesus answered: Truly: truly: I say to you: Except a man be born of water and of the Spirit: He cannot enter into the kingdom of God.
ουτοι εισιν αι δυο ελαιαι και {VAR2: αι } δυο λυχνιαι αι ενωπιον του θεου της γης εστωσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778ΟὗτοίHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοίHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1636ἐλαῖαιelaiai (N-NFP)
G1636 ἐλαία elaía el-ah-yah feminine of a presumed derivative from an obsolete primary; an olive (the tree or the fruit):--olive (berry, tree).
|
ἐλαῖαιelaiai
|
olive trees
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3087λυχνίαιlychniai (N-NFP)
G3087 λυχνία lychnía lookh-nee-ah from λύχνος; a lamp-stand (literally or figuratively):--candlestick.
|
λυχνίαιlychniai
|
lampstands
|
N-NFP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2476ἑστῶτες.hestōtes (V-RPA-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶτες.hestōtes
|
standing.
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
4
These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.Revelation 11:4
Stats
Rank: #9915 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 93 characters, 16 words, 75 letters, 28 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι εισιν αι δυο ελαιαι και {VAR2: αι } δυο λυχνιαι αι ενωπιον του θεου της γης εστωσαι
Lit: These are the two olive trees and the two lampstands before the Lord of the earth standing.
KJV: These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.
References
"two olive"Ps 52:8: But I am like a green olive tree in the house of God: I trust in the mercy of God for ever and ever.Jer 11:16: The LORD called your name: A green olive tree: fair: and of goodly fruit: with the noise of a great tumult He has kindled fire upon it: and the branches of it are broken.Zec 4:2: 3: 11-14: Said to me: What see you? And I said: I have looked: and look a candlestick all of gold: with a bowl upon the top of it: and his 7 lamps thereon: and 7 pipes to the 7 lamps: which are upon the top thereof:Ro 11:17: If some of the branches be broken off: and you: being a wild olive tree: wert graffed in among them: and with them partakest of the root and fatness of the olive tree;"two candlesticks"Re 1:20: The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand: and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Mt 5:14-16: You are the light of the world. A city that is set on an hill cannot be hid.Lu 11:33: No man: when he has lighted a candle: puts it in a secret place: neither under a bushel: but on a candlestick: that they which come in may see the light."standing"De 10:8: At that time the LORD separated the tribe of Levi: to bear the ark of the covenant of the LORD: to stand before the LORD to minister to Him: and to bless in His name: to this day.1Ki 17:1: Elijah the Tishbite: who was of the inhabitants of Gilead: said to Ahab: As the LORD God of Israel lives: before whom I stand: there will not be dew nor rain these years: but according to my word."the God"Ex 8:22: I will sever in that day the land of Goshen: in which my people dwell: that no swarms of flies will be there; to the end you may know that I am the LORD in the middle of the earth.Isa 54:5: For your Maker is your husband; the LORD of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer the Holy one of Israel; The God of the whole earth will He be called.Mic 4:13: Arise and thresh: O daughter of Zion: for I will make your horn iron: and I will make your hoofs brass: and you will beat in pieces many people: and I will consecrate their gain to the LORD: and their substance to the Lord of the whole earth.Zec 4:14: Then said He: These are the two anointed ones: that stand by the Lord of the whole earth.
και ει τις αυτους θελη αδικησαι πυρ εκπορευεται εκ του στοματος αυτων και κατεσθιει τους εχθρους αυτων και ει τις αυτους θελη αδικησαι ουτως δει αυτον αποκτανθηναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2309θέλειthelei (V-PIA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλειthelei
|
should desire
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G91ἀδικῆσαι,adikēsai (V-ANA)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῆσαι,adikēsai
|
to harm,
|
V-ANA
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai
|
goes out
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2719κατεσθίειkatesthiei (V-PIA-3S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατεσθίειkatesthiei
|
devours
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2190ἐχθροὺςechthrous (Adj-AMP)
G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθροὺςechthrous
|
enemies
|
Adj-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2309θελήσῃthelēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θελήσῃthelēsē
|
should desire
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G91ἀδικῆσαι,adikēsai (V-ANA)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῆσαι,adikēsai
|
to harm,
|
V-ANA
|
G3779οὕτωςhoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωςhoutōs
|
thus
|
Adv
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it is necessary
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
for him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G615ἀποκτανθῆναι.apoktanthēnai (V-ANP)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθῆναι.apoktanthēnai
|
to be killed.
|
V-ANP
|
5
If any man will hurt them, fire proceeds out of their mouth, and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.Revelation 11:5
Stats
Rank: #9551 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 160 characters, 27 words, 125 letters, 47 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ει τις αυτους θελη αδικησαι πυρ εκπορευεται εκ του στοματος αυτων και κατεσθιει τους εχθρους αυτων και ει τις αυτους θελη αδικησαι ουτως δει αυτον αποκτανθηναι
Lit: And if anyone them should desire to harm, fire goes out of the mouth of them and devours the enemies of them. And if anyone should desire them to harm, thus it is necessary for him to be killed.
KJV: And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.
References
"fire"Nu 16:28-35: Moses said: Hereby you will know that the LORD has sent me to do all these works; for I have not done them of my own mind.2Ki 1:10-12: Elijah answered and said to the captain of 50: If I be a man of God: then let fire come down from heaven: and consume you and your 50. And there came down fire from heaven: and consumed Him and His 50.Ps 18:8: There went up a smoke out of his nostrils: and fire out of his mouth devoured: coals were kindled by it.Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Jer 1:10: See: I have this day set you over the nations and over the kingdoms: to root out: and to pull down: and to destroy: and to throw down: to build: and to plant.Jer 5:14: For what reason thus says the LORD God of hosts: Because you speak this word: look: I will make my words in your mouth fire: and this people wood: and it will devour them.Eze 43:3: it was according to the appearance of the vision which I saw: even according to the vision that I saw when I came to destroy the city: and the visions were like the vision that I saw by the river Chebar; and I fell upon my face.Ho 6:5: Therefore have I hewed them by the prophets; I have killed them by the words of my mouth: and your judgments are as the light that goes forth.Zec 1:6: But my words and my statutes: which I commanded my servants the prophets: did not they take hold of your fathers? and they returned and said: Like as the LORD of hosts thought to do to us: according to our ways: and according to our doings: so has He dealt with us.Zec 2:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts; After the glory has He sent me to the nations which spoiled you: for He that'>He who touches'>touches you touches'>touches the apple of His eye.Ac 9:4: 5: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?
ουτοι εχουσιν εξουσιαν κλεισαι τον ουρανον ινα μη βρεχη υετος εν ημεραις αυτων της προφητειας και εξουσιαν εχουσιν επι των υδατων στρεφειν αυτα εις αιμα και παταξαι την γην παση πληγη οσακις εαν θελησωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G2808κλεῖσαιkleisai (V-ANA)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κλεῖσαιkleisai
|
to shut
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3772οὐρανόν,ouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανόν,ouranon
|
sky,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
no
|
Adv
|
G5205ὑετὸςhyetos (N-NMS)
G5205 ὑετός hyetós hoo-et-os from a primary (to rain); rain, especially a shower:--rain.
|
ὑετὸςhyetos
|
rain
|
N-NMS
|
G1026βρέχῃbrechē (V-PSA-3S)
G1026 βρέχω bréchō brekh-o a primary verb; to moisten (especially by a shower):--(send) rain, wash.
|
βρέχῃbrechē
|
shall fall
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
in the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
waters,
|
N-GNP
|
G4762στρέφεινstrephein (V-PNA)
G4762 στρέφω stréphō stref-o strengthened from the base of τροπή; to twist, i.e. turn quite around or reverse (literally or figuratively):--convert, turn (again, back again, self, self about).
|
στρέφεινstrephein
|
to turn
|
V-PNA
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3960πατάξαιpataxai (V-ANA)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
πατάξαιpataxai
|
to strike
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάσῃpasē (Adj-DFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσῃpasē
|
every
|
Adj-DFS
|
G4127πληγῇplēgē (N-DFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῇplēgē
|
plague,
|
N-DFS
|
G3740ὁσάκιςhosakis (Conj)
G3740 ὁσάκις hosákis hos-ak-is multiple adverb from ὅς; how (i.e. with ἄν, so) many times as:--as oft(-en) as.
|
ὁσάκιςhosakis
|
as often as
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G2309θελήσωσιν.thelēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θελήσωσιν.thelēsōsin
|
they might desire.
|
V-ASA-3P
|
6
These have power to shut heaven, that it not rain in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.Revelation 11:6
Stats
Rank: #9840 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 194 characters, 35 words, 151 letters, 57 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι εχουσιν εξουσιαν κλεισαι τον ουρανον ινα μη βρεχη υετος εν ημεραις αυτων της προφητειας και εξουσιαν εχουσιν επι των υδατων στρεφειν αυτα εις αιμα και παταξαι την γην παση πληγη οσακις εαν θελησωσιν
Lit: These have the power to shut the sky, so that no rain shall fall in the days of the prophecy of them; and power they have over the waters, to turn them into blood, and to strike the earth with every plague, as often as if they might desire.
KJV: These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.
References
"power"1Ki 17:1: Elijah the Tishbite: who was of the inhabitants of Gilead: said to Ahab: As the LORD God of Israel lives: before whom I stand: there will not be dew nor rain these years: but according to my word.Lu 4:25: But I tell you of a truth: many widows were in Israel in the days of Elias: when the heaven was shut up 3 years and 6 months: when great famine was throughout all the land;Jas 5:16-18: Confess your faults one to another: and pray one for another: that you may be healed. The effectual fervent prayer of a righteous man availeth much."have power over"Eze 7:1-12: Moreover the word of the LORD came to me: saying: Ps 105:26-36: He sent Moses his servant; and Aaron whom he had chosen.
και οταν τελεσωσιν την μαρτυριαν αυτων το θηριον το αναβαινον εκ της αβυσσου ποιησει πολεμον μετ αυτων και νικησει αυτους και αποκτενει αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G5055τελέσωσινtelesōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελέσωσινtelesōsin
|
they shall have completed
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-NNS
|
G305ἀναβαῖνονanabainon (V-PPA-NNS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαῖνονanabainon
|
coming up
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσουabyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσουabyssou
|
abyss
|
N-GFS
|
G4160ποιήσειpoiēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσειpoiēsei
|
will make
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4171πόλεμονpolemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμονpolemon
|
war,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3528νικήσειnikēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικήσειnikēsei
|
will overcome
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀποκτενεῖapoktenei (V-FIA-3S)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτενεῖapoktenei
|
will kill
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
7
When they will have finished their testimony, the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them, and will overcome them, and kill them.Revelation 11:7
Stats
Counts: 170 characters, 26 words, 138 letters, 47 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οταν τελεσωσιν την μαρτυριαν αυτων το θηριον το αναβαινον εκ της αβυσσου ποιησει πολεμον μετ αυτων και νικησει αυτους και αποκτενει αυτους
Lit: And when they shall have completed the testimony of them, the beast coming up out of the abyss will make with them war, and will overcome them, and will kill them.
KJV: And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.
References
"when"Re 11:3: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth.Lu 13:32: He said to them: Go you: and tell that fox: Look: I cast out devils: and I do cures today and to morrow: and the third day I will be perfected.Joh 17:4: I have glorified you on the earth: I have finished the work which you gave me to do.Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:"the beast"Re 13:1: 7: 11: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 17:6-8: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 19:19: 20: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Da 7:21: 22: 25: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Da 8:23: 24: In the latter time of their kingdom: when the transgressors are come to the full: a king of fierce face: and understanding dark sentences: will stand up.Zec 14:2-21: For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city will be taken: and the houses rifled: and the women ravished; and half of the city will go forth into captivity: and the residue of the people will not be cut off from the city.2Th 2:8: 9: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:"out"Re 9:2: He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit: as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.
και τα πτωματα αυτων επι της πλατειας πολεως της μεγαλης ητις καλειται πνευματικως σοδομα και αιγυπτος οπου και ο κυριος ημων εσταυρωθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4430πτῶμαptōma (N-NNS)
G4430 πτῶμα ptōma pto-mah from the alternate of πίπτω; a ruin, i.e. (specially), lifeless body (corpse, carrion):--dead body, carcase, corpse.
|
πτῶμαptōma
|
body
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
will be upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4113πλατείαςplateias (N-GFS)
G4113 πλατεῖα plateîa plat-i-ah feminine of πλατύς; a wide plat or place, i.e. open square:--street.
|
πλατείαςplateias
|
street
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3173μεγάλης,megalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλης,megalēs
|
great,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
which
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G2564καλεῖταιkaleitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλεῖταιkaleitai
|
is called
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4153πνευματικῶςpneumatikōs (Adv)
G4153 πνευματικῶς pneumatikōs pnyoo-mat-ik-oce adverb from πνευματικός; non-physically, i.e. divinely, figuratively:--spiritually.
|
πνευματικῶςpneumatikōs
|
figuratively
|
Adv
|
G4670ΣόδομαSodoma (N-NNP)
G4670 Σόδομα Sódoma sod-om-ah plural of Hebrew origin (סְדֹם); Sodoma (i.e. Sedom), a place in Palestine:--Sodom.
|
ΣόδομαSodoma
|
Sodom
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G125Αἴγυπτος,Aigyptos (N-NFS)
G125 Αἴγυπτος Aígyptos ah-ee-goop-tos of uncertain derivation; Ægyptus, the land of the Nile:--Egypt.
|
Αἴγυπτος,Aigyptos
|
Egypt,
|
N-NFS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4717ἐσταυρώθη.estaurōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4717 σταυρόω stauróō stow-ro-o from σταυρός; to impale on the cross; figuratively, to extinguish (subdue) passion or selfishness:--crucify.
|
ἐσταυρώθη.estaurōthē
|
was crucified.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
8
Their dead bodies will lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.Revelation 11:8
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 24 words, 116 letters, 44 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα πτωματα αυτων επι της πλατειας πολεως της μεγαλης ητις καλειται πνευματικως σοδομα και αιγυπτος οπου και ο κυριος ημων εσταυρωθη
Lit: And the body of them will be upon the street of city the great, which is called figuratively Sodom and Egypt, where also the Lord of them was crucified.
KJV: And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.
References
"their dead"Re 11:9: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.Ps 79:2: 3: The dead bodies of your servants have they given to be meat to the fowls of the heaven: the flesh of your saints to the beasts of the earth.Jer 26:23: They fetched forth Urijah out of Egypt: and brought him to Jehoiakim the king; who killed him with the sword: and cast his dead body into the graves of the common people.Eze 37:11: Then He said to me: Son of man: these bones are the whole house of Israel: look: they say: Our bones are dried: and our hope is lost: we are cut off for our parts."the great"Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 17:1: 5: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Re 18:2: 10: 18: 21: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird."Sodom"Ge 13:13: But the men of Sodom were wicked and sinners before the LORD exceedingly.Ge 19:24: Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven;Isa 1:10: Hear the word of the LORD: you rulers of Sodom; give ear to the law of our God: you people of Gomorrah.Jer 23:14: I have seen also in the prophets of Jerusalem an horrible thing: they commit adultery: and walk in lies: they strengthen also the hands of evildoers: that none does return from his wickedness: they are all of them to me as Sodom: and the inhabitants thereof as Gomorrah.Eze 16:53-55: When I will bring again their captivity: the captivity of Sodom and her daughters: and the captivity of Samaria and her daughters: then will I bring again the captivity of your captives in the middle of them:Am 4:11: I have overthrown some of you: as God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah: and you were as a firebrand plucked out of the burning: yet have you not returned to me: says the LORD.Mt 10:15: Truly I say to you: It will be more tolerable for the land of Sodom and Gomorrha in the day of judgment: than for that city.2Pe 2:6: Turning the cities of Sodom and Gomorrha into ashes condemned them with an overthrow: making them an ensample to those that after should live ungodly;Jude 1:7: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire."Egypt"Ex 1:13: 14: The Egyptians made the children of Israel to serve with rigour:Ex 3:7: The LORD said: I have surely seen the affliction of my people which are in Egypt: and have heard their cry by reason of their taskmasters; for I know their sorrows;Ex 20:2: I am the LORD your God: which have brought you out of the land of Egypt: out of the house of bondage.Ps 78:43-51: How he had wrought his signs in Egypt: and his wonders in the field of Zoan:"our Lord"Re 18:24: In her was found the blood of prophets: and of saints: and of all that were killed upon the earth.Lu 13:33: 34: Nevertheless I must walk today: and to morrow: and the day following: for it cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem.Ac 9:4: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?Heb 6:6: If they will fall away: to renew them again to repentance; seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh: and put Him to an open shame.Heb 13:12: For what reason Jesus also: that He might sanctify the people with His own blood: suffered without the gate.
και βλεψουσιν εκ των λαων και φυλων και γλωσσων και εθνων τα πτωματα αυτων ημερας τρεις και ημισυ και τα πτωματα αυτων ουκ αφησουσιν τεθηναι εις μνηματα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπουσινblepousin (V-PIA-3P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπουσινblepousin
|
gaze
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
those of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2992λαῶνlaōn (N-GMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαῶνlaōn
|
peoples
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5443φυλῶνphylōn (N-GFP)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῶνphylōn
|
tribes
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλωσσῶνglōssōn (N-GFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλωσσῶνglōssōn
|
tongues
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
nations
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
upon the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4430πτῶμαptōma (N-ANS)
G4430 πτῶμα ptōma pto-mah from the alternate of πίπτω; a ruin, i.e. (specially), lifeless body (corpse, carrion):--dead body, carcase, corpse.
|
πτῶμαptōma
|
bodies
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2255ἥμισυ,hēmisy (Adj-ANS)
G2255 ἥμισυ hḗmisy hay-mee-soo neuter of a derivative from an inseparable prefix akin to ἅμα (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-; (as noun) half:--half.
|
ἥμισυ,hēmisy
|
a half,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4430πτώματαptōmata (N-ANP)
G4430 πτῶμα ptōma pto-mah from the alternate of πίπτω; a ruin, i.e. (specially), lifeless body (corpse, carrion):--dead body, carcase, corpse.
|
πτώματαptōmata
|
bodies
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G863ἀφίουσινaphiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G863 ἀφίημι aphíēmi af-ee-ay-mee from ἀπό and (to send; an intensive form of , to go); to send forth, in various applications (as follow):--cry, forgive, forsake, lay aside, leave, let (alone, be, go, have), omit, put (send) away, remit, suffer, yield up.
|
ἀφίουσινaphiousin
|
they will allow
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5087τεθῆναιtethēnai (V-ANP)
G5087 τίθημι títhēmi theh-o a prolonged form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to place (in the widest application, literally and figuratively; properly, in a passive or horizontal posture, and thus different from ἵστημι, which properly denotes an upright and active position, while κεῖμαι is properly reflexive and utterly prostrate):--+ advise, appoint, bow, commit, conceive, give, X kneel down, lay (aside, down, up), make, ordain, purpose, put, set (forth), settle, sink down.
|
τεθῆναιtethēnai
|
to be put
|
V-ANP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3418μνῆμα.mnēma (N-ANS)
G3418 μνῆμα mnēma mnay-mah from μνάομαι; a memorial, i.e. sepulchral monument (burial-place):--grave, sepulchre, tomb.
|
μνῆμα.mnēma
|
a tomb.
|
N-ANS
|
9
They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half, and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.Revelation 11:9
Stats
Rank: #9243 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 171 characters, 32 words, 137 letters, 52 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: και βλεψουσιν εκ των λαων και φυλων και γλωσσων και εθνων τα πτωματα αυτων ημερας τρεις και ημισυ και τα πτωματα αυτων ουκ αφησουσιν τεθηναι εις μνηματα
Lit: And gaze those of the peoples and tribes and tongues and nations upon the bodies of them, days three and a half, and the bodies of them not they will allow to be put into a tomb.
KJV: And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.
References
"the people"Re 10:11: He said to me: You must prophesy again before many peoples: and nations: and tongues: and kings.Re 13:7: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues."three"Re 11:2: 3: 11: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months."and shall not"Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 19:17: 18: I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He cried with a loud voice: saying to all the fowls that fly in the middle of heaven: Come and gather yourselves together to the supper of the great God;Ps 79:2: 3: The dead bodies of your servants have they given to be meat to the fowls of the heaven: the flesh of your saints to the beasts of the earth.Ec 6:3: If a man beget 100 children: and live many years: so that the days of his years be many: and his soul not be filled with good: and also that he have no burial; I say: that an untimely birth is better than he.Isa 33:1: Woe to you that spoil: and you were not spoiled; and deal treacherously: and they not dealt treacherously with you! when you will cease to spoil: you will be spoiled; and when you will make an end to deal treacherously: they will deal treacherously with you.Jer 7:33: The carcases of this people will be meat for the fowls of the heaven: and for the beasts of the earth; and none will fray them away.Mt 7:2: For with what judgment you judge: you will be judged: and with what measure you mete: it will be measured to you again.
και οι κατοικουντες επι της γης χαρουσιν επ αυτοις και ευφρανθησονται και δωρα πεμψουσιν αλληλοις οτι ουτοι οι δυο προφηται εβασανισαν τους κατοικουντας επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G5463χαίρουσινchairousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίρουσινchairousin
|
rejoice
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2165εὐφραίνονται,euphrainontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2165 εὐφραίνω euphraínō yoo-frah-ee-no from εὖ and φρήν; to put (middle voice or passively, be) in a good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:--fare, make glad, be (make) merry, rejoice.
|
εὐφραίνονται,euphrainontai
|
make merry,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1435δῶραdōra (N-ANP)
G1435 δῶρον dōron do-ron, Noun Neuter
|
δῶραdōra
|
gifts
|
N-ANP
|
G3992πέμψουσινpempsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
πέμψουσινpempsousin
|
will send
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G240ἀλλήλοις,allēlois (RecPro-DMP)
G240 ἀλλήλων allḗlōn al-lay-lone Genitive plural from ἄλλος reduplicated; one another:--each other, mutual, one another, (the other), (them-, your-)selves, (selves) together (sometimes with μετά or πρός).,
|
ἀλλήλοις,allēlois
|
to one another,
|
RecPro-DMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4396προφῆταιprophētai (N-NMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆταιprophētai
|
prophets
|
N-NMP
|
G928ἐβασάνισανebasanisan (V-AIA-3P)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
ἐβασάνισανebasanisan
|
have tormented
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
10
They that dwell upon the earth will rejoice over them, and make merry, and will send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.Revelation 11:10
Stats
Rank: #9658 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 29 words, 144 letters, 50 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι κατοικουντες επι της γης χαρουσιν επ αυτοις και ευφρανθησονται και δωρα πεμψουσιν αλληλοις οτι ουτοι οι δυο προφηται εβασανισαν τους κατοικουντας επι της γης
Lit: And those dwelling on the earth rejoice over them and make merry, and gifts will send to one another, because these two prophets have tormented those dwelling upon the earth.
KJV: And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.
References
"dwell"Re 12:13: When the dragon saw that he was cast to the earth: he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.Re 13:8: 14: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Mt 10:22: you will be hated of all men for my name's sake: but he who endures to the end will be saved."rejoice"Jg 16:23: 24: Then the lords of the Philistines gathered them together for to offer a great sacrifice to Dagon their god: and to rejoice: for they said: Our god has delivered Samson our enemy into our hand.Ps 13:4: Lest my enemy say: I have prevailed against him; and those that trouble me rejoice when I am moved.Ps 35:19: 24-26: not Let them that are my enemies wrongfully rejoice over me: neither let them wink with the eye that hate me without a cause.Ps 89:42: You have set up the right hand of his adversaries; you have made all his enemies to rejoice.Pr 24:17: not Rejoice when your enemy falls: and not let your heart be glad when he stumbles:Jer 50:11: Because you were glad: because you rejoiced: O you destroyers of my heritage: because you are grown fat as the heifer at grass: and bellow as bulls;Ob 1:12: But you should'>should'>should not have looked on the day of your brother in the day that he became a stranger; neither should'>should'>should you have rejoiced over the children of Judah in the day of their destruction; neither should'>should'>should you have spoken proudly in the day of distress.Mic 7:8: not Rejoice against me: O my enemy: when I fall: I will arise; when I sit in darkness: the LORD will be a light to me.Joh 16:20: Truly: truly: I say to you: That you will weep and lament: but the world will rejoice: and you will be sorrowful: but your sorrow will be turned into joy."make"Ne 8:10-12: Then He said to them: Go your way: eat the fat: and drink the sweet: and send portions to them for not whomhing is prepared: for this day is holy to our Lord: neither be you sorry; for the joy of the LORD is your strength.1Co 13:6: Rejoices'>Rejoices not in iniquity: but rejoices'>rejoices in the truth;Es 9:19-22: Therefore the Jews of the villages: that dwelt in the unwalled towns: made the fourteenth day of the month Adar a day of gladness and feasting: and a good day: and of sending portions one to another."these"Re 11:5: 6: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed.Re 16:10: The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain: 1Ki 18:17: It came to pass: when Ahab saw Elijah: that Ahab said to him: Are you he who troubles Israel?1Ki 21:20: Ahab said to Elijah: Have you found me: O my enemy? And He answered: I have found you: because you have sold yourself to work evil in the sight of the LORD.1Ki 22:8: 18: The king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat: There is yet one man: Micaiah the son of Imlah: by whom we may inquire of the LORD: but I hate Him; for He does not prophesy good concerning me: but evil. And Jehoshaphat said: not Let the king say so.Jer 38:4: Therefore the princes said to the king: We beseech you: let this man be put to death: for thus he weakens the hands of the men of war that remain in this city: and the hands of all the people: in speaking such words to them: for this man seeks not the welfare of this people: but the hurt.Joh 7:7: The world cannot hate you; but me it hates: because I testify of it: that the works thereof are evil.Ac 5:33: When they heard that: they were cut to the heart: and took counsel to kill them.Ac 7:54-57: When they heard these things: they were cut to the heart: and they gnashed on him with their teeth.Ac 17:5: 6: But the Jews which not believed: moved with envy: took to them certain lewd fellows of the baser sort: and gathered a company: and set all the city on an uproar: and assaulted the house of Jason: and sought to bring them out to the people.
και μετα τας τρεις ημερας και ημισυ πνευμα ζωης εκ του θεου εισηλθεν επ αυτους και εστησαν επι τους ποδας αυτων και φοβος μεγας επεσεν επι τους θεωρουντας αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5140τρεῖςtreis (Adj-AFP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖςtreis
|
three
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2255ἥμισυhēmisy (Adj-ANS)
G2255 ἥμισυ hḗmisy hay-mee-soo neuter of a derivative from an inseparable prefix akin to ἅμα (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-; (as noun) half:--half.
|
ἥμισυhēmisy
|
a half,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
the spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1525εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσῆλθενeisēlthen
|
entered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2476ἔστησανestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησανestēsan
|
they stood
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4228πόδαςpodas (N-AMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδαςpodas
|
feet
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5401φόβοςphobos (N-NMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβοςphobos
|
fear
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγαςmegas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαςmegas
|
great
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1968ἐπέπεσενepepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G1968 ἐπιπίπτω epipíptō ep-ee-pip-to from ἐπί and πίπτω; to embrace (with affection) or seize (with more or less violence; literally or figuratively):--fall into (on, upon) lie on, press upon.
|
ἐπέπεσενepepesen
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2334θεωροῦνταςtheōrountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
θεωροῦνταςtheōrountas
|
beholding
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G846αὐτούς.autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς.autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
11
After 3 days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.Revelation 11:11
Stats
Rank: #7762 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 157 characters, 29 words, 124 letters, 45 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα τας τρεις ημερας και ημισυ πνευμα ζωης εκ του θεου εισηλθεν επ αυτους και εστησαν επι τους ποδας αυτων και φοβος μεγας επεσεν επι τους θεωρουντας αυτους
Lit: And after the three days and a half, the spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon the feet of them; and fear great fell upon those beholding them.
KJV: And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.
References
"three"Re 11:9: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves."the Spirit"Ge 2:7: The LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground: and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.Eze 37:5-14: Thus says the Lord GOD to these bones; Look: I will cause breath to enter into you: and you will live:Ro 8:2: 11: For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus has made me free from the law of sin and death."great"Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Jos 2:9: She said to the men: I know that the LORD has given you the land: and that your terror is fallen upon us: and that all the inhabitants of the land faint because of you.Jer 33:9: It will be to me a name of joy: a praise and an honour before all the nations of the earth: which will hear all the good that I do to them: and they will fear and tremble for all the goodness and for all the prosperity that I procure to it.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Ac 5:5: 11: Ananias hearing these words fell down: and gave up the ghost: and great fear came on all them that heard these things.
και ηκουσαν φωνην μεγαλην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν αυτοις αναβητε ωδε και ανεβησαν εις τον ουρανον εν τη νεφελη και εθεωρησαν αυτους οι εχθροι αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσανēkousan (V-AIA-3P)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσανēkousan
|
they heard
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
a voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G305ἈνάβατεAnabate (V-AMA-2P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἈνάβατεAnabate
|
Come up
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G5602ὧδε·hōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὧδε·hōde
|
here.
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
they went up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3507νεφέλῃ,nephelē (N-DFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέλῃ,nephelē
|
cloud;
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2334ἐθεώρησανetheōrēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2334 θεωρέω theōréō theh-o-reh-o from a derivative of θεάομαι (perhaps by addition of ὁράω); to be a spectator of, i.e. discern, (literally, figuratively (experience) or intensively (acknowledge)):--behold, consider, look on, perceive, see. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἐθεώρησανetheōrēsan
|
beheld
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2190ἐχθροὶechthroi (Adj-NMP)
G2190 ἐχθρός echthrós ech-thros from a primary (to hate); hateful (passively, odious, or actively, hostile); usually as a noun, an adversary (especially Satan):--enemy, foe.
|
ἐχθροὶechthroi
|
enemies
|
Adj-NMP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
12
They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them, Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.
Revelation 11:12
Stats
Rank: #1944 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 117 letters, 48 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσαν φωνην μεγαλην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν αυτοις αναβητε ωδε και ανεβησαν εις τον ουρανον εν τη νεφελη και εθεωρησαν αυτους οι εχθροι αυτων
Lit: And they heard a voice great out of heaven, saying to them, Come up here. And they went up to heaven in the cloud; and beheld them the enemies of them.
KJV: And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.
References
"Come"Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Ps 15:1: > LORD: who will abide in your tabernacle? who will dwell in your holy hill?Ps 24:3: Who will ascend into the hill of the LORD? or who will stand in His holy place?Isa 40:31: But they that wait upon the LORD will renew their strength; they will mount up with wings as eagles; they will run: not and be weary; and they will walk: not and faint."And they"Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 12:5: She brought forth a man child: who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up to God: and to His throne.2Ki 2:11: It came to pass: as they still went on: and talked: that: look: there appeared a chariot of fire: and horses of fire: and parted them both asunder; and Elijah went up by a whirlwind into heaven.Isa 14:13: For you have said in your heart: I will ascend into heaven: I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I will sit also upon the mount of the congregation: in the sides of the north:Ac 1:9: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.Ro 8:34-37: Who is He that'>He who condemns? It is Christ that died: yes rather: that is risen again: who is even at the right hand of God: who also makes intercession for us.Eph 2:5: 6: Even when we were dead in sins: has quickened us together with Christ: (by grace you are saved;)"in"Isa 60:8: Who are these that fly as a cloud: and as the doves to their windows?Ac 1:9: When he had spoken these things: while they beheld: he was taken up; and a cloud received him out of their sight.1Th 4:17: Then we which are alive and remain will be caught up together with them in the clouds: to meet the Lord in the air: and so will we ever be with the Lord."and their"Ex 14:25: Took off their chariot wheels: that they drave them heavily: so that the Egyptians said: Let us flee from the face of Israel; for the LORD fights for them against the Egyptians.2Ki 2:1: 5: 7: It came to pass: when the LORD would take up Elijah into heaven by a whirlwind: that Elijah went with Elisha from Gilgal.Ps 86:17: Show me a token for good; that they which hate me may see it: and be ashamed: because you: LORD: have holpen me: and comforted me.Ps 112:10: The wicked will see it: and be grieved; he will gnash with his teeth: and melt away: the desire of the wicked will perish.Mal 3:18: Then will you return: and discern between the righteous and the wicked: between Him that serves'>serves God and Him that serves'>serves Him not">not Him.Lu 16:23: In hell he lift up his eyes: being in torments: and sees Abraham afar off: and Lazarus in his bosom.
και εν εκεινη τη ωρα εγενετο σεισμος μεγας και το δεκατον της πολεως επεσεν και απεκτανθησαν εν τω σεισμω ονοματα ανθρωπων χιλιαδες επτα και οι λοιποι εμφοβοι εγενοντο και εδωκαν δοξαν τω θεω του ουρανου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1565ἐκείνῃekeinē (DPro-DFS)
G1565 ἐκεῖνος ekeînos ek-i-nos from ἐκεῖ; that one (or (neuter) thing); often intensified by the article prefixed:--he, it, the other (same), selfsame, that (same, very), X their, X them, they, this, those. See also οὗτος.,
|
ἐκείνῃekeinē
|
that
|
DPro-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
an earthquake
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγας,megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας,megas
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-NNS
|
G1182δέκατονdekaton (Adj-NNS)
G1182 δέκατος dékatos dek-at-os ordinal from δέκα; tenth:--tenth.
|
δέκατονdekaton
|
tenth
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G4098ἔπεσεν,epesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσεν,epesen
|
fell,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G615ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan
|
were killed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G4578σεισμῷseismō (N-DMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμῷseismō
|
earthquake,
|
N-DMS
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-NNP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
names
|
N-NNP
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
of men
|
N-GMP
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτά,hepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά,hepta
|
seven.
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
rest
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1719ἔμφοβοιemphoboi (Adj-NMP)
G1719 ἔμφοβος émphobos em-fob-os from ἐν and φόβος; in fear, i.e. alarmed:--affrighted, afraid, tremble.
|
ἔμφοβοιemphoboi
|
terrified
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκανedōkan (V-AIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκανedōkan
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ.ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ.ouranou
|
heaven.
|
N-GMS
|
13
The same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.Revelation 11:13
Stats
Rank: #3457 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 210 characters, 36 words, 166 letters, 64 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν εκεινη τη ωρα εγενετο σεισμος μεγας και το δεκατον της πολεως επεσεν και απεκτανθησαν εν τω σεισμω ονοματα ανθρωπων χιλιαδες επτα και οι λοιποι εμφοβοι εγενοντο και εδωκαν δοξαν τω θεω του ουρανου
Lit: And in that hour there was an earthquake great, and a tenth of the city fell, and were killed in the earthquake, names of men thousand seven. And the rest terrified became and gave glory to the God of heaven.
KJV: And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand: and the remnant were affrighted, and gave glory to the God of heaven.
References
"was there"Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 6:12: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 16:18: There were voices: and thunders: and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake: such as not was since men were upon the earth: so mighty an earthquake: and so great."and the tenth"Re 8:9-12: The third part of the creatures which were in the sea: and had life: died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.Re 13:1-3: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 16:10: 19: The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain: "men"Re 3:4: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Ge 6:4: There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that: when the sons of God came in to the daughters of men: and they bare children to them: the same became mighty men which were of old: men of renown.Ac 1:15: In those days Peter stood up in the middle of the disciples: and said: (the number of names together were about 120: )"and the remnant"Re 11:11: After 3 days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them: and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them."gave"Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 16:9: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Jos 7:19: Joshua said to Achan: My son: give: I pray you: glory to the LORD God of Israel: and make confession to Him; and tell me now what you have done; hide it not from me.1Sa 6:5: For what reason you will make images of your emerods: and images of your mice that mar the land; and you will give glory to the God of Israel: perhaps He will lighten His hand from off you: and from off your gods: and from off your land.Isa 26:15: 16: You have increased the nation: O LORD: you have increased the nation: you are glorified: you hadst removed it far to all the ends of the earth.Jer 13:16: Give glory to the LORD your God: before He cause darkness: and before your feet stumble upon the dark mountains: and: while you look for light: He turn it into the shadow of death: and make it gross darkness.Mal 2:2: If you not will hear: and if you not will lay it to heart: to give glory to my name: says the LORD of hosts: I will even send a curse upon you: and I will curse your blessings: yes: I have cursed them already: because you not do lay it to heart.
η ουαι η δευτερα απηλθεν {VAR2: και } ιδου η ουαι η τριτη ερχεται ταχυ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ἩHĒ (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἩHĒ
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (N)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
woe
|
N
|
G1208δευτέραdeutera (Adj-NFS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δευτέραdeutera
|
second
|
Adj-NFS
|
G565ἀπῆλθεν·apēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθεν·apēlthen
|
has passed.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (N)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
woe
|
N
|
G5154τρίτηtritē (Adj-NFS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτηtritē
|
third
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2064ἔρχεταιerchetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχεταιerchetai
|
is coming
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G5035ταχύ.tachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύ.tachy
|
quickly.
|
Adv
|
14
The second woe is past; and, look, the third woe comes quickly.Revelation 11:14
Stats
Rank: #4068 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 66 characters, 9 words, 51 letters, 18 vowels, 33 consonants
Translation
Greek: η ουαι η δευτερα απηλθεν {VAR2: και } ιδου η ουαι η τριτη ερχεται ταχυ
Lit: The woe second has passed. Behold, the woe third is coming quickly.
KJV: The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly.
References
"The second woe is past; and, behold, the third woe cometh quickly."Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Re 9:12: one woe is past; and: look: there come two woes more hereafter.Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 16:1-21: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
The Seventh Trumpet
και ο εβδομος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και εγενοντο φωναι μεγαλαι εν τω ουρανω λεγουσαι εγενοντο αι βασιλειαι του κοσμου του κυριου ημων και του χριστου αυτου και βασιλευσει εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1442ἕβδομοςhebdomos (Adj-NMS)
G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἕβδομοςhebdomos
|
seventh
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G4537ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4537 σαλπίζω salpízō sal-pid-zo from σάλπιγξ; to trumpet, i.e. sound a blast (literally or figuratively):--(which are yet to) sound (a trumpet).
|
ἐσάλπισεν·esalpisen
|
sounded his trumpet,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
there were
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G5456φωναὶphōnai (N-NFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωναὶphōnai
|
voices
|
N-NFP
|
G3173μεγάλαιmegalai (Adj-NFP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλαιmegalai
|
great
|
Adj-NFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1096ἘγένετοEgeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἘγένετοEgeneto
|
Has become
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2889κόσμουkosmou (N-GMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμουkosmou
|
world,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
that of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936βασιλεύσειbasileusei (V-FIA-3S)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
βασιλεύσειbasileusei
|
He will reign
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
15
The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.
Revelation 11:15
Stats
Rank: #1029 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 198 characters, 32 words, 156 letters, 58 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο εβδομος αγγελος εσαλπισεν και εγενοντο φωναι μεγαλαι εν τω ουρανω λεγουσαι εγενοντο αι βασιλειαι του κοσμου του κυριου ημων και του χριστου αυτου και βασιλευσει εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And the seventh angel sounded his trumpet, and there were voices great in heaven, saying: Has become the kingdom of the world, that of the Lord of us, and of the Christ of Him, and He will reign to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever.
References
"the seventh"Re 8:2-6: 12: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.Re 9:1: 13: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 10:7: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel: when He will begin to sound: the mystery of God should be finished: as He has declared to His servants the prophets."and there"Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done.Re 19:6: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.Isa 27:13: It will come to pass in that day: that the great trumpet will be blown: and they will come which were ready to perish in the land of Assyria: and the outcasts in the land of Egypt: and will worship the LORD in the holy mount at Jerusalem.Isa 44:23: Sing: O you heavens; for the LORD has done it: shout: you lower parts of the earth: break forth into singing: you mountains: O for: and every tree therein: for the LORD has redeemed Jacob: and glorified Himself in Israel.Lu 15:6: 10: When he comes home: he calls together his friends and neighbours: saying to them: Rejoice with me; for I have found my sheep which was lost."The kingdoms"Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Ps 22:27: 28: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 72:11: Yes: all kings will fall down before him: all nations will serve him.Ps 86:9: All nations whom you have made will come and worship before you: O Lord; and will glorify your name.Ps 89:15-17: Blessed is the people that know the joyful sound: they will walk: O LORD: in the light of your face.Isa 2:2: 3: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Isa 49:6: 7: 22: 23: He said: It is a light thing that you should be my servant to raise up the tribes of Jacob: and to restore the preserved of Israel: I will also give you for a light to the Gentiles: that you may be my salvation to the end of the earth.Isa 55:5: Look: you will call a nation that you know not: and nations that not knew you will run to you because of the LORD your God: and for the Holy one of Israel; for He has glorified you.Isa 60:3-14: The Gentiles will come to your light: and kings to the brightness of your rising.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Da 2:44: 45: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 7:14: 18: 22: 27: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Ho 2:23: I will sow her to me in the earth; and I will have mercy upon her that not had obtained mercy; and I will say to them which were not my people: You are my people; and they will say: You are my God.Am 9:11: 12: In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David that is fallen: and close up the breaches thereof; and I will raise up his ruins: and I will build it as in the days of old:Mic 4:1: 2: But in the last days it will come to pass: that the mountain of the house of the LORD will be established in the top of the mountains: and it will be exalted above the hills; and people will flow to it.Zep 3:9: 10: For then will I turn to the people a pure language: that they may all call upon the name of the LORD: to serve Him with one consent.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Zec 14:9: The LORD will be king over all the earth: in that day will there be one LORD: and His name one.Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts."and he"Ex 15:18: The LORD will reign for ever and ever.Ps 110:4: The LORD has sworn: and not will repent: You are a priest for ever after the order of Melchizedek.Ps 146:10: The LORD will reign for ever: even your God: O Zion: to all generations. Praise you the LORD.Isa 9:7: Of the increase of His government and peace there will be no end: upon the throne of David: and upon His kingdom: to order it: and to establish it with judgment and with justice from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the LORD of hosts will perform this.Eze 37:25: They will dwell in the land that I have given to Jacob my servant: wherein your fathers have dwelt; and they will dwell therein: even they: and their children: and their children's children for ever: and my servant David will be their prince for ever.Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 7:14: 18: 27: There was given him dominion: and glory: and a kingdom: that all people: nations: and languages: should serve him: his dominion is an everlasting dominion: which will not pass away: and his kingdom that which will not be destroyed.Mic 4:7: I will make her that halted a remnant: and her that was cast far off a strong nation: and the LORD will reign over them in mount Zion from henceforth: even for ever.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Lu 1:33: He will reign over the house of Jacob for ever; and of his kingdom there will be no end.Heb 1:8: But to the Son He says: Your throne: O God: is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of your kingdom.
και οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι οι ενωπιον του θεου καθημενοι επι τους θρονους αυτων επεσαν επι τα προσωπα αυτων και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-NMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G2521καθήμενοιkathēmenoi (V-PPM/P-NMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοιkathēmenoi
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G2362θρόνουςthronous (N-AMP)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουςthronous
|
thrones
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4383πρόσωπαprosōpa (N-ANP)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπαprosōpa
|
faces
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
worshiped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2316Θεῷ,Theō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεῷ,Theō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
16
The 24 elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,Revelation 11:16
Stats
Rank: #4208 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 111 characters, 17 words, 88 letters, 31 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες πρεσβυτεροι οι ενωπιον του θεου καθημενοι επι τους θρονους αυτων επεσαν επι τα προσωπα αυτων και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω
Lit: And the twenty four elders before God sitting on the thrones of them fell upon the faces of them and worshiped God,
KJV: And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,
References
"And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,"Re 4:4: 10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 5:5-8: 14: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof.Re 7:11: All the angels stood round about the throne: and about the elders and the 4 beasts: and fell before the throne on their faces: and worshipped God: Re 19:4: The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne: saying: Amen; Alleluia.
λεγοντες ευχαριστουμεν σοι κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος οτι ειληφας την δυναμιν σου την μεγαλην και εβασιλευσας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2168ΕὐχαριστοῦμένEucharistoumen (V-PIA-1P)
G2168 εὐχαριστέω eucharistéō yoo-khar-is-teh-o from εὐχάριστος; to be grateful, i.e. (actively) to express gratitude (towards); specially, to say grace at a meal:--(give) thank(-ful, -s).
|
ΕὐχαριστοῦμένEucharistoumen
|
We give thanks
|
V-PIA-1P
|
G4771σοι,soi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοι,soi
|
to You,
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr (N-VMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr
|
Almighty,
|
N-VMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-VMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-VMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-VMS
|
G1510ἦν,ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν,ēn
|
was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532{καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
{καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἐρχόμενος},erchomenos (V-PPM-NMS)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχόμενος},erchomenos
|
is coming,
|
V-PPM-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G2983εἴληφαςeilēphas (V-RIA-2S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
εἴληφαςeilēphas
|
You have taken
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμίνdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμίνdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936ἐβασίλευσας·ebasileusas (V-AIA-2S)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
ἐβασίλευσας·ebasileusas
|
have begun to reign.
|
V-AIA-2S
|
17
Saying, We give you thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which are, and were, and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power, and have reigned.
Revelation 11:17
Stats
Rank: #4992 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 22 words, 118 letters, 43 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντες ευχαριστουμεν σοι κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ο ων και ο ην και ο ερχομενος οτι ειληφας την δυναμιν σου την μεγαλην και εβασιλευσας
Lit: saying: We give thanks to You, Lord God Almighty, the One being, and who was, and is coming, that You have taken the power of You great, and have begun to reign.
KJV: Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.
References
"We give"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Da 2:23: I thank you: and praise you: O you God of my fathers: who have given me wisdom and might: and have made known to me now what we desired of you: for you have now made known to us the king's matter.Da 6:10: Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed: He went into His house; and His windows being open in His chamber toward Jerusalem: He kneeled upon His knees 3 times a day: and prayed: and gave thanks before His God: as He did aforetime.Mt 11:25: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.Lu 10:21: In that hour Jesus rejoiced in spirit: and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: that you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes: even so: Father; for so it seemed good in your sight.Joh 11:41: Then they took away the stone from the place where the dead was laid. And Jesus lifted up His eyes: and said: Father: I thank you that you have heard me.2Co 2:14: Now thanks be to God: which always causes us to triumph in Christ: and makes manifest the savour of His knowledge by us in every place.2Co 9:15: Thanks be to God for His unspeakable gift.1Ti 1:12: I thank Christ Jesus our Lord: who has enabled me: for that He counted me faithful: putting me into the ministry;"Lord God Almighty"Re 1:8: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 16:7: 14: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Ge 17:1: When Abram was 90 years old and 9: the LORD appeared to Abram: and said to Him: I am the Almighty God; walk before me: and be you perfect."which"Re 1:4: 8: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 16:5: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus."thou hast"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 19:6: 11-21: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.Re 20:1-3: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.Ps 21:13: Be you exalted: LORD: in your own strength: so will we sing and praise your power.Ps 57:11: Be you exalted: O God: above the heavens: let your glory be above all the earth.Ps 64:9: 10: All men will fear: and will declare the work of God; for they will wisely consider of His doing.Ps 98:1-3: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Ps 102:13-8: You will arise: and have mercy upon Zion: for the time to favour her: yes: the set time: is come.Isa 51:9-11: Awake: awake: put on strength: O arm of the LORD; awake: as in the ancient days: in the generations of old. Are you not it that has cut Rahab: and wounded the dragon?Isa 52:10: The LORD has made bare His holy arm in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth will see the salvation of our God.
και τα εθνη ωργισθησαν και ηλθεν η οργη σου και ο καιρος των νεκρων κριθηναι και δουναι τον μισθον τοις δουλοις σου τοις προφηταις και τοις αγιοις και τοις φοβουμενοις το ονομα σου τοις μικροις και τοις μεγαλοις και διαφθειραι τους διαφθειροντας την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-NNP
|
G3710ὠργίσθησαν,ōrgisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3710 ὀργίζω orgízō or-gid-zo from ὀργή; to provoke or enrage, i.e. (passively) become exasperated:--be angry (wroth).
|
ὠργίσθησαν,ōrgisthēsan
|
were enraged,
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3709ὀργήorgē (N-NFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργήorgē
|
wrath
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
time
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
for the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2919κριθῆναιkrithēnai (V-ANP)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κριθῆναιkrithēnai
|
to be judged,
|
V-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3408μισθὸνmisthon (N-AMS)
G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθὸνmisthon
|
reward
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1401δούλοιςdoulois (N-DMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλοιςdoulois
|
servants
|
N-DMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4396προφήταιςprophētais (N-DMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφήταιςprophētais
|
prophets,
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G40ἁγίοιςhagiois (Adj-DMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίοιςhagiois
|
saints,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to those
|
Art-DMP
|
G5399φοβουμένοιςphoboumenois (V-PPM/P-DMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβουμένοιςphoboumenois
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-DMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τοὺς*tous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺς*tous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3398μικροὺς*mikrous (Adj-AMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροὺς*mikrous
|
small
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺς*tous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺς*tous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3173μεγάλους*,megalous (Adj-AMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλους*,megalous
|
great,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1311διαφθεῖραιdiaphtheirai (V-ANA)
G1311 διαφθείρω diaphtheírō dee-af-thi-ro from διαβάλλω and φθείρω; to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by implication) to ruin (passively, decay utterly, figuratively, pervert):--corrupt, destroy, perish.
|
διαφθεῖραιdiaphtheirai
|
to destroy
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those who
|
Art-AMP
|
G1311διαφθείρονταςdiaphtheirontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G1311 διαφθείρω diaphtheírō dee-af-thi-ro from διαβάλλω and φθείρω; to rot thoroughly, i.e. (by implication) to ruin (passively, decay utterly, figuratively, pervert):--corrupt, destroy, perish.
|
διαφθείρονταςdiaphtheirontas
|
are destroying
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν.gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν.gēn
|
earth.
|
N-AFS
|
18
The nations were angry, and your wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear your name, small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Revelation 11:18
Stats
Counts: 289 characters, 45 words, 228 letters, 75 vowels, 153 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα εθνη ωργισθησαν και ηλθεν η οργη σου και ο καιρος των νεκρων κριθηναι και δουναι τον μισθον τοις δουλοις σου τοις προφηταις και τοις αγιοις και τοις φοβουμενοις το ονομα σου τοις μικροις και τοις μεγαλοις και διαφθειραι τους διαφθειροντας την γην
Lit: And the nations were enraged, and came the wrath of You, and the time for the dead to be judged, and to give the reward to the servants of You, the prophets, and to the saints, and to those fearing the name of You, the small and the great, and to destroy those who are destroying the earth.
KJV: And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.
References
"the nations"Re 11:2: 9: 10: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Re 17:12-15: The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings: which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.Re 19:19: 20: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Ps 2:1-3: Why do the heathen rage: and the people imagine a vain thing?Isa 34:1-10: Come near: you nations: to hear; and listen: you people: let the earth hear: and all that is therein; the world: and all things that come forth of it.Isa 63:1-6: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.Eze 38:9-23: You will ascend and come like a storm: you will be like a cloud to cover the land: you: and all your bands: and many people with you.Joe 3:9-14: Proclaim you this among the Gentiles; Prepare war: wake up the mighty men: let all the men of war draw near; let them come up:Mic 7:15-17: According to the days of your coming out of the land of Egypt will I show to him marvellous things.Zec 14:2: 3: For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city will be taken: and the houses rifled: and the women ravished; and half of the city will go forth into captivity: and the residue of the people will not be cut off from the city."and thy"Re 6:15-17: The kings of the earth: and the great men: and the rich men: and the chief captains: and the mighty men: and every bondman: and every free man: hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 15:1: 7: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 16:1-21: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God."and the time"Re 6:10: 11: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 20:4: 5: 12: 15: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Isa 26:19-21: Your dead men will live: together with my dead body will they arise. Awake and sing: you that dwell in dust: for your dew is as the dew of herbs: and the earth will cast out the dead.Da 7:9: 10: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Da 12:1: 2: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Heb 9:27: As it is appointed to men once to die: but after this the judgment:"and that"Re 22:12: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be.Mt 5:12: Rejoice: and be exceeding glad: for great is your reward in heaven: for so persecuted they the prophets which were before you.2Th 1:5-7: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:Heb 11:25: 26: Choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God: than to enjoy the pleasures of sin for a season;"and them"Re 19:5: A voice came out of the throne: saying: Praise our God: all you His servants: and you that fear Him: both small and great.Ps 85:9: Surely his salvation is nigh them that fear him; that glory may dwell in our land.Ps 103:11: For as the heaven is high above the earth: so great is his mercy toward them that fear him.Ps 115:13: 14: He will bless them that fear the LORD: both small and great.Ps 147:11: The LORD takes pleasure in them that fear Him: in those that hope in His mercy.Ec 8:12: Though a sinner do evil 100 times: and His days be prolonged: yet surely I know that it will be well with them that fear God: which fear before Him:Ec 12:13: Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God: and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man.Lu 1:50: His mercy is on them that fear him from generation to generation."shouldest"Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 18:6: 16-24: Reward her even as she rewarded you: and double to her double according to her works: in the cup which she has filled fill to her double.Re 19:19: 21: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Da 7:26: But the judgment will sit: and they will take away his dominion: to consume and to destroy it to the end.Da 8:25: Through his policy also he will cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he will magnify himself in his heart: and by peace will destroy many: he will also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he will be broken without hand.Da 11:44: 45: But tidings out of the east and out of the north will trouble him: therefore he will go forth with great fury to destroy: and utterly to make away many.
και ηνοιγη ο ναος του θεου εν τω ουρανω και ωφθη η κιβωτος της διαθηκης αυτου εν τω ναω αυτου και εγενοντο αστραπαι και φωναι και βρονται και σεισμος και χαλαζα μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G455ἠνοίγηēnoigē (V-AIP-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνοίγηēnoigē
|
was opened
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
temple
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
was seen
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2787κιβωτὸςkibōtos (N-NFS)
G2787 κιβωτός kibōtós kib-o-tos of uncertain derivation; a box, i.e. the sacred ark and that of Noah:--ark.
|
κιβωτὸςkibōtos
|
ark
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1242διαθήκηςdiathēkēs (N-GFS)
G1242 διαθήκη diathḗkē dee-ath-ay-kay from διατίθεμαι; properly, a disposition, i.e. (specially) a contract (especially a devisory will):--covenant, testament.
|
διαθήκηςdiathēkēs
|
covenant
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G3485ναῷnaō (N-DMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναῷnaō
|
temple
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
there were
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G796ἀστραπαὶastrapai (N-NFP)
G796 ἀστραπή astrapḗ as-trap-ay from ἀστράπτω; lightning; by analogy, glare:--lightning, bright shining.
|
ἀστραπαὶastrapai
|
flashes of lightning,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωναὶphōnai (N-NFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωναὶphōnai
|
voices,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1027βρονταὶbrontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταὶbrontai
|
thunders,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
an earthquake,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5464χάλαζαchalaza (N-NFS)
G5464 χάλαζα chálaza khal-ad-zah probably from χαλάω; hail:--hail.
|
χάλαζαchalaza
|
hail
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη.megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη.megalē
|
great.
|
Adj-NFS
|
19
The temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.Revelation 11:19
Stats
Counts: 193 characters, 29 words, 152 letters, 58 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηνοιγη ο ναος του θεου εν τω ουρανω και ωφθη η κιβωτος της διαθηκης αυτου εν τω ναω αυτου και εγενοντο αστραπαι και φωναι και βρονται και σεισμος και χαλαζα μεγαλη
Lit: And was opened the temple of God in heaven, and was seen the ark of the covenant of Him in the temple of Him. And there were flashes of lightning, and voices, and thunders, and an earthquake, and hail great.
KJV: And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.
References
"the temple"Re 14:15-17: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.Re 15:5-8: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Isa 6:1-4: In the year that king Uzziah died I saw also the Lord sitting upon a throne: high and lifted up: and His train filled the temple."the ark"Ex 25:21: 22: you will put the mercy seat above upon the ark; and in the ark you will put the testimony that I will give you.Nu 4:5: 15: When the camp sets forward: Aaron will come: and his sons: and they will take down the covering vail: and cover the ark of testimony with it:Nu 10:33: They departed from the mount of the LORD 3 days' journey: and the ark of the covenant of the LORD went before them in the 3 days' journey: to search out a resting place for them.2Co 3:14-16: But their minds were blinded: for until this day remains the same vail untaken away in the reading of the old testament; which vail is done away in Christ.Heb 9:4-8: Which had the golden censer: and the ark of the covenant overlaid round about with gold: wherein was the golden pot that had manna: and Aaron's rod that budded: and the tables of the covenant;"and there were"Re 11:13: 15: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 16:18: There were voices: and thunders: and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake: such as not was since men were upon the earth: so mighty an earthquake: and so great."and great"Re 8:7: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 16:21: There fell upon men a great hail out of heaven: every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.Ex 9:18-29: Look: to morrow about this time I will cause it to rain a very grievous hail: such as has not been in Egypt since the foundation thereof even until now.Jos 10:11: It came to pass: as they fled from before Israel: and were in the going down to Bethhoron: that the LORD cast down great stones from heaven upon them to Azekah: and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel killed with the sword.Job 38:22: 23: Have you entered into the treasures of the snow? or have you seen the treasures of the hail: Ps 18:12: At the brightness that was before him his thick clouds passed: hail stones and coals of fire.Ps 105:32: He gave them hail for rain: and flaming fire in their land.Isa 28:2: Look: the Lord has a mighty and strong one: which as a tempest of hail and a destroying storm: as a flood of mighty waters overflowing: will cast down to the earth with the hand.Isa 30:30: The LORD will cause His glorious voice to be heard: and will show the lighting down of His arm: with the indignation of His anger: and with the flame of a devouring fire: with scattering: and tempest: and hailstones.Isa 32:19: When it will hail: coming down on the for; and the city will be low in a low place.Eze 13:11: Say to them which daub it with untempered morter: that it will fall: there will be an overflowing shower; and you: O great hailstones: will fall; and a stormy wind will rend it.Eze 38:22: I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him: and upon his bands: and upon the many people that are with him: an overflowing rain: and great hailstones: fire: and brimstone.
12
The Great Conflict
The Woman and the Dragon
και σημειον μεγα ωφθη εν τω ουρανω γυνη περιβεβλημενη τον ηλιον και η σεληνη υποκατω των ποδων αυτης και επι της κεφαλης αυτης στεφανος αστερων δωδεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
a sign
|
N-NNS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-NNS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
appeared
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven:
|
N-DMS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
a woman
|
N-NFS
|
G4016περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē
|
clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2246ἥλιον,hēlion (N-AMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιον,hēlion
|
sun,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4582σελήνηselēnē (N-NFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνηselēnē
|
moon
|
N-NFS
|
G5270ὑποκάτωhypokatō (Prep)
G5270 ὑποκάτω hypokátō hoop-ok-at-o from ὑπό and κάτω; down under, i.e. beneath:--under.
|
ὑποκάτωhypokatō
|
under
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2776κεφαλῆςkephalēs (N-GFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆςkephalēs
|
head
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4735στέφανοςstephanos (N-NMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανοςstephanos
|
a crown
|
N-NMS
|
G792ἀστέρωνasterōn (N-GMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρωνasterōn
|
of stars
|
N-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-GMP
|
1
And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of 12 stars:Revelation 12:1
Stats
Rank: #1490 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 26 words, 114 letters, 45 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και σημειον μεγα ωφθη εν τω ουρανω γυνη περιβεβλημενη τον ηλιον και η σεληνη υποκατω των ποδων αυτης και επι της κεφαλης αυτης στεφανος αστερων δωδεκα
Lit: And a sign great appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under the feet of her, and on the head of her a crown of stars twelve,
KJV: And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars:
References
"there"Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.2Ch 32:31: Howbeit in the business of the ambassadors of the princes of Babylon: who sent to Him to inquire of the wonder that was done in the land: God left Him: to try Him: that He might know all that was in His heart.Mr 13:25: The stars of heaven will fall: and the powers that are in heaven will be shaken.Ac 2:19: I will show wonders in heaven above: and signs in the earth beneath; blood: and fire: and vapour of smoke:"wonder"Mt 12:38: Then certain of the scribes and of the Pharisees answered: saying: Master: we would see a sign from you.Mt 24:30: Then will appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven: and then will all the tribes of the earth mourn: and they will see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.Lu 21:11: 25: Great earthquakes will be in divers places: and famines: and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs will there be from heaven."a woman"Isa 49:14-23: But Zion said: The LORD has forsaken me: and my Lord has forgotten me.Isa 54:5-7: For your Maker is your husband; the LORD of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer the Holy one of Israel; The God of the whole earth will He be called.Isa 60:1-4: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Ho 2:19: 20: I will betroth you to me for ever; yes: I will betroth you to me in righteousness: and in judgment: and in lovingkindness: and in mercies.Joh 3:29: He who has the bride is the groom: but the friend of the groom: which stands and hears him: rejoices greatly because of the groom's voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Eph 5:25-27: 32: Husbands: love your wives: even as Christ also loved the church: and gave Himself for it;"clothed"Re 21:23: The city had no need of the sun: neither of the moon: to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it: and the Lamb is the light thereof.Ps 84:11: For the LORD God is a sun and shield: the LORD will give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold from them that walk uprightly.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory.Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Ro 3:22: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 13:14: But put you on the Lord Jesus Christ: and not make provision for the flesh: to fulfil the lusts thereof.Ga 3:27: For as many of you as have been baptized into Christ have put on Christ."and the"Ga 6:14: But God forbid that I should glory: save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ: by whom the world is crucified to me: and I to the world.Tit 2:11: 12: For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men: "crown"Re 1:20: The mystery of the 7 stars which you saw'>saw in my right hand: and the 7 golden candlesticks. The 7 stars are the angels of the 7 churches: and the 7 candlesticks which you saw'>saw are the 7 churches.Re 21:14: The wall of the city had 12 foundations: and in them the names of the 12 apostles of the Lamb.Isa 62:3: You will also be a crown of glory in the hand of the LORD: and a royal diadem in the hand of your God.Zec 9:16: The LORD their God will save them in that day as the flock of His people: for they will be as the stones of a crown: lifted up as an ensign upon His land.
και εν γαστρι εχουσα κραζει ωδινουσα και βασανιζομενη τεκειν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1064γαστρὶgastri (N-DFS)
G1064 γαστήρ gastḗr gas-tare of uncertain derivation; the stomach; by analogy, the matrix; figuratively, a gourmand:--belly, + with child, womb.
|
γαστρὶgastri
|
womb
|
N-DFS
|
G2192ἔχουσα,echousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσα,echousa
|
having.
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896κράζειkrazei (V-PIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζειkrazei
|
she cries out,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5605ὠδίνουσαōdinousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G5605 ὠδίνω ōdínō o-dee-no from ὠδίν; to experience the pains of parturition (literally or figuratively):--travail in (birth).
|
ὠδίνουσαōdinousa
|
being in travail,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G928βασανιζομένηbasanizomenē (V-PPM/P-NFS)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανιζομένηbasanizomenē
|
being in pain
|
V-PPM/P-NFS
|
G5088τεκεῖν.tekein (V-ANA)
G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
τεκεῖν.tekein
|
to bring forth.
|
V-ANA
|
2
She being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.Revelation 12:2
Stats
Rank: #8357 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 80 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 24 vowels, 40 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν γαστρι εχουσα κραζει ωδινουσα και βασανιζομενη τεκειν
Lit: and in womb having. And she cries out, being in travail, and being in pain to bring forth.
KJV: And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.
References
"travailing"Re 12:4: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.Isa 53:11: He will see of the travail of his soul: and will be satisfied: by his knowledge will my righteous servant justify many; for he will bear their iniquities.Isa 54:1: Sing: O barren: you that did not bear; break forth into singing: and cry aloud: you that did not travail with child: for more are the children of the desolate than the children of the married wife: says the LORD.Isa 66:7: 8: Before she travailed: she brought forth; before her pain came: she was delivered of a man child.Mic 5:3: Therefore will he give them up: until the time that she which travails has brought forth: then the remnant of his brothers will return to the children of Israel.Joh 16:21: A woman when she is in travail has sorrow: because her hour is come: but as soon as she is delivered of the child: she remembers no more the anguish: for joy that a man is born into the world.Ga 4:19: 27: My little children: of whom I travail in birth again until Christ be formed in you:
και ωφθη αλλο σημειον εν τω ουρανω και ιδου δρακων μεγας πυρρος εχων κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα και επι τας κεφαλας αυτου διαδηματα επτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ὤφθηōphthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὤφθηōphthē
|
was seen
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-NNS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
another
|
Adj-NNS
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-NNS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
sign
|
N-NNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
a dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G4450πυρρός ⇔pyrros (Adj-NMS)
G4450 πυῤῥός pyrrhós poor-hros from πῦρ; fire-like, i.e. (specially), flame- colored:--red.
|
πυρρός ⇔pyrros
|
red
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3173μέγας,megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας,megas
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-ANP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-ANP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1238διαδήματα,diadēmata (N-ANP)
G1238 διάδημα diádēma dee-ad-ay-mah from a compound of διά and δέω; a diadem (as bound about the head):--crown. Compare στέφανος.
|
διαδήματα,diadēmata
|
royal crowns.
|
N-ANP
|
3
There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon, having 7 heads and 10 horns, and 7 crowns upon his heads.Revelation 12:3
Stats
Rank: #3282 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 142 characters, 22 words, 114 letters, 43 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωφθη αλλο σημειον εν τω ουρανω και ιδου δρακων μεγας πυρρος εχων κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα και επι τας κεφαλας αυτου διαδηματα επτα
Lit: And was seen another sign in heaven, and behold, a dragon red great, having heads seven, and horns ten, and upon the heads of him, seven royal crowns.
KJV: And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.
References
"wonder"Re 12:1: There appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun: and the moon under her feet: and upon her head a crown of 12 stars:"a great"Re 12:4: 9: 17: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.Re 13:2: 4: The beast which I saw was like to a leopard: and his feet were as the feet of a bear: and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power: and his seat: and great authority.Re 16:13: I saw 3 unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon: and out of the mouth of the beast: and out of the mouth of the false prophet.Re 17:3: 4: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Isa 51:9: Awake: awake: put on strength: O arm of the LORD; awake: as in the ancient days: in the generations of old. Are you not it that has cut Rahab: and wounded the dragon?"seven heads"Re 13:1: 3: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 17:9: 10: Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains: on which the woman sits."ten"Re 17:3: 7: 12: 16: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Isa 9:15: The ancient and honourable: he is the head; and the prophet that teaches lies: he is the tail.Da 2:42: as the toes of the feet were part of iron: and part of clay: so the kingdom will be partly strong: and partly broken.Da 7:7: 8: 20: 24: After this I saw in the night visions: and look a fourth beast: dreadful and terrible: and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces: and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had 10 horns."seven crowns"Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
και η ουρα αυτου συρει το τριτον των αστερων του ουρανου και εβαλεν αυτους εις την γην και ο δρακων εστηκεν ενωπιον της γυναικος της μελλουσης τεκειν ινα οταν τεκη το τεκνον αυτης καταφαγη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3769οὐρὰoura (N-NFS)
G3769 οὐρά ourá oo-rah apparently a primary word; a tail:--tail.
|
οὐρὰoura
|
tail
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4951σύρειsyrei (V-PIA-3S)
G4951 σύρω sýrō soo-ro probably akin to αἱρέομαι; to trail:--drag, draw, hale.,
|
σύρειsyrei
|
drags
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
a
|
Art-ANS
|
G5154τρίτονtriton (Adj-ANS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτονtriton
|
third
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G792ἀστέρωνasterōn (N-GMP)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστέρωνasterōn
|
stars
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
he cast
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν.gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν.gēn
|
earth.
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G2476ἕστηκενhestēken (V-RIA-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἕστηκενhestēken
|
stands
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
woman
|
N-GFS
|
G3195μελλούσηςmellousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μελλούσηςmellousēs
|
being about
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G5088τεκεῖν,tekein (V-ANA)
G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
τεκεῖν,tekein
|
to bring forth,
|
V-ANA
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G5088τέκῃtekē (V-ASA-3S)
G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
τέκῃtekē
|
she should bring forth,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5043τέκνονteknon (N-ANS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνονteknon
|
child
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2719καταφάγῃ.kataphagē (V-ASA-3S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
καταφάγῃ.kataphagē
|
he might devour.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
4
His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.Revelation 12:4
Stats
Counts: 207 characters, 40 words, 161 letters, 59 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η ουρα αυτου συρει το τριτον των αστερων του ουρανου και εβαλεν αυτους εις την γην και ο δρακων εστηκεν ενωπιον της γυναικος της μελλουσης τεκειν ινα οταν τεκη το τεκνον αυτης καταφαγη
Lit: And the tail of him drags a third of the stars of heaven, and he cast them to the earth. And the dragon stands before the woman being about to bring forth, so that when she should bring forth, the child of her he might devour.
KJV: And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.
References
"his tail"Re 9:10: 19: They had tails like to scorpions: and there were stings in their tails: and their power was to hurt men 5 months.Da 8:9-12: Out of one of them came forth a little horn: which waxed exceeding great: toward the south: and toward the east: and toward the pleasant land."of the"Re 17:18: The woman which you saw is that great city: which reigns over the kings of the earth."the dragon"Re 12:2: She being with child cried: travailing in birth: and pained to be delivered.Ex 1:16: He said: When you do the office of a midwife to the Hebrew women: and see them upon the stools; if it be a son: then you will kill him: but if it be a daughter: then she will live.Mt 2:3-16: When Herod the king had heard these things: he was troubled: and all Jerusalem with him.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
και ετεκεν υιον αρρενα ος μελλει ποιμαινειν παντα τα εθνη εν ραβδω σιδηρα και ηρπασθη το τεκνον αυτης προς τον θεον και τον θρονον αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5088ἔτεκενeteken (V-AIA-3S)
G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
ἔτεκενeteken
|
she brought forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5207υἱόν,huion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱόν,huion
|
a son
|
N-AMS
|
G730ἄρσεν,arsen (N-ANS)
G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.
|
ἄρσεν,arsen
|
male,
|
N-ANS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4165ποιμαίνεινpoimainein (V-PNA)
G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμαίνεινpoimainein
|
to rule
|
V-PNA
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4464ῥάβδῳrhabdō (N-DFS)
G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδῳrhabdō
|
a rod
|
N-DFS
|
G4603σιδηρᾷ·sidēra (Adj-DFS)
G4603 σιδήρεος sidḗreos sid-ay-reh-os from σίδηρος; made of iron:--(of) iron.
|
σιδηρᾷ·sidēra
|
of iron;
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G726ἡρπάσθηhērpasthē (V-AIP-3S)
G726 ἁρπάζω harpázō har-pad-zo from a derivative of αἱρέομαι; to seize (in various applications):--catch (away, up), pluck, pull, take (by force).
|
ἡρπάσθηhērpasthē
|
was caught up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5043τέκνονteknon (N-NNS)
G5043 τέκνον téknon tek-non from the base of τίκτω; a child (as produced):--child, daughter, son.
|
τέκνονteknon
|
child
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
throne
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
5
She brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up to God, and to His throne.Revelation 12:5
Stats
Counts: 139 characters, 27 words, 106 letters, 38 vowels, 68 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ετεκεν υιον αρρενα ος μελλει ποιμαινειν παντα τα εθνη εν ραβδω σιδηρα και ηρπασθη το τεκνον αυτης προς τον θεον και τον θρονον αυτου
Lit: And she brought forth a son male, who is about to rule all the nations with a rod of iron; and was caught up the child of her to God, and to the throne of Him.
KJV: And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne.
References
"she"Re 12:2: She being with child cried: travailing in birth: and pained to be delivered.Isa 7:14: Therefore the Lord Himself will give you a sign; Look: a virgin will conceive: and bear a son: and will call His name Immanuel.Jer 31:22: How long will you go about: O you backsliding daughter? for the LORD has created a new thing in the earth: A woman will compass a man.Mic 5:3: Therefore will he give them up: until the time that she which travails has brought forth: then the remnant of his brothers will return to the children of Israel.Mt 1:25: Knew not her till she had brought forth her firstborn son: and he called his name JESUS."rule"Re 2:26: 27: he who overcomes: and keeps my works to the end: to him will I give power over the nations:Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Ps 2:9: 10: You will break them with a rod of iron; you will dash them in pieces like a potter's vessel."caught"Re 11:12: They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them: Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.Mr 16:19: So then after the Lord had spoken to them: He was received up into heaven: and sat on the right hand of God.
και η γυνη εφυγεν εις την ερημον οπου εχει τοπον ητοιμασμενον απο του θεου ινα εκει τρεφωσιν αυτην ημερας χιλιας διακοσιας εξηκοντα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G5343ἔφυγενephygen (V-AIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγενephygen
|
fled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2048ἔρημον,erēmon (Adj-AFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημον,erēmon
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
she has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G2090ἡτοιμασμένονhētoimasmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοιμασμένονhētoimasmenon
|
having been prepared
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
by
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G5142τρέφωσινtrephōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G5142 τρέφω tréphō tref-o a primary verb (properly, ; but perhaps strengthened from the base of τροπή through the idea of convolution); properly, to stiffen, i.e. fatten (by implication, to cherish (with food, etc.), pamper, rear):--bring up, feed, nourish.,
|
τρέφωσινtrephōsin
|
they should nourish
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-AFP)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
days
|
N-AFP
|
G5507χιλίαςchilias (Adj-AFP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χιλίαςchilias
|
one thousand
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1250διακοσίαςdiakosias (Adj-AFP)
G1250 διακόσιοι diakósioi dee-ak-os-ee-oy from δίς and ἑκατόν; two hundred:--two hundred.
|
διακοσίαςdiakosias
|
two hundred
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1835ἑξήκοντα.hexēkonta (Adj-AFP)
G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexḗkonta hex-ay-kon-tah the tenth multiple of ἕξ; sixty:--sixty(-fold), threescore.
|
ἑξήκοντα.hexēkonta
|
sixty.
|
Adj-AFP
|
6
The woman fled into the wilderness, where she has a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days.Revelation 12:6
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 26 words, 125 letters, 45 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η γυνη εφυγεν εις την ερημον οπου εχει τοπον ητοιμασμενον απο του θεου ινα εκει τρεφωσιν αυτην ημερας χιλιας διακοσιας εξηκοντα
Lit: And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she has there a place having been prepared by God, so that there they should nourish her days one thousand two hundred sixty.
KJV: And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.
References
"the woman"Re 12:4: 14: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born."that"1Ki 17:3-6: 9-16: Get you here: and turn you eastward: and hide yourself by the brook Cherith: that is before Jordan.1Ki 19:4-8: But He Himself went a day's journey into the wilderness: and came and sat down under a juniper tree: and He requested for Himself that He might die; and said: It is enough; now: O LORD: take away my life; for I am not better than my fathers.Mt 4:11: Then the devil leaves him: and: look: angels came and ministered to him."a thousand"Re 11:2: 3: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.
The War in Heaven
και εγενετο πολεμος εν τω ουρανω ο μιχαηλ και οι αγγελοι αυτου επολεμησαν κατα του δρακοντος και ο δρακων επολεμησεν και οι αγγελοι αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G4171πόλεμοςpolemos (N-NMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμοςpolemos
|
war
|
N-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven:
|
N-DMS
|
G3413ΜιχαὴλMichaēl (N-NMS)
G3413 Μιχαήλ Michaḗl mikh-ah-ale of Hebrew origin (מִיכָאֵל); Michael, an archangel:--Michael.
|
ΜιχαὴλMichaēl
|
Michael
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4170πολεμῆσαιpolemēsai (V-ANA)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
πολεμῆσαιpolemēsai
|
warred
|
V-ANA
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
against
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1404δράκοντος.drakontos (N-GMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκοντος.drakontos
|
dragon,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G4170ἐπολέμησενepolemēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
ἐπολέμησενepolemēsen
|
warred back,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
7
There was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,Revelation 12:7
Stats
Rank: #838 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 116 characters, 19 words, 93 letters, 34 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο πολεμος εν τω ουρανω ο μιχαηλ και οι αγγελοι αυτου επολεμησαν κατα του δρακοντος και ο δρακων επολεμησεν και οι αγγελοι αυτου
Lit: And there was war in heaven: Michael and the angels of him warred against the dragon, and the dragon warred back, and the angels of him.
KJV: And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,
References
"war"Re 13:7: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 19:11-20: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Isa 34:5: For my sword will be bathed in heaven: look: it will come down upon Idumea: and upon the people of my curse: to judgment.Eph 6:12: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places."Michael"Isa 55:4: Look: I have given him for a witness to the people: a leader and commander to the people.Da 10:13: 21: But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me 21 days: but: indeed: Michael: one of the chief princes: came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Heb 2:10: For it became him: for whom are all things: and by whom are all things: in bringing many sons to glory: to make the captain of their salvation perfect through sufferings.Jude 1:9: Yet Michael the archangel: when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses: not durst bring against Him a railing accusation: but said: The Lord rebuke you."and his"Mt 13:41: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Mt 24:31: He will send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet: and they will gather together his elect from the 4 winds: from one end of heaven to the other.Mt 26:53: Think you that I cannot now pray to my Father: and He will presently give me more than 12 legions of angels?2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: "the dragon"Re 12:3: 4: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: "his angels"Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Ps 78:49: He cast upon them the fierceness of his anger: wrath: and indignation: and trouble: by sending evil angels among them.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:2Co 12:7: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure through the abundance of the revelations: there was given to me a thorn in the flesh: the messenger of Satan to buffet me: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure.2Pe 2:4: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;
και ουκ ισχυσαν ουτε τοπος ευρεθη αυτων ετι εν τω ουρανω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2480ἴσχυσεν*,ischysen (V-AIA-3S)
G2480 ἰσχύω ischýō is-khoo-o from ἰσχύς; to have (or exercise) force (literally or figuratively):--be able, avail, can do(-not), could, be good, might, prevail, be of strength, be whole, + much work.
|
ἴσχυσεν*,ischysen
|
had he strength,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
a place
|
N-NMS
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
for them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
any longer
|
Adv
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ.ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ.ouranō
|
heaven.
|
N-DMS
|
8
not prevailed; neither was their place found any more in heaven.Revelation 12:8
Stats
Counts: 68 characters, 11 words, 55 letters, 23 vowels, 32 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ουκ ισχυσαν ουτε τοπος ευρεθη αυτων ετι εν τω ουρανω
Lit: And not had he strength, nor a place was found for them any longer in heaven.
KJV: And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.
References
"prevailed not"Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Ps 13:4: Lest my enemy say: I have prevailed against him; and those that trouble me rejoice when I am moved.Ps 118:10-13: All nations compassed me about: but in the name of the LORD will I destroy them.Ps 129:2: Many a time have they afflicted me from my youth: yet they not have prevailed against me.Jer 1:19: They will fight against you; but they will not prevail against you; for I am with you: says the LORD: to deliver you.Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.Ro 8:31-39: What will we then say to these things? If God be for us: who can be against us?"their"Job 7:10: He will return no more to his house: neither will his place know him any more.Job 8:18: If he destroy him from his place: then it will deny him: saying: I not have seen you.Job 20:9: The eye also which saw him will see him no more; neither will his place any more look him.Job 27:21-23: The east wind carries him away: and he departs: and as a storm hurls him out of his place.Ps 37:10: For yet a little while: and the wicked will not be: yes: you will diligently consider his place: and it will not be.Ac 1:25: That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship: from which Judas by transgression fell: that he might go to his own place.Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day.
και εβληθη ο δρακων ο μεγας ο οφις ο αρχαιος ο καλουμενος διαβολος και ο σατανας ο πλανων την οικουμενην ολην εβληθη εις την γην και οι αγγελοι αυτου μετ αυτου εβληθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
was thrown out
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G3173μέγας,megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας,megas
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3789ὄφιςophis (N-NMS)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφιςophis
|
serpent
|
N-NMS
|
G744ἀρχαῖος,archaios (Adj-NMS)
G744 ἀρχαῖος archaîos ar-khah-yos from ἀρχή; original or primeval:--(them of) old (time).
|
ἀρχαῖος,archaios
|
ancient,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
who
|
Art-NMS
|
G2564καλούμενοςkaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενοςkaloumenos
|
is called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1228ΔιάβολοςDiabolos (Adj-NMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
ΔιάβολοςDiabolos
|
the devil
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4567Σατανᾶς,Satanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶς,Satanas
|
Satan,
|
N-NMS
|
G4105πλανῶνplanōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανῶνplanōn
|
deceiving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn (N-AFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηνoikoumenēn
|
inhabited world
|
N-AFS
|
G3650ὅλην,holēn (Adj-AFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλην,holēn
|
whole.
|
Adj-AFS
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
He was thrown down
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G906ἐβλήθησαν.eblēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθησαν.eblēthēsan
|
were thrown down.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
9
The great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.Revelation 12:9
Stats
Rank: #537 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 185 characters, 29 words, 144 letters, 52 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβληθη ο δρακων ο μεγας ο οφις ο αρχαιος ο καλουμενος διαβολος και ο σατανας ο πλανων την οικουμενην ολην εβληθη εις την γην και οι αγγελοι αυτου μετ αυτου εβληθησαν
Lit: And was thrown out the dragon great, the serpent ancient, who is called the devil and Satan, deceiving the inhabited world whole. He was thrown down to the earth, and the angels of him with him were thrown down.
KJV: And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.
References
"the great"Re 12:3: 7: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Lu 10:18: He said to them: I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven.Joh 12:31: Now is the judgment of this world: now will the prince of this world be cast out."that"Re 12:14: 15: To the woman were given two wings of a great eagle: that she might fly into the wilderness: into her place: where she is nourished for a time: and times: and half a time: from the face of the serpent.Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: Ge 3:1: 4: 13: Now the serpent was more subtil than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And He said to the woman: Yes: has God said: You will not eat of every tree of the garden?Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Isa 65:25: The wolf and the lamb will feed together: and the lion will eat straw like the bullock: and dust will be the serpent's meat. They will not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: says the LORD."the Devil"Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 18:2: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.Mt 4:1: 5: 8: Then was Jesus led up of the Spirit into the wilderness to be tempted of the devil.Mt 13:39: The enemy that sowed them is the devil; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.Lu 8:12: Those by the way side are they that hear; then comes the devil: and takes away the word out of their hearts: lest they should believe and be saved.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.1Ti 3:6: 7: Not a novice: lest being lifted up with pride he fall into the condemnation of the devil.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;1Jo 3:8-10: He who commits sin is of the devil; for the devil sins from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested: that He might destroy the works of the devil.Jude 1:9: Yet Michael the archangel: when contending with the devil He disputed about the body of Moses: not durst bring against Him a railing accusation: but said: The Lord rebuke you."and Satan"Re 2:9: 13: 24: I know your works: and tribulation: and poverty: (but you are rich) and I know the blasphemy of them which say they are Jews: and not are: but are the synagogue of Satan.Re 3:9: Look: I will make them of the synagogue of Satan: which say they are Jews: and not are: but do lie; look: I will make them to come and worship before your feet: and to know that I have loved you.1Ch 21:1: Satan stood up against Israel: and provoked David to number Israel.Job 1:6-12: Now there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD: and Satan came also among them.Job 2:1: Again there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD: and Satan came also among them to present Himself before the LORD.Ps 109:6: Set you a wicked man over him: and let Satan stand at his right hand.Zec 3:1: 2: He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD: and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him.Mt 4:10: Then says Jesus to Him: Get you here: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.Lu 13:16: not ought this woman: being a daughter of Abraham: whom Satan has bound: indeed: these 18 years: be loosed from this bond on the sabbath day?Lu 22:3: 31: Then entered Satan into Judas surnamed Iscariot: being of the number of the 12.Ac 5:3: But Peter said: Ananias: why has Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Ghost: and to keep back part of the price of the land?Ac 26:18: To open their eyes: and to turn them from darkness to light: and from the power of Satan to God: that they may receive forgiveness of sins: and inheritance among them which are sanctified by faith that is in me.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.2Co 2:11: Lest Satan should get an advantage of us: for we not are ignorant of his devices.2Co 11:14: No marvel; for Satan himself is transformed into an angel of light.2Co 12:7: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure through the abundance of the revelations: there was given to me a thorn in the flesh: the messenger of Satan to buffet me: lest'>lest I should be exalted above measure.2Th 2:9: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "deceiveth"Re 13:14: deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth: that they should make an image to the beast: which had the wound by a sword: and did live.Re 18:23: The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:3: 8: 10: Cast him into the bottomless pit: and shut him up: and set a seal upon him: that he should deceive the nations no more: till the000 years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.Ro 16:18: For they that are such not serve our Lord Jesus Christ: but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.2Co 11:3: But I fear: lest by any means: as the serpent beguiled Eve through His subtilty: so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.Eph 4:14: That we henceforth be no more children: tossed to and fro: and carried about with every wind of doctrine: by the sleight of men: and cunning craftiness: whereby they lie in wait to deceive;2Th 2:3: 9-11: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;1Ti 2:14: Adam not was deceived: but the woman being deceived was in the transgression.2Ti 3:13: But evil men and seducers will wax worse and worse: deceiving: and being deceived.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness."he was"Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Eze 28:16: By the multitude of your merchandise they have filled the middle of you with violence: and you have sinned: therefore I will cast you as profane out of the mountain of God: and I will destroy you: O covering cherub: from the middle of the stones of fire.Lu 10:18: He said to them: I beheld Satan as lightning fall from heaven.Joh 12:31: Now is the judgment of this world: now will the prince of this world be cast out."into"Job 1:7: The LORD said to Satan: Where come you? Then Satan answered the LORD: and said: From going to and fro in the earth: and from walking up and down in it.Job 2:2: The LORD said to Satan: From where come you? And Satan answered the LORD: and said: From going to and fro in the earth: and from walking up and down in it.Isa 14:12: How are you fallen from heaven: O Lucifer: son of the morning! how are you cut down to the ground: which did weaken the nations!Isa 65:25: The wolf and the lamb will feed together: and the lion will eat straw like the bullock: and dust will be the serpent's meat. They will not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: says the LORD.Joh 14:30: Hereafter I not will talk much with you: for the prince of this world comes: and has nothing in me.Joh 16:11: Of judgment: because the prince of this world is judged.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:
και ηκουσα φωνην μεγαλην λεγουσαν εν τω ουρανω αρτι εγενετο η σωτηρια και η δυναμις και η βασιλεια του θεου ημων και η εξουσια του χριστου αυτου οτι κατεβληθη ο κατηγορος των αδελφων ημων ο κατηγορων αυτων ενωπιον του θεου ημων ημερας και νυκτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G737ἌρτιArti (Adv)
G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἌρτιArti
|
Now
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
have come
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4991σωτηρίαsōtēria (N-NFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαsōtēria
|
salvation,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
power,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
authority
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5547ΧριστοῦChristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
ΧριστοῦChristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
has been thrown down
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2725κατήγωρkatēgōr (N-NMS)
G2725 κατήγορος katḗgoros kat-ay-gor-os from κατά and ἀγορά; against one in the assembly, i.e. a complainant at law; specially, Satan:--accuser.
|
κατήγωρkatēgōr
|
accuser
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2723κατηγορῶνkatēgorōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2723 κατηγορέω katēgoréō kat-ay-gor-eh-o from κατήγορος; to be a plaintiff, i.e. to charge with some offence:--accuse, object.
|
κατηγορῶνkatēgorōn
|
accusing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτός.nyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτός.nyktos
|
night.
|
N-GFS
|
10
I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.
Revelation 12:10
Stats
Rank: #2362 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 39 words, 180 letters, 68 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνην μεγαλην λεγουσαν εν τω ουρανω αρτι εγενετο η σωτηρια και η δυναμις και η βασιλεια του θεου ημων και η εξουσια του χριστου αυτου οτι κατεβληθη ο κατηγορος των αδελφων ημων ο κατηγορων αυτων ενωπιον του θεου ημων ημερας και νυκτος
Lit: And I heard a voice great in heaven, saying: Now have come the salvation, and the power, and the kingdom of the God of us, and the authority the Christ of Him, because has been thrown down the accuser of the brothers of us, the one accusing them before the God of us day and night.
KJV: And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.
References
"I heard"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 19:1-7: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:"the kingdom"1Ch 29:11: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Ps 22:28: For the kingdom is the LORD's: and He is the governor among the nations.Ps 45:6: Your throne: O God: is for ever and ever: the sceptre of your kingdom is a right sceptre.Ps 145:11-13: They will speak of the glory of your kingdom: and talk of your power;Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Mt 6:10: Your kingdom come. Your will be done in earth: as it is in heaven.Lu 11:2: He said to them: When you pray: say: Our Father which are in heaven: Hallowed be your name. Your kingdom come. Your will be done: as in heaven: so in earth."the power"Re 2:26: he who overcomes: and keeps my works to the end: to him will I give power over the nations:Ps 2:8-12: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 110:5: 6: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Mt 26:64: Jesus says to Him: You have said: nevertheless I say to you: Hereafter will you see the Son of man sitting on the right hand of power: and coming in the clouds of heaven.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.1Co 5:4: In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ: when you are gathered together: and my spirit: with the power of our Lord Jesus Christ: 2Co 12:9: He said to me: My grace is sufficient for you: for my strength is made perfect in weakness. Most gladly therefore will I rather glory in my infirmities: that the power of Christ may rest upon me."the accuser"Job 1:9: Then Satan answered the LORD: and said: Does Job fear God for nought?Job 2:5: But put forth your hand now: and touch his bone and his flesh: and he will curse you to your face.Zec 3:1: 2: He showed me Joshua the high priest standing before the angel of the LORD: and Satan standing at His right hand to resist Him.Lu 22:31: The Lord said: Simon: Simon: look: Satan has desired to have you: that He may sift you as wheat:Tit 2:3: The aged women likewise: that they be in behaviour as becomes holiness: not false accusers: not given to much wine: teachers of good things;
και αυτοι ενικησαν αυτον δια το αιμα του αρνιου και δια τον λογον της μαρτυριας αυτων και ουκ ηγαπησαν την ψυχην αυτων αχρι θανατου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G3528ἐνίκησανenikēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
ἐνίκησανenikēsan
|
have overcome
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by reason
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
of the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἈρνίουArniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίουArniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by reason of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίαςmartyrias (N-GFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίαςmartyrias
|
testimony
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G25ἠγάπησανēgapēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἠγάπησανēgapēsan
|
they have loved
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5590ψυχὴνpsychēn (N-AFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴνpsychēn
|
life
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G2288θανάτου.thanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτου.thanatou
|
death.
|
N-GMS
|
11
They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Revelation 12:11
Stats
Rank: #1541 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 24 words, 102 letters, 36 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αυτοι ενικησαν αυτον δια το αιμα του αρνιου και δια τον λογον της μαρτυριας αυτων και ουκ ηγαπησαν την ψυχην αυτων αχρι θανατου
Lit: And they have overcome him by reason of the blood of the Lamb, and by reason of the word of the testimony of them; and not they have loved the life of them unto death.
KJV: And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death.
References
"they overcame"Re 2:7: 11: 17: 26: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:5: 12: 21: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.Ro 8:33-39: Who will lay any thing to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifies.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.1Co 15:57: But thanks be to God: which gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.2Co 10:3-5: For though we walk in the flesh: we not do war after the flesh:Eph 6:13-18: For what reason take to you the whole armour of God: that you may be able to withstand in the evil day: and having done all: to stand.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Heb 2:14: 15: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;1Jo 2:13: 14: I write to you: fathers: because you have known Him that is from the beginning. I write to you: young men: because you have overcome the wicked one. I write to you: little children: because you have known the Father.1Jo 4:4: You are of God: little children: and have overcome them: because greater is He that'>He who is in you: than He that'>He who is in the world.1Jo 5:5: Who is He that'>He who overcomes the world: but He that'>He who believes that Jesus is the Son of God?"the blood"Re 7:10-14: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Re 14:1-4: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints."the word"Re 12:17: The dragon was angry with the woman: and went to make war with the remnant of her seed: which keep the commandments of God: and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 1:2: 9: Who bare record of the word of God: and of the testimony of Jesus Christ: and of all things that He saw.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy."they loved not"Re 2:10: 13: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Lu 14:26: If any man come to me: and not hate his father: and mother: and wife: and children: and brothers: and sisters: yes: and his own life also: he cannot be my disciple.Ac 20:24: But none of these things move me: neither count I my life dear to myself: so that I might finish my course with joy: and the ministry: which I have received of the Lord Jesus: to testify the gospel of the grace of God.Ac 21:13: Then Paul answered: What mean you to weep and to break my heart? for I am not ready to be bound only: but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.Heb 11:35-38: Women received their dead raised to life again: and others were tortured: not accepting deliverance; that they might obtain a better resurrection:
δια τουτο ευφραινεσθε οι ουρανοι και οι εν αυτοις σκηνουντες ουαι τοις κατοικουσιν την γην και την θαλασσαν οτι κατεβη ο διαβολος προς υμας εχων θυμον μεγαν ειδως οτι ολιγον καιρον εχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G2165εὐφραίνεσθε,euphrainesthe (V-PMM/P-2P)
G2165 εὐφραίνω euphraínō yoo-frah-ee-no from εὖ and φρήν; to put (middle voice or passively, be) in a good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:--fare, make glad, be (make) merry, rejoice.
|
εὐφραίνεσθε,euphrainesthe
|
rejoice
|
V-PMM/P-2P
|
G3588‹οἱ›hoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
‹οἱ›hoi
|
O
|
Art-VMP
|
G3772οὐρανοὶouranoi (N-VMP)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοὶouranoi
|
heavens,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-VMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G4637σκηνοῦντες·skēnountes (V-PPA-VMP)
G4637 σκηνόω skēnóō skay-no-o from σκῆνος; to tent or encamp, i.e. (figuratively) to occupy (as a mansion) or (specially), to reside (as God did in the Tabernacle of old, a symbol of protection and communion):-- dwell.
|
σκηνοῦντες·skēnountes
|
dwelling!
|
V-PPA-VMP
|
G3759οὐαὶouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαὶouai
|
Woe to
|
I
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν,thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν,thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2597κατέβηkatebē (V-AIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηkatebē
|
has come down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1228διάβολοςdiabolos (Adj-NMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διάβολοςdiabolos
|
devil
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
to
|
Prep
|
G4771ὑμᾶςhymas (PPro-A2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμᾶςhymas
|
you,
|
PPro-A2P
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2372θυμὸνthymon (N-AMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμὸνthymon
|
fury
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγαν,megan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαν,megan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G1492εἰδὼςeidōs (V-RPA-NMS)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
εἰδὼςeidōs
|
knowing
|
V-RPA-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3641ὀλίγονoligon (Adj-AMS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγονoligon
|
a short
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
time
|
N-AMS
|
G2192ἔχει.echei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχει.echei
|
he has.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
12
Therefore rejoice, you heavens, and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you, having great wrath, because he knows that he has but a short time.Revelation 12:12
Stats
Counts: 215 characters, 36 words, 167 letters, 67 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο ευφραινεσθε οι ουρανοι και οι εν αυτοις σκηνουντες ουαι τοις κατοικουσιν την γην και την θαλασσαν οτι κατεβη ο διαβολος προς υμας εχων θυμον μεγαν ειδως οτι ολιγον καιρον εχει
Lit: Because of this, rejoice O heavens, and those in them dwelling! Woe to the earth and the sea, because has come down the devil to you, having fury great, knowing that a short time he has.
KJV: Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.
References
"rejoice"Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:1-7: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Ps 96:11-13: Let the heavens rejoice: and let the earth be glad; let the sea roar: and the fulness thereof.Ps 148:1-4: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the LORD from the heavens: praise Him in the heights.Isa 49:13: Sing: O heavens; and be joyful: O earth; and break forth into singing: O mountains: for the LORD has comforted His people: and will have mercy upon His afflicted.Isa 55:12: 13: For you will go out with joy: and be led forth with peace: the mountains and the hills will break forth before you into singing: and all the trees of the field will clap their hands.Lu 2:14: Glory to God in the high: and on earth peace: good will toward men.Lu 15:10: Likewise: I say to you: there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth."Woe"Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Re 9:12: one woe is past; and: look: there come two woes more hereafter.Re 11:10: 14: They that dwell upon the earth will rejoice over them: and make merry: and will send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth."because"Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:Heb 10:37: For yet a little while: and he who will come will come: and not will tarry.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.
The Woman Persecuted
και οτε ειδεν ο δρακων οτι εβληθη εις την γην εδιωξεν την γυναικα ητις ετεκεν τον αρρενα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδενeiden (V-AIA-3S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδενeiden
|
saw
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
that
|
Conj
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
he had been thrown down
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G1377ἐδίωξενediōxen (V-AIA-3S)
G1377 διώκω diṓkō dee-o-ko a prolonged (and causative) form of a primary verb (to flee; compare the base of δειλός and διάκονος); to pursue (literally or figuratively); by implication, to persecute:--ensue, follow (after), given to, (suffer) persecute(-ion), press forward.
|
ἐδίωξενediōxen
|
he pursued
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
woman
|
N-AFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
who
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G5088ἔτεκενeteken (V-AIA-3S)
G5088 τίκτω tíktō tek-o a strengthened form of a primary (which is used only as alternate in certain tenses); to produce (from seed, as a mother, a plant, the earth, etc.), literally or figuratively:--bear, be born, bring forth, be delivered, be in travail.
|
ἔτεκενeteken
|
had brought forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G730ἄρσενα.arsena (N-AMS)
G730 ἄῤῥην árrhēn ar-sane probably from αἴρω; male (as stronger for lifting):--male, man.
|
ἄρσενα.arsena
|
male child.
|
N-AMS
|
13
When the dragon saw that he was cast to the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.Revelation 12:13
Stats
Counts: 115 characters, 21 words, 92 letters, 30 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οτε ειδεν ο δρακων οτι εβληθη εις την γην εδιωξεν την γυναικα ητις ετεκεν τον αρρενα
Lit: And when saw the dragon that he had been thrown down to the earth, he pursued the woman who had brought forth the male child.
KJV: And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.
References
"And when the dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child."Re 12:4: 5: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Ps 37:12-14: The wicked plotteth against the just: and gnashes upon him with his teeth.Joh 16:33: These things I have spoken to you: that in me you might have peace. In the world you will have tribulation: but be of good cheer; I have overcome the world.
και εδοθησαν τη γυναικι δυο πτερυγες του αετου του μεγαλου ινα πετηται εις την ερημον εις τον τοπον αυτης οπου τρεφεται εκει καιρον και καιρους και ημισυ καιρου απο προσωπου του οφεως
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθησανedothēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθησανedothēsan
|
were given
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικὶgynaiki (N-DFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὶgynaiki
|
woman
|
N-DFS
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NFP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4420πτέρυγεςpteryges (N-NFP)
G4420 πτέρυξ ptéryx pter-oox from a derivative of πέτομαι (meaning a feather); a wing:--wing.
|
πτέρυγεςpteryges
|
wings
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G105ἀετοῦaetou (N-GMS)
G105 ἀετός aetós ah-et-os from the same as ἀήρ; an eagle (from its wind-like flight):--eagle.
|
ἀετοῦaetou
|
eagle
|
N-GMS
|
G3173μεγάλου,megalou (Adj-GMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλου,megalou
|
great,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G4072πέτηταιpetētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G4072 πέτομαι pétomai ptah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).
|
πέτηταιpetētai
|
she could fly
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
wilderness,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G5142τρέφεταιtrephetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G5142 τρέφω tréphō tref-o a primary verb (properly, ; but perhaps strengthened from the base of τροπή through the idea of convolution); properly, to stiffen, i.e. fatten (by implication, to cherish (with food, etc.), pamper, rear):--bring up, feed, nourish.,
|
τρέφεταιtrephetai
|
she is nourished
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖekei
|
there
|
Adv
|
G2540καιρὸνkairon (N-AMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸνkairon
|
a time,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2540καιροὺςkairous (N-AMP)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροὺςkairous
|
times,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2255ἥμισυhēmisy (Adj-ANS)
G2255 ἥμισυ hḗmisy hay-mee-soo neuter of a derivative from an inseparable prefix akin to ἅμα (through the idea of partition involved in connection) and meaning semi-; (as noun) half:--half.
|
ἥμισυhēmisy
|
half
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2540καιροῦkairou (N-GMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιροῦkairou
|
a time
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
the face
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3789ὄφεως.opheōs (N-GMS)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφεως.opheōs
|
serpent.
|
N-GMS
|
14
To the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.Revelation 12:14
Stats
Counts: 204 characters, 35 words, 157 letters, 60 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθησαν τη γυναικι δυο πτερυγες του αετου του μεγαλου ινα πετηται εις την ερημον εις τον τοπον αυτης οπου τρεφεται εκει καιρον και καιρους και ημισυ καιρου απο προσωπου του οφεως
Lit: And were given to the woman the two wings of the eagle great, so that she could fly into the wilderness, into the place of her, where she is nourished there a time, and times, and half a time from the face of the serpent.
KJV: And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.
References
"to the"Ex 19:4: You have seen what I did to the Egyptians: and how I bare you on eagles' wings: and brought you to myself.De 32:11: 12: As an eagle stirs up her nest: fluttereth over her young: spreads abroad her wings: takes them: bears them on her wings:Ps 55:6: I said: Oh that I had wings like a dove! for then would I fly away: and be at rest.Isa 40:31: But they that wait upon the LORD will renew their strength; they will mount up with wings as eagles; they will run: not and be weary; and they will walk: not and faint."she might"Re 12:6: The woman fled into the wilderness: where she has a place prepared of God: that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days.Re 17:3: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns."for a time"Re 11:2: 3: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Da 7:25: He will speak great words against the most High: and will wear out the saints of the most High: and think to change times and laws: and they will be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.Da 12:7: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.
και εβαλεν ο οφις οπισω της γυναικος εκ του στοματος αυτου υδωρ ως ποταμον ινα ταυτην ποταμοφορητον ποιηση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
cast
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3789ὄφιςophis (N-NMS)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφιςophis
|
serpent
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
woman
|
N-GFS
|
G5204ὕδωρhydōr (N-ANS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρhydōr
|
water
|
N-ANS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G4215ποταμόν,potamon (N-AMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμόν,potamon
|
a river,
|
N-AMS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G4216ποταμοφόρητονpotamophorēton (Adj-AFS)
G4216 ποταμοφόρητος potamophórētos pot-am-of-or-ay-tos from ποταμός and a derivative of φορέω; river-borne, i.e. overwhelmed by a stream:--carried away of the flood.
|
ποταμοφόρητονpotamophorēton
|
carried away by a flood
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4160ποιήσῃ.poiēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσῃ.poiēsē
|
he might cause to be.
|
V-ASA-3S
|
15
The serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.Revelation 12:15
Stats
Rank: #3360 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 128 characters, 26 words, 100 letters, 40 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαλεν ο οφις οπισω της γυναικος εκ του στοματος αυτου υδωρ ως ποταμον ινα ταυτην ποταμοφορητον ποιηση
Lit: And cast the serpent out of the mouth of him after the woman water as a river, so that her carried away by a flood he might cause to be.
KJV: And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.
References
"cast"Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues.Ps 18:4: The sorrows of death compassed me: and the floods of ungodly men made me afraid.Ps 65:7: Which stills the noise of the seas: the noise of their waves: and the tumult of the people.Ps 93:3: 4: The floods have lifted up: O LORD: the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves.Isa 8:7: Now therefore: look: the Lord brings up upon them the waters of the river: strong and many: even the king of Assyria: and all His glory: and He will come up over all His channels: and go over all His banks:Isa 28:2: Look: the Lord has a mighty and strong one: which as a tempest of hail and a destroying storm: as a flood of mighty waters overflowing: will cast down to the earth with the hand.Isa 59:19: So will they fear the name of the LORD from the west: and His glory from the rising of the sun. When the enemy will come in like a flood: the Spirit of the LORD will lift up a standard against Him.
και εβοηθησεν η γη τη γυναικι και ηνοιξεν η γη το στομα αυτης και κατεπιεν τον ποταμον ον εβαλεν ο δρακων εκ του στοματος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G997ἐβοήθησενeboēthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G997 βοηθέω boēthéō bo-ay-theh-o from βοηθός; to aid or relieve:--help, succor.
|
ἐβοήθησενeboēthēsen
|
helped
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικί,gynaiki (N-DFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικί,gynaiki
|
woman,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2666κατέπιενkatepien (V-AIA-3S)
G2666 καταπίνω katapínō kat-ap-ee-no from κατά and πίνω; to drink down, i.e. gulp entire (literally or figuratively):--devour, drown, swallow (up).
|
κατέπιενkatepien
|
swallowed up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4215ποταμὸνpotamon (N-AMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμὸνpotamon
|
river,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὃνhon (RelPro-AMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃνhon
|
which
|
RelPro-AMS
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
had cast
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
16
The earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.Revelation 12:16
Stats
Rank: #3855 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 130 characters, 23 words, 103 letters, 38 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβοηθησεν η γη τη γυναικι και ηνοιξεν η γη το στομα αυτης και κατεπιεν τον ποταμον ον εβαλεν ο δρακων εκ του στοματος αυτου
Lit: And helped the earth the woman, and opened the earth the mouth of it and swallowed up the river, which had cast the dragon out of the mouth of him.
KJV: And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.
References
"And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth."Ex 12:35: 36: The children of Israel did according to the word of Moses; and they borrowed of the Egyptians jewels of silver: and jewels of gold: and clothing:1Ki 17:6: The ravens brought him bread and flesh in the morning: and bread and flesh in the evening; and he drank of the brook.2Ki 8:9: So Hazael went to meet him: and took a present with him: even of every good thing of Damascus: 40 camels' burden: and came and stood before him: and said: Your son Benhadad king of Syria has sent me to you: saying: Will I recover of this disease?
και ωργισθη ο δρακων επι τη γυναικι και απηλθεν ποιησαι πολεμον μετα των λοιπων του σπερματος αυτης των τηρουντων τας εντολας του θεου και εχοντων την μαρτυριαν του ιησου χριστου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3710ὠργίσθηōrgisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3710 ὀργίζω orgízō or-gid-zo from ὀργή; to provoke or enrage, i.e. (passively) become exasperated:--be angry (wroth).
|
ὠργίσθηōrgisthē
|
was angry
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1135γυναικί,gynaiki (N-DFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικί,gynaiki
|
woman,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
went
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to make
|
V-ANA
|
G4171πόλεμονpolemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμονpolemon
|
war
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3062λοιπῶνloipōn (Adj-GMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιπῶνloipōn
|
rest
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4690σπέρματοςspermatos (N-GNS)
G4690 σπέρμα spérma sper-mah from σπείρω; something sown, i.e. seed (including the male sperm); by implication, offspring; specially, a remnant (figuratively, as if kept over for planting):--issue, seed.
|
σπέρματοςspermatos
|
children
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G5083τηρούντωνtērountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρούντωνtērountōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1785ἐντολὰςentolas (N-AFP)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὰςentolas
|
commandments
|
N-AFP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
holding
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2476ἐστάθηestathē (V-AIP-3S)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἐστάθηestathē
|
he stood
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G285ἄμμονammon (N-AFS)
G285 ἄμμος ámmos am-mos perhaps from ἅμα; sand (as heaped on the beach):--sand.
|
ἄμμονammon
|
sand
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσης.thalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσης.thalassēs
|
sea.
|
N-GFS
|
17
The dragon was angry with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.Revelation 12:17
Stats
Rank: #2111 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 167 characters, 29 words, 132 letters, 44 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ωργισθη ο δρακων επι τη γυναικι και απηλθεν ποιησαι πολεμον μετα των λοιπων του σπερματος αυτης των τηρουντων τας εντολας του θεου και εχοντων την μαρτυριαν του ιησου χριστου
Lit: And was angry the dragon with the woman, and went to make war with the rest of the children of her keeping the commandments of God and holding the testimony of Jesus. And he stood upon the sand of the sea.
KJV: And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.
References
"the dragon"Re 12:12: Therefore rejoice: you heavens: and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you: having great wrath: because he knows that he has but a short time.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:"to make"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 13:7: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 17:6: 14: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:19: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Re 20:8: 9: will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth: Gog and Magog: to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Da 7:23-26: Thus he said: The fourth beast will be the fourth kingdom upon earth: which will be diverse from all kingdoms: and will devour the whole earth: and will tread it down: and break it in pieces.Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done."which"Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus.Re 22:14: Blessed are they that do his commandments: that they may have right to the tree of life: and may enter in through the gates into the city.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.1Jo 5:2: By this we know that we love the children of God: when we love God: and keep His commandments."and have"Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 1:2: 9: Who bare record of the word of God: and of the testimony of Jesus Christ: and of all things that He saw.Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.1Co 2:1: I: brothers: when I came to you: not came with excellency of speech or of wisdom: declaring to you the testimony of God.1Jo 5:10: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son.
13
The Two Beasts
The Beast from the Sea
και ειδον εκ της θαλασσης θηριον αναβαινον εχον κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα και επι των κερατων αυτου δεκα διαδηματα και επι τας κεφαλας αυτου ονομα βλασφημιας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσηςthalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσηςthalassēs
|
sea
|
N-GFS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
a beast
|
N-ANS
|
G305ἀναβαῖνον,anabainon (V-PPA-ANS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαῖνον,anabainon
|
rising,
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G2192ἔχονechon (V-PPA-ANS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονechon
|
having
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-ANP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτά,hepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτά,hepta
|
seven,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2768κεράτωνkeratōn (N-GNP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κεράτωνkeratōn
|
horns
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-ANP
|
G1238διαδήματα,diadēmata (N-ANP)
G1238 διάδημα diádēma dee-ad-ay-mah from a compound of διά and δέω; a diadem (as bound about the head):--crown. Compare στέφανος.
|
διαδήματα,diadēmata
|
royal crowns,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
names
|
N-ANP
|
G988βλασφημίας.blasphēmias (N-GFS)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίας.blasphēmias
|
of blasphemy.
|
N-GFS
|
1
And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having 7 heads and 10 horns, and upon his horns 10 crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Revelation 13:1
Stats
Rank: #1075 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 184 characters, 35 words, 141 letters, 54 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον εκ της θαλασσης θηριον αναβαινον εχον κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα και επι των κερατων αυτου δεκα διαδηματα και επι τας κεφαλας αυτου ονομα βλασφημιας
Lit: And I saw out of the sea a beast rising, having horns ten, and heads seven, and on the horns of it, ten royal crowns, and upon the heads of it, names of blasphemy.
KJV: And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
References
"upon"Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?"and saw"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.Da 7:2: 3: Daniel spoke and said: I saw in my vision by night: and: look: the 4 winds of the heaven strove upon the great sea."having"Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 17:3: 7-12: 16: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Da 7:7: 8: 19: 20: 23: 24: After this I saw in the night visions: and look a fourth beast: dreadful and terrible: and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces: and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had 10 horns."ten crowns"Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads."blasphemy"Re 13:5: 6: There was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given to him to continue 40 and two months.Re 17:3: 5: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Da 7:25: He will speak great words against the most High: and will wear out the saints of the most High: and think to change times and laws: and they will be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time.Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.2Th 2:3: 4: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;
και το θηριον ο ειδον ην ομοιον παρδαλει και οι ποδες αυτου ως αρκτου και το στομα αυτου ως στομα λεοντος και εδωκεν αυτω ο δρακων την δυναμιν αυτου και τον θρονον αυτου και εξουσιαν μεγαλην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-NNS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
like
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3917παρδάλει,pardalei (N-DFS)
G3917 πάρδαλις párdalis par-dal-is feminine of (a panther); a leopard:--leopard.
|
παρδάλει,pardalei
|
a leopard,
|
N-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4228πόδεςpodes (N-NMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
πόδεςpodes
|
feet
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G715ἄρκου,arkou (N-GFS)
G715 ἄρκτος árktos ark-tos probably from ἀρκέω; a bear (as obstructing by ferocity):--bear.
|
ἄρκου,arkou
|
a bear’s,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-NNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-NNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
the mouth
|
N-NNS
|
G3023λέοντος.leontos (N-GMS)
G3023 λέων léōn leh-ohn a primary word; a lion:--lion.
|
λέοντος.leontos
|
of a lion.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1404δράκωνdrakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκωνdrakōn
|
dragon
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
throne
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάλην.megalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλην.megalēn
|
great.
|
Adj-AFS
|
2
The beast which I saw was like to a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.Revelation 13:2
Stats
Counts: 199 characters, 38 words, 151 letters, 63 vowels, 88 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το θηριον ο ειδον ην ομοιον παρδαλει και οι ποδες αυτου ως αρκτου και το στομα αυτου ως στομα λεοντος και εδωκεν αυτω ο δρακων την δυναμιν αυτου και τον θρονον αυτου και εξουσιαν μεγαλην
Lit: And the beast that I saw was like a leopard, and the feet of it like a bear’s, and the mouth of it like the mouth of a lion. And gave to it the dragon the power of him, and the throne of him, and authority great.
KJV: And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.
References
"was like"Jer 5:6: For what reason a lion out of the for will kill them: and a wolf of the evenings will spoil them: a leopard will watch over their cities: every one that goes out there will be torn in pieces: because their transgressions are many: and their backslidings are increased.Jer 13:23: Can the Ethiopian change his skin: or the leopard his spots? then may you also do good: that are accustomed to do evil.Da 7:6: 7: After this I beheld: and indeed another: like a leopard: which had upon the back of it 4 wings of a fowl; the beast had also 4 heads; and dominion was given to it.Ho 13:7: Therefore I will be to them as a lion: as a leopard by the way will I observe them:Hab 1:8: Their horses also are swifter than the leopards: and are more fierce than the evening wolves: and their horsemen will spread themselves: and their horsemen will come from far; they will fly as the eagle that hasts to eat."and his feet"1Sa 17:34-37: David said to Saul: Your servant kept his father's sheep: and there came a lion: and a bear: and took a lamb out of the flock:2Ki 2:24: He turned back: and looked on them: and cursed them in the name of the LORD. And there came forth two she bears out of the wood: and tare 42 children of them.Pr 17:12: Let a bear robbed of her whelps meet a man: rather than a fool in his folly.Pr 28:15: As a roaring lion: and a ranging bear; so is a wicked ruler over the poor people.Da 7:4: 5: The first was like a lion: and had eagle's wings: I beheld till the wings thereof were plucked: and it was lifted up from the earth: and made stand upon the feet as a man: and a man's heart was given to it.Ho 13:8: I will meet them as a bear that is bereaved of her whelps: and will rend the caul of their heart: and there will I devour them like a lion: the wild beast will tear them.Am 5:19: As if a man did flee from a lion: and a bear met him; or went into the house: and leaned his hand on the wall: and a serpent bit him."and his mouth"Ps 22:21: Save me from the lion's mouth: for you have heard me from the horns of the unicorns.Isa 5:29: Their roaring will be like a lion: they will roar like young lions: yes: they will roar: and lay hold of the prey: and will carry it away safe: and none will deliver it.Ho 11:10: They will walk after the LORD: He will roar like a lion: when He will roar: then the children will tremble from the west.Am 3:12: Thus says the LORD; As the shepherd takes out of the mouth of the lion two legs: or a piece of an ear; so will the children of Israel be taken out that dwell in Samaria in the corner of a bed: and in Damascus in a couch.2Ti 4:17: Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me: and strengthened me; that by me the preaching might be fully known: and that all the Gentiles might hear: and I was delivered out of the mouth of the lion.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:"dragon"Re 12:3: 4: 9: 13: 15: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads."gave"Re 16:10: The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain: Re 17:12: The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings: which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years:
και ειδον μιαν των κεφαλων αυτου ως εσφαγμενην εις θανατον και η πληγη του θανατου αυτου εθεραπευθη και {VAR1: εθαυμασθη εν ολη τη γη } {VAR2: εθαυμασεν ολη η γη } οπισω του θηριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2776κεφαλῶνkephalōn (N-GFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῶνkephalōn
|
heads
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was as
|
Adv
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένηνesphagmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένηνesphagmenēn
|
having been slain
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G2288θάνατον,thanaton (N-AMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατον,thanaton
|
death.
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4127πληγὴplēgē (N-NFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὴplēgē
|
wound
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
death
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2323ἐθεραπεύθη.etherapeuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεραπεύθη.etherapeuthē
|
was healed,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2296ἐθαυμάσθηethaumasthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαυμάσθηethaumasthē
|
marveled
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3650ὅληholē (Adj-NFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅληholē
|
all
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G3694ὀπίσωopisō (Prep)
G3694 ὀπίσω opísō op-is-o from the same as ὄπισθεν with enclitic of direction; to the back, i.e. aback (as adverb or preposition of time or place; or as noun):--after, back(-ward), (+ get) behind, + follow.
|
ὀπίσωopisō
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου,thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου,thēriou
|
beast.
|
N-GNS
|
3
I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.Revelation 13:3
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 25 words, 103 letters, 41 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον μιαν των κεφαλων αυτου ως εσφαγμενην εις θανατον και η πληγη του θανατου αυτου εθεραπευθη και {VAR1: εθαυμασθη εν ολη τη γη } {VAR2: εθαυμασεν ολη η γη } οπισω του θηριου
Lit: And one of the heads of it was as having been slain to death. And the wound of death of it was healed, and marveled all the earth after the beast.
KJV: And I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.
References
"one"Re 13:1: 2: 14: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 17:10: There are 7 kings: 5 are fallen: and one is: and the other not is yet come; and when he comes: he must continue a short space."and his"Eze 30:24: I will strengthen the arms of the king of Babylon: and put my sword in his hand: but I will break Pharaoh's arms: and he will groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man."all"Re 17:6: 8: 13: 17: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.Joh 12:19: The Pharisees therefore said among themselves: Perceive you how you not prevailhing? look: the world is gone after him.Ac 8:10: 11: 13: To whom they all gave heed: from the least to the great: saying: This man is the great power of God.2Th 2:9-12: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders:
και προσεκυνησαν τον δρακοντα ος εδωκεν εξουσιαν τω θηριω και προσεκυνησαν το θηριον λεγοντες τις ομοιος τω θηριω τις δυναται πολεμησαι μετ αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
they worshiped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G1404δράκοντιdrakonti (N-DMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκοντιdrakonti
|
dragon,
|
N-DMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
who
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
had given
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳ,thēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳ,thēriō
|
beast;
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
they worshiped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳthēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳthēriō
|
beast,
|
N-DNS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3664ὅμοιοςhomoios (Adj-NMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοςhomoios
|
is like
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳ,thēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳ,thēriō
|
beast?
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1410δύναταιdynatai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύναταιdynatai
|
is able
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4170πολεμῆσαιpolemēsai (V-ANA)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
πολεμῆσαιpolemēsai
|
to make war
|
V-ANA
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ;autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ;autou
|
it?
|
PPro-GN3S
|
4
They worshipped the dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like to the beast? who is able to make war with him?
Revelation 13:4
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 27 words, 129 letters, 47 vowels, 82 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσεκυνησαν τον δρακοντα ος εδωκεν εξουσιαν τω θηριω και προσεκυνησαν το θηριον λεγοντες τις ομοιος τω θηριω τις δυναται πολεμησαι μετ αυτου
Lit: And they worshiped the dragon, who had given authority to the beast; and they worshiped the beast, saying, Who is like the beast? And who is able to make war against it?
KJV: And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast, saying, Who is like unto the beast? who is able to make war with him?
References
"And they"Re 13:2: The beast which I saw was like to a leopard: and his feet were as the feet of a bear: and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power: and his seat: and great authority.Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Ps 106:37: 38: Yes: they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils: 1Co 10:20-22: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils.2Co 4:4: In whom the god of this world has blinded the minds of them which not believe: lest the light of the glorious gospel of Christ: who is the image of God: should shine to them."and they"Re 13:12: 13: 15: He exercises all the power of the first beast before him: and causes the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast: whose deadly wound was healed.Da 11:36: 37: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."Who is like"Re 18:18: Cried when they saw the smoke of her burning: saying: What city is like to this great city!"who is able"Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.De 9:2: A people great and tall: the children of the Anakims: whom you know: and of whom you have heard say: Who can stand before the children of Anak!1Sa 17:24: All the men of Israel: when they saw the man: fled from him: and were sore afraid.
και εδοθη αυτω στομα λαλουν μεγαλα και βλασφημιας και εδοθη αυτω εξουσια ποιησαι μηνας τεσσαρακοντα δυο
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-NNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
a mouth
|
N-NNS
|
G2980λαλοῦνlaloun (V-PPA-NNS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλοῦνlaloun
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3173μεγάλαmegala (Adj-ANP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλαmegala
|
great things
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G988βλασφημίας,blasphēmias (N-AFP)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίας,blasphēmias
|
blasphemy;
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
authority
|
N-NFS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to act
|
V-ANA
|
G3376μῆναςmēnas (N-AMP)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναςmēnas
|
months
|
N-AMP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-AMP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1417δύο.dyo (Adj-AMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύο.dyo
|
two.
|
Adj-AMP
|
5
There was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given to him to continue 40 and two months.Revelation 13:5
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 24 words, 112 letters, 41 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη αυτω στομα λαλουν μεγαλα και βλασφημιας και εδοθη αυτω εξουσια ποιησαι μηνας τεσσαρακοντα δυο
Lit: And was given to it a mouth speaking great things and blasphemy; and was given to it authority to act months forty and two.
KJV: And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.
References
"a mouth"Da 7:8: 11: 25: I considered the horns: and: look: there came up among them another little horn: before whom there were 3 of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and: look: in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man: and a mouth speaking great things.Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done."and power"Re 11:2: 3: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Re 12:6: 14: The woman fled into the wilderness: where she has a place prepared of God: that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days."to continue"Re 13:7: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.
και ηνοιξεν το στομα αυτου εις βλασφημιαν προς τον θεον βλασφημησαι το ονομα αυτου και την σκηνην αυτου και τους εν τω ουρανω σκηνουντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G455ἤνοιξενēnoixen (V-AIA-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἤνοιξενēnoixen
|
it opened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4750στόμαstoma (N-ANS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόμαstoma
|
mouth
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G988βλασφημίαςblasphēmias (N-AFP)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίαςblasphēmias
|
blasphemies
|
N-AFP
|
G4314πρὸςpros (Prep)
G4314 πρός prós pros a strengthened form of πρό; a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated):--about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in). In the comparative case, it denotes essentially the same applications, namely, motion towards, accession to, or nearness at.
|
πρὸςpros
|
against
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεόν,Theon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεόν,Theon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G987βλασφημῆσαιblasphēmēsai (V-ANA)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
βλασφημῆσαιblasphēmēsai
|
to blaspheme
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4633σκηνὴνskēnēn (N-AFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴνskēnēn
|
tabernacle
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven
|
N-DMS
|
G4637σκηνοῦντας.skēnountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4637 σκηνόω skēnóō skay-no-o from σκῆνος; to tent or encamp, i.e. (figuratively) to occupy (as a mansion) or (specially), to reside (as God did in the Tabernacle of old, a symbol of protection and communion):-- dwell.
|
σκηνοῦντας.skēnountas
|
dwelling.
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
6
He opened His mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme His name, and His tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.Revelation 13:6
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 19 words, 98 letters, 36 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηνοιξεν το στομα αυτου εις βλασφημιαν προς τον θεον βλασφημησαι το ονομα αυτου και την σκηνην αυτου και τους εν τω ουρανω σκηνουντας
Lit: And it opened the mouth of it unto blasphemies against God, to blaspheme the name of Him, and the tabernacle of Him, those in heaven dwelling.
KJV: And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.
References
"he opened"Job 3:1: After this opened Job his mouth: and cursed his day.Mt 12:34: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Mt 15:19: For out of the heart proceed evil thoughts: murders: adulteries: fornications: thefts: false witness: blasphemies:Ro 3:13: Their throat is an open sepulchre; with their tongues they have used deceit; the poison of asps is under their lips:"and his"Re 21:3: I heard a great voice out of heaven saying: Look: the tabernacle of God is with men: and He will dwell with them: and they will be His people: and God Himself will be with them: and be their God.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Col 1:19: For it pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell;Col 2:9: For in Him dwells all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.Heb 9:2: 11: 12: 24: For there was a tabernacle made; the first: wherein was the candlestick: and the table: and the shewbread; which is called the sanctuary."and them"Re 4:1: 4: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 5:13: Every creature which is in heaven: and on the earth: and under the earth: and such as are in the sea: and all that are in them: heard I saying: Blessing: and honour: and glory: and power: be to him that sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb for ever and ever.Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 11:12: They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them: Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.Re 12:12: Therefore rejoice: you heavens: and you that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down to you: having great wrath: because he knows that he has but a short time.Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:1-6: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Heb 12:22: 23: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels:
και εδοθη αυτω πολεμον ποιησαι μετα των αγιων και νικησαι αυτους και εδοθη αυτω εξουσια επι πασαν φυλην και γλωσσαν και εθνος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
there was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to make
|
V-ANA
|
G4171πόλεμονpolemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμονpolemon
|
war
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3528νικῆσαιnikēsai (V-ANA)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῆσαιnikēsai
|
to overcome
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
authority
|
N-NFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
every
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5443φυλὴνphylēn (N-AFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλὴνphylēn
|
tribe
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαὸνlaon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαὸνlaon
|
people
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλῶσσανglōssan (N-AFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσανglōssan
|
tongue
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1484ἔθνος.ethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνος.ethnos
|
nation.
|
N-ANS
|
7
It was given to him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.Revelation 13:7
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 24 words, 113 letters, 43 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη αυτω πολεμον ποιησαι μετα των αγιων και νικησαι αυτους και εδοθη αυτω εξουσια επι πασαν φυλην και γλωσσαν και εθνος
Lit: And there was given to it to make war with the saints, and to overcome them. And was given to it authority over every tribe and people and tongue and nation.
KJV: And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.
References
"to make"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 12:17: The dragon was angry with the woman: and went to make war with the remnant of her seed: which keep the commandments of God: and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.Da 7:21: 25: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Da 8:24: 25: His power will be mighty: not but by his own power: and he will destroy wonderfully: and will prosper: and practise: and will destroy the mighty and the holy people.Da 11:36-39: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book."and power"Re 10:11: He said to me: You must prophesy again before many peoples: and nations: and tongues: and kings.Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues.Ex 9:16: In very deed for this cause have I raised you up: for to show in you my power; and that my name may be declared throughout all the earth.Isa 10:15: Will the axe boast itself against him that hews therewith? or will the saw magnify itself against him that shakes it? as if the rod should shake itself against them that lift it up: or as if the staff should lift up itself: as if it were no wood.Isa 37:26: Have you not heard long ago: how I have done it; and of ancient times: that I have formed it? now have I brought it to pass: that you should be to lay waste defenced cities into ruinous heaps.Jer 25:9: Look: I will send and take all the families of the north: says the LORD: and Nebuchadrezzar the king of Babylon: my servant: and will bring them against this land: and against the inhabitants thereof: and against all these nations round about: and will utterly destroy them: and make them an astonishment: and an hissing: and perpetual desolations.Jer 27:6: 7: Now have I given all these lands into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon: my servant; and the beasts of the field have I given him also to serve him.Jer 51:20-24: You are my battle axe and weapons of war: for with you will I break in pieces the nations: and with you will I destroy kingdoms;Da 5:18-23: O you king: the most high God gave Nebuchadnezzar your father a kingdom: and majesty: and glory: and honour:Lu 4:6: The devil said to him: All this power will I give you: and the glory of them: for that is delivered to me; and to whoever I will I give it.Joh 19:11: Jesus answered: You could have no power at all against me: except it were given you from above: therefore He that'>He who delivered me to you has the greater sin.
και προσκυνησουσιν αυτω παντες οι κατοικουντες επι της γης ων ου γεγραπται τα ονοματα εν τη βιβλω της ζωης του αρνιου εσφαγμενου απο καταβολης κοσμου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
have been written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
names
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G975βιβλίῳbibliō (N-DNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίῳbibliō
|
book
|
N-DNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἈρνίουArniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίουArniou
|
Lamb
|
N-GNS
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένουesphagmenou (V-RPM/P-GNS)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένουesphagmenou
|
having been slain,
|
V-RPM/P-GNS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2602καταβολῆςkatabolēs (N-GFS)
G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.
|
καταβολῆςkatabolēs
|
the founding
|
N-GFS
|
G2889κόσμου.kosmou (N-GMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου.kosmou
|
of the world.
|
N-GMS
|
8
All that dwell upon the earth will worship him, whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Revelation 13:8
Stats
Rank: #1561 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 29 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και προσκυνησουσιν αυτω παντες οι κατοικουντες επι της γης ων ου γεγραπται τα ονοματα εν τη βιβλω της ζωης του αρνιου εσφαγμενου απο καταβολης κοσμου
Lit: And will worship it all dwelling on the earth, of whom not have been written the names of them in the book of life of the Lamb having been slain, from the founding of the world.
KJV: And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.
References
"all"Re 13:3: 4: 14: 15: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast."whose"Re 3:5: 20: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 12:15: The serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman: that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.Re 21:27: There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles: neither whatever works abomination: or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.Ex 32:32: Yet now: if you will forgive their sin--; and not if: blot me: I pray you: out of your book which you have written.Isa 4:3: It will come to pass: that he who is left in Zion: and he who remains in Jerusalem: will be called holy: even every one that is written among the living in Jerusalem:Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Lu 10:20: Notwithstanding in this not rejoice: that the spirits are subject to you; but rather rejoice: because your names are written in heaven.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life."Lamb"Re 5:6-9: 12: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Joh 1:29: The next day John sees Jesus coming to Him: and says: Look the Lamb of God: which takes away the sin of the world."from"Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.Eph 1:4: According as he has chosen us in him before the foundation of the world: that we should be holy and without blame before him in love:Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;1Pe 1:19: 20: But with the precious blood of Christ: as of a lamb without blemish and without spot:
ει τις εχει ους ακουσατω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3775οὖς,ous (N-ANS)
G3775 οὖς oûs ooce apparently a primary word; the ear (physically or mentally):--ear.
|
οὖς,ous
|
an ear,
|
N-ANS
|
G191ἀκουσάτω.akousatō (V-AMA-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσάτω.akousatō
|
let him hear.
|
V-AMA-3S
|
9
If any man have an ear, let him hear.Revelation 13:9
Stats
Counts: 37 characters, 8 words, 27 letters, 12 vowels, 15 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις εχει ους ακουσατω
Lit: If anyone has an ear, let him hear.
KJV: If any man have an ear, let him hear.
References
"If any man have an ear, let him hear."Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.
ει τις αιχμαλωσιαν συναγει εις αιχμαλωσιαν υπαγει ει τις εν μαχαιρα αποκτενει δει αυτον εν μαχαιρα αποκτανθηναι ωδε εστιν η υπομονη και η πιστις των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1487Εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
Εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone is to go
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G161αἰχμαλωσίαν,aichmalōsian (N-AFS)
G161 αἰχμαλωσία aichmalōsía aheekh-mal-o-see-ah from αἰχμάλωτος; captivity:--captivity.
|
αἰχμαλωσίαν,aichmalōsian
|
captivity,
|
N-AFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G161αἰχμαλωσίανaichmalōsian (N-AFS)
G161 αἰχμαλωσία aichmalōsía aheekh-mal-o-see-ah from αἰχμάλωτος; captivity:--captivity.
|
αἰχμαλωσίανaichmalōsian
|
captivity
|
N-AFS
|
G5217ὑπάγει·hypagei (V-PIA-3S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγει·hypagei
|
he goes;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3162μαχαίρῃmachairē (N-DFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρῃmachairē
|
the sword
|
N-DFS
|
G615ἀποκτανθῆναι*,apoktanthēnai (V-ANP)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθῆναι*,apoktanthēnai
|
is to be killed,
|
V-ANP
|
G1163〈〈δεῖ〉dei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
〈〈δεῖ〉dei
|
it is necessary for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3162μαχαίρῃmachairē (N-DFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρῃmachairē
|
the sword
|
N-DFS
|
G615ἀποκτανθῆναι.apoktanthēnai (V-ANP)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθῆναι.apoktanthēnai
|
to be killed.”
|
V-ANP
|
G5602ὯδέHōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὯδέHōde
|
Here
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5281ὑπομονὴhypomonē (N-NFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονὴhypomonē
|
endurance
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4102πίστιςpistis (N-NFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστιςpistis
|
faith
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίων.hagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίων.hagiōn
|
saints.
|
Adj-GMP
|
10
He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Revelation 13:10
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 29 words, 134 letters, 47 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: ει τις αιχμαλωσιαν συναγει εις αιχμαλωσιαν υπαγει ει τις εν μαχαιρα αποκτενει δει αυτον εν μαχαιρα αποκτανθηναι ωδε εστιν η υπομονη και η πιστις των αγιων
Lit: If anyone is to go into captivity, into captivity he goes; If anyone with the sword is to be killed, it is necessary for him by the sword to be killed.” Here is the endurance and the faith of the saints.
KJV: He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.
References
"that leadeth"Ex 21:23-25: If any mischief follow: then you will give life for life: Isa 14:2: The people will take them: and bring them to their place: and the house of Israel will possess them in the land of the LORD for servants and handmaids: and they will take them captives: whose captives they were; and they will rule over their oppressors.Isa 33:1: Woe to you that spoil: and you were not spoiled; and deal treacherously: and they not dealt treacherously with you! when you will cease to spoil: you will be spoiled; and when you will make an end to deal treacherously: they will deal treacherously with you.Mt 7:2: For with what judgment you judge: you will be judged: and with what measure you mete: it will be measured to you again."he that killeth"Re 16:6: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets: and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.Ge 9:5: 6: Surely your blood of your lives will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it: and at the hand of man; at the hand of every man's brother will I require the life of man.Isa 26:21: For: look: the LORD comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also will disclose her blood: and will no more cover her killed.Mt 26:52: Then said Jesus to Him: Put up again your sword into His place: for all they that take the sword will perish with the sword."Here"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 2:2: 19: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:Re 3:3: 10: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Re 14:12: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God: and the faith of Jesus.La 3:26: It is good that a man should both hope and quietly wait for the salvation of the LORD.Hab 2:3: For the vision is yet for an appointed time: but at the end it will speak: not and lie: though it tarry: wait for it; because it will surely come: it not will tarry.Lu 18:1-8: He spoke a parable to them to this end: that men ought always to pray: not and to faint;Lu 21:19: In your patience possess you your souls.Col 1:11: Strengthened with all might: according to his glorious power: to all patience and longsuffering with joyfulness;Heb 6:12: That you not be slothful: but followers of them who through faith and patience inherit the promises.Heb 10:36: 37: For you have need of patience: that: after you have done the will of God: you might receive the promise.Heb 12:3: 4: For consider him that endured such contradiction of sinners against himself: lest you be wearied and faint in your minds.Jas 1:2-4: My brothers: count it all joy when you fall into divers temptations;Jas 5:7: 8: Be patient therefore: brothers: to the coming of the Lord. Look: the husbandman waits for the precious fruit of the earth: and has long patience for it: until He receive the early and latter rain.
The Beast from the Earth
και ειδον αλλο θηριον αναβαινον εκ της γης και ειχεν κερατα δυο ομοια αρνιω και ελαλει ως δρακων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-ANS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
another
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G305ἀναβαῖνονanabainon (V-PPA-ANS)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαῖνονanabainon
|
rising
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
it had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-ANP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-ANP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3664ὅμοιαhomoia (Adj-NNP)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιαhomoia
|
like
|
Adj-NNP
|
G721ἀρνίῳ,arniō (N-DNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἀρνίῳ,arniō
|
a lamb,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλειelalei (V-IIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλειelalei
|
it was speaking
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G1404δράκων.drakōn (N-NMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκων.drakōn
|
a dragon.
|
N-NMS
|
11
I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spoke as a dragon.Revelation 13:11
Stats
Rank: #1890 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 114 characters, 23 words, 87 letters, 35 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αλλο θηριον αναβαινον εκ της γης και ειχεν κερατα δυο ομοια αρνιω και ελαλει ως δρακων
Lit: And I saw another beast rising out of the earth, and it had horns two like a lamb, and it was speaking like a dragon.
KJV: And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.
References
"coming"Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is."and he had"Mt 7:15: Beware of false prophets: which come to you in sheep's clothing: but inwardly they are ravening wolves.Ro 16:18: For they that are such not serve our Lord Jesus Christ: but their own belly; and by good words and fair speeches deceive the hearts of the simple.2Co 11:13-15: For such are false apostles: deceitful workers: transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ."and he spake"Re 13:17: That no man might buy or sell: save he who had the mark: or the name of the beast: or the number of his name.Re 12:3: 4: 17: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Da 7:8: 24: 25: I considered the horns: and: look: there came up among them another little horn: before whom there were 3 of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and: look: in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man: and a mouth speaking great things.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God.
και την εξουσιαν του πρωτου θηριου πασαν ποιει ενωπιον αυτου και ποιει την γην και τους κατοικουντας εν αυτη ινα προσκυνησωσιν το θηριον το πρωτον ου εθεραπευθη η πληγη του θανατου αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4413πρώτουprōtou (Adj-GNS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτουprōtou
|
first
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast
|
N-GNS
|
G3956πᾶσανpasan (Adj-AFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσανpasan
|
all
|
Adj-AFS
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
it exercises
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
on behalf
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
causes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling,
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
they will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G4413πρῶτον,prōton (Adj-ANS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτον,prōton
|
first,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GNS
|
G2323ἐθεραπεύθηetherapeuthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2323 θεραπεύω therapeúō ther-ap-yoo-o from the same as θεράπων; to wait upon menially, i.e. (figuratively) to adore (God), or (specially) to relieve (of disease):--cure, heal, worship.
|
ἐθεραπεύθηetherapeuthē
|
had been healed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4127πληγὴplēgē (N-NFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὴplēgē
|
wound
|
N-NFS
|
G2288θανάτουthanatou (N-GMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θανάτουthanatou
|
fatal
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GN3S
|
12
He exercises all the power of the first beast before him, and causes the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.Revelation 13:12
Stats
Counts: 172 characters, 29 words, 139 letters, 50 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και την εξουσιαν του πρωτου θηριου πασαν ποιει ενωπιον αυτου και ποιει την γην και τους κατοικουντας εν αυτη ινα προσκυνησωσιν το θηριον το πρωτον ου εθεραπευθη η πληγη του θανατου αυτου
Lit: And the authority of the first beast all it exercises on behalf of it, and causes the earth and those in it dwelling, that they will worship the beast first, of whom had been healed the wound fatal of it.
KJV: And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.
References
"causeth"Re 13:3: 14-17: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.Re 17:10: 11: There are 7 kings: 5 are fallen: and one is: and the other not is yet come; and when he comes: he must continue a short space.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God.
και ποιει σημεια μεγαλα ινα και πυρ ποιη καταβαινειν εκ του ουρανου εις την γην ενωπιον των ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
it works
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G3173μεγάλα,megala (Adj-ANP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλα,megala
|
great,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
even
|
Conj
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-ANS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-ANS
|
G4160ποιῇpoiē (V-PSA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῇpoiē
|
it should cause
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G2597καταβαίνεινkatabainein (V-PNA)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνεινkatabainein
|
to come down
|
V-PNA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
in the presence
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
13
He does great wonders, so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,Revelation 13:13
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 21 words, 83 letters, 31 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ποιει σημεια μεγαλα ινα και πυρ ποιη καταβαινειν εκ του ουρανου εις την γην ενωπιον των ανθρωπων
Lit: And it works signs great, so that even fire it should cause out of heaven to come down to the earth in the presence of men.
KJV: And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,
References
"he doeth"Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Ex 7:11: 12: 22: Then Pharaoh also called the wise men and the sorcerers: now the magicians of Egypt: they also did in like manner with their enchantments.Ex 8:7: 18: 19: The magicians did so with their enchantments: and brought up frogs upon the land of Egypt.Ex 9:11: The magicians not could stand before Moses because of the boils; for the boil was upon the magicians: and upon all the Egyptians.De 13:1-3: If there arise among you a prophet: or a dreamer of dreams: and gives you a sign or a wonder: Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.Mr 13:22: For false Christs and false prophets will rise: and will show signs and wonders: to seduce: if it were possible: even the elect.Ac 8:9-11: But there was a certain man: called Simon: which beforetime in the same city used sorcery: and bewitched the people of Samaria: giving out that himself was some great one:2Th 2:9: 10: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "he maketh"Re 11:5: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed.Nu 16:35: There came out a fire from the LORD: and consumed the 250 men that offered incense.1Ki 18:38: Then the fire of the LORD fell: and consumed the burnt sacrifice: and the wood: and the stones: and the dust: and licked up the water that was in the trench.2Ki 1:10-14: Elijah answered and said to the captain of 50: If I be a man of God: then let fire come down from heaven: and consume you and your 50. And there came down fire from heaven: and consumed Him and His 50.Mt 16:1: The Pharisees also with the Sadducees came: and tempting desired him that he would show them a sign from heaven.Lu 9:54-56: When His disciples James and John saw this: they said: Lord: will you that we command fire to come down from heaven: and consume them: even as Elias did?2Ti 3:8: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.
και πλανα τους κατοικουντας επι της γης δια τα σημεια α εδοθη αυτω ποιησαι ενωπιον του θηριου λεγων τοις κατοικουσιν επι της γης ποιησαι εικονα τω θηριω ο εχει την πληγην της μαχαιρας και εζησεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4105πλανᾷplana (V-PIA-3S)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανᾷplana
|
it deceives
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦνταςkatoikountas
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by reason of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
were given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to perform
|
V-ANA
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου,thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου,thēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
telling
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
those
|
Art-DMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin (V-PPA-DMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦσινkatoikousin
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-DMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to make
|
V-ANA
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
an image
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳ,thēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳ,thēriō
|
beast
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ὃςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃςhos
|
that
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4127πληγὴνplēgēn (N-AFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὴνplēgēn
|
wound
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3162μαχαίρηςmachairēs (N-GFS)
G3162 μάχαιρα máchaira makh-ahee-rah probably feminine of a presumed derivative of μάχη; a knife, i.e. dirk; figuratively, war, judicial punishment:--sword.
|
μαχαίρηςmachairēs
|
sword
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2198ἔζησεν.ezēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ἔζησεν.ezēsen
|
has lived.
|
V-AIA-3S
|
14
deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.Revelation 13:14
Stats
Counts: 256 characters, 49 words, 199 letters, 70 vowels, 129 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πλανα τους κατοικουντας επι της γης δια τα σημεια α εδοθη αυτω ποιησαι ενωπιον του θηριου λεγων τοις κατοικουσιν επι της γης ποιησαι εικονα τω θηριω ο εχει την πληγην της μαχαιρας και εζησεν
Lit: And it deceives those dwelling on the earth, by reason of the signs that were given to it to perform before the beast, telling those dwelling on the earth to make an image to the beast that has the wound of the sword and has lived.
KJV: And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.
References
"deceiveth"Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 18:23: The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:3: 10: Cast him into the bottomless pit: and shut him up: and set a seal upon him: that he should deceive the nations no more: till the000 years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.2Ki 22:20: Look therefore: I will gather you to your fathers: and you will be gathered into your grave in peace; and your eyes will not see all the evil which I will bring upon this place. And they brought the king word again.Job 12:16: With him is strength and wisdom: the deceived and the deceiver are his.Isa 44:20: He feeds on ashes: a deceived heart has turned him aside: that he cannot deliver his soul: nor say: Is there not a lie in my right hand?Eze 14:9: If the prophet be deceived when He has spoken a thing: I the LORD have deceived that prophet: and I will stretch out my hand upon Him: and will destroy Him from the middle of my people Israel.2Th 2:9-12: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "dwell"Re 13:3: 8: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast."they"Re 13:3: 4: 11: 12: 15: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.Re 14:9: 11: The third angel followed them: saying with a loud voice: If any man worship the beast and his image: and receive his mark in his forehead: or in his hand: Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 16:2: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.2Ki 20:7: Isaiah said: Take a lump of figs. And they took and laid it on the boil: and he recovered.Eze 8:10: So I went in and saw; and look every form of creeping things: and abominable beasts: and all the idols of the house of Israel: pourtrayed upon the wall round about.Eze 16:17: You have also taken your fair jewels of my gold and of my silver: which I had given you: and mad to yourself images of men: and did commit whoredom with them: Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God.
και εδοθη αυτω δουναι πνευμα τη εικονι του θηριου ινα και λαληση η εικων του θηριου και ποιηση οσοι αν μη προσκυνησωσιν την εικονα του θηριου ινα αποκτανθωσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
there was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DN3S
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-ANS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
breath
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
to the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1504εἰκόνιeikoni (N-DFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόνιeikoni
|
image
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου,thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου,thēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G2980λαλήσῃlalēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλήσῃlalēsē
|
should speak
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1504εἰκὼνeikōn (N-NFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκὼνeikōn
|
image
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου,thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου,thēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιήσῃpoiēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσῃpoiēsē
|
should cause
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G1437ἐὰνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐὰνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4352προσκυνήσωσινproskynēsōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσωσινproskynēsōsin
|
would worship
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1504εἰκόνιeikoni (N-DFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόνιeikoni
|
image
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast
|
N-GNS
|
G615ἀποκτανθῶσιν.apoktanthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀποκτανθῶσιν.apoktanthōsin
|
would be killed.
|
V-ASP-3P
|
15
He had power to give life to the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as not would worship the image of the beast should be killed.Revelation 13:15
Stats
Counts: 190 characters, 37 words, 149 letters, 60 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη αυτω δουναι πνευμα τη εικονι του θηριου ινα και λαληση η εικων του θηριου και ποιηση οσοι αν μη προσκυνησωσιν την εικονα του θηριου ινα αποκτανθωσιν
Lit: And there was given to it to give breath to the image of the beast, so that also should speak the image of the beast, and should cause that as many as if not would worship the image of the beast would be killed.
KJV: And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.
References
"life"Ge 2:7: The LORD God formed man of the dust of the ground: and breathed into His nostrils the breath of life; and man became a living soul.Ps 135:17: They have ears: but they not hear; neither is there any breath in their mouths.Jer 10:14: Every man is brutish in his knowledge: every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood: and there is no breath in them.Jer 51:17: Every man is brutish by his knowledge; every founder is confounded by the graven image: for his molten image is falsehood: and there is no breath in them.Hab 2:19: Woe to him that says to the wood: Awake; to the dumb stone: Arise: it will teach! Look: it is laid over with gold and silver: and there is no breath at all in the middle of it.Jas 2:26: For as the body without the spirit is dead: so faith without works is dead also."speak"Ps 115:5: They have mouths: but they not speak: eyes have they: but they not see:Ps 135:16: They have mouths: but they not speak; eyes have they: but they not see;Jer 10:5: They are upright as the palm tree: but not speak: they must needs be borne: because they cannot go. not Be afraid of them; for they cannot do evil: neither also is it in them to do good."cause"Re 13:14: deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth: that they should make an image to the beast: which had the wound by a sword: and did live.Re 16:2: 5: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image.Re 17:6: 14: 17: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 18:20: 24: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Da 7:20: 25: Of the 10 horns that were in his head: and of the other which came up: and before whom 3 fell; even of that horn that had eyes: and a mouth that spoke very great things: whose look was more stout than his fellows.
The Mark of the Beast
και ποιει παντας τους μικρους και τους μεγαλους και τους πλουσιους και τους πτωχους και τους ελευθερους και τους δουλους ινα δωση αυτοις χαραγμα επι της χειρος αυτων της δεξιας η επι των μετωπων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιεῖpoiei (V-PIA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιεῖpoiei
|
it causes
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3956πάντας,pantas (Adj-AMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντας,pantas
|
all
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3398μικροὺςmikrous (Adj-AMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροὺςmikrous
|
small
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3173μεγάλους,megalous (Adj-AMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλους,megalous
|
great,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4145πλουσίουςplousious (Adj-AMP)
G4145 πλούσιος ploúsios ploo-see-os from πλοῦτος; wealthy; figuratively, abounding with:--rich.
|
πλουσίουςplousious
|
rich
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4434πτωχούς,ptōchous (Adj-AMP)
G4434 πτωχός ptōchós pto-khos from (to crouch); akin to πτοέω and the alternate of πίπτω); a beggar (as cringing), i.e. pauper (strictly denoting absolute or public mendicancy, although also used in a qualified or relative sense; whereas πένης properly means only straitened circumstances in private), literally (often as noun) or figuratively (distressed):--beggar(-ly), poor.
|
πτωχούς,ptōchous
|
poor,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1658ἐλευθέρουςeleutherous (Adj-AMP)
G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλευθέρουςeleutherous
|
free
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1401δούλους,doulous (N-AMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλους,doulous
|
servants,
|
N-AMP
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1325δῶσινdōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δῶσινdōsin
|
it should give
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
a mark
|
N-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1188δεξιᾶςdexias (Adj-GFS)
G1188 δεξιός dexiós dex-ee-os from δέχομαι; the right side or (feminine) hand (as that which usually takes):--right (hand, side).
|
δεξιᾶςdexias
|
right,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3359μέτωπονmetōpon (N-ANS)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μέτωπονmetōpon
|
forehead
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
16
He causes all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:Revelation 13:16
Stats
Rank: #1215 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 133 characters, 21 words, 102 letters, 39 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ποιει παντας τους μικρους και τους μεγαλους και τους πλουσιους και τους πτωχους και τους ελευθερους και τους δουλους ινα δωση αυτοις χαραγμα επι της χειρος αυτων της δεξιας η επι των μετωπων αυτων
Lit: And it causes all the small and the great, and the rich and the poor, and the free and the servants, that it should give them a mark on the hand of them right, or on the forehead of them,
KJV: And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:
References
"both"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 19:5: 18: A voice came out of the throne: saying: Praise our God: all you His servants: and you that fear Him: both small and great.Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.2Ch 15:13: That whoever not would seek the LORD God of Israel should be put to death: whether small or great: whether man or woman.Ps 115:13: He will bless them that fear the LORD: both small and great.Ac 26:22: Having therefore obtained help of God: I continue to this day: witnessing both to small and great: saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come:"rich"Job 34:19: How much less to him that accepts not the persons of princes: nor regards the rich more than the poor? for they all are the work of his hands.Ps 49:2: Both low and high: rich and poor: together."free"Re 6:15: The kings of the earth: and the great men: and the rich men: and the chief captains: and the mighty men: and every bondman: and every free man: hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;Re 19:18: That you may eat the flesh of kings: and the flesh of captains: and the flesh of mighty men: and the flesh of horses: and of them that sit on them: and the flesh of all men: both free and bond: both small and great.1Co 12:13: For by one Spirit are we all baptized into one body: whether we be Jews or Gentiles: whether we be bond or free; and have been all made to drink into one Spirit.Ga 3:28: There is neither Jew nor Greek: there is neither bond nor free: there is neither male nor female: for you are all one in Christ Jesus.Eph 6:8: Knowing that whatever good thing any man does: the same will He receive of the Lord: whether He be bond or free.Col 3:11: Where there is neither Greek nor Jew: circumcision nor uncircumcision: Barbarian: Scythian: bond nor free: but Christ is all: and in all."a mark"Re 14:9-11: The third angel followed them: saying with a loud voice: If any man worship the beast and his image: and receive his mark in his forehead: or in his hand: Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Zec 13:6: one will say to him: What are these wounds in your hands? Then he will answer: Those with which I was wounded in the house of my friends."or"Re 7:3: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Ex 13:9: It will be for a sign to you upon your hand: and for a memorial between your eyes: that the LORD's law may be in your mouth: for with a strong hand has the LORD brought you out of Egypt.De 6:8: you will bind them for a sign upon your hand: and they will be as frontlets between your eyes.De 11:18: Therefore will you lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul: and bind them for a sign upon your hand: that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.Eze 9:4: The LORD said to Him: Go through the middle of the city: through the middle of Jerusalem: and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that sigh and that cry for all the abominations that be done in the middle thereof.2Ti 3:8: Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses: so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds: reprobate concerning the faith.
και ινα μη τις δυνηται αγορασαι η πωλησαι ει μη ο εχων το χαραγμα η το ονομα του θηριου η τον αριθμον του ονοματος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G3361μήmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μήmē
|
no
|
Adv
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
one
|
IPro-NMS
|
G1410δύνηταιdynētai (V-PSM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
δύνηταιdynētai
|
should be able
|
V-PSM/P-3S
|
G59ἀγοράσαιagorasai (V-ANA)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράσαιagorasai
|
to buy
|
V-ANA
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G4453πωλῆσαιpōlēsai (V-ANA)
G4453 πωλέω pōléō po-leh-o probably ultimately from (to be busy, to trade); to barter (as a pedlar), i.e. to sell:--sell, whatever is sold.
|
πωλῆσαιpōlēsai
|
to sell,
|
V-ANA
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
mark —
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸνarithmon (N-AMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸνarithmon
|
number
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GN3S
|
17
That no man might buy or sell, save he who had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.Revelation 13:17
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 23 words, 85 letters, 31 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ινα μη τις δυνηται αγορασαι η πωλησαι ει μη ο εχων το χαραγμα η το ονομα του θηριου η τον αριθμον του ονοματος αυτου
Lit: and that no one should be able to buy or to sell, if not the one having the mark — the name of the beast, or the number of the name of it.
KJV: And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.
References
"mark"Re 13:16: He causes all: both small and great: rich and poor: free and bond: to receive a mark in their right hand: or in their foreheads:"name"Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 17:5: Upon her forehead was a name written: MYSTERY: BABYLON THE GREAT: THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.Re 22:4: They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads."the number"Re 13:18: Here is wisdom. Let him that has understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is 600 threescore and 6.Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.
ωδε η σοφια εστιν ο εχων τον νουν ψηφισατω τον αριθμον του θηριου αριθμος γαρ ανθρωπου εστιν και ο αριθμος αυτου χξς
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5602ὯδεHōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὯδεHōde
|
Here
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4678σοφίαsophia (N-NFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαsophia
|
wisdom
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3563νοῦνnoun (N-AMS)
G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῦνnoun
|
understanding,
|
N-AMS
|
G5585ψηφισάτωpsēphisatō (V-AMA-3S)
G5585 ψηφίζω psēphízō psay-fid-zo from ψῆφος; to use pebbles in enumeration, i.e. (generally) to compute:--count.
|
ψηφισάτωpsēphisatō
|
let him count
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸνarithmon (N-AMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸνarithmon
|
number
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου·thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου·thēriou
|
beast;
|
N-GNS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G444ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουanthrōpou
|
a man’s
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
it is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number is
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G1812ἑξακόσιοιhexakosioi (Adj-NMP)
G1812 ἑξακόσιοι hexakósioi hex-ak-os-ee-oy plural ordinal from ἕξ and ἑκατόν; six hundred:--six hundred.
|
ἑξακόσιοιhexakosioi
|
six hundred
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1835ἑξήκονταhexēkonta (Adj-NMP)
G1835 ἑξήκοντα hexḗkonta hex-ay-kon-tah the tenth multiple of ἕξ; sixty:--sixty(-fold), threescore.
|
ἑξήκονταhexēkonta
|
sixty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1803ἕξ.hex (Adj-NMP)
G1803 ἕξ héx hex a primary numeral; six:--six.
|
ἕξ.hex
|
six.
|
Adj-NMP
|
18
Here is wisdom. Let him that has understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is 600 threescore and 6.Revelation 13:18
Stats
Rank: #1412 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 26 words, 125 letters, 45 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωδε η σοφια εστιν ο εχων τον νουν ψηφισατω τον αριθμον του θηριου αριθμος γαρ ανθρωπου εστιν και ο αριθμος αυτου χξς
Lit: Here the wisdom is. The one having understanding, let him count the number of the beast; number for a man’s it is, and the number is of it, six hundred sixty six.
KJV: Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore [and] six.
References
"Here"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 17:9: Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains: on which the woman sits.Ps 107:43: Whoever is wise: and will observe these things: even they will understand the lovingkindness of the LORD.Da 12:10: Many will be purified: and made white: and tried; but the wicked will do wickedly: and none of the wicked will understand; but the wise will understand.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Mr 13:14: But when you will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: standing where it not ought: (let him that reads understand: ) then let them that be in Judaea flee to the mountains:"count"Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God."the number"Re 21:17: He measured the wall thereof: 100 and 40 and 4 cubits: according to the measure of a man: that is: of the angel.De 3:11: For only Og king of Bashan remained of the remnant of giants; look: his bedstead was a bedstead of iron; is not it in Rabbath of the children of Ammon? 9 cubits was the length thereof: and 4 cubits the breadth of it: after the cubit of a man.Ro 3:5: But if our unrighteousness commend the righteousness of God: what will we say? Is God unrighteous who takes vengeance? (I speak as a man)
14
The Lamb and the 144,000
και ειδον και ιδου αρνιον εστηκος επι το ορος σιων και μετ αυτου εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες χιλιαδες εχουσαι το ονομα του πατρος αυτου γεγραμμενον επι των μετωπων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G2476ἑστὸςhestos (V-RPA-NNS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστὸςhestos
|
was standing
|
V-RPA-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
Mount
|
N-ANS
|
G4622Σιών,Siōn (N-GFS)
G4622 Σιών Siṓn see-own of Hebrew origin (צִיּוֹן); Sion (i.e. Tsijon), a hill of Jerusalem; figuratively, the Church (militant or triumphant):--Sion.
|
Σιών,Siōn
|
Zion,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-NFP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
one hundred
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-NFP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδεςchiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδεςchiliades
|
thousand,
|
N-NFP
|
G2192ἔχουσαιechousai (V-PPA-NFP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαιechousai
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3962ΠατρὸςPatros (N-GMS)
G3962 πατήρ patḗr pat-ayr apparently a primary word; a father (literally or figuratively, near or more remote):--father, parent.
|
ΠατρὸςPatros
|
Father
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1125γεγραμμένονgegrammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένονgegrammenon
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3359μετώπωνmetōpōn (N-GNP)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μετώπωνmetōpōn
|
foreheads
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
1
And I looked, and, indeed, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with Him 140 and 4000, having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Revelation 14:1
Stats
Rank: #1841 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 24 words, 121 letters, 46 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ιδου αρνιον εστηκος επι το ορος σιων και μετ αυτου εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες χιλιαδες εχουσαι το ονομα του πατρος αυτου γεγραμμενον επι των μετωπων αυτων
Lit: And I looked, and behold, the Lamb was standing upon Mount Zion, and with Him one hundred forty four thousand, having the name of Him and the name of the Father of Him having been written on the foreheads of them.
KJV: And I looked, and, lo, a Lamb stood on the mount Sion, and with him an hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father's name written in their foreheads.
References
"I looked"Re 14:14: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 6:8: I looked: and look a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death: and Hell followed with him. And power was given to them over the fourth part of the earth: to kill with sword: and with hunger: and with death: and with the beasts of the earth.Re 15:5: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:Jer 1:11: Moreover the word of the LORD came to me: saying: Jeremiah: what see you? And I said: I see a rod of an almond tree.Eze 1:4: I looked: and: look: a whirlwind came out of the north: a great cloud: and a fire infolding itself: and a brightness was about it: and out of the middle thereof as the colour of amber: out of the middle of the fire.Eze 2:9: When I looked: look: an hand was sent to me; and: indeed: a roll of a book was therein;Eze 8:7: He brought me to the door of the court; and when I looked: look a hole in the wall.Eze 10:1: 9: Then I looked: and: look: in the firmament that was above the head of the cherubims there appeared over them as it were a sapphire stone: as the appearance of the likeness of a throne.Eze 44:4: Then brought He me the way of the north gate before the house: and I looked: and: look: the glory of the LORD filled the house of the LORD: and I fell upon my face.Da 12:5: Then I Daniel looked: and: look: there stood other two: the one on this side of the bank of the river: and the other on that side of the bank of the river.Am 8:2: He said: Amos: what see you? And I said: A basket of summer fruit. Then said the LORD to me: The end is come upon my people of Israel; I not will again pass by them any more.Zec 4:2: Said to me: What see you? And I said: I have looked: and look a candlestick all of gold: with a bowl upon the top of it: and his 7 lamps thereon: and 7 pipes to the 7 lamps: which are upon the top thereof:"a Lamb"Re 5:5-9: 12: 13: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof.Re 7:9-17: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;"mount"Ps 2:6: Yet have I set my king upon my holy hill of Zion.Ps 132:13: 14: For the LORD has chosen Zion; He has desired it for His habitation.Isa 49:14: But Zion said: The LORD has forsaken me: and my Lord has forgotten me.Joe 2:32: It will come to pass: that whoever will call on the name of the LORD will be delivered: for in mount Zion and in Jerusalem will be deliverance: as the LORD has said: and in the remnant whom the LORD will call.Mic 4:7: I will make her that halted a remnant: and her that was cast far off a strong nation: and the LORD will reign over them in mount Zion from henceforth: even for ever.Ro 9:33: As it is written: Look: I lay in Sion a stumblingstone and rock of offence: and whoever believes on him will not be ashamed.Heb 12:22-24: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: "an"Re 7:4-8: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel."having"Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Re 7:3: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Re 13:16: 17: He causes all: both small and great: rich and poor: free and bond: to receive a mark in their right hand: or in their foreheads:Lu 12:8: Also I say to you: Whoever will confess me before men: Him will the Son of man also confess before the angels of God:
και ηκουσα φωνην εκ του ουρανου ως φωνην υδατων πολλων και ως φωνην βροντης μεγαλης και φωνην ηκουσα κιθαρωδων κιθαριζοντων εν ταις κιθαραις αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the sound
|
N-AFS
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
of waters
|
N-GNP
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the sound
|
N-AFS
|
G1027βροντῆςbrontēs (N-GFS)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βροντῆςbrontēs
|
of thunder
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάλης,megalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλης,megalēs
|
loud.
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
that
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
was like that
|
Adv
|
G2790κιθαρῳδῶνkitharōdōn (N-GMP)
G2790 κιθαρῳδός kitharōidós kith-ar-o-dos from κιθάρα and a derivative of the same as ᾠδή; a lyre-singer(-player), i.e. harpist:--harper.
|
κιθαρῳδῶνkitharōdōn
|
of harpists
|
N-GMP
|
G2789κιθαριζόντωνkitharizontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2789 κιθαρίζω kitharízō kith-ar-id-zo from κιθάρα; to play on a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθαριζόντωνkitharizontōn
|
harping
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G2788κιθάραιςkitharais (N-DFP)
G2788 κιθάρα kithára kith-ar-ah of uncertain affinity; a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθάραιςkitharais
|
harps
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
2
I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Revelation 14:2
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 29 words, 122 letters, 50 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνην εκ του ουρανου ως φωνην υδατων πολλων και ως φωνην βροντης μεγαλης και φωνην ηκουσα κιθαρωδων κιθαριζοντων εν ταις κιθαραις αυτων
Lit: And I heard a voice out of heaven, as the sound of waters many, and as the sound of thunder loud. And the voice that I heard, was like that of harpists harping with the harps of them.
KJV: And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:
References
"a voice"Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Re 11:12: 15: They heard a great voice from heaven saying to them: Come up here. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.Re 19:1-7: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:"of many"Re 1:15: His feet like to fine brass: as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.Re 19:6: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.Ps 93:4: The LORD on high is mightier than the noise of many waters: yes: than the mighty waves of the sea.Isa 17:13: The nations will rush like the rushing of many waters: but God will rebuke them: and they will flee far off: and will be chased as the chaff of the mountains before the wind: and like a rolling thing before the whirlwind.Eze 43:2: And: look: the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and His voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with His glory."of a"Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 8:7-13: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 9:1: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Re 10:3: 4: Cried with a loud voice: as when a lion roars: and when he had cried: 7 thunders uttered their voices.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Ex 19:16: It came to pass on the third day in the morning: that there were thunders and lightnings: and a thick cloud upon the mount: and the voice of the trumpet exceeding loud; so that all the people that was in the camp trembled.Ex 20:18: All the people saw the thunderings: and the lightnings: and the noise of the trumpet: and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it: they removed: and stood afar off.Zec 9:14: The LORD will be seen over them: and His arrow will go forth as the lightning: and the Lord GOD will blow the trumpet: and will go with whirlwinds of the south."harpers"Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 18:22: The voice of harpers: and musicians: and of pipers: and trumpeters: will be heard no more at all in you; and no craftsman: of whatever craft he be: will be found any more in you; and the sound of a millstone will be heard no more at all in you;2Sa 6:5: David and all the house of Israel played before the LORD on all manner of instruments made of fir wood: even on harps: and on psalteries: and on timbrels: and on cornets: and on cymbals.1Ch 25:1-7: Moreover David and the captains of the host separated to the service of the sons of Asaph: and of Heman: and of Jeduthun: who should prophesy with harps: with psalteries: and with cymbals: and the number of the workmen according to their service was:Ps 33:2: Praise the LORD with harp: sing to Him with the psaltery and an instrument of 10 strings.Ps 43:4: Then will I go to the altar of God: to God my exceeding joy: yes: upon the harp will I praise you: O God my God.Ps 57:8: Awake up: my glory; awake: psaltery and harp: I myself will awake early.Ps 92:3: Upon an instrument of 10 strings: and upon the psaltery; upon the harp with a solemn sound.Ps 98:5: Sing to the LORD with the harp; with the harp: and the voice of a psalm.Ps 147:7: Sing to the LORD with thanksgiving; sing praise upon the harp to our God:Ps 149:3: Let them praise his name in the dance: let them sing praises to him with the timbrel and harp.Ps 150:3-6: Praise him with the sound of the trumpet: praise him with the psaltery and harp.
και αδουσιν ως ωδην καινην ενωπιον του θρονου και ενωπιον των τεσσαρων ζωων και των πρεσβυτερων και ουδεις ηδυνατο μαθειν την ωδην ει μη αι εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες χιλιαδες οι ηγορασμενοι απο της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G103ᾄδουσινadousin (V-PIA-3P)
G103 ᾄδω áidō ad-o a primary verb; to sing:--sing.
|
ᾄδουσινadousin
|
they are singing
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5613‹ὡς›hōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
‹ὡς›hōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5603ᾠδὴνōdēn (N-AFS)
G5603 ᾠδή ōidḗ o-day from ᾄδω; a chant or ode (the general term for any words sung; while ὕμνος denotes especially a religious metrical composition, and ψαλμός still more specially, a Hebrew cantillation):--song.
|
ᾠδὴνōdēn
|
a song
|
N-AFS
|
G2537καινὴνkainēn (Adj-AFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὴνkainēn
|
new
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4245πρεσβυτέρων·presbyterōn (Adj-GMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβυτέρων·presbyterōn
|
elders.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
was able
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G3129μαθεῖνmathein (V-ANA)
G3129 μανθάνω manthánō man-than-o prolongation from a primary verb, another form of which, , is used as an alternate in certain tenses; to learn (in any way):--learn, understand.
|
μαθεῖνmathein
|
to learn
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5603ᾠδὴνōdēn (N-AFS)
G5603 ᾠδή ōidḗ o-day from ᾄδω; a chant or ode (the general term for any words sung; while ὕμνος denotes especially a religious metrical composition, and ψαλμός still more specially, a Hebrew cantillation):--song.
|
ᾠδὴνōdēn
|
song,
|
N-AFS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-NFP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
one hundred
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-NFP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NFP
|
G5505χιλιάδες,chiliades (N-NFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδες,chiliades
|
thousand
|
N-NFP
|
G59ἠγορασμένοιēgorasmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγορασμένοιēgorasmenoi
|
having been redeemed
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
3
They sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the 4 beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000, which were redeemed from the earth.Revelation 14:3
Stats
Counts: 214 characters, 35 words, 167 letters, 61 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αδουσιν ως ωδην καινην ενωπιον του θρονου και ενωπιον των τεσσαρων ζωων και των πρεσβυτερων και ουδεις ηδυνατο μαθειν την ωδην ει μη αι εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρες χιλιαδες οι ηγορασμενοι απο της γης
Lit: And they are singing as a song new before the throne, and before the four living creatures, and the elders. And no one was able to learn the song, if not the one hundred forty four thousand having been redeemed from the earth.
KJV: And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty [and] four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.
References
"a"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Ps 33:3: Sing to him a new song; play skilfully with a loud noise.Ps 40:3: He has put a new song in my mouth: even praise to our God: many will see it: and fear: and will trust in the LORD.Ps 96:1: O sing to the LORD a new song: sing to the LORD: all the earth.Ps 98:1: > O sing to the LORD a new song; for He has done marvellous things: His right hand: and His holy arm: has gotten Him the victory.Ps 144:9: I will sing a new song to you: O God: upon a psaltery and an instrument of 10 strings will I sing praises to you.Ps 149:1: Praise you the LORD. Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise in the congregation of saints.Isa 42:10: Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise from the end of the earth: you that go down to the sea: and all that is therein; the isles: and the inhabitants thereof."throne"Re 4:2-11: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne."no"Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 2:17: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the hidden manna: and will give Him a white stone: and in the stone a new name written: which no man knows saving He that'>He who receives it.Ps 25:14: The secret of the LORD is with them that fear Him; and He will show them His covenant.Mt 11:25-27: At that time Jesus answered and said: I thank you: O Father: Lord of heaven and earth: because you have hid these things from the wise and prudent: and have revealed them to babes.1Co 1:18: For the preaching of the cross is to them that perish foolishness; but to us which are saved it is the power of God.1Co 2:14: But the natural man receives not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness to Him: neither can He know them: because they are spiritually discerned."redeemed"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;
ουτοι εισιν οι μετα γυναικων ουκ εμολυνθησαν παρθενοι γαρ εισιν ουτοι εισιν οι ακολουθουντες τω αρνιω οπου αν υπαγη ουτοι ηγορασθησαν απο των ανθρωπων απαρχη τω θεω και τω αρνιω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοίhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοίhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1510εἰσινeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσινeisin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3739οἳhoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἳhoi
|
they who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1135γυναικῶνgynaikōn (N-GFP)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικῶνgynaikōn
|
women
|
N-GFP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3435ἐμολύνθησαν·emolynthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3435 μολύνω molýnō mol-oo-no probably from μέλας; to soil (figuratively):--defile.
|
ἐμολύνθησαν·emolynthēsan
|
have not been defiled;
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3933παρθένοιparthenoi (N-NMP)
G3933 παρθένος parthénos par-then-os of unknown origin; a maiden; by implication, an unmarried daughter:--virgin.
|
παρθένοιparthenoi
|
pure
|
N-NMP
|
G1063γάρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γάρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
they are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G190ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθοῦντεςakolouthountes
|
following
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G721ἈρνίῳArniō (N-DNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίῳArniō
|
Lamb
|
N-DNS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
wherever
|
Adv
|
G5217ὑπάγῃ·hypagē (V-PSA-3S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγῃ·hypagē
|
He shall go.
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G59ἠγοράσθησανēgorasthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἠγοράσθησανēgorasthēsan
|
have been redeemed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
out from
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπωνanthrōpōn
|
men
|
N-GMP
|
G536ἀπαρχὴaparchē (N-NFS)
G536 ἀπαρχή aparchḗ ap-ar-khay from a compound of ἀπό and ἄρχομαι; a beginning of sacrifice, i.e. the (Jewish) first-fruit (figuratively):--first-fruits.
|
ἀπαρχὴaparchē
|
as firstfruits
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
to God
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G721Ἀρνίῳ,Arniō (N-DNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίῳ,Arniō
|
Lamb.
|
N-DNS
|
4
These are they which not were defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb wherever He goes. These were redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits to God and to the Lamb.Revelation 14:4
Stats
Counts: 216 characters, 34 words, 174 letters, 64 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι εισιν οι μετα γυναικων ουκ εμολυνθησαν παρθενοι γαρ εισιν ουτοι εισιν οι ακολουθουντες τω αρνιω οπου αν υπαγη ουτοι ηγορασθησαν απο των ανθρωπων απαρχη τω θεω και τω αρνιω
Lit: These are they who with women not have not been defiled; pure for they are, these following the Lamb wherever He shall go. These have been redeemed out from men as firstfruits to God and to the Lamb.
KJV: These are they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the firstfruits unto God and to the Lamb.
References
"for"Ps 45:14: She will be brought to the king in clothing of needlework: the virgins her companions that follow her will be brought to you.Song 1:3: Because of the savour of your good ointments your name is as ointment poured forth: therefore do the virgins love you.Song 6:8: There are threescore queens: and fourscore concubines: and virgins without number.Mt 25:1: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom.1Co 7:25: 26: 28: Now concerning virgins I have no commandment of the Lord: yet I give my judgment: as one that has obtained mercy of the Lord to be faithful.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.1Ti 4:3: Forbidding to marry: and commanding to abstain from meats: which God has created to be received with thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth."which follow"Re 3:4: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 7:15-17: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Mt 8:19: A certain scribe came: and said to him: Master: I will follow you wherever you go.Lu 9:57-62: It came to pass: that: as they went in the way: a certain man said to Him: Lord: I will follow you wherever you go.Joh 8:12: Then spoke Jesus again to them: saying: I am the light of the world: He that'>He who follows me will not walk in darkness: but will have the light of life.Joh 10:27: My sheep hear my voice: and I know them: and they follow me:Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Joh 13:37: Peter said to Him: Lord: why cannot I follow you now? I will lay down my life for your sake."These were"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;"redeemed"Ps 74:2: Remember your congregation: which you have purchased of old; the rod of your inheritance: which you have redeemed; this mount Zion: wherein you have dwelt.Ac 20:28: Take heed therefore to yourselves: and to all the flock: over the which the Holy Ghost has made you overseers: to feed the church of God: which He has purchased with His own blood.1Co 6:20: For you are bought with a price: therefore glorify God in your body: and in your spirit: which are God's.Eph 1:14: Which is the ear of our inheritance until the redemption of the purchased possession: to the praise of his glory.1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:"the first fruits"Jer 2:3: Israel was holiness to the LORD: and the firstfruits of His increase: all that devour Him will offend; evil will come upon them: says the LORD.Am 6:1: Woe to them that are at ease in Zion: and trust in the mountain of Samaria: which are named chief of the nations: to whom the house of Israel came!1Co 16:15: I beseech you: brothers: (you know the house of Stephanas: that it is the firstfruits of Achaia: and that they have addicted themselves to the ministry of the saints: )Jas 1:18: Of his own will begot he us with the word of truth: that we should be a kind of firstfruits of his creatures.
και εν τω στοματι αυτων ουχ ευρεθη δολος αμωμοι γαρ εισιν ενωπιον του θρονου του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4750στόματιstomati (N-DNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματιstomati
|
mouth
|
N-DNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5579ψεῦδος·pseudos (N-NNS)
G5579 ψεῦδος pseûdos psyoo-dos from ψεύδομαι; a falsehood:--lie, lying.
|
ψεῦδος·pseudos
|
a lie;
|
N-NNS
|
G299ἄμωμοίamōmoi (Adj-NMP)
G299 ἄμωμος ámōmos am-o-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and μῶμος; unblemished (literally or figuratively):--without blame (blemish, fault, spot), faultless, unblamable.
|
ἄμωμοίamōmoi
|
blameless
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1799{ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
{ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ}.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ}.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
5
In their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.Revelation 14:5
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 17 words, 72 letters, 30 vowels, 42 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν τω στοματι αυτων ουχ ευρεθη δολος αμωμοι γαρ εισιν ενωπιον του θρονου του θεου
Lit: And in the mouth of them not was found a lie; blameless they are. before the throne of God.
KJV: And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.
References
"in"Ps 32:2: Blessed is the man to whom the LORD imputes not iniquity: and in whose spirit there is no guile.Ps 34:13: Keep your tongue from evil: and your lips from speaking guile.Ps 55:11: Wickedness is in the middle thereof: deceit and guile not depart from her streets.Pr 8:8: All the words of my mouth are in righteousness; there is nothing froward or perverse in them.Isa 53:9: He made his grave with the wicked: and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence: neither was any deceit in his mouth.Zep 3:13: The remnant of Israel will not do iniquity: nor speak lies; neither will a deceitful tongue be found in their mouth: for they will feed and lie down: and none will make them afraid.Mt 12:34: O generation of vipers: how can you: being evil: speak good things? for out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.Joh 1:47: Jesus saw Nathanael coming to Him: and says of Him: Look an Israelite indeed: in whom is no guile!1Pe 3:10: For he who will love life: and see good days: let him refrain his tongue from evil: and his lips that they speak no guile:"without"Song 4:7: You are all fair: my love; there is no spot in you.Da 6:4: Then the presidents and princes sought to find occasion against Daniel concerning the kingdom; but they could find none occasion nor fault; forasmuch as he was faithful: neither was there any error or fault found in him.Ho 10:2: Their heart is divided; now will they be found faulty: he will break down their altars: he will spoil their images.Lu 23:4: Then said Pilate to the chief priests and to the people: I find no fault in this man.Eph 5:27: That he might present it to himself a glorious church: not having spot: or wrinkle: or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.Col 1:22: In the body of his flesh through death: to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy:
Final Justice
και ειδον αλλον αγγελον πετωμενον εν μεσουρανηματι εχοντα ευαγγελιον αιωνιον ευαγγελισαι τους κατοικουντας επι της γης και παν εθνος και φυλην και γλωσσαν και λαον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G4072πετόμενονpetomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G4072 πέτομαι pétomai ptah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).
|
πετόμενονpetomenon
|
flying
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3321μεσουρανήματι,mesouranēmati (N-DNS)
G3321 μεσουράνημα mesouránēma mes-oo-ran-ay-mah from a presumed compound of μέσος and οὐρανός; mid-sky:--midst of heaven.
|
μεσουρανήματι,mesouranēmati
|
mid-heaven,
|
N-DNS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G2098εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion (N-ANS)
G2098 εὐαγγέλιον euangélion yoo-ang-ghel-ee-on from the same as εὐαγγελίζω; a good message, i.e. the gospel:--gospel.
|
εὐαγγέλιονeuangelion
|
the glad tidings
|
N-ANS
|
G166αἰώνιονaiōnion (Adj-ANS)
G166 αἰώνιος aiṓnios ahee-o-nee-os from αἰών; perpetual (also used of past time, or past and future as well):--eternal, for ever, everlasting, world (began).
|
αἰώνιονaiōnion
|
everlasting
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2097εὐαγγελίσαιeuangelisai (V-ANA)
G2097 εὐαγγελίζω euangelízō yoo-ang-ghel-id-zo from εὖ and ἄγγελος; to announce good news (evangelize) especially the gospel:--declare, bring (declare, show) glad (good) tidings, preach (the gospel).
|
εὐαγγελίσαιeuangelisai
|
to preach
|
V-ANA
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2521καθημένουςkathēmenous (V-PPM/P-AMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουςkathēmenous
|
dwelling
|
V-PPM/P-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1484ἔθνοςethnos (N-ANS)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνοςethnos
|
nation
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5443φυλὴνphylēn (N-AFS)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλὴνphylēn
|
tribe
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλῶσσανglōssan (N-AFS)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσανglōssan
|
tongue
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2992λαόν,laon (N-AMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόν,laon
|
people,
|
N-AMS
|
6
I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,Revelation 14:6
Stats
Rank: #609 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 184 characters, 29 words, 145 letters, 54 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αλλον αγγελον πετωμενον εν μεσουρανηματι εχοντα ευαγγελιον αιωνιον ευαγγελισαι τους κατοικουντας επι της γης και παν εθνος και φυλην και γλωσσαν και λαον
Lit: And I saw another angel flying in mid-heaven, having the glad tidings everlasting to preach upon those dwelling on the earth, and upon every nation and tribe and tongue and people,
KJV: And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,
References
"another"Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Isa 6:2: 6: 7: Above it stood the seraphims: each one had 6 wings; with two he covered his face: and with two he covered his feet: and with two he did fly.Eze 1:14: The living creatures ran and returned as the appearance of a flash of lightning.Da 9:21: Yes: while I was speaking in prayer: even the man Gabriel: whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning: being caused to fly swiftly: touched me about the time of the evening oblation."in"Ge 1:6: God said: Let there be a firmament in the middle of the waters: and let it divide the waters from the waters."everlasting"2Sa 23:5: Although my house be not so with God; yet He has made with me an everlasting covenant: ordered in all things: and sure: for this is all my salvation: and all my desire: although He make it not to grow.Ps 119:142: Your righteousness is an everlasting righteousness: and your law is the truth.Ps 139:24: See if there be any wicked way in me: and lead me in the way everlasting.Ps 145:13: Your kingdom is an everlasting kingdom: and your dominion endureth throughout all generations.Isa 40:8: The grass withers: the flower fades: but the word of our God will stand for ever.Isa 45:17: But Israel will be saved in the LORD with an everlasting salvation: you will not be ashamed nor confounded world without end.Isa 51:6: 8: Lift up your eyes to the heavens: and look upon the earth beneath: for the heavens will vanish away like smoke: and the earth will wax old like a garment: and they that dwell therein will die in like manner: but my salvation will be for ever: and my righteousness will not be abolished.Eph 3:9-11: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:2Th 2:16: Now our Lord Jesus Christ Himself: and God: even our Father: which has loved us: and has given us everlasting consolation and good hope through grace: Tit 1:1-3: Paul: a servant of God: and an apostle of Jesus Christ: according to the faith of God's elect: and the acknowledging of the truth which is after godliness;Heb 13:20: Now the God of peace: that brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus: that great shepherd of the sheep: through the blood of the everlasting covenant: "preach"Mt 10:27: What I tell you in darkness: that speak you in light: and what you hear in the ear: that preach you upon the housetops.Mr 16:15: He said to them: Go you into all the world: and preach the gospel to every creature.Ro 16:25: Now to Him that is of power to stablish you according to my gospel: and the preaching of Jesus Christ: according to the revelation of the mystery: which was kept secret since the world began: Col 1:23: If you continue in the faith grounded and settled: and be not moved away from the hope of the gospel: which you have heard: and which was preached to every creature which is under heaven; whereof I Paul am made a minister;"every"Re 10:11: He said to me: You must prophesy again before many peoples: and nations: and tongues: and kings.Re 13:7: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Da 4:1: Nebuchadnezzar the king: to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Da 6:25: 26: Then king Darius wrote to all people: nations: and languages: that dwell in all the earth; Peace be multiplied to you.Eph 3:9: To make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery: which from the beginning of the world has been hid in God: who created all things by Jesus Christ:
λεγοντα εν φωνη μεγαλη φοβηθητε τον θεον και δοτε αυτω δοξαν οτι ηλθεν η ωρα της κρισεως αυτου και προσκυνησατε τω ποιησαντι τον ουρανον και την γην και {VAR2: την } θαλασσαν και πηγας υδατων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃ·megalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃ·megalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5399ΦοβήθητεPhobēthēte (V-AMP-2P)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
ΦοβήθητεPhobēthēte
|
Fear
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δότεdote (V-AMA-2P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δότεdote
|
give
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1391δόξαν,doxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαν,doxan
|
glory,
|
N-AFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5610ὥραhōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραhōra
|
hour
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2920κρίσεωςkriseōs (N-GFS)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσεωςkriseōs
|
judgment
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσατεproskynēsate (V-AMA-2P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσατεproskynēsate
|
worship
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G4160ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti (V-APA-DMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαντιpoiēsanti
|
having made
|
V-APA-DMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4077πηγὰςpēgas (N-AFP)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγὰςpēgas
|
springs
|
N-AFP
|
G5204ὑδάτων.hydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτων.hydatōn
|
of waters.
|
N-GNP
|
7
Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.
Revelation 14:7
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 55 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγοντα εν φωνη μεγαλη φοβηθητε τον θεον και δοτε αυτω δοξαν οτι ηλθεν η ωρα της κρισεως αυτου και προσκυνησατε τω ποιησαντι τον ουρανον και την γην και {VAR2: την } θαλασσαν και πηγας υδατων
Lit: saying in a voice loud, Fear God, and give Him glory, because has come the hour of the judgment of Him. And worship the One having made heaven, and the earth, and sea, and springs of waters.
KJV: Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.
References
"with"Isa 40:3: 6: 9: The voice of Him that cries in the wilderness: Prepare you the way of the LORD: make straight in the desert a highway for our God.Isa 44:23: Sing: O you heavens; for the LORD has done it: shout: you lower parts of the earth: break forth into singing: you mountains: O for: and every tree therein: for the LORD has redeemed Jacob: and glorified Himself in Israel.Isa 52:7: 8: How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of Him that brings'>brings good tidings: that publishes'>publishes peace; that brings'>brings good tidings of good: that publishes'>publishes salvation; that says to Zion: Your God reigneth!Isa 58:1: Cry aloud: not spare: lift up your voice like a trumpet: and show my people their transgression: and the house of Jacob their sins.Ho 8:1: Set the trumpet to your mouth. He will come as an eagle against the house of the LORD: because they have transgressed my covenant: and trespassed against my law."Fear"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 19:5: A voice came out of the throne: saying: Praise our God: all you His servants: and you that fear Him: both small and great.Ge 22:12: He said: not Lay your hand upon the lad: neither do you any thing to Him: for now I know that you fear God: seeing you have not withheld your son: your only son from me.Ps 36:1: A Psalm of David the servant of the LORD.>> The transgression of the wicked says within my heart: that there is no fear of God before His eyes.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Ec 12:13: 14: Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: Fear God: and keep His commandments: for this is the whole duty of man."give"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 16:9: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Jos 7:19: Joshua said to Achan: My son: give: I pray you: glory to the LORD God of Israel: and make confession to Him; and tell me now what you have done; hide it not from me.1Sa 6:5: For what reason you will make images of your emerods: and images of your mice that mar the land; and you will give glory to the God of Israel: perhaps He will lighten His hand from off you: and from off your gods: and from off your land.Isa 42:12: Let them give glory to the LORD: and declare His praise in the islands.Mal 2:2: If you not will hear: and if you not will lay it to heart: to give glory to my name: says the LORD of hosts: I will even send a curse upon you: and I will curse your blessings: yes: I have cursed them already: because you not do lay it to heart.Lu 17:18: There not are found that returned to give glory to God: save this stranger."hour"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Re 18:10: 17: 19: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Eze 7:2: 6: Also: you son of man: thus says the Lord GOD to the land of Israel; An end: the end is come upon the 4 corners of the land.Da 8:19: He said: Look: I will make you know what will be in the last end of the indignation: for at the time appointed the end will be.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Joh 5:25-29: Truly: truly: I say to you: The hour is coming: and now is: when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God: and they that hear will live.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer."worship"Re 4:11: You are worthy: O Lord: to receive glory and honour and power: for you have created all things: and for your pleasure they are and were created.Ex 20:11: For in 6 days the LORD made heaven and earth: the sea: and all that in them is: and rested the seventh day: for what reason the LORD blessed the sabbath day: and hallowed it.Ne 9:6: You: even you: are LORD alone; you have made heaven: the heaven of heavens: with all their host: the earth: and all things that are therein: the seas: and all that is therein: and you preserve them all; and the host of heaven worships you.Ps 33:6: By the word of the LORD were the heavens made; and all the host of them by the breath of His mouth.Ps 95:5: The sea is his: and he made it: and his hands formed the dry land.Ps 124:8: Our help is in the name of the LORD: who made heaven and earth.Ps 146:5: 6: Happy is He that has the God of Jacob for His help: whose hope is in the LORD His God:Pr 8:22-31: The LORD possessed me in the beginning of His way: before His works of old.Jer 10:10: But the LORD is the true God: He is the living God: and an everlasting king: at His wrath the earth will tremble: and the nations will not be able to abide His indignation.Ac 14:15: Saying: Sirs: why do you these things? We also are men of like passions with you: and preach to you that you should turn from these vanities to the living God: which made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and all things that are therein:Ac 17:23-25: For as I passed by: and beheld your devotions: I found an altar with this inscription: TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore you ignorantly worship: him declare I to you.
και αλλος αγγελος ηκολουθησεν λεγων επεσεν επεσεν βαβυλων η πολις η μεγαλη οτι εκ του οινου του θυμου της πορνειας αυτης πεποτικεν παντα εθνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελος ⇔angelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελος ⇔angelos
|
angel,
|
N-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
a second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G190ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen
|
followed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4098ἜπεσενEpesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἜπεσενEpesen
|
Fallen,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
Fallen is
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G897ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn (N-NFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn
|
Babylon
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3739ἣhē (RelPro-NFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣhē
|
who
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
of wrath
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
for the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4222πεπότικενpepotiken (V-RIA-3S)
G4222 ποτίζω potízō pot-id-zo from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; to furnish drink, irrigate:--give (make) to drink, feed, water.
|
πεπότικενpepotiken
|
she has given to drink
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνη.ethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη.ethnē
|
Gentiles.
|
N-ANP
|
8
There followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
Revelation 14:8
Stats
Counts: 168 characters, 24 words, 134 letters, 51 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλος αγγελος ηκολουθησεν λεγων επεσεν επεσεν βαβυλων η πολις η μεγαλη οτι εκ του οινου του θυμου της πορνειας αυτης πεποτικεν παντα εθνη
Lit: And another angel, a second followed, saying, Fallen, Fallen is Babylon the great, who of the wine of wrath for the immorality of her, she has given to drink all the Gentiles.
KJV: And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.
References
"Babylon"Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 17:5: 18: Upon her forehead was a name written: MYSTERY: BABYLON THE GREAT: THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.Re 18:2: 3: 10: 11: 18-21: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.Isa 21:9: And: look: here comes a chariot of men: with a couple of horsemen. And he answered and said: Babylon is fallen: is fallen; and all the graven images of her gods he has broken to the ground.Jer 51:7: 8: 64: Babylon has been a golden cup in the LORD's hand: that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad."because"Re 11:8: Their dead bodies will lie in the street of the great city: which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt: where also our Lord was crucified.Re 17:2-5: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Re 18:3: 10: 18: 21: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Jer 51:7: Babylon has been a golden cup in the LORD's hand: that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad.Eze 16:15-22: But you did trust in your own beauty: and playedst the harlot because of your renown: and pouredst out your fornications on every one that passed by; his it was.Na 3:19: There is no healing of your bruise; your wound is grievous: all that hear the bruit of you will clap the hands over you: for upon whom has not your wickedness passed continually?"wrath"Re 13:15-17: He had power to give life to the image of the beast: that the image of the beast should both speak: and cause that as many as not would worship the image of the beast should be killed.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.
και τριτος αγγελος ηκολουθησεν αυτοις λεγων εν φωνη μεγαλη ει τις το θηριον προσκυνει και την εικονα αυτου και λαμβανει χαραγμα επι του μετωπου αυτου η επι την χειρα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel,
|
N-NMS
|
G5154τρίτοςtritos (Adj-NMS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτοςtritos
|
a third,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G190ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθησενēkolouthēsen
|
followed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1487ΕἴEi (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
ΕἴEi
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G4352προσκυνεῖproskynei (V-PIA-3S)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνεῖproskynei
|
worships
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
image
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2983λαμβάνειlambanei (V-PIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνειlambanei
|
receives
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
a mark
|
N-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3359μετώπουmetōpou (N-GNS)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μετώπουmetōpou
|
forehead
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2228ἢē (Conj)
G2228 ἤ ḗ ay a primary particle of distinction between two connected terms; disjunctive, or; comparative, than:--and, but (either), (n-)either, except it be, (n-)or (else), rather, save, than, that, what, yea. Often used in connection with other particles. Compare especially ἤδη, ἤπερ, ἤτοι.,
|
ἢē
|
or
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
9
The third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand,
Revelation 14:9
Stats
Rank: #1768 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 158 characters, 27 words, 123 letters, 48 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τριτος αγγελος ηκολουθησεν αυτοις λεγων εν φωνη μεγαλη ει τις το θηριον προσκυνει και την εικονα αυτου και λαμβανει χαραγμα επι του μετωπου αυτου η επι την χειρα αυτου
Lit: And another angel, a third, followed them, saying in a voice loud, If anyone worships the beast and the image of it, and receives a mark on the forehead of him, or upon the hand of him,
KJV: And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand,
References
"the third"Re 14:6-8: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people: Jer 44:4: Howbeit I sent to you all my servants the prophets: rising early and sending them: saying: Oh: not do this abominable thing that I hate."If"Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 13:3-6: 11-17: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.
και αυτος πιεται εκ του οινου του θυμου του θεου του κεκερασμενου ακρατου εν τω ποτηριω της οργης αυτου και βασανισθησεται εν πυρι και θειω ενωπιον των αγιων αγγελων και ενωπιον του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G4095πίεταιpietai (V-FIM-3S)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πίεταιpietai
|
will drink
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
anger
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2767κεκερασμένουkekerasmenou (V-RPM/P-GMS)
G2767 κεράννυμι keránnymi ker-ah-o prolonged form of a more primary (which is used in certain tenses); to mingle, i.e. (by implication) to pour out (for drinking):--fill, pour out. Compare μίγνυμι.
|
κεκερασμένουkekerasmenou
|
having been mixed
|
V-RPM/P-GMS
|
G194ἀκράτουakratou (Adj-GMS)
G194 ἄκρατος ákratos ak-rat-os from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of κεράννυμι; undiluted:--without mixture.
|
ἀκράτουakratou
|
undiluted
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4221ποτηρίῳpotēriō (N-DNS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτηρίῳpotēriō
|
cup
|
N-DNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆςorgēs
|
wrath
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G928βασανισθήσεταιbasanisthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανισθήσεταιbasanisthēsetai
|
he will be tormented
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
fire
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2303θείῳtheiō (N-DNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θείῳtheiō
|
brimstone,
|
N-DNS
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
the angels
|
N-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
holy,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου.Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου.Arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
10
The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:Revelation 14:10
Stats
Counts: 241 characters, 44 words, 191 letters, 71 vowels, 120 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αυτος πιεται εκ του οινου του θυμου του θεου του κεκερασμενου ακρατου εν τω ποτηριω της οργης αυτου και βασανισθησεται εν πυρι και θειω ενωπιον των αγιων αγγελων και ενωπιον του αρνιου
Lit: also he will drink of the wine of the anger of God, having been mixed undiluted in the cup of the wrath of Him; and he will be tormented in fire and brimstone, before the angels holy, and before the Lamb.
KJV: The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:
References
"drink"Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 18:3: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Job 21:20: His eyes will see his destruction: and he will drink of the wrath of the Almighty.Ps 11:6: Upon the wicked he will rain snares: fire and brimstone: and an horrible tempest: this will be the portion of their cup.Ps 60:3: You have showed your people hard things: you have made us to drink the wine of astonishment.Ps 75:8: For in the hand of the LORD there is a cup: and the wine is red; it is full of mixture; and He pours out of the same: but the dregs thereof: all the wicked of the earth will wring them out: and drink them.Isa 29:9: Stay yourselves: and wonder; cry you out: and cry: they are drunken: not but with wine; they stagger: not but with strong drink.Isa 51:17: 21: 22: Awake: awake: stand up: O Jerusalem: which have drunk at the hand of the LORD the cup of His fury; you have drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling: and wrung them out.Jer 25:15-17: 27: For thus says the LORD God of Israel to me; Take the wine cup of this fury at my hand: and cause all the nations: to whom I send you: to drink it.Jer 51:57: I will make drunk her princes: and her wise men: her captains: and her rulers: and her mighty men: and they will sleep a perpetual sleep: not and wake: says the King: whose name is the LORD of hosts."into"Re 18:6: Reward her even as she rewarded you: and double to her double according to her works: in the cup which she has filled fill to her double.Ps 73:10: Therefore his people return here: and waters of a full cup are wrung out to them.Isa 51:17: Awake: awake: stand up: O Jerusalem: which have drunk at the hand of the LORD the cup of His fury; you have drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling: and wrung them out.Jer 49:12: For thus says the LORD; Look: they whose judgment was not to drink of the cup have assuredly drunken; and are you He that will altogether go unpunished? you will not go unpunished: but you will surely drink of it.La 4:21: Rejoice and be glad: O daughter of Edom: that dwell in the land of Uz; the cup also will pass through to you: you will be drunken: and will make yourself naked.Hab 2:16: You are filled with shame for glory: drink you also: and let your foreskin be uncovered: the cup of the LORD's right hand will be turned to you: and shameful spewing will be on your glory.Mt 20:22: But Jesus answered and said: You not know what you ask. Are you able to drink of the cup that I will drink of: and to be baptized with the baptism that I am baptized with? They say to Him: We are able.Mt 26:39: He went a little further: and fell on His face: and prayed: saying: O my Father: if it be possible: let this cup pass from me: not nevertheless as I will: but as you will."be"Re 9:17: 18: Thus I saw the horses in the vision: and them that sat on them: having breastplates of fire: and of jacinth: and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Ge 19:24: Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven;De 29:23: And that the whole land thereof is brimstone: and salt: and burning: that it not is sown: nor bears: nor any grass grows therein: like the overthrow of Sodom: and Gomorrah: Admah: and Zeboim: which the LORD overthrew in His anger: and in His wrath:Job 18:15: It will dwell in his tabernacle: because it is none of his: brimstone will be scattered upon his habitation.Ps 11:6: Upon the wicked he will rain snares: fire and brimstone: and an horrible tempest: this will be the portion of their cup.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.Isa 34:9: The streams thereof will be turned into pitch: and the dust thereof into brimstone: and the land thereof will become burning pitch.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Jude 1:7: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire."in the"Ps 37:34: Wait on the LORD: and keep His way: and He will exalt you to inherit the land: when the wicked are cut off: you will see it.Ps 52:6: The righteous also will see: and fear: and will laugh at him:Ps 91:8: Only with your eyes will you look and see the reward of the wicked.Eze 20:48: All flesh will see that I the LORD have kindled it: it will not be quenched.Mt 13:41: 42: 49: 50: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;2Th 1:8: 9: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:
και ο καπνος του βασανισμου αυτων αναβαινει εις αιωνας αιωνων και ουκ εχουσιν αναπαυσιν ημερας και νυκτος οι προσκυνουντες το θηριον και την εικονα αυτου και ει τις λαμβανει το χαραγμα του ονοματος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
smoke
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G929βασανισμοῦbasanismou (N-GMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμοῦbasanismou
|
torment
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G165αἰώνωνaiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνωνaiōnōn
|
of ages
|
N-GMP
|
G305ἀναβαίνει,anabainei (V-PIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνει,anabainei
|
goes up;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G372ἀνάπαυσινanapausin (N-AFS)
G372 ἀνάπαυσις anápausis an-ap-ow-sis from ἀναπαύω; intermission; by implication, recreation:--rest.
|
ἀνάπαυσινanapausin
|
rest
|
N-AFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτόςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτόςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4352προσκυνοῦντεςproskynountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνοῦντεςproskynountes
|
worshiping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
image
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2983λαμβάνειlambanei (V-PIA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνειlambanei
|
receives
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
mark
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GN3S
|
11
The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whoever receives the mark of his name.Revelation 14:11
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 32 words, 144 letters, 54 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο καπνος του βασανισμου αυτων αναβαινει εις αιωνας αιωνων και ουκ εχουσιν αναπαυσιν ημερας και νυκτος οι προσκυνουντες το θηριον και την εικονα αυτου και ει τις λαμβανει το χαραγμα του ονοματος αυτου
Lit: And the smoke of the torment of them to ages of ages goes up; and not have rest day and night those worshiping the beast and the image of it, and if anyone receives the mark of the name of it.
KJV: And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.
References
"smoke"Re 18:18: Cried when they saw the smoke of her burning: saying: What city is like to this great city!Re 19:3: Again they said: Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.Ge 19:28: He looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah: and toward all the land of the plain: and beheld: and: indeed: the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.Isa 33:14: The sinners in Zion are afraid; fearfulness has surprised the hypocrites. Who among us will dwell with the devouring fire? who among us will dwell with everlasting burnings?Isa 34:10: It will not be quenched night nor day; the smoke thereof will go up for ever: from generation to generation it will lie waste; none will pass through it for ever and ever.Joe 2:30: I will show wonders in the heavens and in the earth: blood: and fire: and pillars of smoke.Lu 16:23: In hell he lift up his eyes: being in torments: and sees Abraham afar off: and Lazarus in his bosom."for"Re 4:9: 10: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 5:13: 14: Every creature which is in heaven: and on the earth: and under the earth: and such as are in the sea: and all that are in them: heard I saying: Blessing: and honour: and glory: and power: be to him that sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb for ever and ever.Re 7:12: Saying: Amen: Blessing: and glory: and wisdom: and thanksgiving: and honour: and power: and might: be to our God for ever and ever. Amen.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Ex 15:18: The LORD will reign for ever and ever.Ps 10:16: The LORD is King for ever and ever: the heathen are perished out of His land.Ps 145:1: Psalm of praise.>> I will extol you: my God: O king; and I will bless your name for ever and ever.Mt 25:41: 46: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Heb 1:8: But to the Son He says: Your throne: O God: is for ever and ever: a sceptre of righteousness is the sceptre of your kingdom."no"De 28:65: Among these nations will you find no ease: neither will the sole of your foot have rest: but the LORD will give you there a trembling heart: and failing of eyes: and sorrow of mind:Isa 57:20: But the wicked are like the troubled sea: when it cannot rest: whose waters cast up mire and dirt.Mt 11:28: Come to me: all you that labour and are heavy laden: and I will give you rest.Mr 9:43-49: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:Lu 16:24: He cried and said: Father Abraham: have mercy on me: and send Lazarus: that He may dip the tip of His finger in water: and cool my tongue; for I am tormented in this flame.
ωδε υπομονη των αγιων εστιν ωδε οι τηρουντες τας εντολας του θεου και την πιστιν ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5602ὯδεHōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὯδεHōde
|
Here
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5281ὑπομονὴhypomonē (N-NFS)
G5281 ὑπομονή hypomonḗ hoop-om-on-ay from ὑπομένω; cheerful (or hopeful) endurance, constancy:--enduring, patience, patient continuance (waiting).
|
ὑπομονὴhypomonē
|
endurance
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1510ἐστίν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G5083τηροῦντεςtērountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηροῦντεςtērountes
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1785ἐντολὰςentolas (N-AFP)
G1785 ἐντολή entolḗ en-tol-ay from ἐντέλλομαι; injunction, i.e. an authoritative prescription:--commandment, precept.
|
ἐντολὰςentolas
|
commandments
|
N-AFP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4102πίστινpistin (N-AFS)
G4102 πίστις pístis pis-tis from πείθω; persuasion, i.e. credence; moral conviction (of religious truth, or the truthfulness of God or a religious teacher), especially reliance upon Christ for salvation; abstractly, constancy in such profession; by extension, the system of religious (Gospel) truth itself:--assurance, belief, believe, faith, fidelity.
|
πίστινpistin
|
faith
|
N-AFS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
12
Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.Revelation 14:12
Stats
Rank: #2563 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 108 characters, 19 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωδε υπομονη των αγιων εστιν ωδε οι τηρουντες τας εντολας του θεου και την πιστιν ιησου
Lit: Here the endurance of the saints is, those keeping the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.
KJV: Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.
References
"is"Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints."here are"Re 12:17: The dragon was angry with the woman: and went to make war with the remnant of her seed: which keep the commandments of God: and have the testimony of Jesus Christ."the faith"Re 3:8: 10: I know your works: look: I have set before you an open door: and no man can shut it: for you have a little strength: and have kept my word: and have not denied my name.2Ti 4:7: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:
και ηκουσα φωνης εκ του ουρανου λεγουσης μοι γραψον μακαριοι οι νεκροι οι εν κυριω αποθνησκοντες απαρτι ναι λεγει το πνευμα ινα αναπαυσωνται εκ των κοπων αυτων τα δε εργα αυτων ακολουθει μετ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
a voice
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G1125ΓράψονGrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ΓράψονGrapson
|
Write,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3107ΜακάριοιMakarioi (Adj-NMP)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
ΜακάριοιMakarioi
|
Blessed are
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2962ΚυρίῳKyriō (N-DMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίῳKyriō
|
the Lord
|
N-DMS
|
G599ἀποθνῄσκοντεςapothnēskontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀποθνῄσκοντεςapothnēskontes
|
dying
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G737ἄρτι.arti (Adv)
G737 ἄρτι árti ar-tee adverb from a derivative of αἴρω (compare ἄρτος) through the idea of suspension; just now:--this day (hour), hence(-forth), here(-after), hither(-to), (even) now, (this) present.
|
ἄρτι.arti
|
now on.
|
Adv
|
G3483Ναί,nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
Ναί,nai
|
Yes,
|
Prtcl
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151Πνεῦμα,Pneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεῦμα,Pneuma
|
Spirit,
|
N-NNS
|
G2443Ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
Ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G373ἀναπαήσονταιanapaēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G373 ἀναπαύω anapaúō an-ap-ow-o from ἀνά and παύω; (reflexively) to repose (literally or figuratively (be exempt), remain); by implication, to refresh:--take ease, refresh, (give, take) rest.
|
ἀναπαήσονταιanapaēsontai
|
they will rest
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2873κόπωνkopōn (N-GMP)
G2873 κόπος kópos kop-os from κόπτω; a cut, i.e. (by analogy) toil (as reducing the strength), literally or figuratively; by implication, pains:--labour, + trouble, weariness.
|
κόπωνkopōn
|
labors
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶν·autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν·autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-NNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
the works
|
N-NNP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G190ἀκολουθεῖakolouthei (V-PIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἀκολουθεῖakolouthei
|
follow
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
13
I heard a voice from heaven saying to me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes, says the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
Revelation 14:13
Stats
Counts: 208 characters, 33 words, 163 letters, 61 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνης εκ του ουρανου λεγουσης μοι γραψον μακαριοι οι νεκροι οι εν κυριω αποθνησκοντες απαρτι ναι λεγει το πνευμα ινα αναπαυσωνται εκ των κοπων αυτων τα δε εργα αυτων ακολουθει μετ αυτων
Lit: And I heard a voice out of heaven, saying Write, Blessed are the dead in the Lord dying from now on. Yes, says the Spirit, so that they will rest from the labors of them; for the works of them follow with them.
KJV: And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
References
"a voice"Re 11:15: 19: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done.Mt 3:17: indeed a voice from heaven: saying: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased."Write"Re 1:11: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea.Re 2:1: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful."Blessed"Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Ec 4:1: 2: So I returned: and considered all the oppressions that are done under the sun: and look the tears of such as were oppressed: and they had no comforter; and on the side of their oppressors there was power; but they had no comforter.Isa 57:1: 2: The righteous perishes: and no man lays it to heart: and merciful men are taken away: none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come.2Co 5:8: We are confident: I say: and willing rather to be absent from the body: and to be present with the Lord.Php 1:21-23: For to me to live is Christ: and to die is gain."die"Ro 14:8: For whether we live: we live to the Lord; and whether we die: we die to the Lord: whether we live therefore: or die: we are the Lord's.1Co 15:18: Then they also which are fallen asleep in Christ are perished.1Th 4:14: 16: For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again: even so them also which sleep in Jesus will God bring with Him.1Th 5:10: Who died for us: that: whether we wake or sleep: we should live together with him."rest"Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled.Re 7:14-17: I said to him: Sir: you know. And he said to me: These are they which came out of great tribulation: and have washed their robes: and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.Job 3:17-19: There the wicked cease from troubling; and there the weary be at rest.Isa 35:10: The ransomed of the LORD will return: and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads: they will obtain joy and gladness: and sorrow and sighing will flee away.Isa 57:2: He will enter into peace: they will rest in their beds: each one walking in his uprightness.Lu 16:25: But Abraham said: Son: remember that you in your lifetime receivedst your good things: and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now He is comforted: and you are tormented.2Th 1:6: 7: Seeing it is a righteous thing with God to recompense tribulation to them that trouble you;Heb 4:9-11: There remains therefore a rest to the people of God."and their"Ps 19:11: Moreover by them is your servant warned: and in keeping of them there is great reward.Ps 85:13: Righteousness will go before him; and will set us in the way of his steps.Mt 25:35-40: For I was hungry: and you gave me meat: I was thirsty: and you gave me drink: I was a stranger: and you took me in:Lu 16:9: I say to you: Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that: when you fail: they may receive you into everlasting habitations.1Co 15:58: Therefore: my beloved brothers: be you stedfast: unmoveable: always abounding in the work of the Lord: forasmuch as you know that your labour not is in vain in the Lord.Ga 6:7: 8: not Be deceived; God not is mocked: for whatever a man sows: that will He also reap.Php 2:17: Yes: and if I be offered upon the sacrifice and service of your faith: I joy: and rejoice with you all.2Ti 4:7: 8: I have fought a good fight: I have finished my course: I have kept the faith:Heb 6:10: 11: For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labour of love: which you have showed toward His name: in that you have ministered to the saints: and do minister.
The Harvest of the Earth
και ειδον και ιδου νεφελη λευκη και επι την νεφελην καθημενος ομοιος υιω ανθρωπου εχων επι της κεφαλης αυτου στεφανον χρυσουν και εν τη χειρι αυτου δρεπανον οξυ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3507νεφέληnephelē (N-NFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληnephelē
|
a cloud
|
N-NFS
|
G3022λευκή,leukē (Adj-NFS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκή,leukē
|
white,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3507νεφέληνnephelēn (N-AFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληνnephelēn
|
cloud
|
N-AFS
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
is sitting One
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-AMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
like
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5207υἱὸνhuion (N-AMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱὸνhuion
|
the Son
|
N-AMS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of Man,
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2776κεφαλῆςkephalēs (N-GFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλῆςkephalēs
|
head
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4735στέφανονstephanon (N-AMS)
G4735 στέφανος stéphanos stef-an-os from an apparently primary (to twine or wreathe); a chaplet (as a badge of royalty, a prize in the public games or a symbol of honor generally; but more conspicuous and elaborate than the simple fillet, διάδημα), literally or figuratively:--crown.
|
στέφανονstephanon
|
a crown
|
N-AMS
|
G5552χρυσοῦνchrysoun (Adj-AMS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦνchrysoun
|
golden,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
a sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G3691ὀξύ.oxy (Adj-ANS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξύ.oxy
|
sharp.
|
Adj-ANS
|
14
I looked, and look a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man, having on His head a golden crown, and in His hand a sharp sickle.Revelation 14:14
Stats
Counts: 159 characters, 30 words, 121 letters, 48 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον και ιδου νεφελη λευκη και επι την νεφελην καθημενος ομοιος υιω ανθρωπου εχων επι της κεφαλης αυτου στεφανον χρυσουν και εν τη χειρι αυτου δρεπανον οξυ
Lit: And I looked, and behold, a cloud white, and upon the cloud is sitting One like the Son of Man, having on the head of Him a crown golden, and in the hand of Him a sickle sharp.
KJV: And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.
References
"behold"Re 14:15: 16: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.Re 1:7: Look: he comes with clouds; and every eye will see him: and they also which pierced him: and all kindreds of the earth will wail because of him. Even so: Amen.Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Ps 97:2: Clouds and darkness are round about him: righteousness and judgment are the habitation of his throne.Isa 19:1: The burden of Egypt. Look: the LORD rids upon a swift cloud: and will come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt will be moved at His presence: and the heart of Egypt will melt in the middle of it.Mt 17:5: While He yet spoke: look: a bright cloud overshadowed them: and look a voice out of the cloud: which said: This is my beloved Son: in whom I am well pleased; hear you Him.Lu 21:27: Then will they see the Son of man coming in a cloud with power and great glory."like"Re 1:13: In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man: clothed with a garment down to the foot: and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.Eze 1:26: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Da 7:13: I saw in the night visions: and: look: one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven: and came to the Ancient of days: and they brought Him near before Him."a golden"Re 6:2: I saw: and look a white horse: and he who sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given to him: and he went forth conquering: and to conquer.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Re 19:12: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself.Ps 21:3: For you prevent him with the blessings of goodness: you set a crown of pure gold on his head.Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man."a sharp"Re 14:15-17: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.Joe 3:12: 13: Let the heathen be wakened: and come up to the valley of Jehoshaphat: for there will I sit to judge all the heathen round about.Mt 13:30: Let both grow together until the harvest'>harvest: and in the time of harvest'>harvest I will say to the reapers: Gather you together first the tares: and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn.Mr 4:29: But when the fruit is brought forth: immediately he puts in the sickle: because the harvest is come.
και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του ναου κραζων εν μεγαλη φωνη τω καθημενω επι της νεφελης πεμψον το δρεπανον σου και θερισον οτι ηλθεν σοι η ωρα του θερισαι οτι εξηρανθη ο θερισμος της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
came out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦ,naou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦ,naou
|
temple,
|
N-GMS
|
G2896κράζωνkrazōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
κράζωνkrazōn
|
crying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3507νεφέληςnephelēs (N-GFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληςnephelēs
|
cloud,
|
N-GFS
|
G3992ΠέμψονPempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ΠέμψονPempson
|
Put forth
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1407δρέπανόνdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανόνdrepanon
|
sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2325θέρισον,therison (V-AMA-2S)
G2325 θερίζω therízō ther-id-zo from θέρος (in the sense of the crop); to harvest:--reap.
|
θέρισον,therison
|
reap,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G5610ὥραhōra (N-NFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥραhōra
|
hour
|
N-NFS
|
G2325θερίσαι,therisai (V-ANA)
G2325 θερίζω therízō ther-id-zo from θέρος (in the sense of the crop); to harvest:--reap.
|
θερίσαι,therisai
|
to reap,
|
V-ANA
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3583ἐξηράνθηexēranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηράνθηexēranthē
|
has ripened
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2326θερισμὸςtherismos (N-NMS)
G2326 θερισμός therismós ther-is-mos from θερίζω; reaping, i.e. the crop:--harvest.
|
θερισμὸςtherismos
|
harvest
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
15
Another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in your sickle, and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.
Revelation 14:15
Stats
Rank: #2128 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 38 words, 157 letters, 61 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του ναου κραζων εν μεγαλη φωνη τω καθημενω επι της νεφελης πεμψον το δρεπανον σου και θερισον οτι ηλθεν σοι η ωρα του θερισαι οτι εξηρανθη ο θερισμος της γης
Lit: And another angel came out of the temple, crying in a voice loud to the One sitting on the cloud, Put forth the sickle of You and reap, because has come the hour to reap, because has ripened the harvest of the earth.
KJV: And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.
References
"came"Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done."crying"Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Isa 62:1: 6: 7: For Zion's sake will not I hold my peace: and for Jerusalem's sake I not will rest: until the righteousness thereof go forth as brightness: and the salvation thereof as a lamp that burns."Thrust"Re 14:14: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle."harvest"Re 13:12: He exercises all the power of the first beast before him: and causes the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast: whose deadly wound was healed.Jer 51:33: For thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; The daughter of Babylon is like a threshingfloor: it is time to thresh her: yet a little while: and the time of her harvest will come.Joe 3:13: Put you in the sickle: for the harvest is ripe: come: get you down; for the press is full: the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great.Mt 13:30: 39: Let both grow together until the harvest'>harvest: and in the time of harvest'>harvest I will say to the reapers: Gather you together first the tares: and bind them in bundles to burn them: but gather the wheat into my barn."ripe"Re 14:18: Another angel came out from the altar: which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle: saying: Thrust in your sharp sickle: and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.Ge 15:6: He believed in the LORD; and He counted it to Him for righteousness.Zec 5:6-11: I said: What is it? And he said: This is an ephah that goes forth. He said moreover: This is their resemblance through all the earth.Mt 23:32: Fill you up then the measure of your fathers.1Th 2:16: Forbidding us to speak to the Gentiles that they might be saved: to fill up their sins alway: for the wrath is come upon them to the uttermost.
και εβαλεν ο καθημενος επι την νεφελην το δρεπανον αυτου επι την γην και εθερισθη η γη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
swung
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3507νεφέληςnephelēs (N-GFS)
G3507 νεφέλη nephélē nef-el-ay from νέφος; properly, cloudiness, i.e. (concretely) a cloud:--cloud.
|
νεφέληςnephelēs
|
cloud
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2325ἐθερίσθηetheristhē (V-AIP-3S)
G2325 θερίζω therízō ther-id-zo from θέρος (in the sense of the crop); to harvest:--reap.
|
ἐθερίσθηetheristhē
|
was harvested
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆ.gē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆ.gē
|
earth.
|
N-NFS
|
16
he who sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.Revelation 14:16
Stats
Rank: #2289 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαλεν ο καθημενος επι την νεφελην το δρεπανον αυτου επι την γην και εθερισθη η γη
Lit: And swung the One sitting upon the cloud the sickle of Him upon the earth, and was harvested the earth.
KJV: And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.
References
"he"Re 14:14: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Joh 5:22: 23: For the Father judges no man: but has committed all judgment to the Son:"thrust"Re 14:19: The angel thrust in His sickle into the earth: and gathered the vine of the earth: and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.Re 16:1-21: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του ναου του εν τω ουρανω εχων και αυτος δρεπανον οξυ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦnaou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦnaou
|
temple
|
N-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
a sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G3691ὀξύ.oxy (Adj-ANS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξύ.oxy
|
sharp.
|
Adj-ANS
|
17
Another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.Revelation 14:17
Stats
Rank: #3572 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 91 characters, 17 words, 72 letters, 29 vowels, 43 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του ναου του εν τω ουρανω εχων και αυτος δρεπανον οξυ
Lit: And another angel came out of the temple in heaven, having also he a sickle sharp.
KJV: And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.
References
"came"Re 14:14: 15: 18: I looked: and look a white cloud: and upon the cloud one sat like to the Son of man: having on His head a golden crown: and in His hand a sharp sickle.Re 15:5: 6: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:Re 16:1: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του θυσιαστηριου εχων εξουσιαν επι του πυρος και εφωνησεν κραυγη μεγαλη τω εχοντι το δρεπανον το οξυ λεγων πεμψον σου το δρεπανον το οξυ και τρυγησον τους βοτρυας της {VAR2: αμπελου της } γης οτι ηκμασαν αι σταφυλαι αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
another
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίου,thysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίου,thysiastēriou
|
altar,
|
N-GNS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5455ἐφώνησενephōnēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5455 φωνέω phōnéō fo-neh-o from φωνή; to emit a sound (animal, human or instrumental); by implication, to address in words or by name, also in imitation:--call (for), crow, cry.
|
ἐφώνησενephōnēsen
|
he called
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
in a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G2192ἔχοντιechonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντιechonti
|
having
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G3691ὀξὺoxy (Adj-ANS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξὺoxy
|
sharp,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3992ΠέμψονPempson (V-AMA-2S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ΠέμψονPempson
|
Put forth
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
your
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G3691ὀξὺoxy (Adj-ANS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξὺoxy
|
sharp,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5166τρύγησονtrygēson (V-AMA-2S)
G5166 τρυγάω trygáō troo-gah-o from a derivative of (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry); to collect the vintage:--gather.
|
τρύγησονtrygēson
|
gather
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G1009βότρυαςbotryas (N-AMP)
G1009 βότρυς bótrys bot-rooce of uncertain derivation; a bunch (of grapes):--(vine) cluster (of the vine).
|
βότρυαςbotryas
|
clusters
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
from the
|
Art-GFS
|
G288ἀμπέλουampelou (N-GFS)
G288 ἄμπελος ámpelos am-pel-os probably from the base of ἀμφότερος and that of ἅλων; a vine (as coiling about a support):--vine.
|
ἀμπέλουampelou
|
vine
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G187ἤκμασανēkmasan (V-AIA-3P)
G187 ἀκμάζω akmázō ak-mad-zo from the same as ἀκμήν; to make a point, i.e. (figuratively) mature:--be fully ripe.
|
ἤκμασανēkmasan
|
have fully ripened
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G4718σταφυλαὶstaphylai (N-NFP)
G4718 σταφυλή staphylḗ staf-oo-lay probably from the base of στέφανος; a cluster of grapes (as if intertwined):--grapes.
|
σταφυλαὶstaphylai
|
grapes
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of it.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
18
Another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in your sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.
Revelation 14:18
Stats
Rank: #4842 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 246 characters, 42 words, 192 letters, 67 vowels, 125 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αλλος αγγελος εξηλθεν εκ του θυσιαστηριου εχων εξουσιαν επι του πυρος και εφωνησεν κραυγη μεγαλη τω εχοντι το δρεπανον το οξυ λεγων πεμψον σου το δρεπανον το οξυ και τρυγησον τους βοτρυας της {VAR2: αμπελου της } γης οτι ηκμασαν αι σταφυλαι αυτης
Lit: And another angel came out of the altar, having authority over the fire, and he called in a voice loud to the one having the sickle sharp, saying, Put forth your sickle sharp, and gather the clusters from the vine of the earth, because have fully ripened the grapes of it.
KJV: And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.
References
"came"Re 6:9: 10: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:"which"Re 16:8: The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire."and cried"Re 14:15: 16: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe."Thrust"Joe 3:13: Put you in the sickle: for the harvest is ripe: come: get you down; for the press is full: the fats overflow; for their wickedness is great.
και εβαλεν ο αγγελος το δρεπανον αυτου εις την γην και ετρυγησεν την αμπελον της γης και εβαλεν εις την ληνον του θυμου του θεου την μεγαλην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
put forth
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1407δρέπανονdrepanon (N-ANS)
G1407 δρέπανον drépanon drep-an-on from (to pluck); a gathering hook (especially for harvesting):--sickle.
|
δρέπανονdrepanon
|
sickle
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν,gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν,gēn
|
earth,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5166ἐτρύγησενetrygēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G5166 τρυγάω trygáō troo-gah-o from a derivative of (to dry) meaning ripe fruit (as if dry); to collect the vintage:--gather.
|
ἐτρύγησενetrygēsen
|
gathered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G288ἄμπελονampelon (N-AFS)
G288 ἄμπελος ámpelos am-pel-os probably from the base of ἀμφότερος and that of ἅλων; a vine (as coiling about a support):--vine.
|
ἄμπελονampelon
|
vine
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
cast them
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3025ληνὸνlēnon (N-AFS)
G3025 ληνός lēnós lay-nos apparently a primary word; a trough, i.e. wine-vat:--winepress.
|
ληνὸνlēnon
|
winepress
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
wrath
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3173μέγαν.megan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαν.megan
|
great.
|
Adj-AMS
|
19
The angel thrust in His sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.Revelation 14:19
Stats
Rank: #7848 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 144 characters, 27 words, 113 letters, 41 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαλεν ο αγγελος το δρεπανον αυτου εις την γην και ετρυγησεν την αμπελον της γης και εβαλεν εις την ληνον του θυμου του θεου την μεγαλην
Lit: And put forth the angel the sickle of him to the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast them into the winepress of the wrath of God great.
KJV: And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.
References
"and cast"Re 19:15-21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.De 32:32: 33: For their vine is of the vine of Sodom: and of the fields of Gomorrah: their grapes are grapes of gall: their clusters are bitter:
και επατηθη η ληνος εξω της πολεως και εξηλθεν αιμα εκ της ληνου αχρι των χαλινων των ιππων απο σταδιων χιλιων εξακοσιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3961ἐπατήθηepatēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3961 πατέω patéō pat-eh-o from a derivative probably of παίω (meaning a path); to trample (literally or figuratively):--tread (down, under foot).
|
ἐπατήθηepatēthē
|
was trodden
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3025ληνὸςlēnos (N-NFS)
G3025 ληνός lēnós lay-nos apparently a primary word; a trough, i.e. wine-vat:--winepress.
|
ληνὸςlēnos
|
winepress
|
N-NFS
|
G1855ἔξωθενexōthen (Prep)
G1855 ἔξωθεν éxōthen ex-o-then from ἔξω; external(-ly):--out(-side, -ward, - wardly), (from) without.
|
ἔξωθενexōthen
|
outside
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεως,poleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεως,poleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
flowed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3025ληνοῦlēnou (N-GFS)
G3025 ληνός lēnós lay-nos apparently a primary word; a trough, i.e. wine-vat:--winepress.
|
ληνοῦlēnou
|
winepress,
|
N-GFS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as high as
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G5469χαλινῶνchalinōn (N-GMP)
G5469 χαλινός chalinós khal-ee-nos from χαλάω; a curb or head-stall (as curbing the spirit):--bit, bridle.
|
χαλινῶνchalinōn
|
bridles
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2462ἵππων,hippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππων,hippōn
|
horses,
|
N-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
to the distance of
|
Prep
|
G4712σταδίωνstadiōn (N-GMP)
G4712 στάδιον stádion stad-ee-os from the base of ἵστημι (as fixed); a stade or certain measure of distance; by implication, a stadium or race-course:--furlong, race.
|
σταδίωνstadiōn
|
stadia
|
N-GMP
|
G5507χιλίωνchiliōn (Adj-GMP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χιλίωνchiliōn
|
one thousand
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1812ἑξακοσίων.hexakosiōn (Adj-GMP)
G1812 ἑξακόσιοι hexakósioi hex-ak-os-ee-oy plural ordinal from ἕξ and ἑκατόν; six hundred:--six hundred.
|
ἑξακοσίων.hexakosiōn
|
six hundred.
|
Adj-GMP
|
20
The winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even to the horse bridles, by the space of a000 and 600 furlongs.Revelation 14:20
Stats
Rank: #3913 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 166 characters, 27 words, 133 letters, 48 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επατηθη η ληνος εξω της πολεως και εξηλθεν αιμα εκ της ληνου αχρι των χαλινων των ιππων απο σταδιων χιλιων εξακοσιων
Lit: And was trodden the winepress outside the city, and flowed blood out of the winepress, as high as the bridles of the horses, to the distance of stadia one thousand six hundred.
KJV: And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.
References
"the winepress"Isa 63:1-3: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.La 1:15: The Lord has trodden under foot all my mighty men in the middle of me: He has called an assembly against me to crush my young men: the Lord has trodden the virgin: the daughter of Judah: as in a winepress."without"Re 11:8: Their dead bodies will lie in the street of the great city: which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt: where also our Lord was crucified.Heb 13:11: 12: For the bodies of those beasts: whose blood is brought into the sanctuary by the high priest for sin: are burned without the camp."and blood"Re 19:14-21: The armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses: clothed in fine linen: white and clean.Isa 34:5-7: For my sword will be bathed in heaven: look: it will come down upon Idumea: and upon the people of my curse: to judgment.Isa 66:24: They will go forth: and look upon the carcases of the men that have transgressed against me: for their worm will not die: neither will their fire be quenched; and they will be an abhorring to all flesh.Eze 39:17-21: And: you son of man: thus says the Lord GOD; Speak to every feathered fowl: and to every beast of the field: Assemble yourselves: and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you: even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel: that you may eat flesh: and drink blood.
15
The Seven Bowls of Wrath
The Song of Moses and the Lamb
και ειδον αλλο σημειον εν τω ουρανω μεγα και θαυμαστον αγγελους επτα εχοντας πληγας επτα τας εσχατας οτι εν αυταις ετελεσθη ο θυμος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-ANS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
another
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4592σημεῖονsēmeion (N-ANS)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖονsēmeion
|
sign
|
N-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2298θαυμαστόν,thaumaston (Adj-ANS)
G2298 θαυμαστός thaumastós thow-mas-tos from θαυμάζω; wondered at, i.e. (by implication) wonderful:--marvel(-lous).
|
θαυμαστόν,thaumaston
|
wonderful,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G4127πληγὰςplēgas (N-AFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὰςplēgas
|
plagues
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven —
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2078ἐσχάτας,eschatas (Adj-AFP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτας,eschatas
|
last,
|
Adj-AFP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐταῖςautais (PPro-DF3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐταῖςautais
|
them
|
PPro-DF3P
|
G5055ἐτελέσθηetelesthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
ἐτελέσθηetelesthē
|
was completed
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2372θυμὸςthymos (N-NMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμὸςthymos
|
wrath
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
1
And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvellous, 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Revelation 15:1
Stats
Counts: 142 characters, 24 words, 112 letters, 42 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αλλο σημειον εν τω ουρανω μεγα και θαυμαστον αγγελους επτα εχοντας πληγας επτα τας εσχατας οτι εν αυταις ετελεσθη ο θυμος του θεου
Lit: And I saw another sign in heaven, great and wonderful, angels seven having plagues seven — the last, because in them was completed the wrath of God.
KJV: And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvellous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.
References
"I saw"Re 12:1-3: There appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun: and the moon under her feet: and upon her head a crown of 12 stars:Da 4:2: 3: I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me.Da 6:27: He delivers and rescues: and he works signs and wonders in heaven and in earth: who has delivered Daniel from the power of the lions."seven angels"Re 15:6: The 7 angels came out of the temple: having the 7 plagues: clothed in pure and white linen: and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.Re 8:2: 6: I saw the 7 angels which stood before God; and to them were given 7 trumpets.Re 10:3: Cried with a loud voice: as when a lion roars: and when he had cried: 7 thunders uttered their voices.Re 16:1-17: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Re 21:9: There came to me one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials full of the 7 last plagues: and talked with me: saying: Come here: I will show you the bride: the Lamb's wife.Mt 13:41: 42: 49: 50: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;"last"Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Re 11:14: The second woe is past; and: look: the third woe comes quickly.Re 16:17-21: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done.Re 17:1: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:"is filled"Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever.Re 14:10: 19: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Da 12:6: 7: 11: 12: one said to the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: How long will it be to the end of these wonders?
και ειδον ως θαλασσαν υαλινην μεμιγμενην πυρι και τους νικωντας εκ του θηριου και εκ της εικονος αυτου και εκ του χαραγματος αυτου εκ του αριθμου του ονοματος αυτου εστωτας επι την θαλασσαν την υαλινην εχοντας κιθαρας του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
a sea
|
N-AFS
|
G5193ὑαλίνηνhyalinēn (Adj-AFS)
G5193 ὑάλινος hyálinos hoo-al-ee-nos from ὕαλος; glassy, i.e. transparent:--of glass.
|
ὑαλίνηνhyalinēn
|
of glass
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3396μεμιγμένηνmemigmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G3396 μίγνυμι mígnymi mig-noo-mee a primary verb; to mix:--mingle.
|
μεμιγμένηνmemigmenēn
|
mingled
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G4442πυρί,pyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρί,pyri
|
with fire,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G3528νικῶνταςnikōntas (V-PPA-AMP)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνταςnikōntas
|
conquering
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1504εἰκόνοςeikonos (N-GFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόνοςeikonos
|
image
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G706ἀριθμοῦarithmou (N-GMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμοῦarithmou
|
number
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3686ὀνόματοςonomatos (N-GNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματοςonomatos
|
name
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2476ἑστῶταςhestōtas (V-RPA-AMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταςhestōtas
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
of the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5193ὑαλίνην,hyalinēn (Adj-AFS)
G5193 ὑάλινος hyálinos hoo-al-ee-nos from ὕαλος; glassy, i.e. transparent:--of glass.
|
ὑαλίνην,hyalinēn
|
glass,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G2788κιθάραςkitharas (N-AFP)
G2788 κιθάρα kithára kith-ar-ah of uncertain affinity; a lyre:--harp.
|
κιθάραςkitharas
|
harps
|
N-AFP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
2
I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over His image, and over His mark, and over the number of His name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.Revelation 15:2
Stats
Counts: 231 characters, 43 words, 176 letters, 66 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον ως θαλασσαν υαλινην μεμιγμενην πυρι και τους νικωντας εκ του θηριου και εκ της εικονος αυτου και εκ του χαραγματος αυτου εκ του αριθμου του ονοματος αυτου εστωτας επι την θαλασσαν την υαλινην εχοντας κιθαρας του θεου
Lit: And I saw something like a sea of glass mingled with fire, and those conquering over the beast, and of the image of it, and over the number of the name of it, standing upon the sea of the glass, having harps of God.
KJV: And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.
References
"a sea"Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 21:18: The building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold: like to clear glass."mingled"Isa 4:4: 5: When the Lord will have washed away the filth of the daughters of Zion: and will have purged the blood of Jerusalem from the middle thereof by the spirit of judgment: and by the spirit of burning.Mt 3:11: I indeed baptize you with water to repentance: but He that'>He who comes after me is mightier than I: whose shoes I not am worthy to bear: He will baptize you with the Holy Ghost: and with fire:1Pe 1:7: That the trial of your faith: being much more precious than of gold that perishes: though it be tried with fire: might be found to praise and honour and glory at the appearing of Jesus Christ:1Pe 4:12: Beloved: think not it strange concerning the fiery trial which is to try you: as though some strange thing happened to you:"that had"Re 11:11: 12: After 3 days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them: and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 13:14-18: deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth: that they should make an image to the beast: which had the wound by a sword: and did live.Re 14:1-5: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads."stand"Eze 22:30: 31: I sought for a man among them: that should make up the hedge: and stand in the gap before me for the land: that I not should destroy it: but I found none."having"Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 14:2: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Re 19:1-7: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:
και αδουσιν την ωδην μωσεως {VAR2: του } δουλου του θεου και την ωδην του αρνιου λεγοντες μεγαλα και θαυμαστα τα εργα σου κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ δικαιαι και αληθιναι αι οδοι σου ο βασιλευς των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G103ᾄδουσινadousin (V-PIA-3P)
G103 ᾄδω áidō ad-o a primary verb; to sing:--sing.
|
ᾄδουσινadousin
|
they are singing
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5603ᾠδὴνōdēn (N-AFS)
G5603 ᾠδή ōidḗ o-day from ᾄδω; a chant or ode (the general term for any words sung; while ὕμνος denotes especially a religious metrical composition, and ψαλμός still more specially, a Hebrew cantillation):--song.
|
ᾠδὴνōdēn
|
song
|
N-AFS
|
G3475ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs (N-GMS)
G3475 Μωσεύς Mōseús mo-oo-sace of Hebrew origin; (מֹשֶׁה); Moseus, Moses, or Mouses (i.e. Mosheh), the Hebrew lawgiver:--Moses.
|
ΜωϋσέωςMōuseōs
|
of Moses,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1401δούλουdoulou (N-GMS)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλουdoulou
|
servant
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5603ᾠδὴνōdēn (N-AFS)
G5603 ᾠδή ōidḗ o-day from ᾄδω; a chant or ode (the general term for any words sung; while ὕμνος denotes especially a religious metrical composition, and ψαλμός still more specially, a Hebrew cantillation):--song.
|
ᾠδὴνōdēn
|
song
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου,Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου,Arniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3173ΜεγάλαMegala (Adj-NNP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
ΜεγάλαMegala
|
Great
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2298θαυμαστὰthaumasta (Adj-NNP)
G2298 θαυμαστός thaumastós thow-mas-tos from θαυμάζω; wondered at, i.e. (by implication) wonderful:--marvel(-lous).
|
θαυμαστὰthaumasta
|
wonderful are
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-NNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-NNP
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-VMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ·Pantokratōr (N-VMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ·Pantokratōr
|
Almighty!
|
N-VMS
|
G1342δίκαιαιdikaiai (Adj-NFP)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιαιdikaiai
|
Righteous
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθιναὶalēthinai (Adj-NFP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθιναὶalēthinai
|
true are
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G3598ὁδοίhodoi (N-NFP)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδοίhodoi
|
ways
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
of You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
O
|
Art-VMS
|
G935ΒασιλεὺςBasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλεὺςBasileus
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν·ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν·ethnōn
|
nations!
|
N-GNP
|
3
They sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are your works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways, you King of saints.
Revelation 15:3
Stats
Counts: 191 characters, 29 words, 146 letters, 48 vowels, 98 consonants
Translation
Greek: και αδουσιν την ωδην μωσεως {VAR2: του } δουλου του θεου και την ωδην του αρνιου λεγοντες μεγαλα και θαυμαστα τα εργα σου κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ δικαιαι και αληθιναι αι οδοι σου ο βασιλευς των αγιων
Lit: And they are singing the song of Moses, the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying: Great and wonderful are the works of You, Lord God the Almighty! Righteous and true are the ways of You, O King of the nations!
KJV: And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvellous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true [are] thy ways, thou King of saints.
References
"sing the song"Ex 15:1-18: Then sang Moses and the children of Israel this song to the LORD: and spoke: saying: I will sing to the LORD: for He has triumphed gloriously: the horse and His rider has He thrown into the sea.De 31:30: Moses spoke in the ears of all the congregation of Israel the words of this song: until they were ended.De 32:1-43: Give ear: O you heavens: and I will speak; and hear: O earth: the words of my mouth."the servant"De 34:5: So Moses the servant of the LORD died there in the land of Moab: according to the word of the LORD.1Ch 6:49: But Aaron and His sons offered upon the altar of the burnt offering: and on the altar of incense: and were appointed for all the work of the place most holy: and to make an atonement for Israel: according to all that Moses the servant of God had commanded.2Ch 24:6: The king called for Jehoiada the chief: and said to Him: Why have you not required of the Levites to bring in out of Judah and out of Jerusalem the collection: according to the commandment of Moses the servant of the LORD: and of the congregation of Israel: for the tabernacle of witness?Ne 9:14: mad known to them your holy sabbath: and commandedst them precepts: statutes: and laws: by the hand of Moses your servant:Da 6:20: When He came to the den: He cried with a lamentable voice to Daniel: and the king spoke and said to Daniel: O Daniel: servant of the living God: is your God: whom you serve continually: able to deliver you from the lions?Da 9:11: Yes: all Israel have transgressed your law: even by departing: that they not might obey your voice; therefore the curse is poured upon us: and the oath that is written in the law of Moses the servant of God: because we have sinned against Him.Joh 1:17: For the law was given by Moses: but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ.Heb 3:5: Moses truly was faithful in all his house: as a servant: for a testimony of those things which were to be spoken after;"and the song"Re 5:9-13: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 7:10: 11: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Re 14:3: 8: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth."Great"Ex 15:11: Who is like to you: O LORD: among the gods? who is like you: glorious in holiness: fearful in praises: doing wonders?Job 5:9: Which does great things and unsearchable; marvellous things without number:De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ps 78:12: Marvellous things did he in the sight of their fathers: in the land of Egypt: in the field of Zoan.Ps 105:5: Remember his marvellous works that he has done; his wonders: and the judgments of his mouth;Ps 111:2: The works of the LORD are great: sought out of all them that have pleasure therein.Ps 118:22: 23: The stone which the builders refused is become the head stone of the corner.Ps 139:14: I will praise you; for I am fearfully and wonderfully made: marvellous are your works; and that my soul knows right well.Ps 145:6: men will speak of the might of your terrible acts: and I will declare your greatness.Da 4:2: 3: I thought it good to show the signs and wonders that the high God has wrought toward me."Lord God Almighty"Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Ge 17:1: When Abram was 90 years old and 9: the LORD appeared to Abram: and said to Him: I am the Almighty God; walk before me: and be you perfect."just"Re 16:5-7: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ps 85:10: 11: Mercy and truth are met together; righteousness and peace have kissed each other.Ps 99:4: The king's strength also loves judgment; you do establish equity: you execute judgment and righteousness in Jacob.Ps 100:5: For the LORD is good; His mercy is everlasting; and His truth endureth to all generations.Ps 145:17: The LORD is righteous in all His ways: and holy in all His works.Isa 45:21: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Mic 7:20: You will perform the truth to Jacob: and the mercy to Abraham: which you have sworn to our fathers from the days of old.Zep 3:5: The just LORD is in the middle thereof; He not will do iniquity: every morning does He bring His judgment to light: He fails not; but the unjust knows no shame."thou"Isa 9:6: 7: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Isa 32:1: 2: Look: a king will reign in righteousness: and princes will rule in judgment.Isa 33:22: For the LORD is our judge: the LORD is our lawgiver: the LORD is our king; He will save us.Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass."saints"Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.
τις ου μη φοβηθη σε κυριε και δοξαση το ονομα σου οτι μονος οσιος οτι παντα τα εθνη ηξουσιν και προσκυνησουσιν ενωπιον σου οτι τα δικαιωματα σου εφανερωθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5101τίςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίςtis
|
Who
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5399φοβηθῇ,phobēthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβηθῇ,phobēthē
|
should fear You,
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2962Κύριε,Kyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
Κύριε,Kyrie
|
O Lord,
|
N-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1392δοξάσειdoxasei (V-FIA-3S)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
δοξάσειdoxasei
|
will glorify
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομάonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομάonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G4771σου;sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου;sou
|
of You?
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For You
|
Conj
|
G3441μόνοςmonos (Adj-NMS)
G3441 μόνος mónos mon-os probably from μένω; remaining, i.e. sole or single; by implication, mere:--alone, only, by themselves.
|
μόνοςmonos
|
alone are
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3741ὅσιος,hosios (Adj-NMS)
G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
ὅσιος,hosios
|
holy.
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-NNP
|
G2240ἥξουσινhēxousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξουσινhēxousin
|
will come
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνήσουσινproskynēsousin
|
will worship
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1799ἐνώπιόνenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιόνenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G4771σου,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου,sou
|
You,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1345δικαιώματάdikaiōmata (N-NNP)
G1345 δικαίωμα dikaíōma dik-ah-yo-mah from δικαιόω; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision:--judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness.
|
δικαιώματάdikaiōmata
|
righteous acts
|
N-NNP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of You
|
PPro-G2S
|
G5319ἐφανερώθησαν.ephanerōthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5319 φανερόω phaneróō fan-er-o-o from φανερός; to render apparent (literally or figuratively):--appear, manifestly declare, (make) manifest (forth), shew (self).
|
ἐφανερώθησαν.ephanerōthēsan
|
have been revealed.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
4
Who will not fear you, O Lord, and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.
Revelation 15:4
Stats
Counts: 169 characters, 24 words, 131 letters, 46 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: τις ου μη φοβηθη σε κυριε και δοξαση το ονομα σου οτι μονος οσιος οτι παντα τα εθνη ηξουσιν και προσκυνησουσιν ενωπιον σου οτι τα δικαιωματα σου εφανερωθησαν
Lit: Who no not should fear You, O Lord, and will glorify the name of You? For You alone are holy. For all the nations will come and will worship before You, because the righteous acts of You have been revealed.
KJV: Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only [art] holy: for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.
References
"Who"Ex 15:14-16: The people will hear: and be afraid: sorrow will take hold on the inhabitants of Palestina.Ps 89:7: God is greatly to be feared in the assembly of the saints: and to be had in reverence of all them that are about Him.Isa 60:5: Then you will see: and flow together: and your heart will fear: and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea will be converted to you: the forces of the Gentiles will come to you.Jer 5:22: Fear you not me? says the LORD: will you not tremble at my presence: which have placed the sand for the bound of the sea by a perpetual decree: that it cannot pass it: and though the waves thereof toss themselves: yet can not they prevail; though they roar: yet can not they pass over it?Jer 10:7: Who not would fear you: O King of nations? for to you does it appertain: forasmuch as among all the wise men of the nations: and in all their kingdoms: there is none like to you.Ho 3:5: Afterward will the children of Israel return: and seek the LORD their God: and David their king; and will fear the LORD and His goodness in the latter days.Lu 12:4: 5: I say to you my friends: not Be afraid of them that kill the body: and after that have no more that they can do."and glorify"Ps 22:23: You that fear the LORD: praise Him; all you the seed of Jacob: glorify Him; and fear Him: all you the seed of Israel.Ps 86:9: All nations whom you have made will come and worship before you: O Lord; and will glorify your name.Isa 24:15: For what reason glorify you the LORD in the fires: even the name of the LORD God of Israel in the isles of the sea.Isa 25:3: Therefore will the strong people glorify you: the city of the terrible nations will fear you.Ro 15:9: That the Gentiles might glorify God for His mercy; as it is written: For this cause I will confess to you among the Gentiles: and sing to your name.2Th 1:10-12: When he will come to be glorified in his saints: and to be admired in all them that believe (because our testimony among you was believed) in that day."thou only"Re 3:7: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?1Sa 2:2: There is none holy as the LORD: for there is none beside you: neither is there any rock like our God.Ps 22:3: But you are holy: O you that inhabit the praises of Israel.Ps 99:5: 9: Exalt you the LORD our God: and worship at His footstool; for He is holy.Ps 111:9: He sent redemption to his people: he has commanded his covenant for ever: holy and reverend is his name.Isa 6:3: One cried to another: and said: Holy: holy: holy: is the LORD of hosts: the whole earth is full of His glory.Isa 57:15: For thus says the high and lofty one that inhabits eternity: whose name is Holy; I dwell in the high and holy place: with Him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit: to revive the spirit of the humble: and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.Hab 1:12: Are you not from everlasting: O LORD my God: my Holy one? we will not die. O LORD: you have ordained them for judgment; and: O mighty God: you have established them for correction.1Pe 1:16: Because it is written: Be you holy; for I am holy."for all"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Ps 86:9: All nations whom you have made will come and worship before you: O Lord; and will glorify your name.Ps 117:1-2: O praise the LORD: all you nations: praise Him: all you people.Isa 45:23: I have sworn by myself: the word is gone out of my mouth in righteousness: and will not return: That to me every knee will bow: every tongue will swear.Isa 66:18-20: 22: For I know their works and their thoughts: it will come: that I will gather all nations and tongues; and they will come: and see my glory.Jer 16:19: O LORD: my strength: and my fortress: and my refuge in the day of affliction: the Gentiles will come to you from the ends of the earth: and will say: Surely our fathers have inherited lies: vanity: and things wherein there is no profit.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:20-23: Thus says the LORD of hosts; It will yet come to pass: that there will come people: and the inhabitants of many cities:Zec 14:16: It will come to pass: that every one that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem will even go up from year to year to worship the King: the LORD of hosts: and to keep the feast of tabernacles.Mal 1:11: For from the rising of the sun even to the going down of the same my name will be great among the Gentiles; and in every place incense will be offered to my name: and a pure offering: for my name will be great among the heathen: says the LORD of hosts."for thy"Re 16:7: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Ps 97:8: Zion heard: and was glad; and the daughters of Judah rejoiced because of your judgments: O LORD.Ps 105:7: He is the LORD our God: His judgments are in all the earth.Isa 26:9: With my soul have I desired you in the night; yes: with my spirit within me will I seek you early: for when your judgments are in the earth: the inhabitants of the world will learn righteousness.
Preparation for Judgment
και μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου ηνοιγη ο ναος της σκηνης του μαρτυριου εν τω ουρανω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
after
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδον,eidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδον,eidon
|
I looked,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G455ἠνοίγηēnoigē (V-AIP-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνοίγηēnoigē
|
was opened
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
temple
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4633σκηνῆςskēnēs (N-GFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνῆςskēnēs
|
tabernacle
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3142μαρτυρίουmartyriou (N-GNS)
G3142 μαρτύριον martýrion mar-too-ree-on neuter of a presumed derivative of μάρτυς; something evidential, i.e. (genitive case) evidence given or (specially), the Decalogue (in the sacred Tabernacle):--to be testified, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίουmartyriou
|
testimony
|
N-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷ,ouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷ,ouranō
|
heaven.
|
N-DMS
|
5
After that I looked, and, look, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:Revelation 15:5
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 16 words, 83 letters, 33 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα ταυτα ειδον και ιδου ηνοιγη ο ναος της σκηνης του μαρτυριου εν τω ουρανω
Lit: And after these things I looked, and was opened the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven.
KJV: And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:
References
"And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:"Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Ex 25:21: you will put the mercy seat above upon the ark; and in the ark you will put the testimony that I will give you.Nu 1:50: 53: But you will appoint the Levites over the tabernacle of testimony: and over all the vessels thereof: and over all things that belong to it: they will bear the tabernacle: and all the vessels thereof; and they will minister to it: and will encamp round about the tabernacle.Mt 27:51: And: look: the veil of the temple was tear in two from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake: and the rocks tear;
και εξηλθον οι επτα αγγελοι εχοντες τας επτα πληγας εκ του ναου ενδεδυμενοι λινον καθαρον και λαμπρον και περιεζωσμενοι περι τα στηθη ζωνας χρυσας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθονexēlthon (V-AIA-3P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθονexēlthon
|
came forth
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G32ἄγγελοιangeloi (N-NMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοιangeloi
|
angels
|
N-NMP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G4127πληγὰςplēgas (N-AFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὰςplēgas
|
plagues
|
N-AFP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦ,naou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦ,naou
|
temple,
|
N-GMS
|
G1746ἐνδεδυμένοιendedymenoi (V-RPM-NMP)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδεδυμένοιendedymenoi
|
having been clothed in
|
V-RPM-NMP
|
G3043λίνονlinon (N-ANS)
G3043 λίνον línon lee-non probably a primary word; flax, i.e. (by implication) linen:--linen.
|
λίνονlinon
|
linen
|
N-ANS
|
G2513καθαρὸνkatharon (Adj-ANS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρὸνkatharon
|
pure
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2986λαμπρὸνlampron (Adj-ANS)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρὸνlampron
|
bright,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4024περιεζωσμένοιperiezōsmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G4024 περιζώννυμι perizṓnnymi per-id-zone-noo-mee from περί and ζώννυμι; to gird all around, i.e. (middle voice or passive) to fasten on ones belt (literally or figuratively):--gird (about, self).
|
περιεζωσμένοιperiezōsmenoi
|
having been girded with
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G4012περὶperi (Prep)
G4012 περί perí per-ee from the base of πέραν; properly, through (all over), i.e. around; figuratively with respect to; used in various applications, of place, cause or time (with the genitive case denoting the subject or occasion or superlative point; with the accusative case the locality, circuit, matter, circumstance or general period):--(there-)about, above, against, at, on behalf of, X and his company, which concern, (as) concerning, for, X how it will go with, ((there-, where-)) of, on, over, pertaining (to), for sake, X (e-)state, (as) touching, (where-)by (in), with. In comparative, it retains substantially the same meaning of circuit (around), excess (beyond), or completeness (through).
|
περὶperi
|
around
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4738στήθηstēthē (N-ANP)
G4738 στῆθος stēthos stay-thos from ἵστημι (as standing prominently); the (entire external) bosom, i.e. chest:--breast.
|
στήθηstēthē
|
chests
|
N-ANP
|
G2223ζώναςzōnas (N-AFP)
G2223 ζώνη zṓnē dzo-nay probably akin to the base of ζυγός; a belt; by implication, a pocket:--girdle, purse.
|
ζώναςzōnas
|
sashes
|
N-AFP
|
G5552χρυσᾶς.chrysas (Adj-AFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶς.chrysas
|
golden.
|
Adj-AFP
|
6
The 7 angels came out of the temple, having the 7 plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.Revelation 15:6
Stats
Counts: 156 characters, 24 words, 126 letters, 46 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξηλθον οι επτα αγγελοι εχοντες τας επτα πληγας εκ του ναου ενδεδυμενοι λινον καθαρον και λαμπρον και περιεζωσμενοι περι τα στηθη ζωνας χρυσας
Lit: And came forth the seven angels having the seven plagues out of the temple, having been clothed in linen pure bright, and having been girded with around the chests sashes golden.
KJV: And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.
References
"the seven angels"Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God."clothed"Re 1:13: In the middle of the 7 candlesticks one like to the Son of man: clothed with a garment down to the foot: and girt about the paps with a golden girdle.Ex 28:5-8: They will take gold: and blue: and purple: and scarlet: and fine linen.Eze 44:17: 18: It will come to pass: that when they enter in at the gates of the inner court: they will be clothed with linen garments; and no wool will come upon them: while they minister in the gates of the inner court: and within.Lu 24:4: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:
και εν εκ των τεσσαρων ζωων εδωκεν τοις επτα αγγελοις επτα φιαλας χρυσας γεμουσας του θυμου του θεου του ζωντος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1520ἓνhen (Adj-NNS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἓνhen
|
one
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2226ζῴωνzōōn (N-GNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῴωνzōōn
|
living creatures
|
N-GNP
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-DMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-DMP
|
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλοιςangelois
|
angels
|
N-DMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5357φιάλαςphialas (N-AFP)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάλαςphialas
|
bowls
|
N-AFP
|
G5552χρυσᾶςchrysas (Adj-AFP)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσᾶςchrysas
|
golden
|
Adj-AFP
|
G1073γεμούσαςgemousas (V-PPA-AFP)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γεμούσαςgemousas
|
full
|
V-PPA-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
wrath
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2198ζῶντοςzōntos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντοςzōntos
|
living
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
7
One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God, who lives for ever and ever.Revelation 15:7
Stats
Counts: 128 characters, 25 words, 101 letters, 39 vowels, 62 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν εκ των τεσσαρων ζωων εδωκεν τοις επτα αγγελοις επτα φιαλας χρυσας γεμουσας του θυμου του θεου του ζωντος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And one of the four living creatures gave to the seven angels seven bowls golden full of the wrath of God, the One living to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth for ever and ever.
References
"one"Re 4:6-9: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind."seven"Re 5:8: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 16:2-21: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image.Re 17:1: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Re 21:9: There came to me one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials full of the 7 last plagues: and talked with me: saying: Come here: I will show you the bride: the Lamb's wife.Ps 75:8: For in the hand of the LORD there is a cup: and the wine is red; it is full of mixture; and He pours out of the same: but the dregs thereof: all the wicked of the earth will wring them out: and drink them.Jer 25:15: For thus says the LORD God of Israel to me; Take the wine cup of this fury at my hand: and cause all the nations: to whom I send you: to drink it."who"Re 4:9: When those beasts give glory and honour and thanks to him that sat on the throne: who lives for ever and ever: Re 10:6: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:1Th 1:9: For they themselves show of us what manner of entering in we had to you: and how you turned to God from idols to serve the living and true God;
και εγεμισθη ο ναος καπνου εκ της δοξης του θεου και εκ της δυναμεως αυτου και ουδεις ηδυνατο εισελθειν εις τον ναον αχρι τελεσθωσιν αι επτα πληγαι των επτα αγγελων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1072ἐγεμίσθηegemisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G1072 γεμίζω gemízō ghem-id-zo transitive from γέμω; to fill entirely:--fill (be) full.
|
ἐγεμίσθηegemisthē
|
was filled
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
temple
|
N-NMS
|
G2586καπνοῦkapnou (N-GMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνοῦkapnou
|
with smoke
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
glory
|
N-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him;
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1410ἐδύνατοedynato (V-IIM/P-3S)
G1410 δύναμαι dýnamai doo-nam-ahee of uncertain affinity; to be able or possible:--be able, can (do, + -not), could, may, might, be possible, be of power.
|
ἐδύνατοedynato
|
was able
|
V-IIM/P-3S
|
G1525εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein (V-ANA)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσελθεῖνeiselthein
|
to enter
|
V-ANA
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Conj)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5055τελεσθῶσινtelesthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελεσθῶσινtelesthōsin
|
were completed
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G4127πληγαὶplēgai (N-NFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγαὶplēgai
|
plagues
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλων.angelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλων.angelōn
|
angels.
|
N-GMP
|
8
The temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from His power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the 7 plagues of the 7 angels were fulfilled.Revelation 15:8
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 33 words, 145 letters, 52 vowels, 93 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγεμισθη ο ναος καπνου εκ της δοξης του θεου και εκ της δυναμεως αυτου και ουδεις ηδυνατο εισελθειν εις τον ναον αχρι τελεσθωσιν αι επτα πληγαι των επτα αγγελων
Lit: And was filled the temple with smoke from the glory of God, and from the power of Him; and no one was able to enter into the temple until were completed the seven plagues of the seven angels.
KJV: And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.
References
"was"Ex 40:34: Then a cloud covered the tent of the congregation: and the glory of the LORD filled the tabernacle.1Ki 8:10: It came to pass: when the priests were come out of the holy place: that the cloud filled the house of the LORD: 2Ch 5:14: So that the priests not could stand to minister by reason of the cloud: for the glory of the LORD had filled the house of God.Ps 18:8-14: There went up a smoke out of his nostrils: and fire out of his mouth devoured: coals were kindled by it.Isa 6:4: The posts of the door moved at the voice of him that cried: and the house was filled with smoke."from the"Ps 29:9: The voice of the LORD makes the hinds to calve: and discovers the forests: and in His temple does every one speak of His glory.2Th 1:9: Who will be punished with everlasting destruction from the presence of the Lord: and from the glory of His power;"no"Jer 15:1: Then said the LORD to me: Though Moses and Samuel stood before me: yet my mind could not be toward this people: cast them out of my sight: and let them go forth.La 3:44: You have covered yourself with a cloud: that our prayer not should pass through.Ro 11:33: O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are His judgments: and His ways past finding out!"till"Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.
16
The First Bowl: Sores
και ηκουσα φωνης μεγαλης εκ του ναου λεγουσης τοις επτα αγγελοις υπαγετε και εκχεατε τας φιαλας του θυμου του θεου εις την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
a loud
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
voice
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦnaou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦnaou
|
temple
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
to the
|
Art-DMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-DMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-DMP
|
G32ἀγγέλοιςangelois (N-DMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλοιςangelois
|
angels,
|
N-DMP
|
G5217ὙπάγετεHypagete (V-PMA-2P)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὙπάγετεHypagete
|
Go
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1632ἐκχέετεekcheete (V-PMA-2P)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐκχέετεekcheete
|
pour out
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5357φιάλαςphialas (N-AFP)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάλαςphialas
|
bowls
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
wrath
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν.gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν.gēn
|
earth.
|
N-AFS
|
1
And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
Revelation 16:1
Stats
Counts: 144 characters, 29 words, 111 letters, 46 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνης μεγαλης εκ του ναου λεγουσης τοις επτα αγγελοις υπαγετε και εκχεατε τας φιαλας του θυμου του θεου εις την γην
Lit: And I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, Go and pour out the seven bowls of the wrath of God into the earth.
KJV: And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.
References
"I heard"Re 14:15: 18: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.Re 15:5-8: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:"the seven"Re 15:1: 6: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God."and pour"Re 16:2-12: 17: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image.Re 14:9-11: The third angel followed them: saying with a loud voice: If any man worship the beast and his image: and receive his mark in his forehead: or in his hand: Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever.1Sa 15:3: 18: Now go and smite Amalek: and utterly destroy all that they have: and spare not them; but kill both man and woman: infant and suckling: ox and sheep: camel and ass.Eze 9:5-8: To the others he said in my hearing: Go you after him through the city: and smite: not let your eye spare: neither have you pity:Eze 10:2: He spoke to the man clothed with linen: and said: Go in between the wheels: even under the cherub: and fill your hand with coals of fire from between the cherubims: and scatter them over the city. And he went in in my sight.Mt 13:41: 42: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;
και απηλθεν ο πρωτος και εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι την γην και εγενετο ελκος κακον και πονηρον εις τους ανθρωπους τους εχοντας το χαραγμα του θηριου και τους τη εικονι αυτου προσκυνουντας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆν·gēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆν·gēn
|
earth;
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
came
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1668ἕλκοςhelkos (N-NNS)
G1668 ἕλκος hélkos hel-kos probably from ἑλκύω; an ulcer (as if drawn together):--sore.
|
ἕλκοςhelkos
|
a sore,
|
N-NNS
|
G2556κακὸνkakon (Adj-NNS)
G2556 κακός kakós kak-os apparently a primary word; worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas πονηρός properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious:--bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked.
|
κακὸνkakon
|
evil
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4190πονηρὸνponēron (Adj-NNS)
G4190 πονηρός ponērós pon-ay-ros from a derivative of πόνος; hurtful, i.e. evil (properly, in effect or influence, and thus differing from κακός, which refers rather to essential character, as well as from σαπρός, which indicates degeneracy from original virtue); figuratively, calamitous; also (passively) ill, i.e. diseased; but especially (morally) culpable, i.e. derelict, vicious, facinorous; neuter (singular) mischief, malice, or (plural) guilt; masculine (singular) the devil, or (plural) sinners:--bad, evil, grievous, harm, lewd, malicious, wicked(-ness). See also πονηρότερος.
|
πονηρὸνponēron
|
grievous,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G2192ἔχονταςechontas (V-PPA-AMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταςechontas
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
mark
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4352προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas
|
worshiping
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1504εἰκόνιeikoni (N-DFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόνιeikoni
|
image
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of it.
|
PPro-GN3S
|
2
The first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.Revelation 16:2
Stats
Counts: 190 characters, 34 words, 150 letters, 58 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηλθεν ο πρωτος και εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι την γην και εγενετο ελκος κακον και πονηρον εις τους ανθρωπους τους εχοντας το χαραγμα του θηριου και τους τη εικονι αυτου προσκυνουντας
Lit: And departed the first, and poured out the bowl of him into the earth; and came a sore, evil and grievous, upon the men having the mark of the beast and those worshiping the image of it.
KJV: And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.
References
"upon the earth"Re 8:7: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 14:16: he who sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped."a noisome"Ex 9:8-11: The LORD said to Moses and to Aaron: Take to you handfuls of ashes of the furnace: and let Moses sprinkle it toward the heaven in the sight of Pharaoh.De 7:15: The LORD will take away from you all sickness: and will put none of the evil diseases of Egypt: which you know: upon you; but will lay them upon all them that hate you.De 28:27: The LORD will smite you with the botch of Egypt: and with the emerods: and with the scab: and with the itch: whereof you not canst be healed.1Sa 5:6: 9: But the hand of the LORD was heavy upon them of Ashdod: and He destroyed them: and smote them with emerods: even Ashdod and the coasts thereof.2Ch 21:15: 18: you will have great sickness by disease of your bowels: until your bowels fall out by reason of the sickness day by day.Job 2:7: 8: So went Satan forth from the presence of the LORD: and smote Job with sore boils from the sole of His foot to His crown.Ps 78:26: He caused an east wind to blow in the heaven: and by his power he brought in the south wind.Isa 1:5: 6: Why should you be stricken any more? you will revolt more and more: the whole head is sick: and the whole heart faint.Isa 3:17: 24: Therefore the Lord will smite with a scab the crown of the head of the daughters of Zion: and the LORD will discover their secret parts.Lu 16:20-22: There was a certain beggar named Lazarus: which was laid at his gate: full of sores: Ac 12:23: Immediately the angel of the Lord smote Him: because He not gave God the glory: and He was eaten of worms: and gave up the ghost."had"Re 13:15-18: He had power to give life to the image of the beast: that the image of the beast should both speak: and cause that as many as not would worship the image of the beast should be killed.
και ο δευτερος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις την θαλασσαν και εγενετο αιμα ως νεκρου και πασα ψυχη ζωσα απεθανεν εν τη θαλασση
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσαν·thalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαν·thalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
it became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood,
|
N-NNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3498νεκροῦ,nekrou (Adj-GMS)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροῦ,nekrou
|
of one dead;
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5590ψυχὴpsychē (N-NFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὴpsychē
|
soul
|
N-NFS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
living
|
N-GFS
|
G599ἀπέθανεν,apethanen (V-AIA-3S)
G599 ἀποθνήσκω apothnḗskō ap-oth-nace-ko from ἀπό and θνήσκω; to die off (literally or figuratively):--be dead, death, die, lie a-dying, be slain (X with).
|
ἀπέθανεν,apethanen
|
died
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
that was
|
Art-NNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃ.thalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃ.thalassē
|
sea.
|
N-DFS
|
3
The second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.Revelation 16:3
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 27 words, 104 letters, 46 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο δευτερος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις την θαλασσαν και εγενετο αιμα ως νεκρου και πασα ψυχη ζωσα απεθανεν εν τη θαλασση
Lit: And the second poured out the bowl of him into the sea, and it became blood, as of one dead; and every soul living died that was in the sea.
KJV: And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.
References
"upon"Re 8:8: The second angel sounded: and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;Re 10:2: He had in his hand a little book open: and he set his right foot upon the sea: and his left foot on the earth: Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy."it became"Re 11:6: These have power to shut heaven: that it not rain in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood: and to smite the earth with all plagues: as often as they will.Ex 7:17-21: Thus says the LORD: In this you will know that I am the LORD: look: I will smite with the rod that is in my hand upon the waters which are in the river: and they will be turned to blood.Ps 78:44: Had turned their rivers into blood; and their floods: that they not could drink.Ps 105:29: He turned their waters into blood: and killed their fish.Eze 16:38: I will judge you: as women that break wedlock and shed blood are judged; and I will give you blood in fury and jealousy."and every"Re 8:9: The third part of the creatures which were in the sea: and had life: died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.Ge 7:22: All in whose nostrils was the breath of life: of all that was in the dry land: died.
The Third Bowl: Rivers to Blood
και ο τριτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις τους ποταμους και εις τας πηγας των υδατων και εγενετο αιμα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5154τρίτοςtritos (Adj-NMS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτοςtritos
|
third
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4215ποταμοὺςpotamous (N-AMP)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμοὺςpotamous
|
rivers
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4077πηγὰςpēgas (N-AFP)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγὰςpēgas
|
springs
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτων·hydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτων·hydatōn
|
waters,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
they became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G129αἷμα.haima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμα.haima
|
blood.
|
N-NNS
|
4
The third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.Revelation 16:4
Stats
Counts: 103 characters, 18 words, 83 letters, 33 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο τριτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις τους ποταμους και εις τας πηγας των υδατων και εγενετο αιμα
Lit: And the third poured out the bowl of him into the rivers and the springs of the waters, and they became blood.
KJV: And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.
References
"upon"Re 8:10: 11: The third angel sounded: and there fell a great star from heaven: burning as it were a lamp: and it fell upon the third part of the rivers: and upon the fountains of waters;"and they"Re 16:5: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus.Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Ex 7:20: Moses and Aaron did so: as the LORD commanded; and He lifted up the rod: and smote the waters that were in the river: in the sight of Pharaoh: and in the sight of His servants; and all the waters that were in the river were turned to blood.Ex 8:5: The LORD spoke to Moses: Say to Aaron: Stretch forth your hand with your rod over the streams: over the rivers: and over the ponds: and cause frogs to come up upon the land of Egypt.Isa 50:2: For what reason: when I came: was there no man? when I called: was there none to answer? Is my hand shortened at all: that it cannot redeem? or have I no power to deliver? look: at my rebuke I dry up the sea: I make the rivers a wilderness: their fish stinks: because there is no water: and dies for thirst.Eze 35:8: I will fill his mountains with his killed men: in your hills: and in your valleys: and in all your rivers: will they fall that are killed with the sword.Ho 13:15: Though He be fruitful among His brothers: an east wind will come: the wind of the LORD will come up from the wilderness: and His spring will become dry: and His fountain will be dried up: He will spoil the treasure of all pleasant vessels.
και ηκουσα του αγγελου των υδατων λεγοντος δικαιος κυριε ει ο ων και ο ην και ο {VAR1: οσιος } {VAR2: εσομενος } οτι ταυτα εκρινας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
waters
|
N-GNP
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1342ΔίκαιοςDikaios (Adj-NMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
ΔίκαιοςDikaios
|
Righteous
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510εἶ,ei (V-PIA-2S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἶ,ei
|
are You,
|
V-PIA-2S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-VMS
|
G1510ὢνōn (V-PPA-VMS)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ὢνōn
|
being,
|
V-PPA-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦν,ēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦν,ēn
|
having been,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
O
|
Art-VMS
|
G3741Ὅσιος,Hosios (Adj-VMS)
G3741 ὅσιος hósios hos-ee-os of uncertain affinity; properly, right (by intrinsic or divine character; thus distinguished from 1342, which refers rather to human statutes and relations; from ἱερός, which denotes formal consecration; and from ἅγιος, which relates to purity from defilement), i.e. hallowed (pious, sacred, sure):--holy, mercy, shalt be. 342
|
Ὅσιος,Hosios
|
holy One,
|
Adj-VMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2919ἔκρινας,ekrinas (V-AIA-2S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἔκρινας,ekrinas
|
You have judged,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
5
I heard the angel of the waters say, You are righteous, O Lord, which are, and were, and will be, because you have judged thus.
Revelation 16:5
Stats
Counts: 134 characters, 20 words, 102 letters, 38 vowels, 64 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα του αγγελου των υδατων λεγοντος δικαιος κυριε ει ο ων και ο ην και ο {VAR1: οσιος } {VAR2: εσομενος } οτι ταυτα εκρινας
Lit: And I heard the angel of the waters saying: Righteous are You, the One being, and having been, O holy One, because these things You have judged,
KJV: And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.
References
"the angel"Re 16:4: The third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood."Thou art"Re 16:7: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Ge 18:25: That be far from you to do after this manner: to kill the righteous with the wicked: and that the righteous should be as the wicked: that be far from you: Will not the Judge of all the earth do right?Ps 129:4: The LORD is righteous: He has cut asunder the cords of the wicked.Ps 145:17: The LORD is righteous in all His ways: and holy in all His works.La 1:18: The LORD is righteous; for I have rebelled against His commandment: hear: I pray you: all people: and look my sorrow: my virgins and my young men are gone into captivity.Da 9:14: Therefore has the LORD watched upon the evil: and brought it upon us: for the LORD our God is righteous in all His works which He does: for we not obeyed His voice.Ro 2:5: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;Ro 3:5: But if our unrighteousness commend the righteousness of God: what will we say? Is God unrighteous who takes vengeance? (I speak as a man)2Th 1:5: 6: Which is a manifest token of the righteous judgment of God: that you may be counted worthy of the kingdom of God: for which you also suffer:"which art"Re 1:4: 8: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.
οτι αιμα αγιων και προφητων εξεχεαν και αιμα αυτοις εδωκας πιειν αξιοι γαρ εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
the blood
|
N-ANS
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
of saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
of prophets
|
N-GMP
|
G1632ἐξέχεαν,exechean (V-AIA-3P)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεαν,exechean
|
they have poured out,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G1325δέδωκαςdedōkas (V-RIA-2S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δέδωκαςdedōkas
|
You have given
|
V-RIA-2S
|
G4095πιεῖν*·piein (V-ANA)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πιεῖν*·piein
|
to drink;
|
V-ANA
|
G514ἄξιοίaxioi (Adj-NMP)
G514 ἄξιος áxios ax-ee-os probably from ἄγω; deserving, comparable or suitable (as if drawing praise):--due reward, meet, (un-)worthy.
|
ἄξιοίaxioi
|
worthy
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
they are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
6
For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.Revelation 16:6
Stats
Counts: 114 characters, 20 words, 90 letters, 30 vowels, 60 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι αιμα αγιων και προφητων εξεχεαν και αιμα αυτοις εδωκας πιειν αξιοι γαρ εισιν
Lit: because the blood of saints and of prophets they have poured out, and blood to them You have given to drink; worthy they are.
KJV: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.
References
"they have"Re 6:10: 11: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 13:10: 15: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 17:6: 7: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 18:24: In her was found the blood of prophets: and of saints: and of all that were killed upon the earth.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.De 32:42: 43: I will make my arrows drunk with blood: and my sword will devour flesh; and that with the blood of the killed and of the captives: from the beginning of revenges upon the enemy.2Ki 24:4: Also for the innocent blood that He shed: for He filled Jerusalem with innocent blood; which the LORD not would pardon.Isa 49:26: I will feed them that oppress you with their own flesh; and they will be drunken with their own blood: as with sweet wine: and all flesh will know that I the LORD am your Saviour and your Redeemer: the mighty one of Jacob.Isa 51:22: 23: Thus says your Lord the LORD: and your God that pleads the cause of His people: Look: I have taken out of your hand the cup of trembling: even the dregs of the cup of my fury; you will no more drink it again:Jer 2:30: In vain have I smitten your children; they received no correction: your own sword has devoured your prophets: like a destroying lion.La 4:13: For the sins of her prophets: and the iniquities of her priests: that have shed the blood of the just in the middle of her: Mt 7:2: For with what judgment you judge: you will be judged: and with what measure you mete: it will be measured to you again.Mt 21:35-41: The husbandmen took his servants: and beat one: and killed another: and stoned another.Mt 23:30-37: Say: If we had been in the days of our fathers: we not would have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets."for they are"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Jer 26:11: 16: Then spoke the priests and the prophets to the princes and to all the people: saying: This man is worthy to die; for he has prophesied against this city: as you have heard with your ears.Lu 12:48: But he who not knew: and did commit things worthy of stripes: will be beaten with few stripes. For to whoever much is given: of him will be much required: and to whom men have committed much: of him they will ask the more.Heb 10:29: Of how much sorer punishment: suppose you: will He be thought worthy: who has trodden under foot the Son of God: and has counted the blood of the covenant: wherewith He was sanctified: an unholy thing: and has done despite to the Spirit of grace?
και ηκουσα αλλου εκ του θυσιαστηριου λεγοντος ναι κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ αληθιναι και δικαιαι αι κρισεις σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2379θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou (N-GNS)
G2379 θυσιαστήριον thysiastḗrion thoo-see-as-tay-ree-on from a derivative of θυσία; a place of sacrifice, i.e. an altar (special or genitive case, literal or figurative):--altar.
|
θυσιαστηρίουthysiastēriou
|
altar
|
N-GNS
|
G3004λέγοντοςlegontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντοςlegontos
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G3483Ναί,Nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
Ναί,Nai
|
Yes,
|
Prtcl
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr (N-VMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ,Pantokratōr
|
Almighty,
|
N-VMS
|
G228ἀληθιναὶalēthinai (Adj-NFP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθιναὶalēthinai
|
TRUE
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1342δίκαιαιdikaiai (Adj-NFP)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιαιdikaiai
|
righteous are
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2920κρίσειςkriseis (N-NFP)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσειςkriseis
|
judgments
|
N-NFP
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of You.
|
PPro-G2S
|
7
I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are your judgments.
Revelation 16:7
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 17 words, 84 letters, 32 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα αλλου εκ του θυσιαστηριου λεγοντος ναι κυριε ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ αληθιναι και δικαιαι αι κρισεις σου
Lit: And I heard the altar saying: Yes, Lord God Almighty, TRUE and righteous are the judgments of You.
KJV: And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments.
References
"out"Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 8:3-5: Another angel came and stood at the altar: having a golden censer; and there was given to him much incense: that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.Re 14:18: Another angel came out from the altar: which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle: saying: Thrust in your sharp sickle: and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.Isa 6:6: Then flew one of the seraphims to me: having a live coal in his hand: which he had taken with the tongs from off the altar:Eze 10:2: 7: He spoke to the man clothed with linen: and said: Go in between the wheels: even under the cherub: and fill your hand with coals of fire from between the cherubims: and scatter them over the city. And he went in in my sight."Even"Re 15:3: 4: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints."true"Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.
The Fourth Bowl: Fire
και ο τεταρτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον ηλιον και εδοθη αυτω καυματισαι τους ανθρωπους εν πυρι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5067τέταρτοςtetartos (Adj-NMS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τέταρτοςtetartos
|
fourth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2246ἥλιον·hēlion (N-AMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἥλιον·hēlion
|
sun,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
there was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
to it
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2739καυματίσαιkaumatisai (V-ANA)
G2739 καυματίζω kaumatízō kow-mat-id-zo from καῦμα; to burn:--scorch.
|
καυματίσαιkaumatisai
|
to scorch
|
V-ANA
|
G444ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπουςanthrōpous
|
men
|
N-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρί.pyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρί.pyri
|
fire.
|
N-DNS
|
8
The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire.Revelation 16:8
Stats
Counts: 108 characters, 21 words, 85 letters, 33 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο τεταρτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον ηλιον και εδοθη αυτω καυματισαι τους ανθρωπους εν πυρι
Lit: And the fourth poured out the bowl of him upon the sun, and there was given to it to scorch men with fire.
KJV: And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire.
References
"upon"Re 6:12: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Re 8:12: The fourth angel sounded: and the third part of the sun was smitten: and the third part of the moon: and the third part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened: and the day not shone for a third part of it: and the night likewise.Re 9:2: He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit: as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Lu 21:25: There will be signs in the sun: and in the moon: and in the stars; and upon the earth distress of nations: with perplexity; the sea and the waves roaring;Ac 2:20: The sun will be turned into darkness: and the moon into blood: before that great not andable day of the Lord come:"and power"Re 7:16: They will hunger no more: neither thirst any more; neither will the sun light on them: nor any heat.Re 9:17: 18: Thus I saw the horses in the vision: and them that sat on them: having breastplates of fire: and of jacinth: and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.Re 14:18: Another angel came out from the altar: which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle: saying: Thrust in your sharp sickle: and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.Jon 4:8: It came to pass: when the sun did arise: that God prepared a vehement east wind; and the sun beat upon the head of Jonah: that He fainted: and wished in Himself to die: and said: It is better for me to die than to live.Mt 13:6: When the sun was up: they were scorched; and because they had no root: they withered away.
και εκαυματισθησαν οι ανθρωποι καυμα μεγα και εβλασφημησαν το ονομα του θεου του εχοντος εξουσιαν επι τας πληγας ταυτας και ου μετενοησαν δουναι αυτω δοξαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2739ἐκαυματίσθησανekaumatisthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2739 καυματίζω kaumatízō kow-mat-id-zo from καῦμα; to burn:--scorch.
|
ἐκαυματίσθησανekaumatisthēsan
|
were scorched
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2738καῦμαkauma (N-ANS)
G2738 καῦμα kaûma kow-mah from καίω; properly, a burn (concretely), but used (abstractly) of a glow:--heat.
|
καῦμαkauma
|
with heat
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγα,mega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγα,mega
|
great,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G987ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan
|
they cursed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-ANS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2192ἔχοντοςechontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντοςechontos
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4127πληγὰςplēgas (N-AFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὰςplēgas
|
plagues
|
N-AFP
|
G3778ταύτας,tautas (DPro-AFP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτας,tautas
|
these;
|
DPro-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3340μετενόησανmetenoēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετενόησανmetenoēsan
|
did they repent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1391δόξαν.doxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαν.doxan
|
glory.
|
N-AFS
|
9
Men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Revelation 16:9
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 24 words, 118 letters, 42 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκαυματισθησαν οι ανθρωποι καυμα μεγα και εβλασφημησαν το ονομα του θεου του εχοντος εξουσιαν επι τας πληγας ταυτας και ου μετενοησαν δουναι αυτω δοξαν
Lit: And were scorched the men with heat great, and they cursed the name of God, the One having authority over the plagues these; and not did they repent to give Him glory.
KJV: And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory.
References
"blasphemed"Re 16:10: 11: 21: The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain: 2Ki 6:33: While He yet talked with them: look: the messenger came down to Him: and He said: Look: this evil is of the LORD; what should I wait for the LORD any longer?2Ch 28:22: In the time of His distress did He trespass yet more against the LORD: this is that king Ahaz.Isa 1:5: Why should you be stricken any more? you will revolt more and more: the whole head is sick: and the whole heart faint.Isa 8:21: They will pass through it: hardly bestead and hungry: and it will come to pass: that when they will be hungry: they will fret themselves: and curse their king and their God: and look upward.Jer 5:3: O LORD: are not your eyes upon the truth? you have stricken them: but they not have grieved; you have consumed them: but they have refused to receive correction: they have made their faces harder than a rock; they have refused to return.Jer 6:29: 30: The bellows are burned: the lead is consumed of the fire; the founder melts in vain: for the wicked not are plucked away.Eze 24:13: In your filthiness is lewdness: because I have purged you: and you were not purged: you will not be purged from your filthiness any more: till I have caused my fury to rest upon you."and they"Re 16:11: Blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores: and not repented of their deeds.Re 2:21: I gave her space to repent of her fornication; and she not repented.Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Da 5:22: 23: you his son: O Belshazzar: have not humbled your heart: though you knew all this;Lu 13:3: 5: I tell you: No: but: except you repent: you will all likewise perish.2Co 12:21: And lest: when I come again: my God will humble me among you: and that I will bewail many which have sinned already: and not have repented of the uncleanness and fornication and lasciviousness which they have committed."to give"Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Jos 7:19: Joshua said to Achan: My son: give: I pray you: glory to the LORD God of Israel: and make confession to Him; and tell me now what you have done; hide it not from me.Jer 13:6: It came to pass after many days: that the LORD said to me: Arise: go to Euphrates: and take the girdle from there: which I commanded you to hide there.Am 4:6-12: I also have given you cleanness of teeth in all your cities: and want of bread in all your places: yet have you not returned to me: says the LORD.
The Fifth Bowl: Darkness
και ο πεμπτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον θρονον του θηριου και εγενετο η βασιλεια αυτου εσκοτωμενη και εμασσωντο τας γλωσσας αυτων εκ του πονου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3991πέμπτοςpemptos (Adj-NMS)
G3991 πέμπτος pémptos pemp-tos from πέντε; fifth:--fifth.
|
πέμπτοςpemptos
|
fifth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
throne
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου·thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου·thēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
became
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G932βασιλείαbasileia (N-NFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείαbasileia
|
kingdom
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of it
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G4656ἐσκοτωμένη,eskotōmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G4656 σκοτόω skotóō skot-o-o from σκότος; to obscure or blind (literally or figuratively):--be full of darkness.
|
ἐσκοτωμένη,eskotōmenē
|
darkened,
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3145ἐμασῶντοemasōnto (V-IIM/P-3P)
G3145 μασσάομαι massáomai mas-sah-om-ahee from a primary (to handle or squeeze); to chew:--gnaw.
|
ἐμασῶντοemasōnto
|
they were gnawing
|
V-IIM/P-3P
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G1100γλώσσαςglōssas (N-AFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλώσσαςglōssas
|
tongues
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
for
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4192πόνου,ponou (N-GMS)
G4192 πόνος pónos pon-os from the base of πένης; toil, i.e. (by implication) anguish:--pain.
|
πόνου,ponou
|
distress,
|
N-GMS
|
10
The fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,Revelation 16:10
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 26 words, 115 letters, 43 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο πεμπτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον θρονον του θηριου και εγενετο η βασιλεια αυτου εσκοτωμενη και εμασσωντο τας γλωσσας αυτων εκ του πονου
Lit: And the fifth poured out the bowl of him upon the throne of the beast, and became the kingdom of it darkened, and they were gnawing the tongues of them for the distress,
KJV: And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,
References
"upon"Re 11:2: 8: But the court which is without the temple leave out: and measure not it; for it is given to the Gentiles: and the holy city will they tread under foot 40 and two months.Re 13:2-4: The beast which I saw was like to a leopard: and his feet were as the feet of a bear: and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power: and his seat: and great authority.Re 17:9: 17: Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains: on which the woman sits.Re 18:2: 21: 23: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird."full"Re 9:2: He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit: as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.Re 18:11-19: The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:Ex 10:21-23: The LORD said to Moses: Stretch out your hand toward heaven: that there may be darkness over the land of Egypt: even darkness which may be felt.Ps 78:49: He cast upon them the fierceness of his anger: wrath: and indignation: and trouble: by sending evil angels among them.Isa 8:21: 22: They will pass through it: hardly bestead and hungry: and it will come to pass: that when they will be hungry: they will fret themselves: and curse their king and their God: and look upward.Mt 8:12: But the children of the kingdom will be cast out into outer darkness: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Mt 22:13: Then said the king to the servants: Bind him hand and foot: and take him away: and cast him into outer darkness; there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.1Pe 2:17: Honour all men. Love the brotherhood. Fear God. Honour the king."they"Re 11:10: They that dwell upon the earth will rejoice over them: and make merry: and will send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.Mt 13:42: 50: will cast them into a furnace of fire: there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth.Mt 24:51: will cut him asunder: and appoint him his portion with the hypocrites: there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.Lu 13:28: There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth: when you will see Abraham: and Isaac: and Jacob: and all the prophets: in the kingdom of God: and you yourselves thrust out.
και εβλασφημησαν τον θεον του ουρανου εκ των πονων αυτων και εκ των ελκων αυτων και ου μετενοησαν εκ των εργων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G987ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan
|
they cursed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GMS
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4192πόνωνponōn (N-GMP)
G4192 πόνος pónos pon-os from the base of πένης; toil, i.e. (by implication) anguish:--pain.
|
πόνωνponōn
|
distresses
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1668ἑλκῶνhelkōn (N-GNP)
G1668 ἕλκος hélkos hel-kos probably from ἑλκύω; an ulcer (as if drawn together):--sore.
|
ἑλκῶνhelkōn
|
sores
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them;
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3340μετενόησανmetenoēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G3340 μετανοέω metanoéō met-an-o-eh-o from μετά and νοιέω; to think differently or afterwards, i.e. reconsider (morally, feel compunction):--repent.
|
μετενόησανmetenoēsan
|
they did repent
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G2041ἔργωνergōn (N-GNP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργωνergōn
|
works
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
11
Blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and not repented of their deeds.Revelation 16:11
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 85 letters, 34 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβλασφημησαν τον θεον του ουρανου εκ των πονων αυτων και εκ των ελκων αυτων και ου μετενοησαν εκ των εργων αυτων
Lit: and they cursed the God of heaven on account of the distresses of them, and on account of the sores of them; and not they did repent of the works of them.
KJV: And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.
References
"blasphemed"Re 16:9: 21: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory."the God"2Ch 36:23: Thus says Cyrus king of Persia: All the kingdoms of the earth has the LORD God of heaven given me; and He has charged me to build Him an house in Jerusalem: which is in Judah. Who is there among you of all His people? The LORD His God be with Him: and let Him go up.Ezr 1:2: Thus says Cyrus king of Persia: The LORD God of heaven has given me all the kingdoms of the earth; and He has charged me to build Him an house at Jerusalem: which is in Judah.Ezr 5:11: 12: Thus they returned us answer: saying: We are the servants of the God of heaven and earth: and build the house that was built these many years ago: which a great king of Israel built and set up.Ezr 6:10: That they may offer sacrifices of sweet savours to the God of heaven: and pray for the life of the king: and of His sons.Ezr 7:12: 21: 23: Artaxerxes: king of kings: to Ezra the priest: a scribe of the law of the God of heaven: perfect peace: and at such a time.Ne 1:4: It came to pass: when I heard these words: that I sat down and wept: and mourned certain days: and fasted: and prayed before the God of heaven: Ne 2:4: Then the king said to me: For what do you make request? So I prayed to the God of heaven.Ps 136:26: O give thanks to the God of heaven: for His mercy endureth for ever.Da 2:18: 19: 44: That they would desire mercies of the God of heaven concerning this secret; that Daniel and His fellows not should perish with the rest of the wise men of Babylon.Jon 1:9: He said to them: I am an Hebrew; and I fear the LORD: the God of heaven: which has made the sea and the dry land."because"Re 16:2: 9: The first went: and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast: and upon them which worshipped his image."and repented not"Re 16:9: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.2Ti 3:13: But evil men and seducers will wax worse and worse: deceiving: and being deceived.
The Sixth Bowl: Battle of Armageddon
και ο εκτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον ποταμον τον μεγαν τον ευφρατην και εξηρανθη το υδωρ αυτου ινα ετοιμασθη η οδος των βασιλεων των απο ανατολων ηλιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1623ἕκτοςhektos (Adj-NMS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτοςhektos
|
sixth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4215ποταμὸνpotamon (N-AMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμὸνpotamon
|
river
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2166Εὐφράτην·Euphratēn (N-AMS)
G2166 Εὐφράτης Euphrátēs yoo-frat-ace of foreign origin (compare פְּרָת); Euphrates, a river of Asia:--Euphrates.
|
Εὐφράτην·Euphratēn
|
Euphrates,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3583ἐξηράνθηexēranthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3583 ξηραίνω xēraínō xay-rah-ee-no from ξηρός; to desiccate; by implication, to shrivel, to mature:--dry up, pine away, be ripe, wither (away).
|
ἐξηράνθηexēranthē
|
was dried up
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5204ὕδωρhydōr (N-NNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρhydōr
|
water
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G2090ἑτοιμασθῇhetoimasthē (V-ASP-3S)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἑτοιμασθῇhetoimasthē
|
might be prepared
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3598ὁδὸςhodos (N-NFS)
G3598 ὁδός hodós hod-os apparently a primary word; a road; by implication, a progress (the route, act or distance); figuratively, a mode or means:--journey, (high-)way.
|
ὁδὸςhodos
|
way
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings
|
N-GMP
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
of the
|
Prep
|
G395ἀνατολῆςanatolēs (N-GFS)
G395 ἀνατολή anatolḗ an-at-ol-ay from ἀνατέλλω; a rising of light, i.e. dawn (figuratively); by implication, the east (also in plural):--dayspring, east, rising.
|
ἀνατολῆςanatolēs
|
rising
|
N-GFS
|
G2246ἡλίου.hēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίου.hēliou
|
of the sun.
|
N-GMS
|
12
The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.Revelation 16:12
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 30 words, 130 letters, 50 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο εκτος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου επι τον ποταμον τον μεγαν τον ευφρατην και εξηρανθη το υδωρ αυτου ινα ετοιμασθη η οδος των βασιλεων των απο ανατολων ηλιου
Lit: And the sixth poured out the bowl of him upon the river great Euphrates, and was dried up the water of it, so that might be prepared the way of the kings of the rising of the sun.
KJV: And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.
References
"upon"Re 9:14: Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet: Loose the 4 angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.Re 11:14: The second woe is past; and: look: the third woe comes quickly.Isa 8:7: Now therefore: look: the Lord brings up upon them the waters of the river: strong and many: even the king of Assyria: and all His glory: and He will come up over all His channels: and go over all His banks:"and the water"Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues.Isa 11:15: The LORD will utterly destroy the tongue of the Egyptian sea; and with His mighty wind will He shake His hand over the river: and will smite it in the 7 streams: and make men go over dryshod.Isa 42:15: I will make waste mountains and hills: and dry up all their herbs; and I will make the rivers islands: and I will dry up the pools.Isa 44:27: That says to the deep: Be dry: and I will dry up your rivers:Jer 50:38-40: A drought is upon her waters; and they will be dried up: for it is the land of graven images: and they are mad upon their idols.Jer 51:36: Therefore thus says the LORD; Look: I will plead your cause: and take vengeance for you; and I will dry up her sea: and make her springs dry."that the"Isa 41:2: 3: 25: Who raised up the righteous man from the east: called him to his foot: gave the nations before him: and made him rule over kings? he gave them as the dust to his sword: and as driven stubble to his bow.Eze 38:1-39: The word of the LORD came to me: saying: Da 11:43-45: But he will have power over the treasures of gold and of silver: and over all the precious things of Egypt: and the Libyans and the Ethiopians will be at his steps.
και ειδον εκ του στοματος του δρακοντος και εκ του στοματος του θηριου και εκ του στοματος του ψευδοπροφητου πνευματα τρια ακαθαρτα ομοια βατραχοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw coming
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1404δράκοντοςdrakontos (N-GMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκοντοςdrakontos
|
dragon,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G5578ψευδοπροφήτουpseudoprophētou (N-GMS)
G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophḗtēs psyoo-dop-rof-ay-tace from ψευδής and προφήτης; a spurious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious impostor:--false prophet.
|
ψευδοπροφήτουpseudoprophētou
|
false prophet,
|
N-GMS
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-ANP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-ANP
|
G5140τρίαtria (Adj-ANP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρίαtria
|
three
|
Adj-ANP
|
G169ἀκάθαρταakatharta (Adj-ANP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρταakatharta
|
unclean,
|
Adj-ANP
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G944βάτραχοι·batrachoi (N-NMP)
G944 βάτραχος bátrachos bat-rakh-os of uncertain derivation; a frog:--frog.
|
βάτραχοι·batrachoi
|
frogs;
|
N-NMP
|
13
I saw 3 unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.Revelation 16:13
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 31 words, 122 letters, 49 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον εκ του στοματος του δρακοντος και εκ του στοματος του θηριου και εκ του στοματος του ψευδοπροφητου πνευματα τρια ακαθαρτα ομοια βατραχοις
Lit: And I saw coming out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet, spirits three unclean, like frogs;
KJV: And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.
References
"three"Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.2Th 2:9-11: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: 1Ti 4:1-3: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;2Ti 3:1-6: This know also: that in the last days perilous times will come.2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction.1Jo 4:1-3: Beloved: not believe every spirit: but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world."like"Ex 8:2-7: If you refuse to let them go: look: I will smite all your borders with frogs:Ps 78:45: He sent divers sorts of flies among them: which devoured them; and frogs: which destroyed them.Ps 105:30: Their land brought forth frogs in abundance: in the chambers of their kings."come out of"Re 12:3: 4: 9-13: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 13:1-7: 11-18: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy."the false"Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.
εισιν γαρ πνευματα δαιμονων ποιουντα σημεια {VAR1: εκπορευεσθαι } {VAR2: α εκπορευεται } επι τους βασιλεις της γης και της οικουμενης ολης συναγαγειν αυτους εις {VAR2: τον } πολεμον της ημερας εκεινης της μεγαλης του θεου του παντοκρατορος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
they are
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4151πνεύματαpneumata (N-NNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματαpneumata
|
spirits
|
N-NNP
|
G1140δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn (N-GNP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn
|
of demons
|
N-GNP
|
G4160ποιοῦνταpoiounta (V-PPA-NNP)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦνταpoiounta
|
performing
|
V-PPA-NNP
|
G4592σημεῖα,sēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖα,sēmeia
|
signs,
|
N-ANP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai
|
go forth
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-AMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3625οἰκουμένηςoikoumenēs (N-GFS)
G3625 οἰκουμένη oikouménē oy-kou-men-ay feminine participle present passive of οἰκέω (as noun, by implication, of γῆ); land, i.e. the (terrene part of the) globe; specially, the Roman empire:--earth, world.
|
οἰκουμένηςoikoumenēs
|
inhabited world
|
N-GFS
|
G3650ὅλης,holēs (Adj-GFS)
G3650 ὅλος hólos hol-os a primary word; whole or all, i.e. complete (in extent, amount, time or degree), especially (neuter) as noun or adverb:--all, altogether, every whit, + throughout, whole.
|
ὅλης,holēs
|
whole,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G4863συναγαγεῖνsynagagein (V-ANA)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναγαγεῖνsynagagein
|
to gather together
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4171πόλεμονpolemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμονpolemon
|
battle
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτορος.Pantokratoros (N-GMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτορος.Pantokratoros
|
Almighty.
|
N-GMS
|
14
For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Revelation 16:14
Stats
Counts: 184 characters, 33 words, 145 letters, 49 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: εισιν γαρ πνευματα δαιμονων ποιουντα σημεια {VAR1: εκπορευεσθαι } {VAR2: α εκπορευεται } επι τους βασιλεις της γης και της οικουμενης ολης συναγαγειν αυτους εις {VAR2: τον } πολεμον της ημερας εκεινης της μεγαλης του θεου του παντοκρατορος
Lit: they are for spirits of demons performing signs, which go forth to the kings of the inhabited world whole, to gather together them unto the battle of the day great of God the Almighty.
KJV: For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.
References
"the spirits"Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.1Ki 22:19-23: He said: Hear you therefore the word of the LORD: I saw the LORD sitting on His throne: and all the host of heaven standing by Him on His right hand and on His left.2Ch 18:18-22: Again He said: Therefore hear the word of the LORD; I saw the LORD sitting upon His throne: and all the host of heaven standing on His right hand and on His left.Eze 14:9: If the prophet be deceived when He has spoken a thing: I the LORD have deceived that prophet: and I will stretch out my hand upon Him: and will destroy Him from the middle of my people Israel.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.2Co 11:13-15: For such are false apostles: deceitful workers: transforming themselves into the apostles of Christ.1Ti 4:1: Now the Spirit speaks expressly: that in the latter times some will depart from the faith: giving heed to seducing spirits: and doctrines of devils;Jas 3:15: This wisdom descends not from above: but is earthly: sensual: devilish."working"Re 13:13: 14: He does great wonders: so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men: Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.De 13:1: 2: If there arise among you a prophet: or a dreamer of dreams: and gives you a sign or a wonder: Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.Mr 13:22: For false Christs and false prophets will rise: and will show signs and wonders: to seduce: if it were possible: even the elect.2Th 2:9: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "which"1Ki 22:6: 10: 11: 19-22: Then the king of Israel gathered the prophets together: about 400 men: and said to them: Will I go against Ramothgilead to battle: or will I forbear? And they said: Go up; for the Lord will deliver it into the hand of the king.Ac 13:8-10: But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them: seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith."the whole"Re 3:10: Because you have kept the word of my patience: I also will keep you from the hour of temptation: which will come upon all the world: to try them that dwell upon the earth.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:3: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed.Ro 1:8: First: I thank my God through Jesus Christ for you all: that your faith is spoken of throughout the whole world.1Jo 5:19: And we know that we are of God: and the whole world lies in wickedness."to gather"Re 16:16: He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:19: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Re 20:8: will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth: Gog and Magog: to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.Isa 34:1-8: Come near: you nations: to hear; and listen: you people: let the earth hear: and all that is therein; the world: and all things that come forth of it.Isa 63:1-6: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.Eze 38:8-12: After many days you will be visited: in the latter years you will come into the land that is brought back from the sword: and is gathered out of many people: against the mountains of Israel: which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations: and they will dwell safely all of them.Joe 3:11-14: Assemble yourselves: and come: all you heathen: and gather yourselves together round about: there cause your mighty ones to come down: O LORD."God Almighty"Re 16:7: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.
ιδου ερχομαι ως κλεπτης μακαριος ο γρηγορων και τηρων τα ιματια αυτου ινα μη γυμνος περιπατη και βλεπωσιν την ασχημοσυνην αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχομαιerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαιerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G2812κλέπτης·kleptēs (N-NMS)
G2812 κλέπτης kléptēs klep-tace from κλέπτω; a stealer (literally or figuratively):--thief. Compare λῃστής.
|
κλέπτης·kleptēs
|
a thief.
|
N-NMS
|
G3107μακάριοςmakarios (Adj-NMS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
μακάριοςmakarios
|
Blessed is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1127γρηγορῶνgrēgorōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1127 γρηγορεύω grēgoreúō gray-gor-yoo-o from ἐγείρω; to keep awake, i.e. watch (literally or figuratively):--be vigilant, wake, (be) watch(-ful).
|
γρηγορῶνgrēgorōn
|
watching
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5083τηρῶνtērōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρῶνtērōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2440ἱμάτιαhimatia (N-ANP)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιαhimatia
|
garments
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1131γυμνὸςgymnos (Adj-NMS)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνὸςgymnos
|
naked
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4043περιπατῇperipatē (V-PSA-3S)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατῇperipatē
|
he should walk
|
V-PSA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπωσινblepōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπωσινblepōsin
|
they might see
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G808ἀσχημοσύνηνaschēmosynēn (N-AFS)
G808 ἀσχημοσύνη aschēmosýnē as-kay-mos-oo-nay from ἀσχήμων; an indecency; by implication, the pudenda:--shame, that which is unseemly.
|
ἀσχημοσύνηνaschēmosynēn
|
shame
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
15
Look, I come as a thief. Blessed is he who watches, and keeps his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.
Revelation 16:15
Stats
Counts: 125 characters, 19 words, 96 letters, 35 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου ερχομαι ως κλεπτης μακαριος ο γρηγορων και τηρων τα ιματια αυτου ινα μη γυμνος περιπατη και βλεπωσιν την ασχημοσυνην αυτου
Lit: Behold, I am coming like a thief. Blessed is the one watching and keeping the garments of him, so that not naked he should walk and they might see the shame of him.
KJV: Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.
References
"I come"Re 3:3: Remember therefore how you have received and heard: and hold fast: and repent. If therefore you will not watch: I will come on you as a thief: and you will not know what hour I will come upon you.Mt 24:43: But know this: that if the goodman of the house had known in what watch the thief would come: he would have watched: and not would have suffered his house to be broken up.1Th 5:2: 3: For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so comes as a thief in the night.2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up."Blessed"Mt 24:42: Watch therefore: for you not know what hour your Lord does come.Mt 25:13: Watch therefore: for you know neither the day nor the hour wherein the Son of man comes.Mt 26:41: Watch and pray: that you not enter into temptation: the spirit indeed is willing: but the flesh is weak.Mr 13:33-37: Take you heed: watch and pray: for you not know when the time is.Mr 14:38: Watch you and pray: lest you enter into temptation. The spirit truly is ready: but the flesh is weak.Lu 12:37-43: Blessed are those servants: whom the lord when he comes will find watching: truly I say to you: that he will gird himself: and make them to sit down to meat: and will come forth and serve them.Lu 21:36: Watch you therefore: and pray always: that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that will come to pass: and to stand before the Son of man.Ac 20:31: Therefore watch: and remember: that by the space of 3 years I not ceased to warn every one night and day with tears.1Th 5:6: Therefore let not us sleep: as do others; but let us watch and be sober.1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer."lest"Re 3:4: 18: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Ex 32:25: When Moses saw that the people were naked; (for Aaron had made them naked to their shame among their enemies:)Isa 47:3: Your nakedness will be uncovered: yes: your shame will be seen: I will take vengeance: and I not will meet you as a man.Eze 16:37: Look: therefore I will gather all your lovers: with whom you have taken pleasure: and all them that you have loved: with all them that you have hated; I will even gather them round about against you: and will discover your nakedness to them: that they may see all your nakedness.Ho 2:3: Lest I strip her naked: and set her as in the day that she was born: and make her as a wilderness: and set her like a dry land: and kill her with thirst.Hab 2:15: Woe to him that gives his neighbour drink: that put your bottle to him: and make him drunken also: that you may look on their nakedness!2Co 5:3: If so be that being clothed we will not be found naked.
και συνηγαγεν αυτους εις τον τοπον τον καλουμενον εβραιστι αρμαγεδδων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4863συνήγαγενsynēgagen (V-AIA-3S)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνήγαγενsynēgagen
|
he gathered together
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
place
|
N-AMS
|
G2564καλούμενονkaloumenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενονkaloumenon
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1447ἙβραϊστὶHebraisti (Adv)
G1447 Ἑβραϊστί Hebraïstí heb-rah-is-tee adverb from Ἑβραΐς; Hebraistically or in the Jewish (Chaldee) language:--in (the) Hebrew (tongue).
|
ἙβραϊστὶHebraisti
|
in Hebrew
|
Adv
|
G717Ἁρ¦μαγεδών.Harmagedōn (N-NNS)
G717 Ἀρμαγεδδών Armageddṓn ar-mag-ed-dohn of Hebrew origin (הַר and מְגִדּוֹן); Armageddon (or Har-Meggiddon), a symbolic name:--Armageddon.
|
Ἁρ¦μαγεδών.Harmagedōn
|
Armageddon.
|
N-NNS
|
16
He gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.Revelation 16:16
Stats
Counts: 82 characters, 14 words, 68 letters, 27 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και συνηγαγεν αυτους εις τον τοπον τον καλουμενον εβραιστι αρμαγεδδων
Lit: And he gathered together them unto the place called in Hebrew Armageddon.
KJV: And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.
References
"he"Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Re 19:17-21: I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He cried with a loud voice: saying to all the fowls that fly in the middle of heaven: Come and gather yourselves together to the supper of the great God;Jg 4:7: I will draw to you to the river Kishon Sisera: the captain of Jabin's army: with his chariots and his multitude; and I will deliver him into your hand.Joe 3:9-14: Proclaim you this among the Gentiles; Prepare war: wake up the mighty men: let all the men of war draw near; let them come up:Zec 14:2: 3: For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city will be taken: and the houses rifled: and the women ravished; and half of the city will go forth into captivity: and the residue of the people will not be cut off from the city."the Hebrew"Re 9:11: They had a king over them: which is the angel of the bottomless pit: whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon: but in the Greek tongue has his name Apollyon.Joh 5:2: Now there is at Jerusalem by the sheep market a pool: which is called in the Hebrew tongue Bethesda: having 5 porches.Joh 19:13: 17: When Pilate therefore heard that saying: He brought Jesus forth: and sat down in the judgment seat in a place that is called the Pavement: but in the Hebrew: Gabbatha.Ac 26:14: When we were all fallen to the earth: I heard a voice speaking to me: and saying in the Hebrew tongue: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me? it is hard for you to kick against the pricks."Armageddon"Jg 5:19: The kings came and fought: then fought the kings of Canaan in Taanach by the waters of Megiddo; they took no gain of money.2Ki 23:29: 30: In his days Pharaohnechoh king of Egypt went up against the king of Assyria to the river Euphrates: and king Josiah went against him; and he killed him at Megiddo: when he had seen him.Zec 12:11: In that day will there be a great mourning in Jerusalem: as the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of Megiddon.
The Seventh Bowl: Earthquake and Hail
και ο εβδομος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις τον αερα και εξηλθεν φωνη μεγαλη απο του ναου του ουρανου απο του θρονου λεγουσα γεγονεν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1442ἕβδομοςhebdomos (Adj-NMS)
G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἕβδομοςhebdomos
|
seventh
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1632ἐξέχεενexecheen (V-AIA-3S)
G1632 ἐκχέω ekchéō ek-khoo-no from ἐκ and (to pour); to pour forth; figuratively, to bestow:--gush (pour) out, run greedily (out), shed (abroad, forth), spill.
|
ἐξέχεενexecheen
|
poured out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5357φιάληνphialēn (N-AFS)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάληνphialēn
|
bowl
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G109ἀέρα·aera (N-AMS)
G109 ἀήρ aḗr ah-ayr from (to breathe unconsciously, i.e. respire; by analogy, to blow); air (as naturally circumambient):--air. Compare ψύχω.
|
ἀέρα·aera
|
air,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
came out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
loud
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3485ναοῦnaou (N-GMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναοῦnaou
|
temple
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G1096Γέγονεν.Gegonen (V-RIA-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
Γέγονεν.Gegonen
|
It is done!
|
V-RIA-3S
|
17
The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.
Revelation 16:17
Stats
Counts: 150 characters, 26 words, 116 letters, 50 vowels, 66 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο εβδομος αγγελος εξεχεεν την φιαλην αυτου εις τον αερα και εξηλθεν φωνη μεγαλη απο του ναου του ουρανου απο του θρονου λεγουσα γεγονεν
Lit: And the seventh poured out the bowl of him upon the air, and came out a voice loud from the temple from the throne, saying, It is done!
KJV: And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.
References
"into"Re 20:1-3: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.Eph 2:2: Wherein in time past you walked according to the course of this world: according to the prince of the power of the air: the spirit that now works in the children of disobedience:Eph 6:12: For we not wrestle against flesh and blood: but against principalities: against powers: against the rulers of the darkness of this world: against spiritual wickedness in high places."there"Re 16:1: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 14:17: Another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven: he also having a sharp sickle.Re 15:5: 6: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:"It is"Re 10:6: 7: Sware by him that lives for ever and ever: who created heaven: and the things that therein are: and the earth: and the things that therein are: and the sea: and the things which are therein: that there should be time no longer:Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Da 12:7-13: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.Joh 19:30: When Jesus therefore had received the vinegar: He said: It is finished: and He bowed His head: and gave up the ghost.
και εγενοντο φωναι και βρονται και αστραπαι και σεισμος εγενετο μεγας οιος ουκ εγενετο αφ ου οι ανθρωποι εγενοντο επι της γης τηλικουτος σεισμος ουτως μεγας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένοντοegenonto (V-AIM-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένοντοegenonto
|
there were
|
V-AIM-3P
|
G796ἀστραπαὶastrapai (N-NFP)
G796 ἀστραπή astrapḗ as-trap-ay from ἀστράπτω; lightning; by analogy, glare:--lightning, bright shining.
|
ἀστραπαὶastrapai
|
flashes of lightning,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωναὶphōnai (N-NFP)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωναὶphōnai
|
voices,
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1027βρονταί,brontai (N-NFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βρονταί,brontai
|
thunders;
|
N-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
an earthquake
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
there was
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3173μέγας,megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας,megas
|
great,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3634οἷοςhoios (RelPro-NMS)
G3634 οἷος hoîos hoy-os probably akin to ὁ, ὅς, and ὅσος; such or what sort of (as a correlation or exclamation); especially the neuter (adverbially) with negative, not so:--so (as), such as, what (manner of), which.,
|
οἷοςhoios
|
such as
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
had there been
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G575ἀφ’aph’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀφ’aph’
|
since
|
Prep
|
G444ἄνθρωπος ⇔anthrōpos (N-NMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωπος ⇔anthrōpos
|
men
|
N-NMS
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
were
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G5082τηλικοῦτοςtēlikoutos (DPro-NMS)
G5082 τηλικοῦτος tēlikoûtos tay-lik-ow-tay from a compound of ὁ with ἡλίκος and οὗτος; such as this, i.e. (in (figurative) magnitude) so vast:--so great, so mighty.,
|
τηλικοῦτοςtēlikoutos
|
so great
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4578σεισμὸςseismos (N-NMS)
G4578 σεισμός seismós sice-mos from σείω; a commotion, i.e. (of the air) a gale, (of the ground) an earthquake:--earthquake, tempest.
|
σεισμὸςseismos
|
was the earthquake,
|
N-NMS
|
G3779οὕτωhoutō (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
οὕτωhoutō
|
so
|
Adv
|
G3173μέγας.megas (Adj-NMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγας.megas
|
mighty.
|
Adj-NMS
|
18
There were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as not was since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.Revelation 16:18
Stats
Rank: #4216 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 172 characters, 25 words, 135 letters, 52 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενοντο φωναι και βρονται και αστραπαι και σεισμος εγενετο μεγας οιος ουκ εγενετο αφ ου οι ανθρωποι εγενοντο επι της γης τηλικουτος σεισμος ουτως μεγας
Lit: And there were flashes of lightning, and voices, and thunders; and an earthquake there was great, such as not had there been since men were upon the earth, so great was the earthquake, so mighty.
KJV: And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.
References
"were"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail."a"Re 11:13: The same hour was there a great earthquake: and the tenth part of the city fell: and in the earthquake were killed of men 7000: and the remnant were affrighted: and gave glory to the God of heaven.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.
και εγενετο η πολις η μεγαλη εις τρια μερη και αι πολεις των εθνων επεσον και βαβυλων η μεγαλη εμνησθη ενωπιον του θεου δουναι αυτη το ποτηριον του οινου του θυμου της οργης αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
was split
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G5140τρίαtria (Adj-ANP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρίαtria
|
three
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3313μέρη,merē (N-ANP)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέρη,merē
|
parts,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G4172πόλειςpoleis (N-NFP)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειςpoleis
|
cities
|
N-NFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
nations
|
N-GNP
|
G4098ἔπεσαν.epesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσαν.epesan
|
fell;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G897ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn (N-NFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn
|
Babylon
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3403ἐμνήσθηemnēsthē (V-AIP-3S)
G3403 μιμνήσκω mimnḗskō mim-nace-ko a prolonged form of μνάομαι (from which some of the tenses are borrowed); to remind, i.e. (middle voice) to recall to mind:--be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνήσθηemnēsthē
|
was remembered
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
cup
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
fury
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆςorgēs
|
wrath
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
19
The great city was divided into 3 parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Revelation 16:19
Stats
Rank: #6849 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 203 characters, 36 words, 161 letters, 62 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγενετο η πολις η μεγαλη εις τρια μερη και αι πολεις των εθνων επεσον και βαβυλων η μεγαλη εμνησθη ενωπιον του θεου δουναι αυτη το ποτηριον του οινου του θυμου της οργης αυτου
Lit: And was split the city great into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell; and Babylon the great was remembered before God, to give her the cup of the wine of the fury the wrath of Him.
KJV: And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.
References
"the great"Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 17:18: The woman which you saw is that great city: which reigns over the kings of the earth.Re 18:2: 10: 16-19: 21: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird."great"Re 17:5: Upon her forehead was a name written: MYSTERY: BABYLON THE GREAT: THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.Da 4:30: The king spoke: and said: not Is this great Babylon: that I have built for the house of the kingdom by the might of my power: and for the honour of my majesty?"in"Re 14:8-10: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 18:5: For her sins have reached to heaven: and God has remembered her iniquities.Isa 49:26: I will feed them that oppress you with their own flesh; and they will be drunken with their own blood: as with sweet wine: and all flesh will know that I the LORD am your Saviour and your Redeemer: the mighty one of Jacob.Isa 51:17-23: Awake: awake: stand up: O Jerusalem: which have drunk at the hand of the LORD the cup of His fury; you have drunken the dregs of the cup of trembling: and wrung them out.Jer 25:15: 16: 26: For thus says the LORD God of Israel to me; Take the wine cup of this fury at my hand: and cause all the nations: to whom I send you: to drink it.
και πασα νησος εφυγεν και ορη ουχ ευρεθησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσαpasa (Adj-NFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσαpasa
|
every
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3520νῆσοςnēsos (N-NFS)
G3520 νῆσος nēsos nay-sos probably from the base of ναῦς; an island:--island, isle.
|
νῆσοςnēsos
|
island
|
N-NFS
|
G5343ἔφυγεν,ephygen (V-AIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγεν,ephygen
|
fled,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3735ὄρηorē (N-NNP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρηorē
|
mountains
|
N-NNP
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρέθησαν.heurethēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθησαν.heurethēsan
|
were to be found.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
20
Every island fled away, and the mountains not were found.Revelation 16:20
Stats
Rank: #9839 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 61 characters, 10 words, 49 letters, 19 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και πασα νησος εφυγεν και ορη ουχ ευρεθησαν
Lit: And every island fled, and mountains not were to be found.
KJV: And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found.
References
"And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found."Re 6:14: The heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Isa 2:14-17: Upon all the high mountains: and upon all the hills that are lifted up: Jer 4:23-25: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.
και χαλαζα μεγαλη ως ταλαντιαια καταβαινει εκ του ουρανου επι τους ανθρωπους και εβλασφημησαν οι ανθρωποι τον θεον εκ της πληγης της χαλαζης οτι μεγαλη εστιν η πληγη αυτης σφοδρα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5464χάλαζαchalaza (N-NFS)
G5464 χάλαζα chálaza khal-ad-zah probably from χαλάω; hail:--hail.
|
χάλαζαchalaza
|
a hail
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
about
|
Adv
|
G5006ταλαντιαίαtalantiaia (Adj-NFS)
G5006 ταλαντιαῖος talantiaîos tal-an-tee-ah-yos from τάλαντον; talent-like in weight:--weight of a talent.
|
ταλαντιαίαtalantiaia
|
a talent weight,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2597καταβαίνειkatabainei (V-PIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνειkatabainei
|
comes down
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G444ἀνθρώπους·anthrōpous (N-AMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπους·anthrōpous
|
men.
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G987ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G987 βλασφημέω blasphēméō blas-fay-meh-o from βλάσφημος; to vilify; specially, to speak impiously:--(speak) blaspheme(-er, -mously, -my), defame, rail on, revile, speak evil.
|
ἐβλασφήμησανeblasphēmēsan
|
blasphemed
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G444ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi (N-NMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἄνθρωποιanthrōpoi
|
men
|
N-NMP
|
G2316ΘεὸνTheon (N-AMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸνTheon
|
God
|
N-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
on account of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4127πληγῆςplēgēs (N-GFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῆςplēgēs
|
plague
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5464χαλάζης,chalazēs (N-GFS)
G5464 χάλαζα chálaza khal-ad-zah probably from χαλάω; hail:--hail.
|
χαλάζης,chalazēs
|
hail,
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
severe
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4127πληγὴplēgē (N-NFS)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὴplēgē
|
plague
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4970σφόδρα.sphodra (Adv)
G4970 σφόδρα sphódra sfod-rah neuter plural of (violent; of uncertain derivation) as adverb; vehemently, i.e. in a high degree, much:-- exceeding(-ly), greatly, sore, very.
|
σφόδρα.sphodra
|
exceedingly.
|
Adv
|
21
There fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.Revelation 16:21
Stats
Rank: #6490 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 195 characters, 34 words, 155 letters, 66 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και χαλαζα μεγαλη ως ταλαντιαια καταβαινει εκ του ουρανου επι τους ανθρωπους και εβλασφημησαν οι ανθρωποι τον θεον εκ της πληγης της χαλαζης οτι μεγαλη εστιν η πληγη αυτης σφοδρα
Lit: And a hail great, about a talent weight, comes down out of heaven upon the men. And blasphemed the men God on account of the plague of the hail, for severe is the plague of it exceedingly.
KJV: And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.
References
"there fell"Re 8:7: The first angel sounded: and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood: and they were cast upon the earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up: and all green grass was burnt up.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Ex 9:23-26: Moses stretched forth His rod toward heaven: and the LORD sent thunder and hail: and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt.Jos 10:11: It came to pass: as they fled from before Israel: and were in the going down to Bethhoron: that the LORD cast down great stones from heaven upon them to Azekah: and they died: they were more which died with hailstones than they whom the children of Israel killed with the sword.Isa 30:30: The LORD will cause His glorious voice to be heard: and will show the lighting down of His arm: with the indignation of His anger: and with the flame of a devouring fire: with scattering: and tempest: and hailstones.Eze 13:11: 13: Say to them which daub it with untempered morter: that it will fall: there will be an overflowing shower; and you: O great hailstones: will fall; and a stormy wind will rend it.Eze 38:21: 22: I will call for a sword against Him throughout all my mountains: says the Lord GOD: every man's sword will be against His brother."blasphemed"Re 16:9: 11: Men were scorched with great heat: and blasphemed the name of God: which has power over these plagues: and they not repented to give Him glory.Isa 8:21: They will pass through it: hardly bestead and hungry: and it will come to pass: that when they will be hungry: they will fret themselves: and curse their king and their God: and look upward.
17
The Fall of Babylon
Babylon the Great
και ηλθεν εις εκ των επτα αγγελων των εχοντων τας επτα φιαλας και ελαλησεν μετ εμου λεγων μοι δευρο δειξω σοι το κριμα της πορνης της μεγαλης της καθημενης επι των υδατων των πολλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels
|
N-GMP
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5357φιάλας,phialas (N-AFP)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάλας,phialas
|
bowls,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1204Δεῦρο,Deuro (V-M-2S)
G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).
|
Δεῦρο,Deuro
|
Come here,
|
V-M-2S
|
G1166δείξωdeixō (V-FIA-1S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείξωdeixō
|
I will show
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-ANS)
G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμαkrima
|
punishment
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4204πόρνηςpornēs (N-GFS)
G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνηςpornēs
|
prostitute
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the one
|
Art-GFS
|
G2521καθημένηςkathēmenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένηςkathēmenēs
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
waters
|
N-GNP
|
G4183πολλῶν,pollōn (Adj-GNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶν,pollōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GNP
|
1
And there came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials, and talked with me, saying to me, Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:
Revelation 17:1
Stats
Rank: #2235 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 199 characters, 34 words, 157 letters, 58 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηλθεν εις εκ των επτα αγγελων των εχοντων τας επτα φιαλας και ελαλησεν μετ εμου λεγων μοι δευρο δειξω σοι το κριμα της πορνης της μεγαλης της καθημενης επι των υδατων των πολλων
Lit: And came one of the seven angels having the seven bowls, and spoke with me, saying, Come here, I will show you the punishment of the prostitute great, the one sitting upon waters many,
KJV: And there came one of the seven angels which had the seven vials, and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:
References
"one"Re 15:1: 6: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 17:1-17: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Re 21:9: There came to me one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials full of the 7 last plagues: and talked with me: saying: Come here: I will show you the bride: the Lamb's wife."talked"Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 21:15: he who talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city: and the gates thereof: and the wall thereof.Lu 9:30: And: look: there talked with him two men: which were Moses and Elias:Lu 24:32: They said one to another: not Did our heart burn within us: while he talked with us by the way: and while he opened to us the scriptures?"I will"Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 18:16-19: Saying: Alas: alas: that great city: that was clothed in fine linen: and purple: and scarlet: and decked with gold: and precious stones: and pearls!"the great"Re 17:4: 5: 15: 16: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Isa 57:3: But draw near here: you sons of the sorceress: the seed of the adulterer and the whore.Na 3:4: 5: Because of the multitude of the whoredoms of the wellfavoured harlot: the mistress of witchcrafts: that sells nations through her whoredoms: and families through her witchcrafts."that sitteth"Re 17:15: He says to me: The waters which you saw: where the whore sits: are peoples: and multitudes: and nations: and tongues.Jer 51:13: O you that dwell upon many waters: abundant in treasures: your end is come: and the measure of your covetousness.
μεθ ης επορνευσαν οι βασιλεις της γης και εμεθυσθησαν εκ του οινου της πορνειας αυτης οι κατοικουντες την γην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326μεθ’meth’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μεθ’meth’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3739ἧςhēs (RelPro-GFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἧςhēs
|
whom
|
RelPro-GFS
|
G4203ἐπόρνευσανeporneusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
ἐπόρνευσανeporneusan
|
have committed sexual immorality
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3182ἐμεθύσθησανemethysthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G3182 μεθύσκω methýskō meth-oos-ko a prolonged (transitive) form of μεθύω; to intoxicate:--be drunk(-en).
|
ἐμεθύσθησανemethysthēsan
|
have been made drunk
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those that
|
Art-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
on the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
2
With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Revelation 17:2
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 25 words, 121 letters, 46 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: μεθ ης επορνευσαν οι βασιλεις της γης και εμεθυσθησαν εκ του οινου της πορνειας αυτης οι κατοικουντες την γην
Lit: with whom have committed sexual immorality the kings of the earth, and have been made drunk those that dwelling on the earth with the wine of the sexual immorality of her.
KJV: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.
References
"With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication."Re 17:13: 17: These have one mind: and will give their power and strength to the beast.Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 18:3: 9: 23: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Jer 51:7: Babylon has been a golden cup in the LORD's hand: that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad.
και απηνεγκεν με εις ερημον εν πνευματι και ειδον γυναικα καθημενην επι θηριον κοκκινον γεμον ονοματων βλασφημιας εχον κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G667ἀπήνεγκένapēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G667 ἀποφέρω apophérō ap-of-er-o from ἀπό and φέρω; to bear off (literally or relatively):--bring, carry (away).
|
ἀπήνεγκένapēnenken
|
he carried away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G2048ἔρημονerēmon (Adj-AFS)
G2048 ἔρημος érēmos er-ay-mos of uncertain affinity; lonesome, i.e. (by implication) waste (usually as a noun, χώρα being implied):--desert, desolate, solitary, wilderness.,
|
ἔρημονerēmon
|
a wilderness
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151Πνεύματι.Pneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
Πνεύματι.Pneumati
|
the Spirit,
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
a woman
|
N-AFS
|
G2521καθημένηνkathēmenēn (V-PPM/P-AFS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένηνkathēmenēn
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
a beast
|
N-ANS
|
G2847κόκκινον,kokkinon (Adj-ANS)
G2847 κόκκινος kókkinos kok-kee-nos from κόκκος (from the kernel-shape of the insect); crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
|
κόκκινον,kokkinon
|
scarlet,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1073γέμονταgemonta (V-PPA-ANP)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γέμονταgemonta
|
being full
|
V-PPA-ANP
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
of names
|
N-ANP
|
G988βλασφημίας,blasphēmias (N-GFS)
G988 βλασφημία blasphēmía blas-fay-me-ah from βλάσφημος; vilification (especially against God):--blasphemy, evil speaking, railing.
|
βλασφημίας,blasphēmias
|
of blasphemy,
|
N-GFS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-ANP
|
G1176δέκα.deka (Adj-ANP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκα.deka
|
ten.
|
Adj-ANP
|
3
So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having 7 heads and 10 horns.Revelation 17:3
Stats
Counts: 171 characters, 30 words, 135 letters, 52 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηνεγκεν με εις ερημον εν πνευματι και ειδον γυναικα καθημενην επι θηριον κοκκινον γεμον ονοματων βλασφημιας εχον κεφαλας επτα και κερατα δεκα
Lit: And he carried away me into a wilderness in the Spirit, and I saw a woman sitting upon a beast scarlet, being full of names of blasphemy, having heads seven and horns ten.
KJV: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.
References
"he carried"Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 4:2: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 21:10: He carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain: and showed me that great city: the holy Jerusalem: descending out of heaven from God: 1Ki 18:12: It will come to pass: as soon as I am gone from you: that the Spirit of the LORD will carry you whither I not know; and so when I come and tell Ahab: and He cannot find you: He will kill me: but I your servant fear the LORD from my youth.2Ki 2:16: They said to Him: Look now: there be with your servants 50 strong men; let them go: we pray you: and seek your master: lest perhaps the Spirit of the LORD has taken Him up: and cast Him upon some mountain: or into some valley. And He said: You will not send.Eze 3:12: Then the spirit took me up: and I heard behind me a voice of a great rushing: saying: Blessed be the glory of the LORD from His place.Eze 8:3: He put forth the form of an hand: and took me by a lock of my head; and the spirit lifted me up between the earth and the heaven: and brought me in the visions of God to Jerusalem: to the door of the inner gate that looks toward the north; where was the seat of the image of jealousy: which provokes to jealousy.Eze 11:24: Afterwards the spirit took me up: and brought me in a vision by the Spirit of God into Chaldea: to them of the captivity. So the vision that I had seen went up from me.Ac 8:39: When they were come up out of the water: the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip: that the eunuch saw Him no more: and He went on His way rejoicing."into"Re 12:6: 14: The woman fled into the wilderness: where she has a place prepared of God: that they should feed her there a000 200 and threescore days.Song 8:5: Who is this that comes up from the wilderness: leaning upon her beloved? I raised you up under the apple tree: there your mother brought you forth: there she brought you forth that bare you."a woman"Re 17:4: 6: 18: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads."full"Re 13:1-6: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Da 7:8: 20: 25: I considered the horns: and: look: there came up among them another little horn: before whom there were 3 of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and: look: in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man: and a mouth speaking great things.Da 11:36: The king will do according to His will; and He will exalt Himself: and magnify Himself above every god: and will speak marvellous things against the God of gods: and will prosper till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is determined will be done.2Th 2:4: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."having"Re 17:9-12: Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains: on which the woman sits.Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
και η γυνη {VAR1: η } {VAR2: ην } περιβεβλημενη πορφυρα και κοκκινω και κεχρυσωμενη χρυσω και λιθω τιμιω και μαργαριταις εχουσα χρυσουν ποτηριον εν τη χειρι αυτης γεμον βδελυγματων και ακαθαρτητος πορνειας αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G4016περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē
|
clothed in
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G4210πορφυροῦνporphyroun (Adj-ANS)
G4210 πορφυροῦς porphyroûs por-foo-rooce from πορφύρα; purpureal, i.e. bluish red:--purple.
|
πορφυροῦνporphyroun
|
purple
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2847κόκκινον,kokkinon (Adj-ANS)
G2847 κόκκινος kókkinos kok-kee-nos from κόκκος (from the kernel-shape of the insect); crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
|
κόκκινον,kokkinon
|
scarlet,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5558κεχρυσωμένηkechrysōmenē (V-RPM/P-NFS)
G5558 χρυσόω chrysóō khroo-so-o from χρυσός; to gild, i.e. bespangle with golden ornaments:--deck.
|
κεχρυσωμένηkechrysōmenē
|
adorned
|
V-RPM/P-NFS
|
G5553χρυσίῳchrysiō (N-DNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίῳchrysiō
|
with gold
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
stone
|
N-DMS
|
G5093τιμίῳtimiō (Adj-DMS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίῳtimiō
|
precious
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3135μαργαρίταις,margaritais (N-DMP)
G3135 μαργαρίτης margarítēs mar-gar-ee-tace from (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
|
μαργαρίταις,margaritais
|
pearls,
|
N-DMP
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
holding
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G4221ποτήριονpotērion (N-ANS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτήριονpotērion
|
a cup
|
N-ANS
|
G5552χρυσοῦνchrysoun (Adj-ANS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦνchrysoun
|
golden
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5495χειρὶcheiri (N-DFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὶcheiri
|
hand
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1073γέμονgemon (V-PPA-ANS)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γέμονgemon
|
being full
|
V-PPA-ANS
|
G946βδελυγμάτωνbdelygmatōn (N-GNP)
G946 βδέλυγμα bdélygma bdel-oog-mah from βδελύσσω; a detestation, i.e. (specially) idolatry:--abomination.
|
βδελυγμάτωνbdelygmatōn
|
of abominations
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G169ἀκάθαρταakatharta (Adj-ANP)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκάθαρταakatharta
|
impurity
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
4
The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Revelation 17:4
Stats
Counts: 196 characters, 32 words, 160 letters, 60 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η γυνη {VAR1: η } {VAR2: ην } περιβεβλημενη πορφυρα και κοκκινω και κεχρυσωμενη χρυσω και λιθω τιμιω και μαργαριταις εχουσα χρυσουν ποτηριον εν τη χειρι αυτης γεμον βδελυγματων και ακαθαρτητος πορνειας αυτης
Lit: And the woman was clothed in purple and scarlet, and adorned with gold and stone precious and pearls, holding a cup golden in the hand of her, being full of abominations and the impurity of the sexual immorality of her.
KJV: And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:
References
"arrayed"Re 18:7: 12: 16: How much she has glorified herself: and lived deliciously: so much torment and sorrow give her: for she says in her heart: I sit a queen: and am no widow: and will see no sorrow."decked"Da 11:38: But in His estate will He honour the God of forces: and a god whom His fathers not knew will He honour with gold: and silver: and with precious stones: and pleasant things."golden"Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 18:6: Reward her even as she rewarded you: and double to her double according to her works: in the cup which she has filled fill to her double.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Jer 51:7: Babylon has been a golden cup in the LORD's hand: that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad.2Th 2:3-10: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;"abominations"De 29:17: you have seen their abominations: and their idols: wood and stone: silver and gold: which were among them:)1Ki 14:24: There were also sodomites in the land: and they did according to all the abominations of the nations which the LORD cast out before the children of Israel.2Ki 21:2: He did that which was evil in the sight of the LORD: after the abominations of the heathen: whom the LORD cast out before the children of Israel.Isa 66:3: He who kills an ox is as if he killed a man; he who sacrifices a lamb: as if he cut off a dog's neck; he who offers an oblation: as if he offered swine's blood; he who burns incense: as if he blessed an idol. Yes: they have chosen their own ways: and their soul delights in their abominations.Eze 20:30: For what reason say to the house of Israel: Thus says the Lord GOD; Are you polluted after the manner of your fathers? and commit you whoredom after their abominations?Ho 9:10: I found Israel like grapes in the wilderness; I saw your fathers as the firstripe in the fig tree at her first time: but they went to Baalpeor: and separated themselves to that shame; and their abominations were according as they loved."filthiness"Ezr 9:11: Which you have commanded by your servants the prophets: saying: The land: to which you go to possess it: is an unclean land with the filthiness of the people of the lands: with their abominations: which have filled it from one end to another with their uncleanness.La 1:9: Her filthiness is in her skirts; she remembers not her last end; therefore she came down wonderfully: she had no comforter. O LORD: look my affliction: for the enemy has magnified Himself.Eze 24:11: 13: Then set it empty upon the coals thereof: that the brass of it may be hot: and may burn: and that the filthiness of it may be molten in it: that the scum of it may be consumed.Eze 36:25: Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you: and you will be clean: from all your filthiness: and from all your idols: will I cleanse you.
και επι το μετωπον αυτης ονομα γεγραμμενον μυστηριον βαβυλων η μεγαλη η μητηρ των πορνων και των βδελυγματων της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3359μέτωπονmetōpon (N-ANS)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μέτωπονmetōpon
|
forehead
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
a name
|
N-NNS
|
G1125γεγραμμένον,gegrammenon (V-RPM/P-NNS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένον,gegrammenon
|
was written,
|
V-RPM/P-NNS
|
G3466μυστήριον,mystērion (N-NNS)
G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριον,mystērion
|
a mystery:
|
N-NNS
|
G897ΒΑΒΥΛΩΝBABYLŌN (N-NFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒΑΒΥΛΩΝBABYLŌN
|
Babylon
|
N-NFS
|
G3588Ο*hē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ο*hē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3173ΜΕΓΑΛΗ,MEGALĒ (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
ΜΕΓΑΛΗ,MEGALĒ
|
Great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588Ο*hē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Ο*hē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3384ΜΗΤΗΡMĒTĒR (N-NFS)
G3384 μήτηρ mḗtēr may-tare apparently a primary word; a mother (literally or figuratively, immediate or remote):--mother.
|
ΜΗΤΗΡMĒTĒR
|
mother
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ΤΩΝTŌN (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤΩΝTŌN
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4204ΠΟΡΝΩΝPORNŌN (N-GFP)
G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
ΠΟΡΝΩΝPORNŌN
|
prostitutes,
|
N-GFP
|
G2532ΚΑΙKAI (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚΑΙKAI
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ΤΩΝTŌN (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤΩΝTŌN
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G946ΒΔΕΛΥΓΜΑΤΩΝBDELYGMATŌN (N-GNP)
G946 βδέλυγμα bdélygma bdel-oog-mah from βδελύσσω; a detestation, i.e. (specially) idolatry:--abomination.
|
ΒΔΕΛΥΓΜΑΤΩΝBDELYGMATŌN
|
abominations
|
N-GNP
|
G3588ΤΗΣTĒS (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤΗΣTĒS
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093ΓΗΣ.GĒS (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
ΓΗΣ.GĒS
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
5
Upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.
Revelation 17:5
Stats
Rank: #3306 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 122 characters, 18 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επι το μετωπον αυτης ονομα γεγραμμενον μυστηριον βαβυλων η μεγαλη η μητηρ των πορνων και των βδελυγματων της γης
Lit: And upon the forehead of her a name was written, a mystery: Babylon the Great, the mother of the prostitutes, and of the abominations of the earth.
KJV: And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.
References
"upon"Re 7:3: Saying: not Hurt the earth: neither the sea: nor the trees: till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads.Isa 3:9: The show of their face does witness against them; and they declare their sin as Sodom: they hide it not. Woe to their soul! for they have rewarded evil to themselves.Php 3:19: Whose end is destruction: whose God is their belly: and whose glory is in their shame: who mind earthly things.)"MYSTERY"2Th 2:7: For the mystery of iniquity does already work: only he who now lets will let: until he be taken out of the way.2Ti 3:1-5: This know also: that in the last days perilous times will come."BABYLON"Re 11:8: Their dead bodies will lie in the street of the great city: which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt: where also our Lord was crucified.Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 18:2: 10: 21: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.Jer 51:47: 48: Therefore: look: the days come: that I will do judgment upon the graven images of Babylon: and her whole land will be confounded: and all her killed will fall in the middle of her."THE MOTHER"Re 18:9: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.
The Mystery Explained
και ειδον την γυναικα μεθυουσαν εκ του αιματος των αγιων και εκ του αιματος των μαρτυρων ιησου και εθαυμασα ιδων αυτην θαυμα μεγα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
woman
|
N-AFS
|
G3184μεθύουσανmethyousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3184 μεθύω methýō meth-oo-o from another form of μέθη; to drink to intoxication, i.e. get drunk:--drink well, make (be) drunk(-en).
|
μεθύουσανmethyousan
|
being drunk
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G129αἵματοςhaimatos (N-GNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματοςhaimatos
|
blood
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3144μαρτύρωνmartyrōn (N-GMP)
G3144 μάρτυς mártys mar-toos of uncertain affinity; a witness (literally (judicially) or figuratively (genitive case)); by analogy, a martyr:-- martyr, record, witness.
|
μαρτύρωνmartyrōn
|
witnesses
|
N-GMP
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2296ἐθαύμασαethaumasa (V-AIA-1S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμασαethaumasa
|
I marveled,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3708ἰδὼνidōn (V-APA-NMS)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδὼνidōn
|
having seen
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2295θαῦμαthauma (N-ANS)
G2295 θαῦμα thaûma thos-mah apparently from a form of θεάομαι; wonder (properly concrete; but by implication, abstract):--admiration.
|
θαῦμαthauma
|
with wonder
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγα.mega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγα.mega
|
great.
|
Adj-ANS
|
6
I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.
Revelation 17:6
Stats
Counts: 155 characters, 28 words, 121 letters, 44 vowels, 77 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον την γυναικα μεθυουσαν εκ του αιματος των αγιων και εκ του αιματος των μαρτυρων ιησου και εθαυμασα ιδων αυτην θαυμα μεγα
Lit: And I saw the woman being drunk with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the witnesses of Jesus. And I marveled, having seen her, with wonder great.
KJV: And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.
References
"drunken"Re 13:7: 15: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.Re 16:6: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets: and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.Re 18:20-24: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Da 7:21: 25: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;"the martyrs"Re 2:13: I know your works: and where you dwell: even where Satan's seat is: and you hold fast my name: and have not denied my faith: even in those days wherein Antipas was my faithful martyr: who was killed among you: where Satan dwells.Re 6:9: 10: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Ac 22:20: When the blood of your martyr Stephen was shed: I also was standing by: and consenting to his death: and kept the clothing of them that killed him."I wondered"Hab 1:13: You are of purer eyes than to look evil: and not canst look on iniquity: for what reason look you upon them that deal treacherously: and hold your tongue when the wicked devours the man that is more righteous than he?
και ειπεν μοι ο αγγελος δια τι εθαυμασας εγω σοι ερω το μυστηριον της γυναικος και του θηριου του βασταζοντος αυτην του εχοντος τας επτα κεφαλας και τα δεκα κερατα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel,
|
N-NMS
|
G1223ΔιὰDia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
ΔιὰDia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G5101τίti (IPro-ANS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
τίti
|
why
|
IPro-ANS
|
G2296ἐθαύμασας;ethaumasas (V-AIA-2S)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
ἐθαύμασας;ethaumasas
|
did you marvel?
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2046ἐρῶerō (V-FIA-1S)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
ἐρῶerō
|
will tell
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3466μυστήριονmystērion (N-ANS)
G3466 μυστήριον mystḗrion moos-tay-ree-on from a derivative of (to shut the mouth); a secret or mystery (through the idea of silence imposed by initiation into religious rites):--mystery.
|
μυστήριονmystērion
|
mystery
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1135γυναικὸςgynaikos (N-GFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναικὸςgynaikos
|
woman,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast
|
N-GNS
|
G941βαστάζοντοςbastazontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G941 βαστάζω bastázō bas-tad-zo perhaps remotely derived from the base of βάσις (through the idea of removal); to lift, literally or figuratively (endure, declare, sustain, receive, etc.):--bear, carry, take up.
|
βαστάζοντοςbastazontos
|
carrying
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G846αὐτήνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήνautēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2192ἔχοντοςechontos (V-PPA-GNS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντοςechontos
|
having
|
V-PPA-GNS
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads,
|
N-AFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2768κέρατα.kerata (N-ANP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέρατα.kerata
|
horns.
|
N-ANP
|
7
The angel said to me, For what reason did you marvel? I will tell you the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carries her, which has the 7 heads and 10 horns.
Revelation 17:7
Stats
Counts: 177 characters, 30 words, 139 letters, 49 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν μοι ο αγγελος δια τι εθαυμασας εγω σοι ερω το μυστηριον της γυναικος και του θηριου του βασταζοντος αυτην του εχοντος τας επτα κεφαλας και τα δεκα κερατα
Lit: And said to me the angel, Because of why did you marvel? I will tell you the mystery of the woman, and of the beast carrying her, having the seven heads, and the ten horns.
KJV: And the angel said unto me, Wherefore didst thou marvel? I will tell thee the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.
References
"I will"Re 17:1-6: 8: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:
{VAR2: το } θηριον ο ειδες ην και ουκ εστιν και μελλει αναβαινειν εκ της αβυσσου και εις απωλειαν υπαγειν και θαυμασονται οι κατοικουντες επι της γης ων ου γεγραπται τα ονοματα επι το βιβλιον της ζωης απο καταβολης κοσμου βλεποντες το θηριον ο τι ην και ουκ εστιν καιπερ εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
that
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you saw
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3195μέλλειmellei (V-PIA-3S)
G3195 μέλλω méllō mel-lo a strengthened form of μέλω (through the idea of expectation); to intend, i.e. be about to be, do, or suffer something (of persons or things, especially events; in the sense of purpose, duty, necessity, probability, possibility, or hesitation):--about, after that, be (almost), (that which is, things, + which was for) to come, intend, was to (be), mean, mind, be at the point, (be) ready, + return, shall (begin), (which, that) should (after, afterwards, hereafter) tarry, which was for, will, would, be yet.
|
μέλλειmellei
|
is about
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G305ἀναβαίνεινanabainein (V-PNA)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνεινanabainein
|
to come up
|
V-PNA
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσουabyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσουabyssou
|
abyss
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G684ἀπώλειανapōleian (N-AFS)
G684 ἀπώλεια apṓleia ap-o-li-a from a presumed derivative of ἀπόλλυμι; ruin or loss (physical, spiritual or eternal):--damnable(-nation), destruction, die, perdition, X perish, pernicious ways, waste.
|
ἀπώλειανapōleian
|
destruction
|
N-AFS
|
G5217ὑπάγει·hypagei (V-PIA-3S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγει·hypagei
|
go;
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2296θαυμασθήσονταιthaumasthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G2296 θαυμάζω thaumázō thou-mad-zo from θαῦμα; to wonder; by implication, to admire:--admire, have in admiration, marvel, wonder.
|
θαυμασθήσονταιthaumasthēsontai
|
will wonder
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2730κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2730 κατοικέω katoikéō kat-oy-keh-o from κατά and οἰκέω; to house permanently, i.e. reside (literally or figuratively):--dwell(-er), inhabitant(-ter).
|
κατοικοῦντεςkatoikountes
|
dwelling
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1125γέγραπταιgegraptai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γέγραπταιgegraptai
|
are written
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
names
|
N-NNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-ANS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
book
|
N-ANS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2602καταβολῆςkatabolēs (N-GFS)
G2602 καταβολή katabolḗ kat-ab-ol-ay from καταβάλλω; a deposition, i.e. founding; figuratively, conception:--conceive, foundation.
|
καταβολῆςkatabolēs
|
the foundation
|
N-GFS
|
G2889κόσμου,kosmou (N-GMS)
G2889 κόσμος kósmos kos-mos probably from the base of κομίζω; orderly arrangement, i.e. decoration; by implication, the world (in a wide or narrow sense, including its inhabitants, literally or figuratively (morally)):--adorning, world.
|
κόσμου,kosmou
|
of the world,
|
N-GMS
|
G991βλεπόντωνblepontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλεπόντωνblepontōn
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
which
|
Conj
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and yet
|
Conj
|
G3918παρέσται.parestai (V-FIM-3S)
G3918 πάρειμι páreimi par-i-mee from παρά and εἰμί (including its various forms); to be near, i.e. at hand; neuter present participle (singular) time being, or (plural) property:--come, X have, be here, + lack, (be here) present.
|
παρέσται.parestai
|
will be.
|
V-FIM-3S
|
8
The beast that you saw was, and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder, whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they look the beast that was, and not is, and yet is.Revelation 17:8
Stats
Counts: 301 characters, 51 words, 234 letters, 84 vowels, 150 consonants
Translation
Greek: {VAR2: το } θηριον ο ειδες ην και ουκ εστιν και μελλει αναβαινειν εκ της αβυσσου και εις απωλειαν υπαγειν και θαυμασονται οι κατοικουντες επι της γης ων ου γεγραπται τα ονοματα επι το βιβλιον της ζωης απο καταβολης κοσμου βλεποντες το θηριον ο τι ην και ουκ εστιν καιπερ εστιν
Lit: The beast that you saw was, and not is, and is about to come up out of the abyss and into destruction go; and will wonder those dwelling on the earth, whose not are written names in the book of life from the foundation of the world, seeing the beast which was, and not is, and yet will be.
KJV: The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.
References
"beast that thou"Re 9:2: He opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit: as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 13:1-11: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy."go"Re 17:11: The beast that was: and not is: even he is the eighth: and is of the 7: and goes into perdition.Re 14:8-20: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 16:1-18: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Re 19:15-21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Da 7:11: 26: I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spoke: I beheld even till the beast was killed: and his body destroyed: and given to the burning flame.Da 11:45: He will plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he will come to his end: and none will help him.2Th 2:3-8: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;"shall wonder"Re 13:3: 4: I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast."whose"Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 20:12: 15: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works."from"Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world.Ac 15:18: Known to God are all His works from the beginning of the world.Eph 1:4: According as he has chosen us in him before the foundation of the world: that we should be holy and without blame before him in love:Tit 1:2: In hope of eternal life: which God: that cannot lie: promised before the world began;1Pe 1:20: Who truly was foreordained before the foundation of the world: but was manifest in these last times for you: "the beast that was"Re 13:1-4: 11: 12: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
ωδε ο νους ο εχων σοφιαν αι επτα κεφαλαι ορη εισιν επτα οπου η γυνη καθηται επ αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5602ὯδεHōde (Adv)
G5602 ὧδε hōde ho-deh from an adverb form of ὅδε; in this same spot, i.e. here or hither:--here, hither, (in) this place, there.,
|
ὯδεHōde
|
Here is
|
Adv
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3563νοῦςnous (N-NMS)
G3563 νοῦς noûs nooce probably from the base of γινώσκω; the intellect, i.e. mind (divine or human; in thought, feeling, or will); by implication, meaning:--mind, understanding. Compare ψυχή.
|
νοῦςnous
|
mind
|
N-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4678σοφίαν.sophian (N-AFS)
G4678 σοφία sophía sof-ee-ah from σοφός; wisdom (higher or lower, worldly or spiritual):--wisdom.
|
σοφίαν.sophian
|
wisdom:
|
N-AFS
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
The
|
Art-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2776κεφαλαὶkephalai (N-NFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλαὶkephalai
|
heads,
|
N-NFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-NNP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3735ὄρηorē (N-NNP)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄρηorē
|
mountains
|
N-NNP
|
G1510εἰσίν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσίν,eisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G2521κάθηταιkathētai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
κάθηταιkathētai
|
sits
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
them.
|
PPro-GN3P
|
9
Here is the mind which has wisdom. The 7 heads are 7 mountains, on which the woman sits.Revelation 17:9
Stats
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 83 letters, 30 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: ωδε ο νους ο εχων σοφιαν αι επτα κεφαλαι ορη εισιν επτα οπου η γυνη καθηται επ αυτων
Lit: Here is the mind having wisdom: The seven heads, seven mountains are, where the woman sits on them.
KJV: And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains, on which the woman sitteth.
References
"here"Re 13:18: Here is wisdom. Let him that has understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is 600 threescore and 6.Da 12:4: 8-10: But you: O Daniel: shut up the words: and seal the book: even to the time of the end: many will run to and fro: and knowledge will be increased.Ho 14:9: Who is wise: and He will understand these things? prudent: and He will know them? for the ways of the LORD are right: and the just will walk in them: but the transgressors will fall therein.Mt 13:11: He answered and said to them: Because it is given to you to know the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven: but to them it not is given.Mt 24:15: When you therefore will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: stand in the holy place: (whoever reads: let him understand:)"The seven"Re 17:3: 7: 18: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.
και βασιλεις επτα εισιν οι πεντε επεσαν και ο εις εστιν ο αλλος ουπω ηλθεν και οταν ελθη ολιγον αυτον δει μειναι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G2033ἑπτάhepta (Adj-NMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτάhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν·eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν·eisin
|
there are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G4002πέντεpente (Adj-NMP)
G4002 πέντε pénte pen-teh a primary number; five:--five.
|
πέντεpente
|
five
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4098ἔπεσαν,epesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσαν,epesan
|
are fallen,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἔστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G243ἄλλοςallos (Adj-NMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοςallos
|
other
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G2064ἦλθεν,ēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθεν,ēlthen
|
has come;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G2064ἔλθῃelthē (V-ASA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔλθῃelthē
|
he shall have come,
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3641ὀλίγονoligon (Adj-ANS)
G3641 ὀλίγος olígos ol-ee-gos of uncertain affinity; puny (in extent, degree, number, duration or value); especially neuter (adverbially) somewhat:--+ almost, brief(-ly), few, (a) little, + long, a season, short, small, a while.
|
ὀλίγονoligon
|
a little while
|
Adj-ANS
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it behooves
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3306μεῖναι.meinai (V-ANA)
G3306 μένω ménō men-o a primary verb; to stay (in a given place, state, relation or expectancy):--abide, continue, dwell, endure, be present, remain, stand, tarry (for), X thine own.
|
μεῖναι.meinai
|
to remain.
|
V-ANA
|
10
There are 7 kings: 5 are fallen, and one is, and the other not is yet come; and when he comes, he must continue a short space.Revelation 17:10
Stats
Counts: 138 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 42 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και βασιλεις επτα εισιν οι πεντε επεσαν και ο εις εστιν ο αλλος ουπω ηλθεν και οταν ελθη ολιγον αυτον δει μειναι
Lit: And kings seven there are. The five are fallen, the one is, the other not yet has come; and when he shall have come, a little while him it behooves to remain.
KJV: And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.
References
"And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space."Re 17:10: There are 7 kings: 5 are fallen: and one is: and the other not is yet come; and when he comes: he must continue a short space.
και το θηριον ο ην και ουκ εστιν και αυτος ογδοος εστιν και εκ των επτα εστιν και εις απωλειαν υπαγει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-NNS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was,
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3590ὄγδοόςogdoos (Adj-NMS)
G3590 ὄγδοος ógdoos og-do-os from ὀκτώ; the eighth:--eighth.
|
ὄγδοόςogdoos
|
an eighth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτάhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτάhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G684ἀπώλειανapōleian (N-AFS)
G684 ἀπώλεια apṓleia ap-o-li-a from a presumed derivative of ἀπόλλυμι; ruin or loss (physical, spiritual or eternal):--damnable(-nation), destruction, die, perdition, X perish, pernicious ways, waste.
|
ἀπώλειανapōleian
|
destruction
|
N-AFS
|
G5217ὑπάγει.hypagei (V-PIA-3S)
G5217 ὑπάγω hypágō hoop-ag-o from ὑπό and ἄγω; to lead (oneself) under, i.e. withdraw or retire (as if sinking out of sight), literally or figuratively:--depart, get hence, go (a-)way.
|
ὑπάγει.hypagei
|
goes.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
11
The beast that was, and not is, even he is the eighth, and is of the 7, and goes into perdition.Revelation 17:11
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 79 letters, 31 vowels, 48 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το θηριον ο ην και ουκ εστιν και αυτος ογδοος εστιν και εκ των επτα εστιν και εις απωλειαν υπαγει
Lit: And the beast which was, and not is, also himself an eighth is, and of the seven is, and into destruction goes.
KJV: And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.
References
"that was"Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.
και τα δεκα κερατα α ειδες δεκα βασιλεις εισιν οιτινες βασιλειαν ουπω ελαβον αλλ εξουσιαν ως βασιλεις μιαν ωραν λαμβανουσιν μετα του θηριου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-NNP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-NNP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-NNP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
which
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you saw,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν,eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν,eisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
a kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G3768οὔπωoupō (Adv)
G3768 οὔπω oúpō oo-po from οὐ and -πω; not yet:--hitherto not, (no…) as yet, not yet.
|
οὔπωoupō
|
not yet
|
Adv
|
G2983ἔλαβον,elabon (V-AIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβον,elabon
|
have received,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G235ἀλλὰalla (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλὰalla
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5610ὥρανhōran (N-AFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρανhōran
|
hour
|
N-AFS
|
G2983λαμβάνουσινlambanousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαμβάνουσινlambanousin
|
receive,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
along with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίου.thēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίου.thēriou
|
beast.
|
N-GNS
|
12
The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.Revelation 17:12
Stats
Counts: 141 characters, 25 words, 112 letters, 42 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα δεκα κερατα α ειδες δεκα βασιλεις εισιν οιτινες βασιλειαν ουπω ελαβον αλλ εξουσιαν ως βασιλεις μιαν ωραν λαμβανουσιν μετα του θηριου
Lit: And the ten horns which you saw, ten kings are, who a kingdom not yet have received, but authority as kings one hour receive, along with the beast.
KJV: And the ten horns which thou sawest are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.
References
"the ten"Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Da 2:40-43: The fourth kingdom will be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaks'>breaks in pieces and subdues all things: and as iron that breaks'>breaks all these: will it break in pieces and bruise.Da 7:7: 8: 20: 24: After this I saw in the night visions: and look a fourth beast: dreadful and terrible: and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces: and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had 10 horns.Zec 1:18-21: Then lifted I up my eyes: and saw: and look 4 horns.
ουτοι μιαν γνωμην εχουσιν και την δυναμιν και την εξουσιαν εαυτων τω θηριω διαδιδωσουσιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1106γνώμηνgnōmēn (N-AFS)
G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμηνgnōmēn
|
mind
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχουσιν,echousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσιν,echousin
|
have,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1411δύναμινdynamin (N-AFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμινdynamin
|
power
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of themselves,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳthēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳthēriō
|
beast
|
N-DNS
|
G1325διδόασιν.didoasin (V-PIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
διδόασιν.didoasin
|
they shall give up.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
13
These have one mind, and will give their power and strength to the beast.Revelation 17:13
Stats
Counts: 76 characters, 13 words, 61 letters, 22 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι μιαν γνωμην εχουσιν και την δυναμιν και την εξουσιαν εαυτων τω θηριω διαδιδωσουσιν
Lit: These one mind have, and the power and authority of themselves, to the beast they shall give up.
KJV: These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.
References
"one"Php 1:27: Only let your conversation be as it becomes the gospel of Christ: that whether I come and see you: or else be absent: I may hear of your affairs: that you stand fast in one spirit: with one mind striving together for the faith of the gospel;Php 2:2: Fulfil you my joy: that you be likeminded: having the same love: being of one accord: of one mind."shall"Re 17:17: For God has put in their hearts to fulfil His will: and to agree: and give their kingdom to the beast: until the words of God will be fulfilled.Isa 10:5-7: O Assyrian: the rod of my anger: and the staff in their hand is my indignation.Eze 38:10: Thus says the Lord GOD; It will also come to pass: that at the same time will things come into your mind: and you will think an evil thought:Ac 4:28: For to do whatever your hand and your counsel determined before to be done.
The Victory of the Lamb
ουτοι μετα του αρνιου πολεμησουσιν και το αρνιον νικησει αυτους οτι κυριος κυριων εστιν και βασιλευς βασιλεων και οι μετ αυτου κλητοι και εκλεκτοι και πιστοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3778Οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
Οὗτοιhoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἈρνίουArniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίουArniou
|
Lamb
|
N-GNS
|
G4170πολεμήσουσινpolemēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
πολεμήσουσινpolemēsousin
|
war will make,
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721ἈρνίονArnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίονArnion
|
Lamb
|
N-NNS
|
G3528νικήσειnikēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικήσειnikēsei
|
will overcome
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2962κυρίωνkyriōn (N-GMP)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
κυρίωνkyriōn
|
of lords
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
He is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G935ΒασιλεὺςBasileus (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒασιλεὺςBasileus
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G935βασιλέων,basileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέων,basileōn
|
of kings;
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2822κλητοὶklētoi (Adj-NMP)
G2822 κλητός klētós klay-tos from the same as κλῆσις; invited, i.e. appointed, or (specially), a saint:--called.
|
κλητοὶklētoi
|
are called
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1588ἐκλεκτοὶeklektoi (Adj-NMP)
G1588 ἐκλεκτός eklektós ek-lek-tos from ἐκλέγομαι; select; by implication, favorite:--chosen, elect.
|
ἐκλεκτοὶeklektoi
|
chosen
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4103πιστοί.pistoi (Adj-NMP)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστοί.pistoi
|
faithful.
|
Adj-NMP
|
14
These will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called, and chosen, and faithful.Revelation 17:14
Stats
Rank: #3239 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 178 characters, 29 words, 137 letters, 46 vowels, 91 consonants
Translation
Greek: ουτοι μετα του αρνιου πολεμησουσιν και το αρνιον νικησει αυτους οτι κυριος κυριων εστιν και βασιλευς βασιλεων και οι μετ αυτου κλητοι και εκλεκτοι και πιστοι
Lit: These with the Lamb war will make, and the Lamb will overcome them, because Lord of lords He is, and King of kings; and those with Him are called and chosen and faithful.
KJV: These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for he is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.
References
"shall make"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 8:6: 7: The 7 angels which had the 7 trumpets prepared themselves to sound.Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 19:15-21: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Da 7:21: 25: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Da 11:9-12: 24: 25: So the king of the south will come into his kingdom: and will return into his own land.Zec 2:8: For thus says the LORD of hosts; After the glory has He sent me to the nations which spoiled you: for He that'>He who touches'>touches you touches'>touches the apple of His eye.Mt 25:40: The King will answer and say to them: Truly I say to you: Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers: you have done it to me.Ac 9:4: 5: He fell to the earth: and heard a voice saying to him: Saul: Saul: why persecute you me?"the Lamb shall"Re 6:12-17: I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal: and: indeed: there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair: and the moon became as blood;Ps 2:8: 9: Ask of me: and I will give you the heathen for your inheritance: and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.Ps 21:8-12: Your hand will find out all your enemies: your right hand will find out those that hate you.Ps 110:5: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Jer 50:44: Look: he will come up like a lion from the swelling of Jordan to the habitation of the strong: but I will make them suddenly run away from her: and who is a chosen man: that I may appoint over her? for who is like me? and who will appoint me the time? and who is that shepherd that will stand before me?Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 7:26: 27: But the judgment will sit: and they will take away his dominion: to consume and to destroy it to the end.1Co 15:24: Then cometh the end: when He will have delivered up the kingdom to God: even the Father; when He will have put down all rule and all authority and power."Lord"Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.De 10:17: For the LORD your God is God of gods: and Lord of lords: a great God: a mighty: and a terrible: which regards not persons: nor takes reward:Ps 136:2: 3: O give thanks to the God of gods: for His mercy endureth for ever.Pr 8:15: 16: By me kings reign: and princes decree justice.Da 2:47: The king answered to Daniel: and said: Of a truth it is: that your God is a God of gods: and a Lord of kings: and a revealer of secrets: seeing you could reveal this secret.1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;"and they"Re 14:1-4: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 19:14: The armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses: clothed in fine linen: white and clean.Ps 149:5-9: Let the saints be joyful in glory: let them sing aloud upon their beds.Jer 1:15: 19: For: indeed: I will call all the families of the kingdoms of the north: says the LORD; and they will come: and they will set every one His throne at the entering of the gates of Jerusalem: and against all the walls thereof round about: and against all the cities of Judah.Mic 5:7-9: The remnant of Jacob will be in the middle of many people as a dew from the LORD: as the showers upon the grass: that tarries not for man: nor waits for the sons of men.Joh 15:16: You not have chosen me: but I have chosen you: and ordained you: that you should go and bring forth fruit: and that your fruit should remain: that whatever you will ask of the Father in my name: He may give it you.Ro 8:30: Moreover whom he did predestinate: them he also called: and whom he called: them he also justified: and whom he justified: them he also glorified.Ro 8:37: No: in all these things we are more than conquerors through him that loved us.2Ti 2:4: No man that wars entangles himself with the affairs of this life; that he may please him who has chosen him to be a soldier.Heb 3:1: 2: For what reason: holy brothers: partakers of the heavenly calling: consider the Apostle and High Priest of our profession: Christ Jesus;1Pe 2:9: But you are a chosen generation: a royal priesthood: an holy nation: a peculiar people; that you should show forth the praises of him who has called you out of darkness into his marvellous light:"and faithful"Re 2:10: Fear none of those things which you will suffer: look: the devil will cast some of you into prison: that you may be tried; and you will have tribulation 10 days: be you faithful to death: and I will give you a crown of life.
και λεγει μοι τα υδατα α ειδες ου η πορνη καθηται λαοι και οχλοι εισιν και εθνη και γλωσσαι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588ΤὰTa (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ΤὰTa
|
The
|
Art-NNP
|
G5204ὕδαταhydata (N-NNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδαταhydata
|
waters
|
N-NNP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδες,eides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδες,eides
|
you saw,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G3757οὗhou (Adv)
G3757 οὗ hoû hoo genitive case of ὅς as adverb; at which place, i.e. where:--where(-in), whither(-soever).,
|
οὗhou
|
where
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4204πόρνηpornē (N-NFS)
G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνηpornē
|
prostitute
|
N-NFS
|
G2521κάθηται,kathētai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
κάθηται,kathētai
|
sits,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2992λαοὶlaoi (N-NMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοὶlaoi
|
peoples
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3793ὄχλοιochloi (N-NMP)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλοιochloi
|
multitudes
|
N-NMP
|
G1510εἰσὶνeisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσὶνeisin
|
are,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1100γλῶσσαι.glōssai (N-NFP)
G1100 γλῶσσα glōssa gloce-sah of uncertain affinity; the tongue; by implication, a language (specially, one naturally unacquired):--tongue.
|
γλῶσσαι.glōssai
|
tongues.
|
N-NFP
|
15
He says to me, The waters which you saw, where the whore sits, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.
Revelation 17:15
Stats
Counts: 131 characters, 16 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει μοι τα υδατα α ειδες ου η πορνη καθηται λαοι και οχλοι εισιν και εθνη και γλωσσαι
Lit: And he says to me, The waters that you saw, where the prostitute sits, peoples and multitudes are, and nations and tongues.
KJV: And he saith unto me, The waters which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.
References
"The waters"Re 17:1: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Ps 18:4: The sorrows of death compassed me: and the floods of ungodly men made me afraid.Ps 65:7: Which stills the noise of the seas: the noise of their waves: and the tumult of the people.Ps 93:3-4: The floods have lifted up: O LORD: the floods have lifted up their voice; the floods lift up their waves.Isa 8:7: 8: Now therefore: look: the Lord brings up upon them the waters of the river: strong and many: even the king of Assyria: and all His glory: and He will come up over all His channels: and go over all His banks:Jer 51:13: 42: 55: O you that dwell upon many waters: abundant in treasures: your end is come: and the measure of your covetousness."are"Re 10:11: He said to me: You must prophesy again before many peoples: and nations: and tongues: and kings.Re 11:9: They of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations will see their dead bodies 3 days and an half: and will not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.Re 13:7: 8: It was given to him to make war with the saints: and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds: and tongues: and nations.
και τα δεκα κερατα α ειδες επι το θηριον ουτοι μισησουσιν την πορνην και ηρημωμενην ποιησουσιν αυτην και γυμνην και τας σαρκας αυτης φαγονται και αυτην κατακαυσουσιν εν πυρι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1176δέκαdeka (Adj-NNP)
G1176 δέκα déka dek-ah a primary number; ten:--(eight-)een, ten.
|
δέκαdeka
|
ten
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2768κέραταkerata (N-NNP)
G2768 κέρας kéras ker-as from a primary (the hair of the head); a horn (literally or figuratively):--horn.
|
κέραταkerata
|
horns
|
N-NNP
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you saw,
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίον,thērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίον,thērion
|
beast,
|
N-NNS
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3404μισήσουσινmisēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
μισήσουσινmisēsousin
|
will hate
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4204πόρνην,pornēn (N-AFS)
G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνην,pornēn
|
prostitute,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2049ἠρημωμένηνērēmōmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G2049 ἐρημόω erēmóō er-ay-mo-o from ἔρημος; to lay waste (literally or figuratively):--(bring to, make) desolate(-ion), come to nought.
|
ἠρημωμένηνērēmōmenēn
|
desolate
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G4160ποιήσουσινpoiēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσουσινpoiēsousin
|
will make
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1131γυμνήν,gymnēn (Adj-AFS)
G1131 γυμνός gymnós goom-nos of uncertain affinity; nude (absolute or relative, literal or figurative):--naked.
|
γυμνήν,gymnēn
|
naked;
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G5315φάγονται,phagontai (V-FIM-3P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγονται,phagontai
|
they will eat,
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2618κατακαύσουσινkatakausousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατακαύσουσινkatakausousin
|
they will burn
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρί·pyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρί·pyri
|
fire.
|
N-DNS
|
16
The 10 horns which you saw upon the beast, these will hate the whore, and will make her desolate and naked, and will eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.Revelation 17:16
Stats
Counts: 167 characters, 28 words, 131 letters, 46 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα δεκα κερατα α ειδες επι το θηριον ουτοι μισησουσιν την πορνην και ηρημωμενην ποιησουσιν αυτην και γυμνην και τας σαρκας αυτης φαγονται και αυτην κατακαυσουσιν εν πυρι
Lit: And the ten horns that you saw, and the beast, these will hate the prostitute, and desolate will make her, and naked; and the flesh of her they will eat, and her they will burn with fire.
KJV: And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.
References
"the ten"Re 17:2: 10: 12: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication."these"Re 17:1: 2: 13: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Re 16:12: The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up: that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.Isa 13:17: 18: Look: I will stir up the Medes against them: which will not regard silver; and as for gold: they will not delight in it.Jer 50:41: 42: Look: a people will come from the north: and a great nation: and many kings will be raised up from the coasts of the earth."and naked"Re 18:16: 17: Saying: Alas: alas: that great city: that was clothed in fine linen: and purple: and scarlet: and decked with gold: and precious stones: and pearls!Eze 16:37-44: Look: therefore I will gather all your lovers: with whom you have taken pleasure: and all them that you have loved: with all them that you have hated; I will even gather them round about against you: and will discover your nakedness to them: that they may see all your nakedness.Eze 23:45-49: The righteous men: they will judge them after the manner of adulteresses: and after the manner of women that shed blood; because they are adulteresses: and blood is in their hands."eat"Job 31:31: If the men of my tabernacle not said: Oh that we had of his flesh! we cannot be satisfied.Ps 27:2: When the wicked: even my enemies and my foes: came upon me to eat up my flesh: they stumbled and fell.Da 7:5: look another beast: a second: like to a bear: and it raised up itself on one side: and it had 3 ribs in the mouth of it between the teeth of it: and they said thus to it: Arise: devour much flesh."and burn"Re 18:8: 16: Therefore will her plagues come in one day: death: and mourning: and famine; and she will be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judges her.Le 21:9: The daughter of any priest: if she profane herself by playing the whore: she profanes her father: she will be burnt with fire.
ο γαρ θεος εδωκεν εις τας καρδιας αυτων ποιησαι την γνωμην αυτου και ποιησαι μιαν γνωμην και δουναι την βασιλειαν αυτων τω θηριω αχρι τελεσθη τα ρηματα του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
For
|
Conj
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
has put
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2588καρδίαςkardias (N-AFP)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίαςkardias
|
hearts
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1106γνώμηνgnōmēn (N-AFS)
G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμηνgnōmēn
|
purpose
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to do
|
V-ANA
|
G1520μίανmian (Adj-AFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μίανmian
|
one
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1106γνώμηνgnōmēn (N-AFS)
G1106 γνώμη gnṓmē gno-may from γινώσκω; cognition, i.e. (subjectively) opinion, or (objectively) resolve (counsel, consent, etc.):--advice, + agree, judgment, mind, purpose, will.,
|
γνώμηνgnōmēn
|
purpose,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δοῦναιdounai (V-ANA)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δοῦναιdounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingdom
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the
|
Art-DNS
|
G2342θηρίῳ,thēriō (N-DNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίῳ,thēriō
|
beast,
|
N-DNS
|
G891ἄχριachri (Conj)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5055τελεσθήσονταιtelesthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελεσθήσονταιtelesthēsontai
|
will be fulfilled
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
words
|
N-NMP
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
17
For God has put in their hearts to fulfil His will, and to agree, and give their kingdom to the beast, until the words of God will be fulfilled.Revelation 17:17
Stats
Counts: 148 characters, 26 words, 116 letters, 42 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο γαρ θεος εδωκεν εις τας καρδιας αυτων ποιησαι την γνωμην αυτου και ποιησαι μιαν γνωμην και δουναι την βασιλειαν αυτων τω θηριω αχρι τελεσθη τα ρηματα του θεου
Lit: For God has put into the hearts of them to do the purpose of Him, and to do one purpose, and to give the kingdom of them to the beast, until will be fulfilled the words of God.
KJV: For God hath put in their hearts to fulfil his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.
References
"God hath"Re 17:13: These have one mind: and will give their power and strength to the beast.Ac 4:27: 28: For of a truth against your holy child Jesus: whom you have anointed: both Herod: and Pontius Pilate: with the Gentiles: and the people of Israel: were gathered together: "put"Ezr 7:27: Blessed be the LORD God of our fathers: which has put such a thing as this in the king's heart: to beautify the house of the LORD which is in Jerusalem:Ps 105:25: He turned their heart to hate his people: to deal subtilly with his servants.Pr 21:1: The king's heart is in the hand of the LORD: as the rivers of water: He turns it wherever He will.Jer 32:40: I will make an everlasting covenant with them: that I not will turn away from them: to do them good; but I will put my fear in their hearts: that they will not depart from me.2Th 2:10-12: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.Jas 1:13-17: Let no man say when He is tempted: I am tempted of God: for God cannot be tempted with evil: neither tempts He any man:"to fulfil"Lu 22:3: 22: 37: Then entered Satan into Judas surnamed Iscariot: being of the number of the 12.Joh 13:2: 18: Supper being ended: the devil having now put into the heart of Judas Iscariot: Simon's son: to betray him;"until"Re 6:11: White robes were given to every one of them; and it was said to them: that they should rest yet for a little season: until their fellowservants also and their brothers: that should be killed as they were: should be fulfilled.Re 10:7: But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel: when He will begin to sound: the mystery of God should be finished: as He has declared to His servants the prophets.Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Pr 19:21: There are many devices in a man's heart; nevertheless the counsel of the LORD: that will stand.Isa 45:17: But Israel will be saved in the LORD with an everlasting salvation: you will not be ashamed nor confounded world without end.Isa 46:10: 11: Declaring the end from the beginning: and from ancient times the things that not are yet done: saying: My counsel will stand: and I will do all my pleasure:Jer 27:6: 7: Now have I given all these lands into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon: my servant; and the beasts of the field have I given him also to serve him.Eze 38:16: 17: you will come up against my people of Israel: as a cloud to cover the land; it will be in the latter days: and I will bring you against my land: that the heathen may know me: when I will be sanctified in you: O Gog: before their eyes.Da 12:7: I heard the man clothed in linen: which was upon the waters of the river: when he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven: and sware by him that lives for ever that it will be for a time: times: and an half; and when he will have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy people: all these things will be finished.Joh 10:35: If He called them gods: to whom the word of God came: and the scripture cannot be broken;Joh 12:39: 40: Therefore they not could believe: because that Isaiah said again: Joh 19:24: 28: They said therefore among themselves: Let not us rend it: but cast lots for it: whose it will be: that the scripture might be fulfilled: which says: They parted my clothing among them: and for my vesture they did cast lots. These things therefore the soldiers did.
και η γυνη ην ειδες εστιν η πολις η μεγαλη η εχουσα βασιλειαν επι των βασιλεων της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
woman
|
N-NFS
|
G3739ἣνhēn (RelPro-AFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἣνhēn
|
whom
|
RelPro-AFS
|
G3708εἶδεςeides (V-AIA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδεςeides
|
you saw
|
V-AIA-2S
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G932βασιλείανbasileian (N-AFS)
G932 βασιλεία basileía bas-il-i-ah from βασιλεύς; properly, royalty, i.e. (abstractly) rule, or (concretely) a realm (literally or figuratively):--kingdom, + reign.
|
βασιλείανbasileian
|
kingship
|
N-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
kings
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
18
The woman which you saw is that great city, which reigns over the kings of the earth.Revelation 17:18
Stats
Rank: #3109 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 26 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η γυνη ην ειδες εστιν η πολις η μεγαλη η εχουσα βασιλειαν επι των βασιλεων της γης
Lit: And the woman whom you saw is the city great, having kingship over the kings of the earth.
KJV: And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.
References
"the woman"Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 18:2: He cried mightily with a strong voice: saying: Babylon the great is fallen: is fallen: and is become the habitation of devils: and the hold of every foul spirit: and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.Da 2:40: 41: The fourth kingdom will be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaks'>breaks in pieces and subdues all things: and as iron that breaks'>breaks all these: will it break in pieces and bruise.Da 7:23: Thus he said: The fourth beast will be the fourth kingdom upon earth: which will be diverse from all kingdoms: and will devour the whole earth: and will tread it down: and break it in pieces.Lu 2:1: It came to pass in those days: that there went out a decree from Caesar Augustus: that all the world should be taxed."which reigneth"Re 12:4: His tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven: and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered: for to devour her child as soon as it was born.
18
The Fall of Babylon
Babylon is Fallen
και μετα ταυτα ειδον {VAR2: αλλον } αγγελον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου εχοντα εξουσιαν μεγαλην και η γη εφωτισθη εκ της δοξης αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλλονallon (Adj-AMS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλονallon
|
another
|
Adj-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2597καταβαίνονταkatabainonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνονταkatabainonta
|
descending
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
having
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1849ἐξουσίανexousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίανexousian
|
authority
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάλην,megalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλην,megalēn
|
great;
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G5461ἐφωτίσθηephōtisthē (V-AIP-3S)
G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
ἐφωτίσθηephōtisthē
|
was illuminated
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1391δόξηςdoxēs (N-GFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξηςdoxēs
|
glory
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
1
And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.Revelation 18:1
Stats
Counts: 129 characters, 21 words, 104 letters, 37 vowels, 67 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα ταυτα ειδον {VAR2: αλλον } αγγελον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου εχοντα εξουσιαν μεγαλην και η γη εφωτισθη εκ της δοξης αυτου
Lit: After these things I saw another angel descending out of heaven, having authority great; and the earth was illuminated from the glory of him.
KJV: And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.
References
"I saw"Re 17:1: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:"and the"Re 21:23: The city had no need of the sun: neither of the moon: to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it: and the Lamb is the light thereof.Isa 60:1-3: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Eze 43:2: And: look: the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and His voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with His glory.Lu 17:24: For as the lightning: that lightens out of the one part under heaven: shines to the other part under heaven; so will also the Son of man be in His day.2Th 2:8: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:
και εκραξεν εν ισχυι φωνη μεγαλη λεγων επεσεν επεσεν βαβυλων η μεγαλη και εγενετο κατοικητηριον δαιμονων και φυλακη παντος πνευματος ακαθαρτου και φυλακη παντος ορνεου ακαθαρτου και μεμισημενου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραξενekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξενekraxen
|
he cried out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G2478ἰσχυρᾷischyra (Adj-DFS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρᾷischyra
|
a mighty
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
voice,
|
N-DFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G4098ἜπεσενEpesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἜπεσενEpesen
|
Fallen,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4098ἔπεσενepesen (V-AIA-3S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσενepesen
|
Fallen is
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G897ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn (N-NFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn
|
Babylon
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great!
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1096ἐγένετοegeneto (V-AIM-3S)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
ἐγένετοegeneto
|
she has become
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G2732κατοικητήριονkatoikētērion (N-NNS)
G2732 κατοικητήριον katoikētḗrion kat-oy-kay-tay-ree-on from a derivative of κατοικέω; a dwelling-place:--habitation.
|
κατοικητήριονkatoikētērion
|
a habitation
|
N-NNS
|
G1140δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn (N-GNP)
G1140 δαιμόνιον daimónion dahee-mon-ee-on neuter of a derivative of δαίμων; a dæmonic being; by extension a deity:--devil, god.
|
δαιμονίωνdaimoniōn
|
of demons,
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5438φυλακὴphylakē (N-NFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴphylakē
|
a prison
|
N-NFS
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
of every
|
Adj-GNS
|
G4151πνεύματοςpneumatos (N-GNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεύματοςpneumatos
|
spirit
|
N-GNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτουakathartou (Adj-GNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτουakathartou
|
unclean,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5438φυλακὴphylakē (N-NFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴphylakē
|
a prison
|
N-NFS
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
of every
|
Adj-GNS
|
G3732ὀρνέουorneou (N-GNS)
G3732 ὄρνεον órneon or-neh-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ὄρνις; a birdling:--bird, fowl.
|
ὀρνέουorneou
|
bird
|
N-GNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτουakathartou (Adj-GNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτουakathartou
|
unclean,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532‹καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5438φυλακὴphylakē (N-NFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακὴphylakē
|
a prison
|
N-NFS
|
G3956παντὸςpantos (Adj-GNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὸςpantos
|
of every
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
creature
|
N-GNS
|
G169ἀκαθάρτου›akathartou (Adj-GNS)
G169 ἀκάθαρτος akáthartos ak-ath-ar-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a presumed derivative of καθαίρω (meaning cleansed); impure (ceremonially, morally (lewd) or specially, (demonic)):--foul, unclean.
|
ἀκαθάρτου›akathartou
|
unclean
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3404μεμισημένου,memisēmenou (V-RPM/P-GNS)
G3404 μισέω miséō mis-eh-o from a primary (hatred); to detest (especially to persecute); by extension, to love less:--hate(-ful).
|
μεμισημένου,memisēmenou
|
having been hated.
|
V-RPM/P-GNS
|
2
He cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.
Revelation 18:2
Stats
Counts: 211 characters, 33 words, 166 letters, 64 vowels, 102 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκραξεν εν ισχυι φωνη μεγαλη λεγων επεσεν επεσεν βαβυλων η μεγαλη και εγενετο κατοικητηριον δαιμονων και φυλακη παντος πνευματος ακαθαρτου και φυλακη παντος ορνεου ακαθαρτου και μεμισημενου
Lit: And he cried out in a mighty voice, saying: Fallen, Fallen is Babylon the great! And she has become a habitation of demons, and a prison of every spirit unclean, and a prison of every bird unclean, and a prison of every creature unclean and having been hated.
KJV: And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird.
References
"cried"Re 1:15: His feet like to fine brass: as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.Re 5:2: I saw a strong angel proclaiming with a loud voice: Who is worthy to open the book: and to loose the seals thereof?Re 10:3: Cried with a loud voice: as when a lion roars: and when he had cried: 7 thunders uttered their voices.Re 14:15: Another angel came out of the temple: crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud: Thrust in your sickle: and reap: for the time is come for you to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.Jer 25:30: Therefore prophesy you against them all these words: and say to them: The LORD will roar from on high: and utter His voice from His holy habitation; He will mightily roar upon His habitation; He will give a shout: as they that tread the grapes: against all the inhabitants of the earth.Joe 3:16: The LORD also will roar out of Zion: and utter His voice from Jerusalem; and the heavens and the earth will shake: but the LORD will be the hope of His people: and the strength of the children of Israel."Babylon"Re 18:10: 21: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 17:5: 18: Upon her forehead was a name written: MYSTERY: BABYLON THE GREAT: THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.Isa 13:19: Babylon: the glory of kingdoms: the beauty of the Chaldees' excellency: will be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah.Isa 21:9: And: look: here comes a chariot of men: with a couple of horsemen. And he answered and said: Babylon is fallen: is fallen; and all the graven images of her gods he has broken to the ground.Jer 51:8: 60-64: Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed: howl for her; take balm for her pain: if so be she may be healed."become"Le 11:13-19: These are they which you will have in abomination among the fowls; they will not be eaten: they are an abomination: the eagle: and the ossifrage: and the ospray: Isa 13:20-22: It will never be inhabited: neither will it be dwelt in from generation to generation: neither will the Arabian pitch tent there; neither will the shepherds make their fold there.Isa 14:23: I will also make it a possession for the bittern: and pools of water: and I will sweep it with the besom of destruction: says the LORD of hosts.Isa 21:8: He cried: A lion: My lord: I stand continually upon the watchtower in the daytime: and I am set in my ward whole nights:Isa 34:11-15: But the cormorant and the bittern will possess it; the owl also and the raven will dwell in it: and he will stretch out upon it the line of confusion: and the stones of emptiness.Jer 50:39: 40: Therefore the wild beasts of the desert with the wild beasts of the islands will dwell there: and the owls will dwell therein: and it will be no more inhabited for ever; neither will it be dwelt in from generation to generation.Jer 51:37: Babylon will become heaps: a dwellingplace for dragons: an astonishment: and an hissing: without an inhabitant.Mr 5:3-5: Who had his dwelling among the tombs; and no man could bind him: no: not with chains:Lu 8:27: 28: When he went forth to land: there met him out of the city a certain man: which had devils long time: and ware no clothes: neither abode in any house: but in the tombs.
οτι εκ του οινου του θυμου της πορνειας αυτης πεπωκεν παντα τα εθνη και οι βασιλεις της γης μετ αυτης επορνευσαν και οι εμποροι της γης εκ της δυναμεως του στρηνους αυτης επλουτησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
wrath
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4202πορνείαςporneias (N-GFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείαςporneias
|
sexual immorality
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4095πέπωκανpepōkan (V-RIA-3P)
G4095 πίνω pínō po-o a prolonged form of ; which (together with another form) ; occurs only as an alternate in certain tenses; to imbibe (literally or figuratively):--drink.
|
πέπωκανpepōkan
|
have drunk
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνη,ethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη,ethnē
|
nations;
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4203ἐπόρνευσαν,eporneusan (V-AIA-3P)
G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
ἐπόρνευσαν,eporneusan
|
have committed sexual immorality;
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1713ἔμποροιemporoi (N-NMP)
G1713 ἔμπορος émporos em-por-os from ἐν and the base of πορεύομαι; a (wholesale) tradesman:--merchant.
|
ἔμποροιemporoi
|
merchants
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1411δυνάμεωςdynameōs (N-GFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δυνάμεωςdynameōs
|
power
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4764στρήνουςstrēnous (N-GNS)
G4764 στρῆνος strēnos stray-nos akin to στερεός; a straining, strenuousness or strength, i.e. (figuratively) luxury (voluptuousness):--delicacy.
|
στρήνουςstrēnous
|
sensuality
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4147ἐπλούτησαν.eploutēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
ἐπλούτησαν.eploutēsan
|
have been enriched.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
3
For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Revelation 18:3
Stats
Counts: 222 characters, 38 words, 180 letters, 68 vowels, 112 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι εκ του οινου του θυμου της πορνειας αυτης πεπωκεν παντα τα εθνη και οι βασιλεις της γης μετ αυτης επορνευσαν και οι εμποροι της γης εκ της δυναμεως του στρηνους αυτης επλουτησαν
Lit: For of the wine of the wrath of the sexual immorality of her, have drunk all the nations; and the kings of the earth with her have committed sexual immorality; and the merchants of the earth through the power of the sensuality of her have been enriched.
KJV: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.
References
"all"Re 18:9: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Re 17:2: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Jer 51:7: Babylon has been a golden cup in the LORD's hand: that made all the earth drunken: the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad."the merchants"Re 18:11-17: 23: The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:Isa 47:15: Thus will they be to you with whom you have laboured: even your merchants: from your youth: they will wander every one to his quarter; none will save you.2Pe 2:1-3: But there were false prophets also among the people: even as there will be false teachers among you: who privily will bring in damnable heresies: even denying the Lord that bought them: and bring upon themselves swift destruction."abundance"Pr 23:1-3: When you sit to eat with a ruler: consider diligently what is before you:"her delicacies"Jer 51:34: Nebuchadrezzar the king of Babylon has devoured me: he has crushed me: he has made me an empty vessel: he has swallowed me up like a dragon: he has filled his belly with my delicates: he has cast me out.La 4:5: They that did feed delicately are desolate in the streets: they that were brought up in scarlet embrace dunghills.Lu 7:25: But what went you out for to see? A man clothed in soft clothing? Look: they which are gorgeously apparelled: and live delicately: are in kings' courts.
και ηκουσα αλλην φωνην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν εξελθετε εξ αυτης ο λαος μου ινα μη συγκοινωνησητε ταις αμαρτιαις αυτης και ινα μη λαβητε εκ των πληγων αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G243ἄλληνallēn (Adj-AFS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλληνallēn
|
another
|
Adj-AFS
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
voice
|
N-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λέγουσανlegousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσανlegousan
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1831ἘξέλθατεExelthate (V-AMA-2P)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἘξέλθατεExelthate
|
Come
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-VMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-VMS
|
G2992λαόςlaos (N-VMS)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαόςlaos
|
people
|
N-VMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4790συνκοινωνήσητεsynkoinōnēsēte (V-ASA-2P)
G4790 συγκοινωνέω synkoinōnéō soong-koy-no-neh-o from σύν and κοινωνέω; to share in company with, i.e. co-participate in:--communicate (have fellowship) with, be partaker of.
|
συνκοινωνήσητεsynkoinōnēsēte
|
you may have fellowship
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
in the
|
Art-DFP
|
G266ἁμαρτίαιςhamartiais (N-DFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαιςhamartiais
|
sins
|
N-DFP
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4127πληγῶνplēgōn (N-GFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῶνplēgōn
|
plagues
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983λάβητε·labēte (V-ASA-2P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λάβητε·labēte
|
you may receive.
|
V-ASA-2P
|
4
I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that you not be partakers of her sins, and that you not receive of her plagues.
Revelation 18:4
Stats
Rank: #1400 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 152 characters, 25 words, 117 letters, 48 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα αλλην φωνην εκ του ουρανου λεγουσαν εξελθετε εξ αυτης ο λαος μου ινα μη συγκοινωνησητε ταις αμαρτιαις αυτης και ινα μη λαβητε εκ των πληγων αυτης
Lit: And I heard another voice from heaven, saying: Come the people of me, out of her, so that not you may have fellowship in the sins of her, and of the plagues of her so that not you may receive.
KJV: And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.
References
"Come"Ge 19:12: 13: The men said to Lot: Have you here any besides? son in law: and your sons: and your daughters: and whatever you have in the city: bring them out of this place:Nu 16:26: 27: He spoke to the congregation: saying: Depart: I pray you: from the tents of these wicked men: and not touchhing of theirs: lest you be consumed in all their sins.Isa 48:20: Go you forth of Babylon: flee you from the Chaldeans: with a voice of singing declare you: tell this: utter it even to the end of the earth; say you: The LORD has redeemed His servant Jacob.Isa 52:11: Depart you: depart you: go you out from there: touch no unclean thing; go you out of the middle of her; be you clean: that bear the vessels of the LORD.Jer 50:8: Remove out of the middle of Babylon: and go forth out of the land of the Chaldeans: and be as the he goats before the flocks.Jer 51:6: 45: 50: Flee out of the middle of Babylon: and deliver every man His soul: not be cut off in her iniquity; for this is the time of the LORD's vengeance; He will render to her a recompence.Mt 24:15: 16: When you therefore will see the abomination of desolation: spoken of by Daniel the prophet: stand in the holy place: (whoever reads: let him understand:)2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: "partakers"Ps 50:18: When you saw a thief: then you consentedst with him: and have been partaker with adulterers.Mt 23:30: Say: If we had been in the days of our fathers: we not would have been partakers with them in the blood of the prophets.1Ti 5:22: Lay hands suddenly on no man: neither be partaker of other men's sins: keep yourself pure.2Jo 1:11: For He that'>He who bids Him God speed is partaker of His evil deeds.
οτι {VAR1: ηκολουθησαν } {VAR2: εκολληθησαν } αυτης αι αμαρτιαι αχρι του ουρανου και εμνημονευσεν ο θεος τα αδικηματα αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G2853ἐκολλήθησανekollēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2853 κολλάω kolláō kol-lah-o from (glue); to glue, i.e. (passively or reflexively) to stick (figuratively):--cleave, join (self), keep company.
|
ἐκολλήθησανekollēthēsan
|
have been heaped
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G266ἁμαρτίαιhamartiai (N-NFP)
G266 ἁμαρτία hamartía ham-ar-tee-ah from ἁμαρτάνω; a sin (properly abstract):--offence, sin(-ful).
|
ἁμαρτίαιhamartiai
|
sins
|
N-NFP
|
G891ἄχριachri (Prep)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
as high as
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3421ἐμνημόνευσενemnēmoneusen (V-AIA-3S)
G3421 μνημονεύω mnēmoneúō mnay-mon-yoo-o from a derivative of μνήμη; to exercise memory, i.e. recollect; by implication, to punish; also to rehearse:--make mention; be mindful, remember.
|
ἐμνημόνευσενemnēmoneusen
|
has remembered
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G92ἀδικήματαadikēmata (N-ANP)
G92 ἀδίκημα adíkēma ad-eek-ay-mah from ἀδικέω; a wrong done:--evil doing, iniquity, matter of wrong.
|
ἀδικήματαadikēmata
|
iniquities
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
5
For her sins have reached to heaven, and God has remembered her iniquities.Revelation 18:5
Stats
Counts: 78 characters, 12 words, 64 letters, 27 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι {VAR1: ηκολουθησαν } {VAR2: εκολληθησαν } αυτης αι αμαρτιαι αχρι του ουρανου και εμνημονευσεν ο θεος τα αδικηματα αυτης
Lit: For have been heaped her sins as high as heaven, and has remembered God the iniquities of her.
KJV: For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.
References
"reached"Ge 18:20: 21: The LORD said: Because the cry of Sodom and Gomorrah is great: and because their sin is very grievous;2Ch 28:9: But a prophet of the LORD was there: whose name was Oded: and He went out before the host that came to Samaria: and said to them: Look: because the LORD God of your fathers was angry with Judah: He has delivered them into your hand: and you have killed them in a rage that reaches up to heaven.Ezr 9:6: Said: O my God: I am ashamed and blush to lift up my face to you: my God: for our iniquities are increased over our head: and our trespass is grown up to the heavens.Jer 51:9: We would have healed Babylon: but she not is healed: forsake her: and let us go every one into his own country: for her judgment reaches to heaven: and is lifted up even to the skies.Jon 1:2: Arise: go to Nineveh: that great city: and cry against it; for their wickedness is come up before me."and"Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.
αποδοτε αυτη ως και αυτη απεδωκεν υμιν και διπλωσατε αυτη διπλα κατα τα εργα αυτης εν τω ποτηριω ω εκερασεν κερασατε αυτη διπλουν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G591ἀπόδοτεapodote (V-AMA-2P)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπόδοτεapodote
|
Give back
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὴautē (PPro-NF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴautē
|
she
|
PPro-NF3S
|
G591ἀπέδωκεν,apedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀπέδωκεν,apedōken
|
has rendered;
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1363διπλώσατεdiplōsate (V-AMA-2P)
G1363 διπλόω diplóō dip-lo-o from διπλοῦς; to render two-fold:--double.
|
διπλώσατεdiplōsate
|
pay back double
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
to her,
|
Art-ANP
|
G1362διπλᾶdipla (Adj-ANP)
G1362 διπλοῦς diploûs dip-looce from δίς and (probably) the base of πλείων; two-fold:--double, two-fold more.
|
διπλᾶdipla
|
twofold
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῆς·autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς·autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G4221ποτηρίῳpotēriō (N-DNS)
G4221 ποτήριον potḗrion pot-ay-ree-on neuter of a derivative of the alternate of πίνω; a drinking-vessel; by extension, the contents thereof, i.e. a cupful (draught); figuratively, a lot or fate:--cup.
|
ποτηρίῳpotēriō
|
cup
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ᾧhō (RelPro-DNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾧhō
|
which
|
RelPro-DNS
|
G2767ἐκέρασενekerasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2767 κεράννυμι keránnymi ker-ah-o prolonged form of a more primary (which is used in certain tenses); to mingle, i.e. (by implication) to pour out (for drinking):--fill, pour out. Compare μίγνυμι.
|
ἐκέρασενekerasen
|
she has mixed,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2767κεράσατεkerasate (V-AMA-2P)
G2767 κεράννυμι keránnymi ker-ah-o prolonged form of a more primary (which is used in certain tenses); to mingle, i.e. (by implication) to pour out (for drinking):--fill, pour out. Compare μίγνυμι.
|
κεράσατεkerasate
|
mix
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1362διπλοῦν·diploun (Adj-ANS)
G1362 διπλοῦς diploûs dip-looce from δίς and (probably) the base of πλείων; two-fold:--double, two-fold more.
|
διπλοῦν·diploun
|
double.
|
Adj-ANS
|
6
Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double to her double according to her works: in the cup which she has filled fill to her double.Revelation 18:6
Stats
Counts: 140 characters, 25 words, 111 letters, 42 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: αποδοτε αυτη ως και αυτη απεδωκεν υμιν και διπλωσατε αυτη διπλα κατα τα εργα αυτης εν τω ποτηριω ω εκερασεν κερασατε αυτη διπλουν
Lit: Give back to her as also she has rendered; and pay back double to her, twofold according to the works of her. In the cup which she has mixed, mix to her double.
KJV: Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.
References
"Reward"Re 13:10: He who leads into captivity will go into captivity: he who kills with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.Re 16:5: 6: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus.Ex 21:23-25: If any mischief follow: then you will give life for life: Ps 137:8: O daughter of Babylon: who are to be destroyed; happy will he be: that rewards you as you have served us.Jer 50:15: 29: Shout against her round about: she has given her hand: her foundations are fallen: her walls are thrown down: for it is the vengeance of the LORD: take vengeance upon her; as she has done: do to her.Jer 51:24: 49: I will render to Babylon and to all the inhabitants of Chaldea all their evil that they have done in Zion in your sight: says the LORD.2Ti 4:14: Alexander the coppersmith did me much evil: the Lord reward Him according to His works:"double unto"Isa 40:2: Speak you comfortably to Jerusalem: and cry to her: that her warfare is accomplished: that her iniquity is pardoned: for she has received of the LORD's hand double for all her sins.Isa 61:7: For your shame you will have double; and for confusion they will rejoice in their portion: therefore in their land they will possess the double: everlasting joy will be to them.Jer 16:18: First I will recompense their iniquity and their sin double; because they have defiled my land: they have filled my inheritance with the carcases of their detestable and abominable things.Jer 17:18: Let them be confounded that persecute me: but not let me be confounded: let them be dismayed: but not let me be dismayed: bring upon them the day of evil: and destroy them with double destruction.Zec 9:12: Turn you to the strong hold: you prisoners of hope: even today do I declare that I will render double to you;"the cup"Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 16:19: The great city was divided into 3 parts: and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God: to give to her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of His wrath.Re 17:2: 4: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.
οσα εδοξασεν εαυτην και εστρηνιασεν τοσουτον δοτε αυτη βασανισμον και πενθος οτι εν τη καρδια αυτης λεγει καθημαι βασιλισσα και χηρα ουκ ειμι και πενθος ου μη ιδω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3745ὅσαhosa (RelPro-ANP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσαhosa
|
So much as
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1392ἐδόξασενedoxasen (V-AIA-3S)
G1392 δοξάζω doxázō dox-ad-zo from δόξα; to render (or esteem) glorious (in a wide application):--(make) glorify(-ious), full of (have) glory, honour, magnify.
|
ἐδόξασενedoxasen
|
she has glorified
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G848αὑτὴνhautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G848 αὑτοῦ hautoû how-too contracted for ἑαυτοῦ; self (in some oblique case or reflexive relation):--her (own), (of) him(-self), his (own), of it, thee, their (own), them(-selves), they.,
|
αὑτὴνhautēn
|
herself
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4763ἐστρηνίασεν,estrēniasen (V-AIA-3S)
G4763 στρηνιάω strēniáō stray-nee-ah-o from a presumed derivative of στρῆνος; to be luxurious:--live deliciously.
|
ἐστρηνίασεν,estrēniasen
|
lived in luxury,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G5118τοσοῦτονtosouton (DPro-AMS)
G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσοῦτονtosouton
|
as much
|
DPro-AMS
|
G1325δότεdote (V-AMA-2P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δότεdote
|
give
|
V-AMA-2P
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G929βασανισμὸνbasanismon (N-AMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμὸνbasanismon
|
torment
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3997πένθος.penthos (N-ANS)
G3997 πένθος pénthos pen-thos strengthened from the alternate of πάσχω; grief:--mourning, sorrow.
|
πένθος.penthos
|
misery,
|
N-ANS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2588καρδίᾳkardia (N-DFS)
G2588 καρδία kardía kar-dee-ah prolonged from a primary (Latin cor, heart); the heart, i.e. (figuratively) the thoughts or feelings (mind); also (by analogy) the middle:--(+ broken-)heart(-ed).
|
καρδίᾳkardia
|
heart
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of herself
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
she says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
- ,
|
Conj
|
G2521ΚάθημαιKathēmai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
ΚάθημαιKathēmai
|
I sit
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G938βασίλισσαbasilissa (N-NFS)
G938 βασίλισσα basílissa bas-il-is-sah feminine from βασιλεύω; a queen:--queen.
|
βασίλισσαbasilissa
|
as a queen,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5503χήραchēra (N-NFS)
G5503 χήρα chḗra khay-rah feminine of a presumed derivative apparently from the base of χάσμα through the idea of deficiency; a widow (as lacking a husband), literally or figuratively:--widow.
|
χήραchēra
|
a widow
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
never
|
Adv
|
G1510εἰμί,eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμί,eimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3997πένθοςpenthos (N-ANS)
G3997 πένθος pénthos pen-thos strengthened from the alternate of πάσχω; grief:--mourning, sorrow.
|
πένθοςpenthos
|
mourning
|
N-ANS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
never
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708ἴδω·idō (V-ASA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἴδω·idō
|
shall I see.
|
V-ASA-1S
|
7
How much she has glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she says in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and will see no sorrow.
Revelation 18:7
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 29 words, 140 letters, 54 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: οσα εδοξασεν εαυτην και εστρηνιασεν τοσουτον δοτε αυτη βασανισμον και πενθος οτι εν τη καρδια αυτης λεγει καθημαι βασιλισσα και χηρα ουκ ειμι και πενθος ου μη ιδω
Lit: So much as she has glorified herself and lived in luxury, as much give to her torment and misery, because in the heart of herself she says - , I sit as a queen, and a widow never I am, and mourning never not shall I see.
KJV: How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her heart, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.
References
"much she"Isa 22:12-14: In that day did the Lord GOD of hosts call to weeping: and to mourning: and to baldness: and to girding with sackcloth:Isa 47:1: 2: 7-9: Come down: and sit in the dust: O virgin daughter of Babylon: sit on the ground: there is no throne: O daughter of the Chaldeans: for you will no more be called tender and delicate.Eze 28:2-10: Son of man: say to the prince of Tyrus: Thus says the Lord GOD; Because your heart is lifted up: and you have said: I am a God: I sit in the seat of God: in the middle of the seas; yet you are a man: not and God: though you set your heart as the heart of God:Zep 2:15: This is the rejoicing city that dwelt carelessly: that said in her heart: I am: and there is none beside me: how is she become a desolation: a place for beasts to lie down in! every one that passs by her will hiss: and wag his hand.2Th 2:4-8: Who opposes and exalts Himself above all that is called God: or that is worshipped; so that He as God sits in the temple of God: shewing Himself that He is God."I sit"Ps 45:9: Kings' daughters were among your honourable women: upon your right hand did stand the queen in gold of Ophir.Jer 13:18: Say to the king and to the queen: Humble yourselves: sit down: for your principalities will come down: even the crown of your glory."no widow"Isa 47:7: 8: you said: I will be a lady for ever: so that you did not lay these things to your heart: neither did remember the latter end of it.La 1:1: How does the city sit solitary: that was full of people! how is she become as a widow! she that was great among the nations: and princess among the provinces: how is she become tributary!
δια τουτο εν μια ημερα ηξουσιν αι πληγαι αυτης θανατος και πενθος και λιμος και εν πυρι κατακαυθησεται οτι ισχυρος κυριος ο θεος ο κρινων αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
Because of
|
Prep
|
G3778τοῦτοtouto (DPro-ANS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τοῦτοtouto
|
this,
|
DPro-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2250ἡμέρᾳhēmera (N-DFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρᾳhēmera
|
day
|
N-DFS
|
G2240ἥξουσινhēxousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2240 ἥκω hḗkō hay-ko a primary verb; to arrive, i.e. be present (literally or figuratively):--come.
|
ἥξουσινhēxousin
|
will come
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G4127πληγαὶplēgai (N-NFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγαὶplēgai
|
plagues
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3997πένθοςpenthos (N-NNS)
G3997 πένθος pénthos pen-thos strengthened from the alternate of πάσχω; grief:--mourning, sorrow.
|
πένθοςpenthos
|
misery
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3042λιμός,limos (N-NMS)
G3042 λιμός limós lee-mos probably from λείπω (through the idea of destitution); a scarcity of food:--dearth, famine, hunger.
|
λιμός,limos
|
famine;
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
fire
|
N-DNS
|
G2618κατακαυθήσεται·katakauthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G2618 κατακαίω katakaíō kat-ak-ah-ee-o from κατά and καίω; to burn down (to the ground), i.e. consume wholly:--burn (up, utterly).
|
κατακαυθήσεται·katakauthēsetai
|
she will be burned up,
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2478ἰσχυρὸςischyros (Adj-NMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὸςischyros
|
mighty is the
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2919κρίναςkrinas (V-APA-NMS)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίναςkrinas
|
having judged
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
her.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
8
Therefore will her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she will be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judges her.Revelation 18:8
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 25 words, 129 letters, 46 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: δια τουτο εν μια ημερα ηξουσιν αι πληγαι αυτης θανατος και πενθος και λιμος και εν πυρι κατακαυθησεται οτι ισχυρος κυριος ο θεος ο κρινων αυτην
Lit: Because of this, in one day will come the plagues of her, death and misery and famine; and with fire she will be burned up, because mighty is the Lord God, the One having judged her.
KJV: Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.
References
"shall her"Re 18:10: 17: 19: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Isa 47:9-11: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Jer 51:6: Flee out of the middle of Babylon: and deliver every man His soul: not be cut off in her iniquity; for this is the time of the LORD's vengeance; He will render to her a recompence."and she"Re 18:9: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Re 17:18: The woman which you saw is that great city: which reigns over the kings of the earth.Re 19:3: Again they said: Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.Jer 51:58: Thus says the LORD of hosts; The broad walls of Babylon will be utterly broken: and her high gates will be burned with fire; and the people will labour in vain: and the folk in the fire: and they will be weary."for"Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Job 9:19: If I speak of strength: indeed: he is strong: and if of judgment: who will set me a time to plead?Ps 62:11: God has spoken once; twice have I heard this; that power belongeth to God.Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Jer 50:31: 34: Look: I am against you: O you most proud: says the Lord GOD of hosts: for your day is come: the time that I will visit you.1Co 10:22: Do we provoke the Lord to jealousy? are we stronger than He?
Lament over Babylon
και κλαυσονται αυτην και κοψονται επ αυτη οι βασιλεις της γης οι μετ αυτης πορνευσαντες και στρηνιασαντες οταν βλεπωσιν τον καπνον της πυρωσεως αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2799κλαύσουσινklausousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαύσουσινklausousin
|
will weep
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2875κόψονταιkopsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2875 κόπτω kóptō kop-to a primary verb; to chop; specially, to beat the breast in grief:--cut down, lament, mourn, (be-)wail. Compare the base of τομώτερος.
|
κόψονταιkopsontai
|
will wail
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
her
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the ones
|
Art-NMP
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G4203πορνεύσαντεςporneusantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4203 πορνεύω porneúō porn-yoo-o from πόρνη; to act the harlot, i.e. (literally) indulge unlawful lust (of either sex), or (figuratively) practise idolatry:--commit (fornication).
|
πορνεύσαντεςporneusantes
|
having committed sexual immorality
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4763στρηνιάσαντες,strēniasantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4763 στρηνιάω strēniáō stray-nee-ah-o from a presumed derivative of στρῆνος; to be luxurious:--live deliciously.
|
στρηνιάσαντες,strēniasantes
|
having lived luxuriously,
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπωσινblepōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπωσινblepōsin
|
they see
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2586καπνὸνkapnon (N-AMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸνkapnon
|
smoke
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4451πυρώσεωςpyrōseōs (N-GFS)
G4451 πύρωσις pýrōsis poo-ro-sis from πυρόω; ignition, i.e. (specially), smelting (figuratively, conflagration, calamity as a test):--burning, trial.
|
πυρώσεωςpyrōseōs
|
burning
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
9
The kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, will bewail her, and lament for her, when they will see the smoke of her burning,Revelation 18:9
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 27 words, 139 letters, 50 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κλαυσονται αυτην και κοψονται επ αυτη οι βασιλεις της γης οι μετ αυτης πορνευσαντες και στρηνιασαντες οταν βλεπωσιν τον καπνον της πυρωσεως αυτης
Lit: And will weep and will wail for her the kings of the earth, the ones with her having committed sexual immorality and having lived luxuriously, when they see the smoke of the burning of her,
KJV: And the kings of the earth, who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning,
References
"the kings"Re 18:3: 7: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 17:2: 12: 13: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication."shall bewail"Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Ps 58:10: The righteous will rejoice when he sees the vengeance: he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked.Jer 50:46: At the noise of the taking of Babylon the earth is moved: and the cry is heard among the nations.Eze 26:16: 17: Then all the princes of the sea will come down from their thrones: and lay away their robes: and put off their broidered garments: they will clothe themselves with trembling; they will sit upon the ground: and will tremble at every moment: and be astonished at you.Eze 32:9: 10: I will also vex the hearts of many people: when I will bring your destruction among the nations: into the countries which you have not known.Da 4:14: He cried aloud: and said thus: Hew down the tree: and cut off his branches: shake off his leaves: and scatter his fruit: let the beasts get away from under it: and the fowls from his branches:Zec 11:2: 3: Howl: fir tree; for the cedar is fallen; because the mighty are spoiled: howl: O you oaks of Bashan; for the for of the vintage is come down."the smoke"Re 18:18: Cried when they saw the smoke of her burning: saying: What city is like to this great city!Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 19:3: Again they said: Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.Ge 19:28: He looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah: and toward all the land of the plain: and beheld: and: indeed: the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.De 29:23: And that the whole land thereof is brimstone: and salt: and burning: that it not is sown: nor bears: nor any grass grows therein: like the overthrow of Sodom: and Gomorrah: Admah: and Zeboim: which the LORD overthrew in His anger: and in His wrath:Isa 13:19: Babylon: the glory of kingdoms: the beauty of the Chaldees' excellency: will be as when God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.Isa 34:9: 10: The streams thereof will be turned into pitch: and the dust thereof into brimstone: and the land thereof will become burning pitch.Jer 50:40: As God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah and the neighbour cities thereof: says the LORD; so will no man abide there: neither will any son of man dwell therein.
απο μακροθεν εστηκοτες δια τον φοβον του βασανισμου αυτης λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη βαβυλων η πολις η ισχυρα οτι εν μια ωρα ηλθεν η κρισις σου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar
|
Adv
|
G2476ἑστηκότεςhestēkotes (V-RPA-NMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστηκότεςhestēkotes
|
standing
|
V-RPA-NMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5401φόβονphobon (N-AMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβονphobon
|
fear
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G929βασανισμοῦbasanismou (N-GMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμοῦbasanismou
|
torment
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
Woe,
|
I
|
G3759οὐαί,ouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαί,ouai
|
woe,
|
I
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-VFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-VFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-VFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-VFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-VFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-VFS
|
G897ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn (N-VFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn
|
Babylon,
|
N-VFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-VFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-VFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-VFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-VFS
|
G2478ἰσχυρά,ischyra (Adj-VFS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρά,ischyra
|
strong!
|
Adj-VFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For in
|
Conj
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2920κρίσιςkrisis (N-NFS)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσιςkrisis
|
judgment
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σου.sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σου.sou
|
of you.
|
PPro-G2S
|
10
Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.
Revelation 18:10
Stats
Counts: 147 characters, 21 words, 114 letters, 39 vowels, 75 consonants
Translation
Greek: απο μακροθεν εστηκοτες δια τον φοβον του βασανισμου αυτης λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη βαβυλων η πολις η ισχυρα οτι εν μια ωρα ηλθεν η κρισις σου
Lit: from afar standing because of the fear of the torment of her, saying: Woe, woe, the city great, Babylon, the city strong! For in one hour has come the judgment of you.
KJV: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.
References
"afar"Nu 16:34: All Israel that were round about them fled at the cry of them: for they said: Lest the earth swallow us up also."Alas"Re 18:16: 19: Saying: Alas: alas: that great city: that was clothed in fine linen: and purple: and scarlet: and decked with gold: and precious stones: and pearls!Jer 30:7: Alas! for that day is great: so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; but he will be saved out of it.Joe 1:15: Alas for the day! for the day of the LORD is at hand: and as a destruction from the Almighty will it come.Am 5:16: Therefore the LORD: the God of hosts: the Lord: says thus; Wailing will be in all streets; and they will say in all the highways: Alas! alas! and they will call the husbandman to mourning: and such as are skilful of lamentation to wailing."that great"Re 14:8: There followed another angel: saying: Babylon is fallen: is fallen: that great city: because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.Isa 21:9: And: look: here comes a chariot of men: with a couple of horsemen. And he answered and said: Babylon is fallen: is fallen; and all the graven images of her gods he has broken to the ground."for"Re 18:8: 17: 19: Therefore will her plagues come in one day: death: and mourning: and famine; and she will be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judges her.Jer 51:8: 9: Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed: howl for her; take balm for her pain: if so be she may be healed.
και οι εμποροι της γης κλαιουσιν και πενθουσιν επ αυτη οτι τον γομον αυτων ουδεις αγοραζει ουκετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1713ἔμποροιemporoi (N-NMP)
G1713 ἔμπορος émporos em-por-os from ἐν and the base of πορεύομαι; a (wholesale) tradesman:--merchant.
|
ἔμποροιemporoi
|
merchants
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2799κλαίουσινklaiousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίουσινklaiousin
|
weep
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3996πενθοῦσινpenthousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3996 πενθέω penthéō pen-theh-o from πένθος; to grieve (the feeling or the act):--mourn, (be-)wail.
|
πενθοῦσινpenthousin
|
mourn
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
for
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν,autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν,autēn
|
her,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1117γόμονgomon (N-AMS)
G1117 γόμος gómos gom-os from γέμω; a load (as filling), i.e. (specially) a cargo, or (by extension) wares:--burden, merchandise.
|
γόμονgomon
|
cargo
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G59ἀγοράζειagorazei (V-PIA-3S)
G59 ἀγοράζω agorázō ag-or-ad-zo from ἀγορά; properly, to go to market, i.e. (by implication) to purchase; specially, to redeem:--buy, redeem.
|
ἀγοράζειagorazei
|
buys
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3765οὐκέτι,ouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτι,ouketi
|
no longer —
|
Adv
|
11
The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:Revelation 18:11
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 19 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι εμποροι της γης κλαιουσιν και πενθουσιν επ αυτη οτι τον γομον αυτων ουδεις αγοραζει ουκετι
Lit: And the merchants of the earth weep and mourn for her, because the cargo of them, no one buys no longer —
KJV: And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more:
References
"the merchants"Re 18:3: 9: 15: 20: 23: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 13:16: 17: He causes all: both small and great: rich and poor: free and bond: to receive a mark in their right hand: or in their foreheads:Isa 23:1-15: The burden of Tyre. Howl: you ships of Tarshish; for it is laid waste: so that there is no house: no entering in: from the land of Chittim it is revealed to them.Isa 47:15: Thus will they be to you with whom you have laboured: even your merchants: from your youth: they will wander every one to his quarter; none will save you.Eze 26:17-21: They will take up a lamentation for you: and say to you: How are you destroyed: that were inhabited of seafaring men: the renowned city: which were strong in the sea: she and her inhabitants: which cause their terror to be on all that haunt it!Eze 27:27-36: Your riches: and your fairs: your merchandise: your mariners: and your pilots: your calkers: and the occupiers of your merchandise: and all your men of war: that are in you: and in all your company which is in the middle of you: will fall into the middle of the seas in the day of your ruin.Zep 1:11: 18: Howl: you inhabitants of Maktesh: for all the merchant people are cut down; all they that bear silver are cut off."buyeth"Pr 3:14: For the merchandise of it is better than the merchandise of silver: and the gain thereof than fine gold.Mt 22:5: But they made light of it: and went their ways: one to his farm: another to his merchandise:Joh 2:16: Said to them that sold doves: Take these things here; not make my Father's house an house of merchandise.2Pe 2:3: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.
γομον χρυσου και αργυρου και λιθου τιμιου και μαργαριτου και βυσσου και πορφυρας και σηρικου και κοκκινου και παν ξυλον θυινον και παν σκευος ελεφαντινον και παν σκευος εκ ξυλου τιμιωτατου και χαλκου και σιδηρου και μαρμαρου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1117γόμονgomon (N-AMS)
G1117 γόμος gómos gom-os from γέμω; a load (as filling), i.e. (specially) a cargo, or (by extension) wares:--burden, merchandise.
|
γόμονgomon
|
cargo
|
N-AMS
|
G5557χρυσοῦchrysou (N-GMS)
G5557 χρυσός chrysós khroo-sos perhaps from the base of χράομαι (through the idea of the utility of the metal); gold; by extension, a golden article, as an ornament or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσοῦchrysou
|
of gold,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G696ἀργύρουargyrou (N-GMS)
G696 ἄργυρος árgyros ar-goo-ros from (shining); silver (the metal, in the articles or coin):--silver.
|
ἀργύρουargyrou
|
of silver,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3037λίθουlithou (N-GMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθουlithou
|
of stone
|
N-GMS
|
G5093τιμίουtimiou (Adj-GMS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίουtimiou
|
precious,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3135μαργαριτῶνmargaritōn (N-GMP)
G3135 μαργαρίτης margarítēs mar-gar-ee-tace from (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
|
μαργαριτῶνmargaritōn
|
of pearls;
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1039βυσσίνουbyssinou (Adj-GNS)
G1039 βύσσινος býssinos boos-see-nos from βύσσος; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
|
βυσσίνουbyssinou
|
of fine linen,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4209πορφύραςporphyras (N-GFS)
G4209 πορφύρα porphýra por-foo-rah of Latin origin; the purple mussel, i.e. (by implication) the red-blue color itself, and finally a garment dyed with it:--purple.
|
πορφύραςporphyras
|
of purple,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4596σιρικοῦsirikou (Adj-GNS)
G4596 σηρικός sērikós say-ree-kos from (an Indian tribe from whom silk was procured; hence the name of the silk-worm); Seric, i.e. silken (neuter as noun, a silky fabric):--silk.
|
σιρικοῦsirikou
|
of silk,
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2847κοκκίνου,kokkinou (Adj-GNS)
G2847 κόκκινος kókkinos kok-kee-nos from κόκκος (from the kernel-shape of the insect); crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
|
κοκκίνου,kokkinou
|
of scarlet;
|
Adj-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
all
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3586ξύλονxylon (N-ANS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλονxylon
|
wood
|
N-ANS
|
G2367θύϊνονthuinon (Adj-ANS)
G2367 θύϊνος thýïnos thoo-ee-nos from a derivative of θύω (in the sense of blowing; denoting a certain fragrant tree); made of citron-wood:--thyine.
|
θύϊνονthuinon
|
citron
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4632σκεῦοςskeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦοςskeuos
|
article
|
N-ANS
|
G1661ἐλεφάντινονelephantinon (Adj-ANS)
G1661 ἐλεφάντινος elephántinos el-ef-an-tee-nos from (an elephant); elephantine, i.e. (by implication) composed of ivory:--of ivory.
|
ἐλεφάντινονelephantinon
|
of ivory
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G4632σκεῦοςskeuos (N-ANS)
G4632 σκεῦος skeûos skyoo-os of uncertain affinity; a vessel, implement, equipment or apparatus (literally or figuratively specially, a wife as contributing to the usefulness of the husband):--goods, sail, stuff, vessel.
|
σκεῦοςskeuos
|
article
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3586ξύλουxylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλουxylou
|
wood
|
N-GNS
|
G5093τιμιωτάτουtimiōtatou (Adj-GNS-S)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμιωτάτουtimiōtatou
|
most precious;
|
Adj-GNS-S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5475χαλκοῦchalkou (N-GMS)
G5475 χαλκός chalkós khal-kos perhaps from χαλάω through the idea of hollowing out as a vessel (this metal being chiefly used for that purpose); copper (the substance, or some implement or coin made of it):--brass, money.
|
χαλκοῦchalkou
|
of bronze,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4604σιδήρουsidērou (N-GMS)
G4604 σίδηρος sídēros sid-ay-ros of uncertain derivation; iron:--iron.
|
σιδήρουsidērou
|
of iron,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3139μαρμάρου,marmarou (N-GMS)
G3139 μάρμαρος mármaros mar-mar-os from (to glisten); marble (as sparkling white):--marble.
|
μαρμάρου,marmarou
|
of marble;
|
N-GMS
|
12
The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,Revelation 18:12
Stats
Counts: 259 characters, 33 words, 200 letters, 72 vowels, 128 consonants
Translation
Greek: γομον χρυσου και αργυρου και λιθου τιμιου και μαργαριτου και βυσσου και πορφυρας και σηρικου και κοκκινου και παν ξυλον θυινον και παν σκευος ελεφαντινον και παν σκευος εκ ξυλου τιμιωτατου και χαλκου και σιδηρου και μαρμαρου
Lit: cargo of gold, and of silver, and of stone precious, and of pearls; and of fine linen, and of purple, and of silk, and of scarlet; and all wood citron and every article of ivory and every article of wood most precious; and of bronze, and of iron, and of marble;
KJV: The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,
References
"merchandise"Re 17:4: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:1Ki 10:11: 12: The navy also of Hiram: that brought gold from Ophir: brought in from Ophir great plenty of almug trees: and precious stones.Pr 8:10: 11: Receive my instruction: not and silver; and knowledge rather than choice gold.Eze 27:5-25: They have made all your ship boards of fir trees of Senir: they have taken cedars from Lebanon to make masts for you."thyine"1Ki 10:11: The navy also of Hiram: that brought gold from Ophir: brought in from Ophir great plenty of almug trees: and precious stones.2Ch 2:8: Send me also cedar trees: fir trees: and algum trees: out of Lebanon: for I know that your servants can skill to cut timber in Lebanon; and: look: my servants will be with your servants:
και κιναμωμον και θυμιαματα και μυρον και λιβανον και οινον και ελαιον και σεμιδαλιν και σιτον και κτηνη και προβατα και ιππων και ρεδων και σωματων και ψυχας ανθρωπων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2792κιννάμωμονkinnamōmon (N-ANS)
G2792 κινάμωμον kinámōmon kin-am-o-mon of foreign origin (compare קִנָּמוֹן); cinnamon:--cinnamon.
|
κιννάμωμονkinnamōmon
|
cinnamon,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G299ἄμωμονamōmon (N-ANS)
G299 ἄμωμος ámōmos am-o-mos from Α (as a negative particle) and μῶμος; unblemished (literally or figuratively):--without blame (blemish, fault, spot), faultless, unblamable.
|
ἄμωμονamōmon
|
spice,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2368θυμιάματαthymiamata (N-ANP)
G2368 θυμίαμα thymíama thoo-mee-am-ah from θυμιάω; an aroma, i.e. fragrant powder burnt in religious service; by implication, the burning itself:--incense, odour.
|
θυμιάματαthymiamata
|
incense,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3464μύρονmyron (N-ANS)
G3464 μύρον mýron moo-ron probably of foreign origin (compare מֹר, σμύρνα); myrrh, i.e. (by implication) perfumed oil:--ointment.
|
μύρονmyron
|
myrrh,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3030λίβανονlibanon (N-AMS)
G3030 λίβανος líbanos lib-an-os of foreign origin (לְבוֹנָה); the incense-tree, i.e. (by implication) incense itself:--frankincense.
|
λίβανονlibanon
|
frankincense;
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3631οἶνονoinon (N-AMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἶνονoinon
|
wine,
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1637ἔλαιονelaion (N-ANS)
G1637 ἔλαιον élaion el-ah-yon neuter of the same as ἐλαία; olive oil:--oil.
|
ἔλαιονelaion
|
oil,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4585σεμίδαλινsemidalin (N-AFS)
G4585 σεμίδαλις semídalis sem-id-al-is probably of foreign origin; fine wheaten flour:--fine flour.
|
σεμίδαλινsemidalin
|
finest flour,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4621σῖτονsiton (N-AMS)
G4621 σῖτος sîtos see-tah of uncertain derivation; grain, especially wheat:--corn, wheat.
|
σῖτονsiton
|
wheat;
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2934κτήνηktēnē (N-ANP)
G2934 κτῆνος ktēnos ktay-nos from κτάομαι; property, i.e. (specially) a domestic animal:--beast.
|
κτήνηktēnē
|
cattle,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4263πρόβατα,probata (N-ANP)
G4263 πρόβατον próbaton prob-at-on probably neuter of a presumed derivative of προβαίνω; something that walks forward (a quadruped), i.e. (specially), a sheep (literally or figuratively):--sheep(-fold).
|
πρόβατα,probata
|
sheep,
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2462ἵππωνhippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππωνhippōn
|
of horses,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4480ῥεδῶνrhedōn (N-GFP)
G4480 ῥέδα rhéda hred-ah of Latin origin; a rheda, i.e. four-wheeled carriage (wagon for riding):--chariot.
|
ῥεδῶνrhedōn
|
of chariots;
|
N-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4983σωμάτων,sōmatōn (N-GNP)
G4983 σῶμα sōma so-mah from σώζω; the body (as a sound whole), used in a very wide application, literally or figuratively:--bodily, body, slave.
|
σωμάτων,sōmatōn
|
of slaves
|
N-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
souls
|
N-AFP
|
G444ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων.anthrōpōn
|
of men.
|
N-GMP
|
13
Cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men.Revelation 18:13
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 18 words, 139 letters, 52 vowels, 87 consonants
Translation
Greek: και κιναμωμον και θυμιαματα και μυρον και λιβανον και οινον και ελαιον και σεμιδαλιν και σιτον και κτηνη και προβατα και ιππων και ρεδων και σωματων και ψυχας ανθρωπων
Lit: and cinnamon, and spice, and incense, and myrrh, and frankincense; and wine, and oil, and finest flour, and wheat; and cattle, and sheep, and of horses, and of chariots; and of slaves and souls of men.
KJV: And cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men.
References
"cinnamon"1Ki 10:10: 15: 25: She gave the king 120 talents of gold: and of spices very great store: and precious stones: there came no more such abundance of spices as these which the queen of Sheba gave to king Solomon.2Ch 9:9: She gave the king 120 talents of gold: and of spices great abundance: and precious stones: neither was there any such spice as the queen of Sheba gave king Solomon.Pr 7:17: I have perfumed my bed with myrrh: aloes: and cinnamon.Song 1:3: Because of the savour of your good ointments your name is as ointment poured forth: therefore do the virgins love you.Song 4:13: 14: Your plants are an orchard of pomegranates: with pleasant fruits; camphire: with spikenard: Song 5:5: I rose up to open to my beloved; and my hands dropped with myrrh: and my fingers with sweet smelling myrrh: upon the handles of the lock.Am 6:6: That drink wine in bowls: and anoint themselves with the chief ointments: but they not are grieved for the affliction of Joseph.Joh 12:3-8: Then took Mary a pound of ointment of spikenard: very costly: and anointed the feet of Jesus: and wiped His feet with her hair: and the house was filled with the odour of the ointment."slaves"Ex 21:16: he who steals a man: and sells him: or if he be found in his hand: he will surely be put to death.De 24:7: If a man be found stealing any of his brothers of the children of Israel: and makes merchandise of him: or sells him; then that thief will die; and you will put evil away from among you.De 28:68: The LORD will bring you into Egypt again with ships: by the way whereof I spoke to you: You will see it no more again: and there you will be sold to your enemies for bondmen and bondwomen: and no man will buy you.Ne 5:4: 5: 8: There were also that said: We have borrowed money for the king's tribute: and that upon our lands and vineyards.Isa 50:1: Thus says the LORD: Where is the bill of your mother's divorcement: whom I have put away? or which of my creditors is it to whom I have sold you? Look: for your iniquities have you sold yourselves: and for your transgressions is your mother put away.Eze 27:13: Javan: Tubal: and Meshech: they were your merchants: they traded the persons of men and vessels of brass in your market.Am 2:6: Thus says the LORD; For 3 transgressions of Israel: and for 4: I not will turn away the punishment thereof; because they sold the righteous for silver: and the poor for a pair of shoes;Am 8:6: That we may buy the poor for silver: and the needy for a pair of shoes; yes: and sell the refuse of the wheat?1Ti 1:10: For whoremongers: for them that defile themselves with mankind: for menstealers: for liars: for perjured persons: and if there be any other thing that is contrary to sound doctrine;"and souls"2Pe 2:3: Through covetousness will they with feigned words make merchandise of you: whose judgment now of a long time lingereth not: and their damnation slumbers not.
και η οπωρα της επιθυμιας της ψυχης σου απηλθεν απο σου και παντα τα λιπαρα και τα λαμπρα απηλθεν απο σου και ουκετι ου μη ευρησης αυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3703ὀπώραopōra (N-NFS)
G3703 ὀπώρα opṓra op-o-rah apparently from the base of ὀψέ and ὥρα; properly, even-tide of the (summer) season (dog-days), i.e. (by implication) ripe fruit:--fruit.
|
ὀπώραopōra
|
ripe fruit
|
N-NFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1939ἐπιθυμίαςepithymias (N-GFS)
G1939 ἐπιθυμία epithymía ep-ee-thoo-mee-ah from ἐπιθυμέω; a longing (especially for what is forbidden):--concupiscence, desire, lust (after).
|
ἐπιθυμίαςepithymias
|
desire
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5590ψυχῆςpsychēs (N-GFS)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχῆςpsychēs
|
soul
|
N-GFS
|
G565ἀπῆλθενapēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθενapēlthen
|
are departed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3045λιπαρὰlipara (Adj-NNP)
G3045 λιπαρός liparós lip-ar-os from (grease); fat, i.e. (figuratively) sumptuous:--dainty.
|
λιπαρὰlipara
|
sumptuous things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G2986λαμπρὰlampra (Adj-NNP)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρὰlampra
|
splendid things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G622ἀπώλετοapōleto (V-AIM-3S)
G622 ἀπόλλυμι apóllymi ap-ol-loo-mee from ἀπό and the base of ὄλεθρος; to destroy fully (reflexively, to perish, or lose), literally or figuratively:--destroy, die, lose, mar, perish.
|
ἀπώλετοapōleto
|
have departed
|
V-AIM-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4771σοῦ,sou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοῦ,sou
|
you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3765οὐκέτιouketi (Adv)
G3765 οὐκέτι oukéti ook et-ee from οὐ and ἔτι; not yet, no longer:--after that (not), (not) any more, henceforth (hereafter) not, no longer (more), not as yet (now), now no more (not), yet (not).
|
οὐκέτιouketi
|
no longer
|
Adv
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτὰauta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὰauta
|
them
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G2147εὑρήσουσιν.heurēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρήσουσιν.heurēsousin
|
they will find.
|
V-FIA-3P
|
14
The fruits that your soul lusted after are departed from you, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from you, and you will find them no more at all.Revelation 18:14
Stats
Counts: 174 characters, 31 words, 139 letters, 49 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η οπωρα της επιθυμιας της ψυχης σου απηλθεν απο σου και παντα τα λιπαρα και τα λαμπρα απηλθεν απο σου και ουκετι ου μη ευρησης αυτα
Lit: And the ripe fruit of you of the desire of the soul are departed from you, and all the sumptuous things and the splendid things have departed from you, and no longer no not them they will find.
KJV: And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all.
References
"thy soul"Nu 11:4: 34: The mixt multitude that was among them fell a lusting: and the children of Israel also wept again: and said: Who will give us flesh to eat?Ps 78:18: They tempted God in their heart by asking meat for their lust.Ps 106:14: But lusted exceedingly in the wilderness: and tempted God in the desert.1Co 10:6: Now these things were our examples: to the intent we not should lust after evil things: as they also lusted.Jas 4:2: You lust: and not have: you kill: and desire to have: and cannot obtain: you fight and war: yet you not have: because you not ask.1Jo 2:16: 17: For all that is in the world: the lust of the flesh: and the lust of the eyes: and the pride of life: not is of the Father: but is of the world."departed"Lu 12:20: But God said to Him: You fool: this night your soul will be required of you: then whose will those things be: which you have provided?Lu 16:25: But Abraham said: Son: remember that you in your lifetime receivedst your good things: and likewise Lazarus evil things: but now He is comforted: and you are tormented.
οι εμποροι τουτων οι πλουτησαντες απ αυτης απο μακροθεν στησονται δια τον φοβον του βασανισμου αυτης κλαιοντες και πενθουντες
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G1713ἔμποροιemporoi (N-NMP)
G1713 ἔμπορος émporos em-por-os from ἐν and the base of πορεύομαι; a (wholesale) tradesman:--merchant.
|
ἔμποροιemporoi
|
merchants
|
N-NMP
|
G3778τούτων,toutōn (DPro-GNP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτων,toutōn
|
of these things
|
DPro-GNP
|
G4147πλουτήσαντεςploutēsantes (V-APA-NMP)
G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
πλουτήσαντεςploutēsantes
|
having been enriched
|
V-APA-NMP
|
G575ἀπ’ap’ (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπ’ap’
|
from
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
afar
|
Adv
|
G2476στήσονταιstēsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
στήσονταιstēsontai
|
will stand,
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G5401φόβονphobon (N-AMS)
G5401 φόβος phóbos fob-os from a primary (to be put in fear); alarm or fright:--be afraid, + exceedingly, fear, terror.
|
φόβονphobon
|
fear
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G929βασανισμοῦbasanismou (N-GMS)
G929 βασανισμός basanismós bas-an-is-mos from βασανίζω; torture:--torment.
|
βασανισμοῦbasanismou
|
torment
|
N-GMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2799κλαίοντεςklaiontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίοντεςklaiontes
|
weeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3996πενθοῦντες,penthountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3996 πενθέω penthéō pen-theh-o from πένθος; to grieve (the feeling or the act):--mourn, (be-)wail.
|
πενθοῦντες,penthountes
|
mourning,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
15
The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, will stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing,Revelation 18:15
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 21 words, 103 letters, 34 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι εμποροι τουτων οι πλουτησαντες απ αυτης απο μακροθεν στησονται δια τον φοβον του βασανισμου αυτης κλαιοντες και πενθουντες
Lit: The merchants of these things having been enriched from her, from afar will stand, because of the fear of the torment of her, weeping and mourning,
KJV: The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing,
References
"which"Re 18:3: 11: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Ho 12:7: 8: He is a merchant: the balances of deceit are in his hand: he loves to oppress.Zec 11:5: Whose possessors kill them: and hold not themselves guilty: and they that sell them say: Blessed be the LORD; for I am rich: and their own shepherds pity not them.Mr 11:17: He taught: saying to them: Is not it written: My house will be called of all nations the house of prayer? but you have made it a den of thieves.Ac 16:19: When her masters saw that the hope of their gains was gone: they caught Paul and Silas: and drew them into the marketplace to the rulers: Ac 19:24-27: For a certain man named Demetrius: a silversmith: which made silver shrines for Diana: brought no small gain to the craftsmen;"shall"Re 18:11: The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:Jg 18:23: 24: They cried to the children of Dan. And they turned their faces: and said to Micah: What ails you: that you come with such a company?Eze 27:31: They will make themselves utterly bald for you: and gird them with sackcloth: and they will weep for you with bitterness of heart and bitter wailing.Am 5:16: 17: Therefore the LORD: the God of hosts: the Lord: says thus; Wailing will be in all streets; and they will say in all the highways: Alas! alas! and they will call the husbandman to mourning: and such as are skilful of lamentation to wailing.
και λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη η περιβεβλημενη βυσσινον και πορφυρουν και κοκκινον και κεχρυσωμενη εν χρυσω και λιθω τιμιω και μαργαριταις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
Woe,
|
I
|
G3759οὐαί,ouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαί,ouai
|
woe,
|
I
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-VFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-VFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-VFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-VFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-VFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-VFS
|
G4016περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē (V-RPM/P-VFS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένηperibeblēmenē
|
having been clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-VFS
|
G1039βύσσινονbyssinon (Adj-ANS)
G1039 βύσσινος býssinos boos-see-nos from βύσσος; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
|
βύσσινονbyssinon
|
fine linen
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4210πορφυροῦνporphyroun (Adj-ANS)
G4210 πορφυροῦς porphyroûs por-foo-rooce from πορφύρα; purpureal, i.e. bluish red:--purple.
|
πορφυροῦνporphyroun
|
purple
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2847κόκκινον,kokkinon (Adj-ANS)
G2847 κόκκινος kókkinos kok-kee-nos from κόκκος (from the kernel-shape of the insect); crimson-colored:--scarlet (colour, coloured).
|
κόκκινον,kokkinon
|
scarlet,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5558κεχρυσωμένηkechrysōmenē (V-RPM/P-VFS)
G5558 χρυσόω chrysóō khroo-so-o from χρυσός; to gild, i.e. bespangle with golden ornaments:--deck.
|
κεχρυσωμένηkechrysōmenē
|
having been adorned
|
V-RPM/P-VFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5553χρυσίῳchrysiō (N-DNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίῳchrysiō
|
gold
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
stone
|
N-DMS
|
G5093τιμίῳtimiō (Adj-DMS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίῳtimiō
|
precious
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3135μαργαρίτῃ,margaritē (N-DMS)
G3135 μαργαρίτης margarítēs mar-gar-ee-tace from (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
|
μαργαρίτῃ,margaritē
|
pearl!
|
N-DMS
|
16
Saying, Alas, alas, that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!
Revelation 18:16
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 17 words, 117 letters, 41 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη η περιβεβλημενη βυσσινον και πορφυρουν και κοκκινον και κεχρυσωμενη εν χρυσω και λιθω τιμιω και μαργαριταις
Lit: saying: Woe, woe, the city great, having been clothed with fine linen and purple and scarlet, and having been adorned with gold and stone precious and pearl!
KJV: And saying, Alas, alas, that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!
References
"Alas"Re 18:10: 11: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Re 17:4: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Lu 16:19-31: There was a certain rich man: which was clothed in purple and fine linen: and fared sumptuously every day:
οτι μια ωρα ηρημωθη ο τοσουτος πλουτος και πας κυβερνητης και πας επι των πλοιων ο ομιλος και ναυται και οσοι την θαλασσαν εργαζονται απο μακροθεν εστησαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For in
|
Conj
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G2049ἠρημώθηērēmōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2049 ἐρημόω erēmóō er-ay-mo-o from ἔρημος; to lay waste (literally or figuratively):--(bring to, make) desolate(-ion), come to nought.
|
ἠρημώθηērēmōthē
|
has been brought to desolation
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G5118τοσοῦτοςtosoutos (DPro-NMS)
G5118 τοσοῦτος tosoûtos tos-oo-tos from (so much; apparently from ὁ and ὅς) and οὗτος (including its variations); so vast as this, i.e. such (in quantity, amount, number of space):--as large, so great (long, many, much), these many.
|
τοσοῦτοςtosoutos
|
such great
|
DPro-NMS
|
G4149πλοῦτος.ploutos (N-NMS)
G4149 πλοῦτος ploûtos ploo-tos from the base of πλήθω; wealth (as fulness), i.e. (literally) money, possessions, or (figuratively) abundance, richness, (specially), valuable bestowment:--riches.
|
πλοῦτος.ploutos
|
wealth.
|
N-NMS
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
every
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2942κυβερνήτηςkybernētēs (N-NMS)
G2942 κυβερνήτης kybernḗtēs koo-ber-nay-tace from the same as κυβέρνησις; helmsman, i.e. (by implication) captain:--(ship) master.
|
κυβερνήτηςkybernētēs
|
shipmaster,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
all
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
those
|
Art-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G5117τόπονtopon (N-AMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόπονtopon
|
a place
|
N-AMS
|
G4126πλέωνpleōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4126 πλέω pléō plyoo-o probably a form of πλύνω (through the idea of plunging through the water); to pass in a vessel:--sail. See also πλήθω.
|
πλέωνpleōn
|
sailing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3492ναῦταιnautai (N-NMP)
G3492 ναύτης naútēs now-tace from ναῦς; a boatman, i.e. seaman:--sailor, shipman.
|
ναῦταιnautai
|
sailors,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3745ὅσοιhosoi (RelPro-NMP)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσοιhosoi
|
as many as
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea
|
N-AFS
|
G2038ἐργάζονται,ergazontai (V-PIM/P-3P)
G2038 ἐργάζομαι ergázomai er-gad-zom-ahee middle voice from ἔργον; to toil (as a task, occupation, etc.), (by implication) effect, be engaged in or with, etc.:--commit, do, labor for, minister about, trade (by), work.
|
ἐργάζονται,ergazontai
|
trade by,
|
V-PIM/P-3P
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3113μακρόθενmakrothen (Adv)
G3113 μακρόθεν makróthen mak-roth-en adverb from μακρός; from a distance or afar:--afar off, from far.
|
μακρόθενmakrothen
|
a distance
|
Adv
|
G2476ἔστησανestēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἔστησανestēsan
|
stood,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
17
For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,Revelation 18:17
Stats
Counts: 160 characters, 27 words, 123 letters, 47 vowels, 76 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι μια ωρα ηρημωθη ο τοσουτος πλουτος και πας κυβερνητης και πας επι των πλοιων ο ομιλος και ναυται και οσοι την θαλασσαν εργαζονται απο μακροθεν εστησαν
Lit: For in one hour has been brought to desolation such great wealth. And every shipmaster, and all those to a place sailing, and sailors, and as many as the sea trade by, at a distance stood,
KJV: For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,
References
"in one"Re 18:10: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Isa 47:9: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Jer 51:8: Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed: howl for her; take balm for her pain: if so be she may be healed.La 4:6: For the punishment of the iniquity of the daughter of my people is greater than the punishment of the sin of Sodom: that was overthrown as in a moment: and no hands stayed on her."And every"Re 18:11: The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her; for no man buys their merchandise any more:Isa 23:14: Howl: you ships of Tarshish: for your strength is laid waste.Eze 27:27-36: Your riches: and your fairs: your merchandise: your mariners: and your pilots: your calkers: and the occupiers of your merchandise: and all your men of war: that are in you: and in all your company which is in the middle of you: will fall into the middle of the seas in the day of your ruin.Jon 1:6: So the shipmaster came to Him: and said to Him: What mean you: O sleeper? arise: call upon your God: if so be that God will think upon us: that we not perish.
και εκραζον ορωντες τον καπνον της πυρωσεως αυτης λεγοντες τις ομοια τη πολει τη μεγαλη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραζονekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζονekrazon
|
were crying out,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G991βλέποντεςblepontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέποντεςblepontes
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2586καπνὸνkapnon (N-AMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸνkapnon
|
smoke
|
N-AMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4451πυρώσεωςpyrōseōs (N-GFS)
G4451 πύρωσις pýrōsis poo-ro-sis from πυρόω; ignition, i.e. (specially), smelting (figuratively, conflagration, calamity as a test):--burning, trial.
|
πυρώσεωςpyrōseōs
|
burning
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G5101ΤίςTis (IPro-NFS)
G5101 τίς tís tis probably emphatic of τὶς; an interrogative pronoun, who, which or what (in direct or indirect questions):--every man, how (much), + no(-ne, thing), what (manner, thing), where (-by, -fore, -of, -unto, - with, -withal), whether, which, who(-m, -se), why.,
|
ΤίςTis
|
What is
|
IPro-NFS
|
G3664ὁμοίαhomoia (Adj-NFS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὁμοίαhomoia
|
like
|
Adj-NFS
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4172πόλειpolei (N-DFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλειpolei
|
city
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃ;megalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃ;megalē
|
great?
|
Adj-DFS
|
18
Cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like to this great city!
Revelation 18:18
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 17 words, 76 letters, 26 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκραζον ορωντες τον καπνον της πυρωσεως αυτης λεγοντες τις ομοια τη πολει τη μεγαλη
Lit: and were crying out, seeing the smoke of the burning of her, saying, What is like the city great?
KJV: And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city!
References
"when"Re 18:9: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: "What"Re 18:10: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come.Re 13:4: They worshipped the dragon which gave power to the beast: and they worshipped the beast: saying: Who is like to the beast? who is able to make war with him?Isa 23:8: 9: Who has taken this counsel against Tyre: the crowning city: whose merchants are princes: whose traffickers are the honourable of the earth?Jer 51:37: Babylon will become heaps: a dwellingplace for dragons: an astonishment: and an hissing: without an inhabitant.Eze 27:30-32: will cause their voice to be heard against you: and will cry bitterly: and will cast up dust upon their heads: they will wallow themselves in the ashes:
και εβαλον χουν επι τας κεφαλας αυτων και εκραζον κλαιοντες και πενθουντες λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη εν η επλουτησαν παντες οι εχοντες πλοια εν τη θαλασση εκ της τιμιοτητος αυτης οτι μια ωρα ηρημωθη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλονebalon (V-AIA-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλονebalon
|
they cast
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G5522χοῦνchoun (N-AMS)
G5522 χόος chóos kho-os from the base of χειμών; a heap (as poured out), i.e. rubbish; loose dirt:--dust.
|
χοῦνchoun
|
dust
|
N-AMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2776κεφαλὰςkephalas (N-AFP)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὰςkephalas
|
heads
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραζονekrazon (V-IIA-3P)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραζονekrazon
|
they were crying out,
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G2799κλαίοντεςklaiontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2799 κλαίω klaíō klah-yo of uncertain affinity; to sob, i.e. wail aloud (whereas 1145 is rather to cry silently):--bewail, weep.
|
κλαίοντεςklaiontes
|
weeping
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3996πενθοῦντες,penthountes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3996 πενθέω penthéō pen-theh-o from πένθος; to grieve (the feeling or the act):--mourn, (be-)wail.
|
πενθοῦντες,penthountes
|
mourning,
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3759ΟὐαὶOuai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
ΟὐαὶOuai
|
Woe,
|
I
|
G3759οὐαί,ouai (I)
G3759 οὐαί ouaí oo-ah-ee a primary exclamation of grief; woe:--alas, woe.,
|
οὐαί,ouai
|
woe,
|
I
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3173μεγάλη,megalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλη,megalē
|
great,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3739ᾗhē (RelPro-DFS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ᾗhē
|
which
|
RelPro-DFS
|
G4147ἐπλούτησανeploutēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4147 πλουτέω ploutéō ploo-teh-o from πλουτίζω; to be (or become) wealthy (literally or figuratively):--be increased with goods, (be made, wax) rich.
|
ἐπλούτησανeploutēsan
|
were enriched
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-NMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G2192ἔχοντεςechontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχοντεςechontes
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G4143πλοῖαploia (N-ANP)
G4143 πλοῖον ploîon ploy-on from πλέω; a sailer, i.e. vessel:--ship(-ing).
|
πλοῖαploia
|
ships
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G2281θαλάσσῃthalassē (N-DFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσῃthalassē
|
sea
|
N-DFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
through
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5094τιμιότητοςtimiotētos (N-GFS)
G5094 τιμιότης timiótēs tim-ee-ot-ace from τίμιος; expensiveness, i.e. (by implication) magnificence:--costliness.
|
τιμιότητοςtimiotētos
|
wealth
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her!
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G1520μιᾷmia (Adj-DFS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
μιᾷmia
|
in one
|
Adj-DFS
|
G5610ὥρᾳhōra (N-DFS)
G5610 ὥρα hṓra ho-rah apparently a primary word; an hour (literally or figuratively):--day, hour, instant, season, X short, (even-)tide, (high) time.
|
ὥρᾳhōra
|
hour
|
N-DFS
|
G2049ἠρημώθη.ērēmōthē (V-AIP-3S)
G2049 ἐρημόω erēmóō er-ay-mo-o from ἔρημος; to lay waste (literally or figuratively):--(bring to, make) desolate(-ion), come to nought.
|
ἠρημώθη.ērēmōthē
|
she has been brought to desolation.
|
V-AIP-3S
|
19
They cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.
Revelation 18:19
Stats
Rank: #3538 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 223 characters, 34 words, 173 letters, 67 vowels, 106 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαλον χουν επι τας κεφαλας αυτων και εκραζον κλαιοντες και πενθουντες λεγοντες ουαι ουαι η πολις η μεγαλη εν η επλουτησαν παντες οι εχοντες πλοια εν τη θαλασση εκ της τιμιοτητος αυτης οτι μια ωρα ηρημωθη
Lit: And they cast dust upon the heads of them, and they were crying out, weeping and mourning, saying: Woe, woe, the city great, in which were enriched all those having ships in the sea through the wealth of her! For in one hour she has been brought to desolation.
KJV: And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.
References
"they cast"Jos 7:6: Joshua tear His clothes: and fell to the earth upon His face before the ark of the LORD until the eventide: He and the elders of Israel: and put dust upon their heads.1Sa 4:12: There ran a man of Benjamin out of the army: and came to Shiloh the same day with his clothes tear: and with earth upon his head.2Sa 13:19: Tamar put ashes on her head: and tear her garment of divers colours that was on her: and laid her hand on her head: and went on crying.Ne 9:1: Now in the 20 and fourth day of this month the children of Israel were assembled with fasting: and with sackclothes: and earth upon them.Job 2:12: When they lifted up their eyes afar off: and knew not him: they lifted up their voice: and wept; and they tear every one his mantle: and sprinkled dust upon their heads toward heaven.Eze 27:30: will cause their voice to be heard against you: and will cry bitterly: and will cast up dust upon their heads: they will wallow themselves in the ashes:"weeping"Re 18:10: 15: 16: Standing afar off for the fear of her torment: saying: Alas: alas: that great city Babylon: that mighty city! for in one hour is your judgment come."for"Re 18:8: Therefore will her plagues come in one day: death: and mourning: and famine; and she will be utterly burned with fire: for strong is the Lord God who judges her.
ευφραινου επ αυτην ουρανε και οι αγιοι αποστολοι και οι προφηται οτι εκρινεν ο θεος το κριμα υμων εξ αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2165ΕὐφραίνουEuphrainou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2165 εὐφραίνω euphraínō yoo-frah-ee-no from εὖ and φρήν; to put (middle voice or passively, be) in a good frame of mind, i.e. rejoice:--fare, make glad, be (make) merry, rejoice.
|
ΕὐφραίνουEuphrainou
|
Rejoice
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
her,
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3772οὐρανέourane (N-VMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανέourane
|
O heaven,
|
N-VMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G40ἅγιοιhagioi (Adj-VMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοιhagioi
|
you saints,
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G652ἀπόστολοιapostoloi (N-VMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀπόστολοιapostoloi
|
apostles,
|
N-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4396προφῆται,prophētai (N-VMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφῆται,prophētai
|
prophets,
|
N-VMP
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2919ἔκρινενekrinen (V-AIA-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἔκρινενekrinen
|
did judge
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-ANS)
G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμαkrima
|
judgment
|
N-ANS
|
G4771ὑμῶνhymōn (PPro-G2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῶνhymōn
|
for you
|
PPro-G2P
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
against
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
20
Rejoice over her, you heaven, and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Revelation 18:20
Stats
Rank: #4453 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 100 characters, 13 words, 77 letters, 31 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: ευφραινου επ αυτην ουρανε και οι αγιοι αποστολοι και οι προφηται οτι εκρινεν ο θεος το κριμα υμων εξ αυτης
Lit: Rejoice over her, O heaven, and you saints, and apostles, and prophets, because did judge God the judgment for you against her.
KJV: Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and [ye] holy apostles and prophets; for God hath avenged you on her.
References
"Rejoice"Re 19:1-3: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:Jg 5:31: So let all your enemies perish: O LORD: but let them that love Him be as the sun when He goes forth in His might. And the land had rest 40 years.Ps 48:11: Let mount Zion rejoice: let the daughters of Judah be glad: because of your judgments.Ps 58:10: The righteous will rejoice when he sees the vengeance: he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked.Ps 96:11-13: Let the heavens rejoice: and let the earth be glad; let the sea roar: and the fulness thereof.Ps 107:42: The righteous will see it: and rejoice: and all iniquity will stop her mouth.Ps 109:28: Let them curse: but bless you: when they arise: let them be ashamed; but let your servant rejoice.Pr 11:10: When it goes well with the righteous: the city rejoices: and when the wicked perish: there is shouting.Isa 44:23: Sing: O you heavens; for the LORD has done it: shout: you lower parts of the earth: break forth into singing: you mountains: O for: and every tree therein: for the LORD has redeemed Jacob: and glorified Himself in Israel.Isa 49:13: Sing: O heavens; and be joyful: O earth; and break forth into singing: O mountains: for the LORD has comforted His people: and will have mercy upon His afflicted.Jer 51:47: 48: Therefore: look: the days come: that I will do judgment upon the graven images of Babylon: and her whole land will be confounded: and all her killed will fall in the middle of her."and ye"Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Eph 3:5: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:Jude 1:17: But: beloved: remember you the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ;"God"Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.De 32:42: I will make my arrows drunk with blood: and my sword will devour flesh; and that with the blood of the killed and of the captives: from the beginning of revenges upon the enemy.Ps 18:47: It is God that avenges me: and subdues the people under me.Ps 94:1: O LORD God: to whom vengeance belongs'>belongs; O God: to whom vengeance belongs'>belongs: show yourself.Isa 26:21: For: look: the LORD comes out of His place to punish the inhabitants of the earth for their iniquity: the earth also will disclose her blood: and will no more cover her killed.Lu 11:49: 50: Therefore also said the wisdom of God: I will send them prophets and apostles: and some of them they will kill and persecute:Lu 18:7: 8: will not God avenge His own elect: which cry day and night to Him: though He bear long with them?
The Doom of Babylon
και ηρεν εις αγγελος ισχυρος λιθον ως μυλον μεγαν και εβαλεν εις την θαλασσαν λεγων ουτως ορμηματι βληθησεται βαβυλων η μεγαλη πολις και ου μη ευρεθη ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G142ἦρενēren (V-AIA-3S)
G142 αἴρω aírō ah-ee-ro a primary root; to lift up; by implication, to take up or away; figuratively, to raise (the voice), keep in suspense (the mind), specially, to sail away (i.e. weigh anchor); by Hebraism (compare נָשָׂא) to expiate sin:--away with, bear (up), carry, lift up, loose, make to doubt, put away, remove, take (away, up).
|
ἦρενēren
|
took up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G32ἄγγελοςangelos (N-NMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελοςangelos
|
angel
|
N-NMS
|
G2478ἰσχυρὸςischyros (Adj-NMS)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρὸςischyros
|
a mighty
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3037λίθονlithon (N-AMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθονlithon
|
stone,
|
N-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3458μύλινονmylinon (Adj-AMS)
G3458 μύλος mýlos moo-los probably ultimately from the base of μόλις (through the idea of hardship); a mill, i.e. (by implication), a grinder (millstone):--millstone.
|
μύλινονmylinon
|
a millstone
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3173μέγαν,megan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαν,megan
|
great,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
cast it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2281θάλασσανthalassan (N-AFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσανthalassan
|
sea,
|
N-AFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3779ΟὕτωςHoutōs (Adv)
G3779 οὕτω hoútō hoo-toce adverb from οὗτος; in this way (referring to what precedes or follows):--after that, after (in) this manner, as, even (so), for all that, like(-wise), no more, on this fashion(-wise), so (in like manner), thus, what.
|
ΟὕτωςHoutōs
|
Thus
|
Adv
|
G3731ὁρμήματιhormēmati (N-DNS)
G3731 ὅρμημα hórmēma hor-may-mah from ὁρμή; an attack, i.e. (abstractly) precipitancy:--violence.
|
ὁρμήματιhormēmati
|
with violence
|
N-DNS
|
G906βληθήσεταιblēthēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
βληθήσεταιblēthēsetai
|
will be cast down
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G897ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn (N-NFS)
G897 Βαβυλών Babylṓn bab-oo-lone of Hebrew origin (בָּבֶל); Babylon, the capitol of Chaldæa (literally or figuratively (as a type of tyranny)):-- Babylon.
|
ΒαβυλὼνBabylōn
|
Babylon
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3173μεγάληmegalē (Adj-NFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληmegalē
|
great
|
Adj-NFS
|
G4172πόλις,polis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλις,polis
|
city,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρεθῇheurethē (V-ASP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεθῇheurethē
|
shall be found
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
any longer.
|
Adv
|
21
A mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence will that great city Babylon be thrown down, and will be found no more at all.
Revelation 18:21
Stats
Rank: #5284 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 192 characters, 34 words, 150 letters, 55 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηρεν εις αγγελος ισχυρος λιθον ως μυλον μεγαν και εβαλεν εις την θαλασσαν λεγων ουτως ορμηματι βληθησεται βαβυλων η μεγαλη πολις και ου μη ευρεθη ετι
Lit: And took up one angel a mighty stone, like a millstone great, and cast it into the sea, saying: Thus with violence will be cast down Babylon the great city, and no not shall be found any longer.
KJV: And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.
References
"Thus"Ex 15:5: The depths have covered them: they sank into the bottom as a stone.Ne 9:11: you did divide the sea before them: so that they went through the middle of the sea on the dry land; and their persecutors you threw into the deeps: as a stone into the mighty waters.Jer 51:63: 64: It will be: when you have made an end of reading this book: that you will bind a stone to it: and cast it into the middle of Euphrates:"and shall"Re 18:22: The voice of harpers: and musicians: and of pipers: and trumpeters: will be heard no more at all in you; and no craftsman: of whatever craft he be: will be found any more in you; and the sound of a millstone will be heard no more at all in you;Re 12:8: not prevailed; neither was their place found any more in heaven.Re 16:20: Every island fled away: and the mountains not were found.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Job 20:8: He will fly away as a dream: and will not be found: yes: he will be chased away as a vision of the night.Ps 37:36: Yet he passed away: and: indeed: he was not: yes: I sought him: but he not could be found.Eze 26:21: I will make you a terror: and you will be no more: though you be sought for: yet will you never be found again: says the Lord GOD.Da 11:19: Then he will turn his face toward the fort of his own land: but he will stumble and fall: not and be found.
και φωνη κιθαρωδων και μουσικων και αυλητων και σαλπιστων ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι και πας τεχνιτης πασης τεχνης ου μη ευρεθη εν σοι ετι και φωνη μυλου ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
sound
|
N-NFS
|
G2790κιθαρῳδῶνkitharōdōn (N-GMP)
G2790 κιθαρῳδός kitharōidós kith-ar-o-dos from κιθάρα and a derivative of the same as ᾠδή; a lyre-singer(-player), i.e. harpist:--harper.
|
κιθαρῳδῶνkitharōdōn
|
of harpists
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3451μουσικῶνmousikōn (Adj-GMP)
G3451 μουσικός mousikós moo-sik-os from (a Muse); musical, i.e. (as noun) a minstrel:--musician.,
|
μουσικῶνmousikōn
|
musicians,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G834αὐλητῶνaulētōn (N-GMP)
G834 αὐλητής aulētḗs ow-lay-tace from αὐλέω; a flute-player:--minstrel, piper.
|
αὐλητῶνaulētōn
|
flute players
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4538σαλπιστῶνsalpistōn (N-GMP)
G4538 σαλπιστής salpistḗs sal-pis-tace from σαλπίζω; a trumpeter:--trumpeter.
|
σαλπιστῶνsalpistōn
|
trumpeters,
|
N-GMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκουσθῇakousthē (V-ASP-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσθῇakousthē
|
shall be heard
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
any longer.
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
any
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5079τεχνίτηςtechnitēs (N-NMS)
G5079 τεχνίτης technítēs tekh-nee-tace from τέχνη; an artisan; figuratively, a founder (Creator):--builder, craftsman.
|
τεχνίτηςtechnitēs
|
craftsmen
|
N-NMS
|
G3956πάσηςpasēs (Adj-GFS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάσηςpasēs
|
of any
|
Adj-GFS
|
G5078τέχνηςtechnēs (N-GFS)
G5078 τέχνη téchnē tekh-nay from the base of τίκτω; art (as productive), i.e. (specially), a trade, or (generally) skill:--art, craft, occupation.
|
τέχνηςtechnēs
|
craft
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρεθῇheurethē (V-ASP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρεθῇheurethē
|
shall be found
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
any longer,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the sound
|
N-NFS
|
G3458μύλουmylou (N-GMS)
G3458 μύλος mýlos moo-los probably ultimately from the base of μόλις (through the idea of hardship); a mill, i.e. (by implication), a grinder (millstone):--millstone.
|
μύλουmylou
|
of a millstone
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκουσθῇakousthē (V-ASP-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσθῇakousthē
|
shall be heard
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
any longer.
|
Adv
|
22
The voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, will be heard no more at all in you; and no craftsman, of whatever craft he be, will be found any more in you; and the sound of a millstone will be heard no more at all in you;Revelation 18:22
Stats
Rank: #8702 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 256 characters, 43 words, 197 letters, 76 vowels, 121 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φωνη κιθαρωδων και μουσικων και αυλητων και σαλπιστων ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι και πας τεχνιτης πασης τεχνης ου μη ευρεθη εν σοι ετι και φωνη μυλου ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι
Lit: And sound of harpists and musicians, and flute players and trumpeters, no not shall be heard in you any longer. And any craftsmen of any craft no not shall be found in you any longer, and the sound of a millstone no not shall be heard in you any longer.
KJV: And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee;
References
"the voice"Isa 24:8: 9: The mirth of tabrets ceases'>ceases: the noise of them that rejoice ends: the joy of the harp ceases'>ceases.Jer 7:34: Then will I cause to cease from the cities of Judah: and from the streets of Jerusalem: the voice of mirth: and the voice of gladness: the voice of the groom: and the voice of the bride: for the land will be desolate.Jer 16:9: For thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; Look: I will cause to cease out of this place in your eyes: and in your days: the voice of mirth: and the voice of gladness: the voice of the groom: and the voice of the bride.Jer 25:10: Moreover I will take from them the voice of mirth: and the voice of gladness: the voice of the groom: and the voice of the bride: the sound of the millstones: and the light of the candle.Jer 33:11: The voice of joy: and the voice of gladness: the voice of the groom: and the voice of the bride: the voice of them that will say: Praise the LORD of hosts: for the LORD is good; for His mercy endureth for ever: and of them that will bring the sacrifice of praise into the house of the LORD. For I will cause to return the captivity of the land: as at the first: says the LORD.Eze 26:13: I will cause the noise of your songs to cease; and the sound of your harps will be no more heard.
και φως λυχνου ου μη φανη εν σοι ετι και φωνη νυμφιου και νυμφης ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι οτι οι εμποροι σου ησαν οι μεγιστανες της γης οτι εν τη φαρμακεια σου επλανηθησαν παντα τα εθνη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5457φῶςphōs (N-NNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φῶςphōs
|
the light
|
N-NNS
|
G3088λύχνουlychnou (N-GMS)
G3088 λύχνος lýchnos lookh-nos from the base of λευκός; a portable lamp or other illuminator (literally or figuratively):--candle, light.
|
λύχνουlychnou
|
of lamp,
|
N-GMS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G5316φάνῃphanē (V-ASA-3S)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φάνῃphanē
|
shall shine
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
any longer;
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
the voice
|
N-NFS
|
G3566νυμφίουnymphiou (N-GMS)
G3566 νυμφίος nymphíos noom-fee-os from νύμφη; a bride-groom (literally or figuratively):--bridegroom.
|
νυμφίουnymphiou
|
of a bridegroom
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3565νύμφηςnymphēs (N-GFS)
G3565 νύμφη nýmphē noom-fay from a primary but obsolete verb (to veil as a bride; compare Latin nupto
|
νύμφηςnymphēs
|
a bride,
|
N-GFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G191ἀκουσθῇakousthē (V-ASP-3S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκουσθῇakousthē
|
shall be heard
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4771σοὶsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοὶsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G2089ἔτι·eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι·eti
|
any longer;
|
Adv
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1713ἔμποροίemporoi (N-NMP)
G1713 ἔμπορος émporos em-por-os from ἐν and the base of πορεύομαι; a (wholesale) tradesman:--merchant.
|
ἔμποροίemporoi
|
merchants
|
N-NMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510ἦσανēsan (V-IIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦσανēsan
|
were
|
V-IIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3175μεγιστᾶνεςmegistanes (N-NMP)
G3175 μεγιστᾶνες megistânes meg-is-tan-es plural from μέγιστος; grandees:--great men, lords.
|
μεγιστᾶνεςmegistanes
|
great ones
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G5331φαρμακείᾳpharmakeia (N-DFS)
G5331 φαρμακεία pharmakeía far-mak-i-ah from φαρμακεύς; medication (pharmacy), i.e. (by extension) magic (literally or figuratively):--sorcery, witchcraft.
|
φαρμακείᾳpharmakeia
|
sorcery
|
N-DFS
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G4105ἐπλανήθησανeplanēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
ἐπλανήθησανeplanēthēsan
|
were deceived
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνη,ethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη,ethnē
|
nations.
|
N-NNP
|
23
The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Revelation 18:23
Stats
Rank: #6179 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 248 characters, 48 words, 194 letters, 74 vowels, 120 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φως λυχνου ου μη φανη εν σοι ετι και φωνη νυμφιου και νυμφης ου μη ακουσθη εν σοι ετι οτι οι εμποροι σου ησαν οι μεγιστανες της γης οτι εν τη φαρμακεια σου επλανηθησαν παντα τα εθνη
Lit: And the light of lamp, no not shall shine in you any longer; and the voice of a bridegroom and a bride, no not shall be heard in you any longer; for the merchants of you were the great ones of the earth, because by the sorcery of you were deceived all the nations.
KJV: And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.
References
"the light"Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Job 21:17: How often is the candle of the wicked put out! and how often comes their destruction upon them! God distributes sorrows in His anger.Pr 4:18: 19: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Pr 24:20: For there will be no reward to the evil man; the candle of the wicked will be put out."the voice"Re 18:22: The voice of harpers: and musicians: and of pipers: and trumpeters: will be heard no more at all in you; and no craftsman: of whatever craft he be: will be found any more in you; and the sound of a millstone will be heard no more at all in you;"thy merchants"Re 18:3: 11-19: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Isa 23:8: Who has taken this counsel against Tyre: the crowning city: whose merchants are princes: whose traffickers are the honourable of the earth?Eze 27:24: 25: 33: 34: These were your merchants in all sorts of things: in blue clothes: and broidered work: and in chests of rich apparel: bound with cords: and made of cedar: among your merchandise."for"Re 18:3: 9: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:13-16: He does great wonders: so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men: Re 17:2: 5: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.2Ki 9:22: It came to pass: when Joram saw Jehu: that he said: Is it peace: Jehu? And he answered: What peace: so long as the whoredoms of your mother Jezebel and her witchcrafts are so many?Isa 47:9: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Na 3:4: Because of the multitude of the whoredoms of the wellfavoured harlot: the mistress of witchcrafts: that sells nations through her whoredoms: and families through her witchcrafts.Ac 8:11: To him they had regard: because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries.
και εν αυτη αιμα προφητων και αγιων ευρεθη και παντων των εσφαγμενων επι της γης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-NNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
the blood
|
N-NNS
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
of prophets
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
of saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
those
|
Art-GMP
|
G4969ἐσφαγμένωνesphagmenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G4969 σφάζω spházō sfad-zo a primary verb; to butcher (especially an animal for food or in sacrifice) or (generally) to slaughter, or (specially), to maim (violently):--kill, slay, wound.
|
ἐσφαγμένωνesphagmenōn
|
having been slain
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς.gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς.gēs
|
earth.
|
N-GFS
|
24
In her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were killed upon the earth.Revelation 18:24
Stats
Counts: 101 characters, 19 words, 78 letters, 29 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εν αυτη αιμα προφητων και αγιων ευρεθη και παντων των εσφαγμενων επι της γης
Lit: And in her the blood of prophets and of saints was found, and of all those having been slain on the earth.
KJV: And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.
References
"in her"Re 11:7: When they will have finished their testimony: the beast that ascends out of the bottomless pit will make war against them: and will overcome them: and kill them.Re 16:6: For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets: and you have given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.Re 17:6: I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints: and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her: I wondered with great admiration.Re 19:2: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore: which did corrupt the earth with her fornication: and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Jer 2:34: Also in your skirts is found the blood of the souls of the poor innocents: I not have found it by secret search: but upon all these.Eze 22:9: 12: 27: In you are men that carry tales to shed blood: and in you they eat upon the mountains: in the middle of you they commit lewdness.Da 7:21: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Mt 23:27: Woe to you: scribes and Pharisees: hypocrites! for you are like to whited sepulchres: which indeed appear beautiful outward: but are within full of dead men's bones: and of all uncleanness.Lu 11:47-51: Woe to you! for you build the sepulchres of the prophets: and your fathers killed them.Ac 7:52: Which of the prophets not have your fathers persecuted? and they have killed them which showed before of the coming of the Just one; of whom you have been now the betrayers and murderers:1Th 2:15: Who both killed the Lord Jesus: and their own prophets: and have persecuted us; and they not please God: and are contrary to all men:"were"Jer 51:49: As Babylon has caused the killed of Israel to fall: so at Babylon will fall the killed of all the earth.
19
Rejoicing in Heaven
και μετα ταυτα ηκουσα φωνην οχλου πολλου μεγαλην εν τω ουρανω λεγοντος αλληλουια η σωτηρια και η δοξα και η τιμη και η δυναμις κυριω τω θεω ημων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3326ΜετὰMeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
ΜετὰMeta
|
After
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
loud
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
of a multitude
|
N-GMS
|
G4183πολλοῦpollou (Adj-GMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῦpollou
|
great
|
Adj-GMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λεγόντωνlegontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόντωνlegontōn
|
crying out:
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G239Ἁλληλουϊά·Hallēlouia (Heb)
G239 ἀλληλουϊα allēlouïa al-lay-loo-ee-ah of Hebrew origin (imperative of הָלַל and יָהּ); praise ye Jah!, an adoring exclamation:--alleluiah.,
|
Ἁλληλουϊά·Hallēlouia
|
Hallelujah!
|
Heb
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G4991σωτηρίαsōtēria (N-NFS)
G4991 σωτηρία sōtēría so-tay-ree-ah feminine of a derivative of σωτήρ as (properly, abstract) noun; rescue or safety (physically or morally):--deliver, health, salvation, save, saving.
|
σωτηρίαsōtēria
|
salvation
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1411δύναμιςdynamis (N-NFS)
G1411 δύναμις dýnamis doo-nam-is from δύναμαι; force (literally or figuratively); specially, miraculous power (usually by implication, a miracle itself):--ability, abundance, meaning, might(-ily, -y, -y deed), (worker of) miracle(-s), power, strength, violence, mighty (wonderful) work.
|
δύναμιςdynamis
|
power
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
to the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
God
|
N-GMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us!
|
PPro-G1P
|
1
And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, to the Lord our God:
Revelation 19:1
Stats
Rank: #2535 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 156 characters, 21 words, 121 letters, 51 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και μετα ταυτα ηκουσα φωνην οχλου πολλου μεγαλην εν τω ουρανω λεγοντος αλληλουια η σωτηρια και η δοξα και η τιμη και η δυναμις κυριω τω θεω ημων
Lit: After these things I heard something like a voice loud of a multitude great in heaven, crying out: Hallelujah! The salvation and the glory and the power to the God of us!
KJV: And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:
References
"after"Re 18:1-24: After these things I saw another angel come down from heaven: having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory."I heard"Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her."Alleluia"Re 19:3: 4: 6: Again they said: Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.Ps 106:1: Praise you the LORD. O give thanks to the LORD; for He is good: for His mercy endureth for ever.Ps 111:1: Praise you the LORD. I will praise the LORD with my whole heart: in the assembly of the upright: and in the congregation.Ps 115:18: But we will bless the LORD from this time forth and for evermore. Praise the LORD.Ps 146:1: Praise you the LORD. Praise the LORD: O my soul.Ps 148:1: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the LORD from the heavens: praise Him in the heights.Ps 149:1: Praise you the LORD. Sing to the LORD a new song: and His praise in the congregation of saints.Ps 150:1: Praise you the LORD. Praise God in His sanctuary: praise Him in the firmament of His power."Salvation"Re 4:10: 11: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 5:9-13: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 7:10-12: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.1Ch 29:11: Your: O LORD: is the greatness: and the power: and the glory: and the victory: and the majesty: for all that is in the heaven and in the earth is your; your is the kingdom: O LORD: and you are exalted as head above all.Ps 3:8: Salvation belongeth to the LORD: your blessing is upon your people. Selah.Jon 2:9: But I will sacrifice to you with the voice of thanksgiving; I will pay that that I have vowed. Salvation is of the LORD.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.1Ti 1:16: 17: Howbeit for this cause I obtained mercy: that in me first Jesus Christ might show forth all longsuffering: for a pattern to them which should hereafter believe on Him to life everlasting.
οτι αληθιναι και δικαιαι αι κρισεις αυτου οτι εκρινεν την πορνην την μεγαλην ητις εφθειρεν την γην εν τη πορνεια αυτης και εξεδικησεν το αιμα των δουλων αυτου εκ της χειρος αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθιναὶalēthinai (Adj-NFP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθιναὶalēthinai
|
TRUE
|
Adj-NFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1342δίκαιαιdikaiai (Adj-NFP)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιαιdikaiai
|
righteous are
|
Adj-NFP
|
G3588αἱhai (Art-NFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
αἱhai
|
the
|
Art-NFP
|
G2920κρίσειςkriseis (N-NFP)
G2920 κρίσις krísis kree-sis, Noun Feminine
|
κρίσειςkriseis
|
judgments
|
N-NFP
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2919ἔκρινενekrinen (V-AIA-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἔκρινενekrinen
|
He has judged
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4204πόρνηνpornēn (N-AFS)
G4204 πόρνη pórnē por-nay feminine of πόρνος; a strumpet; figuratively, an idolater:--harlot, whore.
|
πόρνηνpornēn
|
prostitute
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3748ἥτιςhētis (RelPro-NFS)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
ἥτιςhētis
|
who
|
RelPro-NFS
|
G5351ἔφθειρενephtheiren (V-IIA-3S)
G5351 φθείρω phtheírō fthi-ro probably strengthened from (to pine or waste); properly, to shrivel or wither, i.e. to spoil (by any process) or (generally) to ruin (especially figuratively, by moral influences, to deprave):--corrupt (self), defile, destroy.
|
ἔφθειρενephtheiren
|
had corrupted
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
earth
|
N-AFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4202πορνείᾳporneia (N-DFS)
G4202 πορνεία porneía por-ni-ah from πορνεύω; harlotry (including adultery and incest); figuratively, idolatry:--fornication.
|
πορνείᾳporneia
|
sexual immorality
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of her,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1556ἐξεδίκησενexedikēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1556 ἐκδικέω ekdikéō ek-dik-eh-o from ἔκδικος; to vindicate, retaliate, punish:--a (re-)venge.
|
ἐξεδίκησενexedikēsen
|
He has avenged
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G129αἷμαhaima (N-ANS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἷμαhaima
|
blood
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1401δούλωνdoulōn (N-GMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλωνdoulōn
|
servants
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G5495χειρὸςcheiros (N-GFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χειρὸςcheiros
|
the hand
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
2
For true and righteous are his judgments: for he has judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and has avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.Revelation 19:2
Stats
Counts: 183 characters, 30 words, 147 letters, 52 vowels, 95 consonants
Translation
Greek: οτι αληθιναι και δικαιαι αι κρισεις αυτου οτι εκρινεν την πορνην την μεγαλην ητις εφθειρεν την γην εν τη πορνεια αυτης και εξεδικησεν το αιμα των δουλων αυτου εκ της χειρος αυτης
Lit: For TRUE and righteous are the judgments of Him, because He has judged the prostitute great, who had corrupted the earth with the sexual immorality of her, and He has avenged the blood of the servants of Him, out of the hand of her.
KJV: For true and righteous are his judgments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.
References
"true"Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 16:5-7: I heard the angel of the waters say: You are righteous: O Lord: which are: and were: and will be: because you have judged thus.De 32:4: He is the Rock: His work is perfect: for all His ways are judgment: a God of truth and without iniquity: just and right is He.Ps 19:9: The fear of the LORD is clean: enduring for ever: the judgments of the LORD are true and righteous altogether.Isa 25:1: O LORD: you are my God; I will exalt you: I will praise your name; for you have done wonderful things; your counsels of old are faithfulness and truth."judged"Re 17:1: 2: 15: 16: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:Re 18:3: 9: 10: 23: For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication: and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her: and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies."and hath"Re 6:10: They cried with a loud voice: saying: How long: O Lord: holy and true: do you not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?Re 18:20: 24: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.De 32:35: 43: To me belongeth vengeance: and recompence; their foot will slide in due time: for the day of their calamity is at hand: and the things that will come upon them make haste.
και δευτερον ειρηκαν αλληλουια και ο καπνος αυτης αναβαινει εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1208δεύτερονdeuteron (Adv)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερονdeuteron
|
a second time
|
Adv
|
G2046εἴρηκανeirēkan (V-RIA-3P)
G2046 ἐρέω eréō er-eh-o probably a fuller form of ῥέω; an alternate for ἔπω in certain tenses; to utter, i.e. speak or say:--call, say, speak (of), tell.
|
εἴρηκανeirēkan
|
they said:
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G239Ἁλληλουϊά·Hallēlouia (Heb)
G239 ἀλληλουϊα allēlouïa al-lay-loo-ee-ah of Hebrew origin (imperative of הָלַל and יָהּ); praise ye Jah!, an adoring exclamation:--alleluiah.,
|
Ἁλληλουϊά·Hallēlouia
|
Hallelujah!
|
Heb
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2586καπνὸςkapnos (N-NMS)
G2586 καπνός kapnós kap-nos of uncertain affinity; smoke:--smoke.
|
καπνὸςkapnos
|
smoke
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of her
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G305ἀναβαίνειanabainei (V-PIA-3S)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀναβαίνειanabainei
|
goes up
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
3
Again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.
Revelation 19:3
Stats
Counts: 71 characters, 12 words, 55 letters, 25 vowels, 30 consonants
Translation
Greek: και δευτερον ειρηκαν αλληλουια και ο καπνος αυτης αναβαινει εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And a second time they said: Hallelujah! And the smoke of her goes up to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up for ever and ever.
References
"Alleluia"Re 19:1: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:"And her"Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 18:9: 18: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Ge 19:28: He looked toward Sodom and Gomorrah: and toward all the land of the plain: and beheld: and: indeed: the smoke of the country went up as the smoke of a furnace.Isa 34:10: It will not be quenched night nor day; the smoke thereof will go up for ever: from generation to generation it will lie waste; none will pass through it for ever and ever.Jude 1:7: Even as Sodom and Gomorrha: and the cities about them in like manner: giving themselves over to fornication: and going after strange flesh: are set forth for an example: suffering the vengeance of eternal fire.
και επεσαν οι πρεσβυτεροι οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες και τα τεσσαρα ζωα και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω τω καθημενω επι του θρονου λεγοντες αμην αλληλουια
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσανepesan (V-AIA-3P)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσανepesan
|
fell down
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4245πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi (Adj-NMP)
G4245 πρεσβύτερος presbýteros pres-boo-ter-os comparative of (elderly); older; as noun, a senior; specially, an Israelite Sanhedrist (also figuratively, member of the celestial council) or Christian presbyter:-- elder(-est), old.
|
πρεσβύτεροιpresbyteroi
|
elders
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1501εἴκοσιeikosi (Adj-NMP)
G1501 εἴκοσι eíkosi i-kos-ee of uncertain affinity; a score:--twenty.
|
εἴκοσιeikosi
|
twenty
|
Adj-NMP
|
G5064τέσσαρεςtessares (Adj-NMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρεςtessares
|
four
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5064τέσσαραtessara (Adj-NNP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαραtessara
|
four
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2226ζῷα,zōa (N-NNP)
G2226 ζῶον zōon dzo-on neuter of a derivative of ζάω; a live thing, i.e. an animal:--beast.
|
ζῷα,zōa
|
living creatures,
|
N-NNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
they worshiped
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God,
|
N-DMS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the One
|
Art-DMS
|
G2521καθημένῳkathēmenō (V-PPM/P-DMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένῳkathēmenō
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne,
|
N-DMS
|
G3004λέγοντεςlegontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγοντεςlegontes
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G281Ἀμήν,Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν,Amēn
|
Amen,
|
Heb
|
G239Ἁλληλουϊά.Hallēlouia (Heb)
G239 ἀλληλουϊα allēlouïa al-lay-loo-ee-ah of Hebrew origin (imperative of הָלַל and יָהּ); praise ye Jah!, an adoring exclamation:--alleluiah.,
|
Ἁλληλουϊά.Hallēlouia
|
Hallelujah!
|
Heb
|
4
The 24 elders and the 4 beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.
Revelation 19:4
Stats
Counts: 127 characters, 20 words, 101 letters, 36 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεσαν οι πρεσβυτεροι οι εικοσι και τεσσαρες και τα τεσσαρα ζωα και προσεκυνησαν τω θεω τω καθημενω επι του θρονου λεγοντες αμην αλληλουια
Lit: And fell down the elders twenty four and the four living creatures, and they worshiped God, the One sitting on the throne, saying: Amen, Hallelujah!
KJV: And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.
References
"the four"Re 4:4-10: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 5:8-11: 14: When he had taken the book: the 4 beasts and 4 and 20 elders fell down before the Lamb: having every one of them harps: and golden vials full of odours: which are the prayers of saints.Re 11:15: 16: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 15:7: One of the 4 beasts gave to the 7 angels 7 golden vials full of the wrath of God: who lives for ever and ever."Amen"Re 5:14: The 4 beasts said: Amen. And the 4 and 20 elders fell down and worshipped him that lives for ever and ever.1Ch 16:36: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel for ever and ever. And all the people said: Amen: and praised the LORD.Ne 5:13: Also I shook my lap: and said: So God shake out every man from His house: and from His labour: that performs not this promise: even thus be He shaken out: and emptied. And all the congregation said: Amen: and praised the LORD. And the people did according to this promise.Ne 8:6: Ezra blessed the LORD: the great God. And all the people answered: Amen: Amen: with lifting up their hands: and they bowed their heads: and worshipped the LORD with their faces to the ground.Ps 41:13: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting: and to everlasting. Amen: and Amen.Ps 72:19: Blessed be his glorious name for ever: and let the whole earth be filled with his glory; Amen: and Amen.Ps 89:52: Blessed be the LORD for evermore. Amen: and Amen.Ps 106:48: Blessed be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting: and let all the people say: Amen. Praise you the LORD.Jer 28:6: Even the prophet Jeremiah said: Amen: the LORD do so: the LORD perform your words which you have prophesied: to bring again the vessels of the LORD's house: and all that is carried away captive: from Babylon into this place.Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.Mt 28:20: Teaching them to observe all things whatever I have commanded you: and: indeed: I am with you alway: even to the end of the world. Amen.1Co 14:16: Else when you will bless with the spirit: how will he who occupies the room of the unlearned say Amen at your giving of thanks: seeing he understands not what you say?"Alleluia"Re 19:1: After these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven: saying: Alleluia; Salvation: and glory: and honour: and power: to the Lord our God:
και φωνη εκ του θρονου εξηλθεν λεγουσα αινειτε τον θεον ημων παντες οι δουλοι αυτου και οι φοβουμενοι αυτον και οι μικροι και οι μεγαλοι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5456φωνὴphōnē (N-NFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-NFS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξῆλθενexēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξῆλθενexēlthen
|
came forth,
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3004λέγουσαlegousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσαlegousa
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G134ΑἰνεῖτεAineite (V-PMA-2P)
G134 αἰνέω ainéō ahee-neh-o from αἶνος; to praise (God):--praise.
|
ΑἰνεῖτεAineite
|
Praise
|
V-PMA-2P
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G1473ἡμῶν,hēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶν,hēmōn
|
of us,
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3956πάντεςpantes (Adj-VMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντεςpantes
|
all
|
Adj-VMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-VMP
|
G1401δοῦλοιdouloi (N-VMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοιdouloi
|
servants
|
N-VMP
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532‹καὶ›kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹καὶ›kai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-VMP
|
G5399φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi (V-PPM/P-VMP)
G5399 φοβέω phobéō fob-eh-o from φόβος; to frighten, i.e. (passively) to be alarmed; by analogy, to be in awe of, i.e. revere:--be (+ sore) afraid, fear (exceedingly), reverence.
|
φοβούμενοιphoboumenoi
|
fearing
|
V-PPM/P-VMP
|
G846αὐτόν,auton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόν,auton
|
Him,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-VMP
|
G3398μικροὶmikroi (Adj-VMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικροὶmikroi
|
small
|
Adj-VMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-VMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-VMP
|
G3173μεγάλοι.megaloi (Adj-VMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλοι.megaloi
|
great!
|
Adj-VMP
|
5
A voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all you His servants, and you that fear Him, both small and great.
Revelation 19:5
Stats
Counts: 124 characters, 20 words, 94 letters, 37 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και φωνη εκ του θρονου εξηλθεν λεγουσα αινειτε τον θεον ημων παντες οι δουλοι αυτου και οι φοβουμενοι αυτον και οι μικροι και οι μεγαλοι
Lit: And a voice from the throne came forth, saying: Praise the God of us, all the servants of Him, and those fearing Him, the small and the great!
KJV: And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.
References
"a voice"Re 7:15: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done."Praise"Ps 103:20-22: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Ps 134:1: > Look: bless you the LORD: all you servants of the LORD: which by night stand in the house of the LORD.Ps 135:1: 19: 20: Praise you the LORD. Praise you the name of the LORD; praise Him: O you servants of the LORD.Ps 148:11-13: Kings of the earth: and all people; princes: and all judges of the earth:Ps 150:6: Let every thing that has breath praise the LORD. Praise you the LORD."both"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.
The Marriage of the Lamb
και ηκουσα ως φωνην οχλου πολλου και ως φωνην υδατων πολλων και ως φωνην βροντων ισχυρων λεγοντας αλληλουια οτι εβασιλευσεν κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
something like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the voice
|
N-AFS
|
G3793ὄχλουochlou (N-GMS)
G3793 ὄχλος óchlos okhlos from a derivative of ἔχω (meaning a vehicle); a throng (as borne along); by implication, the rabble; by extension, a class of people; figuratively, a riot:--company, multitude, number (of people), people, press.
|
ὄχλουochlou
|
of a multitude
|
N-GMS
|
G4183πολλοῦpollou (Adj-GMS)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλοῦpollou
|
great,
|
Adj-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
the sound
|
N-AFS
|
G5204ὑδάτωνhydatōn (N-GNP)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὑδάτωνhydatōn
|
of waters
|
N-GNP
|
G4183πολλῶνpollōn (Adj-GNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλῶνpollōn
|
many,
|
Adj-GNP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G5456φωνὴνphōnēn (N-AFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνὴνphōnēn
|
a sound
|
N-AFS
|
G1027βροντῶνbrontōn (N-GFP)
G1027 βροντή brontḗ bron-tay akin to (to roar); thunder:--thunder(-ing).
|
βροντῶνbrontōn
|
of thunders
|
N-GFP
|
G2478ἰσχυρῶν,ischyrōn (Adj-GFP)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρῶν,ischyrōn
|
mighty,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G3004λεγόντωνlegontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγόντωνlegontōn
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G239Ἁλληλουϊά,Hallēlouia (Heb)
G239 ἀλληλουϊα allēlouïa al-lay-loo-ee-ah of Hebrew origin (imperative of הָלַל and יָהּ); praise ye Jah!, an adoring exclamation:--alleluiah.,
|
Ἁλληλουϊά,Hallēlouia
|
Hallelujah!
|
Heb
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
For
|
Conj
|
G936ἐβασίλευσενebasileusen (V-AIA-3S)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
ἐβασίλευσενebasileusen
|
has reigned
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεόςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεόςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1473ἡμῶνhēmōn (PPro-G1P)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἡμῶνhēmōn
|
of us
|
PPro-G1P
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτωρ.Pantokratōr (N-NMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτωρ.Pantokratōr
|
Almighty.
|
N-NMS
|
6
I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.
Revelation 19:6
Stats
Rank: #3185 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 183 characters, 29 words, 144 letters, 59 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα ως φωνην οχλου πολλου και ως φωνην υδατων πολλων και ως φωνην βροντων ισχυρων λεγοντας αλληλουια οτι εβασιλευσεν κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ
Lit: And I heard something like the voice of a multitude great, and like the sound of waters many, and like a sound of thunders mighty, saying: Hallelujah! For has reigned the Lord God of us the Almighty.
KJV: And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.
References
"and as the voice of many"Re 1:15: His feet like to fine brass: as if they burned in a furnace; and his voice as the sound of many waters.Re 14:2: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Eze 1:24: When they went: I heard the noise of their wings: like the noise of great waters: as the voice of the Almighty: the voice of speech: as the noise of an host: when they stood: they let down their wings.Eze 43:2: And: look: the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east: and His voice was like a noise of many waters: and the earth shined with His glory."and as the voice of mighty"Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 6:1: I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals: and I heard: as it were the noise of thunder: one of the 4 beasts saying: Come and see.Re 8:5: The angel took the censer: and filled it with fire of the altar: and cast it into the earth: and there were voices: and thunderings: and lightnings: and an earthquake.Re 14:2: I heard a voice from heaven: as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of a great thunder: and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:Re 19:6: I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude: and as the voice of many waters: and as the voice of mighty thunderings: saying: Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.Job 40:9: Have you an arm like God? or canst you thunder with a voice like Him?Ps 29:3-9: The voice of the LORD is upon the waters: the God of glory thunders: the LORD is upon many waters.Ps 77:18: The voice of your thunder was in the heaven: the lightnings lightened the world: the earth trembled and shook."for"Re 11:15-18: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night.Re 21:22: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Ps 47:2: 7: For the LORD most high is terrible; He is a great King over all the earth.Ps 93:1: The LORD reigns: He is clothed with majesty; the LORD is clothed with strength: wherewith He has girded Himself: the world also is stablished: that it cannot be moved.Ps 97:1: 12: The LORD reigns; let the earth rejoice; let the multitude of isles be glad thereof.Ps 99:1: The LORD reigns; let the people tremble: He sits between the cherubims; let the earth be moved.Isa 52:7: How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of Him that brings'>brings good tidings: that publishes'>publishes peace; that brings'>brings good tidings of good: that publishes'>publishes salvation; that says to Zion: Your God reigneth!Mt 6:13: Lead not us into temptation: but deliver us from evil: For your is the kingdom: and the power: and the glory: for ever. Amen.
χαιρωμεν και αγαλλιωμεθα και δωμεν την δοξαν αυτω οτι ηλθεν ο γαμος του αρνιου και η γυνη αυτου ητοιμασεν εαυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G5463χαίρωμενchairōmen (V-PSA-1P)
G5463 χαίρω chaírō khah-ee-ro a primary verb; to be cheerful, i.e. calmly happy or well-off; impersonally, especially as salutation (on meeting or parting), be well:--farewell, be glad, God speed, greeting, hall, joy(- fully), rejoice.
|
χαίρωμενchairōmen
|
We should rejoice
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G21ἀγαλλιῶμεν,agalliōmen (V-PSA-1P)
G21 ἀγαλλιάω agalliáō ag-al-lee-ah-o from agan (much) and ἅλλομαι; properly, to jump for joy, i.e. exult:--be (exceeding) glad, with exceeding joy, rejoice (greatly).
|
ἀγαλλιῶμεν,agalliōmen
|
should exult,
|
V-PSA-1P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1325δώσομενdōsomen (V-FIA-1P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσομενdōsomen
|
will give
|
V-FIA-1P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
to Him,
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
has come
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1062γάμοςgamos (N-NMS)
G1062 γάμος gámos gam-os of uncertain affinity; nuptials:--marriage, wedding.
|
γάμοςgamos
|
marriage
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου,Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου,Arniou
|
Lamb,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1135γυνὴgynē (N-NFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυνὴgynē
|
bride
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2090ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen (V-AIA-3S)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοίμασενhētoimasen
|
has made ready
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1438ἑαυτήν,heautēn (RefPro-AF3S)
G1438 ἑαυτοῦ heautoû heh-ow-too from a reflexive pronoun otherwise obsolete and the genitive case (dative case or accusative case) of αὐτός; him- (her-, it-, them-, also (in conjunction with the personal pronoun of the other persons) my-, thy-, our-, your-) self (selves), etc.:--alone, her (own, -self), (he) himself, his (own), itself, one (to) another, our (thine) own(-selves), + that she had, their (own, own selves), (of) them(-selves), they, thyself, you, your (own, own conceits, own selves, -selves).,
|
ἑαυτήν,heautēn
|
herself.
|
RefPro-AF3S
|
7
Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife has made herself ready.Revelation 19:7
Stats
Rank: #1448 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 127 characters, 23 words, 98 letters, 40 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: χαιρωμεν και αγαλλιωμεθα και δωμεν την δοξαν αυτω οτι ηλθεν ο γαμος του αρνιου και η γυνη αυτου ητοιμασεν εαυτην
Lit: We should rejoice and should exult, and will give the glory to Him, because has come the marriage of the Lamb, and the bride of Him has made ready herself.
KJV: Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.
References
"be glad"De 32:43: Rejoice: O you nations: with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants: and will render vengeance to his adversaries: and will be merciful to his land: and to his people.1Sa 2:1: Hannah prayed: and said: My heart rejoices in the LORD: my horn is exalted in the LORD: my mouth is enlarged over my enemies; because I rejoice in your salvation.Ps 9:14: That I may show forth all your praise in the gates of the daughter of Zion: I will rejoice in your salvation.Ps 48:11: Let mount Zion rejoice: let the daughters of Judah be glad: because of your judgments.Ps 95:1-3: O come: let us sing to the LORD: let us make a joyful noise to the rock of our salvation.Ps 100:1: 2: > Make a joyful noise to the LORD: all you lands.Ps 107:42: The righteous will see it: and rejoice: and all iniquity will stop her mouth.Pr 29:2: When the righteous are in authority: the people rejoice: but when the wicked bears rule: the people mourn.Isa 66:10: 14: Rejoice you with Jerusalem: and be glad with her: all you that love her: rejoice for joy with her: all you that mourn for her:Zec 9:9: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Joh 3:29: He who has the bride is the groom: but the friend of the groom: which stands and hears him: rejoices greatly because of the groom's voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh."for"Re 21:2: 9: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Ps 45:10-16: Listen: O daughter: and consider: and incline your ear; forget also your own people: and your father's house;Song 3:11: Go forth: O you daughters of Zion: and look king Solomon with the crown wherewith his mother crowned him in the day of his espousals: and in the day of the gladness of his heart.Isa 62:5: For as a young man marries a virgin: so will your sons marry you: and as the groom rejoices over the bride: so will your God rejoice over you.Ho 2:19: 20: I will betroth you to me for ever; yes: I will betroth you to me in righteousness: and in judgment: and in lovingkindness: and in mercies.Mt 22:2: The kingdom of heaven is like to a certain king: which made a marriage for his son: Mt 25:1-10: Then will the kingdom of heaven be likened to 10 virgins: which took their lamps: and went forth to meet the groom.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Eph 5:32: This is a great mystery: but I speak concerning Christ and the church."and his"Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.
και εδοθη αυτη ινα περιβαληται βυσσινον καθαρον και λαμπρον το γαρ βυσσινον τα δικαιωματα εστιν των αγιων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
it was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
to her
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G4016περιβάληταιperibalētai (V-ASM-3S)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβάληταιperibalētai
|
she should be clothed in
|
V-ASM-3S
|
G1039βύσσινονbyssinon (Adj-ANS)
G1039 βύσσινος býssinos boos-see-nos from βύσσος; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
|
βύσσινονbyssinon
|
fine linen,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2986λαμπρὸνlampron (Adj-ANS)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρὸνlampron
|
bright,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2513καθαρόν·katharon (Adj-ANS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρόν·katharon
|
pure.
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
For
|
Conj
|
G1039βύσσινονbyssinon (Adj-NNS)
G1039 βύσσινος býssinos boos-see-nos from βύσσος; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
|
βύσσινονbyssinon
|
the fine linen,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1345δικαιώματαdikaiōmata (N-NNP)
G1345 δικαίωμα dikaíōma dik-ah-yo-mah from δικαιόω; an equitable deed; by implication, a statute or decision:--judgment, justification, ordinance, righteousness.
|
δικαιώματαdikaiōmata
|
righteous acts
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
8
To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.Revelation 19:8
Stats
Counts: 132 characters, 23 words, 105 letters, 40 vowels, 65 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδοθη αυτη ινα περιβαληται βυσσινον καθαρον και λαμπρον το γαρ βυσσινον τα δικαιωματα εστιν των αγιων
Lit: And it was given to her that she should be clothed in fine linen, bright, pure. For the fine linen, the righteous acts of the saints is.
KJV: And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.
References
"to her"Re 3:4: 5: 18: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Ps 45:13: 14: The king's daughter is all glorious within: her clothing is of wrought gold.Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Eze 16:10: I clothed you also with broidered work: and shod you with badgers' skin: and I girded you about with fine linen: and I covered you with silk.Mt 22:12: He says to him: Friend: how came you in here not having a wedding garment? And he was speechless.Ro 3:22: Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ to all and upon all them that believe: for there is no difference:Ro 13:14: But put you on the Lord Jesus Christ: and not make provision for the flesh: to fulfil the lusts thereof.Eph 5:26: 27: That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word: "white"Mt 17:2: Was transfigured before them: and his face did shine as the sun: and his clothing was white as the light.Mr 9:3: His clothing became shining: exceeding white as snow; so as no fuller on earth can white them.Lu 24:4: It came to pass: as they were much perplexed thereabout: look: two men stood by them in shining garments:Ac 1:10: While they looked stedfastly toward heaven as he went up: look: two men stood by them in white apparel;"the fine"Re 7:13: 14: One of the elders answered: saying to me: What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?Ps 132:9: Let your priests be clothed with righteousness; and let your saints shout for joy.
και λεγει μοι γραψον μακαριοι οι εις το δειπνον του γαμου του αρνιου κεκλημενοι και λεγει μοι ουτοι οι λογοι αληθινοι εισιν του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1125ΓράψονGrapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
ΓράψονGrapson
|
Write,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3107ΜακάριοιMakarioi (Adj-NMP)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
ΜακάριοιMakarioi
|
Blessed are
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1173δεῖπνονdeipnon (N-ANS)
G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δεῖπνονdeipnon
|
supper
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G1062γάμουgamou (N-GMS)
G1062 γάμος gámos gam-os of uncertain affinity; nuptials:--marriage, wedding.
|
γάμουgamou
|
marriage
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἈρνίουArniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίουArniou
|
Lamb
|
N-GNS
|
G2564κεκλημένοι.keklēmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κεκλημένοι.keklēmenoi
|
having been invited.
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ΟὗτοιHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοιHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
words
|
N-NMP
|
G228ἀληθινοὶalēthinoi (Adj-NMP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινοὶalēthinoi
|
TRUE
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
9
He says to me, Write, Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me, These are the true sayings of God.
Revelation 19:9
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 27 words, 122 letters, 49 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει μοι γραψον μακαριοι οι εις το δειπνον του γαμου του αρνιου κεκλημενοι και λεγει μοι ουτοι οι λογοι αληθινοι εισιν του θεου
Lit: And he says to me, Write, Blessed are those to the supper of the marriage of the Lamb having been invited. And he says to me, These the words TRUE of God are.
KJV: And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.
References
"Write"Re 1:19: Write the things which you have seen: and the things which are: and the things which will be hereafter;Re 2:1: 8: 12: 18: To the angel of the church of Ephesus write; These things says he who holds the 7 stars in his right hand: who walks in the middle of the 7 golden candlesticks;Re 3:1: 7: 14: to the angel of the church in Sardis write; These things says He that'>He who has the 7 Spirits of God: and the 7 stars; I know your works: that you have a name that you live: and are dead.Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.Isa 8:1: Moreover the LORD said to me: Take you a great roll: and write in it with a man's pen concerning Mahershalalhashbaz.Hab 2:2: The LORD answered me: and said: Write the vision: and make it plain upon tables: that He may run that reads it."Blessed"Re 19:7: 8: Let us be glad and rejoice: and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come: and his wife has made herself ready.Re 3:20: Look: I stand at the door: and knock: if any man hear my voice: and open the door: I will come in to him: and will sup with him: and he with me.Mt 22:2-4: The kingdom of heaven is like to a certain king: which made a marriage for his son: Lu 14:15: 16: When one of them that sat at meat with Him heard these things: He said to Him: Blessed is He that'>He who will eat bread in the kingdom of God."These"Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful.Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.1Ti 1:15: This is a faithful saying: and worthy of all acceptation: that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners; of whom I am chief.1Ti 4:9: This is a faithful saying and worthy of all acceptation.2Ti 2:11: It is a faithful saying: For if we be dead with him: we will also live with him:Tit 3:8: This is a faithful saying: and these things I will that you affirm constantly: that they which have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.
και επεσον εμπροσθεν των ποδων αυτου προσκυνησαι αυτω και λεγει μοι ορα μη συνδουλος σου ειμι και των αδελφων σου των εχοντων την μαρτυριαν του ιησου τω θεω προσκυνησον η γαρ μαρτυρια του ιησου εστιν το πνευμα της προφητειας
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4098ἔπεσαepesa (V-AIA-1S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσαepesa
|
I fell
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G4352προσκυνῆσαιproskynēsai (V-ANA)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνῆσαιproskynēsai
|
to worship
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτῷ.autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ.autō
|
him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3708ὍραHora (V-PMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὍραHora
|
See that you
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3361μή·mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή·mē
|
not.
|
Adv
|
G4889σύνδουλόςsyndoulos (N-NMS)
G4889 σύνδουλος sýndoulos soon-doo-los from σύν and δοῦλος; a co-slave, i.e. servitor or ministrant of the same master (human or divine):--fellowservant.
|
σύνδουλόςsyndoulos
|
A fellow servant
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σούsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σούsou
|
with you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you,
|
PPro-G2S
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
holding
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ·Iēsou
|
of Jesus.
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G4352προσκύνησον·proskynēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκύνησον·proskynēson
|
worship!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3141μαρτυρίαmartyria (N-NFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίαmartyria
|
testimony
|
N-NFS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151πνεῦμαpneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνεῦμαpneuma
|
spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G4394προφητείας.prophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείας.prophēteias
|
of prophecy.
|
N-GFS
|
10
I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me, See you do it not: I am your fellowservant, and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
Revelation 19:10
Stats
Rank: #2395 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 224 characters, 39 words, 173 letters, 63 vowels, 110 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επεσον εμπροσθεν των ποδων αυτου προσκυνησαι αυτω και λεγει μοι ορα μη συνδουλος σου ειμι και των αδελφων σου των εχοντων την μαρτυριαν του ιησου τω θεω προσκυνησον η γαρ μαρτυρια του ιησου εστιν το πνευμα της προφητειας
Lit: And I fell before the feet of him to worship him. And he says to me, See that you not. A fellow servant with you I am, and the brothers of you, holding the testimony of Jesus. God worship! The for testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
KJV: And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
References
"I fell"Re 22:8: 9: I John saw these things: and heard them. And when I had heard and seen: I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.Mr 5:22: And: look: there comes one of the rulers of the synagogue: Jairus by name; and when he saw him: he fell at his feet: Mr 7:25: For a certain woman: whose young daughter had an unclean spirit: heard of him: and came and fell at his feet:Ac 10:25: 26: As Peter was coming in: Cornelius met him: and fell down at his feet: and worshipped him.Ac 14:11-15: When the people saw what Paul had done: they lifted up their voices: saying in the speech of Lycaonia: The gods are come down to us in the likeness of men.1Jo 5:21: Little children: keep yourselves from idols. Amen."See"2Co 8:7: Therefore: as you abound in every thing: in faith: and utterance: and knowledge: and in all diligence: and in your love to us: see that you abound in this grace also.Eph 5:15: 33: See then that you walk circumspectly: not as fools: but as wise: 1Th 5:15: See that none render evil for evil to any man; but ever follow that which is good: both among yourselves: and to all men.Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:"I am"Ps 103:20: 21: Bless the LORD: you His angels: that excel in strength: that do His commandments: hearkening to the voice of His word.Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened.Lu 1:19: The angel answering said to Him: I am Gabriel: that stand in the presence of God; and am sent to speak to you: and to show you these glad tidings.Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"the testimony"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 12:11: 17: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death.Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.1Jo 5:10: He who believes'>believes'>believes on the Son of God has the witness in Himself: He that'>He who believes'>believes'>believes not God has made Him a liar; because He believes'>believes'>believes not the record that God gave of His Son."worship"Re 4:10: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Ex 34:14: For you will worship no other god: for the LORD: whose name is Jealous: is a jealous God:2Ki 17:36: But the LORD: who brought you up out of the land of Egypt with great power and a stretched out arm: Him will you fear: and Him will you worship: and to Him will you do sacrifice.Ps 45:11: So will the king greatly desire your beauty: for He is your Lord; and worship you Him.Mt 4:10: Then says Jesus to Him: Get you here: Satan: for it is written: You will worship the Lord your God: and Him only will you serve.Joh 4:22-24: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.Php 3:3: For we are the circumcision: which worship God in the spirit: and rejoice in Christ Jesus: and have no confidence in the flesh."for the"Lu 24:25-27: 44: Then he said to them: O fools: and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken:Joh 5:39: Search the scriptures; for in them you think you have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me.Ac 3:12-18: When Peter saw it: he answered to the people: You men of Israel: why marvel you at this? or why look you so earnestly on us: as though by our own power or holiness we had made this man to walk?Ac 10:43: To him give all the prophets witness: that through his name whoever believes in him will receive remission of sins.Ac 13:27: For they that dwell at Jerusalem: and their rulers: because they knew not him: nor yet the voices of the prophets which are read every sabbath day: they have fulfilled them in condemning him.Ro 3:21: 22: But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested: being witnessed by the law and the prophets;1Pe 1:10-12: Of which salvation the prophets have inquired and searched diligently: who prophesied of the grace that should come to you:2Pe 1:19-21: We have also a more sure word of prophecy; to what you do well that you take heed: as to a light that shines in a dark place: until the day dawn: and the day star arise in your hearts:
The Future and Beyond
και ειδον τον ουρανον ανεωγμενον και ιδου ιππος λευκος και ο καθημενος επ αυτον καλουμενος πιστος και αληθινος και εν δικαιοσυνη κρινει και πολεμει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G455ἠνεῳγμένον,ēneōgmenon (V-RPM/P-AMS)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνεῳγμένον,ēneōgmenon
|
having been opened,
|
V-RPM/P-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3708ἰδοὺidou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἰδοὺidou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2462ἵπποςhippos (N-NMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποςhippos
|
a horse
|
N-NMS
|
G3022λευκός,leukos (Adj-NMS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκός,leukos
|
white,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
it,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G2564καλούμενος ⇔kaloumenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
καλούμενος ⇔kaloumenos
|
called
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G4103ΠιστὸςPistos (Adj-NMS)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
ΠιστὸςPistos
|
Faithful
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228Ἀληθινός,Alēthinos (Adj-NMS)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
Ἀληθινός,Alēthinos
|
TRUE,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G1343δικαιοσύνῃdikaiosynē (N-DFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνῃdikaiosynē
|
righteousness
|
N-DFS
|
G2919κρίνειkrinei (V-PIA-3S)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
κρίνειkrinei
|
He judges
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4170πολεμεῖ.polemei (V-PIA-3S)
G4170 πολεμέω poleméō pol-em-eh-o from πόλεμος; to be (engaged) in warfare, i.e. to battle (literally or figuratively):--fight, (make) war.
|
πολεμεῖ.polemei
|
makes war.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
11
I saw heaven opened, and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Revelation 19:11
Stats
Rank: #362 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 154 characters, 27 words, 121 letters, 48 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον τον ουρανον ανεωγμενον και ιδου ιππος λευκος και ο καθημενος επ αυτον καλουμενος πιστος και αληθινος και εν δικαιοσυνη κρινει και πολεμει
Lit: And I saw heaven having been opened, and behold, a horse white, and the One sitting upon it, called Faithful and TRUE, and in righteousness He judges and makes war.
KJV: And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.
References
"heaven"Re 4:1: After this I looked: and: look: a door was opened in heaven: and the first voice which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me; which said: Come up here: and I will show you things which must be hereafter.Re 11:19: The temple of God was opened in heaven: and there was seen in His temple the ark of His testament: and there were lightnings: and voices: and thunderings: and an earthquake: and great hail.Re 15:5: After that I looked: and: look: the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:"a white"Re 6:2: I saw: and look a white horse: and he who sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given to him: and he went forth conquering: and to conquer.Zec 1:8: I saw by night: and look a man riding upon a red horse: and he stood among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind him were there red horses: speckled: and white."Faithful"Re 1:5: From Jesus Christ: who is the faithful witness: and the first begotten of the dead: and the prince of the kings of the earth. To Him that loved us: and washed us from our sins in His own blood: Re 3:7: 14: To the angel of the church in Philadelphia write; These things says he who is holy: he who is true: he who has the key of David: he who opens'>opens: and no man shuts'>shuts; and shuts'>shuts: and no man opens'>opens;Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me."and in"Re 15:3-7: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Ps 45:3-7: Gird your sword upon your thigh: O most mighty: with your glory and your majesty.Ps 50:6: The heavens will declare His righteousness: for God is judge Himself. Selah.Ps 72:2-4: He will judge your people with righteousness: and your poor with judgment.Ps 96:13: Before the LORD: for He comes'>comes: for He comes'>comes to judge the earth: He will judge the world with righteousness: and the people with His truth.Ps 98:9: Before the LORD; for He comes to judge the earth: with righteousness will He judge the world: and the people with equity.Ps 99:4: The king's strength also loves judgment; you do establish equity: you execute judgment and righteousness in Jacob.Isa 11:3-5: will make Him of quick understanding in the fear of the LORD: and He will not judge after the sight of His eyes: neither reprove after the hearing of His ears:Isa 32:1: Look: a king will reign in righteousness: and princes will rule in judgment.Isa 45:21: Tell you: and bring them near; yes: let them take counsel together: who has declared this from ancient time? who has told it from that time? have not I the LORD? and there is no God else beside me; a just God and a Saviour; there is none beside me.Isa 63:1-5: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save.Jer 23:5: 6: Look: the days come: says the LORD: that I will raise to David a righteous Branch: and a King will reign and prosper: and will execute judgment and justice in the earth.Jer 33:15: In those days: and at that time: will I cause the Branch of righteousness to grow up to David; and he will execute judgment and righteousness in the land.Zec 9:9: 10: Rejoice greatly: O daughter of Zion; shout: O daughter of Jerusalem: look: your King comes to you: he is just: and having salvation; lowly: and riding upon an ass: and upon a colt the foal of an ass.Heb 7:1: 2: For this Melchisedec: king of Salem: priest of the most high God: who met Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings: and blessed Him;
οι δε οφθαλμοι αυτου ως φλοξ πυρος και επι την κεφαλην αυτου διαδηματα πολλα εχων ονομα γεγραμμενον ο ουδεις οιδεν ει μη αυτος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3788ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi (N-NMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμοὶophthalmoi
|
the eyes
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G5613[ὡς]hōs (Conj)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
[ὡς]hōs
|
are like
|
Conj
|
G5395φλὸξphlox (N-NFS)
G5395 φλόξ phlóx flox from a primary (to flash or flame); a blaze:--flame(-ing).
|
φλὸξphlox
|
a flame
|
N-NFS
|
G4442πυρός,pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός,pyros
|
of fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2776κεφαλὴνkephalēn (N-AFS)
G2776 κεφαλή kephalḗ kef-al-ay from the primary (in the sense of seizing); the head (as the part most readily taken hold of), literally or figuratively:--head.
|
κεφαλὴνkephalēn
|
head
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1238διαδήματαdiadēmata (N-NNP)
G1238 διάδημα diádēma dee-ad-ay-mah from a compound of διά and δέω; a diadem (as bound about the head):--crown. Compare στέφανος.
|
διαδήματαdiadēmata
|
royal crowns
|
N-NNP
|
G4183πολλά,polla (Adj-NNP)
G4183 πολύς polýs pol-oos including the forms from the alternate ; (singular) much (in any respect) or (plural) many; neuter (singular) as adverbial, largely; neuter (plural) as adverb or noun often, mostly, largely:--abundant, + altogether, common, + far (passed, spent), (+ be of a) great (age, deal, -ly, while), long, many, much, oft(-en (-times)), plenteous, sore, straitly. Compare πλεῖστος, πλείων.
|
πολλά,polla
|
many,
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
a name
|
N-ANS
|
G1125γεγραμμένονgegrammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένονgegrammenon
|
having been written,
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G3739ὃho (RelPro-ANS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὃho
|
which
|
RelPro-ANS
|
G3762οὐδεὶςoudeis (Adj-NMS)
G3762 οὐδείς oudeís oo-den from οὐδέ and εἷς; not even one (man, woman or thing), i.e. none, nobody, nothing:--any (man), aught, man, neither any (thing), never (man), no (man), none (+ of these things), not (any, at all, -thing), nought.,
|
οὐδεὶςoudeis
|
no one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1492οἶδενoiden (V-RIA-3S)
G1492 εἴδω eídō i-do a primary verb; used only in certain past tenses, the others being borrowed from the equivalent ὀπτάνομαι and ὁράω; properly, to see (literally or figuratively); by implication, (in the perfect tense only) to know:--be aware, behold, X can (+ not tell), consider, (have) know(-ledge), look (on), perceive, see, be sure, tell, understand, wish, wot. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
οἶδενoiden
|
knows,
|
V-RIA-3S
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G846αὐτός,autos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτός,autos
|
He Himself,
|
PPro-NM3S
|
12
His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.Revelation 19:12
Stats
Counts: 130 characters, 22 words, 96 letters, 37 vowels, 59 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε οφθαλμοι αυτου ως φλοξ πυρος και επι την κεφαλην αυτου διαδηματα πολλα εχων ονομα γεγραμμενον ο ουδεις οιδεν ει μη αυτος
Lit: And the eyes of Him are like a flame of fire, and upon the head of Him royal crowns many, having a name having been written, which no one knows, if not He Himself,
KJV: His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head [were] many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.
References
"eyes"Re 1:14: His head and his hairs were white like wool: as white as snow; and his eyes were as a flame of fire;Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;"on his"Re 6:2: I saw: and look a white horse: and he who sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given to him: and he went forth conquering: and to conquer.Re 12:3: There appeared another wonder in heaven; and look a great red dragon: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and 7 crowns upon his heads.Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Ps 8:5: For you have made him a little lower than the angels: and have crowned him with glory and honour.Song 3:11: Go forth: O you daughters of Zion: and look king Solomon with the crown wherewith his mother crowned him in the day of his espousals: and in the day of the gladness of his heart.Isa 62:3: You will also be a crown of glory in the hand of the LORD: and a royal diadem in the hand of your God.Zec 9:16: The LORD their God will save them in that day as the flock of His people: for they will be as the stones of a crown: lifted up as an ensign upon His land.Mt 21:5: Tell you the daughter of Sion: Look: your King comes to you: meek: and sitting upon an ass: and a colt the foal of an ass.Mt 28:18: Jesus came and spoke to them: saying: All power is given to me in heaven and in earth.Heb 2:9: But we see Jesus: who was made a little lower than the angels for the suffering of death: crowned with glory and honour; that He by the grace of God should taste death for every man."a name"Re 19:16: He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written: KING OF KINGS: AND LORD OF LORDS.Re 2:17: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the hidden manna: and will give Him a white stone: and in the stone a new name written: which no man knows saving He that'>He who receives it.Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Ge 32:29: Jacob asked him: and said: Tell me: I pray you: your name. And he said: For what reason is it that you do ask after my name? And he blessed him there.Ex 23:21: Beware of him: and obey his voice: provoke not him; for he not will pardon your transgressions: for my name is in him.Jg 13:18: The angel of the LORD said to Him: Why ask you thus after my name: seeing it is secret?Isa 9:6: For to us a child is born: to us a son is given: and the government will be upon His shoulder: and His name will be called Wonderful: Counseller: The mighty God: The everlasting Father: The Prince of Peace.Mt 11:27: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows'>knows the Son: but the Father; neither knows'>knows any man the Father: save the Son: and He to whoever the Son will reveal Him.Lu 10:22: All things are delivered to me of my Father: and no man knows who the Son is: but the Father; and who the Father is: but the Son: and He to whom the Son will reveal Him.
και περιβεβλημενος ιματιον βεβαμμενον αιματι και καλειται το ονομα αυτου ο λογος του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4016περιβεβλημένοςperibeblēmenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G4016 περιβάλλω peribállō per-ee-bal-lo from περί and βάλλω; to throw all around, i.e. invest (with a palisade or with clothing):--array, cast about, clothe(-d me), put on.
|
περιβεβλημένοςperibeblēmenos
|
having been clothed with
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
a garment
|
N-ANS
|
G911βεβαμμένονbebammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G911 βάπτω báptō bap-to a primary verb; to whelm, i.e. cover wholly with a fluid; in the New Testament only in a qualified or special sense, i.e. (literally) to moisten (a part of ones person), or (by implication) to stain (as with dye):--dip.
|
βεβαμμένονbebammenon
|
having been dipped
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G129αἵματι,haimati (N-DNS)
G129 αἷμα haîma hah-ee-mah of uncertain derivation; blood, literally (of men or animals), figuratively (the juice of grapes) or specially (the atoning blood of Christ); by implication, bloodshed, also kindred:--blood.,
|
αἵματι,haimati
|
in blood.
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2564κέκληταιkeklētai (V-RIM/P-3S)
G2564 καλέω kaléō kal-eh-o akin to the base of κελεύω; to call (properly, aloud, but used in a variety of applications, directly or otherwise):--bid, call (forth), (whose, whose sur-)name (was (called)).
|
κέκληταιkeklētai
|
is called
|
V-RIM/P-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588ὉHO (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὉHO
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G3056ΛόγοςLogos (N-NMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
ΛόγοςLogos
|
Word
|
N-NMS
|
G2316Θεοῦ.Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ.Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
13
He was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and His name is called The Word of God.Revelation 19:13
Stats
Counts: 90 characters, 18 words, 70 letters, 26 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και περιβεβλημενος ιματιον βεβαμμενον αιματι και καλειται το ονομα αυτου ο λογος του θεου
Lit: and having been clothed with a garment having been dipped in blood. And is called the name of Him, The Word of God.
KJV: And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God.
References
"clothed"Re 14:20: The winepress was trodden without the city: and blood came out of the winepress: even to the horse bridles: by the space of a000 and 600 furlongs.Ps 58:10: The righteous will rejoice when he sees the vengeance: he will wash his feet in the blood of the wicked.Isa 9:5: For every battle of the warrior is with confused noise: and garments rolled in blood; but this will be with burning and fuel of fire.Isa 34:3-8: Their killed also will be cast out: and their stink will come up out of their carcases: and the mountains will be melted with their blood.Isa 63:1-6: Who is this that comes from Edom: with dyed garments from Bozrah? this that is glorious in his apparel: travelling in the greatness of his strength? I that speak in righteousness: mighty to save."The"Joh 1:1: 14: In the beginning was the Word: and the Word was with God: and the Word was God.1Jo 1:1: That which was from the beginning: which we have heard: which we have seen with our eyes: which we have looked upon: and our hands have handled: of the Word of life;1Jo 5:7: For there are 3 that bear record in heaven: the Father: the Word: and the Holy Ghost: and these 3 are one.
και τα στρατευματα {VAR2: τα } εν τω ουρανω ηκολουθει αυτω εφ ιπποις λευκοις ενδεδυμενοι βυσσινον λευκον και καθαρον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4753στρατεύματαstrateumata (N-NNP)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στρατεύματαstrateumata
|
armies
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
who were
|
Art-NNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανῷouranō (N-DMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανῷouranō
|
heaven
|
N-DMS
|
G190ἠκολούθειēkolouthei (V-IIA-3S)
G190 ἀκολουθέω akolouthéō ak-ol-oo-theh-o from Α (as a particle of union) and (a road); properly, to be in the same way with, i.e. to accompany (specially, as a disciple):--follow, reach.
|
ἠκολούθειēkolouthei
|
were following
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
Him
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G1909ἐφ’eph’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐφ’eph’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G2462ἵπποιςhippois (N-DMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵπποιςhippois
|
horses
|
N-DMP
|
G3022λευκοῖς,leukois (Adj-DMP)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκοῖς,leukois
|
white,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G1746ἐνδεδυμένοιendedymenoi (V-RPM-NMP)
G1746 ἐνδύω endýō en-doo-o from ἐν and δύνω (in the sense of sinking into a garment); to invest with clothing (literally or figuratively):--array, clothe (with), endue, have (put) on.
|
ἐνδεδυμένοιendedymenoi
|
having been clothed in
|
V-RPM-NMP
|
G1039βύσσινονbyssinon (Adj-ANS)
G1039 βύσσινος býssinos boos-see-nos from βύσσος; made of linen (neuter a linen cloth):--fine linen.
|
βύσσινονbyssinon
|
fine linen,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G3022λευκὸνleukon (Adj-ANS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκὸνleukon
|
white,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2513καθαρόν.katharon (Adj-ANS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρόν.katharon
|
pure.
|
Adj-ANS
|
14
The armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.Revelation 19:14
Stats
Counts: 107 characters, 17 words, 86 letters, 34 vowels, 52 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα στρατευματα {VAR2: τα } εν τω ουρανω ηκολουθει αυτω εφ ιπποις λευκοις ενδεδυμενοι βυσσινον λευκον και καθαρον
Lit: And the armies who were in heaven were following Him upon horses white, having been clothed in fine linen, white, pure.
KJV: And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.
References
"the armies"Re 14:1: 20: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Ps 68:17: The chariots of God are 20000: even thousands of angels: the Lord is among them: as in Sinai: in the holy place.Ps 149:6-9: Let the high praises of God be in their mouth: and a twoedged sword in their hand;Zec 14:5: you will flee to the valley of the mountains; for the valley of the mountains will reach to Azal: yes: you will flee: like as you fled from before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah: and the LORD my God will come: and all the saints with you.Mt 26:53: Think you that I cannot now pray to my Father: and He will presently give me more than 12 legions of angels?2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: Jude 1:14: Enoch also: the seventh from Adam: prophesied of these: saying: Look: the Lord comes with 10 thousands of His saints: "white horse"Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war."clothed"Re 19:8: To her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen: clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.Re 4:4: Round about the throne were 24 seats: and upon the seats I saw 24 elders sitting: clothed in white clothing; and they had on their heads crowns of gold.Re 7:9: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Mt 28:3: His face was like lightning: and his clothing white as snow:
και εκ του στοματος αυτου εκπορευεται ρομφαια οξεια ινα εν αυτη πατασση τα εθνη και αυτος ποιμανει αυτους εν ραβδω σιδηρα και αυτος πατει την ληνον του οινου του θυμου και της οργης του θεου του παντοκρατορος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1607ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορεύεταιekporeuetai
|
goes forth
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G4501ῥομφαίαrhomphaia (N-NFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίαrhomphaia
|
a sword
|
N-NFS
|
G3691ὀξεῖα,oxeia (Adj-NFS)
G3691 ὀξύς oxýs oz-oos probably akin to the base of ἀκμήν (acid); keen; by analogy, rapid:--sharp, swift.
|
ὀξεῖα,oxeia
|
sharp,
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3960πατάξῃpataxē (V-ASA-3S)
G3960 πατάσσω patássō pat-as-so probably prolongation from παίω; to knock (gently or with a weapon or fatally):--smite, strike. Compare τύπτω.
|
πατάξῃpataxē
|
He may strike down
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνη·ethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη·ethnē
|
nations;
|
N-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G4165ποιμανεῖpoimanei (V-FIA-3S)
G4165 ποιμαίνω poimaínō poy-mah-ee-no from ποιμήν; to tend as a shepherd of (figuratively, superviser):--feed (cattle), rule.
|
ποιμανεῖpoimanei
|
will shepherd
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G4464ῥάβδῳrhabdō (N-DFS)
G4464 ῥάβδος rhábdos hrab-dos from the base of ῥαπίζω; a stick or wand (as a cudgel, a cane or a baton of royalty):--rod, sceptre, staff.
|
ῥάβδῳrhabdō
|
a rod
|
N-DFS
|
G4603σιδηρᾷ·sidēra (Adj-DFS)
G4603 σιδήρεος sidḗreos sid-ay-reh-os from σίδηρος; made of iron:--(of) iron.
|
σιδηρᾷ·sidēra
|
of iron.
|
Adj-DFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
He
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G3961πατεῖpatei (V-PIA-3S)
G3961 πατέω patéō pat-eh-o from a derivative probably of παίω (meaning a path); to trample (literally or figuratively):--tread (down, under foot).
|
πατεῖpatei
|
treads
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3025ληνὸνlēnon (N-AFS)
G3025 ληνός lēnós lay-nos apparently a primary word; a trough, i.e. wine-vat:--winepress.
|
ληνὸνlēnon
|
press
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3631οἴνουoinou (N-GMS)
G3631 οἶνος oînos oy-nos a primary word (or perhaps of Hebrew origin (יַיִן)); wine (literally or figuratively):--wine.
|
οἴνουoinou
|
wine
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2372θυμοῦthymou (N-GMS)
G2372 θυμός thymós thoo-mos from θύω; passion (as if breathing hard):--fierceness, indignation, wrath. Compare ψυχή.
|
θυμοῦthymou
|
fury
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G3709ὀργῆςorgēs (N-GFS)
G3709 ὀργή orgḗ or-gay from ὀρέγομαι; properly, desire (as a reaching forth or excitement of the mind), i.e. (by analogy), violent passion (ire, or (justifiable) abhorrence); by implication punishment:--anger, indignation, vengeance, wrath.
|
ὀργῆςorgēs
|
wrath
|
N-GFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G3841Παντοκράτορος.Pantokratoros (N-GMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
Παντοκράτορος.Pantokratoros
|
Almighty.
|
N-GMS
|
15
Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword, that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.Revelation 19:15
Stats
Counts: 201 characters, 37 words, 158 letters, 57 vowels, 101 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκ του στοματος αυτου εκπορευεται ρομφαια οξεια ινα εν αυτη πατασση τα εθνη και αυτος ποιμανει αυτους εν ραβδω σιδηρα και αυτος πατει την ληνον του οινου του θυμου και της οργης του θεου του παντοκρατορος
Lit: And out of the mouth of Him goes forth a sword sharp, so that with it He may strike down the nations; and He will shepherd them with a rod of iron. And He treads the press of the wine of the fury of the wrath of God the Almighty.
KJV: And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.
References
"out"Re 19:21: The remnant were killed with the sword of him that sat upon the horse: which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength.Re 2:12: 16: To the angel of the church in Pergamos write; These things says he which has the sharp sword with two edges;Isa 11:4: But with righteousness will he judge the poor: and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: and he will smite the earth with the rod of his mouth: and with the breath of his lips will he kill the wicked.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.2Th 2:8: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:"and he shall"Re 2:27: He will rule them with a rod of iron; as the vessels of a potter will they be broken to shivers: even as I received of my Father.Re 12:5: She brought forth a man child: who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up to God: and to His throne.Ps 2:9: You will break them with a rod of iron; you will dash them in pieces like a potter's vessel."and he treadeth"Re 14:17-20: Another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven: he also having a sharp sickle.Isa 63:2-6: For what reason are you red in your apparel: and your garments like him that treads in the winefat?
και εχει επι το ιματιον και επι τον μηρον {VAR1: αυτου το ονομα } {VAR2: αυτου ονομα } γεγραμμενον βασιλευς βασιλεων και κυριος κυριων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
He has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2440ἱμάτιονhimation (N-ANS)
G2440 ἱμάτιον himátion him-at-ee-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ennumi (to put on); a dress (inner or outer):--apparel, cloke, clothes, garment, raiment, robe, vesture.
|
ἱμάτιονhimation
|
robe
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3382μηρὸνmēron (N-AMS)
G3382 μηρός mērós may-ros perhaps a primary word; a thigh:--thigh.
|
μηρὸνmēron
|
thigh
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-ANS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
a name
|
N-ANS
|
G1125γεγραμμένονgegrammenon (V-RPM/P-ANS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένονgegrammenon
|
having been written:
|
V-RPM/P-ANS
|
G935ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣBASILEUS (N-NMS)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒΑΣΙΛΕΥΣBASILEUS
|
King
|
N-NMS
|
G935ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΝBASILEŌN (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
ΒΑΣΙΛΕΩΝBASILEŌN
|
of Kings
|
N-GMP
|
G2532ΚΑΙKAI (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚΑΙKAI
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚΥΡΙΟΣKYRIOS (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚΥΡΙΟΣKYRIOS
|
Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2962ΚΥΡΙΩΝ.KYRIŌN (N-GMP)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚΥΡΙΩΝ.KYRIŌN
|
of Lords.
|
N-GMP
|
16
He has on His vesture and on His thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.
Revelation 19:16
Stats
Counts: 93 characters, 18 words, 71 letters, 24 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εχει επι το ιματιον και επι τον μηρον {VAR1: αυτου το ονομα } {VAR2: αυτου ονομα } γεγραμμενον βασιλευς βασιλεων και κυριος κυριων
Lit: And He has upon the robe and upon the thigh of Him a name having been written: King of Kings and Lord of Lords.
KJV: And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.
References
"on his vesture"Re 19:12: 13: His eyes were as a flame of fire: and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written: that no man knew: but he himself."KING"Re 17:14: These will make war with the Lamb: and the Lamb will overcome them: for He is Lord of lords: and King of kings: and they that are with Him are called: and chosen: and faithful.Ps 72:11: Yes: all kings will fall down before him: all nations will serve him.Pr 8:15: 16: By me kings reign: and princes decree justice.Da 2:47: The king answered to Daniel: and said: Of a truth it is: that your God is a God of gods: and a Lord of kings: and a revealer of secrets: seeing you could reveal this secret.Php 2:9-11: For what reason God also has highly exalted Him: and given Him a name which is above every name:1Ti 6:15: Which in His times He will show: who is the blessed and only Potentate: the King of kings: and Lord of lords;
Defeat of the Beast and False Prophet
και ειδον ενα αγγελον εστωτα εν τω ηλιω και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη λεγων πασιν τοις ορνεοις τοις πετωμενοις εν μεσουρανηματι δευτε και συναγεσθε εις το δειπνον του μεγαλου θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1520ἕναhena (Adj-AMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἕναhena
|
one
|
Adj-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2476ἑστῶταhestōta (V-RPA-AMS)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταhestōta
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2246ἡλίῳ,hēliō (N-DMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίῳ,hēliō
|
sun,
|
N-DMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2896ἔκραξενekraxen (V-AIA-3S)
G2896 κράζω krázō krad-zo a primary verb; properly, to croak (as a raven) or scream, i.e. (genitive case) to call aloud (shriek, exclaim, intreat):--cry (out).
|
ἔκραξενekraxen
|
he cried out
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5456φωνῇphōnē (N-DFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῇphōnē
|
a voice
|
N-DFS
|
G3173μεγάλῃmegalē (Adj-DFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλῃmegalē
|
loud,
|
Adj-DFS
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
to all
|
Adj-DNP
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G3732ὀρνέοιςorneois (N-DNP)
G3732 ὄρνεον órneon or-neh-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ὄρνις; a birdling:--bird, fowl.
|
ὀρνέοιςorneois
|
birds
|
N-DNP
|
G4072πετομένοιςpetomenois (V-PPM/P-DNP)
G4072 πέτομαι pétomai ptah-om-ahee middle voice of a primary verb; to fly:--fly(-ing).
|
πετομένοιςpetomenois
|
flying
|
V-PPM/P-DNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3321μεσουρανήματιmesouranēmati (N-DNS)
G3321 μεσουράνημα mesouránēma mes-oo-ran-ay-mah from a presumed compound of μέσος and οὐρανός; mid-sky:--midst of heaven.
|
μεσουρανήματιmesouranēmati
|
mid-heaven,
|
N-DNS
|
G1205ΔεῦτεDeute (V-M-2P)
G1205 δεῦτε deûte dyoo-teh from δεῦρο and an imperative form of (to go); come hither!:--come, X follow.
|
ΔεῦτεDeute
|
Come,
|
V-M-2P
|
G4863συνάχθητεsynachthēte (V-AMP-2P)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνάχθητεsynachthēte
|
gather yourselves
|
V-AMP-2P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G1173δεῖπνονdeipnon (N-ANS)
G1173 δεῖπνον deîpnon dipe-non from the same as δαπάνη; dinner, i.e. the chief meal (usually in the evening):--feast, supper.
|
δεῖπνονdeipnon
|
supper
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
17
I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the middle of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together to the supper of the great God;
Revelation 19:17
Stats
Counts: 198 characters, 37 words, 155 letters, 58 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον ενα αγγελον εστωτα εν τω ηλιω και εκραξεν φωνη μεγαλη λεγων πασιν τοις ορνεοις τοις πετωμενοις εν μεσουρανηματι δευτε και συναγεσθε εις το δειπνον του μεγαλου θεου
Lit: And I saw one angel standing in the sun, and he cried out in a voice loud, saying to all the birds flying in mid-heaven, Come, gather yourselves unto the supper great of God,
KJV: And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;
References
"an angel"Re 8:13: I beheld: and heard an angel flying through the middle of heaven: saying with a loud voice: Woe: woe: woe: to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the 3 angels: which are yet to sound!Re 14:6: I saw another angel fly in the middle of heaven: having the everlasting gospel to preach to them that dwell on the earth: and to every nation: and kindred: and tongue: and people: Isa 34:1-8: Come near: you nations: to hear; and listen: you people: let the earth hear: and all that is therein; the world: and all things that come forth of it."saying"Re 19:21: The remnant were killed with the sword of him that sat upon the horse: which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.Isa 56:9: All you beasts of the field: come to devour: yes: all you beasts in the for.Jer 12:9: My heritage is to me as a speckled bird: the birds round about are against her; come you: assemble all the beasts of the field: come to devour.Eze 39:17-20: And: you son of man: thus says the Lord GOD; Speak to every feathered fowl: and to every beast of the field: Assemble yourselves: and come; gather yourselves on every side to my sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you: even a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel: that you may eat flesh: and drink blood.
ινα φαγητε σαρκας βασιλεων και σαρκας χιλιαρχων και σαρκας ισχυρων και σαρκας ιππων και των καθημενων επ αυτων και σαρκας παντων ελευθερων {VAR2: τε } και δουλων και μικρων και μεγαλων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G5315φάγητεphagēte (V-ASA-2P)
G5315 φάγω phágō fag-o a primary verb (used as an alternate of ἐσθίω in certain tenses); to eat (literally or figuratively):--eat, meat.
|
φάγητεphagēte
|
you may eat
|
V-ASA-2P
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
the flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G935βασιλέωνbasileōn (N-GMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλέωνbasileōn
|
of kings,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
the flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G5506χιλιάρχωνchiliarchōn (N-GMP)
G5506 χιλίαρχος chilíarchos khil-ee-ar-khos from χίλιοι and ἄρχω; the commander of a thousand soldiers (chiliarch; i.e. colonel:--(chief, high) captain.
|
χιλιάρχωνchiliarchōn
|
of commanders,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
the flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G2478ἰσχυρῶνischyrōn (Adj-GMP)
G2478 ἰσχυρός ischyrós is-khoo-ros from ἰσχύς; forcible (literally or figuratively):--boisterous, mighty(-ier), powerful, strong(-er, man), valiant.
|
ἰσχυρῶνischyrōn
|
of mighty men,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
the flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G2462ἵππωνhippōn (N-GMP)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππωνhippōn
|
of horses
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G2521καθημένωνkathēmenōn (V-PPM/P-GMP)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένωνkathēmenōn
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMP
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4561σάρκαςsarkas (N-AFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σάρκαςsarkas
|
the flesh
|
N-AFP
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
of all,
|
Adj-GMP
|
G1658ἐλευθέρωνeleutherōn (Adj-GMP)
G1658 ἐλεύθερος eleútheros el-yoo-ther-os probably from the alternate of ἔρχομαι; unrestrained (to go at pleasure), i.e. (as a citizen) not a slave (whether freeborn or manumitted), or (genitive case) exempt (from obligation or liability):--free (man, woman), at liberty.
|
ἐλευθέρωνeleutherōn
|
free
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5037τεte (Conj)
G5037 τέ té teh a primary particle (enclitic) of connection or addition; both or also (properly, as correlation of καί):--also, and, both, even, then, whether. Often used in composition, usually as the latter participle.,
|
τεte
|
both
|
Conj
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1401δούλωνdoulōn (N-GMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλωνdoulōn
|
slaves,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3398μικρῶνmikrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρῶνmikrōn
|
small
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3173μεγάλων.megalōn (Adj-GMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλων.megalōn
|
great.
|
Adj-GMP
|
18
That you may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.Revelation 19:18
Stats
Counts: 214 characters, 38 words, 162 letters, 51 vowels, 111 consonants
Translation
Greek: ινα φαγητε σαρκας βασιλεων και σαρκας χιλιαρχων και σαρκας ισχυρων και σαρκας ιππων και των καθημενων επ αυτων και σαρκας παντων ελευθερων {VAR2: τε } και δουλων και μικρων και μεγαλων
Lit: so that you may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of commanders, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses and of those sitting on them, and the flesh of all, free both and slaves, and small and great.
KJV: That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.
References
"ye"De 28:26: your carcase will be meat to all fowls of the air: and to the beasts of the earth: and no man will fray them away.1Sa 17:44: 46: The Philistine said to David: Come to me: and I will give your flesh to the fowls of the air: and to the beasts of the field.Ps 110:5: 6: The Lord at your right hand will strike through kings in the day of His wrath.Jer 7:33: The carcases of this people will be meat for the fowls of the heaven: and for the beasts of the earth; and none will fray them away.Jer 16:4: They will die of grievous deaths; they will not be lamented; neither will they be buried; but they will be as dung upon the face of the earth: and they will be consumed by the sword: and by famine; and their carcases will be meat for the fowls of heaven: and for the beasts of the earth.Jer 19:7: I will make void the counsel of Judah and Jerusalem in this place; and I will cause them to fall by the sword before their enemies: and by the hands of them that seek their lives: and their carcases will I give to be meat for the fowls of the heaven: and for the beasts of the earth.Jer 34:20: I will even give them into the hand of their enemies: and into the hand of them that seek their life: and their dead bodies will be for meat to the fowls of the heaven: and to the beasts of the earth.Eze 29:5: I will leave you thrown into the wilderness: you and all the fish of your rivers: you will fall upon the open fields; you will not be brought together: nor gathered: I have given you for meat to the beasts of the field and to the fowls of the heaven.Eze 39:18-20: You will eat the flesh of the mighty: and drink the blood of the princes of the earth: of rams: of lambs: and of goats: of bullocks: all of them fatlings of Bashan.Mt 24:28: For wheresoever the carcase is: there will the eagles be gathered together.Lu 17:37: They answered and said to Him: Where: Lord? And He said to them: Wheresoever the body is: there will the eagles be gathered together."of all"Re 6:15: The kings of the earth: and the great men: and the rich men: and the chief captains: and the mighty men: and every bondman: and every free man: hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;Re 13:16: He causes all: both small and great: rich and poor: free and bond: to receive a mark in their right hand: or in their foreheads:
και ειδον το θηριον και τους βασιλεις της γης και τα στρατευματα αυτων συνηγμενα ποιησαι πολεμον μετα του καθημενου επι του ιππου και μετα του στρατευματος αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-AMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4753στρατεύματαstrateumata (N-ANP)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στρατεύματαstrateumata
|
armies
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G4863συνηγμέναsynēgmena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συνηγμέναsynēgmena
|
having been gathered together
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G4160ποιῆσαιpoiēsai (V-ANA)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῆσαιpoiēsai
|
to make
|
V-ANA
|
G4171πόλεμονpolemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμονpolemon
|
war
|
N-AMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2462ἵππουhippou (N-GMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππουhippou
|
horse
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4753στρατεύματοςstrateumatos (N-GNS)
G4753 στράτευμα stráteuma strat-yoo-mah from στρατεύομαι; an armament, i.e. (by implication) a body of troops (more or less extensive or systematic):--army, soldier, man of war.
|
στρατεύματοςstrateumatos
|
army
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of Him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
19
I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.Revelation 19:19
Stats
Counts: 153 characters, 26 words, 119 letters, 45 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον το θηριον και τους βασιλεις της γης και τα στρατευματα αυτων συνηγμενα ποιησαι πολεμον μετα του καθημενου επι του ιππου και μετα του στρατευματος αυτου
Lit: And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and the armies of them, having been gathered together to make war with the One sitting on the horse and with the army of Him.
KJV: And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.
References
"I saw"Re 13:1-10: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 14:9: The third angel followed them: saying with a loud voice: If any man worship the beast and his image: and receive his mark in his forehead: or in his hand: Re 16:14: 16: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 17:12-14: The 10 horns which you saw are 10 kings: which have received no kingdom as yet; but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.Re 18:9: The kings of the earth: who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her: will bewail her: and lament for her: when they will see the smoke of her burning: Eze 38:8-18: After many days you will be visited: in the latter years you will come into the land that is brought back from the sword: and is gathered out of many people: against the mountains of Israel: which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations: and they will dwell safely all of them.Da 7:21-26: I beheld: and the same horn made war with the saints: and prevailed against them;Da 8:25: Through his policy also he will cause craft to prosper in his hand; and he will magnify himself in his heart: and by peace will destroy many: he will also stand up against the Prince of princes; but he will be broken without hand.Da 11:40-45: At the time of the end will the king of the south push at him: and the king of the north will come against him like a whirlwind: with chariots: and with horsemen: and with many ships; and he will enter into the countries: and will overflow and pass over.Joe 3:9-14: Proclaim you this among the Gentiles; Prepare war: wake up the mighty men: let all the men of war draw near; let them come up:"him"Re 19:11-14: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.
και επιασθη το θηριον και μετα τουτου ο ψευδοπροφητης ο ποιησας τα σημεια ενωπιον αυτου εν οις επλανησεν τους λαβοντας το χαραγμα του θηριου και τους προσκυνουντας τη εικονι αυτου ζωντες εβληθησαν οι δυο εις την λιμνην του πυρος την καιομενην εν τω θειω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4084ἐπιάσθηepiasthē (V-AIP-3S)
G4084 πιάζω piázō pee-ad-zo probably another form of βιάζω; to squeeze, i.e. seize (gently by the hand (press), or officially (arrest), or in hunting (capture)):--apprehend, catch, lay hand on, take. Compare πιέζω.
|
ἐπιάσθηepiasthē
|
was captured
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast,
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
him
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5578ψευδοπροφήτηςpseudoprophētēs (N-NMS)
G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophḗtēs psyoo-dop-rof-ay-tace from ψευδής and προφήτης; a spurious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious impostor:--false prophet.
|
ψευδοπροφήτηςpseudoprophētēs
|
false prophet,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4160ποιήσαςpoiēsas (V-APA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιήσαςpoiēsas
|
having done
|
V-APA-NMS
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G4592σημεῖαsēmeia (N-ANP)
G4592 σημεῖον sēmeîon say-mi-on neuter of a presumed derivative of the base of σημαίνω; an indication, especially ceremonially or supernaturally:--miracle, sign, token, wonder.
|
σημεῖαsēmeia
|
signs
|
N-ANP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3739οἷςhois (RelPro-DNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οἷςhois
|
which
|
RelPro-DNP
|
G4105ἐπλάνησενeplanēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
ἐπλάνησενeplanēsen
|
he deceived
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G2983λαβόνταςlabontas (V-APA-AMP)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβόνταςlabontas
|
having received
|
V-APA-AMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
mark
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G2342θηρίουthēriou (N-GNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίουthēriou
|
beast
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
those
|
Art-AMP
|
G4352προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas (V-PPA-AMP)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνοῦνταςproskynountas
|
worshiping
|
V-PPA-AMP
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G1504εἰκόνιeikoni (N-DFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόνιeikoni
|
image
|
N-DFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ·autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ·autou
|
of it,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2198ζῶντεςzōntes (V-PPA-NMP)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ζῶντεςzōntes
|
living
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G906ἐβλήθησανeblēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθησανeblēthēsan
|
were cast
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1417δύοdyo (Adj-NMP)
G1417 δύο dýo doo-o a primary numeral; two:--both, twain, two.
|
δύοdyo
|
two
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3041λίμνηνlimnēn (N-AFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνηνlimnēn
|
lake
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire,
|
N-GNS
|
G2545καιομένηςkaiomenēs (V-PPM/P-GFS)
G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
καιομένηςkaiomenēs
|
burning
|
V-PPM/P-GFS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G2303θείῳ.theiō (N-DNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θείῳ.theiō
|
brimstone.
|
N-DNS
|
20
The beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Revelation 19:20
Stats
Rank: #1272 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 265 characters, 44 words, 213 letters, 78 vowels, 135 consonants
Translation
Greek: και επιασθη το θηριον και μετα τουτου ο ψευδοπροφητης ο ποιησας τα σημεια ενωπιον αυτου εν οις επλανησεν τους λαβοντας το χαραγμα του θηριου και τους προσκυνουντας τη εικονι αυτου ζωντες εβληθησαν οι δυο εις την λιμνην του πυρος την καιομενην εν τω θειω
Lit: And was captured the beast, and with him the false prophet, the one having done the signs before him, by which he deceived those having received the mark of the beast and those worshiping the image of it, living were cast the two into the lake of fire, burning with brimstone.
KJV: And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.
References
"the beast"Re 19:19: I saw the beast: and the kings of the earth: and their armies: gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse: and against his army.Re 13:1-8: 18: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Re 17:3-8: 12: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.Da 2:40-45: The fourth kingdom will be strong as iron: forasmuch as iron breaks'>breaks in pieces and subdues all things: and as iron that breaks'>breaks all these: will it break in pieces and bruise.Da 7:7: 12-14: 19-21: 23: After this I saw in the night visions: and look a fourth beast: dreadful and terrible: and strong exceedingly; and it had great iron teeth: it devoured and brake in pieces: and stamped the residue with the feet of it: and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before it; and it had 10 horns."the false"Re 13:11-17: I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb: and he spoke as a dragon.Re 16:13: 14: I saw 3 unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon: and out of the mouth of the beast: and out of the mouth of the false prophet.Re 20:10: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.Da 7:8-11: 24-26: I considered the horns: and: look: there came up among them another little horn: before whom there were 3 of the first horns plucked up by the roots: and: look: in this horn were eyes like the eyes of man: and a mouth speaking great things.Da 8:24: 26: His power will be mighty: not but by his own power: and he will destroy wonderfully: and will prosper: and practise: and will destroy the mighty and the holy people.2Th 2:8-11: Then will that Wicked be revealed: whom the Lord will consume with the spirit of His mouth: and will destroy with the brightness of His coming:"These"Re 20:10: 14: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Da 7:11: I beheld then because of the voice of the great words which the horn spoke: I beheld even till the beast was killed: and his body destroyed: and given to the burning flame.Da 11:45: He will plant the tabernacles of his palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he will come to his end: and none will help him."burning"Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Ge 19:24: Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven;De 29:23: And that the whole land thereof is brimstone: and salt: and burning: that it not is sown: nor bears: nor any grass grows therein: like the overthrow of Sodom: and Gomorrah: Admah: and Zeboim: which the LORD overthrew in His anger: and in His wrath:Job 18:15: It will dwell in his tabernacle: because it is none of his: brimstone will be scattered upon his habitation.Ps 11:6: Upon the wicked he will rain snares: fire and brimstone: and an horrible tempest: this will be the portion of their cup.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.Isa 34:9: The streams thereof will be turned into pitch: and the dust thereof into brimstone: and the land thereof will become burning pitch.Eze 38:22: I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him: and upon his bands: and upon the many people that are with him: an overflowing rain: and great hailstones: fire: and brimstone.
και οι λοιποι απεκτανθησαν εν τη ρομφαια του καθημενου επι του ιππου τη εκπορευομενη εκ του στοματος αυτου και παντα τα ορνεα εχορτασθησαν εκ των σαρκων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
rest
|
Adj-NMP
|
G615ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G615 ἀποκτείνω apokteínō ap-ok-ti-no from ἀπό and (to slay); to kill outright; figuratively, to destroy:--put to death, kill, slay.
|
ἀπεκτάνθησανapektanthēsan
|
were killed
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G4501ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia (N-DFS)
G4501 ῥομφαία rhomphaía hrom-fah-yah probably of foreign origin; a sabre, i.e. a long and broad cutlass (any weapon of the kind, literally or figuratively):--sword.
|
ῥομφαίᾳrhomphaia
|
sword
|
N-DFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the One
|
Art-GMS
|
G2521καθημένουkathēmenou (V-PPM/P-GMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθημένουkathēmenou
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-GMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2462ἵππουhippou (N-GMS)
G2462 ἵππος híppos hip-pos of uncertain affinity; a horse:--horse.
|
ἵππουhippou
|
horse
|
N-GMS
|
G1831ἐξελθούσῃexelthousē (V-APA-DFS)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελθούσῃexelthousē
|
having gone forth
|
V-APA-DFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G4750στόματοςstomatos (N-GNS)
G4750 στόμα stóma stom-a probably strengthened from a presumed derivative of the base of τομώτερος; the mouth (as if a gash in the face); by implication, language (and its relations); figuratively, an opening (in the earth); specially, the front or edge (of a weapon):--edge, face, mouth.
|
στόματοςstomatos
|
mouth
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πάνταpanta (Adj-NNP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάνταpanta
|
all
|
Adj-NNP
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3732ὄρνεαornea (N-NNP)
G3732 ὄρνεον órneon or-neh-on neuter of a presumed derivative of ὄρνις; a birdling:--bird, fowl.
|
ὄρνεαornea
|
birds
|
N-NNP
|
G5526ἐχορτάσθησανechortasthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G5526 χορτάζω chortázō khor-tad-zo from χόρτος; to fodder, i.e. (generally) to gorge (supply food in abundance):--feed, fill, satisfy.
|
ἐχορτάσθησανechortasthēsan
|
were filled
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
with
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GFP
|
G4561σαρκῶνsarkōn (N-GFP)
G4561 σάρξ sárx sarx probably from the base of σαρόω; flesh (as stripped of the skin), i.e. (strictly) the meat of an animal (as food), or (by extension) the body (as opposed to the soul (or spirit), or as the symbol of what is external, or as the means of kindred), or (by implication) human nature (with its frailties (physically or morally) and passions), or (specially), a human being (as such):--carnal(-ly, + -ly minded), flesh(-ly).
|
σαρκῶνsarkōn
|
flesh
|
N-GFP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
21
The remnant were killed with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.Revelation 19:21
Stats
Rank: #2947 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 161 characters, 29 words, 128 letters, 44 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι λοιποι απεκτανθησαν εν τη ρομφαια του καθημενου επι του ιππου τη εκπορευομενη εκ του στοματος αυτου και παντα τα ορνεα εχορτασθησαν εκ των σαρκων αυτων
Lit: And the rest were killed with the sword of the One sitting on the horse having gone forth out of the mouth of him. And all the birds were filled with the flesh of them.
KJV: And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.
References
"the remnant"Re 19:11-15: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Re 1:16: He had in his right hand 7 stars: and out of his mouth went a sharp twoedged sword: and his face was as the sun shines in his strength."and all"Re 19:17: 18: I saw an angel standing in the sun; and He cried with a loud voice: saying to all the fowls that fly in the middle of heaven: Come and gather yourselves together to the supper of the great God;Re 17:16: The 10 horns which you saw upon the beast: these will hate the whore: and will make her desolate and naked: and will eat her flesh: and burn her with fire.
20
The Millennial Reign
Satan Bound
και ειδον αγγελον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου εχοντα την κλειδα της αβυσσου και αλυσιν μεγαλην επι την χειρα αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
an angel
|
N-AMS
|
G2597καταβαίνονταkatabainonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνονταkatabainonta
|
descending
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦ,ouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦ,ouranou
|
heaven,
|
N-GMS
|
G2192ἔχονταechonta (V-PPA-AMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχονταechonta
|
holding
|
V-PPA-AMS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G2807κλεῖνklein (N-AFS)
G2807 κλείς kleís klice from κλείω; a key (as shutting a lock), literally or figuratively:--key.
|
κλεῖνklein
|
key
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G12ἀβύσσουabyssou (N-GFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἀβύσσουabyssou
|
Abyss,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G254ἅλυσινhalysin (N-AFS)
G254 ἅλυσις hálysis hal-oo-sis of uncertain derivation; a fetter or manacle:--bonds, chain.
|
ἅλυσινhalysin
|
a chain
|
N-AFS
|
G3173μεγάληνmegalēn (Adj-AFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληνmegalēn
|
great
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
of him.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
1
And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.Revelation 20:1
Stats
Rank: #560 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 109 characters, 22 words, 85 letters, 32 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον αγγελον καταβαινοντα εκ του ουρανου εχοντα την κλειδα της αβυσσου και αλυσιν μεγαλην επι την χειρα αυτου
Lit: And I saw an angel descending out of heaven, holding the key of the Abyss, and a chain great in the hand of him.
KJV: And I saw an angel come down from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.
References
"I saw"Re 10:1: I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven: clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon his head: and his face was as it were the sun: and his feet as pillars of fire:Re 18:1: After these things I saw another angel come down from heaven: having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory."having"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Re 9:1: 2: The fifth angel sounded: and I saw a star fall from heaven to the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.Lu 8:31: They besought him that he not would command them to go out into the deep."a great"2Pe 2:4: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day.
και εκρατησεν τον δρακοντα τον οφιν τον αρχαιον ος εστιν διαβολος και σατανας και εδησεν αυτον χιλια ετη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2902ἐκράτησενekratēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2902 κρατέω kratéō krat-eh-o from κράτος; to use strength, i.e. seize or retain (literally or figuratively):--hold (by, fast), keep, lay hand (hold) on, obtain, retain, take (by).
|
ἐκράτησενekratēsen
|
he seized
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G1404δράκοντα,drakonta (N-AMS)
G1404 δράκων drákōn drak-own probably from an alternate form of (to look); a fabulous kind of serpent (perhaps as supposed to fascinate):--dragon.
|
δράκοντα,drakonta
|
dragon,
|
N-AMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3789ὄφιςophis (N-NMS)
G3789 ὄφις óphis of-is probably from ὀπτάνομαι (through the idea of sharpness of vision); a snake, figuratively, (as a type of sly cunning) an artful malicious person, especially Satan:--serpent.
|
ὄφιςophis
|
serpent
|
N-NMS
|
G744ἀρχαῖος,archaios (Adj-NMS)
G744 ἀρχαῖος archaîos ar-khah-yos from ἀρχή; original or primeval:--(them of) old (time).
|
ἀρχαῖος,archaios
|
ancient,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3739ὅςhos (RelPro-NMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅςhos
|
who
|
RelPro-NMS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1228ΔιάβολοςDiabolos (Adj-NMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
ΔιάβολοςDiabolos
|
the devil
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4567Σατανᾶς,Satanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
Σατανᾶς,Satanas
|
Satan,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1210ἔδησενedēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G1210 δέω déō deh-o a primary verb; to bind (in various applications, literally or figuratively):--bind, be in bonds, knit, tie, wind. See also δεῖ, δέομαι.
|
ἔδησενedēsen
|
bound
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-ANP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
for a thousand
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη,etē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη,etē
|
years.
|
N-ANP
|
2
He laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a000 years,Revelation 20:2
Stats
Rank: #3220 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 18 words, 86 letters, 31 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εκρατησεν τον δρακοντα τον οφιν τον αρχαιον ος εστιν διαβολος και σατανας και εδησεν αυτον χιλια ετη
Lit: And he seized the dragon, the serpent ancient, who is the devil and Satan, and bound him for a thousand years.
KJV: And he laid hold on the dragon, that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years,
References
"he laid"Ge 3:15: I will put enmity between you and the woman: and between your seed and her seed; it will bruise your head: and you will bruise his heel.Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Isa 49:24: 25: Will the prey be taken from the mighty: or the lawful captive delivered?Mt 8:29: And: look: they cried out: saying: What have we to do with you: Jesus: you Son of God? are you come here to torment us before the time?Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.Mr 5:7: Cried with a loud voice: and said: What have I to do with you: Jesus: you Son of the most high God? I adjure you by God: that you torment not me.Lu 11:20-22: But if I with the finger of God cast out devils: no doubt the kingdom of God is come upon you.Joh 12:31: Now is the judgment of this world: now will the prince of this world be cast out.Joh 16:11: Of judgment: because the prince of this world is judged.Ro 16:20: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.Heb 2:14: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;"the dragon"Re 9:11: They had a king over them: which is the angel of the bottomless pit: whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon: but in the Greek tongue has his name Apollyon.Re 12:9: 13: 15: 17: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:2: 4: The beast which I saw was like to a leopard: and his feet were as the feet of a bear: and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power: and his seat: and great authority.Job 1:7: The LORD said to Satan: Where come you? Then Satan answered the LORD: and said: From going to and fro in the earth: and from walking up and down in it.Job 2:1: 2: Again there was a day when the sons of God came to present themselves before the LORD: and Satan came also among them to present Himself before the LORD.1Pe 5:8: Be sober: be vigilant; because your adversary the devil: as a roaring lion: walks about: seeking whom he may devour:2Pe 2:4: For if God not spared the angels that sinned: but cast them down to hell: and delivered them into chains of darkness: to be reserved to judgment;Jude 1:6: The angels which not kept their first estate: but left their own habitation: he has reserved in everlasting chains under darkness to the judgment of the great day.
και εβαλεν αυτον εις την αβυσσον και εκλεισεν αυτον και εσφραγισεν επανω αυτου ινα μη πλανηση τα εθνη ετι αχρι τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη και μετα ταυτα δει αυτον λυθηναι μικρον χρονον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G906ἔβαλενebalen (V-AIA-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἔβαλενebalen
|
he cast
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G12ἄβυσσον,abysson (N-AFS)
G12 ἄβυσσος ábyssos ab-us-sos from Α (as a negative particle) and a variation of βυθός; depthless, i.e. (specially) (infernal) abyss:--deep, (bottomless) pit.
|
ἄβυσσον,abysson
|
Abyss,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2808ἔκλεισενekleisen (V-AIA-3S)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
ἔκλεισενekleisen
|
shut
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4972ἐσφράγισενesphragisen (V-AIA-3S)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
ἐσφράγισενesphragisen
|
sealed it
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1883ἐπάνωepanō (Prep)
G1883 ἐπάνω epánō ep-an-o from ἐπί and ἄνω; up above, i.e. over or on (of place, amount, rank, etc.):--above, more than, (up-)on, over.
|
ἐπάνωepanō
|
over
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4105πλανήσῃplanēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανήσῃplanēsē
|
he should deceive
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G2089ἔτιeti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτιeti
|
any longer
|
Adv
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνη,ethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνη,ethnē
|
nations,
|
N-ANP
|
G891ἄχριachri (Conj)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5055τελεσθῇtelesthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελεσθῇtelesthē
|
were completed
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-NNP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
thousand
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2094ἔτη·etē (N-NNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη·etē
|
years.
|
N-NNP
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
After these
|
Prep
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
it is necessary for
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3089λυθῆναιlythēnai (V-ANP)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λυθῆναιlythēnai
|
to be released
|
V-ANP
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3398μικρὸνmikron (Adj-AMS)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρὸνmikron
|
for a little
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5550χρόνον.chronon (N-AMS)
G5550 χρόνος chrónos khron-os of uncertain derivation; a space of time (in general, and thus properly distinguished from καιρός, which designates a fixed or special occasion; and from αἰών, which denotes a particular period) or interval; by extension, an individual opportunity; by implication, delay:--+ years old, season, space, (X often-)time(-s), (a) while.
|
χρόνον.chronon
|
time.
|
N-AMS
|
3
Cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the000 years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.Revelation 20:3
Stats
Counts: 218 characters, 37 words, 171 letters, 66 vowels, 105 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εβαλεν αυτον εις την αβυσσον και εκλεισεν αυτον και εσφραγισεν επανω αυτου ινα μη πλανηση τα εθνη ετι αχρι τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη και μετα ταυτα δει αυτον λυθηναι μικρον χρονον
Lit: And he cast him into the Abyss, and shut and sealed it over him, so that not he should deceive any longer the nations, until were completed the thousand years. After these things, it is necessary for to be released him for a little time.
KJV: And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the thousand years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.
References
"cast"Re 20:1: I saw an angel come down from heaven: having the key of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is."and set"Da 6:17: A stone was brought: and laid upon the mouth of the den; and the king sealed it with his own signet: and with the signet of his lords; that the purpose not might be changed concerning Daniel.Mt 27:66: So they went: and made the sepulchre sure: sealing the stone: and setting a watch."should deceive"Re 20:8: will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth: Gog and Magog: to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.Re 12:9: The great dragon was cast out: that old serpent: called the Devil: and Satan: which deceives the whole world: he was cast out into the earth: and his angels were cast out with him.Re 13:14: deceives them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth: that they should make an image to the beast: which had the wound by a sword: and did live.Re 16:14-16: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.Re 17:2: With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication: and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.Mt 24:24: For there will arise false Christs: and false prophets: and will show great signs and wonders; insomuch that: if it were possible: they will deceive the very elect.2Co 11:3: 13-15: But I fear: lest by any means: as the serpent beguiled Eve through His subtilty: so your minds should be corrupted from the simplicity that is in Christ.2Th 2:9-11: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: "the thousand"Ps 90:4: For a000 years in your sight are but as yesterday when it is past: and as a watch in the night.2Pe 3:8: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day."and after"Re 20:7-10: When the000 years are expired: Satan will be loosed out of his prison:
The First Resurrection and Reign
και ειδον θρονους και εκαθισαν επ αυτους και κριμα εδοθη αυτοις και τας ψυχας των πεπελεκισμενων δια την μαρτυριαν ιησου και δια τον λογον του θεου και οιτινες ου προσεκυνησαν τω θηριω ουτε την εικονα αυτου και ουκ ελαβον το χαραγμα επι το μετωπον αυτων και επι την χειρα αυτων και εζησαν και εβασιλευσαν μετα χριστου {VAR1: τα } χιλια ετη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532‹ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
‹ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2362θρόνουςthronous (N-AMP)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουςthronous
|
thrones,
|
N-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2523ἐκάθισανekathisan (V-AIA-3P)
G2523 καθίζω kathízō kath-id-zo another (active) form for καθέζομαι; to seat down, i.e. set (figuratively, appoint); intransitively, to sit (down); figuratively, to settle (hover, dwell):--continue, set, sit (down), tarry.
|
ἐκάθισανekathisan
|
they sat
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2917κρίμαkrima (N-NNS)
G2917 κρίμα kríma kree-mah from κρίνω; a decision (the function or the effect, for or against (crime)):--avenge, condemned, condemnation, damnation, + go to law, judgment.
|
κρίμαkrima
|
judgment
|
N-NNS
|
G1325ἐδόθηedothē (V-AIP-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἐδόθηedothē
|
was given
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖςautois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖςautois
|
to them,
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G5590ψυχὰςpsychas (N-AFP)
G5590 ψυχή psychḗ psoo-khay from ψύχω; breath, i.e. (by implication) spirit, abstractly or concretely (the animal sentient principle only; thus distinguished on the one hand from πνεῦμα, which is the rational and immortal soul; and on the other from ζωή, which is mere vitality, even of plants: these terms thus exactly correspond respectively to the Hebrew נֶפֶשׁ, רוּחַ and חַי):--heart (+ -ily), life, mind, soul, + us, + you.
|
ψυχὰςpsychas
|
souls
|
N-AFP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G3990πεπελεκισμένωνpepelekismenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G3990 πελεκίζω pelekízō pel-ek-id-zo from a derivative of πλήσσω (meaning an axe); to chop off (the head), i.e. truncate:--behead.
|
πεπελεκισμένωνpepelekismenōn
|
having been beheaded
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3141μαρτυρίανmartyrian (N-AFS)
G3141 μαρτυρία martyría mar-too-ree-ah from μάρτυς; evidence given (judicially or genitive case):--record, report, testimony, witness.
|
μαρτυρίανmartyrian
|
testimony
|
N-AFS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
of Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
because of
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G3056λόγονlogon (N-AMS)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγονlogon
|
word
|
N-AMS
|
G2316θεοῦtheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεοῦtheou
|
of God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3748οἵτινεςhoitines (RelPro-NMP)
G3748 ὅστις hóstis hot-ee from ὅς and τὶς; which some, i.e. any that; also (definite) which same:--X and (they), (such) as, (they) that, in that they, what(-soever), whereas ye, (they) which, who(-soever). Compare ὅτι.,
|
οἵτινεςhoitines
|
those who
|
RelPro-NMP
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
not
|
Adv
|
G4352προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσεκύνησανprosekynēsan
|
did worship
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-ANS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast,
|
N-ANS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1504εἰκόναeikona (N-AFS)
G1504 εἰκών eikṓn i-kone from εἴκω; a likeness, i.e. (literally) statue, profile, or (figuratively) representation, resemblance:--image.
|
εἰκόναeikona
|
image
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2983ἔλαβονelabon (V-AIA-3P)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
ἔλαβονelabon
|
did take
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5480χάραγμαcharagma (N-ANS)
G5480 χάραγμα cháragma khar-ag-mah from the same as χάραξ; a scratch or etching, i.e. stamp (as a badge of servitude), or scupltured figure (statue):--graven, mark.
|
χάραγμαcharagma
|
mark
|
N-ANS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3359μέτωπονmetōpon (N-ANS)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μέτωπονmetōpon
|
forehead,
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5495χεῖραcheira (N-AFS)
G5495 χείρ cheír khire perhaps from the base of χειμών in the sense of its congener the base of χάσμα (through the idea of hollowness for grasping); the hand (literally or figuratively (power); especially (by Hebraism) a means or instrument):--hand.
|
χεῖραcheira
|
hand
|
N-AFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2198ἔζησανezēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ἔζησανezēsan
|
they lived
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936ἐβασίλευσανebasileusan (V-AIA-3P)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
ἐβασίλευσανebasileusan
|
reigned
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
with
|
Prep
|
G5547χριστοῦchristou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
χριστοῦchristou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-ANP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
a thousand
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη›etē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη›etē
|
years.
|
N-ANP
|
4
I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which not had worshipped the beast, neither His image, neither had received His mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Revelation 20:4
Stats
Rank: #540 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 363 characters, 57 words, 284 letters, 104 vowels, 180 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον θρονους και εκαθισαν επ αυτους και κριμα εδοθη αυτοις και τας ψυχας των πεπελεκισμενων δια την μαρτυριαν ιησου και δια τον λογον του θεου και οιτινες ου προσεκυνησαν τω θηριω ουτε την εικονα αυτου και ουκ ελαβον το χαραγμα επι το μετωπον αυτων και επι την χειρα αυτων και εζησαν και εβασιλευσαν μετα χριστου {VAR1: τα } χιλια ετη
Lit: And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given to them, and the souls of those having been beheaded because of the testimony of Jesus and because of the word of God, and those who not did worship the beast, nor the image of him, and not did take the mark upon the forehead, and upon the hand of them. And they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.
KJV: And I saw thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received [his] mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.
References
"thrones"Da 7:9: 18: 22: 27: I beheld till the thrones were cast down: and the Ancient of days did sit: whose garment was white as snow: and the hair of his head like the pure wool: his throne was like the fiery flame: and his wheels as burning fire.Mt 19:28: Jesus said to them: Truly I say to you: That you which have followed me: in the regeneration when the Son of man will sit in the throne of His glory: you also will sit upon 12 thrones: judging the 12 tribes of Israel.Lu 22:30: That you may eat and drink at my table in my kingdom: and sit on thrones judging the 12 tribes of Israel.1Co 6:2: 3: Do you not know that the saints will judge the world? and if the world will be judged by you: are you unworthy to judge the small matters?"the souls"Re 6:9: When He had opened the fifth seal: I saw under the altar the souls of them that were killed for the word of God: and for the testimony which they held:Mal 4:5: Look: I will send you Elijah the prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the LORD:Mt 17:10-13: His disciples asked him: saying: Why then say the scribes that Elias must first come?Mr 9:11: They asked him: saying: Why say the scribes that Elias must first come?Lu 1:17: He will go before Him in the spirit and power of Elias: to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children: and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.Lu 9:7-9: Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him: and he was perplexed: because that it was said of some: that John was risen from the dead;"beheaded"Mt 24:10: Then will many be offended: and will betray one another: and will hate one another.Mr 6:16: 27: But when Herod heard thereof: he said: It is John: whom I beheaded: he is risen from the dead.Lu 9:9: Herod said: John have I beheaded: but who is this: of whom I hear such things? And he desired to see him."the witness"Re 1:9: I John: who also am your brother: and companion in tribulation: and in the kingdom and patience of Jesus Christ: was in the isle that is called Patmos: for the word of God: and for the testimony of Jesus Christ.Re 11:3: 7: I will give power to my two witnesses: and they will prophesy a000 200 and threescore days: clothed in sackcloth.Re 12:11: They overcame him by the blood of the Lamb: and by the word of their testimony; and they not loved their lives to the death."and which"Re 13:12-17: He exercises all the power of the first beast before him: and causes the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast: whose deadly wound was healed.Re 14:11: The smoke of their torment ascends up for ever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night: who worship the beast and his image: and whoever receives the mark of his name.Re 15:2: I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast: and over His image: and over His mark: and over the number of His name: stand on the sea of glass: having the harps of God.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is."and they"Re 5:9: They sung a new song: saying: You are worthy to take the book: and to open the seals thereof: for you were killed: and have redeemed us to God by your blood out of every kindred: and tongue: and people: and nation;Re 11:11: 15: After 3 days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them: and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.Da 2:44: In the days of these kings will the God of heaven set up a kingdom: which will never be destroyed: and the kingdom will not be left to other people: but it will break in pieces and consume all these kingdoms: and it will stand for ever.Da 7:18: 27: But the saints of the most High will take the kingdom: and possess the kingdom for ever: even for ever and ever.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.Ro 11:15: For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world: what will the receiving of them be: but life from the dead?2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:
οι δε λοιποι των νεκρων ουκ ανεζησαν εως τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη αυτη η αναστασις η πρωτη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588Οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
Οἱhoi
|
The
|
Art-NMP
|
G3062λοιποὶloipoi (Adj-NMP)
G3062 λοιποί loipoí loy-poy masculine plural of a derivative of λείπω; remaining ones:--other, which remain, remnant, residue, rest.
|
λοιποὶloipoi
|
rest
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3498νεκρῶνnekrōn (Adj-GMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρῶνnekrōn
|
dead
|
Adj-GMP
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2198ἔζησανezēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G2198 ζάω záō dzah-o a primary verb; to live (literally or figuratively):--life(-time), (a-)live(-ly), quick.
|
ἔζησανezēsan
|
lived again
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G891ἄχριachri (Conj)
G891 ἄχρι áchri akh-rece akin to ἄκρον (through the idea of a terminus); (of time) until or (of place) up to:--as far as, for, in(-to), till, (even, un-)to, until, while. Compare μέχρι.,
|
ἄχριachri
|
until
|
Conj
|
G5055τελεσθῇtelesthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελεσθῇtelesthē
|
shall have been completed
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-NNP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
thousand
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2094ἔτη.etē (N-NNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη.etē
|
years.
|
N-NNP
|
G3778αὕτηhautē (DPro-NFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
αὕτηhautē
|
This is
|
DPro-NFS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G386ἀνάστασιςanastasis (N-NFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀνάστασιςanastasis
|
resurrection
|
N-NFS
|
G4413πρώτη.prōtē (Adj-NFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτη.prōtē
|
first.
|
Adj-NFS
|
5
But the rest of the dead not lived again until the000 years were finished. This is the first resurrection.Revelation 20:5
Stats
Rank: #2662 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 112 characters, 19 words, 91 letters, 35 vowels, 56 consonants
Translation
Greek: οι δε λοιποι των νεκρων ουκ ανεζησαν εως τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη αυτη η αναστασις η πρωτη
Lit: The rest of the dead not lived again until shall have been completed the thousand years. This is the resurrection first.
KJV: But the rest of the dead lived not again until the thousand years were finished. This is the first resurrection.
References
"the rest"Re 20:8: 9: will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth: Gog and Magog: to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.Re 19:20: 21: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone."This"Re 11:11: 15: After 3 days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them: and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them.Eze 37:2-14: Caused me to pass by them round about: and: look: there were very many in the open valley; and: indeed: they were very dry.Ro 11:15: For if the casting away of them be the reconciling of the world: what will the receiving of them be: but life from the dead?
μακαριος και αγιος ο εχων μερος εν τη αναστασει τη πρωτη επι τουτων ο θανατος ο δευτερος ουκ εχει εξουσιαν αλλ εσονται ιερεις του θεου και του χριστου και βασιλευσουσιν μετ αυτου χιλια ετη
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3107μακάριοςmakarios (Adj-NMS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
μακάριοςmakarios
|
Blessed
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G40ἅγιοςhagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοςhagios
|
holy is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-ANS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
a part
|
N-ANS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G386ἀναστάσειanastasei (N-DFS)
G386 ἀνάστασις anástasis an-as-tas-is from ἀνίστημι; a standing up again, i.e. (literally) a resurrection from death (individual, genitive case or by implication, (its author)), or (figuratively) a (moral) recovery (of spiritual truth):--raised to life again, resurrection, rise from the dead, that should rise, rising again.
|
ἀναστάσειanastasei
|
resurrection
|
N-DFS
|
G4413πρώτῃ·prōtē (Adj-DFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτῃ·prōtē
|
first!
|
Adj-DFS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
Over
|
Prep
|
G3778τούτωνtoutōn (DPro-GMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτωνtoutōn
|
these
|
DPro-GMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1849ἐξουσίαν,exousian (N-AFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαν,exousian
|
power,
|
N-AFS
|
G235ἀλλ’all’ (Conj)
G235 ἀλλά allá al-lah neuter plural of ἄλλος; properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations):--and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet.
|
ἀλλ’all’
|
but
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσονταιesontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονταιesontai
|
they will be
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2409ἱερεῖςhiereis (N-NMP)
G2409 ἱερεύς hiereús hee-er-yooce from ἱερός; a priest (literally or figuratively):--(high) priest.
|
ἱερεῖςhiereis
|
priests
|
N-NMP
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5547Χριστοῦ,Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
Χριστοῦ,Christou
|
of Christ,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin
|
will reign
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
a
|
Art-ANP
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-ANP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
thousand
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2094ἔτη.etē (N-ANP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη.etē
|
years.
|
N-ANP
|
6
Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power, but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and will reign with Him a000 years.Revelation 20:6
Stats
Rank: #2053 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 195 characters, 35 words, 154 letters, 51 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: μακαριος και αγιος ο εχων μερος εν τη αναστασει τη πρωτη επι τουτων ο θανατος ο δευτερος ουκ εχει εξουσιαν αλλ εσονται ιερεις του θεου και του χριστου και βασιλευσουσιν μετ αυτου χιλια ετη
Lit: Blessed and holy is the one having a part in the resurrection first! Over these the second death not has power, but they will be priests of God and of Christ, and will reign with Him a thousand years.
KJV: Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection: on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.
References
"Blessed"Re 20:5: But the rest of the dead not lived again until the000 years were finished. This is the first resurrection.Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Isa 4:3: It will come to pass: that he who is left in Zion: and he who remains in Jerusalem: will be called holy: even every one that is written among the living in Jerusalem:Da 12:12: Blessed is he who waits: and comes to the000 305 and 30 days.Lu 14:15: When one of them that sat at meat with Him heard these things: He said to Him: Blessed is He that'>He who will eat bread in the kingdom of God."the second"Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 2:11: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; He who overcomes will not be hurt of the second death.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death."priests"Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 5:10: have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth.Isa 61:6: But you will be named the Priests of the LORD: men will call you the Ministers of our God: you will eat the riches of the Gentiles: and in their glory will you boast yourselves.Ro 12:1: I beseech you therefore: brothers: by the mercies of God: that you present your bodies a living sacrifice: holy: acceptable to God: which is your reasonable service.1Pe 2:5: 9: You also: as lively stones: are built up a spiritual house: an holy priesthood: to offer up spiritual sacrifices: acceptable to God by Jesus Christ."and shall"Re 20:4: I saw thrones: and they sat upon them: and judgment was given to them: and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus: and for the word of God: and which not had worshipped the beast: neither His image: neither had received His mark upon their foreheads: or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with Christ a000 years.Re 1:6: has made us kings and priests to God and His Father; to Him be glory and dominion for ever and ever. Amen.Re 5:10: have made us to our God kings and priests: and we will reign on the earth.Ro 8:17: If children: then heirs; heirs of God: and joint-heirs with Christ; if so be that we suffer with Him: that we may be also glorified together.2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:
Satan’s Release and Defeat
και οταν τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη λυθησεται ο σατανας εκ της φυλακης αυτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3752ὅτανhotan (Conj)
G3752 ὅταν hótan hot-an from ὅτε and ἄν; whenever (implying hypothesis or more or less uncertainty); also causatively (conjunctionally) inasmuch as:--as long (soon) as, that, + till, when(-soever), while.,
|
ὅτανhotan
|
when
|
Conj
|
G5055τελεσθῇtelesthē (V-ASP-3S)
G5055 τελέω teléō tel-eh-o from τέλος; to end, i.e. complete, execute, conclude, discharge (a debt):--accomplish, make an end, expire, fill up, finish, go over, pay, perform.
|
τελεσθῇtelesthē
|
shall have been completed
|
V-ASP-3S
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5507χίλιαchilia (Adj-NNP)
G5507 χίλιοι chílioi khil-ee-oy plural of uncertain affinity; a thousand:--thousand.
|
χίλιαchilia
|
thousand
|
Adj-NNP
|
G2094ἔτη,etē (N-NNP)
G2094 ἔτος étos et-os apparently a primary word; a year:--year.
|
ἔτη,etē
|
years,
|
N-NNP
|
G3089λυθήσεταιlythēsetai (V-FIP-3S)
G3089 λύω lýō loo-o a primary verb; to loosen (literally or figuratively):--break (up), destroy, dissolve, (un-)loose, melt, put off. Compare ῥήγνυμι.
|
λυθήσεταιlythēsetai
|
will be released
|
V-FIP-3S
|
G4567ΣατανᾶςSatanas (N-NMS)
G4567 Σατανᾶς Satanâs sat-an-as of Chaldee origin corresponding to מַעְבָּד (with the definite affix); the accuser, i.e. the devil:--Satan.
|
ΣατανᾶςSatanas
|
Satan
|
N-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G5438φυλακῆςphylakēs (N-GFS)
G5438 φυλακή phylakḗ foo-lak-ay from φυλάσσω; a guarding or (concretely, guard), the act, the person; figuratively, the place, the condition, or (specially), the time (as a division of day or night), literally or figuratively:--cage, hold, (im-)prison(-ment), ward, watch.
|
φυλακῆςphylakēs
|
prison
|
N-GFS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
7
When the000 years are expired, Satan will be loosed out of his prison,
Revelation 20:7
Stats
Rank: #1790 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 81 characters, 14 words, 65 letters, 26 vowels, 39 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οταν τελεσθη τα χιλια ετη λυθησεται ο σατανας εκ της φυλακης αυτου
Lit: And when shall have been completed the thousand years, will be released Satan out of the prison of him,
KJV: And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison,
References
"And when the thousand years are expired, Satan shall be loosed out of his prison,"Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years:
και εξελευσεται πλανησαι τα εθνη τα εν ταις τεσσαρσιν γωνιαις της γης τον γωγ και τον μαγωγ συναγαγειν αυτους εις πολεμον ων ο αριθμος ως η αμμος της θαλασσης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1831ἐξελεύσεταιexeleusetai (V-FIM-3S)
G1831 ἐξέρχομαι exérchomai ex-er-khom-ahee from ἐκ and ἔρχομαι; to issue (literally or figuratively):--come (forth, out), depart (out of), escape, get out, go (abroad, away, forth, out, thence), proceed (forth), spread abroad.
|
ἐξελεύσεταιexeleusetai
|
will go out
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G4105πλανῆσαιplanēsai (V-ANA)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανῆσαιplanēsai
|
to deceive
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-ANP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-ANP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G5064τέσσαρσινtessarsin (Adj-DFP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τέσσαρσινtessarsin
|
four
|
Adj-DFP
|
G1137γωνίαιςgōniais (N-DFP)
G1137 γωνία gōnía go-nee-ah probably akin to γόνυ; an angle:--corner, quarter.
|
γωνίαιςgōniais
|
corners
|
N-DFP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth,
|
N-GFS
|
G1136ΓὼγGōg (N-AMS)
G1136 Γώγ Gṓg gogue of Hebrew origin (גּוֹג); Gog, a symbolic name for some future Antichrist:--Gog.
|
ΓὼγGōg
|
Gog
|
N-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3098Μαγώγ,Magōg (N-AMS)
G3098 Μαγώγ Magṓg mag-ogue of Hebrew origin (מָגוֹג); Magog, a foreign nation, i.e. (figuratively) an Antichristian party:--Magog.
|
Μαγώγ,Magōg
|
Magog,
|
N-AMS
|
G4863συναγαγεῖνsynagagein (V-ANA)
G4863 συνάγω synágō soon-ag-o from σύν and ἄγω; to lead together, i.e. collect or convene; specially, to entertain (hospitably):--+ accompany, assemble (selves, together), bestow, come together, gather (selves together, up, together), lead into, resort, take in.
|
συναγαγεῖνsynagagein
|
to gather together
|
V-ANA
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G4171πόλεμον,polemon (N-AMS)
G4171 πόλεμος pólemos pol-em-os from (to bustle); warfare (literally or figuratively; a single encounter or a series):--battle, fight, war.
|
πόλεμον,polemon
|
war,
|
N-AMS
|
G3739ὧνhōn (RelPro-GMP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὧνhōn
|
of whom
|
RelPro-GMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G706ἀριθμὸςarithmos (N-NMS)
G706 ἀριθμός arithmós ar-ith-mos from αἴρω; a number (as reckoned up):--number.
|
ἀριθμὸςarithmos
|
number is
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G285ἄμμοςammos (N-NFS)
G285 ἄμμος ámmos am-mos perhaps from ἅμα; sand (as heaped on the beach):--sand.
|
ἄμμοςammos
|
sand
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G2281θαλάσσης.thalassēs (N-GFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θαλάσσης.thalassēs
|
sea.
|
N-GFS
|
8
will go out to deceive the nations which are in the 4 quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.
Revelation 20:8
Stats
Counts: 180 characters, 34 words, 140 letters, 55 vowels, 85 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξελευσεται πλανησαι τα εθνη τα εν ταις τεσσαρσιν γωνιαις της γης τον γωγ και τον μαγωγ συναγαγειν αυτους εις πολεμον ων ο αριθμος ως η αμμος της θαλασσης
Lit: and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather together them unto the war, of whom the number is of them like the sand of the sea.
KJV: And shall go out to deceive the nations which are in the four quarters of the earth, Gog and Magog, to gather them together to battle: the number of whom is as the sand of the sea.
References
"to deceive"Re 20:3: 10: Cast him into the bottomless pit: and shut him up: and set a seal upon him: that he should deceive the nations no more: till the000 years should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season."Gog"Eze 38:1-39: The word of the LORD came to me: saying: "to gather"Re 16:14: For they are the spirits of devils: working miracles: which go forth to the kings of the earth and of the whole world: to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty."the number"Jg 7:12: The Midianites and the Amalekites and all the children of the east lay along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude; and their camels were without number: as the sand by the sea side for multitude.1Sa 13:5: The Philistines gathered themselves together to fight with Israel: 30000 chariots: and 6000 horsemen: and people as the sand which is on the sea shore in multitude: and they came up: and pitched in Michmash: eastward from Bethaven.1Ki 4:20: Judah and Israel were many: as the sand which is by the sea in multitude: eating and drinking: and making merry.Isa 10:22: For though your people Israel be as the sand of the sea: yet a remnant of them will return: the consumption decreed will overflow with righteousness.Jer 33:22: As the host of heaven cannot be numbered: neither the sand of the sea measured: so will I multiply the seed of David my servant: and the Levites that minister to me.Heb 11:12: Therefore sprang there even of one: and him as good as dead: so many as the stars of the sky in multitude: and as the sand which is by the sea shore innumerable.
και ανεβησαν επι το πλατος της γης και εκυκλωσαν την παρεμβολην των αγιων και την πολιν την ηγαπημενην και κατεβη πυρ απο του θεου εκ του ουρανου και κατεφαγεν αυτους
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G305ἀνέβησανanebēsan (V-AIA-3P)
G305 ἀναβαίνω anabaínō an-ab-ah-ee-no from ἀνά and the base of βάσις; to go up (literally or figuratively):--arise, ascend (up), climb (go, grow, rise, spring) up, come (up).
|
ἀνέβησανanebēsan
|
they marched up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
over
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4114πλάτοςplatos (N-ANS)
G4114 πλάτος plátos plat-os from πλατύς; width:--breadth.
|
πλάτοςplatos
|
breadth
|
N-ANS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆς,gēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆς,gēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2944ἐκύκλευσανekykleusan (V-AIA-3P)
G2944 κυκλόω kyklóō koo-klo-o from the same as κύκλῳ; to encircle, i.e. surround:--compass (about), come (stand) round about.
|
ἐκύκλευσανekykleusan
|
encircled
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3925παρεμβολὴνparembolēn (N-AFS)
G3925 παρεμβολή parembolḗ par-em-bol-ay from a compound of παρά and ἐμβάλλω; a throwing in beside (juxtaposition), i.e. (specially), battle-array, encampment or barracks (tower Antonia):--army, camp, castle.
|
παρεμβολὴνparembolēn
|
camp
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G40ἁγίωνhagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίωνhagiōn
|
saints
|
Adj-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G25ἠγαπημένην·ēgapēmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G25 ἀγαπάω agapáō ag-ap-ah-o perhaps from (much) (or compare עֲגַב); to love (in a social or moral sense):--(be-)love(-ed). Compare φιλέω.
|
ἠγαπημένην·ēgapēmenēn
|
having been beloved.
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
But
|
Conj
|
G2597κατέβηkatebē (V-AIA-3S)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
κατέβηkatebē
|
came down
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G4442πῦρpyr (N-NNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πῦρpyr
|
fire
|
N-NNS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2719κατέφαγενkatephagen (V-AIA-3S)
G2719 κατεσθίω katesthíō kat-es-thee-o from κατά and ἐσθίω (including its alternate); to eat down, i.e. devour (literally or figuratively):--devour.
|
κατέφαγενkatephagen
|
devoured
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτούς·autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς·autous
|
them.
|
PPro-AM3P
|
9
They went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them.Revelation 20:9
Stats
Counts: 173 characters, 30 words, 135 letters, 51 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ανεβησαν επι το πλατος της γης και εκυκλωσαν την παρεμβολην των αγιων και την πολιν την ηγαπημενην και κατεβη πυρ απο του θεου εκ του ουρανου και κατεφαγεν αυτους
Lit: And they marched up over the breadth of the earth and encircled the camp of the saints and the city having been beloved. But came down fire out of heaven and devoured them.
KJV: And they went up on the breadth of the earth, and compassed the camp of the saints about, and the beloved city: and fire came down from God out of heaven, and devoured them.
References
"went"Isa 8:7: 8: Now therefore: look: the Lord brings up upon them the waters of the river: strong and many: even the king of Assyria: and all His glory: and He will come up over all His channels: and go over all His banks:Eze 38:9: 16: You will ascend and come like a storm: you will be like a cloud to cover the land: you: and all your bands: and many people with you.Hab 1:6: For: indeed: I raise up the Chaldeans: that bitter and hasty nation: which will march through the breadth of the land: to possess the dwellingplaces that are not theirs."and compassed"2Ki 6:15: When the servant of the man of God was risen early: and gone forth: look: an host compassed the city both with horses and chariots. And His servant said to Him: Alas: my master! how will we do?Mic 2:13: The breaker is come up before them: they have broken up: and have passed through the gate: and are gone out by it: and their king will pass before them: and the LORD on the head of them.Mt 16:16-18: Simon Peter answered and said: You are the Christ: the Son of the living God.Lu 19:43: For the days will come upon you: that your enemies will cast a trench about you: and compass you round: and keep you in on every side: Lu 21:20: When you will see Jerusalem compassed with armies: then know that the desolation thereof is nigh."the camp"Ps 48:1-3: and Psalm for the sons of Korah.>> Great is the LORD: and greatly to be praised in the city of our God: in the mountain of His holiness.Ps 74:2-4: Remember your congregation: which you have purchased of old; the rod of your inheritance: which you have redeemed; this mount Zion: wherein you have dwelt.Ps 125:1: 2: > They that trust in the LORD will be as mount Zion: which cannot be removed: but abides for ever.Heb 13:13: Let us go forth therefore to him without the camp: bearing his reproach."and fire"Re 11:5: If any man will hurt them: fire proceeds out of their mouth: and devours their enemies: and if any man will hurt them: he must in this manner be killed.Re 13:13: He does great wonders: so that he makes fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men: Ge 19:24: Then the LORD rained upon Sodom and upon Gomorrah brimstone and fire from the LORD out of heaven;Ex 9:23: 24: Moses stretched forth His rod toward heaven: and the LORD sent thunder and hail: and the fire ran along upon the ground; and the LORD rained hail upon the land of Egypt.Le 10:2: 3: There went out fire from the LORD: and devoured them: and they died before the LORD.Nu 11:1: when the people complained: it displeased the LORD: and the LORD heard it; and His anger was kindled; and the fire of the LORD burnt among them: and consumed them that were in the uttermost parts of the camp.Nu 16:35: There came out a fire from the LORD: and consumed the 250 men that offered incense.2Ki 1:10-15: Elijah answered and said to the captain of 50: If I be a man of God: then let fire come down from heaven: and consume you and your 50. And there came down fire from heaven: and consumed Him and His 50.Ps 97:3: A fire goes before him: and burns up his enemies round about.Ps 106:18: A fire was kindled in their company; the flame burned up the wicked.Isa 30:33: For Tophet is ordained of old; yes: for the king it is prepared; He has made it deep and large: the pile thereof is fire and much wood; the breath of the LORD: like a stream of brimstone: does kindle it.Isa 37:36: Then the angel of the LORD went forth: and smote in the camp of the Assyrians a00 and fourscore and 5000: and when they arose early in the morning: look: they were all dead corpses.Eze 38:22: I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him: and upon his bands: and upon the many people that are with him: an overflowing rain: and great hailstones: fire: and brimstone.Eze 39:6: I will send a fire on Magog: and among them that dwell carelessly in the isles: and they will know that I am the LORD.Lu 9:54: When His disciples James and John saw this: they said: Lord: will you that we command fire to come down from heaven: and consume them: even as Elias did?Lu 17:29: But the same day that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fire and brimstone from heaven: and destroyed them all.2Th 1:8: In flaming fire taking vengeance on them that not know God: and that not obey the gospel of our Lord Jesus Christ:
και ο διαβολος ο πλανων αυτους εβληθη εις την λιμνην του πυρος και θειου οπου το θηριον και ο ψευδοπροφητης και βασανισθησονται ημερας και νυκτος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1228διάβολοςdiabolos (Adj-NMS)
G1228 διάβολος diábolos dee-ab-ol-os from διαβάλλω; a traducer; specially, Satan (compare שָׂטָן):--false accuser, devil, slanderer.
|
διάβολοςdiabolos
|
devil,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G4105πλανῶνplanōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4105 πλανάω planáō plan-ah-o from πλάνη; to (properly, cause to) roam (from safety, truth, or virtue):--go astray, deceive, err, seduce, wander, be out of the way.
|
πλανῶνplanōn
|
deceiving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G846αὐτοὺςautous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὺςautous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
was cast
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3041λίμνηνlimnēn (N-AFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνηνlimnēn
|
lake
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρὸςpyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὸςpyros
|
of fire
|
N-GNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2303θείου,theiou (N-GNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θείου,theiou
|
of sulfur,
|
N-GNS
|
G3699ὅπουhopou (Adv)
G3699 ὅπου hópou hop-oo from ὅς and πού; what(-ever) where, i.e. at whichever spot:--in what place, where(-as, -soever), whither (+ soever).,
|
ὅπουhopou
|
where are
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2342θηρίονthērion (N-NNS)
G2342 θηρίον thēríon thay-ree-on diminutive from the same as θήρα; a dangerous animal:--(venomous, wild) beast.
|
θηρίονthērion
|
beast
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5578ψευδοπροφήτης,pseudoprophētēs (N-NMS)
G5578 ψευδοπροφήτης pseudoprophḗtēs psyoo-dop-rof-ay-tace from ψευδής and προφήτης; a spurious prophet, i.e. pretended foreteller or religious impostor:--false prophet.
|
ψευδοπροφήτης,pseudoprophētēs
|
false prophet;
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G928βασανισθήσονταιbasanisthēsontai (V-FIP-3P)
G928 βασανίζω basanízō bas-an-id-zo from βάσανος; to torture:--pain, toil, torment, toss, vex.
|
βασανισθήσονταιbasanisthēsontai
|
they will be tormented
|
V-FIP-3P
|
G2250ἡμέραςhēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέραςhēmeras
|
day
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3571νυκτὸςnyktos (N-GFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νυκτὸςnyktos
|
night
|
N-GFS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
10
The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Revelation 20:10
Stats
Rank: #638 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 177 characters, 32 words, 141 letters, 52 vowels, 89 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο διαβολος ο πλανων αυτους εβληθη εις την λιμνην του πυρος και θειου οπου το θηριον και ο ψευδοπροφητης και βασανισθησονται ημερας και νυκτος εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And the devil, the one deceiving them, was cast into the lake of fire and of sulfur, where are also the beast and the false prophet; and they will be tormented day and night to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And the devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone, where the beast and the false prophet are, and shall be tormented day and night for ever and ever.
References
"the devil"Re 20:2: 3: 8: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: "the lake"Re 20:14: 15: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone."tormented"Re 14:10: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Mt 25:41: 46: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:
The Great White Throne Judgment
και ειδον θρονον λευκον μεγαν και τον καθημενον επ αυτου ου απο προσωπου εφυγεν η γη και ο ουρανος και τοπος ουχ ευρεθη αυτοις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2362θρόνονthronon (N-AMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνονthronon
|
a throne
|
N-AMS
|
G3173μέγανmegan (Adj-AMS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγανmegan
|
great
|
Adj-AMS
|
G3022λευκὸνleukon (Adj-AMS)
G3022 λευκός leukós lyoo-kos from (light); white:--white.
|
λευκὸνleukon
|
white,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the One
|
Art-AMS
|
G2521καθήμενονkathēmenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενονkathēmenon
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
on
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτόνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτόνauton
|
it,
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3739οὗhou (RelPro-GMS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
οὗhou
|
whose
|
RelPro-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G4383προσώπουprosōpou (N-GNS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
προσώπουprosōpou
|
face
|
N-GNS
|
G5343ἔφυγενephygen (V-AIA-3S)
G5343 φεύγω pheúgō fyoo-go apparently a primary verb; to run away (literally or figuratively); by implication, to shun; by analogy, to vanish:--escape, flee (away).
|
ἔφυγενephygen
|
fled
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3772οὐρανός,ouranos (N-NMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανός,ouranos
|
heaven,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5117τόποςtopos (N-NMS)
G5117 τόπος tópos top-os apparently a primary word; a spot (general in space, but limited by occupancy; whereas χώρα is a large but participle locality), i.e. location (as a position, home, tract, etc.); figuratively, condition, opportunity; specially, a scabbard:--coast, licence, place, X plain, quarter, + rock, room, where.
|
τόποςtopos
|
place
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G846αὐτοῖς.autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς.autois
|
for them.
|
PPro-DM3P
|
11
I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Revelation 20:11
Stats
Rank: #330 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 146 characters, 28 words, 112 letters, 43 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον θρονον λευκον μεγαν και τον καθημενον επ αυτου ου απο προσωπου εφυγεν η γη και ο ουρανος και τοπος ουχ ευρεθη αυτοις
Lit: And I saw a throne great white, and the One sitting on it, whose from face fled the earth and heaven, and place not was found for them.
KJV: And I saw a great white throne, and him that sat on it, from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.
References
"I saw"Re 20:2: He laid hold on the dragon: that old serpent: which is the Devil: and Satan: and bound him a000 years: Re 19:11: I saw heaven opened: and look a white horse; and he who sat upon him was called Faithful and True: and in righteousness he does judge and make war.Ge 18:25: That be far from you to do after this manner: to kill the righteous with the wicked: and that the righteous should be as the wicked: that be far from you: Will not the Judge of all the earth do right?Ps 9:7: 8: But the LORD will endure for ever: He has prepared His throne for judgment.Ps 14:6: 7: You have shamed the counsel of the poor: because the LORD is His refuge.Ps 47:8: God reigns over the heathen: God sits upon the throne of His holiness.Ps 89:14: Justice and judgment are the habitation of your throne: mercy and truth will go before your face.Ps 97:2: Clouds and darkness are round about him: righteousness and judgment are the habitation of his throne.Mt 25:31: When the Son of man will come in His glory: and all the holy angels with Him: then will He sit upon the throne of His glory:Ac 17:30: 31: The times of this ignorance God winked at; but now commands all men every where to repent:Ro 2:5: But after your hardness and impenitent heart treasure up to yourself wrath against the day of wrath and revelation of the righteous judgment of God;"from"Re 6:14: The heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.Re 16:20: Every island fled away: and the mountains not were found.Re 21:1: I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.Jer 4:23-26: I beheld the earth: and: indeed: it was without form: and void; and the heavens: and they had no light.Da 2:35: Then was the iron: the clay: the brass: the silver: and the gold: broken to pieces together: and became like the chaff of the summer threshingfloors; and the wind carried them away: that no place was found for them: and the stone that smote the image became a great mountain: and filled the whole earth.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.2Pe 3:7: 10-12: But the heavens and the earth: which are now: by the same word are kept in store: reserved to fire against the day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men."and there"Re 12:8: not prevailed; neither was their place found any more in heaven.Job 9:6: Which shakes the earth out of her place: and the pillars thereof tremble.
και ειδον τους νεκρους μικρους και μεγαλους εστωτας ενωπιον του θεου και βιβλια ηνεωχθησαν και βιβλιον αλλο ηνεωχθη ο εστιν της ζωης και εκριθησαν οι νεκροι εκ των γεγραμμενων εν τοις βιβλιοις κατα τα εργα αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3498νεκρούς,nekrous (Adj-AMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκρούς,nekrous
|
dead,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3173μεγάλουςmegalous (Adj-AMP)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάλουςmegalous
|
great
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3398μικρούς,mikrous (Adj-AMP)
G3398 μικρός mikrós mik-rot-er-os apparently a primary word; small (in size, quantity, number or (figuratively) dignity):--least, less, little, small.
|
μικρούς,mikrous
|
small,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2476ἑστῶταςhestōtas (V-RPA-AMP)
G2476 ἵστημι hístēmi stah-o a prolonged form of a primary (of the same meaning, and used for it in certain tenses); to stand (transitively or intransitively), used in various applications (literally or figuratively):--abide, appoint, bring, continue, covenant, establish, hold up, lay, present, set (up), stanch, stand (by, forth, still, up). Compare τίθημι.
|
ἑστῶταςhestōtas
|
standing
|
V-RPA-AMP
|
G1799ἐνώπιονenōpion (Prep)
G1799 ἐνώπιον enṓpion en-o-pee-on neuter of a compound of ἐν and a derivative of ὀπτάνομαι; in the face of (literally or figuratively):--before, in the presence (sight) of, to.
|
ἐνώπιονenōpion
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνου,thronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνου,thronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G975βιβλίαbiblia (N-NNP)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίαbiblia
|
books
|
N-NNP
|
G455ἠνοίχθησαν·ēnoichthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνοίχθησαν·ēnoichthēsan
|
were opened.
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G243ἄλλοallo (Adj-NNS)
G243 ἄλλος állos al-los a primary word; else
|
ἄλλοallo
|
another
|
Adj-NNS
|
G975βιβλίονbiblion (N-NNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίονbiblion
|
book
|
N-NNS
|
G455ἠνοίχθη,ēnoichthē (V-AIP-3S)
G455 ἀνοίγω anoígō an-oy-go from ἀνά and (to open); to open up (literally or figuratively, in various applications):--open.
|
ἠνοίχθη,ēnoichthē
|
was opened,
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the one
|
Art-GFS
|
G2222ζωῆς·zōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆς·zōēs
|
of life.
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2919ἐκρίθησανekrithēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἐκρίθησανekrithēsan
|
were judged
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3498νεκροὶnekroi (Adj-NMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὶnekroi
|
dead
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the things
|
Art-GNP
|
G1125γεγραμμένωνgegrammenōn (V-RPM/P-GNP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένωνgegrammenōn
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-GNP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DNP
|
G975βιβλίοιςbibliois (N-DNP)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίοιςbibliois
|
books,
|
N-DNP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
deeds
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
12
I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.Revelation 20:12
Stats
Rank: #1247 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 241 characters, 39 words, 188 letters, 72 vowels, 116 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον τους νεκρους μικρους και μεγαλους εστωτας ενωπιον του θεου και βιβλια ηνεωχθησαν και βιβλιον αλλο ηνεωχθη ο εστιν της ζωης και εκριθησαν οι νεκροι εκ των γεγραμμενων εν τοις βιβλιοις κατα τα εργα αυτων
Lit: And I saw the dead, great and small, standing before the throne, and books were opened. And another book was opened, which is the one of life. And were judged the dead out of the things having been written in the books, according to the deeds of them.
KJV: And I saw the dead, small and great, stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened, which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books, according to their works.
References
"I saw"Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.Da 12:2: Many of them that sleep in the dust of the earth will awake: some to everlasting life: and some to shame and everlasting contempt.Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: Joh 11:25: 26: Jesus said to her: I am the resurrection: and the life: He that'>He who believes in me: though He were dead: yet will He live:Ac 24:15: Have hope toward God: which they themselves also allow: that there will be a resurrection of the dead: both of the just and unjust.1Co 15:21-23: For since by man came death: by man came also the resurrection of the dead.1Th 4:15-17: For this we say to you by the word of the Lord: that we which are alive and remain to the coming of the Lord will not prevent them which are asleep."small"Re 19:5: A voice came out of the throne: saying: Praise our God: all you His servants: and you that fear Him: both small and great."stand"Ro 14:10-12: But why do you judge your brother? or why do you set at nought your brother? for we will all stand before the judgment seat of Christ.1Co 4:5: Therefore not judgehing before the time: until the Lord come: who both will bring to light the hidden things of darkness: and will make manifest the counsels of the hearts: and then will every man have praise of God.2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad."the books"Da 7:10: A fiery stream issued and came forth from before him:000 thousands ministered to him: and 10000 times 10000 stood before him: the judgment was set: and the books were opened."and another"Re 3:5: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 17:8: The beast that you saw was: and not is; and will ascend out of the bottomless pit: and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth will wonder: whose names not were written in the book of life from the foundation of the world: when they look the beast that was: and not is: and yet is.Re 21:27: There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles: neither whatever works abomination: or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.Ps 69:28: Let them be blotted out of the book of the living: not and be written with the righteous.Da 12:1: At that time will Michael stand up: the great prince which stands for the children of your people: and there will be a time of trouble: such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time your people will be delivered: every one that will be found written in the book.Lu 10:20: Notwithstanding in this not rejoice: that the spirits are subject to you; but rather rejoice: because your names are written in heaven.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life."according"Re 20:13: The sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.Re 2:23: I will kill her children with death; and all the churches will know that I am he which searches the reins and hearts: and I will give to every one of you according to your works.Re 22:12: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be.Ps 28:4: Give them according to their deeds: and according to the wickedness of their endeavours: give them after the work of their hands; render to them their desert.Ps 62:12: Also to you: O Lord: belongeth mercy: for you render to every man according to His work.Pr 24:12: 29: If you say: Look: we knew not it; does not he who ponders the heart consider it? and he who keeps your soul: does not he know it? and will not he render to every man according to his works?Ec 12:14: For God will bring every work into judgment: with every secret thing: whether it be good: or whether it be evil.Jer 17:10: I the LORD search the heart: I try the reins: even to give every man according to His ways: and according to the fruit of His doings.Jer 32:19: Great in counsel: and mighty in work: for your eyes are open upon all the ways of the sons of men: to give every one according to his ways: and according to the fruit of his doings:Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Ro 2:6: Who will render to every man according to his deeds:2Co 5:10: For we must all appear before the judgment seat of Christ; that every one may receive the things done in His body: according to that He has done: whether it be good or bad.
και εδωκεν η θαλασσα τους εν αυτη νεκρους και ο θανατος και ο αδης εδωκαν τους εν αυτοις νεκρους και εκριθησαν εκαστος κατα τα εργα αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1325ἔδωκενedōken (V-AIA-3S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκενedōken
|
gave up
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2281θάλασσαthalassa (N-NFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαthalassa
|
sea
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3498νεκροὺςnekrous (Adj-AMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὺςnekrous
|
dead
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
who were
|
Art-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ,autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ,autē
|
it;
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
Death
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G86ᾅδηςhadēs (N-NMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδηςhadēs
|
Hades
|
N-NMS
|
G1325ἔδωκανedōkan (V-AIA-3P)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
ἔδωκανedōkan
|
gave up
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3498νεκροὺςnekrous (Adj-AMP)
G3498 νεκρός nekrós nek-ros from an apparently primary (a corpse); dead (literally or figuratively; also as noun):--dead.
|
νεκροὺςnekrous
|
dead
|
Adj-AMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
who were
|
Art-AMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτοῖς,autois (PPro-DM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῖς,autois
|
them;
|
PPro-DM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2919ἐκρίθησανekrithēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G2919 κρίνω krínō kree-no properly, to distinguish, i.e. decide (mentally or judicially); by implication, to try, condemn, punish:--avenge, conclude, condemn, damn, decree, determine, esteem, judge, go to (sue at the) law, ordain, call in question, sentence to, think.
|
ἐκρίθησανekrithēsan
|
they were judged
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each of them
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὰta (Art-ANP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-ANP
|
G2041ἔργαerga (N-ANP)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργαerga
|
works
|
N-ANP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
13
The sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.Revelation 20:13
Stats
Counts: 164 characters, 31 words, 129 letters, 49 vowels, 80 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδωκεν η θαλασσα τους εν αυτη νεκρους και ο θανατος και ο αδης εδωκαν τους εν αυτοις νεκρους και εκριθησαν εκαστος κατα τα εργα αυτων
Lit: And gave up the sea the dead who were in it; and Death and Hades gave up the dead who were in them; and they were judged each of them according to the works of them.
KJV: And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were judged every man according to their works.
References
"the sea"Joh 5:28: 29: not Marvel at this: for the hour is coming: in the which all that are in the graves will hear his voice: "and death"Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 6:8: I looked: and look a pale horse: and his name that sat on him was Death: and Hell followed with him. And power was given to them over the fourth part of the earth: to kill with sword: and with hunger: and with death: and with the beasts of the earth.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.1Co 15:50-58: Now this I say: brothers: that flesh and blood cannot inherit the kingdom of God; neither does corruption inherit incorruption."hell"1Co 15:55: O death: where is your sting? O grave: where is your victory?"and they"Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.
και ο θανατος και ο αδης εβληθησαν εις την λιμνην του πυρος ουτος εστιν ο δευτερος θανατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
Death
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G86ᾅδηςhadēs (N-NMS)
G86 ᾅδης háidēs hah-dace from Α (as negative particle) and εἴδω; properly, unseen, i.e. Hades or the place (state) of departed souls:--grave, hell.
|
ᾅδηςhadēs
|
Hades
|
N-NMS
|
G906ἐβλήθησανeblēthēsan (V-AIP-3P)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθησανeblēthēsan
|
were cast
|
V-AIP-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3041λίμνηνlimnēn (N-AFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνηνlimnēn
|
lake
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρός.pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός.pyros
|
of fire.
|
N-GNS
|
G3778οὗτοςhoutos (DPro-NMS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοςhoutos
|
This
|
DPro-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G1208δεύτερόςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερόςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3041λίμνηlimnē (N-NFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνηlimnē
|
lake
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of
|
Art-GNS
|
G4442πυρός.pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός.pyros
|
fire.
|
N-GNS
|
14
Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Revelation 20:14
Stats
Rank: #1387 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 77 characters, 15 words, 60 letters, 23 vowels, 37 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο θανατος και ο αδης εβληθησαν εις την λιμνην του πυρος ουτος εστιν ο δευτερος θανατος
Lit: And Death and Hades were cast into the lake of fire. This the death second is the lake of fire.
KJV: And death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.
References
"death"Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.1Co 15:26: 53: The last enemy that will be destroyed is death."This"Re 20:6: Blessed and holy is He that'>He who has part in the first resurrection: on such the second death has no power: but they will be priests of God and of Christ: and will reign with Him a000 years.Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
και ει τις ουχ ευρεθη εν τη βιβλω της ζωης γεγραμμενος εβληθη εις την λιμνην του πυρος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1487εἴei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἴei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G3756οὐχouch (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐχouch
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2147εὑρέθηheurethē (V-AIP-3S)
G2147 εὑρίσκω heurískō hyoo-reh-o a prolonged form of a primary , which (together with another cognate form) is used for it in all the tenses except the present and imperfect; to find (literally or figuratively):--find, get, obtain, perceive, see.
|
εὑρέθηheurethē
|
was found
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G976βίβλῳbiblō (N-DFS)
G976 βίβλος bíblos bib-los properly, the inner bark of the papyrus plant, i.e. (by implication) a sheet or scroll of writing:--book.
|
βίβλῳbiblō
|
book
|
N-DFS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G1125γεγραμμένος,gegrammenos (V-RPM/P-NMS)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένος,gegrammenos
|
having been written,
|
V-RPM/P-NMS
|
G906ἐβλήθηeblēthē (V-AIP-3S)
G906 βάλλω bállō bal-lo a primary verb; to throw (in various applications, more or less violent or intense):--arise, cast (out), X dung, lay, lie, pour, put (up), send, strike, throw (down), thrust. Compare ῥίπτω.
|
ἐβλήθηeblēthē
|
he was cast
|
V-AIP-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3041λίμνηνlimnēn (N-AFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνηνlimnēn
|
lake
|
N-AFS
|
G4442πυρός.pyros (N-GNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρός.pyros
|
of fire.
|
N-GNS
|
15
whoever not was found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.Revelation 20:15
Stats
Rank: #917 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 28 vowels, 41 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ει τις ουχ ευρεθη εν τη βιβλω της ζωης γεγραμμενος εβληθη εις την λιμνην του πυρος
Lit: And if anyone not was found in the book of life having been written, he was cast into the lake of fire.
KJV: And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.
References
"whosoever"Mr 16:16: He who believes'>believes and is baptized will be saved; but he who believes'>believes not will be damned.Joh 3:18: 19: 36: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.Ac 4:12: Neither is there salvation in any other: for there is none other name under heaven given among men: whereby we must be saved.Heb 2:3: How will we escape: if we neglect so great salvation; which at the first began to be spoken by the Lord: and was confirmed to us by them that heard Him;Heb 12:25: See that you not refuse him that speaks. For if they not escaped who refused him that spoke on earth: much more will not we escape: if we turn away from him that speaks from heaven:1Jo 5:11: 12: This is the record: that God has given to us eternal life: and this life is in His Son."was cast"Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Mr 9:43-48: If your hand offend you: cut it off: it is better for you to enter into life maimed: than having two hands to go into hell: into the fire that never will be quenched:
21
The World to Come
A New Heaven and a New Earth
και ειδον ουρανον καινον και γην καινην ο γαρ πρωτος ουρανος και η πρωτη γη παρηλθεν και η θαλασσα ουκ εστιν ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3772οὐρανὸνouranon (N-AMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸνouranon
|
a heaven
|
N-AMS
|
G2537καινὸνkainon (Adj-AMS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὸνkainon
|
new,
|
Adj-AMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1093γῆνgēn (N-AFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆνgēn
|
an earth
|
N-AFS
|
G2537καινήν·kainēn (Adj-AFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινήν·kainēn
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
the first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3772οὐρανὸςouranos (N-NMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανὸςouranos
|
heaven
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4413πρώτηprōtē (Adj-NFS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρώτηprōtē
|
first
|
Adj-NFS
|
G1093γῆgē (N-NFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆgē
|
earth
|
N-NFS
|
G565ἀπῆλθαν,apēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθαν,apēlthan
|
had passed away,
|
V-AIA-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G2281θάλασσαthalassa (N-NFS)
G2281 θάλασσα thálassa thal-as-sah probably prolonged from ἅλς; the sea (genitive case or specially):--sea.
|
θάλασσαthalassa
|
sea
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
any longer.
|
Adv
|
1
And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.Revelation 21:1
Stats
Rank: #187 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 25 words, 96 letters, 39 vowels, 57 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειδον ουρανον καινον και γην καινην ο γαρ πρωτος ουρανος και η πρωτη γη παρηλθεν και η θαλασσα ουκ εστιν ετι
Lit: And I saw a heaven new, and an earth new, for the first heaven and the first earth had passed away, and the sea not is any longer.
KJV: And I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.
References
"a new"Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful.Isa 65:17-19: For: look: I create new heavens and a new earth: and the former will not be remembered: nor come into mind.Isa 66:22: For as the new heavens and the new earth: which I will make: will remain before me: says the LORD: so will your seed and your name remain.2Pe 3:13: Nevertheless we: according to his promise: look for new heavens and a new earth: wherein dwells righteousness."for"Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."and there"Re 13:1: I stood upon the sand of the sea: and saw a beast rise up out of the sea: having 7 heads and 10 horns: and upon his horns 10 crowns: and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.Isa 27:1: In that day the LORD with His sore and great and strong sword will punish leviathan the piercing serpent: even leviathan that crooked serpent; and He will kill the dragon that is in the sea.Isa 57:20: But the wicked are like the troubled sea: when it cannot rest: whose waters cast up mire and dirt.Da 7:3: 4 great beasts came up from the sea: diverse one from another.
και εγω ιωαννης ειδον την πολιν την αγιαν ιερουσαλημ καινην καταβαινουσαν απο του θεου εκ του ουρανου ητοιμασμενην ως νυμφην κεκοσμημενην τω ανδρι αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G40ἁγίανhagian (Adj-AFS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίανhagian
|
holy,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
the Jerusalem
|
N-AFS
|
G2537καινὴνkainēn (Adj-AFS)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὴνkainēn
|
new,
|
Adj-AFS
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2597καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan
|
coming down
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
G2090ἡτοιμασμένηνhētoimasmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G2090 ἑτοιμάζω hetoimázō het-oy-mad-zo from ἕτοιμος; to prepare:--prepare, provide, make ready. Compare κατασκευάζω.
|
ἡτοιμασμένηνhētoimasmenēn
|
having been prepared
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3565νύμφηνnymphēn (N-AFS)
G3565 νύμφη nýmphē noom-fay from a primary but obsolete verb (to veil as a bride; compare Latin nupto
|
νύμφηνnymphēn
|
a bride
|
N-AFS
|
G2885κεκοσμημένηνkekosmēmenēn (V-RPM/P-AFS)
G2885 κοσμέω kosméō kos-meh-o from κόσμος; to put in proper order, i.e. decorate (literally or figuratively); specially, to snuff (a wick):--adorn, garnish, trim.
|
κεκοσμημένηνkekosmēmenēn
|
having been adorned
|
V-RPM/P-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
for the
|
Art-DMS
|
G435ἀνδρὶandri (N-DMS)
G435 ἀνήρ anḗr an-ayr a primary word (compare ἄνθρωπος); a man (properly as an individual male):--fellow, husband, man, sir.
|
ἀνδρὶandri
|
husband
|
N-DMS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of her.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
2
I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Revelation 21:2
Stats
Rank: #2020 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 125 characters, 21 words, 98 letters, 37 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγω ιωαννης ειδον την πολιν την αγιαν ιερουσαλημ καινην καταβαινουσαν απο του θεου εκ του ουρανου ητοιμασμενην ως νυμφην κεκοσμημενην τω ανδρι αυτης
Lit: And the city holy, the Jerusalem new, I saw coming down out of heaven from God, having been prepared as a bride having been adorned for the husband of her.
KJV: And I John saw the holy city, new Jerusalem, coming down from God out of heaven, prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.
References
"I"Re 1:1: 4: 9: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"the holy"Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Ps 48:1-3: and Psalm for the sons of Korah.>> Great is the LORD: and greatly to be praised in the city of our God: in the mountain of His holiness.Ps 87:3: Glorious things are spoken of you: O city of God. Selah.Isa 1:21: How is the faithful city become an harlot! it was full of judgment; righteousness lodged in it; but now murderers.Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Jer 31:23: Thus says the LORD of hosts: the God of Israel; As yet they will use this speech in the land of Judah and in the cities thereof: when I will bring again their captivity; The LORD bless you: O habitation of justice: and mountain of holiness.Heb 11:10: For He looked for a city which has foundations: whose builder and maker is God.Heb 12:22: But you are come to mount Sion: and to the city of the living God: the heavenly Jerusalem: and to an innumerable company of angels: Heb 13:14: For here have we no continuing city: but we seek one to come."coming"Re 21:10: He carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain: and showed me that great city: the holy Jerusalem: descending out of heaven from God: Ga 4:25: 26: For this Agar is mount Sinai in Arabia: and answers to Jerusalem which now is: and is in bondage with her children."as"Re 19:7: 8: Let us be glad and rejoice: and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come: and his wife has made herself ready.Ps 45:9-14: Kings' daughters were among your honourable women: upon your right hand did stand the queen in gold of Ophir.Isa 54:5: For your Maker is your husband; the LORD of hosts is His name; and your Redeemer the Holy one of Israel; The God of the whole earth will He be called.Isa 61:10: I will greatly rejoice in the LORD: my soul will be joyful in my God; for He has clothed me with the garments of salvation: He has covered me with the robe of righteousness: as a groom decks Himself with ornaments: and as a bride adorns herself with her jewels.Isa 62:4: You will no more be termed Forsaken; neither will your land any more be termed Desolate: but you will be called Hephzibah: and your land Beulah: for the LORD delights in you: and your land will be married.Joh 3:29: He who has the bride is the groom: but the friend of the groom: which stands and hears him: rejoices greatly because of the groom's voice: this my joy therefore is fulfilled.2Co 11:2: For I am jealous over you with godly jealousy: for I have espoused you to one husband: that I may present you as a chaste virgin to Christ.Eph 5:25-27: 30-32: Husbands: love your wives: even as Christ also loved the church: and gave Himself for it;
και ηκουσα φωνης μεγαλης εκ του ουρανου λεγουσης ιδου η σκηνη του θεου μετα των ανθρωπων και σκηνωσει μετ αυτων και αυτοι λαοι αυτου εσονται και αυτος ο θεος εσται μετ αυτων θεος αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G5456φωνῆςphōnēs (N-GFS)
G5456 φωνή phōnḗ fo-nay probably akin to φαίνω through the idea of disclosure; a tone (articulate, bestial or artificial); by implication, an address (for any purpose), saying or language:--noise, sound, voice.
|
φωνῆςphōnēs
|
a voice
|
N-GFS
|
G3173μεγάληςmegalēs (Adj-GFS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μεγάληςmegalēs
|
great
|
Adj-GFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne,
|
N-GMS
|
G3004λεγούσηςlegousēs (V-PPA-GFS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λεγούσηςlegousēs
|
saying:
|
V-PPA-GFS
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4633σκηνὴskēnē (N-NFS)
G4633 σκηνή skēnḗ skay-nay apparently akin to σκεῦος and σκιά; a tent or cloth hut (literally or figuratively):--habitation, tabernacle.
|
σκηνὴskēnē
|
tabernacle
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
is with
|
Prep
|
G444ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn (N-GMP)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπων,anthrōpōn
|
men,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4637σκηνώσειskēnōsei (V-FIA-3S)
G4637 σκηνόω skēnóō skay-no-o from σκῆνος; to tent or encamp, i.e. (figuratively) to occupy (as a mansion) or (specially), to reside (as God did in the Tabernacle of old, a symbol of protection and communion):-- dwell.
|
σκηνώσειskēnōsei
|
He will tabernacle
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτοὶautoi (PPro-NM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοὶautoi
|
they
|
PPro-NM3P
|
G2992λαοὶlaoi (N-NMP)
G2992 λαός laós lah-os apparently a primary word; a people (in general; thus differing from δῆμος, which denotes ones own populace):--people.
|
λαοὶlaoi
|
peoples
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1510ἔσονται,esontai (V-FIM-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσονται,esontai
|
will be,
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
Himself
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1510ἔσται,estai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσται,estai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G846[αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
[αὐτῶνautōn
|
as their
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2316θεός]theos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
θεός]theos
|
God.
|
N-NMS
|
3
I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Look, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will dwell with them, and they will be His people, and God Himself will be with them, and be their God.
Revelation 21:3
Stats
Rank: #1227 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 205 characters, 34 words, 156 letters, 57 vowels, 99 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηκουσα φωνης μεγαλης εκ του ουρανου λεγουσης ιδου η σκηνη του θεου μετα των ανθρωπων και σκηνωσει μετ αυτων και αυτοι λαοι αυτου εσονται και αυτος ο θεος εσται μετ αυτων θεος αυτων
Lit: And I heard a voice great from the throne, saying: Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and He will tabernacle with them, and they peoples of Him will be, and Himself God with them will be as their God.
KJV: And I heard a great voice out of heaven saying, Behold, the tabernacle of God is with men, and he will dwell with them, and they shall be his people, and God himself shall be with them, [and be] their God.
References
"a great"Re 10:4: 8: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Re 12:10: I heard a loud voice saying in heaven: Now is come salvation: and strength: and the kingdom of our God: and the power of His Christ: for the accuser of our brothers is cast down: which accused them before our God day and night."Behold"Re 7:15: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Le 26:11: 12: I will set my tabernacle among you: and my soul will not abhor you.1Ki 8:27: But will God indeed dwell on the earth? look: the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house that I have built?2Ch 6:18: But will God in very deed dwell with men on the earth? look: heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house which I have built!Isa 12:6: Cry out and shout: you inhabitant of Zion: for great is the Holy one of Israel in the middle of you.Eze 37:27: My tabernacle also will be with them: yes: I will be their God: and they will be my people.Eze 43:7: He said to me: Son of man: the place of my throne: and the place of the soles of my feet: where I will dwell in the middle of the children of Israel for ever: and my holy name: will the house of Israel no more defile: neither they: nor their kings: by their whoredom: nor by the carcases of their kings in their high places.Joh 1:14: The Word was made flesh: and dwelt among us: (and we beheld His glory: the glory as of the only begotten of the Father: ) full of grace and truth.Joh 14:23: Jesus answered and said to Him: If a man love me: He will keep my words: and my Father will love Him: and we will come to Him: and make our abode with Him.2Co 6:16: What agreement has the temple of God with idols? for you are the temple of the living God; as God has said: I will dwell in them: and walk in them; and I will be their God: and they will be my people."they shall"Re 21:7: He who overcomes will inherit all things; and I will be His God: and He will be my son.Ge 17:7: 8: I will establish my covenant between me and you and your seed after you in their generations for an everlasting covenant: to be a God to you: and to your seed after you.Jer 31:33: But this will be the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel; After those days: says the LORD: I will put my law in their inward parts: and write it in their hearts; and will be their God: and they will be my people.Jer 32:38: They will be my people: and I will be their God:Zec 13:9: I will bring the third part through the fire: and will refine them as silver is refined: and will try them as gold is tried: they will call on my name: and I will hear them: I will say: It is my people: and they will say: The LORD is my God.2Co 6:18: Will be a Father to you: and you will be my sons and daughters: says the Lord Almighty.Heb 8:10: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days: says the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind: and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God: and they will be to me a people:Heb 11:16: But now they desire a better country: that is: an heavenly: for what reason God not is ashamed to be called their God: for He has prepared for them a city."God himself"Zec 8:8: I will bring them: and they will dwell in the middle of Jerusalem: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: in truth and in righteousness.
και εξαλειψει ο θεος παν δακρυον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων και ο θανατος ουκ εσται ετι ουτε πενθος ουτε κραυγη ουτε πονος ουκ εσται ετι οτι τα πρωτα απηλθον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1813ἐξαλείψειexaleipsei (V-FIA-3S)
G1813 ἐξαλείφω exaleíphō ex-al-i-fo from ἐκ and ἀλείφω; to smear out, i.e. obliterate (erase tears, figuratively, pardon sin):--blot out, wipe away.
|
ἐξαλείψειexaleipsei
|
He will wipe away
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-ANS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
every
|
Adj-ANS
|
G1144δάκρυονdakryon (N-ANS)
G1144 δάκρυ dákry dak-roo-on of uncertain affinity; a tear:--tear.
|
δάκρυονdakryon
|
tear
|
N-ANS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3788ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn (N-GMP)
G3788 ὀφθαλμός ophthalmós of-thal-mos from ὀπτάνομαι; the eye (literally or figuratively); by implication, vision; figuratively, envy (from the jealous side-glance):--eye, sight.
|
ὀφθαλμῶνophthalmōn
|
eyes
|
N-GMP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
any longer
|
Adv
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3997πένθοςpenthos (N-NNS)
G3997 πένθος pénthos pen-thos strengthened from the alternate of πάσχω; grief:--mourning, sorrow.
|
πένθοςpenthos
|
mourning
|
N-NNS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G2906κραυγὴkraugē (N-NFS)
G2906 κραυγή kraugḗ krow-gay from κράζω; an outcry (in notification, tumult or grief):--clamour, cry(-ing).
|
κραυγὴkraugē
|
crying
|
N-NFS
|
G3777οὔτεoute (Conj)
G3777 οὔτε oúte oo-teh from οὐ and τέ; not too, i.e. neither or nor; by analogy, not even:--neither, none, nor (yet), (no, yet) not, nothing.
|
οὔτεoute
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G4192πόνοςponos (N-NMS)
G4192 πόνος pónos pon-os from the base of πένης; toil, i.e. (by implication) anguish:--pain.
|
πόνοςponos
|
pain;
|
N-NMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
they will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2089ἔτι·eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι·eti
|
any longer,
|
Adv
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G4413πρῶταprōta (Adj-NNP)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶταprōta
|
former things
|
Adj-NNP
|
G565ἀπῆλθαν.apēlthan (V-AIA-3P)
G565 ἀπέρχομαι apérchomai ap-erkh-om-ahee from ἀπό and ἔρχομαι; to go off (i.e. depart), aside (i.e. apart) or behind (i.e. follow), literally or figuratively:--come, depart, go (aside, away, back, out, … ways), pass away, be past.
|
ἀπῆλθαν.apēlthan
|
have passed away.
|
V-AIA-3P
|
4
God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.Revelation 21:4
Stats
Rank: #643 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 189 characters, 30 words, 149 letters, 55 vowels, 94 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εξαλειψει ο θεος παν δακρυον απο των οφθαλμων αυτων και ο θανατος ουκ εσται ετι ουτε πενθος ουτε κραυγη ουτε πονος ουκ εσται ετι οτι τα πρωτα απηλθον
Lit: And He will wipe away every tear from the eyes of them, and death not will be any longer nor mourning nor crying nor pain; not they will be any longer, because the former things have passed away.
KJV: And God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.
References
"God shall"Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it."no"Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.Re 22:3: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:Isa 25:8: He will swallow up death in victory; and the Lord GOD will wipe away tears from off all faces; and the rebuke of His people will He take away from off all the earth: for the LORD has spoken it.Ho 13:14: I will ransom them from the power of the grave; I will redeem them from death: O death: I will be your plagues; O grave: I will be your destruction: repentance will be hid from my eyes.1Co 15:26: 54-58: The last enemy that will be destroyed is death.Heb 2:14: 15: Forasmuch then as the children are partakers of flesh and blood: he also himself likewise took part of the same; that through death he might destroy him that had the power of death: that is: the devil;"neither sorrow"Isa 30:19: For the people will dwell in Zion at Jerusalem: you will weep no more: he will be very gracious to you at the voice of your cry; when he will hear it: he will answer you.Isa 35:10: The ransomed of the LORD will return: and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy upon their heads: they will obtain joy and gladness: and sorrow and sighing will flee away.Isa 60:20: Your sun will no more go down; neither will your moon withdraw itself: for the LORD will be your everlasting light: and the days of your mourning will be ended.Isa 61:3: To appoint to them that mourn in Zion: to give to them beauty for ashes: the oil of joy for mourning: the garment of praise for the spirit of heaviness; that they might be called trees of righteousness: the planting of the LORD: that He might be glorified.Isa 65:18: 19: But be you glad and rejoice for ever in that which I create: for: look: I create Jerusalem a rejoicing: and her people a joy.Jer 31:13: Then will the virgin rejoice in the dance: both young men and old together: for I will turn their mourning into joy: and will comfort them: and make them rejoice from their sorrow."the former"Re 21:1: I saw a new heaven and a new earth: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.Ps 144:4: Man is like to vanity: his days are as a shadow that passs away.Mt 24:35: Heaven and earth will pass away: but my words will not pass away.1Co 7:31: They that use this world: not as abusing it: for the fashion of this world passs away.2Co 6:17: For what reason come out from among them: and be you separate: says the Lord: and not touch the unclean thing; and I will receive you: 2Pe 3:10: But the day of the Lord will come as a thief in the night; in the which the heavens will pass away with a great noise: and the elements will melt with fervent heat: the earth also and the works that are therein will be burned up.1Jo 2:17: The world passs away: and the lust thereof: but He that'>He who does the will of God abides for ever.
και ειπεν ο καθημενος επι του θρονου ιδου καινα παντα ποιω και λεγει μοι γραψον οτι ουτοι οι λογοι αληθινοι και πιστοι εισιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπενeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπενeipen
|
said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G2521καθήμενοςkathēmenos (V-PPM/P-NMS)
G2521 κάθημαι káthēmai kath-ay-mahee from κατά; and (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος); to sit down; figuratively, to remain, reside:--dwell, sit (by, down).
|
καθήμενοςkathēmenos
|
sitting
|
V-PPM/P-NMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2362θρόνῳthronō (N-DMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνῳthronō
|
throne,
|
N-DMS
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2537καινὰkaina (Adj-ANP)
G2537 καινός kainós kahee-nos of uncertain affinity; new (especially in freshness; while νέος is properly so with respect to age:--new.
|
καινὰkaina
|
new
|
Adj-ANP
|
G4160ποιῶpoiō (V-PIA-1S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶpoiō
|
I make
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3956πάντα.panta (Adj-ANP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντα.panta
|
all things.
|
Adj-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
He says,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1125Γράψον,Grapson (V-AMA-2S)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
Γράψον,Grapson
|
Write this,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G3778οὗτοιhoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
οὗτοιhoutoi
|
these
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
words
|
N-NMP
|
G4103πιστοὶpistoi (Adj-NMP)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστοὶpistoi
|
faithful
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθινοίalēthinoi (Adj-NMP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινοίalēthinoi
|
TRUE
|
Adj-NMP
|
G1510εἰσιν.eisin (V-PIA-3P)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰσιν.eisin
|
are.
|
V-PIA-3P
|
5
he who sat upon the throne said, Look, I make all things new. And he said to me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.
Revelation 21:5
Stats
Counts: 135 characters, 22 words, 103 letters, 40 vowels, 63 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν ο καθημενος επι του θρονου ιδου καινα παντα ποιω και λεγει μοι γραψον οτι ουτοι οι λογοι αληθινοι και πιστοι εισιν
Lit: And said the One sitting on the throne, Behold, new I make all things. And He says, Write this, because these the words faithful and TRUE are.
KJV: And he that sat upon the throne said, Behold, I make all things new. And he said unto me, Write: for these words are true and faithful.
References
"that sat"Re 4:2: 9: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 5:1: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 20:11: I saw a great white throne: and him that sat on it: from whose face the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them."Behold"Isa 42:9: Look: the former things are come to pass: and new things do I declare: before they spring forth I tell you of them.Isa 43:19: Look: I will do a new thing; now it will spring forth; will you not know it? I will even make a way in the wilderness: and rivers in the desert.2Co 5:17: Therefore if any man be in Christ: He is a new creature: old things are passed away; look: all things are become new."Write"Re 1:11: 19: Saying: I am Alpha and Omega: the first and the last: and: What you see: write in a book: and send it to the 7 churches which are in Asia; to Ephesus: and to Smyrna: and to Pergamos: and to Thyatira: and to Sardis: and to Philadelphia: and to Laodicea."these"Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.
και ειπεν μοι γεγονεν εγω ειμι το α και το ω η αρχη και το τελος εγω τω διψωντι δωσω εκ της πηγης του υδατος της ζωης δωρεαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
He said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G1096Γέγοναν.Gegonan (V-RIA-3P)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
Γέγοναν.Gegonan
|
It is done!
|
V-RIA-3P
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510[εἰμι]eimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
[εἰμι]eimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1ἌλφαAlpha (N-NNS)
G1 Α A al-fah of Hebrew origin; the first letter of the alphabet; figuratively, only (from its use as a numeral) the first: --Alpha. Often used (usually , before a vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from ἄνευ) in the sense of privation; so, in many words, beginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of union (as a contraction of ἅμα).
|
ἌλφαAlpha
|
Alpha
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5598Ὦ,Ō (N-NNS)
G5598 Ω Ō o-meg-ah, Noun
|
Ὦ,Ō
|
Omega,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G746ἀρχὴarchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴarchē
|
beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5056τέλος.telos (N-NNS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος.telos
|
end.
|
N-NNS
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
to the one
|
Art-DMS
|
G1372διψῶντιdipsōnti (V-PPA-DMS)
G1372 διψάω dipsáō dip-sah-o from a variation of δίψος; to thirst for (literally or figuratively):--(be, be a-)thirst(-y).
|
διψῶντιdipsōnti
|
thirsting
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G1325δώσωdōsō (V-FIA-1S)
G1325 δίδωμι dídōmi did-o-mee a prolonged form of a primary verb (which is used as an alternative in most of the tenses); to give (used in a very wide application, properly, or by implication, literally or figuratively; greatly modified by the connection):--adventure, bestow, bring forth, commit, deliver (up), give, grant, hinder, make, minister, number, offer, have power, put, receive, set, shew, smite (+ with the hand), strike (+ with the palm of the hand), suffer, take, utter, yield.
|
δώσωdōsō
|
will give
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4077πηγῆςpēgēs (N-GFS)
G4077 πηγή pēgḗ pay-gay probably from πήγνυμι (through the idea of gushing plumply); a fount (literally or figuratively), i.e. source or supply (of water, blood, enjoyment) (not necessarily the original spring):--fountain, well.
|
πηγῆςpēgēs
|
spring
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
water
|
N-GNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G1432δωρεάν.dōrean (Adv)
G1432 δωρεάν dōreán do-reh-an accusative case of δωρεά as adverb; gratuitously (literally or figuratively):--without a cause, freely, for naught, in vain.
|
δωρεάν.dōrean
|
freely.
|
Adv
|
6
He said to me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.
Revelation 21:6
Stats
Counts: 163 characters, 31 words, 124 letters, 52 vowels, 72 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν μοι γεγονεν εγω ειμι το α και το ω η αρχη και το τελος εγω τω διψωντι δωσω εκ της πηγης του υδατος της ζωης δωρεαν
Lit: And He said to me, It is done! I am the Alpha and the Omega, the beginning and the end. I to the one thirsting will give of the spring of the water of life freely.
KJV: And he said unto me, It is done. I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end. I will give unto him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.
References
"It is"Re 16:17: The seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven: from the throne: saying: It is done."I am"Re 1:8: 11: 17: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 22:13: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end: the first and the last."I will"Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Re 22:17: The Spirit and the bride say: Come. And let Him that hears say: Come. And let Him that is athirst come. And whoever will: let Him take the water of life freely.Isa 12:3: Therefore with joy will you draw water out of the wells of salvation.Isa 55:1-3: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water.Joh 7:37: 38: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink."the fountain"Ps 36:9: For with you is the fountain of life: in your light will we see light.Jer 2:13: For my people have committed two evils; they have forsaken me the fountain of living waters: and hewed them out cisterns: broken cisterns: that can hold no water.Joe 3:18: It will come to pass in that day: that the mountains will drop down new wine: and the hills will flow with milk: and all the rivers of Judah will flow with waters: and a fountain will come forth of the house of the LORD: and will water the valley of Shittim."freely"Ho 14:4: I will heal their backsliding: I will love them freely: for my anger is turned away from him.Ro 3:24: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:Ro 8:32: He who not spared His own Son: but delivered Him up for us all: how will He not">not He with Him also freely give us all things?1Co 2:12: Now we have received: not the spirit of the world: but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.1Co 3:5: 12: 21: Who then is Paul: and who is Apollos: but ministers by whom you believed: even as the Lord gave to every man?1Jo 5:4: 5: For whatever is born of God overcomes'>overcomes the world: and this is the victory that overcomes'>overcomes the world: even our faith.
ο νικων κληρονομησει παντα και εσομαι αυτω θεος και αυτος εσται μοι ο υιος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G3528νικῶνnikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3528 νικάω nikáō nik-ah-o from νίκη; to subdue (literally or figuratively):--conquer, overcome, prevail, get the victory.
|
νικῶνnikōn
|
overcoming
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2816κληρονομήσειklēronomēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2816 κληρονομέω klēronoméō klay-ron-om-eh-o from κληρονόμος; to be an heir to (literally or figuratively):--be heir, (obtain by) inherit(-ance).
|
κληρονομήσειklēronomēsei
|
will inherit
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G3778ταῦτα,tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα,tauta
|
all things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσομαιesomai (V-FIM-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσομαιesomai
|
I will be
|
V-FIM-1S
|
G846αὐτῷautō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷautō
|
his
|
PPro-DM3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God,
|
N-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G846αὐτὸςautos (PPro-NM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸςautos
|
he
|
PPro-NM3S
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
My
|
PPro-D1S
|
G5207υἱός.huios (N-NMS)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱός.huios
|
son.
|
N-NMS
|
7
He who overcomes will inherit all things; and I will be His God, and He will be my son.Revelation 21:7
Stats
Counts: 91 characters, 17 words, 70 letters, 23 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο νικων κληρονομησει παντα και εσομαι αυτω θεος και αυτος εσται μοι ο υιος
Lit: The one overcoming will inherit all things, and I will be his God, and he will be My son.
KJV: He that overcometh shall inherit all things; and I will be his God, and he shall be my son.
References
"overcometh"Re 2:11: 17: 25: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; He who overcomes will not be hurt of the second death."inherit"1Sa 2:8: He raises up the poor out of the dust: and lifts up the beggar from the dunghill: to set them among princes: and to make them inherit the throne of glory: for the pillars of the earth are the LORD's: and He has set the world upon them.Pr 3:35: The wise will inherit glory: but shame will be the promotion of fools.Isa 65:9: I will bring forth a seed out of Jacob: and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountains: and my elect will inherit it: and my servants will dwell there.Mt 19:29: Every one that has forsaken houses: or brothers: or sisters: or father: or mother: or wife: or children: or lands: for my name's sake: will receive an hundredfold: and will inherit everlasting life.Mt 25:34: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Mr 10:17: When he was gone forth into the way: there came one running: and kneeled to him: and asked him: Good Master: what will I do that I may inherit eternal life?1Co 3:21-23: Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours;1Pe 1:3: 4: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead: 1Pe 3:9: Not rendering evil for evil: or railing for railing: but contrariwise blessing; knowing that you are thereunto called: that you should inherit a blessing."and I"Re 21:3: I heard a great voice out of heaven saying: Look: the tabernacle of God is with men: and He will dwell with them: and they will be His people: and God Himself will be with them: and be their God.Zec 8:8: I will bring them: and they will dwell in the middle of Jerusalem: and they will be my people: and I will be their God: in truth and in righteousness.Ro 8:15-17: For you not have received the spirit of bondage again to fear; but you have received the Spirit of adoption: whereby we cry: Abba: Father.Heb 8:10: For this is the covenant that I will make with the house of Israel after those days: says the Lord; I will put my laws into their mind: and write them in their hearts: and I will be to them a God: and they will be to me a people:1Jo 3:1-3: Look: what manner of love the Father has bestowed upon us: that we should be called the sons of God: therefore the world knows not us: because it knew Him not">not Him.
δειλοις δε και απιστοις και εβδελυγμενοις και φονευσιν και πορνοις και φαρμακευσιν και ειδωλολατραις και πασιν τοις ψευδεσιν το μερος αυτων εν τη λιμνη τη καιομενη πυρι και θειω ο εστιν δευτερος θανατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1161δὲde (Conj)
G1161 δέ dé deh a primary particle (adversative or continuative); but, and, etc.:--also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English).
|
δὲde
|
But
|
Conj
|
G1169δειλοῖςdeilois (Adj-DMP)
G1169 δειλός deilós di-los from (dread); timid, i.e. (by implication) faithless:--fearful.
|
δειλοῖςdeilois
|
to the cowardly
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G571ἀπίστοιςapistois (Adj-DMP)
G571 ἄπιστος ápistos ap-is-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and πιστός; (actively) disbelieving, i.e. without Christian faith (specially, a heathen); (passively) untrustworthy (person), or incredible (thing):--that believeth not, faithless, incredible thing, infidel, unbeliever(-ing).
|
ἀπίστοιςapistois
|
unbelieving
|
Adj-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G948ἐβδελυγμένοιςebdelygmenois (V-RPM/P-DMP)
G948 βδελύσσω bdelýssō bdel-oos-so from a (presumed) derivative of (to stink); to be disgusted, i.e. (by implication) detest (especially of idolatry):--abhor, abominable.
|
ἐβδελυγμένοιςebdelygmenois
|
having become abominable
|
V-RPM/P-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5406φονεῦσινphoneusin (N-DMP)
G5406 φονεύς phoneús fon-yooce from φόνος; a murderer (always of criminal (or at least intentional) homicide; which ἀνθρωποκτόνος does not necessarily imply; while σικάριος is a special term for a public bandit):--murderer.
|
φονεῦσινphoneusin
|
murderers
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4205πόρνοιςpornois (N-DMP)
G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοιςpornois
|
the sexually immoral
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5333φαρμάκοιςpharmakois (N-DMP)
G5333 φάρμακος phármakos far-mak-os the same as 5332:--sorcerer.
|
φαρμάκοιςpharmakois
|
sorcerers
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτραιςeidōlolatrais (N-DMP)
G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτραιςeidōlolatrais
|
idolaters
|
N-DMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶσινpasin (Adj-DMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶσινpasin
|
all
|
Adj-DMP
|
G5571ψευδέσινpseudesin (Adj-DMP)
G5571 ψευδής pseudḗs psyoo-dace from ψεύδομαι; untrue, i.e. erroneous, deceitful, wicked:--false, liar.
|
ψευδέσινpseudesin
|
liars,
|
Adj-DMP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-NNS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
portion
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
is in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῇtē (Art-DFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῇtē
|
the
|
Art-DFS
|
G3041λίμνῃlimnē (N-DFS)
G3041 λίμνη límnē lim-nay probably from λιμήν (through the idea of nearness of shore); a pond (large or small):--lake.
|
λίμνῃlimnē
|
lake
|
N-DFS
|
G2545καιομένῃkaiomenē (V-PPM/P-DFS)
G2545 καίω kaíō kah-yo apparently a primary verb; to set on fire, i.e. kindle or (by implication) consume:--burn, light.
|
καιομένῃkaiomenē
|
burning
|
V-PPM/P-DFS
|
G4442πυρὶpyri (N-DNS)
G4442 πῦρ pŷr poor a primary word; fire (literally or figuratively, specially, lightning):--fiery, fire.
|
πυρὶpyri
|
with fire
|
N-DNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2303θείῳ,theiō (N-DNS)
G2303 θεῖον theîon thi-on probably neuter of θεῖος (in its original sense of flashing); sulphur:--brimstone.
|
θείῳ,theiō
|
brimstone,
|
N-DNS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
which
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2288θάνατοςthanatos (N-NMS)
G2288 θάνατος thánatos than-at-os from θνήσκω; (properly, an adjective used as a noun) death (literally or figuratively):--X deadly, (be…) death.
|
θάνατοςthanatos
|
death
|
N-NMS
|
G1208δεύτερος.deuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτερος.deuteros
|
second.
|
Adj-NMS
|
8
But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Revelation 21:8
Stats
Rank: #442 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 231 characters, 28 words, 185 letters, 67 vowels, 118 consonants
Translation
Greek: δειλοις δε και απιστοις και εβδελυγμενοις και φονευσιν και πορνοις και φαρμακευσιν και ειδωλολατραις και πασιν τοις ψευδεσιν το μερος αυτων εν τη λιμνη τη καιομενη πυρι και θειω ο εστιν δευτερος θανατος
Lit: But to the cowardly and unbelieving and having become abominable and murderers and the sexually immoral and sorcerers and idolaters and all liars, the portion of them is in the lake burning with fire and brimstone, which is the death second.
KJV: But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.
References
"the fearful"De 20:8: The officers will speak further to the people: and they will say: What man is there that is fearful and fainthearted? let him go and return to his house: lest his brothers's heart faint as well as his heart.Jg 7:3: Now therefore go to: proclaim in the ears of the people: saying: Whoever is fearful and afraid: let him return and depart early from mount Gilead. And there returned of the people 2020; and there remained 10000.Isa 51:12: I: even I: am he who comforts you: who are you: that you should be afraid of a man that will die: and of the son of man which will be made as grass;Isa 57:11: Of whom have you been afraid or feared: that you have lied: and have not remembered me: nor laid it to your heart? not have I held my peace even of old: and you fear not me?Mt 8:26: He says to them: Why are you fearful: O you of little faith? Then he arose: and rebuked the winds and the sea; and there was a great calm.Mt 10:28: not fear them which kill the body: but not are able to kill the soul: but rather fear him which is able to destroy both soul and body in hell.Lu 12:4-9: I say to you my friends: not Be afraid of them that kill the body: and after that have no more that they can do.Joh 12:42: 43: Nevertheless among the chief rulers also many believed on him; but because of the Pharisees they not did confess him: lest they should be put out of the synagogue:1Pe 3:14: 15: But and if you suffer for righteousness' sake: happy are you: and not be afraid of their terror: neither be troubled;1Jo 5:4: 5: 10: For whatever is born of God overcomes'>overcomes the world: and this is the victory that overcomes'>overcomes the world: even our faith."and the"Re 22:15: For without are dogs: and sorcerers: and whoremongers: and murderers: and idolaters: and whoever loves and makes a lie.Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts.1Co 6:9: 10: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:5: 6: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.1Ti 1:9: 10: Knowing this: that the law not is made for a righteous man: but for the lawless and disobedient: for the ungodly and for sinners: for unholy and profane: for murderers of fathers and murderers of mothers: for manslayers: Heb 12:24: To Jesus the mediator of the new covenant: and to the blood of sprinkling: that speaks better things than that of Abel.Heb 13:4: Marriage is honourable in all: and the bed undefiled: but whoremongers and adulterers God will judge.1Jo 3:15: Whoever hates his brother is a murderer: and you know that no murderer has eternal life abiding in him."and idolaters"1Co 10:20: 21: But I say: that the things which the Gentiles sacrifice: they sacrifice to devils: not and to God: and I not would that you should have fellowship with devils."and all"Re 2:2: I know your works: and your labour: and your patience: and how you not canst bear them which are evil: and you have tried them which say they are apostles: and not are: and have found them liars:Pr 19:5: 9: A false witness will not be unpunished: and he who speaks lies will not escape.Isa 9:15: The ancient and honourable: he is the head; and the prophet that teaches lies: he is the tail.Joh 8:44: You are of your father the devil: and the lusts of your father you will do. He was a murderer from the beginning: and not abode in the truth: because there is no truth in him. When he speaks'>speaks a lie: he speaks'>speaks of his own: for he is a liar: and the father of it.2Th 2:9: Even him: whose coming is after the working of Satan with all power and signs and lying wonders: 1Ti 4:2: Speaking lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a hot iron;1Jo 2:22: Who is a liar but He that'>He who denies'>denies that Jesus is the Christ? He is antichrist: that denies'>denies the Father and the Son."the lake"Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:14: 15: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death."which is"Re 20:14: Death and hell were cast into the lake of fire. This is the second death.
The New Jerusalem
και ηλθεν προς με εις των επτα αγγελων των εχοντων τας επτα φιαλας τας γεμουσας των επτα πληγων των εσχατων και ελαλησεν μετ εμου λεγων δευρο δειξω σοι την νυμφην του αρνιου την γυναικα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G2064ἦλθενēlthen (V-AIA-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἦλθενēlthen
|
came
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GMP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GMP
|
G32ἀγγέλωνangelōn (N-GMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλωνangelōn
|
angels,
|
N-GMP
|
G2192ἐχόντωνechontōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἐχόντωνechontōn
|
having
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-AFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-AFP
|
G5357φιάλας,phialas (N-AFP)
G5357 φιάλη phiálē fee-al-ay of uncertain affinity; a broad shallow cup (phial):--vial.
|
φιάλας,phialas
|
bowls
|
N-AFP
|
G1073γεμόντωνgemontōn (V-PPA-GNP)
G1073 γέμω gémō ghem-o a primary verb; to swell out, i.e. be full:--be full.
|
γεμόντωνgemontōn
|
being full
|
V-PPA-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G2033ἑπτὰhepta (Adj-GFP)
G2033 ἑπτά heptá hep-tah a primary number; seven:--seven.
|
ἑπτὰhepta
|
seven
|
Adj-GFP
|
G4127πληγῶνplēgōn (N-GFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγῶνplēgōn
|
plagues
|
N-GFP
|
G2078ἐσχάτων,eschatōn (Adj-GFP)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἐσχάτων,eschatōn
|
last,
|
Adj-GFP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G2980ἐλάλησενelalēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
ἐλάλησενelalēsen
|
spoke
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3004λέγωνlegōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγωνlegōn
|
saying,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G1204Δεῦρο,Deuro (V-M-2S)
G1204 δεῦρο deûro dyoo-ro of uncertain affinity; here; used also imperative hither!; and of time, hitherto:--come (hither), hither(-to).
|
Δεῦρο,Deuro
|
Come here,
|
V-M-2S
|
G1166δείξωdeixō (V-FIA-1S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δείξωdeixō
|
I will show
|
V-FIA-1S
|
G4771σοιsoi (PPro-D2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σοιsoi
|
you
|
PPro-D2S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G3565νύμφηνnymphēn (N-AFS)
G3565 νύμφη nýmphē noom-fay from a primary but obsolete verb (to veil as a bride; compare Latin nupto
|
νύμφηνnymphēn
|
bride,
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1135γυναῖκαgynaika (N-AFS)
G1135 γυνή gynḗ goo-nay probably from the base of γίνομαι; a woman; specially, a wife:--wife, woman.
|
γυναῖκαgynaika
|
wife
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἀρνίου.arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἀρνίου.arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
9
There came to me one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials full of the 7 last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come here, I will show you the bride, the Lamb's wife.
Revelation 21:9
Stats
Counts: 190 characters, 32 words, 147 letters, 55 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ηλθεν προς με εις των επτα αγγελων των εχοντων τας επτα φιαλας τας γεμουσας των επτα πληγων των εσχατων και ελαλησεν μετ εμου λεγων δευρο δειξω σοι την νυμφην του αρνιου την γυναικα
Lit: And came one of the seven angels, having the seven bowls being full of the seven plagues last, and spoke with me, saying, Come here, I will show you the bride, the wife of the Lamb.
KJV: And there came unto me one of the seven angels which had the seven vials full of the seven last plagues, and talked with me, saying, Come hither, I will shew thee the bride, the Lamb's wife.
References
"which"Re 15:1-7: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 16:1-17: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth."the Lamb's"Re 21:2: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Re 19:7: Let us be glad and rejoice: and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come: and his wife has made herself ready.
και απηνεγκεν με εν πνευματι επ ορος μεγα και υψηλον και εδειξεν μοι την πολιν την μεγαλην την αγιαν ιερουσαλημ καταβαινουσαν εκ του ουρανου απο του θεου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G667ἀπήνεγκένapēnenken (V-AIA-3S)
G667 ἀποφέρω apophérō ap-of-er-o from ἀπό and φέρω; to bear off (literally or relatively):--bring, carry (away).
|
ἀπήνεγκένapēnenken
|
he carried away
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μεme (PPro-A1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μεme
|
me
|
PPro-A1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G4151ΠνεύματιPneumati (N-DNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεύματιPneumati
|
the Spirit
|
N-DNS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3735ὄροςoros (N-ANS)
G3735 ὄρος óros or-os probably from an obsolete (to rise or rear; perhaps akin to αἴρω; compare ὄρνις); a mountain (as lifting itself above the plain):--hill, mount(-ain).
|
ὄροςoros
|
a mountain
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5308ὑψηλόν,hypsēlon (Adj-ANS)
G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλόν,hypsēlon
|
high,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1166ἔδειξένedeixen (V-AIA-3S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
ἔδειξένedeixen
|
he showed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G40ἁγίανhagian (Adj-AFS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίανhagian
|
holy
|
Adj-AFS
|
G2419ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm (N-AFS)
G2419 Ἱερουσαλήμ Hierousalḗm hee-er-oo-sal-ame of Hebrew origin (יְרוּשָׁלַ͏ִם); Hierusalem (i.e. Jerushalem), the capitol of Palestine:--Jerusalem. Compare Ἱεροσόλυμα.
|
ἸερουσαλὴμIerousalēm
|
Jerusalem,
|
N-AFS
|
G2597καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2597 καταβαίνω katabaínō kat-ab-ah-ee-no from κατά and the base of βάσις; to descend (literally or figuratively):--come (get, go, step) down, fall (down).
|
καταβαίνουσανkatabainousan
|
descending
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3772οὐρανοῦouranou (N-GMS)
G3772 οὐρανός ouranós oo-ran-os perhaps from the same as ὄρος (through the idea of elevation); the sky; by extension, heaven (as the abode of God); by implication, happiness, power, eternity; specially, the Gospel (Christianity):--air, heaven(-ly), sky.
|
οὐρανοῦouranou
|
heaven
|
N-GMS
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G2316Θεοῦ,Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ,Theou
|
God,
|
N-GMS
|
10
He carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and showed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,Revelation 21:10
Stats
Counts: 152 characters, 26 words, 120 letters, 47 vowels, 73 consonants
Translation
Greek: και απηνεγκεν με εν πνευματι επ ορος μεγα και υψηλον και εδειξεν μοι την πολιν την μεγαλην την αγιαν ιερουσαλημ καταβαινουσαν εκ του ουρανου απο του θεου
Lit: And he carried away me in the Spirit to a mountain great and high, and he showed me the city holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,
KJV: And he carried me away in the spirit to a great and high mountain, and shewed me that great city, the holy Jerusalem, descending out of heaven from God,
References
"he carried"Re 1:10: I was in the Spirit on the Lord's day: and heard behind me a great voice: as of a trumpet: Re 4:2: Immediately I was in the spirit: and: look: a throne was set in heaven: and one sat on the throne.Re 17:3: So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast: full of names of blasphemy: having 7 heads and 10 horns.1Ki 18:12: It will come to pass: as soon as I am gone from you: that the Spirit of the LORD will carry you whither I not know; and so when I come and tell Ahab: and He cannot find you: He will kill me: but I your servant fear the LORD from my youth.2Ki 2:16: They said to Him: Look now: there be with your servants 50 strong men; let them go: we pray you: and seek your master: lest perhaps the Spirit of the LORD has taken Him up: and cast Him upon some mountain: or into some valley. And He said: You will not send.Eze 3:14: So the spirit lifted me up: and took me away: and I went in bitterness: in the heat of my spirit; but the hand of the LORD was strong upon me.Eze 8:3: He put forth the form of an hand: and took me by a lock of my head; and the spirit lifted me up between the earth and the heaven: and brought me in the visions of God to Jerusalem: to the door of the inner gate that looks toward the north; where was the seat of the image of jealousy: which provokes to jealousy.Eze 11:1: 24: Moreover the spirit lifted me up: and brought me to the east gate of the LORD's house: which looks eastward: and look at the door of the gate 25 men; among whom I saw Jaazaniah the son of Azur: and Pelatiah the son of Benaiah: princes of the people.Eze 40:1-3: In the 5 and twentieth year of our captivity: in the beginning of the year: in the tenth day of the month: in the fourteenth year after that the city was smitten: in the selfsame day the hand of the LORD was upon me: and brought me there.Ac 8:39: When they were come up out of the water: the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip: that the eunuch saw Him no more: and He went on His way rejoicing.2Co 12:2-4: I knew a man in Christ above 14 years ago: (whether in the body: I cannot tell; or whether out of the body: I cannot tell: God knows;) such an one caught up to the third heaven."that"Re 21:2: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband.Eze 40:1-49: In the 5 and twentieth year of our captivity: in the beginning of the year: in the tenth day of the month: in the fourteenth year after that the city was smitten: in the selfsame day the hand of the LORD was upon me: and brought me there.Eze 48:15-22: The 5000: that are left in the breadth over against the 20005: will be a profane place for the city: for dwelling: and for suburbs: and the city will be in the middle thereof.
εχουσαν την δοξαν του θεου και ο φωστηρ αυτης ομοιος λιθω τιμιωτατω ως λιθω ιασπιδι κρυσταλλιζοντι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2192ἔχουσανechousan (V-PPA-AFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσανechousan
|
having
|
V-PPA-AFS
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2316Θεοῦ·Theou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
Θεοῦ·Theou
|
of God.
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The
|
Art-NMS
|
G5458φωστὴρphōstēr (N-NMS)
G5458 φωστήρ phōstḗr foce-tare from φῶς; an illuminator, i.e. (concretely) a luminary, or (abstractly) brilliancy:--light.
|
φωστὴρphōstēr
|
radiance
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3664ὅμοιοςhomoios (Adj-NMS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιοςhomoios
|
was like
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
a stone
|
N-DMS
|
G5093τιμιωτάτῳ,timiōtatō (Adj-DMS-S)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμιωτάτῳ,timiōtatō
|
most precious,
|
Adj-DMS-S
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
like
|
Adv
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
a stone
|
N-DMS
|
G2393ἰάσπιδιiaspidi (N-DFS)
G2393 ἴασπις íaspis ee-as-pis probably of foreign origin (see יָשְׁפֵה); jasper, a gem:--jasper.
|
ἰάσπιδιiaspidi
|
jasper
|
N-DFS
|
G2929κρυσταλλίζοντι·krystallizonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G2929 κρυσταλλίζω krystallízō kroos-tal-lid-zo from κρύσταλλος; to make (i.e. intransitively, resemble) ice (crystallize):--be clear as crystal.
|
κρυσταλλίζοντι·krystallizonti
|
being clear as crystal,
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
11
Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal;Revelation 21:11
Stats
Counts: 119 characters, 20 words, 93 letters, 35 vowels, 58 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχουσαν την δοξαν του θεου και ο φωστηρ αυτης ομοιος λιθω τιμιωτατω ως λιθω ιασπιδι κρυσταλλιζοντι
Lit: having the glory of God. The radiance of it was like a stone most precious, like a stone jasper being clear as crystal,
KJV: Having the glory of God: and her light was like unto a stone most precious, even like a jasper stone, clear as crystal;
References
"the glory"Re 21:22: 23: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Isa 4:5: The LORD will create upon every dwelling place of mount Zion: and upon her assemblies: a cloud and smoke by day: and the shining of a flaming fire by night: for upon all the glory will be a defence.Isa 60:1: 2: 19: 20: Arise: shine; for your light is come: and the glory of the LORD is risen upon you.Eze 48:35: It was round about 18000 measures: and the name of the city from that day will be: The LORD is there."her"Re 21:19: The foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second: sapphire; the third: a chalcedony; the fourth: an emerald;Eze 1:26: Above the firmament that was over their heads was the likeness of a throne: as the appearance of a sapphire stone: and upon the likeness of the throne was the likeness as the appearance of a man above upon it.Eze 28:13: 14: 16: You have been in Eden the garden of God; every precious stone was your covering: the sardius: topaz: and the diamond: the beryl: the onyx: and the jasper: the sapphire: the emerald: and the carbuncle: and gold: the workmanship of your tabrets and of your pipes was prepared in you in the day that you were created."clear"Re 21:18: The building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold: like to clear glass.Re 4:6: Before the throne there was a sea of glass like to crystal: and in the middle of the throne: and round about the throne: were 4 beasts full of eyes before and behind.Re 22:1: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Job 28:17: The gold and the crystal cannot equal it: and the exchange of it will not be for jewels of fine gold.Eze 1:22: The likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living creature was as the colour of the terrible crystal: stretched forth over their heads above.
εχουσαν τε τειχος μεγα και υψηλον εχουσαν πυλωνας δωδεκα και επι τοις πυλωσιν αγγελους δωδεκα και ονοματα επιγεγραμμενα α εστιν των δωδεκα φυλων των υιων ισραηλ
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G5038τεῖχοςteichos (N-ANS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τεῖχοςteichos
|
a wall
|
N-ANS
|
G3173μέγαmega (Adj-ANS)
G3173 μέγας mégas meg-as (including the prolonged forms, feminine , plural , etc.; compare also μέγιστος, μείζων); big (literally or figuratively, in a very wide application):--(+ fear) exceedingly, great(-est), high, large, loud, mighty, + (be) sore (afraid), strong, X to years.
|
μέγαmega
|
great
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5308ὑψηλόν,hypsēlon (Adj-ANS)
G5308 ὑψηλός hypsēlós hoop-say-los from ὕψος; lofty (in place or character):--high(-er, -ly) (esteemed).
|
ὑψηλόν,hypsēlon
|
high,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2192ἔχουσαechousa (V-PPA-NFS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσαechousa
|
having
|
V-PPA-NFS
|
G4440πυλῶναςpylōnas (N-AMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶναςpylōnas
|
gates
|
N-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4440πυλῶσινpylōsin (N-DMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶσινpylōsin
|
gates
|
N-DMP
|
G32ἀγγέλουςangelous (N-AMP)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουςangelous
|
angels
|
N-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
names
|
N-ANP
|
G1924ἐπιγεγραμμένα,epigegrammena (V-RPM/P-ANP)
G1924 ἐπιγράφω epigráphō ep-ee-graf-o from ἐπί and γράφω; to inscribe (physically or mentally):--inscription, write in (over, thereon).
|
ἐπιγεγραμμένα,epigegrammena
|
having been inscribed,
|
V-RPM/P-ANP
|
G3739ἅha (RelPro-NNP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἅha
|
which
|
RelPro-NNP
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
are
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588[τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
[τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G3686ὀνόματα]onomata (N-NNP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματα]onomata
|
names
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GFP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-GFP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-GFP
|
G5443φυλῶνphylōn (N-GFP)
G5443 φυλή phylḗ foo-lay from φύω (compare φύλλον); an offshoot, i.e. race or clan:--kindred, tribe.
|
φυλῶνphylōn
|
tribes
|
N-GFP
|
G5207υἱῶνhuiōn (N-GMP)
G5207 υἱός huiós hwee-os apparently a primary word; a son (sometimes of animals), used very widely of immediate, remote or figuratively, kinship:--child, foal, son.
|
υἱῶνhuiōn
|
of the sons
|
N-GMP
|
G2474Ἰσραήλ.Israēl (N-GMS)
G2474 Ἰσραήλ Israḗl is-rah-ale of Hebrew origin (יִשְׂרָאֵל); Israel (i.e. Jisrael), the adopted name of Jacob, including his descendants (literally or figuratively):--Israel.
|
Ἰσραήλ.Israēl
|
of Israel.
|
N-GMS
|
12
Had a wall great and high, and had 12 gates, and at the gates 12 angels, and names written thereon, which are the names of the 12 tribes of the children of Israel:Revelation 21:12
Stats
Counts: 181 characters, 28 words, 141 letters, 51 vowels, 90 consonants
Translation
Greek: εχουσαν τε τειχος μεγα και υψηλον εχουσαν πυλωνας δωδεκα και επι τοις πυλωσιν αγγελους δωδεκα και ονοματα επιγεγραμμενα α εστιν των δωδεκα φυλων των υιων ισραηλ
Lit: having a wall great and high, having gates twelve, and at the gates angels twelve, and names having been inscribed, which are the names of the twelve tribes of the sons of Israel.
KJV: And had a wall great and high, and had twelve gates, and at the gates twelve angels, and names written thereon, which are [the names] of the twelve tribes of the children of Israel:
References
"a wall"Re 21:17-20: He measured the wall thereof: 100 and 40 and 4 cubits: according to the measure of a man: that is: of the angel.Ezr 9:9: For we were bondmen; yet our God has not forsaken us in our bondage: but has extended mercy to us in the sight of the kings of Persia: to give us a reviving: to set up the house of our God: and to repair the desolations thereof: and to give us a wall in Judah and in Jerusalem.Ne 12:27: At the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem they sought the Levites out of all their places: to bring them to Jerusalem: to keep the dedication with gladness: both with thanksgivings: and with singing: with cymbals: psalteries: and with harps.Ps 51:18: Do good in your good pleasure to Zion: build you the walls of Jerusalem.Ps 122:7: Peace be within your walls: and prosperity within your palaces."twelve gates"Re 21:21: 25: The 12 gates were 12 pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold: as it were transparent glass.Isa 54:12: I will make your windows of agates: and your gates of carbuncles: and all your borders of pleasant stones.Isa 60:18: Violence will no more be heard in your land: wasting nor destruction within your borders; but you will call your walls Salvation: and your gates Praise.Eze 48:31-34: The gates of the city will be after the names of the tribes of Israel: 3 gates northward; one gate of Reuben: one gate of Judah: one gate of Levi."twelve angels"Mt 18:10: Take heed that you not despise one of these little ones; for I say to you: That in heaven their angels do always look the face of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 15:10: Likewise: I say to you: there is joy in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth.Lu 16:22: It came to pass: that the beggar died: and was carried by the angels into Abraham's bosom: the rich man also died: and was buried;Heb 1:14: Are not they all ministering spirits: sent forth to minister for them who will be heirs of salvation?"and names"Re 7:4-8: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel.Nu 2:2-32: Every man of the children of Israel will pitch by his own standard: with the ensign of their father's house: far off about the tabernacle of the congregation will they pitch.Ac 26:7: To which promise our 12 tribes: instantly serving God day and night: hope to come. For which hope's sake: king Agrippa: I am accused of the Jews.
απ ανατολης πυλωνες τρεις απο βορρα πυλωνες τρεις απο νοτου πυλωνες τρεις {VAR2: και } απο δυσμων πυλωνες τρεις
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
On
|
Prep
|
G395ἀνατολῆςanatolēs (N-GFS)
G395 ἀνατολή anatolḗ an-at-ol-ay from ἀνατέλλω; a rising of light, i.e. dawn (figuratively); by implication, the east (also in plural):--dayspring, east, rising.
|
ἀνατολῆςanatolēs
|
the east
|
N-GFS
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
were gates
|
N-NMP
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1005βορρᾶborra (N-GMS)
G1005 βοῤῥᾶς borrhâs bor-hras of uncertain derivation; the north (properly, wind):--north.
|
βορρᾶborra
|
the north
|
N-GMS
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
gates
|
N-NMP
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
on
|
Prep
|
G3558νότουnotou (N-GMS)
G3558 νότος nótos not-os of uncertain affinity; the south(-west) wind; by extension, the southern quarter itself:--south (wind).
|
νότουnotou
|
the south
|
N-GMS
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
gates
|
N-NMP
|
G5140τρεῖς,treis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς,treis
|
three,
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
on
|
Prep
|
G1424δυσμῶνdysmōn (N-GFP)
G1424 δυσμή dysmḗ doos-may from δύνω; the sun-set, i.e. (by implication) the western region:--west.
|
δυσμῶνdysmōn
|
the west
|
N-GFP
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
gates
|
N-NMP
|
G5140τρεῖς.treis (Adj-NMP)
G5140 τρεῖς treîs tree-ah a primary (plural) number; three:--three.
|
τρεῖς.treis
|
three.
|
Adj-NMP
|
13
On the east 3 gates; on the north 3 gates; on the south 3 gates; and on the west 3 gates.Revelation 21:13
Stats
Counts: 105 characters, 18 words, 81 letters, 31 vowels, 50 consonants
Translation
Greek: απ ανατολης πυλωνες τρεις απο βορρα πυλωνες τρεις απο νοτου πυλωνες τρεις {VAR2: και } απο δυσμων πυλωνες τρεις
Lit: On the east were gates three, and on the north gates three, and on the south gates three, and on the west gates three.
KJV: On the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates.
References
"On the east three gates; on the north three gates; on the south three gates; and on the west three gates."Eze 48:31-34: The gates of the city will be after the names of the tribes of Israel: 3 gates northward; one gate of Reuben: one gate of Judah: one gate of Levi.
και το τειχος της πολεως εχον θεμελιους δωδεκα και εν αυτοις ονοματα των δωδεκα αποστολων του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5038τεῖχοςteichos (N-NNS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τεῖχοςteichos
|
wall
|
N-NNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G2192ἔχωνechōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχωνechōn
|
had
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2310θεμελίουςthemelious (N-AMP)
G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμελίουςthemelious
|
foundations
|
N-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-ANP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
the twelve
|
Adj-ANP
|
G3686ὀνόματαonomata (N-ANP)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὀνόματαonomata
|
names
|
N-ANP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-GMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-GMP
|
G652ἀποστόλωνapostolōn (N-GMP)
G652 ἀπόστολος apóstolos ap-os-tol-os from ἀποστέλλω; a delegate; specially, an ambassador of the Gospel; officially a commissioner of Christ (apostle) (with miraculous powers):--apostle, messenger, he that is sent.
|
ἀποστόλωνapostolōn
|
apostles
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου.Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου.Arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
14
The wall of the city had 12 foundations, and in them the names of the 12 apostles of the Lamb.Revelation 21:14
Stats
Counts: 106 characters, 20 words, 84 letters, 30 vowels, 54 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το τειχος της πολεως εχον θεμελιους δωδεκα και εν αυτοις ονοματα των δωδεκα αποστολων του αρνιου
Lit: And the wall of the city had foundations twelve, and in them the twelve names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.
KJV: And the wall of the city had twelve foundations, and in them the names of the twelve apostles of the Lamb.
References
"foundations"Re 21:19-21: The foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second: sapphire; the third: a chalcedony; the fourth: an emerald;Isa 54:11: O you afflicted: tossed with tempest: and not comforted: look: I will lay your stones with fair colours: and lay your foundations with sapphires.Heb 11:10: For He looked for a city which has foundations: whose builder and maker is God."and in"Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Mt 10:2-4: Now the names of the 12 apostles are these; The first: Simon: who is called Peter: and Andrew his brother; James the son of Zebedee: and John his brother;Mt 16:18: I say also to you: That you are Peter: and upon this rock I will build my church; and the gates of hell will not prevail against it.1Co 3:10: 11: According to the grace of God which is given to me: as a wise masterbuilder: I have laid the foundation: and another builds'>builds thereon. But let every man take heed how He builds'>builds thereupon.Ga 2:9: When James: Cephas: and John: who seemed to be pillars: perceived the grace that was given to me: they gave to me and Barnabas the right hands of fellowship; that we should go to the heathen: and they to the circumcision.Eph 2:20: Are built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets: Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone;Eph 3:5: Which in other ages not was made known to the sons of men: as it is now revealed to His holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit;Eph 4:11: He gave some: apostles; and some: prophets; and some: evangelists; and some: pastors and teachers;Jude 1:17: But: beloved: remember you the words which were spoken before of the apostles of our Lord Jesus Christ;
και ο λαλων μετ εμου ειχεν καλαμον χρυσουν ινα μετρηση την πολιν και τους πυλωνας αυτης και το τειχος αυτης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2980λαλῶνlalōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2980 λαλέω laléō lal-eh-o a prolonged form of an otherwise obsolete verb; to talk, i.e. utter words:--preach, say, speak (after), talk, tell, utter. Compare λέγω.
|
λαλῶνlalōn
|
speaking
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦemou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦemou
|
me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G2192εἶχενeichen (V-IIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
εἶχενeichen
|
had
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G3358μέτρονmetron (N-ANS)
G3358 μέτρον métron met-ron an apparently primary word; a measure (metre), literally or figuratively; by implication, a limited portion (degree):-- measure.
|
μέτρονmetron
|
a measuring
|
N-ANS
|
G2563κάλαμονkalamon (N-AMS)
G2563 κάλαμος kálamos kal-am-os of uncertain affinity; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a similar plant); by implication, a pen:--pen, reed.
|
κάλαμονkalamon
|
reed
|
N-AMS
|
G5552χρυσοῦν,chrysoun (Adj-ANS)
G5552 χρύσεος chrýseos khroo-seh-os from χρυσός; made of gold:--of gold, golden.
|
χρυσοῦν,chrysoun
|
golden,
|
Adj-ANS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
so that
|
Conj
|
G3354μετρήσῃmetrēsē (V-ASA-3S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
μετρήσῃmetrēsē
|
he could measure
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city,
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G4440πυλῶναςpylōnas (N-AMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶναςpylōnas
|
gates
|
N-AMP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5038τεῖχοςteichos (N-ANS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τεῖχοςteichos
|
wall
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆς.autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς.autēs
|
of it.
|
PPro-GF3S
|
15
he who talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof.Revelation 21:15
Stats
Counts: 110 characters, 20 words, 86 letters, 33 vowels, 53 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ο λαλων μετ εμου ειχεν καλαμον χρυσουν ινα μετρηση την πολιν και τους πυλωνας αυτης και το τειχος αυτης
Lit: And the one speaking with me had a measuring reed golden, so that he could measure the city, and the gates of it, and the wall of it.
KJV: And he that talked with me had a golden reed to measure the city, and the gates thereof, and the wall thereof.
References
"a golden"Re 11:1: 2: There was given me a reed like to a rod: and the angel stood: saying: Rise: and measure the temple of God: and the altar: and them that worship therein.Ex 40:3-5: you will put therein the ark of the testimony: and cover the ark with the vail.Eze 41:1-5: Afterward he brought me to the temple: and measured the posts: 6 cubits broad on the one side: and 6 cubits broad on the other side: which was the breadth of the tabernacle.Zec 2:1: I lifted up my eyes again: and looked: and look a man with a measuring line in his hand.
και η πολις τετραγωνος κειται και το μηκος αυτης τοσουτον εστιν οσον και το πλατος και εμετρησεν την πολιν τω καλαμω επι σταδιων δωδεκα χιλιαδων το μηκος και το πλατος και το υψος αυτης ισα εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G5068τετράγωνοςtetragōnos (Adj-NFS)
G5068 τετράγωνος tetrágōnos tet-rag-o-nos from τέσσαρες and γωνία; four-cornered, i.e. square:--foursquare.
|
τετράγωνοςtetragōnos
|
foursquare
|
Adj-NFS
|
G2749κεῖται,keitai (V-PIM/P-3S)
G2749 κεῖμαι keîmai ki-mahee middle voice of a primary verb; to lie outstretched (literally or figuratively):--be (appointed, laid up, made, set), lay, lie. Compare τίθημι.
|
κεῖται,keitai
|
lies,
|
V-PIM/P-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3372μῆκοςmēkos (N-NNS)
G3372 μῆκος mēkos may-kos probably akin to μέγας; length (literally or figuratively) length.
|
μῆκοςmēkos
|
length
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it is
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3745ὅσονhoson (RelPro-NNS)
G3745 ὅσος hósos hos-os by reduplication from ὅς; as (much, great, long, etc.) as:--all (that), as (long, many, much) (as), how great (many, much), (in-)asmuch as, so many as, that (ever), the more, those things, what (great, -soever), wheresoever, wherewithsoever, which, X while, who(-soever).,
|
ὅσονhoson
|
the same as
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G2532[καὶ]kai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
[καὶ]kai
|
also
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4114πλάτος.platos (N-NNS)
G4114 πλάτος plátos plat-os from πλατύς; width:--breadth.
|
πλάτος.platos
|
width.
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3354ἐμέτρησενemetrēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
ἐμέτρησενemetrēsen
|
he measured
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλινpolin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλινpolin
|
city
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
with the
|
Art-DMS
|
G2563καλάμῳkalamō (N-DMS)
G2563 κάλαμος kálamos kal-am-os of uncertain affinity; a reed (the plant or its stem, or that of a similar plant); by implication, a pen:--pen, reed.
|
καλάμῳkalamō
|
reed,
|
N-DMS
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
at
|
Prep
|
G4712σταδίωνstadiōn (N-GMP)
G4712 στάδιον stádion stad-ee-os from the base of ἵστημι (as fixed); a stade or certain measure of distance; by implication, a stadium or race-course:--furlong, race.
|
σταδίωνstadiōn
|
stadia
|
N-GMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-GNP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-GNP
|
G5505χιλιάδων·chiliadōn (N-GFP)
G5505 χιλιάς chiliás khil-ee-as from χίλιοι; one thousand (chiliad):--thousand.
|
χιλιάδων·chiliadōn
|
thousand.
|
N-GFP
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
The
|
Art-NNS
|
G3372μῆκοςmēkos (N-NNS)
G3372 μῆκος mēkos may-kos probably akin to μέγας; length (literally or figuratively) length.
|
μῆκοςmēkos
|
length
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4114πλάτοςplatos (N-NNS)
G4114 πλάτος plátos plat-os from πλατύς; width:--breadth.
|
πλάτοςplatos
|
breadth
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5311ὕψοςhypsos (N-NNS)
G5311 ὕψος hýpsos hoop-sos from a derivative of ὑπέρ; elevation, i.e. (abstractly) altitude, (specially), the sky, or (figuratively) dignity:--be exalted, height, (on) high.
|
ὕψοςhypsos
|
height
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2470ἴσαisa (Adj-NNP)
G2470 ἴσος ísos ee-sos probably from εἴδω (through the idea of seeming); similar (in amount and kind):--+ agree, as much, equal, like.
|
ἴσαisa
|
equal
|
Adj-NNP
|
G1510ἐστίν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστίν.estin
|
are.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
16
The city lies foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, 12000 furlongs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal.Revelation 21:16
Stats
Counts: 198 characters, 33 words, 157 letters, 57 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η πολις τετραγωνος κειται και το μηκος αυτης τοσουτον εστιν οσον και το πλατος και εμετρησεν την πολιν τω καλαμω επι σταδιων δωδεκα χιλιαδων το μηκος και το πλατος και το υψος αυτης ισα εστιν
Lit: And the city foursquare lies, and the length of it is the same as also the width. And he measured the city with the reed, at stadia twelve thousand. The length and the breadth and the height of it equal are.
KJV: And the city lieth foursquare, and the length is as large as the breadth: and he measured the city with the reed, twelve thousand furlongs. The length and the breadth and the height of it are equal.
References
"four square"Eze 48:17: 18: 20: 35: The suburbs of the city will be toward the north 250: and toward the south 250: and toward the east 250: and toward the west 250."twelve"Eze 48:8-19: By the border of Judah: from the east side to the west'>west side: will be the offering which you will offer of 20005 reeds in breadth: and in length as one of the other parts: from the east side to the west'>west side: and the sanctuary will be in the middle of it.
και εμετρησεν το τειχος αυτης εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρων πηχων μετρον ανθρωπου ο εστιν αγγελου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3354ἐμέτρησενemetrēsen (V-AIA-3S)
G3354 μετρέω metréō met-reh-o from μέτρον; to measure (i.e. ascertain in size by a fixed standard); by implication, to admeasure (i.e. allot by rule):--figuratively, to estimate:--measure, mete.
|
ἐμέτρησενemetrēsen
|
he measured
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G5038τεῖχοςteichos (N-ANS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τεῖχοςteichos
|
wall
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1540ἑκατὸνhekaton (Adj-GMP)
G1540 ἑκατόν hekatón hek-at-on of uncertain affinity; a hundred:--hundred.
|
ἑκατὸνhekaton
|
one hundred
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5062τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta (Adj-GMP)
G5062 τεσσαράκοντα tessarákonta tes-sar-ak-on-tah the decade of τέσσαρες; forty:--forty.
|
τεσσεράκονταtesserakonta
|
forty
|
Adj-GMP
|
G5064τεσσάρωνtessarōn (Adj-GMP)
G5064 τέσσαρες téssares tes-sar-ah a plural number; four:--four.
|
τεσσάρωνtessarōn
|
four
|
Adj-GMP
|
G4083πηχῶν,pēchōn (N-GMP)
G4083 πῆχυς pēchys pay-khoos of uncertain affinity; the fore-arm, i.e. (as a measure) a cubit:--cubit.
|
πηχῶν,pēchōn
|
cubits,
|
N-GMP
|
G3358μέτρονmetron (N-ANS)
G3358 μέτρον métron met-ron an apparently primary word; a measure (metre), literally or figuratively; by implication, a limited portion (degree):-- measure.
|
μέτρονmetron
|
the measure
|
N-ANS
|
G444ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou (N-GMS)
G444 ἄνθρωπος ánthrōpos anth-ro-pos from ἀνήρ and (the countenance; from ὀπτάνομαι); man-faced, i.e. a human being:--certain, man.
|
ἀνθρώπου,anthrōpou
|
of man,
|
N-GMS
|
G3739ὅho (RelPro-NNS)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ὅho
|
that
|
RelPro-NNS
|
G1510ἐστινestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστινestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G32ἀγγέλου.angelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλου.angelou
|
of the angel.
|
N-GMS
|
17
He measured the wall thereof, 100 and 40 and 4 cubits, according to the measure of a man, that is, of the angel.Revelation 21:17
Stats
Counts: 133 characters, 18 words, 100 letters, 39 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εμετρησεν το τειχος αυτης εκατον τεσσαρακοντα τεσσαρων πηχων μετρον ανθρωπου ο εστιν αγγελου
Lit: And he measured the wall of it, one hundred forty four cubits, the measure of man, that is of the angel.
KJV: And he measured the wall thereof, an hundred and forty [and] four cubits, [according to] the measure of a man, that is, of the angel.
References
"an"Re 7:4: I heard the number of them which were sealed: and there were sealed 100 and 40 and 4000 of all the tribes of the children of Israel.Re 14:3: They sung as it were a new song before the throne: and before the 4 beasts: and the elders: and no man could learn that song but the00 and 40 and 4000: which were redeemed from the earth.
και ην η ενδομησις του τειχους αυτης ιασπις και η πολις χρυσιον καθαρον ομοια υαλω καθαρω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1739ἐνδώμησιςendōmēsis (N-NFS)
G1739 ἐνδόμησις endómēsis en-dom-ay-sis from a compound of ἐν and a derivative of the base of δῆμος; a housing in (residence), i.e. structure:--building.
|
ἐνδώμησιςendōmēsis
|
structure
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5038τείχουςteichous (N-GNS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τείχουςteichous
|
wall
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2393ἴασπις,iaspis (N-NFS)
G2393 ἴασπις íaspis ee-as-pis probably of foreign origin (see יָשְׁפֵה); jasper, a gem:--jasper.
|
ἴασπις,iaspis
|
was jasper,
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G5553χρυσίονchrysion (N-NNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίονchrysion
|
gold
|
N-NNS
|
G2513καθαρὸνkatharon (Adj-NNS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρὸνkatharon
|
pure,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G3664ὅμοιονhomoion (Adj-NNS)
G3664 ὅμοιος hómoios hom-oy-os from the base of ὁμοῦ; similar (in appearance or character):--like, + manner.
|
ὅμοιονhomoion
|
like
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5194ὑάλῳhyalō (N-DMS)
G5194 ὕαλος hýalos hoo-al-os perhaps from the same as ὑετός (as being transparent like rain); glass:--glass.
|
ὑάλῳhyalō
|
glass
|
N-DMS
|
G2513καθαρῷ.katharō (Adj-DMS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρῷ.katharō
|
clear,
|
Adj-DMS
|
18
The building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold, like to clear glass.Revelation 21:18
Stats
Counts: 102 characters, 17 words, 77 letters, 28 vowels, 49 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ην η ενδομησις του τειχους αυτης ιασπις και η πολις χρυσιον καθαρον ομοια υαλω καθαρω
Lit: And the structure of the wall of it was jasper, and the city gold pure, like glass clear,
KJV: And the building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city [was] pure gold, like unto clear glass.
References
"was of"Re 21:11: 19: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;"like"Re 21:11: 21: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;
και οι θεμελιοι του τειχους της πολεως παντι λιθω τιμιω κεκοσμημενοι ο θεμελιος ο πρωτος ιασπις ο δευτερος σαπφειρος ο τριτος χαλκηδων ο τεταρτος σμαραγδος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2310θεμέλιοιthemelioi (N-NMP)
G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιοιthemelioi
|
foundations
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5038τείχουςteichous (N-GNS)
G5038 τεῖχος teîchos ti-khos akin to the base of τίκτω; a wall (as formative of a house):--wall.
|
τείχουςteichous
|
wall
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city,
|
N-GFS
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
with every
|
Adj-DMS
|
G3037λίθῳlithō (N-DMS)
G3037 λίθος líthos lee-thos apparently a primary word; a stone (literally or figuratively):--(mill-, stumbling-)stone.
|
λίθῳlithō
|
stone
|
N-DMS
|
G5093τιμίῳtimiō (Adj-DMS)
G5093 τίμιος tímios tim-ee-o-tat-os from τιμή; valuable, i.e. (objectively) costly, or (subjectively) honored, esteemed, or (figuratively) beloved:--dear, honourable, (more, most) precious, had in reputation.
|
τιμίῳtimiō
|
precious
|
Adj-DMS
|
G2885κεκοσμημένοι·kekosmēmenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G2885 κοσμέω kosméō kos-meh-o from κόσμος; to put in proper order, i.e. decorate (literally or figuratively); specially, to snuff (a wick):--adorn, garnish, trim.
|
κεκοσμημένοι·kekosmēmenoi
|
having been adorned:
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2310θεμέλιοςthemelios (N-NMS)
G2310 θεμέλιος themélios them-el-ee-os from a derivative of τίθημι; something put down, i.e. a substruction (of a building, etc.), (literally or figuratively):--foundation.
|
θεμέλιοςthemelios
|
foundation
|
N-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
first
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2393ἴασπις,iaspis (N-NFS)
G2393 ἴασπις íaspis ee-as-pis probably of foreign origin (see יָשְׁפֵה); jasper, a gem:--jasper.
|
ἴασπις,iaspis
|
jasper,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1208δεύτεροςdeuteros (Adj-NMS)
G1208 δεύτερος deúteros dyoo-ter-os as the comparative of δύο; (ordinal) second (in time, place, or rank; also adverb):--afterward, again, second(-arily, time).
|
δεύτεροςdeuteros
|
second
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4552σάπφιρος,sapphiros (N-NFS)
G4552 σάπφειρος sáppheiros sap-fi-ros of Hebrew origin (סַפִּיר); a sapphire or lapis-lazuli gem:--sapphire.
|
σάπφιρος,sapphiros
|
sapphire,
|
N-NFS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5154τρίτοςtritos (Adj-NMS)
G5154 τρίτος trítos tree-tos ordinal from τρεῖς; third; neuter (as noun) a third part, or (as adverb) a (or the) third time, thirdly:--third(-ly).
|
τρίτοςtritos
|
third
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5472χαλκηδών,chalkēdōn (N-NMS)
G5472 χαλκηδών chalkēdṓn khal-kay-dohn from χαλκός and perhaps εἶδος; copper-like, i.e. chalcedony:--chalcedony.
|
χαλκηδών,chalkēdōn
|
chalcedony,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G5067τέταρτοςtetartos (Adj-NMS)
G5067 τέταρτος tétartos tet-ar-tos ordinal from τέσσαρες; fourth:--four(-th).
|
τέταρτοςtetartos
|
fourth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4665σμάραγδος,smaragdos (N-NMS)
G4665 σμάραγδος smáragdos smar-ag-dos of uncertain derivation; the emerald or green gem so called:--emerald.
|
σμάραγδος,smaragdos
|
emerald,
|
N-NMS
|
19
The foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation was jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald;Revelation 21:19
Stats
Counts: 200 characters, 24 words, 158 letters, 58 vowels, 100 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι θεμελιοι του τειχους της πολεως παντι λιθω τιμιω κεκοσμημενοι ο θεμελιος ο πρωτος ιασπις ο δευτερος σαπφειρος ο τριτος χαλκηδων ο τεταρτος σμαραγδος
Lit: the foundations of the wall of the city, with every stone precious having been adorned: the foundation first jasper, the second sapphire, the third chalcedony, the fourth emerald,
KJV: And the foundations of the wall of the city were garnished with all manner of precious stones. The first foundation [was] jasper; the second, sapphire; the third, a chalcedony; the fourth, an emerald;
References
"the foundations"Job 28:16-19: It cannot be valued with the gold of Ophir: with the precious onyx: or the sapphire.Pr 3:15: She is more precious than rubies: and all the things you canst desire not are to be compared to her.Isa 54:11: 12: O you afflicted: tossed with tempest: and not comforted: look: I will lay your stones with fair colours: and lay your foundations with sapphires."sapphire"Ex 28:17-21: you will set in it settings of stones: even 4 rows of stones: the first row will be a sardius: a topaz: and a carbuncle: this will be the first row.Ex 29:10-14: you will cause a bullock to be brought before the tabernacle of the congregation: and Aaron and his sons will put their hands upon the head of the bullock.
ο πεμπτος σαρδονυξ ο εκτος σαρδιος ο εβδομος χρυσολιθος ο ογδοος βηρυλλος ο {VAR1: ενατος } {VAR2: εννατος } τοπαζιον ο δεκατος χρυσοπρασος ο ενδεκατος υακινθος ο δωδεκατος αμεθυστος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3991πέμπτοςpemptos (Adj-NMS)
G3991 πέμπτος pémptos pemp-tos from πέντε; fifth:--fifth.
|
πέμπτοςpemptos
|
fifth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4557σαρδόνυξ,sardonyx (N-NMS)
G4557 σαρδόνυξ sardónyx sar-don-oox from the base of σάρδιος and (the nail of a finger; hence the onyx stone); a sardonyx, i.e. the gem so called:-- sardonyx.
|
σαρδόνυξ,sardonyx
|
sardonyx,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1623ἕκτοςhektos (Adj-NMS)
G1623 ἕκτος héktos hek-tos ordinal from ἕξ; sixth:--sixth.
|
ἕκτοςhektos
|
sixth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4556σάρδιον,sardion (N-NNS)
G4556 σάρδιος sárdios sar-dee-os properly, an adjective from an uncertain base; sardian (3037 being implied), i.e. (as noun) the gem so called:--sardius.
|
σάρδιον,sardion
|
sardius,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1442ἕβδομοςhebdomos (Adj-NMS)
G1442 ἕβδομος hébdomos heb-dom-os ordinal from ἑπτά; seventh:--seventh.
|
ἕβδομοςhebdomos
|
seventh
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5555χρυσόλιθος,chrysolithos (N-NMS)
G5555 χρυσόλιθος chrysólithos khroo-sol-ee-thos from χρυσός and λίθος; gold-stone, i.e. a yellow gem (chrysolite):--chrysolite.
|
χρυσόλιθος,chrysolithos
|
chrysolite,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3590ὄγδοοςogdoos (Adj-NMS)
G3590 ὄγδοος ógdoos og-do-os from ὀκτώ; the eighth:--eighth.
|
ὄγδοοςogdoos
|
eighth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G969βήρυλλος,bēryllos (N-NMS)
G969 βήρυλλος bḗryllos bay-rool-los of uncertain derivation; a beryl:--beryl.
|
βήρυλλος,bēryllos
|
beryl,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1766ἔνατοςenatos (Adj-NMS)
G1766 ἔννατος énnatos en-nat-os ordinal from ἐννέα; ninth:--ninth.
|
ἔνατοςenatos
|
ninth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5116τοπάζιον,topazion (N-NNS)
G5116 τοπάζιον topázion top-ad-zee-on neuter of a presumed derivative (alternately) of (a topaz; of uncertain origin); a gem, probably the chrysolite:--topaz.
|
τοπάζιον,topazion
|
topaz,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1182δέκατοςdekatos (Adj-NMS)
G1182 δέκατος dékatos dek-at-os ordinal from δέκα; tenth:--tenth.
|
δέκατοςdekatos
|
tenth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5556χρυσόπρασος,chrysoprasos (N-NMS)
G5556 χρυσόπρασος chrysóprasos khroo-sop-ras-os from χρυσός and (a leek); a greenish-yellow gem (chrysoprase):--chrysoprase.
|
χρυσόπρασος,chrysoprasos
|
chrysoprase,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1734ἑνδέκατοςhendekatos (Adj-NMS)
G1734 ἑνδέκατος hendékatos hen-dek-at-os ordinal from ἕνδεκα; eleventh:--eleventh.
|
ἑνδέκατοςhendekatos
|
eleventh
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5192ὑάκινθος,hyakinthos (N-NMS)
G5192 ὑάκινθος hyákinthos hoo-ak-in-thos of uncertain derivation; the hyacinth or jacinth, i.e. some gem of a deep blue color, probably the zirkon:-- jacinth.
|
ὑάκινθος,hyakinthos
|
jacinth,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G1428δωδέκατοςdōdekatos (Adj-NMS)
G1428 δωδέκατος dōdékatos do-dek-at-os from δώδεκα; twelfth:--twelfth.
|
δωδέκατοςdōdekatos
|
twelfth
|
Adj-NMS
|
G271ἀμέθυστος.amethystos (N-NFS)
G271 ἀμέθυστος améthystos am-eth-oos-tos from Α (as a negative particle) and a derivative of μεθύω; the amethyst (supposed to prevent intoxication):--amethyst.
|
ἀμέθυστος.amethystos
|
amethyst.
|
N-NFS
|
20
The fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst.Revelation 21:20
Stats
Counts: 182 characters, 13 words, 139 letters, 42 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο πεμπτος σαρδονυξ ο εκτος σαρδιος ο εβδομος χρυσολιθος ο ογδοος βηρυλλος ο {VAR1: ενατος } {VAR2: εννατος } τοπαζιον ο δεκατος χρυσοπρασος ο ενδεκατος υακινθος ο δωδεκατος αμεθυστος
Lit: the fifth sardonyx, the sixth sardius, the seventh chrysolite, the eighth beryl, the ninth topaz, the tenth chrysoprase, the eleventh jacinth, the twelfth amethyst.
KJV: The fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst.
References
"The fifth, sardonyx; the sixth, sardius; the seventh, chrysolite; the eighth, beryl; the ninth, a topaz; the tenth, a chrysoprasus; the eleventh, a jacinth; the twelfth, an amethyst."Re 21:20: The fifth: sardonyx; the sixth: sardius; the seventh: chrysolite; the eighth: beryl; the ninth: a topaz; the tenth: a chrysoprasus; the eleventh: a jacinth; the twelfth: an amethyst.
και οι δωδεκα πυλωνες δωδεκα μαργαριται ανα εις εκαστος των πυλωνων ην εξ ενος μαργαριτου και η πλατεια της πολεως χρυσιον καθαρον ως υαλος διαφανης
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NMP
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
gates were
|
N-NMP
|
G1427δώδεκαdōdeka (Adj-NMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκαdōdeka
|
twelve
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3135μαργαρῖται·margaritai (N-NMP)
G3135 μαργαρίτης margarítēs mar-gar-ee-tace from (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
|
μαργαρῖται·margaritai
|
pearls;
|
N-NMP
|
G303ἀνὰana (Adv)
G303 ἀνά aná an-ah a primary preposition and adverb; properly, up; but (by extension) used (distributively) severally, or (locally) at (etc.):--and, apiece, by, each, every (man), in, through. In compounds (as a prefix) it often means (by implication) repetition, intensity, reversal, etc.
|
ἀνὰana
|
respectively
|
Adv
|
G1520εἷςheis (Adj-NMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
εἷςheis
|
one
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1538ἕκαστοςhekastos (Adj-NMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστοςhekastos
|
each
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4440πυλώνωνpylōnōn (N-GMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλώνωνpylōnōn
|
gates
|
N-GMP
|
G1510ἦνēn (V-IIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἦνēn
|
was
|
V-IIA-3S
|
G1537ἐξex (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐξex
|
of
|
Prep
|
G1520ἑνὸςhenos (Adj-GMS)
G1520 εἷς heîs hice a primary numeral; one:--a(-n, -ny, certain), + abundantly, man, one (another), only, other, some. See also εἷς καθ’ εἷς, μηδείς, μία, οὐδείς.,
|
ἑνὸςhenos
|
one
|
Adj-GMS
|
G3135μαργαρίτου.margaritou (N-GMS)
G3135 μαργαρίτης margarítēs mar-gar-ee-tace from (a pearl-oyster); a pearl:--pearl.
|
μαργαρίτου.margaritou
|
pearl.
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4113πλατεῖαplateia (N-NFS)
G4113 πλατεῖα plateîa plat-i-ah feminine of πλατύς; a wide plat or place, i.e. open square:--street.
|
πλατεῖαplateia
|
street
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G5553χρυσίονchrysion (N-NNS)
G5553 χρυσίον chrysíon khroo-see-on diminutive of χρυσός; a golden article, i.e. gold plating, ornament, or coin:--gold.
|
χρυσίονchrysion
|
gold,
|
N-NNS
|
G2513καθαρὸνkatharon (Adj-NNS)
G2513 καθαρός katharós kath-ar-os of uncertain affinity; clean (literally or figuratively):--clean, clear, pure.
|
καθαρὸνkatharon
|
pure
|
Adj-NNS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G5194ὕαλοςhyalos (N-NMS)
G5194 ὕαλος hýalos hoo-al-os perhaps from the same as ὑετός (as being transparent like rain); glass:--glass.
|
ὕαλοςhyalos
|
glass
|
N-NMS
|
G1306διαυγής.diaugēs (Adj-NMS)
G1306 διαυγάζω diaugázō dee-ow-gad-zo from διά and αὐγάζω; to glimmer through, i.e. break (as day):--dawn.
|
διαυγής.diaugēs
|
transparent.
|
Adj-NMS
|
21
The 12 gates were 12 pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold, as it were transparent glass.Revelation 21:21
Stats
Counts: 151 characters, 23 words, 118 letters, 44 vowels, 74 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι δωδεκα πυλωνες δωδεκα μαργαριται ανα εις εκαστος των πυλωνων ην εξ ενος μαργαριτου και η πλατεια της πολεως χρυσιον καθαρον ως υαλος διαφανης
Lit: And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; respectively one each of the gates was of one pearl. and the street of the city gold, pure as glass transparent.
KJV: And the twelve gates were twelve pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city [was] pure gold, as it were transparent glass.
References
"the twelve"Re 21:12: Had a wall great and high: and had 12 gates: and at the gates 12 angels: and names written thereon: which are the names of the 12 tribes of the children of Israel:Re 17:4: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Mt 13:45: 46: Again: the kingdom of heaven is like to a merchant man: seeking goodly pearls:"pure"Re 21:18: The building of the wall of it was of jasper: and the city was pure gold: like to clear glass.Re 17:4: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:Re 18:16: Saying: Alas: alas: that great city: that was clothed in fine linen: and purple: and scarlet: and decked with gold: and precious stones: and pearls!Re 22:2: In the middle of the street of it: and on either side of the river: was there the tree of life: which bare 12 manner of fruits: and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.1Ki 6:20: The oracle in the forepart was 20 cubits in length: and 20 cubits in breadth: and 20 cubits in the height thereof: and he overlaid it with pure gold; and so covered the altar which was of cedar.Isa 60:17: 18: For brass I will bring gold: and for iron I will bring silver: and for wood brass: and for stones iron: I will also make your officers peace: and your exactors righteousness."as it"Re 21:11: 18: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;
και ναον ουκ ειδον εν αυτη ο γαρ κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ναος αυτης εστιν και το αρνιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3485ναὸνnaon (N-AMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸνnaon
|
temple
|
N-AMS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3708εἶδονeidon (V-AIA-1S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
εἶδονeidon
|
I saw
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇ·autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ·autē
|
it;
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3841ΠαντοκράτωρPantokratōr (N-NMS)
G3841 παντοκράτωρ pantokrátōr pan-tok-rat-ore from πᾶς and κράτος; the all-ruling, i.e. God (as absolute and universal sovereign):--Almighty, Omnipotent.
|
ΠαντοκράτωρPantokratōr
|
Almighty,
|
N-NMS
|
G3485ναὸςnaos (N-NMS)
G3485 ναός naós nah-os from a primary (to dwell); a fane, shrine, temple :--shrine, temple. Compare ἱερόν.
|
ναὸςnaos
|
temple
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G1510ἐστιν,estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν,estin
|
is,
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721Ἀρνίον.Arnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίον.Arnion
|
Lamb.
|
N-NNS
|
22
I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Revelation 21:22
Stats
Rank: #1341 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 89 characters, 18 words, 69 letters, 25 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ναον ουκ ειδον εν αυτη ο γαρ κυριος ο θεος ο παντοκρατωρ ναος αυτης εστιν και το αρνιον
Lit: And temple not I saw in it; for the Lord God Almighty, temple of it is, and the Lamb.
KJV: And I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.
References
"I saw"Re 21:4: 5: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.1Ki 8:27: But will God indeed dwell on the earth? look: the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house that I have built?2Ch 2:6: But who is able to build him an house: seeing the heaven and heaven of heavens cannot contain him? who am I then: that I should build him an house: save only to burn sacrifice before him?2Ch 6:18: But will God in very deed dwell with men on the earth? look: heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain you; how much less this house which I have built!Isa 66:1: Thus says the LORD: The heaven is my throne: and the earth is my footstool: where is the house that you build to me? and where is the place of my rest?Joh 4:23: But the hour comes: and now is: when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and in truth: for the Father seeks such to worship Him."the Lord"Re 1:8: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 4:8: The 4 beasts had each of them 6 wings about Him; and they were full of eyes within: and they rest not day and night: saying: Holy: holy: holy: Lord God Almighty: which was: and is: and is to come.Re 11:17: Saying: We give you thanks: O Lord God Almighty: which are: and were: and are to come; because you have taken to you your great power: and have reigned.Re 15:3: They sing the song of Moses the servant of God: and the song of the Lamb: saying: Great and marvellous are your works: Lord God Almighty; just and true are your ways: you King of saints.Re 16:7: 14: I heard another out of the altar say: Even so: Lord God Almighty: true and righteous are your judgments.Re 19:15: Out of His mouth goes a sharp sword: that with it He should smite the nations: and He will rule them with a rod of iron: and He treads the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God."the Lamb"Joh 2:19-21: Jesus answered and said to them: Destroy this temple: and in 3 days I will raise it up.Joh 10:30: I and my Father are one.Col 1:19: For it pleased the Father that in Him should all fulness dwell;Col 2:9: For in Him dwells all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.Heb 9:1-12: Then truly the first covenant had also ordinances of divine service: and a worldly sanctuary.
και η πολις ου χρειαν εχει του ηλιου ουδε της σεληνης ινα φαινωσιν εν αυτη η γαρ δοξα του θεου εφωτισεν αυτην και ο λυχνος αυτης το αρνιον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4172πόλιςpolis (N-NFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιςpolis
|
city
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G2192ἔχειechei (V-PIA-3S)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχειechei
|
has
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2246ἡλίουhēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίουhēliou
|
sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G3761οὐδὲoude (Conj)
G3761 οὐδέ oudé oo-deh from οὐ and δέ; not however, i.e. neither, nor, not even:--neither (indeed), never, no (more, nor, not), nor (yet), (also, even, then) not (even, so much as), + nothing, so much as.
|
οὐδὲoude
|
nor
|
Conj
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4582σελήνης,selēnēs (N-GFS)
G4582 σελήνη selḗnē sel-ay-nay from (brilliancy; probably akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι, through the idea of attractiveness); the moon:--moon.
|
σελήνης,selēnēs
|
moon,
|
N-GFS
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G5316φαίνωσινphainōsin (V-PSA-3P)
G5316 φαίνω phaínō fah-ee-no prolongation for the base of φῶς; to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative):-- appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think.
|
φαίνωσινphainōsin
|
they should shine
|
V-PSA-3P
|
G846αὐτῇ·autē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇ·autē
|
in it;
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1391δόξαdoxa (N-NFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξαdoxa
|
glory
|
N-NFS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G5461ἐφώτισενephōtisen (V-AIA-3S)
G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
ἐφώτισενephōtisen
|
enlightened
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G846αὐτήν,autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν,autēn
|
it,
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3088λύχνοςlychnos (N-NMS)
G3088 λύχνος lýchnos lookh-nos from the base of λευκός; a portable lamp or other illuminator (literally or figuratively):--candle, light.
|
λύχνοςlychnos
|
lamp
|
N-NMS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
is the
|
Art-NNS
|
G721Ἀρνίον.Arnion (N-NNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίον.Arnion
|
Lamb.
|
N-NNS
|
23
The city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.Revelation 21:23
Stats
Counts: 145 characters, 28 words, 109 letters, 40 vowels, 69 consonants
Translation
Greek: και η πολις ου χρειαν εχει του ηλιου ουδε της σεληνης ινα φαινωσιν εν αυτη η γαρ δοξα του θεου εφωτισεν αυτην και ο λυχνος αυτης το αρνιον
Lit: And the city no need has of the sun, nor of the moon, that they should shine in it; the for glory of God enlightened it, and the lamp of it is the Lamb.
KJV: And the city had no need of the sun, neither of the moon, to shine in it: for the glory of God did lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof.
References
"the city"Re 21:11: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Isa 24:23: Then the moon will be confounded: and the sun ashamed: when the LORD of hosts will reign in mount Zion: and in Jerusalem: and before His ancients gloriously.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory."for"Re 21:11: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;Re 18:1: After these things I saw another angel come down from heaven: having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.Isa 2:10: 19: 21: Enter into the rock: and hide you in the dust: for fear of the LORD: and for the glory of His majesty.Hab 3:3: God came from Teman: and the Holy one from mount Paran. Selah. His glory covered the heavens: and the earth was full of His praise.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Mr 8:38: Whoever therefore will be ashamed of me and of my words in this adulterous and sinful generation; of Him also will the Son of man be ashamed: when He comes in the glory of His Father with the holy angels.Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world.Ac 22:11: When I not could see for the glory of that light: being led by the hand of them that were with me: I came into Damascus."the Lamb"Lu 2:32: A light to lighten the Gentiles: and the glory of your people Israel.Joh 1:4: 9: 14: 18: In him was life; and the life was the light of men.Joh 5:23: That all men should honour the Son: even as they honour the Father. He who honours'>honours not the Son honours'>honours not the Father which has sent Him.
και τα εθνη των σωζομενων εν τω φωτι αυτης περιπατησουσιν και οι βασιλεις της γης φερουσιν την δοξαν και την τιμην αυτων εις αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G4043περιπατήσουσινperipatēsousin (V-FIA-3P)
G4043 περιπατέω peripatéō per-ee-pat-eh-o from περί and πατέω; to tread all around, i.e. walk at large (especially as proof of ability); figuratively, to live, deport oneself, follow (as a companion or votary):--go, be occupied with, walk (about).
|
περιπατήσουσινperipatēsousin
|
will walk
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G1484ἔθνηethnē (N-NNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἔθνηethnē
|
nations
|
N-NNP
|
G1223διὰdia (Prep)
G1223 διά diá dee-ah a primary preposition denoting the channel of an act; through (in very wide applications, local, causal, or occasional):--after, always, among, at, to avoid, because of (that), briefly, by, for (cause) … fore, from, in, by occasion of, of, by reason of, for sake, that, thereby, therefore, X though, through(-out), to, wherefore, with (-in). In composition it retains the same general importance.
|
διὰdia
|
by
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G5457φωτὸςphōtos (N-GNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φωτὸςphōtos
|
light
|
N-GNS
|
G846αὐτῆς,autēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆς,autēs
|
of it,
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G935βασιλεῖςbasileis (N-NMP)
G935 βασιλεύς basileús bas-il-yooce probably from βάσις (through the notion of a foundation of power); a sovereign (abstractly, relatively, or figuratively):--king.
|
βασιλεῖςbasileis
|
kings
|
N-NMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G1093γῆςgēs (N-GFS)
G1093 γῆ gē ghay contracted from a primary word; soil; by extension a region, or the solid part or the whole of the terrene globe (including the occupants in each application):--country, earth(-ly), ground, land, world.
|
γῆςgēs
|
earth
|
N-GFS
|
G5342φέρουσινpherousin (V-PIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
φέρουσινpherousin
|
bring
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2532⧼καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
⧼καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν⧽ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν⧽ethnōn
|
nations.
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν·autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν·autēn
|
it.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
24
The nations of them which are saved will walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.Revelation 21:24
Stats
Rank: #4829 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 28 words, 108 letters, 38 vowels, 70 consonants
Translation
Greek: και τα εθνη των σωζομενων εν τω φωτι αυτης περιπατησουσιν και οι βασιλεις της γης φερουσιν την δοξαν και την τιμην αυτων εις αυτην
Lit: And will walk the nations by the light of it, and the kings of the earth bring the glory and honor of the nations. of them into it.
KJV: And the nations of them which are saved shall walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.
References
"the nations"Re 22:2: In the middle of the street of it: and on either side of the river: was there the tree of life: which bare 12 manner of fruits: and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.De 32:43: Rejoice: O you nations: with his people: for he will avenge the blood of his servants: and will render vengeance to his adversaries: and will be merciful to his land: and to his people.Ps 22:27: All the ends of the world will remember and turn to the LORD: and all the kindreds of the nations will worship before you.Isa 2:2: It will come to pass in the last days: that the mountain of the LORD's house will be established in the top of the mountains: and will be exalted above the hills; and all nations will flow to it.Isa 52:15: So will he sprinkle many nations; the kings will shut their mouths at him: for that which not had been told them will they see; and that which they not had heard will they consider.Isa 55:5: 10: Look: you will call a nation that you know not: and nations that not knew you will run to you because of the LORD your God: and for the Holy one of Israel; for He has glorified you.Isa 66:12: 18: For thus says the LORD: Look: I will extend peace to her like a river: and the glory of the Gentiles like a flowing stream: then will you suck: you will be borne upon her sides: and be dandled upon her knees.Jer 4:2: you will swear: The LORD lives: in truth: in judgment: and in righteousness; and the nations will bless themselves in Him: and in Him will they glory.Zec 2:11: Many nations will be joined to the LORD in that day: and will be my people: and I will dwell in the middle of you: and you will know that the LORD of hosts has sent me to you.Zec 8:22: 23: Yes: many people and strong nations will come to seek the LORD of hosts in Jerusalem: and to pray before the LORD.Ro 15:10-12: 16: 26: Again he says: Rejoice: you Gentiles: with his people."walk"Isa 2:5: O house of Jacob: come you: and let us walk in the light of the LORD."the kings"Ps 72:10: 11: The kings of Tarshish and of the isles will bring presents: the kings of Sheba and Seba will offer gifts.Isa 60:3-10: 13: The Gentiles will come to your light: and kings to the brightness of your rising.Isa 66:11: 12: That you may suck: and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolations; that you may milk out: and be delighted with the abundance of her glory.
και οι πυλωνες αυτης ου μη κλεισθωσιν ημερας νυξ γαρ ουκ εσται εκει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4440πυλῶνεςpylōnes (N-NMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶνεςpylōnes
|
gates
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2808κλεισθῶσινkleisthōsin (V-ASP-3P)
G2808 κλείω kleíō kli-o a primary verb; to close (literally or figuratively):--shut (up).
|
κλεισθῶσινkleisthōsin
|
shall be shut
|
V-ASP-3P
|
G2250ἡμέρας,hēmeras (N-GFS)
G2250 ἡμέρα hēméra hay-mer-ah feminine (with ὥρα implied) of a derivative of (to sit; akin to the base of ἑδραῖος) meaning tame, i.e. gentle; day, i.e. (literally) the time space between dawn and dark, or the whole 24 hours (but several days were usually reckoned by the Jews as inclusive of the parts of both extremes); figuratively, a period (always defined more or less clearly by the context):--age, + alway, (mid-)day (by day, (-ly)), + for ever, judgment, (day) time, while, years.
|
ἡμέρας,hēmeras
|
by day,
|
N-GFS
|
G3571νὺξnyx (N-NFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νὺξnyx
|
night
|
N-NFS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G1563ἐκεῖ·ekei (Adv)
G1563 ἐκεῖ ekeî ek-i of uncertain affinity; there; by extension, thither:--there, thither(-ward), (to) yonder (place).
|
ἐκεῖ·ekei
|
there.
|
Adv
|
25
The gates of it will not be shut at all by day: for there will be no night there.Revelation 21:25
Stats
Rank: #6162 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 87 characters, 19 words, 66 letters, 22 vowels, 44 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οι πυλωνες αυτης ου μη κλεισθωσιν ημερας νυξ γαρ ουκ εσται εκει
Lit: And the gates of it no not shall be shut by day, night for not will be there.
KJV: And the gates of it shall not be shut at all by day: for there shall be no night there.
References
"the gates"Isa 60:11: Therefore your gates will be open continually; they will not be shut day nor night; that men may bring to you the forces of the Gentiles: and that their kings may be brought."for"Re 22:5: There will be no night there; and they need no candle: neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Isa 60:20: Your sun will no more go down; neither will your moon withdraw itself: for the LORD will be your everlasting light: and the days of your mourning will be ended.Zec 14:7: But it will be one day which will be known to the LORD: not day: nor night: but it will come to pass: that at evening time it will be light.
και οισουσιν την δοξαν και την τιμην των εθνων εις αυτην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G5342οἴσουσινoisousin (V-FIA-3P)
G5342 φέρω phérō en-eng-ko a primary verb (for which other, and apparently not cognate ones are used in certain tenses only; namely, ; and ; to bear or carry (in a very wide application, literally and figuratively, as follows):--be, bear, bring (forth), carry, come, + let her drive, be driven, endure, go on, lay, lead, move, reach, rushing, uphold.
|
οἴσουσινoisousin
|
they will bring
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G1391δόξανdoxan (N-AFS)
G1391 δόξα dóxa dox-ah from the base of δοκέω; glory (as very apparent), in a wide application (literal or figurative, objective or subjective):--dignity, glory(-ious), honour, praise, worship.
|
δόξανdoxan
|
glory
|
N-AFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G5092τιμὴνtimēn (N-AFS)
G5092 τιμή timḗ tee-may from τίνω; a value, i.e. money paid, or (concretely and collectively) valuables; by analogy, esteem (especially of the highest degree), or the dignity itself:--honour, precious, price, some.
|
τιμὴνtimēn
|
honor
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶνethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶνethnōn
|
nations
|
N-GNP
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτήν.autēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτήν.autēn
|
it.
|
PPro-AF3S
|
26
They will bring the glory and honour of the nations into it.Revelation 21:26
Stats
Rank: #7446 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 65 characters, 13 words, 52 letters, 18 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οισουσιν την δοξαν και την τιμην των εθνων εις αυτην
Lit: And they will bring the glory and the honor of the nations into it.
KJV: And they shall bring the glory and honour of the nations into it.
References
"the glory"Re 21:24: The nations of them which are saved will walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.
και ου μη εισελθη εις αυτην παν κοινουν και ποιουν βδελυγμα και ψευδος ει μη οι γεγραμμενοι εν τω βιβλιω της ζωης του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐou (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐou
|
no
|
Adv
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1525εἰσέλθῃeiselthē (V-ASA-3S)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθῃeiselthē
|
shall enter
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὴνautēn (PPro-AF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὴνautēn
|
it
|
PPro-AF3S
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
anything
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2839κοινὸνkoinon (Adj-NNS)
G2839 κοινός koinós koy-nos probably from σύν; common, i.e. (literally) shared by all or several, or (ceremonially) profane:--common, defiled, unclean, unholy.
|
κοινὸνkoinon
|
defiling,
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
those
|
Art-NMS
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
practicing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G946βδέλυγμαbdelygma (N-ANS)
G946 βδέλυγμα bdélygma bdel-oog-mah from βδελύσσω; a detestation, i.e. (specially) idolatry:--abomination.
|
βδέλυγμαbdelygma
|
abomination
|
N-ANS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5579ψεῦδος,pseudos (N-ANS)
G5579 ψεῦδος pseûdos psyoo-dos from ψεύδομαι; a falsehood:--lie, lying.
|
ψεῦδος,pseudos
|
a lie,
|
N-ANS
|
G1487εἰei (Conj)
G1487 εἰ ei i a primary particle of conditionality; if, whether, that, etc.:--forasmuch as, if, that, (al-)though, whether. Often used in connection or composition with other particles, especially as in εἴγε, εἰ δὲ μή(γε), εἰ καί, εἰ μή, εἰ μή τι, εἴ περ, εἴ πως, εἴ τις, ἐκ. See also ἐάν.
|
εἰei
|
if
|
Conj
|
G3361μὴmē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μὴmē
|
not
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G1125γεγραμμένοιgegrammenoi (V-RPM/P-NMP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένοιgegrammenoi
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-NMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G975βιβλίῳbibliō (N-DNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίῳbibliō
|
book
|
N-DNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου.Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου.Arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
27
There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles, neither whatever works abomination, or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.Revelation 21:27
Stats
Rank: #3163 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 179 characters, 27 words, 141 letters, 55 vowels, 86 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ου μη εισελθη εις αυτην παν κοινουν και ποιουν βδελυγμα και ψευδος ει μη οι γεγραμμενοι εν τω βιβλιω της ζωης του αρνιου
Lit: And no not shall enter into it anything defiling, and those practicing abomination and a lie, if not those having been written in the book of life of the Lamb.
KJV: And there shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth, neither whatsoever worketh abomination, or [maketh] a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.
References
"there"Le 13:46: All the days wherein the plague will be in him he will be defiled; he is unclean: he will dwell alone; without the camp will his habitation be.Nu 5:3: Both male and female will you put out: without the camp will you put them; that they not defile their camps: in the middle whereof I dwell.Nu 12:15: Miriam was shut out from the camp 7 days: and the people not journeyed till Miriam was brought in again.Ps 101:8: I will early destroy all the wicked of the land; that I may cut off all wicked doers from the city of the LORD.Isa 35:8: An highway will be there: and a way: and it will be called The way of holiness; the unclean will not pass over it; but it will be for those: the wayfaring men: though fools: will not err therein.Isa 52:1: Awake: awake; put on your strength: O Zion; put on your beautiful garments: O Jerusalem: the holy city: for henceforth there will no more come into you the uncircumcised and the unclean.Isa 60:21: Your people also will be all righteous: they will inherit the land for ever: the branch of my planting: the work of my hands: that I may be glorified.Joe 3:17: So will you know that I am the LORD your God dwelling in Zion: my holy mountain: then will Jerusalem be holy: and there will no strangers pass through her any more.Mt 13:41: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;1Co 6:9: 10: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:5: For this you know: that no whoremonger: nor unclean person: nor covetous man: who is an idolater: has any inheritance in the kingdom of Christ and of God.Heb 12:14: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:"worketh"Re 17:4: 5: The woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour: and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls: having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:"or maketh"Re 21:8: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.Re 22:14: 15: Blessed are they that do his commandments: that they may have right to the tree of life: and may enter in through the gates into the city."they"Re 3:5: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Re 20:12: 15: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.Php 4:3: I intreat you also: true yokefellow: help those women which laboured with me in the gospel: with Clement also: and with other my fellowlabourers: whose names are in the book of life.
22
The River of Life
και εδειξεν μοι καθαρον ποταμον υδατος ζωης λαμπρον ως κρυσταλλον εκπορευομενον εκ του θρονου του θεου και του αρνιου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1166ἔδειξένedeixen (V-AIA-3S)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
ἔδειξένedeixen
|
he showed
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G4215ποταμὸνpotamon (N-AMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμὸνpotamon
|
a river
|
N-AMS
|
G5204ὕδατοςhydatos (N-GNS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδατοςhydatos
|
of water
|
N-GNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G2986λαμπρὸνlampron (Adj-AMS)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρὸνlampron
|
clear
|
Adj-AMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G2930κρύσταλλον,krystallon (N-AMS)
G2930 κρύσταλλος krýstallos kroos-tal-los from a derivative of (frost); ice, i.e. (by analogy) rock crystal:--crystal.
|
κρύσταλλον,krystallon
|
crystal,
|
N-AMS
|
G1607ἐκπορευόμενονekporeuomenon (V-PPM/P-AMS)
G1607 ἐκπορεύομαι ekporeúomai ek-por-yoo-om-ahee from ἐκ and πορεύομαι; to depart, be discharged, proceed, project:--come (forth, out of), depart, go (forth, out), issue, proceed (out of).
|
ἐκπορευόμενονekporeuomenon
|
flowing
|
V-PPM/P-AMS
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2362θρόνουthronou (N-GMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνουthronou
|
throne
|
N-GMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721Ἀρνίου.Arniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
Ἀρνίου.Arniou
|
Lamb.
|
N-GNS
|
1
And He showed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Revelation 22:1
Stats
Rank: #1526 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 118 characters, 23 words, 91 letters, 36 vowels, 55 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εδειξεν μοι καθαρον ποταμον υδατος ζωης λαμπρον ως κρυσταλλον εκπορευομενον εκ του θρονου του θεου και του αρνιου
Lit: And he showed me a river of water of life, clear as crystal, flowing out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.
KJV: And he shewed me a pure river of water of life, clear as crystal, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.
References
"A pure"Ps 36:8: They will be abundantly satisfied with the fatness of your house; and you will make them drink of the river of your pleasures.Ps 46:4: There is a river: the streams whereof will make glad the city of God: the holy place of the tabernacles of the most High.Isa 41:18: I will open rivers in high places: and fountains in the middle of the valleys: I will make the wilderness a pool of water: and the dry land springs of water.Isa 48:18: O that you hadst listened to my commandments! then had your peace been as a river: and your righteousness as the waves of the sea:Isa 66:12: For thus says the LORD: Look: I will extend peace to her like a river: and the glory of the Gentiles like a flowing stream: then will you suck: you will be borne upon her sides: and be dandled upon her knees.Eze 47:1-9: Afterward he brought me again to the door of the house; and: look: waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward: for the forefront of the house stood toward the east: and the waters came down from under from the right side of the house: at the south side of the altar.Zec 14:8: It will be in that day: that living waters will go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the former sea: and half of them toward the hinder sea: in summer and in winter will it be.Joh 7:38: 39: He who believes on me: as the scripture has said: out of his belly will flow rivers of living water."water"Re 7:17: For the Lamb which is in the middle of the throne will feed them: and will lead them to living fountains of waters: and God will wipe away all tears from their eyes.Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Ps 36:9: For with you is the fountain of life: in your light will we see light.Jer 2:13: For my people have committed two evils; they have forsaken me the fountain of living waters: and hewed them out cisterns: broken cisterns: that can hold no water.Jer 17:13: O LORD: the hope of Israel: all that forsake you will be ashamed: and they that depart from me will be written in the earth: because they have forsaken the LORD: the fountain of living waters.Joh 4:10: 11: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water."clear"Re 21:11: Having the glory of God: and her light was like to a stone most precious: even like a jasper stone: clear as crystal;"proceeding"Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 4:5: Out of the throne proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were 7 lamps of fire burning before the throne: which are the 7 Spirits of God.Re 5:6: 13: I beheld: and: indeed: in the middle of the throne and of the 4 beasts: and in the middle of the elders: stood a Lamb as it had been killed: having 7 horns and 7 eyes: which are the 7 Spirits of God sent forth into all the earth.Re 7:10: 11: 17: Cried with a loud voice: saying: Salvation to our God which sits upon the throne: and to the Lamb.Joh 14:16-18: I will pray the Father: and He will give you another Comforter: that He may abide with you for ever;Joh 15:26: But when the Comforter is come: whom I will send to you from the Father: even the Spirit of truth: which proceeds from the Father: He will testify of me:Joh 16:7-15: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you.Ac 1:4: 5: And: being assembled together with them: commanded them that they not should depart from Jerusalem: but wait for the promise of the Father: which: says He: you have heard of me.Ac 2:33: Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted: and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost: He has shed forth this: which you now see and hear.
εν μεσω της πλατειας αυτης και του ποταμου εντευθεν και εντευθεν ξυλον ζωης ποιουν καρπους δωδεκα κατα μηνα ενα εκαστον αποδιδουν τον καρπον αυτου και τα φυλλα του ξυλου εις θεραπειαν των εθνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
In
|
Prep
|
G3319μέσῳmesō (Adj-DNS)
G3319 μέσος mésos mes-os from μετά; middle (as an adjective or (neuter) noun):--among, X before them, between, + forth, mid(-day, -night), midst, way.
|
μέσῳmesō
|
the middle
|
Adj-DNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4113πλατείαςplateias (Adj-GFS)
G4113 πλατεῖα plateîa plat-i-ah feminine of πλατύς; a wide plat or place, i.e. open square:--street.
|
πλατείαςplateias
|
street
|
Adj-GFS
|
G846αὐτῆςautēs (PPro-GF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῆςautēs
|
of it
|
PPro-GF3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G4215ποταμοῦpotamou (N-GMS)
G4215 ποταμός potamós pot-am-os probably from a derivative of the alternate of πίνω (compare πότος); a current, brook or freshet (as drinkable), i.e. running water:--flood, river, stream, water.
|
ποταμοῦpotamou
|
river,
|
N-GMS
|
G1782ἐντεῦθενenteuthen (Adv)
G1782 ἐντεῦθεν enteûthen ent-yoo-then from the same as ἐνθάδε; hence (literally or figuratively); (repeated) on both sides:--(from) hence, on either side.
|
ἐντεῦθενenteuthen
|
on this side
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1564ἐκεῖθενekeithen (Adv)
G1564 ἐκεῖθεν ekeîthen ek-i-then from ἐκεῖ; thence:--from that place, (from) thence, there.
|
ἐκεῖθενekeithen
|
on that side,
|
Adv
|
G3586ξύλονxylon (N-NNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλονxylon
|
was a tree
|
N-NNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G4160ποιοῦνpoioun (V-PPA-NNS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιοῦνpoioun
|
producing
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G2590καρποὺςkarpous (N-AMP)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρποὺςkarpous
|
fruits
|
N-AMP
|
G1427δώδεκα,dōdeka (Adj-AMP)
G1427 δώδεκα dṓdeka do-dek-ah from δύο and δέκα; two and ten, i.e. a dozen:--twelve.
|
δώδεκα,dōdeka
|
twelve,
|
Adj-AMP
|
G2596κατὰkata (Prep)
G2596 κατά katá kat-ah a primary particle; (prepositionally) down (in place or time), in varied relations (according to the case (genitive, dative or accusative) with which it is joined):--about, according as (to), after, against, (when they were) X alone, among, and, X apart, (even, like) as (concerning, pertaining to touching), X aside, at, before, beyond, by, to the charge of, (charita-)bly, concerning, + covered, (dai-)ly, down, every, (+ far more) exceeding, X more excellent, for, from … to, godly, in(-asmuch, divers, every, -to, respect of), … by, after the manner of, + by any means, beyond (out of) measure, X mightily, more, X natural, of (up-)on (X part), out (of every), over against, (+ your) X own, + particularly, so, through(-oughout, -oughout every), thus, (un-)to(-gether, -ward), X uttermost, where(-by), with. In composition it retains many of these applications, and frequently denotes opposition, distribution, or intensity.
|
κατὰkata
|
according to
|
Prep
|
G3376μῆναmēna (N-AMS)
G3376 μήν mḗn mane a primary word; a month:--month.
|
μῆναmēna
|
month,
|
N-AMS
|
G1538ἕκαστονhekaston (Adj-AMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἕκαστονhekaston
|
each
|
Adj-AMS
|
G591ἀποδιδοῦνapodidoun (V-PPA-NNS)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδιδοῦνapodidoun
|
yielding
|
V-PPA-NNS
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G2590καρπὸνkarpon (N-AMS)
G2590 καρπός karpós kar-pos probably from the base of ἁρπάζω; fruit (as plucked), literally or figuratively:--fruit.
|
καρπὸνkarpon
|
fruit
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GN3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of it;
|
PPro-GN3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὰta (Art-NNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰta
|
the
|
Art-NNP
|
G5444φύλλαphylla (N-NNP)
G5444 φύλλον phýllon fool-lon from the same as φυλή; a sprout, i.e. leaf:--leaf.
|
φύλλαphylla
|
leaves
|
N-NNP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3586ξύλουxylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλουxylou
|
tree
|
N-GNS
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
are for
|
Prep
|
G2322θεραπείανtherapeian (N-AFS)
G2322 θεραπεία therapeía ther-ap-i-ah from θεραπεύω; attendance (specially, medical, i.e. cure); figuratively and collectively, domestics:--healing, household.
|
θεραπείανtherapeian
|
the healing
|
N-AFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G1484ἐθνῶν.ethnōn (N-GNP)
G1484 ἔθνος éthnos eth-nos probably from ἔθω; a race (as of the same habit), i.e. a tribe; specially, a foreign (non-Jewish) one (usually, by implication, pagan):--Gentile, heathen, nation, people.
|
ἐθνῶν.ethnōn
|
nations.
|
N-GNP
|
2
In the middle of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare 12 manner of fruits, and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.Revelation 22:2
Stats
Counts: 235 characters, 36 words, 178 letters, 70 vowels, 108 consonants
Translation
Greek: εν μεσω της πλατειας αυτης και του ποταμου εντευθεν και εντευθεν ξυλον ζωης ποιουν καρπους δωδεκα κατα μηνα ενα εκαστον αποδιδουν τον καρπον αυτου και τα φυλλα του ξυλου εις θεραπειαν των εθνων
Lit: In the middle of the street of it and of the river, on this side and on that side, was a tree of life, producing fruits twelve, according to month, each yielding the fruit of it; and the leaves of the tree are for the healing of the nations.
KJV: In the midst of the street of it, and on either side of the river, was there the tree of life, which bare twelve [manner of] fruits, [and] yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree [were] for the healing of the nations.
References
"the midst"Re 22:1: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Re 21:21: The 12 gates were 12 pearls; every several gate was of one pearl: and the street of the city was pure gold: as it were transparent glass.Eze 47:1: 12: Afterward he brought me again to the door of the house; and: look: waters issued out from under the threshold of the house eastward: for the forefront of the house stood toward the east: and the waters came down from under from the right side of the house: at the south side of the altar."the tree of life"Re 22:14: Blessed are they that do his commandments: that they may have right to the tree of life: and may enter in through the gates into the city.Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Ge 2:9: Out of the ground made the LORD God to grow every tree that is pleasant to the sight: and good for food; the tree of life also in the middle of the garden: and the tree of knowledge of good and evil.Ge 3:22-24: The LORD God said: Look: the man is become as one of us: to know good and evil: and now: lest He put forth His hand: and take also of the tree of life: and eat: and live for ever:Pr 3:18: She is a tree of life to them that lay hold upon her: and happy is every one that retains her."healing"Re 21:24: The nations of them which are saved will walk in the light of it: and the kings of the earth do bring their glory and honour into it.Ps 147:3: He heals the broken in heart: and binds up their wounds.Isa 6:10: Make the heart of this people fat: and make their ears heavy: and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes: and hear with their ears: and understand with their heart: and convert: and be healed.Isa 57:18: 19: I have seen his ways: and will heal him: I will lead him also: and restore comforts to him and to his mourners.Jer 17:14: Heal me: O LORD: and I will be healed; save me: and I will be saved: for you are my praise.Eze 47:8-11: Then said he to me: These waters issue out toward the east country: and go down into the desert: and go into the sea: which being brought forth into the sea: the waters will be healed.Ho 14:4: I will heal their backsliding: I will love them freely: for my anger is turned away from him.Mal 4:2: But to you that fear my name will the Sun of righteousness arise with healing in his wings; and you will go forth: and grow up as calves of the stall.Lu 4:18: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me: because He has anointed me to preach the gospel to the poor; He has sent me to heal the brokenhearted: to preach deliverance to the captives: and recovering of sight to the blind: to set at liberty them that are bruised: 1Pe 2:24: Who his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree: that we: being dead to sins: should live to righteousness: by whose stripes you were healed.
και παν καταναθεμα ουκ εσται ετι και ο θρονος του θεου και του αρνιου εν αυτη εσται και οι δουλοι αυτου λατρευσουσιν αυτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶνpan (Adj-NNS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶνpan
|
any
|
Adj-NNS
|
G2652κατάθεμαkatathema (N-NNS)
G2652 κατανάθεμα katanáthema kat-an-ath-em-ah from κατά (intensive) and ἀνάθεμα; an imprecation:--curse.
|
κατάθεμαkatathema
|
curse
|
N-NNS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
any longer.
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2362θρόνοςthronos (N-NMS)
G2362 θρόνος thrónos thron-os from (to sit); a stately seat (throne); by implication, power or (concretely) a potentate:--seat, throne.
|
θρόνοςthronos
|
throne
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεοῦTheou (N-GMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεοῦTheou
|
of God
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G721ἈρνίουArniou (N-GNS)
G721 ἀρνίον arníon ar-nee-on diminutive from ἀρήν; a lambkin:--lamb.
|
ἈρνίουArniou
|
Lamb
|
N-GNS
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτῇautē (PPro-DF3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῇautē
|
it
|
PPro-DF3S
|
G1510ἔσται,estai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσται,estai
|
will be,
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1401δοῦλοιdouloi (N-NMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δοῦλοιdouloi
|
servants
|
N-NMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3000λατρεύσουσινlatreusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G3000 λατρεύω latreúō lat-ryoo-o from (a hired menial); to minister (to God), i.e. render religious homage:--serve, do the service, worship(-per).
|
λατρεύσουσινlatreusousin
|
will serve
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G846αὐτῷ,autō (PPro-DM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῷ,autō
|
Him.
|
PPro-DM3S
|
3
There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:Revelation 22:3
Stats
Counts: 121 characters, 24 words, 93 letters, 32 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: και παν καταναθεμα ουκ εσται ετι και ο θρονος του θεου και του αρνιου εν αυτη εσται και οι δουλοι αυτου λατρευσουσιν αυτω
Lit: And any curse not there will be any longer. And the throne of God and of the Lamb in it will be, and the servants of Him will serve Him.
KJV: And there shall be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it; and his servants shall serve him:
References
"there"Re 21:4: God will wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there will be no more death: neither sorrow: nor crying: neither will there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.De 27:26: Cursed be he who confirms not all the words of this law to do them. And all the people will say: Amen.Zec 14:11: men will dwell in it: and there will be no more utter destruction; but Jerusalem will be safely inhabited.Mt 25:41: Then will he say also to them on the left hand: Depart from me: you cursed: into everlasting fire: prepared for the devil and his angels:Ge 3:10-13: He said: I heard your voice in the garden: and I was afraid: because I was naked; and I hid myself.Eze 37:27: My tabernacle also will be with them: yes: I will be their God: and they will be my people."but"Re 7:15-17: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Re 21:22: 23: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Ps 16:11: You will show me the path of life: in your presence is fulness of joy; at your right hand there are pleasures for evermore.Ps 17:15: As for me: I will look your face in righteousness: I will be satisfied: when I awake: with your likeness.Isa 12:6: Cry out and shout: you inhabitant of Zion: for great is the Holy one of Israel in the middle of you.Eze 48:35: It was round about 18000 measures: and the name of the city from that day will be: The LORD is there.Mt 25:21: His lord said to him: Well done: you good and faithful servant: you have been faithful over a few things: I will make you ruler over many things: enter you into the joy of your lord.Joh 14:3: If I go and prepare a place for you: I will come again: and receive you to myself; that where I am: there you may be also.Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world."his"Re 7:15: Therefore are they before the throne of God: and serve Him day and night in His temple: and He that'>He who sits on the throne will dwell among them.Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.
και οψονται το προσωπον αυτου και το ονομα αυτου επι των μετωπων αυτων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ὄψονταιopsontai (V-FIM-3P)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὄψονταιopsontai
|
they will see
|
V-FIM-3P
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G4383πρόσωπονprosōpon (N-ANS)
G4383 πρόσωπον prósōpon pros-o-pon from πρός and (the visage, from ὀπτάνομαι); the front (as being towards view), i.e. the countenance, aspect, appearance, surface; by implication, presence, person:--(outward) appearance, X before, countenance, face, fashion, (mens) person, presence.
|
πρόσωπονprosōpon
|
face
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦ,autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ,autou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G3686ὄνομαonoma (N-NNS)
G3686 ὄνομα ónoma on-om-ah from a presumed derivative of the base of γινώσκω (compare ὀνίνημι); a name (literally or figuratively) (authority, character):--called, (+ sur-)name(-d).
|
ὄνομαonoma
|
name
|
N-NNS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
will be on
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GNP
|
G3359μετώπωνmetōpōn (N-GNP)
G3359 μέτωπον métōpon met-o-pon from μετά and ops (the face); the forehead (as opposite the countenance):--forehead.
|
μετώπωνmetōpōn
|
foreheads
|
N-GNP
|
G846αὐτῶν.autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν.autōn
|
of them.
|
PPro-GM3P
|
4
They will see his face; and his name will be in their foreheads.Revelation 22:4
Stats
Counts: 70 characters, 13 words, 55 letters, 21 vowels, 34 consonants
Translation
Greek: και οψονται το προσωπον αυτου και το ονομα αυτου επι των μετωπων αυτων
Lit: And they will see the face of Him, and the name of Him will be on the foreheads of them.
KJV: And they shall see his face; and his name shall be in their foreheads.
References
"they"Eze 33:18-20: 23: When the righteous turns from his righteousness: and commits iniquity: he will even die thereby.Job 33:26: He will pray to God: and He will be favourable to Him: and He will see His face with joy: for He will render to man His righteousness.Ps 4:6: There be many that say: Who will show us any good? LORD: lift you up the light of your face upon us.Isa 33:17: Your eyes will see the king in his beauty: they will look the land that is very far off.Isa 35:2: It will blossom abundantly: and rejoice even with joy and singing: the glory of Lebanon will be given to it: the excellency of Carmel and Sharon: they will see the glory of the LORD: and the excellency of our God.Isa 40:5: The glory of the LORD will be revealed: and all flesh will see it together: for the mouth of the LORD has spoken it.Mt 5:8: Blessed are the pure in heart: for they will see God.Joh 12:26: If any man serve me: let Him follow me; and where I am: there will also my servant be: if any man serve me: Him will my Father honour.Joh 17:24: Father: I will that they also: whom you have given me: be with me where I am; that they may look my glory: which you have given me: for you lovedst me before the foundation of the world.1Co 13:12: For now we see through a glass: darkly; but then face to face: now I know in part; but then will I know even as also I am known.Heb 12:14: Follow peace with all men: and holiness: without which no man will see the Lord:1Jo 3:2: 3: Beloved: now are we the sons of God: and it does not yet appear what we will be: but we know that: when He will appear: we will be like Him; for we will see Him as He is."and his"Re 3:12: Him that overcomes will I make a pillar in the temple of my God: and He will go no more out: and I will write upon Him the name of my God: and the name of the city of my God: which is new Jerusalem: which comes down out of heaven from my God: and I will write upon Him my new name.Re 14:1: I looked: and: indeed: a Lamb stood on the mount Sion: and with Him 140 and 4000: having His Father's name written in their foreheads.
και νυξ ουκ εσται εκει και χρειαν ουκ εχουσιν λυχνου και φωτος ηλιου οτι κυριος ο θεος φωτιζει αυτους και βασιλευσουσιν εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3571νὺξnyx (N-NFS)
G3571 νύξ nýx noox a primary word; night (literally or figuratively):-- (mid-)night.
|
νὺξnyx
|
night
|
N-NFS
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
there will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
there,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3756οὐκouk (Adv)
G3756 οὐ ou ookh a primary word; the absolute negative (compare μή) adverb; no or not:--+ long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but. See also οὐ μή, μῆκος.,
|
οὐκouk
|
not
|
Adv
|
G2192ἔχουσινechousin (V-PIA-3P)
G2192 ἔχω échō skheh-o a primary verb; to hold (used in very various applications, literally or figuratively, direct or remote; such as possession; ability, contiuity, relation, or condition):--be (able, X hold, possessed with), accompany, + begin to amend, can(+ -not), X conceive, count, diseased, do + eat, + enjoy, + fear, following, have, hold, keep, + lack, + go to law, lie, + must needs, + of necessity, + need, next, + recover, + reign, + rest, + return, X sick, take for, + tremble, + uncircumcised, use.
|
ἔχουσινechousin
|
they have
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G5532χρείανchreian (N-AFS)
G5532 χρεία chreía khri-ah from the base of χράομαι or χρή; employment, i.e. an affair; also (by implication) occasion, demand, requirement or destitution:--business, lack, necessary(-ity), need(-ful), use, want.
|
χρείανchreian
|
need
|
N-AFS
|
G5457φωτὸςphōtos (N-GNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φωτὸςphōtos
|
of the light
|
N-GNS
|
G3088λύχνουlychnou (N-GMS)
G3088 λύχνος lýchnos lookh-nos from the base of λευκός; a portable lamp or other illuminator (literally or figuratively):--candle, light.
|
λύχνουlychnou
|
of a lamp
|
N-GMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G5457φωτὸςphōtos (N-GNS)
G5457 φῶς phōs foce from an obsolete (to shine or make manifest, especially by rays; compare φαίνω, φημί); luminousness (in the widest application, natural or artificial, abstract or concrete, literal or figurative):--fire, light.
|
φωτὸςphōtos
|
of the light
|
N-GNS
|
G2246ἡλίου,hēliou (N-GMS)
G2246 ἥλιος hḗlios hay-lee-os from (a ray; perhaps akin to the alternate of αἱρέομαι); the sun; by implication, light:--+ east, sun.
|
ἡλίου,hēliou
|
of the sun,
|
N-GMS
|
G3754ὅτιhoti (Conj)
G3754 ὅτι hóti hot-ee neuter of ὅστις as conjunction; demonstrative, that (sometimes redundant); causative, because:--as concerning that, as though, because (that), for (that), how (that), (in) that, though, why.
|
ὅτιhoti
|
because
|
Conj
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
the Lord
|
N-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G5461φωτίσειphōtisei (V-FIA-3S)
G5461 φωτίζω phōtízō fo-tid-zo from φῶς; to shed rays, i.e. to shine or (transitively) to brighten up (literally or figuratively):--enlighten, illuminate, (bring to, give) light, make to see.
|
φωτίσειphōtisei
|
will enlighten
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
upon
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτούς,autous (PPro-AM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτούς,autous
|
them,
|
PPro-AM3P
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G936βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin (V-FIA-3P)
G936 βασιλεύω basileúō bas-il-yoo-o from βασιλεύς; to rule (literally or figuratively):--king, reign.
|
βασιλεύσουσινbasileusousin
|
they will reign
|
V-FIA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G165αἰῶναςaiōnas (N-AMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰῶναςaiōnas
|
ages
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G165αἰώνων.aiōnōn (N-GMP)
G165 αἰών aiṓn ahee-ohn from the same as ἀεί; properly, an age; by extension, perpetuity (also past); by implication, the world; specially (Jewish) a Messianic period (present or future):--age, course, eternal, (for) ever(-more), (n-)ever, (beginning of the , while the) world (began, without end). Compare χρόνος.
|
αἰώνων.aiōnōn
|
ages.
|
N-GMP
|
5
There will be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God gives them light: and they will reign for ever and ever.Revelation 22:5
Stats
Counts: 161 characters, 28 words, 125 letters, 42 vowels, 83 consonants
Translation
Greek: και νυξ ουκ εσται εκει και χρειαν ουκ εχουσιν λυχνου και φωτος ηλιου οτι κυριος ο θεος φωτιζει αυτους και βασιλευσουσιν εις τους αιωνας των αιωνων
Lit: And night not there will be there, and not they have need of the light of a lamp and of the light of the sun, because the Lord God will enlighten upon them, and they will reign to the ages of the ages.
KJV: And there shall be no night there; and they need no candle, neither light of the sun; for the Lord God giveth them light: and they shall reign for ever and ever.
References
"no night"Re 18:23: The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Re 21:22-25: I saw no temple therein: for the Lord God Almighty and the Lamb are the temple of it.Ps 36:9: For with you is the fountain of life: in your light will we see light.Ps 84:11: For the LORD God is a sun and shield: the LORD will give grace and glory: no good thing will He withhold from them that walk uprightly.Pr 4:18: 19: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Isa 60:19: 20: The sun will be no more your light by day; neither for brightness will the moon give light to you: but the LORD will be to you an everlasting light: and your God your glory."and they"Re 3:21: To Him that overcomes will I grant to sit with me in my throne: even as I also overcame: and am set down with my Father in His throne.Re 11:15: The seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven: saying: The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord: and of His Christ; and He will reign for ever and ever.Da 7:18: 27: But the saints of the most High will take the kingdom: and possess the kingdom for ever: even for ever and ever.Mt 25:34: 46: Then will the King say to them on His right hand: Come: you blessed of my Father: inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world:Ro 5:17: For if by one man's offence death reigned by one; much more they which receive abundance of grace and of the gift of righteousness will reign in life by one: Jesus Christ.)2Ti 2:12: If we suffer: we will also reign with him: if we deny him: he also will deny us:1Pe 1:3: 4: Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ: which according to His abundant mercy has begotten us again to a lively hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead:
Conclusion
και ειπεν μοι ουτοι οι λογοι πιστοι και αληθινοι και κυριος ο θεος των αγιων προφητων απεστειλεν τον αγγελον αυτου δειξαι τοις δουλοις αυτου α δει γενεσθαι εν ταχει
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004εἶπένeipen (V-AIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἶπένeipen
|
he said
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ΟὗτοιHoutoi (DPro-NMP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ΟὗτοιHoutoi
|
These
|
DPro-NMP
|
G3056λόγοιlogoi (N-NMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγοιlogoi
|
words
|
N-NMP
|
G4103πιστοὶpistoi (Adj-NMP)
G4103 πιστός pistós pis-tos from πείθω; objectively, trustworthy; subjectively, trustful:--believe(-ing, -r), faithful(-ly), sure, true.
|
πιστοὶpistoi
|
are faithful
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G228ἀληθινοί,alēthinoi (Adj-NMP)
G228 ἀληθινός alēthinós al-ay-thee-nos from ἀληθής; truthful:--true.
|
ἀληθινοί,alēthinoi
|
TRUE.
|
Adj-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2962ΚύριοςKyrios (N-NMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριοςKyrios
|
Lord,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GNP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GNP
|
G4151πνευμάτωνpneumatōn (N-GNP)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
πνευμάτωνpneumatōn
|
spirits
|
N-GNP
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G649ἀπέστειλενapesteilen (V-AIA-3S)
G649 ἀποστέλλω apostéllō ap-os-tel-lo from ἀπό and στέλλω; set apart, i.e. (by implication) to send out (properly, on a mission) literally or figuratively:--put in, send (away, forth, out), set (at liberty).
|
ἀπέστειλενapesteilen
|
sent
|
V-AIA-3S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελονangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελονangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him,
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G1166δεῖξαιdeixai (V-ANA)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δεῖξαιdeixai
|
to show
|
V-ANA
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
the
|
Art-DMP
|
G1401δούλοιςdoulois (N-DMP)
G1401 δοῦλος doûlos doo-los from δέω; a slave (literal or figurative, involuntary or voluntary; frequently, therefore in a qualified sense of subjection or subserviency):--bond(-man), servant.
|
δούλοιςdoulois
|
servants
|
N-DMP
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of Him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G3739ἃha (RelPro-ANP)
G3739 ὅς hós ho probably a primary word (or perhaps a form of the article ὁ); the relatively (sometimes demonstrative) pronoun, who, which, what, that:--one, (an-, the) other, some, that, what, which, who(-m, -se), etc. See also οὗ.,
|
ἃha
|
the things that
|
RelPro-ANP
|
G1163δεῖdei (V-PIA-3S)
G1163 δεῖ deî die 3rd person singular active present of δέω; also deon deh-on; neuter active participle of the same; both used impersonally; it is (was, etc.) necessary (as binding):--behoved, be meet, must (needs), (be) need(-ful), ought, should.
|
δεῖdei
|
must
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1096γενέσθαιgenesthai (V-ANM)
G1096 γίνομαι gínomai ghin-om-ahee a prolongation and middle voice form of a primary verb; to cause to be (gen-erate), i.e. (reflexively) to become (come into being), used with great latitude (literal, figurative, intensive, etc.):--arise, be assembled, be(-come, -fall, -have self), be brought (to pass), (be) come (to pass), continue, be divided, draw, be ended, fall, be finished, follow, be found, be fulfilled, + God forbid, grow, happen, have, be kept, be made, be married, be ordained to be, partake, pass, be performed, be published, require, seem, be showed, X soon as it was, sound, be taken, be turned, use, wax, will, would, be wrought.
|
γενέσθαιgenesthai
|
come to pass
|
V-ANM
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G5034τάχει.tachei (N-DNS)
G5034 τάχος táchos takh-os from the same as ταχύς; a brief space (of time), i.e. (with ἐν prefixed) in haste:--+ quickly, + shortly, + speedily.
|
τάχει.tachei
|
quickness.
|
N-DNS
|
6
He said to me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.
Revelation 22:6
Stats
Counts: 175 characters, 32 words, 139 letters, 47 vowels, 92 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ειπεν μοι ουτοι οι λογοι πιστοι και αληθινοι και κυριος ο θεος των αγιων προφητων απεστειλεν τον αγγελον αυτου δειξαι τοις δουλοις αυτου α δει γενεσθαι εν ταχει
Lit: And he said to me, These words are faithful and TRUE. And the Lord, the God of the spirits of the prophets, sent the angel of Him, to show the servants of Him the things that must come to pass in quickness.
KJV: And he said unto me, These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent his angel to shew unto his servants the things which must shortly be done.
References
"These"Re 19:9: He says to me: Write: Blessed are they which are called to the marriage supper of the Lamb. And He says to me: These are the true sayings of God.Re 21:5: he who sat upon the throne said: Look: I make all things new. And he said to me: Write: for these words are true and faithful."the holy"Re 18:20: Rejoice over her: you heaven: and you holy apostles and prophets; for God has avenged you on her.Lu 1:70: As he spoke by the mouth of his holy prophets: which have been since the world began:Lu 16:16: The law and the prophets were until John: since that time the kingdom of God is preached: and every man presss into it.Ac 3:18: But those things: which God before had showed by the mouth of all His prophets: that Christ should suffer: He has so fulfilled.Ro 1:2: (Which he had promised afore by his prophets in the holy scriptures: )1Pe 1:11: 12: Searching what: or what manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them did signify: when it testified beforehand the sufferings of Christ: and the glory that should follow.2Pe 1:21: For the prophecy not came in old time by the will of man: but holy men of God spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.2Pe 3:2: That you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets: and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour:"sent"Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:Da 3:28: Then Nebuchadnezzar spoke: and said: Blessed be the God of Shadrach: Meshach: and Abednego: who has sent His angel: and delivered His servants that trusted in Him: and have changed the king's word: and yielded their bodies: that they not might serve nor worship any god: except their own God.Da 6:22: My God has sent His angel: and has shut the lions' mouths: that they not have hurt me: forasmuch as before Him innocency was found in me; and also before you: O king: have I done no hurt.Mt 13:41: The Son of man will send forth His angels: and they will gather out of His kingdom all things that offend: and them which do iniquity;Ac 12:11: When Peter was come to Himself: He said: Now I know of a surety: that the Lord has sent His angel: and has delivered me out of the hand of Herod: and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews.2Th 1:7: To you who are troubled rest with us: when the Lord Jesus will be revealed from heaven with His mighty angels: "which"Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Ge 41:32: For that the dream was doubled to Pharaoh twice; it is because the thing is established by God: and God will shortly bring it to pass.1Co 7:29: But this I say: brothers: the time is short: it remains: that both they that have wives be as though they had none;2Pe 3:8: 9: But: beloved: not be ignorant of this one thing: that one day is with the Lord as a000 years: and a000 years as one day.
ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ μακαριος ο τηρων τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532Καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
Καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχομαιerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαιerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5035ταχύ.tachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύ.tachy
|
quickly.
|
Adv
|
G3107μακάριοςmakarios (Adj-NMS)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
μακάριοςmakarios
|
Blessed is
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G5083τηρῶνtērōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρῶνtērōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
book
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτου.toutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου.toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GNS
|
7
Look, I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.
Revelation 22:7
Stats
Counts: 92 characters, 15 words, 73 letters, 26 vowels, 47 consonants
Translation
Greek: ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ μακαριος ο τηρων τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου
Lit: And behold, I am coming quickly. Blessed is the one keeping the words of the prophecy of the book this.
KJV: Behold, I come quickly: blessed is he that keepeth the sayings of the prophecy of this book.
References
"I come"Re 22:10: 12: 20: He says to me: not Seal the sayings of the prophecy of this book: for the time is at hand.Re 3:11: Look: I come quickly: hold that fast which you have: that no man take your crown."blessed"Re 22:9: Then says He to me: See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers the prophets: and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.
και εγω ιωαννης ο βλεπων ταυτα και ακουων και οτε ηκουσα και εβλεψα επεσα προσκυνησαι εμπροσθεν των ποδων του αγγελου του δεικνυοντος μοι ταυτα
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2504ΚἀγὼKagō (PPro-N1S)
G2504 κἀγώ kagṓ kam-eh from καί and ἐγώ; so also the dative case , and accusative case and (or also, even, etc.) I, (to) me:--(and, even, even so, so) I (also, in like wise), both me, me also.
|
ΚἀγὼKagō
|
And I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2491ἸωάννηςIōannēs (N-NMS)
G2491 Ἰωάννης Iōánnēs ee-o-an-nace of Hebrew origin (יוֹחָנָן); Joannes (i.e. Jochanan), the name of four Israelites:--John.
|
ἸωάννηςIōannēs
|
John,
|
N-NMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
am the [one]
|
Art-NMS
|
G191ἀκούωνakouōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούωνakouōn
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G991βλέπωνblepōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
βλέπωνblepōn
|
seeing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3753ὅτεhote (Adv)
G3753 ὅτε hóte hot-eh from ὅς and τέ; at which (thing) too, i.e. when:--after (that), as soon as, that, when, while.,
|
ὅτεhote
|
when
|
Adv
|
G191ἤκουσαēkousa (V-AIA-1S)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἤκουσαēkousa
|
I heard
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G991ἔβλεψα,eblepsa (V-AIA-1S)
G991 βλέπω blépō blep-o a primary verb; to look at (literally or figuratively):--behold, beware, lie, look (on, to), perceive, regard, see, sight, take heed. Compare ὀπτάνομαι.
|
ἔβλεψα,eblepsa
|
saw,
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4098ἔπεσαepesa (V-AIA-1S)
G4098 πίπτω píptō pet-o probably akin to πέτομαι through the idea of alighting; to fall (literally or figuratively):--fail, fall (down), light on.
|
ἔπεσαepesa
|
I fell down
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G4352προσκυνῆσαιproskynēsai (V-ANA)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκυνῆσαιproskynēsai
|
to worship
|
V-ANA
|
G1715ἔμπροσθενemprosthen (Prep)
G1715 ἔμπροσθεν émprosthen em-pros-then from ἐν and πρός; in front of (in place (literally or figuratively) or time):--against, at, before, (in presence, sight) of.
|
ἔμπροσθενemprosthen
|
before
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4228ποδῶνpodōn (N-GMP)
G4228 πούς poús pooce a primary word; a foot (figuratively or literally):--foot(-stool).
|
ποδῶνpodōn
|
feet
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G32ἀγγέλουangelou (N-GMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἀγγέλουangelou
|
angel
|
N-GMS
|
G1166δεικνύοντόςdeiknyontos (V-PPA-GMS)
G1166 δεικνύω deiknýō dike-noo-o a prolonged form of an obsolete primary of the same meaning; to show (literally or figuratively):--shew.
|
δεικνύοντόςdeiknyontos
|
showing
|
V-PPA-GMS
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
me
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3778ταῦτα.tauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦτα.tauta
|
these things.
|
DPro-ANP
|
8
I John saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which showed me these things.
Revelation 22:8
Stats
Counts: 157 characters, 29 words, 122 letters, 43 vowels, 79 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εγω ιωαννης ο βλεπων ταυτα και ακουων και οτε ηκουσα και εβλεψα επεσα προσκυνησαι εμπροσθεν των ποδων του αγγελου του δεικνυοντος μοι ταυτα
Lit: And I, John, am the [one] hearing and seeing these things. And when I heard and saw, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel showing me these things.
KJV: And I John saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the angel which shewed me these things.
References
"I fell"Re 19:10: 19: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.
και λεγει μοι ορα μη συνδουλος σου γαρ ειμι και των αδελφων σου των προφητων και των τηρουντων τους λογους του βιβλιου τουτου τω θεω προσκυνησον
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3708ὍραHora (V-PMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ὍραHora
|
See that you
|
V-PMA-2S
|
G3361μή·mē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
μή·mē
|
not .
|
Adv
|
G4889σύνδουλόςsyndoulos (N-NMS)
G4889 σύνδουλος sýndoulos soon-doo-los from σύν and δοῦλος; a co-slave, i.e. servitor or ministrant of the same master (human or divine):--fellowservant.
|
σύνδουλόςsyndoulos
|
Fellow servant
|
N-NMS
|
G4771σούsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σούsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
I am,
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
with the
|
Art-GMP
|
G80ἀδελφῶνadelphōn (N-GMP)
G80 ἀδελφός adelphós ad-el-fos from Α (as a connective particle) and (the womb); a brother (literally or figuratively) near or remote (much like Α):--brother.
|
ἀδελφῶνadelphōn
|
brothers
|
N-GMP
|
G4771σουsou (PPro-G2S)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
σουsou
|
of you
|
PPro-G2S
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G4396προφητῶνprophētōn (N-GMP)
G4396 προφήτης prophḗtēs prof-ay-tace from a compound of πρό and φημί; a foreteller (prophet); by analogy, an inspired speaker; by extension, a poet:--prophet.
|
προφητῶνprophētōn
|
prophets,
|
N-GMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
with those
|
Art-GMP
|
G5083τηρούντωνtērountōn (V-PPA-GMP)
G5083 τηρέω tēréō tay-reh-o from (a watch; perhaps akin to θεωρέω); to guard (from loss or injury, properly, by keeping the eye upon; and thus differing from φυλάσσω, which is properly to prevent escaping; and from κουστωδία, which implies a fortress or full military lines of apparatus), i.e. to note (a prophecy; figuratively, to fulfil a command); by implication, to detain (in custody; figuratively, to maintain); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried); by extension, to withhold (for personal ends; figuratively, to keep unmarried):--hold fast, keep(- er), (pre-, re-)serve, watch.
|
τηρούντωνtērountōn
|
keeping
|
V-PPA-GMP
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
book
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτου·toutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου·toutou
|
this.
|
DPro-GNS
|
G2316ΘεῷTheō (N-DMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεῷTheō
|
God
|
N-DMS
|
G4352προσκύνησον.proskynēson (V-AMA-2S)
G4352 προσκυνέω proskynéō pros-koo-neh-o from πρός and a probable derivative of κύων (meaning to kiss, like a dog licking his masters hand); to fawn or crouch to, i.e. (literally or figuratively) prostrate oneself in homage (do reverence to, adore):--worship.
|
προσκύνησον.proskynēson
|
worship!
|
V-AMA-2S
|
9
Then says He to me, See you do it not: for I am your fellowservant, and of your brothers the prophets, and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.
Revelation 22:9
Stats
Counts: 166 characters, 28 words, 128 letters, 44 vowels, 84 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει μοι ορα μη συνδουλος σου γαρ ειμι και των αδελφων σου των προφητων και των τηρουντων τους λογους του βιβλιου τουτου τω θεω προσκυνησον
Lit: And he says to me, See that you not . Fellow servant of you I am, and with the brothers of you the prophets, and with those keeping the words of the book this. God worship!
KJV: Then saith he unto me, See thou do it not: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the prophets, and of them which keep the sayings of this book: worship God.
References
"See"Re 19:10: I fell at His feet to worship Him. And He said to me: See you do it not: I am your fellowservant: and of your brothers that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.De 4:19: lest you lift up your eyes to heaven: and when you see the sun: and the moon: and the stars: even all the host of heaven: should be driven to worship them: and serve them: which the LORD your God has divided to all nations under the whole heaven.Col 2:18: 19: Let no man beguile you of your reward in a voluntary humility and worshipping of angels: intruding into those things which he has not seen: vainly puffed up by his fleshly mind: 1Jo 5:20: We know that the Son of God is come: and has given us an understanding: that we may know Him that is true: and we are in Him that is true: even in His Son Jesus Christ. This is the true God: and eternal life."worship God"Re 4:10: The 24 elders fall down before him that sat on the throne: and worship him that lives for ever and ever: and cast their crowns before the throne: saying: Re 9:20: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Re 14:7: Saying with a loud voice: Fear God: and give glory to Him; for the hour of His judgment is come: and worship Him that made heaven: and earth: and the sea: and the fountains of waters.Re 15:4: Who will not fear you: O Lord: and glorify your name? for you only are holy: for all nations will come and worship before you; for your judgments are made manifest.Ex 34:14: For you will worship no other god: for the LORD: whose name is Jealous: is a jealous God:2Ki 17:36: But the LORD: who brought you up out of the land of Egypt with great power and a stretched out arm: Him will you fear: and Him will you worship: and to Him will you do sacrifice.Ps 45:11: So will the king greatly desire your beauty: for He is your Lord; and worship you Him.Mt 4:9: says to him: All these things will I give you: if you will fall down and worship me.Lu 4:7: If you therefore will worship me: all will be your.Joh 4:22: 23: You worship you not know what: we know what we worship: for salvation is of the Jews.
και λεγει μοι μη σφραγισης τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου οτι ο καιρος εγγυς εστιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3004λέγειlegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγειlegei
|
he says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G1473μοιmoi (PPro-D1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μοιmoi
|
to me,
|
PPro-D1S
|
G3361ΜὴMē (Adv)
G3361 μή mḗ may a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas οὐ expresses an absolute denial); (adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas οὐ expects an affirmative one)) whether:--any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without. Often used in compounds in substantially the same relations. See also ἐὰν μή, ἵνα μή, οὐ μή, μῆκος, μηκύνω, μήν, μὴ οὐκ.,
|
ΜὴMē
|
Not
|
Adv
|
G4972σφραγίσῃςsphragisēs (V-ASA-2S)
G4972 σφραγίζω sphragízō sfrag-id-zo from σφραγίς; to stamp (with a signet or private mark) for security or preservation (literally or figuratively); by implication, to keep secret, to attest:--(set a, set to) seal up, stop.
|
σφραγίσῃςsphragisēs
|
seal
|
V-ASA-2S
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
book
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτου·toutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου·toutou
|
this;
|
DPro-GNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2540καιρὸςkairos (N-NMS)
G2540 καιρός kairós kahee-ros of uncertain affinity; an occasion, i.e. set or proper time:--X always, opportunity, (convenient, due) season, (due, short, while) time, a while. Compare χρόνος.
|
καιρὸςkairos
|
time
|
N-NMS
|
G1063γὰρgar (Conj)
G1063 γάρ gár gar a primary particle; properly, assigning a reason (used in argument, explanation or intensification; often with other particles):--and, as, because (that), but, even, for, indeed, no doubt, seeing, then, therefore, verily, what, why, yet.
|
γὰρgar
|
for
|
Conj
|
G1451ἐγγύςengys (Adv)
G1451 ἐγγύς engýs eng-goos from a primary verb (to squeeze or throttle; akin to the base of ἀγκάλη); near (literally or figuratively, of place or time):--from , at hand, near, nigh (at hand, unto), ready.
|
ἐγγύςengys
|
near
|
Adv
|
G1510ἐστιν.estin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστιν.estin
|
is.
|
V-PIA-3S
|
10
He says to me, not Seal the sayings of the prophecy of this book: for the time is at hand.
Revelation 22:10
Stats
Counts: 97 characters, 19 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: και λεγει μοι μη σφραγισης τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου οτι ο καιρος εγγυς εστιν
Lit: And he says to me, Not seal the words of the prophecy of the book this; the time for near is.
KJV: And he saith unto me, Seal not the sayings of the prophecy of this book: for the time is at hand.
References
"he saith"Re 22:12: 13: 16: 20: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be."Seal"Re 5:1: I saw in the right hand of him that sat on the throne a book written within and on the backside: sealed with 7 seals.Re 10:4: When the 7 thunders had uttered their voices: I was about to write: and I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Seal up those things which the 7 thunders uttered: and write not them.Isa 8:16: Bind up the testimony: seal the law among my disciples.Da 8:26: The vision of the evening and the morning which was told is true: for what reason shut you up the vision; for it will be for many days.Da 12:4: 9: But you: O Daniel: shut up the words: and seal the book: even to the time of the end: many will run to and fro: and knowledge will be increased.Mt 10:27: What I tell you in darkness: that speak you in light: and what you hear in the ear: that preach you upon the housetops."for"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Isa 13:6: Howl you; for the day of the LORD is at hand; it will come as a destruction from the Almighty.Eze 12:23: Tell them therefore: Thus says the Lord GOD; I will make this proverb to cease: and they will no more use it as a proverb in Israel; but say to them: The days are at hand: and the effect of every vision.Ro 13:12: The night is far spent: the day is at hand: let us therefore cast off the works of darkness: and let us put on the armour of light.2Th 2:3: Let no man deceive you by any means: for that day will not come: except there come a falling away first: and that man of sin be revealed: the son of perdition;1Pe 4:7: But the end of all things is at hand: be you therefore sober: and watch to prayer.
ο αδικων αδικησατω ετι και ο ρυπων ρυπωσατω ετι και ο δικαιος δικαιωθητω ετι και ο αγιος αγιασθητω ετι
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
The one
|
Art-NMS
|
G91ἀδικῶνadikōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικῶνadikōn
|
being unrighteous,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G91ἀδικησάτωadikēsatō (V-AMA-3S)
G91 ἀδικέω adikéō ad-ee-keh-o from ἄδικος; to be unjust, i.e. (actively) do wrong (morally, socially or physically):--hurt, injure, be an offender, be unjust, (do, suffer, take) wrong.
|
ἀδικησάτωadikēsatō
|
let him be unrighteous
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
still;
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
he who
|
Art-NMS
|
G4508ῥυπαρὸςrhyparos (Adj-NMS)
G4508 ῥυπαρός rhyparós rhoo-par-os from ῥύπος; dirty, i.e. (relatively) cheap or shabby; morally, wicked:--vile.
|
ῥυπαρὸςrhyparos
|
is filthy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4510ῥυπανθήτωrhypanthētō (V-AMP-3S)
G4510 ῥυπόω rhypóō rhoo-po-o from ῥύπος; to soil, i.e. (intransitively) to become dirty (morally):--be filthy.
|
ῥυπανθήτωrhypanthētō
|
let him be filthy
|
V-AMP-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
still;
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
he who
|
Art-NMS
|
G1342δίκαιοςdikaios (Adj-NMS)
G1342 δίκαιος díkaios dik-ah-yos from δίκη; equitable (in character or act); by implication, innocent, holy (absolutely or relatively):--just, meet, right(-eous).
|
δίκαιοςdikaios
|
is righteous,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G1343δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn (N-AFS)
G1343 δικαιοσύνη dikaiosýnē dik-ah-yos-oo-nay from δίκαιος; equity (of character or act); specially (Christian) justification:--righteousness.
|
δικαιοσύνηνdikaiosynēn
|
righteousness
|
N-AFS
|
G4160ποιησάτωpoiēsatō (V-AMA-3S)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιησάτωpoiēsatō
|
let him practice
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G2089ἔτι,eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι,eti
|
still;
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
he who is
|
Art-NMS
|
G40ἅγιοςhagios (Adj-NMS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἅγιοςhagios
|
holy,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G37ἁγιασθήτωhagiasthētō (V-AMP-3S)
G37 ἁγιάζω hagiázō hag-ee-ad-zo from ἅγιος; to make holy, i.e. (ceremonially) purify or consecrate; (mentally) to venerate:--hallow, be holy, sanctify.
|
ἁγιασθήτωhagiasthētō
|
let him be holy
|
V-AMP-3S
|
G2089ἔτι.eti (Adv)
G2089 ἔτι éti et-ee perhaps akin to ἔτος; yet
|
ἔτι.eti
|
still.
|
Adv
|
11
He who is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he who is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he who is holy, let him be holy still.Revelation 22:11
Stats
Counts: 190 characters, 32 words, 144 letters, 47 vowels, 97 consonants
Translation
Greek: ο αδικων αδικησατω ετι και ο ρυπων ρυπωσατω ετι και ο δικαιος δικαιωθητω ετι και ο αγιος αγιασθητω ετι
Lit: The one being unrighteous, let him be unrighteous still; and he who is filthy, let him be filthy still; and he who is righteous, righteousness let him practice still; and he who is holy, let him be holy still.
KJV: He that is unjust, let him be unjust still: and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still: and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still: and he that is holy, let him be holy still.
References
"that is unjust"Re 16:8-11: 21: The fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given to him to scorch men with fire.Ps 81:12: So I gave them up to their own hearts' lust: and they walked in their own counsels.Pr 1:24-33: Because I have called: and you refused; I have stretched out my hand: and no man regarded;Pr 14:32: The wicked is driven away in his wickedness: but the righteous has hope in his death.Ec 11:3: If the clouds be full of rain: they empty themselves upon the earth: and if the tree fall toward the south: or toward the north: in the place where the tree falls: there it will be.Eze 3:27: But when I speak with you: I will open your mouth: and you will say to them: Thus says the Lord GOD; He who hears: let Him hear; and He that'>He who forbears: let Him forbear: for they are a rebellious house.Da 12:10: Many will be purified: and made white: and tried; but the wicked will do wickedly: and none of the wicked will understand; but the wise will understand.Mt 15:14: Let them alone: they be blind leaders of the blind. And if the blind lead the blind: both will fall into the ditch.Mt 21:19: When he saw a fig tree in the way: he came to it: and not foundhing thereon: but leaves only: and said to it: Let no fruit grow on you henceforward for ever. And presently the fig tree withered away.Mt 25:10: While they went to buy: the groom came; and they that were ready went in with him to the marriage: and the door was shut.Joh 8:21: Then said Jesus again to them: I go my way: and you will seek me: and will die in your sins: whither I go: you cannot come.2Ti 3:13: But evil men and seducers will wax worse and worse: deceiving: and being deceived."and he that"Re 22:3: There will be no more curse: but the throne of God and of the Lamb will be in it; and His servants will serve Him:Re 7:13-15: One of the elders answered: saying to me: What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and where came they?Job 17:9: The righteous also will hold on his way: and he who has clean hands will be stronger and stronger.Pr 4:18: But the path of the just is as the shining light: that shines more and more to the perfect day.Mt 5:6: Blessed are they which do hunger and thirst after righteousness: for they will be filled.Eph 5:27: That he might present it to himself a glorious church: not having spot: or wrinkle: or any such thing; but that it should be holy and without blemish.Col 1:22: In the body of his flesh through death: to present you holy and unblameable and unreproveable in his sight:Jude 1:24: Now to him that is able to keep you from falling: and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy:
και ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ και ο μισθος μου μετ εμου αποδουναι εκαστω ως το εργον αυτου εσται
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3708ἸδοὺIdou (V-AMA-2S)
G3708 ὁράω horáō hor-ah-o properly, to stare at (compare ὀπτάνομαι), i.e. (by implication) to discern clearly (physically or mentally); by extension, to attend to; by Hebraism, to experience; passively, to appear:--behold, perceive, see, take heed.
|
ἸδοὺIdou
|
Behold,
|
V-AMA-2S
|
G2064ἔρχομαιerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαιerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5035ταχύ,tachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύ,tachy
|
quickly,
|
Adv
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G3408μισθόςmisthos (N-NMS)
G3408 μισθός misthós mis-thos apparently a primary word; pay for service (literally or figuratively), good or bad:--hire, reward, wages.
|
μισθόςmisthos
|
reward
|
N-NMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3326μετ’met’ (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετ’met’
|
is with
|
Prep
|
G1473ἐμοῦ,emou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐμοῦ,emou
|
Me,
|
PPro-G1S
|
G591ἀποδοῦναιapodounai (V-ANA)
G591 ἀποδίδωμι apodídōmi ap-od-eed-o-mee from ἀπό and δίδωμι; to give away, i.e. up, over, back, etc. (in various applications):--deliver (again), give (again), (re-)pay(-ment be made), perform, recompense, render, requite, restore, reward, sell, yield.
|
ἀποδοῦναιapodounai
|
to give
|
V-ANA
|
G1538ἑκάστῳhekastō (Adj-DMS)
G1538 ἕκαστος hékastos hek-as-tos as if a superlative of (afar); each or every:--any, both, each (one), every (man, one, woman), particularly.
|
ἑκάστῳhekastō
|
to each
|
Adj-DMS
|
G5613ὡςhōs (Adv)
G5613 ὡς hōs hoce probably adverb of comparative from ὅς; which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows):--about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed.
|
ὡςhōs
|
as
|
Adv
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G2041ἔργονergon (N-NNS)
G2041 ἔργον érgon er-gon from a primary (but obsolete) (to work); toil (as an effort or occupation); by implication, an act:--deed, doing, labour, work.
|
ἔργονergon
|
work
|
N-NNS
|
G1510ἐστὶνestin (V-PIA-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἐστὶνestin
|
is
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G846αὐτοῦ.autou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦ.autou
|
his.
|
PPro-GM3S
|
12
And, look, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work will be.
Revelation 22:12
Stats
Rank: #858 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 104 characters, 17 words, 79 letters, 28 vowels, 51 consonants
Translation
Greek: και ιδου ερχομαι ταχυ και ο μισθος μου μετ εμου αποδουναι εκαστω ως το εργον αυτου εσται
Lit: Behold, I am coming quickly, and the reward of Me is with Me, to give to each as the work is his.
KJV: And, behold, I come quickly; and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.
References
"I come"Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Zep 1:14: The great day of the LORD is near: it is near: and hasts greatly: even the voice of the day of the LORD: the mighty man will cry there bitterly."and my"Re 11:18: The nations were angry: and your wrath is come: and the time of the dead: that they should be judged: and that you should'>should give reward to your servants the prophets: and to the saints: and them that fear your name: small and great; and should'>should destroy them which destroy the earth.Isa 3:10: 11: Say you to the righteous: that it will be well with him: for they will eat the fruit of their doings.Isa 40:10: Look: the Lord GOD will come with strong hand: and His arm will rule for Him: look: His reward is with Him: and His work before Him.Isa 62:11: Look: the LORD has proclaimed to the end of the world: Say you to the daughter of Zion: Look: your salvation comes; look: His reward is with Him: and His work before Him.1Co 3:8: 14: Now he who plants and he who waters are one: and every man will receive his own reward according to his own labour.1Co 9:17: 18: For if I do this thing willingly: I have a reward: but if against my will: a dispensation of the gospel is committed to me."to give"Re 20:12: I saw the dead: small and great: stand before God; and the books were opened: and another book was opened: which is the book of life: and the dead were judged out of those things which were written in the books: according to their works.Mt 16:27: For the Son of man will come in the glory of His Father with His angels; and then He will reward every man according to His works.Ro 2:6-11: Who will render to every man according to his deeds:Ro 14:12: So then every one of us will give account of Himself to God.
εγω ειμι το α και το ω αρχη και τελος ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I am
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1ἌλφαAlpha (N-NNS)
G1 Α A al-fah of Hebrew origin; the first letter of the alphabet; figuratively, only (from its use as a numeral) the first: --Alpha. Often used (usually , before a vowel) also in composition (as a contraction from ἄνευ) in the sense of privation; so, in many words, beginning with this letter; occasionally in the sense of union (as a contraction of ἅμα).
|
ἌλφαAlpha
|
Alpha
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5598Ὦ,Ō (N-NNS)
G5598 Ω Ō o-meg-ah, Noun
|
Ὦ,Ō
|
Omega,
|
N-NNS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G4413πρῶτοςprōtos (Adj-NMS)
G4413 πρῶτος prōtos pro-tos contracted superlative of πρό; foremost (in time, place, order or importance):--before, beginning, best, chief(-est), first (of all), former.
|
πρῶτοςprōtos
|
First
|
Adj-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G2078ἔσχατος,eschatos (Adj-NMS)
G2078 ἔσχατος éschatos es-khat-os a superlative probably from ἔχω (in the sense of contiguity); farthest, final (of place or time):--ends of, last, latter end, lowest, uttermost.
|
ἔσχατος,eschatos
|
Last,
|
Adj-NMS
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G746ἀρχὴarchē (N-NFS)
G746 ἀρχή archḗ ar-khay from ἄρχομαι; (properly abstract) a commencement, or (concretely) chief (in various applications of order, time, place, or rank):--beginning, corner, (at the, the) first (estate), magistrate, power, principality, principle, rule.
|
ἀρχὴarchē
|
Beginning
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G5056τέλος.telos (N-NNS)
G5056 τέλος télos tel-os from a primary (to set out for a definite point or goal); properly, the point aimed at as a limit, i.e. (by implication) the conclusion of an act or state (termination (literally, figuratively or indefinitely), result (immediate, ultimate or prophetic), purpose); specially, an impost or levy (as paid):--+ continual, custom, end(-ing), finally, uttermost. Compare φόρος.
|
τέλος.telos
|
End.
|
N-NNS
|
13
I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last.Revelation 22:13
Stats
Counts: 72 characters, 13 words, 55 letters, 20 vowels, 35 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ειμι το α και το ω αρχη και τελος ο πρωτος και ο εσχατος
Lit: I am the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last, the Beginning and the End.
KJV: I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last.
References
"I am Alpha and Omega, the beginning and the end, the first and the last."Re 1:8: 11: I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the ending: says the Lord: which is: and which was: and which is to come: the Almighty.Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Isa 41:4: Who has wrought and done it: calling the generations from the beginning? I the LORD: the first: and with the last; I am He.Isa 44:6: Thus says the LORD the King of Israel: and His redeemer the LORD of hosts; I am the first: and I am the last; and beside me there is no God.Isa 48:12: Listen to me: O Jacob and Israel: my called; I am he; I am the first: I also am the last.
μακαριοι οι ποιουντες τας εντολας αυτου ινα εσται η εξουσια αυτων επι το ξυλον της ζωης και τοις πυλωσιν εισελθωσιν εις την πολιν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3107Μακάριοιmakarioi (Adj-NMP)
G3107 μακάριος makários mak-ar-ee-os a prolonged form of the poetical (meaning the same); supremely blest; by extension, fortunate, well off:-- blessed, happy(X -ier).
|
Μακάριοιmakarioi
|
Blessed are
|
Adj-NMP
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
those
|
Art-NMP
|
G4150πλύνοντεςplynontes (V-PPA-NMP)
G4150 πλύνω plýnō ploo-no a prolonged form of an obsolete (to flow); to plunge, i.e. launder clothing:--wash. Compare λούω, νίπτω.
|
πλύνοντεςplynontes
|
washing
|
V-PPA-NMP
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4749στολὰςstolas (N-AFP)
G4749 στολή stolḗ stol-ay from στέλλω; equipment, i.e. (specially), a stole or long-fitting gown (as a mark of dignity):--long clothing (garment), (long) robe.
|
στολὰςstolas
|
robes
|
N-AFP
|
G846αὐτῶν,autōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶν,autōn
|
of them,
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G2443ἵναhina (Conj)
G2443 ἵνα hína hin-ah probably from the same as the former part of ἑαυτοῦ (through the demonstrative idea; compare ὁ); in order that (denoting the purpose or the result):--albeit, because, to the intent (that), lest, so as, (so) that, (for) to. Compare ἵνα μή.
|
ἵναhina
|
that
|
Conj
|
G1510ἔσταιestai (V-FIM-3S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
ἔσταιestai
|
will be
|
V-FIM-3S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G1849ἐξουσίαexousia (N-NFS)
G1849 ἐξουσία exousía ex-oo-see-ah from ἔξεστι (in the sense of ability); privilege, i.e. (subjectively) force, capacity, competency, freedom, or (objectively) mastery (concretely, magistrate, superhuman, potentate, token of control), delegated influence:--authority, jurisdiction, liberty, power, right, strength.
|
ἐξουσίαexousia
|
right
|
N-NFS
|
G846αὐτῶνautōn (PPro-GM3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτῶνautōn
|
of them
|
PPro-GM3P
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
to
|
Prep
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3586ξύλονxylon (N-ANS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλονxylon
|
tree
|
N-ANS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τοῖςtois (Art-DMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῖςtois
|
by the
|
Art-DMP
|
G4440πυλῶσινpylōsin (N-DMP)
G4440 πυλών pylṓn poo-lone from πύλη; a gate-way, door-way of a building or city; by implication, a portal or vestibule:--gate, porch.
|
πυλῶσινpylōsin
|
gates
|
N-DMP
|
G1525εἰσέλθωσινeiselthōsin (V-ASA-3P)
G1525 εἰσέρχομαι eisérchomai ice-er-khom-ahee from εἰς and ἔρχομαι; to enter (literally or figuratively):--X arise, come (in, into), enter in(-to), go in (through).
|
εἰσέλθωσινeiselthōsin
|
they shall enter
|
V-ASA-3P
|
G1519εἰςeis (Prep)
G1519 εἰς eis ice a primary preposition; to or into (indicating the point reached or entered), of place, time, or (figuratively) purpose (result, etc.); also in adverbial phrases:--(abundant-)ly, against, among, as, at, (back-)ward, before, by, concerning, + continual, + far more exceeding, for (intent, purpose), fore, + forth, in (among, at, unto, -so much that, -to), to the intent that, + of one mind, + never, of, (up-)on, + perish, + set at one again, (so) that, therefore(-unto), throughout, til, to (be, the end, -ward), (here-)until(-to), …ward, (where-)fore, with. Often used in composition with the same general import, but only with verbs (etc.) expressing motion (literally or figuratively).
|
εἰςeis
|
into
|
Prep
|
G3588τὴνtēn (Art-AFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὴνtēn
|
the
|
Art-AFS
|
G4172πόλιν.polin (N-AFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλιν.polin
|
city.
|
N-AFS
|
14
Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.Revelation 22:14
Stats
Rank: #2288 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 138 characters, 25 words, 109 letters, 38 vowels, 71 consonants
Translation
Greek: μακαριοι οι ποιουντες τας εντολας αυτου ινα εσται η εξουσια αυτων επι το ξυλον της ζωης και τοις πυλωσιν εισελθωσιν εις την πολιν
Lit: Blessed are those washing the robes of them, that will be the right of them to the tree of life, and by the gates they shall enter into the city.
KJV: Blessed are they that do his commandments, that they may have right to the tree of life, and may enter in through the gates into the city.
References
"Blessed"Re 22:7: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book.Ps 106:3-5: Blessed are they that keep judgment: and he who does righteousness at all times.Ps 112:1: Praise you the LORD. Blessed is the man that fears the LORD: that delights greatly in His commandments.Ps 119:1-6: ALEPH. Blessed are the undefiled in the way: who walk in the law of the LORD.Isa 56:1: 2: Thus says the LORD: Keep you judgment: and do justice: for my salvation is near to come: and my righteousness to be revealed.Da 12:12: Blessed is he who waits: and comes to the000 305 and 30 days.Mt 7:21-27: Not every one that says to me: Lord: Lord: will enter into the kingdom of heaven; but He that'>He who does the will of my Father which is in heaven.Lu 12:37: 38: Blessed are those servants: whom the lord when he comes will find watching: truly I say to you: that he will gird himself: and make them to sit down to meat: and will come forth and serve them.Joh 14:15: 21-23: If you love me: keep my commandments.Joh 15:10-14: If you keep my commandments: you will abide in my love; even as I have kept my Father's commandments: and abide in His love.1Co 7:19: Circumcision not ishing: and uncircumcision not ishing: but the keeping of the commandments of God.Ga 5:6: For in Jesus Christ neither circumcision availeth any thing: nor uncircumcision; but faith which works by love.1Jo 3:3: 23: 24: Every man that has this hope in him purifies himself: even as he is pure.1Jo 5:3: For this is the love of God: that we keep His commandments: and His commandments not are grievous."may have"Joh 4:12: Are you greater than our father Jacob: which gave us the well: and drank thereof himself: and his children: and his cattle?1Co 8:9: But take heed lest by any means this liberty of yours become a stumblingblock to them that are weak.1Co 9:5: Have not we power to lead about a sister: a wife: as well as other apostles: and as the brothers of the Lord: and Cephas?"to the"Re 22:2: In the middle of the street of it: and on either side of the river: was there the tree of life: which bare 12 manner of fruits: and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations.Re 2:7: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God."and may"Re 21:27: There will in no wise enter into it any thing that defiles: neither whatever works abomination: or maketh a lie: but they which are written in the Lamb's book of life.Joh 10:7: 9: Then said Jesus to them again: Truly: truly: I say to you: I am the door of the sheep.Joh 14:6: Jesus says to Him: I am the way: the truth: and the life: no man comes to the Father: but by me.
εξω δε οι κυνες και οι φαρμακοι και οι πορνοι και οι φονεις και οι ειδωλολατραι και πας ο φιλων και ποιων ψευδος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1854ἔξωexō (Adv)
G1854 ἔξω éxō ex-o adverb from ἐκ; out(-side, of doors), literally or figuratively:--away, forth, (with-)out (of, -ward), strange.
|
ἔξωexō
|
Outside are
|
Adv
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G2965κύνεςkynes (N-NMP)
G2965 κύων kýōn koo-ohn a primary word; a dog (hound) (literally or figuratively):--dog.
|
κύνεςkynes
|
dogs,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5333φάρμακοιpharmakoi (N-NMP)
G5333 φάρμακος phármakos far-mak-os the same as 5332:--sorcerer.
|
φάρμακοιpharmakoi
|
sorcerers,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G4205πόρνοιpornoi (N-NMP)
G4205 πόρνος pórnos por-nos from (to sell; akin to the base of πιπράσκω); a (male) prostitute (as venal), i.e. (by analogy) a debauchee (libertine):--fornicator, whoremonger.
|
πόρνοιpornoi
|
sexually immoral,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G5406φονεῖςphoneis (N-NMP)
G5406 φονεύς phoneús fon-yooce from φόνος; a murderer (always of criminal (or at least intentional) homicide; which ἀνθρωποκτόνος does not necessarily imply; while σικάριος is a special term for a public bandit):--murderer.
|
φονεῖςphoneis
|
murderers,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588οἱhoi (Art-NMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
οἱhoi
|
the
|
Art-NMP
|
G1496εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai (N-NMP)
G1496 εἰδωλολάτρης eidōlolátrēs i-do-lol-at-race from εἴδωλον and the base of λατρεύω; an image- (servant or) worshipper (literally or figuratively):--idolater.
|
εἰδωλολάτραιeidōlolatrai
|
idolaters,
|
N-NMP
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3956πᾶςpas (Adj-NMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πᾶςpas
|
everyone
|
Adj-NMS
|
G5368φιλῶνphilōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G5368 φιλέω philéō fil-eh-o from φίλος; to be a friend to (fond of (an individual or an object)), i.e. have affection for (denoting personal attachment, as a matter of sentiment or feeling; while ἀγαπάω is wider, embracing especially the judgment and the deliberate assent of the will as a matter of principle, duty and propriety: the two thus stand related very much as θέλω and βούλομαι, or as θυμός and νοῦς respectively; the former being chiefly of the heart and the latter of the head); specially, to kiss (as a mark of tenderness):--kiss, love.
|
φιλῶνphilōn
|
loving
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G4160ποιῶνpoiōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G4160 ποιέω poiéō poy-eh-o apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary; to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct):--abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield. Compare πράσσω.
|
ποιῶνpoiōn
|
practicing
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G5579ψεῦδος.pseudos (N-ANS)
G5579 ψεῦδος pseûdos psyoo-dos from ψεύδομαι; a falsehood:--lie, lying.
|
ψεῦδος.pseudos
|
falsehood.
|
N-ANS
|
15
For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whoever loves and makes a lie.Revelation 22:15
Stats
Counts: 123 characters, 14 words, 99 letters, 38 vowels, 61 consonants
Translation
Greek: εξω δε οι κυνες και οι φαρμακοι και οι πορνοι και οι φονεις και οι ειδωλολατραι και πας ο φιλων και ποιων ψευδος
Lit: Outside are the dogs, and the sorcerers, and the sexually immoral, and the murderers, and the idolaters, and everyone loving and practicing falsehood.
KJV: For without are dogs, and sorcerers, and whoremongers, and murderers, and idolaters, and whosoever loveth and maketh a lie.
References
"without"Re 9:20: 21: The rest of the men which not were killed by these plagues yet not repented of the works of their hands: that they not should worship devils: and idols of gold: and silver: and brass: and stone: and of wood: which neither can see: nor hear: nor walk:Re 21:8: 27: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.1Co 6:9: 10: Know you not that the unrighteous will not inherit the kingdom of God? not Be deceived: neither fornicators: nor idolaters: nor adulterers: nor effeminate: nor abusers of themselves with mankind: Ga 5:19-21: Now the works of the flesh are manifest: which are these; Adultery: fornication: uncleanness: lasciviousness: Eph 5:3-6: But fornication: and all uncleanness: or covetousness: let not it be once named among you: as becomes saints;Col 3:6: For which things' sake the wrath of God comes on the children of disobedience:"dogs"Php 3:2: Beware of dogs: beware of evil workers: beware of the concision."sorcerers"Re 9:21: Neither repented they of their murders: nor of their sorceries: nor of their fornication: nor of their thefts.Re 18:23: The light of a candle will shine no more at all in you; and the voice of the groom and of the bride will be heard no more at all in you: for your merchants were the great men of the earth; for by your sorceries were all nations deceived.Isa 47:9: 12: But these two things will come to you in a moment in one day: the loss of children: and widowhood: they will come upon you in their perfection for the multitude of your sorceries: and for the great abundance of your enchantments.Isa 57:3: But draw near here: you sons of the sorceress: the seed of the adulterer and the whore.Mal 3:5: I will come near to you to judgment; and I will be a swift witness against the sorcerers: and against the adulterers: and against false swearers: and against those that oppress the hireling in His wages: the widow: and the fatherless: and that turn aside the stranger from His right: and not fear me: says the LORD of hosts.Ac 8:11: To him they had regard: because that of long time he had bewitched them with sorceries.Ac 13:6-11: When they had gone through the isle to Paphos: they found a certain sorcerer: a false prophet: a Jew: whose name was Barjesus:"whoremongers"Re 17:1-6: There came one of the 7 angels which had the 7 vials: and talked with me: saying to me: Come here; I will show to you the judgment of the great whore that sits upon many waters:"whosoever"Re 21:8: 27: But the fearful: and unbelieving: and the abominable: and murderers: and whoremongers: and sorcerers: and idolaters: and all liars: will have their part in the lake which burns with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.1Ki 22:8: 21-23: The king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat: There is yet one man: Micaiah the son of Imlah: by whom we may inquire of the LORD: but I hate Him; for He does not prophesy good concerning me: but evil. And Jehoshaphat said: not Let the king say so.Isa 9:15: 16: The ancient and honourable: he is the head; and the prophet that teaches lies: he is the tail.Jer 5:31: The prophets prophesy falsely: and the priests bear rule by their means; and my people love to have it so: and what will you do in the end thereof?Joh 3:18-21: He who believes'>believes on Him not is condemned: but He that'>He who believes'>believes not is condemned already: because He has not believed in the name of the only begotten Son of God.Joh 8:46: Which of you convinces me of sin? And if I say the truth: why do you not believe me?2Th 2:10-12: With all deceivableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because they not received the love of the truth: that they might be saved.
εγω ιησους επεμψα τον αγγελον μου μαρτυρησαι υμιν ταυτα επι ταις εκκλησιαις εγω ειμι η ριζα και το γενος του δαβιδ ο αστηρ ο λαμπρος και ορθρινος
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G1473ἘγὼEgō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἘγὼEgō
|
I,
|
PPro-N1S
|
G2424ἸησοῦςIēsous (N-NMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦςIēsous
|
Jesus,
|
N-NMS
|
G3992ἔπεμψαepempsa (V-AIA-1S)
G3992 πέμπω pémpō pem-po apparently a primary verb; to dispatch (from the subjective view or point of departure, whereas (as a stronger form of ) refers rather to the objective point or terminus ad quem, and στέλλω denotes properly, the orderly motion involved), especially on a temporary errand; also to transmit, bestow, or wield:--send, thrust in.
|
ἔπεμψαepempsa
|
have sent
|
V-AIA-1S
|
G3588τὸνton (Art-AMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸνton
|
the
|
Art-AMS
|
G32ἄγγελόνangelon (N-AMS)
G32 ἄγγελος ángelos ang-el-os from (probably derived from ἄγω; compare ἀγέλη) (to bring tidings); a messenger; especially an angel; by implication, a pastor:--angel, messenger.
|
ἄγγελόνangelon
|
angel
|
N-AMS
|
G1473μουmou (PPro-G1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
μουmou
|
of Me
|
PPro-G1S
|
G3140μαρτυρῆσαιmartyrēsai (V-ANA)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρῆσαιmartyrēsai
|
to testify
|
V-ANA
|
G4771ὑμῖνhymin (PPro-D2P)
G4771 σύ sý soo the personal pronoun of the second person singular; thou:-- thou. See also σέ, σοί, σοῦ; and for the plural ὑμᾶς, ὑμεῖς, ὑμῖν, ὑμῶν.,
|
ὑμῖνhymin
|
to you
|
PPro-D2P
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things
|
DPro-ANP
|
G1909ἐπὶepi (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπὶepi
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588ταῖςtais (Art-DFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ταῖςtais
|
the
|
Art-DFP
|
G1577ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais (N-DFP)
G1577 ἐκκλησία ekklēsía ek-klay-see-ah from a compound of ἐκ and a derivative of καλέω; a calling out, i.e. (concretely) a popular meeting, especially a religious congregation (Jewish synagogue, or Christian community of members on earth or saints in heaven or both):--assembly, church.
|
ἐκκλησίαις.ekklēsiais
|
churches.
|
N-DFP
|
G1473ἐγώegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγώegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G1510εἰμιeimi (V-PIA-1S)
G1510 εἰμί eimí i-mee the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb; I exist (used only when emphatic):--am, have been, X it is I, was. See also εἶ, εἴην, εἶναι, εἰσί, ἦν, ἔσομαι, ἐσμέν, ἐστέ, ἐστί, κέρδος, ἴσθι, ὦ.
|
εἰμιeimi
|
am
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G4491ῥίζαrhiza (N-NFS)
G4491 ῥίζα rhíza hrid-zah apparently a primary word; a root (literally or figuratively):--root.
|
ῥίζαrhiza
|
root
|
N-NFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G1085γένοςgenos (N-NNS)
G1085 γένος génos ghen-os from γίνομαι; kin (abstract or concrete, literal or figurative, individual or collective):--born, country(-man), diversity, generation, kind(-red), nation, offspring, stock.
|
γένοςgenos
|
offspring
|
N-NNS
|
G1138Δαυίδ,Dauid (N-GMS)
G1138 Δαβίδ Dabíd dab-eed of Hebrew origin (דָּוִד); Dabid (i.e. David), the Israelite king:--David.
|
Δαυίδ,Dauid
|
of David,
|
N-GMS
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the
|
Art-NMS
|
G792ἀστὴρastēr (N-NMS)
G792 ἀστήρ astḗr as-tare probably from the base of στρώννυμι; a star (as strown over the sky), literally or figuratively:--star.
|
ἀστὴρastēr
|
star
|
N-NMS
|
G2986λαμπρός,lampros (Adj-NMS)
G2986 λαμπρός lamprós lam-pros from the same as λαμπάς; radiant; by analogy, limpid; figuratively, magnificent or sumptuous (in appearance):--bright, clear, gay, goodly, gorgeous, white.
|
λαμπρός,lampros
|
bright
|
Adj-NMS
|
G4407πρωϊνός.prōinos (Adj-NMS)
G4407 πρωϊνός prōïnós pro-ee-nos from πρωΐ; pertaining to the dawn, i.e. matutinal:--morning.
|
πρωϊνός.prōinos
|
morning.
|
Adj-NMS
|
16
I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star.Revelation 22:16
Stats
Rank: #2052 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 153 characters, 28 words, 121 letters, 43 vowels, 78 consonants
Translation
Greek: εγω ιησους επεμψα τον αγγελον μου μαρτυρησαι υμιν ταυτα επι ταις εκκλησιαις εγω ειμι η ριζα και το γενος του δαβιδ ο αστηρ ο λαμπρος και ορθρινος
Lit: I, Jesus, have sent the angel of Me to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, the star bright morning.
KJV: I Jesus have sent mine angel to testify unto you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David, and the bright and morning star.
References
"I Jesus"Re 22:6: He said to me: These sayings are faithful and true: and the Lord God of the holy prophets sent His angel to show to His servants the things which must shortly be done.Re 1:1: The Revelation of Jesus Christ: which God gave to Him: to show to His servants things which must shortly come to pass; and He sent and signified it by His angel to His servant John:"to testify"Re 22:20: He which testifieth these things says: Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so: come: Lord Jesus."See on ver"Re 22:1: 11: He showed me a pure river of water of life: clear as crystal: proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 29: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:6: 13: 22: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches."I am"Re 5:5: One of the elders says to me: not Weep: look: the Lion of the tribe of Juda: the Root of David: has prevailed to open the book: and to loose the 7 seals thereof.Isa 11:1: There will come forth a rod out of the stem of Jesse: and a Branch will grow out of his roots:Zec 6:12: Speak to Him: saying: Thus speaks the LORD of hosts: saying: Look the man whose name is The BRANCH; and He will grow up out of His place: and He will build the temple of the LORD:Mt 22:42: 45: Saying: What think you of Christ? whose son is He? They say to Him: The Son of David.Ro 1:3: 4: Concerning His Son Jesus Christ our Lord: which was made of the seed of David according to the flesh;Ro 9:5: Whose are the fathers: and of whom as concerning the flesh Christ came: who is over all: God blessed for ever. Amen."the bright"Re 2:28: I will give him the morning star.Nu 24:17: I will see him: not but now: I will look him: not but nigh: there will come a Star out of Jacob: and a Sceptre will rise out of Israel: and will smite the corners of Moab: and destroy all the children of Sheth.Mt 2:2: 7-10: Saying: Where is he who is born King of the Jews? for we have seen his star in the east: and are come to worship him.Lu 1:78: Through the tender mercy of our God; whereby the dayspring from on high has visited us: 2Pe 1:19: We have also a more sure word of prophecy; to what you do well that you take heed: as to a light that shines in a dark place: until the day dawn: and the day star arise in your hearts:
και το πνευμα και η νυμφη λεγουσιν ελθε και ο ακουων ειπατω ελθε και ο διψων ελθετω και ο θελων λαμβανετω το υδωρ ζωης δωρεαν
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532ΚαὶKai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
ΚαὶKai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588τὸto (Art-NNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-NNS
|
G4151ΠνεῦμαPneuma (N-NNS)
G4151 πνεῦμα pneûma pnyoo-mah from πνέω; a current of air, i.e. breath (blast) or a breeze; by analogy or figuratively, a spirit, i.e. (human) the rational soul, (by implication) vital principle, mental disposition, etc., or (superhuman) an angel, demon, or (divine) God, Christs spirit, the Holy Spirit:--ghost, life, spirit(-ual, -ually), mind. Compare ψυχή.
|
ΠνεῦμαPneuma
|
Spirit
|
N-NNS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G3588ἡhē (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἡhē
|
the
|
Art-NFS
|
G3565νύμφηnymphē (N-NFS)
G3565 νύμφη nýmphē noom-fay from a primary but obsolete verb (to veil as a bride; compare Latin nupto
|
νύμφηnymphē
|
bride
|
N-NFS
|
G3004λέγουσινlegousin (V-PIA-3P)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
λέγουσινlegousin
|
say,
|
V-PIA-3P
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G191ἀκούωνakouōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούωνakouōn
|
hearing,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3004εἰπάτωeipatō (V-AMA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
εἰπάτωeipatō
|
let him say,
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G2064Ἔρχου.Erchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
Ἔρχου.Erchou
|
Come!
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G1372διψῶνdipsōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G1372 διψάω dipsáō dip-sah-o from a variation of δίψος; to thirst for (literally or figuratively):--(be, be a-)thirst(-y).
|
διψῶνdipsōn
|
thirsting
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2064ἐρχέσθω,erchesthō (V-PMM/P-3S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἐρχέσθω,erchesthō
|
let him come;
|
V-PMM/P-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the one
|
Art-NMS
|
G2309θέλωνthelōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G2309 θέλω thélō eth-el-eh-o apparently strengthened from the alternate form of αἱρέομαι; to determine (as an active option from subjective impulse; whereas βούλομαι properly denotes rather a passive acquiescence in objective considerations), i.e. choose or prefer (literally or figuratively); by implication, to wish, i.e. be inclined to (sometimes adverbially, gladly); impersonally for the future tense, to be about to; by Hebraism, to delight in:--desire, be disposed (forward), intend, list, love, mean, please, have rather, (be) will (have, -ling, - ling(-ly)).
|
θέλωνthelōn
|
desiring,
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G2983λαβέτωlabetō (V-AMA-3S)
G2983 λαμβάνω lambánō lam-ban-o a prolonged form of a primary verb, which is use only as an alternate in certain tenses; to take (in very many applications, literally and figuratively (properly objective or active, to get hold of; whereas δέχομαι is rather subjective or passive, to have offered to one; while αἱρέομαι is more violent, to seize or remove)):--accept, + be amazed, assay, attain, bring, X when I call, catch, come on (X unto), + forget, have, hold, obtain, receive (X after), take (away, up).
|
λαβέτωlabetō
|
let him take
|
V-AMA-3S
|
G5204ὕδωρhydōr (N-ANS)
G5204 ὕδωρ hýdōr hoo-dat-os from the base of ὑετός; water (as if rainy) literally or figuratively:--water.
|
ὕδωρhydōr
|
the water
|
N-ANS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life
|
N-GFS
|
G1432δωρεάν.dōrean (Adv)
G1432 δωρεάν dōreán do-reh-an accusative case of δωρεά as adverb; gratuitously (literally or figuratively):--without a cause, freely, for naught, in vain.
|
δωρεάν.dōrean
|
freely.
|
Adv
|
17
The Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let Him that hears say, Come. And let Him that is athirst come. And whoever will, let Him take the water of life freely.
Revelation 22:17
Stats
Rank: #807 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 168 characters, 27 words, 129 letters, 48 vowels, 81 consonants
Translation
Greek: και το πνευμα και η νυμφη λεγουσιν ελθε και ο ακουων ειπατω ελθε και ο διψων ελθετω και ο θελων λαμβανετω το υδωρ ζωης δωρεαν
Lit: And the Spirit and the bride say, Come! And the one hearing, let him say, Come! And the one thirsting let him come; the one desiring, let him take the water of life freely.
KJV: And the Spirit and the bride say, Come. And let him that heareth say, Come. And let him that is athirst come. And whosoever will, let him take the water of life freely.
References
"the Spirit"Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.Isa 55:1-3: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Joh 16:7-15: Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away: for if I not go away: the Comforter not will come to you; but if I depart: I will send him to you."the bride"Re 21:2: 9: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband."Come"Isa 2:5: O house of Jacob: come you: and let us walk in the light of the LORD."let him that heareth"Ps 34:8: O taste and see that the LORD is good: blessed is the man that trusts in Him.Isa 2:3: 5: Many people will go and say: Come you: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for out of Zion will go forth the law: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Isa 48:16-18: Come you near to me: hear you this; I not have spoken in secret from the beginning; from the time that it was: there am I: and now the Lord GOD: and His Spirit: has sent me.Jer 50:5: They will ask the way to Zion with their faces thitherward: saying: Come: and let us join ourselves to the LORD in a perpetual covenant that will not be forgotten.Mic 4:2: Many nations will come: and say: Come: and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD: and to the house of the God of Jacob; and He will teach us of His ways: and we will walk in His paths: for the law will go forth of Zion: and the word of the LORD from Jerusalem.Zec 8:21-23: The inhabitants of one city will go to another: saying: Let us go speedily to pray before the LORD: and to seek the LORD of hosts: I will go also.Joh 1:39-46: He says to them: Come and see. They came and saw where he dwelt: and abode with him that day: for it was about the tenth hour.Joh 4:29: Come: see a man: which told me all things that ever I did: not is this the Christ?1Th 1:5-8: For our gospel not came to you in word only: but also in power: and in the Holy Ghost: and in much assurance; as you know what manner of men we were among you for your sake."let him that is athirst"Re 21:6: He said to me: It is done. I am Alpha and Omega: the beginning and the end. I will give to him that is athirst of the fountain of the water of life freely.Isa 55:1: Ho: every one that thirsts: come you to the waters: and he who has no money; come you: buy: and eat; yes: come: buy wine and milk without money and without price.Joh 7:37: In the last day: that great day of the feast: Jesus stood and cried: saying: If any man thirst: let Him come to me: and drink."let him take"Isa 12:3: Therefore with joy will you draw water out of the wells of salvation.Joh 4:10: 14: Jesus answered and said to her: If you knew the gift of God: and who it is that says to you: Give me to drink; you would have asked of Him: and He would have given you living water."freely"Ro 3:24: Being justified freely by His grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus:1Co 2:12: Now we have received: not the spirit of the world: but the spirit which is of God; that we might know the things that are freely given to us of God.
Nothing May Be Added or Removed
συμμαρτυρουμαι γαρ παντι ακουοντι τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου εαν τις επιτιθη προς ταυτα επιθησει ο θεος επ αυτον τας πληγας τας γεγραμμενας εν βιβλιω τουτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3140ΜαρτυρῶMartyrō (V-PIA-1S)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
ΜαρτυρῶMartyrō
|
Testify
|
V-PIA-1S
|
G1473ἐγὼegō (PPro-N1S)
G1473 ἐγώ egṓ eg-o a primary pronoun of the first person I (only expressed when emphatic):--I, me. For the other cases and the plural see ἐμέ, ἐμοί, ἐμοῦ, ἡμᾶς, ἡμεῖς, ἡμῖν, ἡμῶν, etc.,
|
ἐγὼegō
|
I
|
PPro-N1S
|
G3956παντὶpanti (Adj-DMS)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
παντὶpanti
|
to everyone
|
Adj-DMS
|
G191ἀκούοντιakouonti (V-PPA-DMS)
G191 ἀκούω akoúō ak-oo-o a primary verb; to hear (in various senses):--give (in the) audience (of), come (to the ears), (shall) hear(-er, -ken), be noised, be reported, understand.
|
ἀκούοντιakouonti
|
hearing
|
V-PPA-DMS
|
G3588τοὺςtous (Art-AMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοὺςtous
|
the
|
Art-AMP
|
G3056λόγουςlogous (N-AMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγουςlogous
|
words
|
N-AMP
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy
|
N-GFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
book
|
N-GNS
|
G3778τούτου·toutou (DPro-GNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτου·toutou
|
this:
|
DPro-GNS
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
If
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G2007ἐπιθῇepithē (V-ASA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθῇepithē
|
should add
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
to
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτά,auta (PPro-AN3P)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτά,auta
|
these things,
|
PPro-AN3P
|
G2007ἐπιθήσειepithēsei (V-FIA-3S)
G2007 ἐπιτίθημι epitíthēmi ep-ee-tith-ay-mee from ἐπί and τίθημι; to impose (in a friendly or hostile sense):--add unto, lade, lay upon, put (up) on, set on (up), + surname, X wound.
|
ἐπιθήσειepithēsei
|
will add
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G1909ἐπ’ep’ (Prep)
G1909 ἐπί epí ep-ee a primary preposition; properly, meaning superimposition (of time, place, order, etc.), as a relation of distribution (with the genitive case), i.e. over, upon, etc.; of rest (with the dative case) at, on, etc.; of direction (with the accusative case) towards, upon, etc.:--about (the times), above, after, against, among, as long as (touching), at, beside, X have charge of, (be-, (where-))fore, in (a place, as much as, the time of, -to), (because) of, (up-)on (behalf of), over, (by, for) the space of, through(-out), (un-)to(-ward), with. In compounds it retains essentially the same import, at, upon, etc. (literally or figuratively).
|
ἐπ’ep’
|
unto
|
Prep
|
G846αὐτὸνauton (PPro-AM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτὸνauton
|
him
|
PPro-AM3S
|
G3588τὰςtas (Art-AFP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὰςtas
|
the
|
Art-AFP
|
G4127πληγὰςplēgas (N-AFP)
G4127 πληγή plēgḗ play-gay from πλήσσω; a stroke; by implication, a wound; figuratively, a calamity:--plague, stripe, wound(-ed).
|
πληγὰςplēgas
|
plagues
|
N-AFP
|
G1125γεγραμμέναςgegrammenas (V-RPM/P-AFP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμέναςgegrammenas
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-AFP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G975βιβλίῳbibliō (N-DNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίῳbibliō
|
book
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳ·toutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ·toutō
|
this.
|
DPro-DNS
|
18
For I testify to every man that hears the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man will add to these things, God will add to Him the plagues that are written in this book:
Revelation 22:18
Stats
Rank: #482 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 187 characters, 35 words, 148 letters, 52 vowels, 96 consonants
Translation
Greek: συμμαρτυρουμαι γαρ παντι ακουοντι τους λογους της προφητειας του βιβλιου τουτου εαν τις επιτιθη προς ταυτα επιθησει ο θεος επ αυτον τας πληγας τας γεγραμμενας εν βιβλιω τουτω
Lit: Testify I to everyone hearing the words of the prophecy of the book this: If anyone should add to these things, will add God unto him the plagues having been written in the book this.
KJV: For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, If any man shall add unto these things, God shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book:
References
"testify"Re 22:16: I Jesus have sent my angel to testify to you these things in the churches. I am the root and the offspring of David: and the bright and morning star.Re 3:14: to the angel of the church of the Laodiceans write; These things says the Amen: the faithful and true witness: the beginning of the creation of God;Eph 4:17: This I say therefore: and testify in the Lord: that you henceforth not walk as other Gentiles walk: in the vanity of their mind: 1Th 4:6: That no man go beyond and defraud His brother in any matter: because that the Lord is the avenger of all such: as we also have forewarned you and testified."heareth"Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand."If"De 4:2: You will not add to the word which I command you: neither will you diminish ought from it: that you may keep the commandments of the LORD your God which I command you.De 12:32: What thing soever I command you: observe to do it: you will not add thereto: nor diminish from it.Pr 30:6: Add you not to his words: lest he reprove you: and you be found a liar.Mt 15:6-9: 13: not honour His father or His mother: He will be free. Thus have you made the commandment of God of none effect by your tradition."God"Re 14:10: 11: The same will drink of the wine of the wrath of God: which is poured out without mixture into the cup of His indignation; and He will be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels: and in the presence of the Lamb:Re 15:1: I saw another sign in heaven: great and marvellous: 7 angels having the 7 last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.Re 16:1: I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the 7 angels: Go your ways: and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.Re 19:20: The beast was taken: and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him: with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast: and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.Re 20:10: 15: The devil that deceived them was cast into the lake of fire and brimstone: where the beast and the false prophet are: and will be tormented day and night for ever and ever.Le 26:18: 24: 25: 28: 37: If you not will yet for all this listen to me: then I will punish you 7 times more for your sins.
και εαν τις αφαιρη απο των λογων βιβλου της προφητειας ταυτης αφαιρησει ο θεος το μερος αυτου απο βιβλου της ζωης και εκ της πολεως της αγιας και των γεγραμμενων εν βιβλιω τουτω
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
And
|
Conj
|
G1437ἐάνean (Conj)
G1437 ἐάν eán eh-an from εἰ and ἄν; a conditional particle; in case that, provided, etc.; often used in connection with other particles to denote indefiniteness or uncertainty:--before, but, except, (and) if, (if) so, (what-, whither-)soever, though, when (-soever), whether (or), to whom, (who-)so(-ever). See μή.
|
ἐάνean
|
if
|
Conj
|
G5100τιςtis (IPro-NMS)
G5100 τὶς tìs tis an enclitic indefinite pronoun; some or any person or object:--a (kind of), any (man, thing, thing at all), certain (thing), divers, he (every) man, one (X thing), ought, + partly, some (man, -body, - thing, -what), (+ that no-)thing, what(-soever), X wherewith, whom(-soever), whose(-soever).,
|
τιςtis
|
anyone
|
IPro-NMS
|
G851ἀφέλῃaphelē (V-ASA-3S)
G851 ἀφαιρέω aphairéō af-ahee-reh-o from ἀπό and αἱρέομαι; to remove (literally or figuratively):--cut (smite) off, take away.
|
ἀφέλῃaphelē
|
should take away
|
V-ASA-3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
the
|
Art-GMP
|
G3056λόγωνlogōn (N-GMP)
G3056 λόγος lógos log-os from λέγω; something said (including the thought); by implication, a topic (subject of discourse), also reasoning (the mental faculty) or motive; by extension, a computation; specially, (with the article in John) the Divine Expression (i.e. Christ):--account, cause, communication, X concerning, doctrine, fame, X have to do, intent, matter, mouth, preaching, question, reason, + reckon, remove, say(-ing), shew, X speaker, speech, talk, thing, + none of these things move me, tidings, treatise, utterance, word, work.
|
λόγωνlogōn
|
words
|
N-GMP
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GNS
|
G975βιβλίουbibliou (N-GNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίουbibliou
|
book
|
N-GNS
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
of the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4394προφητείαςprophēteias (N-GFS)
G4394 προφητεία prophēteía prof-ay-ti-ah from προφήτης (prophecy); prediction (scriptural or other):--prophecy, prophesying.
|
προφητείαςprophēteias
|
prophecy
|
N-GFS
|
G3778ταύτης,tautēs (DPro-GFS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταύτης,tautēs
|
this,
|
DPro-GFS
|
G851ἀφελεῖaphelei (V-FIA-3S)
G851 ἀφαιρέω aphairéō af-ahee-reh-o from ἀπό and αἱρέομαι; to remove (literally or figuratively):--cut (smite) off, take away.
|
ἀφελεῖaphelei
|
will take away
|
V-FIA-3S
|
G2316ΘεὸςTheos (N-NMS)
G2316 θεός theós theh-os of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with ὁ) the supreme Divinity; figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very:--X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward).
|
ΘεὸςTheos
|
God
|
N-NMS
|
G3588τὸto (Art-ANS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τὸto
|
the
|
Art-ANS
|
G3313μέροςmeros (N-ANS)
G3313 μέρος méros mer-os from an obsolete but more primary form of (to get as a section or allotment); a division or share (literally or figuratively, in a wide application):--behalf, course, coast, craft, particular (+ -ly), part (+ -ly), piece, portion, respect, side, some sort(-what).
|
μέροςmeros
|
part
|
N-ANS
|
G846αὐτοῦautou (PPro-GM3S)
G846 αὐτός autós ow-tos from the particle (perhaps akin to the base of ἀήρ through the idea of a baffling wind) (backward); the reflexive pronoun self, used (alone or in the comparative ἑαυτοῦ) of the third person , and (with the proper personal pronoun) of the other persons:--her, it(-self), one, the other, (mine) own, said, (self-), the) same, ((him-, my-, thy- )self, (your-)selves, she, that, their(-s), them(-selves), there(-at, - by, -in, -into, -of, -on, -with), they, (these) things, this (man), those, together, very, which. Compare αὑτοῦ.,
|
αὐτοῦautou
|
of him
|
PPro-GM3S
|
G575ἀπὸapo (Prep)
G575 ἀπό apó apo a primary particle; off
|
ἀπὸapo
|
from
|
Prep
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
the
|
Art-GNS
|
G3586ξύλουxylou (N-GNS)
G3586 ξύλον xýlon xoo-lon from another form of the base of ξέστης; timber (as fuel or material); by implication, a stick, club or tree or other wooden article or substance:--staff, stocks, tree, wood.
|
ξύλουxylou
|
tree
|
N-GNS
|
G2222ζωῆςzōēs (N-GFS)
G2222 ζωή zōḗ dzo-ay from ζάω; life (literally or figuratively):--life(-time). Compare ψυχή.
|
ζωῆςzōēs
|
of life,
|
N-GFS
|
G2532καὶkai (Conj)
G2532 καί kaí kahee apparently, a primary particle, having a copulative and sometimes also a cumulative force; and, also, even, so then, too, etc.; often used in connection (or composition) with other particles or small words:--and, also, both, but, even, for, if, or, so, that, then, therefore, when, yet.
|
καὶkai
|
and
|
Conj
|
G1537ἐκek (Prep)
G1537 ἐκ ek ex a primary preposition denoting origin (the point whence action or motion proceeds), from, out (of place, time, or cause; literal or figurative; direct or remote):--after, among, X are, at, betwixt(-yond), by (the means of), exceedingly, (+ abundantly above), for(- th), from (among, forth, up), + grudgingly, + heartily, X heavenly, X hereby, + very highly, in, …ly, (because, by reason) of, off (from), on, out among (from, of), over, since, X thenceforth, through, X unto, X vehemently, with(-out). Often used in composition, with the same general import; often of completion.
|
ἐκek
|
out of
|
Prep
|
G3588τῆςtēs (Art-GFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῆςtēs
|
the
|
Art-GFS
|
G4172πόλεωςpoleōs (N-GFS)
G4172 πόλις pólis pol-is probably from the same as πόλεμος, or perhaps from πολύς; a town (properly, with walls, of greater or less size):--city.
|
πόλεωςpoleōs
|
city
|
N-GFS
|
G40ἁγίας,hagias (Adj-GFS)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
ἁγίας,hagias
|
holy,
|
Adj-GFS
|
G3588τῶνtōn (Art-GMP)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῶνtōn
|
of those
|
Art-GMP
|
G1125γεγραμμένωνgegrammenōn (V-RPM/P-GMP)
G1125 γράφω gráphō graf-o a primary verb; to grave, especially to write; figuratively, to describe:--describe, write(-ing, -ten).
|
γεγραμμένωνgegrammenōn
|
having been written
|
V-RPM/P-GMP
|
G1722ἐνen (Prep)
G1722 ἐν en en a primary preposition denoting (fixed) position (in place, time or state), and (by implication) instrumentality (medially or constructively), i.e. a relation of rest (intermediate between εἰς and ἐκ); in
|
ἐνen
|
in
|
Prep
|
G3588τῷtō (Art-DNS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τῷtō
|
the
|
Art-DNS
|
G975βιβλίῳbibliō (N-DNS)
G975 βιβλίον biblíon bib-lee-on a diminutive of βίβλος; a roll:--bill, book, scroll, writing.
|
βιβλίῳbibliō
|
book
|
N-DNS
|
G3778τούτῳ.toutō (DPro-DNS)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
τούτῳ.toutō
|
this.
|
DPro-DNS
|
19
If any man will take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God will take away His part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book.
Revelation 22:19
Stats
Counts: 207 characters, 41 words, 160 letters, 57 vowels, 103 consonants
Translation
Greek: και εαν τις αφαιρη απο των λογων βιβλου της προφητειας ταυτης αφαιρησει ο θεος το μερος αυτου απο βιβλου της ζωης και εκ της πολεως της αγιας και των γεγραμμενων εν βιβλιω τουτω
Lit: And if anyone should take away from the words of the book of the prophecy this, will take away God the part of him from the tree of life, and out of the city holy, of those having been written in the book this.
KJV: And if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, God shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book.
References
"take"Re 2:18: to the angel of the church in Thyatira write; These things says the Son of God: who has His eyes like to a flame of fire: and His feet are like fine brass;Lu 11:52: Woe to you: lawyers! for you have taken away the key of knowledge: you not entered in yourselves: and them that were entering in you hindered."God"Re 3:5: He who overcomes: the same will be clothed in white clothing; and I not will blot out His name out of the book of life: but I will confess His name before my Father: and before His angels.Re 13:8: All that dwell upon the earth will worship him: whose names not are written in the book of life of the Lamb killed from the foundation of the world.Ex 32:33: The LORD said to Moses: Whoever has sinned against me: Him will I blot out of my book.Ps 69:28: Let them be blotted out of the book of the living: not and be written with the righteous."out of the book of life"Re 22:2: In the middle of the street of it: and on either side of the river: was there the tree of life: which bare 12 manner of fruits: and yielded her fruit every month: and the leaves of the tree were for the healing of the nations."and out"Re 21:2: 22-27: I John saw the holy city: new Jerusalem: coming down from God out of heaven: prepared as a bride adorned for her husband."and from"Re 22:12: And: look: I come quickly; and my reward is with me: to give every man according as his work will be.Re 1:3: Blessed is he who reads: and they that hear the words of this prophecy: and keep those things which are written therein: for the time is at hand.Re 2:7: 11: 17: 26: He who has an ear: let Him hear what the Spirit says to the churches; To Him that overcomes will I give to eat of the tree of life: which is in the middle of the paradise of God.Re 3:4: 5: 12: 21: You have a few names even in Sardis which not have defiled their garments; and they will walk with me in white: for they are worthy.Re 7:9-17: After this I beheld: and: indeed: a great multitude: which no man could number: of all nations: and kindreds: and people: and tongues: stood before the throne: and before the Lamb: clothed with white robes: and palms in their hands;Re 14:13: I heard a voice from heaven saying to me: Write: Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yes: says the Spirit: that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.
λεγει ο μαρτυρων ταυτα ναι ερχομαι ταχυ αμην ναι ερχου κυριε ιησου
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3004ΛέγειLegei (V-PIA-3S)
G3004 λέγω légō leg-o a primary verb; properly, to lay forth, i.e. (figuratively) relate (in words (usually of systematic or set discourse; whereas ἔπω and φημί generally refer to an individual expression or speech respectively; while ῥέω is properly to break silence merely, and λαλέω means an extended or random harangue)); by implication, to mean:--ask, bid, boast, call, describe, give out, name, put forth, say(-ing, on), shew, speak, tell, utter.
|
ΛέγειLegei
|
Says
|
V-PIA-3S
|
G3588ὁho (Art-NMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ὁho
|
the One
|
Art-NMS
|
G3140μαρτυρῶνmartyrōn (V-PPA-NMS)
G3140 μαρτυρέω martyréō mar-too-reh-o from μάρτυς; to be a witness, i.e. testify (literally or figuratively):--charge, give (evidence), bear record, have (obtain, of) good (honest) report, be well reported of, testify, give (have) testimony, (be, bear, give, obtain) witness.
|
μαρτυρῶνmartyrōn
|
testifying
|
V-PPA-NMS
|
G3778ταῦταtauta (DPro-ANP)
G3778 οὗτος hoûtos how-tahee from the article ὁ and αὐτός; the he (she or it), i.e. this or that (often with article repeated):--he (it was that), hereof, it, she, such as, the same, these, they, this (man, same, woman), which, who.,
|
ταῦταtauta
|
these things,
|
DPro-ANP
|
G3483Ναί,Nai (Prtcl)
G3483 ναί naí nahee a primary particle of strong affirmation; yes:--even so, surely, truth, verily, yea, yes.,
|
Ναί,Nai
|
Yes,
|
Prtcl
|
G2064ἔρχομαιerchomai (V-PIM/P-1S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχομαιerchomai
|
I am coming
|
V-PIM/P-1S
|
G5035ταχύ.tachy (Adv)
G5035 ταχύ tachý takh-oo neuter singular of ταχύς (as adverb); shortly, i.e. without delay, soon, or (by surprise) suddenly, or (by implication, of ease) readily:--lightly, quickly.
|
ταχύ.tachy
|
quickly.
|
Adv
|
G281Ἀμήν,Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν,Amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
G2064ἔρχουerchou (V-PMM/P-2S)
G2064 ἔρχομαι érchomai el-tho middle voice of a primary verb (used only in the present and imperfect tenses, the others being supplied by a kindred (middle voice) , or (active) , which do not otherwise occur); to come or go (in a great variety of applications, literally and figuratively):--accompany, appear, bring, come, enter, fall out, go, grow, X light, X next, pass, resort, be set.
|
ἔρχουerchou
|
Come,
|
V-PMM/P-2S
|
G2962ΚύριεKyrie (N-VMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚύριεKyrie
|
Lord
|
N-VMS
|
G2424Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou (N-VMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
Ἰησοῦ.Iēsou
|
Jesus!
|
N-VMS
|
20
He which testifieth these things says, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus.
Revelation 22:20
Stats
Rank: #2287 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 95 characters, 11 words, 74 letters, 28 vowels, 46 consonants
Translation
Greek: λεγει ο μαρτυρων ταυτα ναι ερχομαι ταχυ αμην ναι ερχου κυριε ιησου
Lit: Says the One testifying these things, Yes, I am coming quickly. Amen. Come, Lord Jesus!
KJV: He which testifieth these things saith, Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, come, Lord Jesus.
References
"which"Re 22:18: For I testify to every man that hears the words of the prophecy of this book: If any man will add to these things: God will add to Him the plagues that are written in this book:"Surely"Re 22:7: 10: 12: Look: I come quickly: blessed is he who keeps the sayings of the prophecy of this book."Amen"Re 1:18: I am he who lives: and was dead; and: look: I am alive for evermore: Amen; and have the keys of hell and of death.Song 8:14: Make haste: my beloved: and be you like to a roe or to a young hart upon the mountains of spices.Isa 25:9: It will be said in that day: Indeed: this is our God; we have waited for Him: and He will save us: this is the LORD; we have waited for Him: we will be glad and rejoice in His salvation.Joh 21:25: There are also many other things which Jesus did: the which: if they should be written every one: I suppose that even the world itself not could contain the books that should be written. Amen.2Ti 4:8: Henceforth there is laid up for me a crown of righteousness: which the Lord: the righteous judge: will give me at that day: not and to me only: but to all them also that love His appearing.Heb 9:28: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and to them that look for Him will He appear the second time without sin to salvation.2Pe 3:12-14: Looking for and hasting to the coming of the day of God: wherein the heavens being on fire will be dissolved: and the elements will melt with fervent heat?
η χαρις του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου μετα παντων υμων αμην
| Strongs | Greek | English | Morphology |
|---|
G3588ἩHĒ (Art-NFS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
ἩHĒ
|
The
|
Art-NFS
|
G5485χάριςcharis (N-NFS)
G5485 χάρις cháris khar-ece from χαίρω; graciousness (as gratifying), of manner or act (abstract or concrete; literal, figurative or spiritual; especially the divine influence upon the heart, and its reflection in the life; including gratitude):--acceptable, benefit, favour, gift, grace(- ious), joy, liberality, pleasure, thank(-s, -worthy).
|
χάριςcharis
|
grace
|
N-NFS
|
G3588τοῦtou (Art-GMS)
G3588 ὁ ho to the definite article; the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom):--the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc.,
|
τοῦtou
|
of the
|
Art-GMS
|
G2962ΚυρίουKyriou (N-GMS)
G2962 κύριος kýrios koo-ree-os from (supremacy); supreme in authority, i.e. (as noun) controller; by implication, Master (as a respectful title):-- God, Lord, master, Sir.
|
ΚυρίουKyriou
|
Lord
|
N-GMS
|
G2424ἸησοῦIēsou (N-GMS)
G2424 Ἰησοῦς Iēsoûs ee-ay-sooce of Hebrew origin (יְהוֹשׁוּעַ); Jesus (i.e. Jehoshua), the name of our Lord and two (three) other Israelites:--Jesus.
|
ἸησοῦIēsou
|
Jesus
|
N-GMS
|
G5547(Χριστοῦ)Christou (N-GMS)
G5547 Χριστός Christós khris-tos from χρίω; anointed, i.e. the Messiah, an epithet of Jesus:--Christ.
|
(Χριστοῦ)Christou
|
Christ
|
N-GMS
|
G3326μετὰmeta (Prep)
G3326 μετά metá met-ah a primary preposition (often used adverbially); properly, denoting accompaniment; amid (local or causal); modified variously according to the case (genitive association, or accusative succession) with which it is joined; occupying an intermediate position between ἀπό or ἐκ and εἰς or πρός; less intimate than ἐν and less close than σύν):--after(-ward), X that he again, against, among, X and, + follow, hence, hereafter, in, of, (up-)on, + our, X and setting, since, (un-)to, + together, when, with (+ -out). Often used in composition, in substantially the same relations of participation or proximity, and transfer or sequence.
|
μετὰmeta
|
be with
|
Prep
|
G3956πάντωνpantōn (Adj-GMP)
G3956 πᾶς pâs pas including all the forms of declension; apparently a primary word; all, any, every, the whole:--all (manner of, means), alway(-s), any (one), X daily, + ever, every (one, way), as many as, + no(-thing), X thoroughly, whatsoever, whole, whosoever.
|
πάντωνpantōn
|
all
|
Adj-GMP
|
G40⧼ἁγίων.hagiōn (Adj-GMP)
G40 ἅγιος hágios hag-ee-os from (an awful thing) (compare ἁγνός, θάλπω); sacred (physically, pure, morally blameless or religious, ceremonially, consecrated):--(most) holy (one, thing), saint.
|
⧼ἁγίων.hagiōn
|
the saints.
|
Adj-GMP
|
G281Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn (Heb)
G281 ἀμήν amḗn am-ane of Hebrew origin (אָמֵן); properly, firm, i.e. (figuratively) trustworthy; adverbially, surely (often as interjection, so be it):--amen, verily.,
|
Ἀμήν⧽.Amēn
|
Amen.
|
Heb
|
21
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. <>Revelation 22:21
Stats
Rank: #3244 / 31,102 Verses (by popularity)
Counts: 70 characters, 12 words, 50 letters, 19 vowels, 31 consonants
Translation
Greek: η χαρις του κυριου ημων ιησου χριστου μετα παντων υμων αμην
Lit: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ be with all the saints. Amen.
KJV: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. <>
References
"The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen."Re 1:4: John to the 7 churches which are in Asia: Grace be to you: and peace: from Him which is: and which was: and which is to come; and from the 7 Spirits which are before His throne;Ro 1:7: To all that be in Rome: beloved of God: called to be saints: Grace to you and peace from God our Father: and the Lord Jesus Christ.Ro 16:20: 24: The God of peace will bruise Satan under your feet shortly. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you. Amen.2Co 13:14: The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ: and the love of God: and the communion of the Holy Ghost: be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Corinthians was written from Philippi: a city of Macedonia: by Titus and Lucas.]>>Eph 6:23: 24: Peace be to the brothers: and love with faith: from God the Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.2Th 3:18: The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. The second [epistle to the Thessalonians was written from Athens.]>>